wm

¥■'''

!'''•;'■

i'l

2>^« S)OA

THE

TRANSACTIONS

OP

THE LINNEAN SOCIETY

OP

LONDON.

VOLUME XVIII.

LONDON:

PRINTED BY RICHARD AND JOHN E. TAYLOR, RED UON COURT, FLEET STREET:

SOLD AT THE SOCIETY'S HOUSE, SOHO-SQUAJRE;

AND BY LONGMAN, ORME, BROWN, GREEN, AND LONGMANS, PATERNOSTER- ROW;
AND WILLIAM WOOD, TAVISTOCK-STREET, COVENT-GARDEN.

MDCCCXLI.

CONTENTS.

I. Observations on the Genera of European Grasses. 5?/ Joseph Woods, Esq.,

F.L.S page I

II. On the Ooulum of Santaluin album. By William Griffith, Esq.,

Assistant Surgeon in the Madras Medical Service. Communicated by
Richard Horsman Solly, Esq., F.R.S. 8f L.S. 59

III. Notes on the Development of the Ovula of Loranthus and Viscuin, and on

the Mode of Parasitism of these two Genera. By William Griffith,
Esq., Assistant Surgeon in the Madras Medical Service. Communicated
by R.H.SoLLy, Esq., F.R.S. i^ L.S. 71

IV. Descriptions of those species of Polygonxim and Fagopyrum which are

contained in the Indian Herbariutn of J. Forbes Royle, Esq., F.L.S. ,
8^c., late Superintendant of the H.E.I. C. Botanical Garden at Saharun-
pore, and now Professor of Materia Medica in King's College, London.
By Charles C. Babington, Esq., M.A., F.L.S., F.G.S., Sgc. . . 93

V. Notice of certain Australian Quadrupeds, belonging to the Order Rodentia.

By W. Ogilby, Esq., M.A., F.L.S., F.R.A.S., ^c 121

VI. On the Family Fulgoridae, with a Monograph of the Genus Fulgora of

Linnceus. By John O.Westwood, Esq., F.L.S., Sjc 133

VII. On the Structure and Affinities of Arachis and Voandzeia. By George

Bentham, Esq., F.L.S 155

VIII. Descriptions of two new Genera of the Natural Family of Plants called
Coniferse. By David Don, Esq., Libr. L.S., Prof Bot. King's Col-
lege, London. 16.3

IX. Descriptions, ^c. of the Insects collected by Captain P. P. King, R.N.,

F.R.S. 8^ L.S., in the Survey of the Straits of Magellan. By John Curtis,
Esq., F.L.S., i^c 181

Vi CONTENTS.

X. Description of the Mora Tree. By Mr. Robert H. Schomburgk. Com-

municated hy George Bentham, E,sq., F.L.S page 207

XI. On the Structure q/*Cuscuta europeea. By Charles C. Babington, £*9.,

M.A., F.L.S., F.G.S., ^c 213

XII. Note on the Identity of three described Species of Acacia. By Charles

Lush, M.D., F.L.S. 21/

XIII. On the Number and Structure of the Mammulse employed by Spiders in
the Process of Spinning. By John BhACKWAhh, Esq., F.L.S. . .219

XIV. Observations on some Genera of Plants connected with the Flora of
Guiana. By George Bentham, Esq., F.L.S 226

XV. On the Existence of Stomata in Mosses. In a Letter to Richard Horsman

Solly, Esq., F.R.S. <§• L.S. By William Valentine, Esq., F.L.S. 239

XVI. A New Systematic Arrangement of J^ertebrated Animals. By C. L.
Bonaparte, Prince of Musignano, F.M.L.S., S;c 247

XVII. Description of a new Genus of Plants belonging to the Natural Family
Bignoniacese. By David Don, Esq., Libr. L.S., Prof. Bot. King's Coll.
Lond 306

XVIII. Descriptions of the Indian Species of Iris. By David Don, Esq.,
Libr. L.S., Prof. Bot. King's Coll. Lond 309

XIX. An Account of the Indian Species of Juncus and Luzula. By David
Don, Esq., Libr. L.S., Prof. Bot. King's Coll. Lond 317

XX. Description of the Lepidosiren annectens. By Richard Owen, Esq.,

F.R.S. , F.L.S., F.G.S., Hunterian Professor in the Royal College of
Surgeons, London 327

XXI. Observations on the Spongilla fluviatilis. In a Letter to the Secretary.
By John Hogg, Esq., M.A., F.R.S., L.S. 8s C.P.S. 363

XXII. Further Observations on the Spongilla fluviatilis ; with some Remarks
on the Nature of the Spongise Marinse. In a Letter to the Secretary.
By John Hogg, Esq., M.A., F.R.S., L.S. 8s C.P.S. 368

XXIII. Illustrations of the Relationships existing amongst Natural Objects,

CONTENTS. vii

usually termed Jffinity and Analogy, selected from the Class of Insects.
By J. O. Westwood, Esq., F.L.S., 8^c page 409

XXIV. A Note upon the Anatomy of the Roots of Ophrydeae. By John
LiNDLEY, Ph.D., F.R.S. 8g L.S., Professor of Botany in University Col-
lege, London 423

XXV. On the Heliamphora nutans, a new Pitcher-plant from British Guiana.
By George Bentham, Esq., F.L.S 429

XXVI. Descriptions of some new Insects, collected in Assam by William Grif-
fith, Esq., Assistant-Surgeon in the Madras Medical Service, and at-
tached to the late Scientific Mission to Assam. By the Rev. Frederick
William Hope, M.A., F.R.S. 8f L.S. 435

XXVII. Observations on the Cause of Ergot. By Mr. John Smith, A. L.S. 449

XXVIII. Observations on the Ergot of Rye, and some other Grasses. By
Edwin J. Quekett, Esq., F.L.S 453

•XXIX. On the Ergot of Rye. By Francis Bauer, Esq., F.R.S. 8f L.S. . 475

XXX. Observations on the Structure and Development of the Organs of
Pilularia globulifera. In a Letter to R. H. Solly, Esq., F.R.S. 8f L.S.
By William Valentine, Esq., F.L.S. 483

XXXI. Supplementary Observations on the Development of the Theca, and on
the Sexes of Mosses. In a Letter to R. H. Solly, Esq., F.R.S. 8f L.S.
By William Valentine, Esq., F.L.S. 499

XXXII. Notice of a Plant which produces perfect Seeds without any apparent
Action of Pollen. By Mr. John Smith, A.L.S. 509

XXXIII. A Monograph of the Genus Disporum. By David Don, Esq.,
Libr. L.S., Prof Bot. King s Coll. Lond. 513

XXXIV. A Monograph of Streptopus, with the Description of a new Genus
now first separated from it. By David Don, Esq., Libr. L.S., Prof.
Bot. King's Coll. Lond. 525

XXXV. On some new Brazilian Plants allied to the Natural Order Bur-
manniacese. By John Miers, Esq., F.L.S. 535

viii CONTENTS.

XXXVI. .Some Account of the Curata, a Grass of the Tribe of Bambusese,
of the Culm of which the Indians of Guiana prepare their Sarhacans
or Blowpipes. By Robert H. Schomburgk, Esq. Communicated by
the Secretary .page 557

XXXVII. On Cuscuta epilinuin and halophyta. By Charles C. Babington,
Esij., M.J., F.L.S., F.G.S., ^t 563

XXXVIII. On the Reproductive Organs of Equisetum. By Mr. Joseph
Henderson. Communicated by the Rev. M. J. Berkeley, M.A.,
F.L.S. 567

XXXIX. On a Gall gathered in Cuba by W. S. MacLeay, Esq., upon the
Leaf of a Plant belonging to the Order Ochnaceae. By the Rev.
M. J. Berkeley, M.A., F.L.S. 576

XL. Synopsis of the Coleopterous Genus Cerapterus. By John O. Westwood,
Esq., F.L.S., 8^c 581

XLI. Descriptions of some Nondescript Insects from Assam, chiefly collected by
William Griffith, Esq., F.L.S., Assistant Surgeon in the Madras Me-
dical Service, and attached to the late Scientific Mission to Assam. By
the Rev. Frederick William Hope, M.A., F.R.S. 8f L.S. . . .587

XLII. The Difference in the Number of Eyes with which Spiders are provided
proposed as the Basis of their Distribution into Tribes ; with Descrip-
tion,'! of newly discovered Species, and the Characters of a new Family
and three new Genera of Spiders. By John Blackwall, Esq., F.L.S.- 601

XLIII. Account of two new Genera allied to Olacinese. By George Bentham,
Esq., F.L.S 671

XLIV. Extracts from the Minute-Booh of the Linnean Society of London . 687

Catalogue of the Library of the Linnean Society 696

List of Donors to the Library of the Linnean Society 717

Donations to the Museum of the Linnean Society 726

TRANSACTIONS

OF

THE LINNEAN SOCIETY.

I. Observations on the Genera of European Crrasses. By Joseph Woods, Esq.,

F.L.S.

Read February 21st, and April 4th, 1837.

It has often been observed, that where a great number of plants is united in
a very natural class it is difficult to distinguish the genera, and that where the
genera are natural it is often hardly possible to discriminate the species. Both
these difficulties occur among the grasses. Forming in themselves a very
closely allied group, they are hardly to be separated into genera, which, pos-
sessing a still greater similarity among themselves, shall preserve a distinction
of habit and appearance from the rest ; and it is not even easy to find artificial
characters which shall distinguish a group, however formed, from the rest
of the tribe, nor in many cases a single species from those most nearly allied
to it.

My business at present is, however, with the Genera ; and with such genera
only as occur within the limits of a projected work on the botany of the most
frequented parts of Europe ; that is to say, of the British Islands, France, the
Low Countries, Germany, Switzerland, and Italy. My knowledge of these
genera was so imperfect, that it seemed impossible to proceed without entering
into a pretty minute examination of them, and the result of this examination
I now offer to the Linnean Society.

VOL. XVIII. B

2 Mr. Woods on the Genera of European Grasses.

In my younger days I never found myself at a loss to distinguish Arundo
from Avena on the one hand, or from Agrostis on the other, or Festuca from
Triticum ; yet I now observe that many species of Avena and of Agrostis have
hairs at the base of the florets, and that in Arundo they are not always long.
The hairs of Avena fatua, A. sterilu, &e. cover great part of the outer palea,
and are more rigid than in Arundo ; but the hairs in Arundo are not strictly
confined to the base, and Avena setacea has soft hairs rising from the base to
more than half the length of the palea. They are both absolutely and rela-
tively longer than iho^eoi Arundo {Deyeuxia) sylvatica. Avena has a jointed
awn twisted at the base; but this is also the case, though less obviously, in
some species of Arundo. Again, Aira is distinguished from Avena by having
only two flowers, but Avena subspicata, A. setacea, and some others have
hardly, if ever, more than two flowers. The characters of Avena and Bromus
in the English Flora seem to differ only in the adhesion of the seed in Bromus
to the inner valve alone of the corolla, while in Avena it is said to be united
to both valves. This peculiarity is not found in all the species of Avena, in
some of which the seed, though inclosed in the hardened paleee, is not united
to either. Yet Sir J. E. Smith is among the botanists who are most exact in
their descriptions, and most careful to make them contain some points of dif-
ference. That the outer palea is somewhat more rolled in at the edges, and
the inner somewhat more ovate, in Avena, are minute and comparative points
of difference, hardly sufficient for the foundation of a genus, even if they were
more constant than I find them to be.

The manner in which a single species is transferred by different authors to
different genera shows that I am not singular in finding great difficulties in
this particular. Arundo tenella is an Agrostis with Roemer and Schultz.
Holcus, as separated from Sorghum, is united by De Candolle to Avena, while
Kunth places it among the Phalaridece. Bromus pinnatus of Linn, and of
Eng. Bot. became Festuca pinnata with later botanists, and the alteration was
afterwards adopted by Smith himself. Haller called it Triticum, in which he
is followed by De Candolle. P. de Beauvois formed for it a separate genus
under the name of Brachypodium, from the short stalks on which the spiculse
are placed. Mertens and Koch, after paring away many species from this
genus, still left in it B. pinnatus, and some other closely allied perennial

Mr. Woods on the Genera of European Grasses. S

grasses. Later still, Kunth in his valuable work on the Graminece has ar-
ranged all these with Triticum, while the annual small-seeded Tritica, which
had been united by some authors to Brae hi/podium, are referred by him to
Festuca. He has also referred to Festuca the Sclerochloa of P. de Beauvois,
some of which are plants which Smith had separated from Poa to add to Gly-
ceria, and he leaves to the latter genus only two European species, G.Jluitans
and G. aquadca, plants not in habit closely allied, yet certainly very similar
in the structure of their florets.

The number of genera of grasses described by Kunth is 235, embracing
3034 species. No one can have all these at once present to the mind, and it
therefore becomes necessary to adopt some method which may bring them
before us in regular succession or in tribes. Linnaeus founded his primary
divisions on the number of florets in a common calyx, and their arrangement
in a scattered manner, or in a regular spike, making some exceptions, and
adding in one or two instances some other charactei', in order to avoid any
violent opposition to nature. His system obliged him to disperse some genera
into different classes ; but in those included in the class and order Triandria
Digynia he has endeavoured, in numbering the genera, to show something of
their natural affinities in a consecutive series. In the English Flora, where
the genera are less numerous, it appears of less consequence to make a com-
plete arrangement ; but Sir J. E. Smith has followed the example of Linnaeus
in a double distribution, arranging the genera at first according to a definite
character, and when he comes to the species, placing them in an order more
nearly corresponding with their natural affinities. No art, however, can
reduce the genera of grasses into a simple natural series. The Linnean bo-
tanists of the continent of the present day do not seem in general to trouble
themselves with this double order, but are contented to number and place
the genera as they are distributed by the artificial character, and in this they
have been followed by Dr. Hooker. Palisot de Beauvois, observing the de-
fects of all former arrangements, published in 1812 an " Essai d'une Nou-
velle Agrostographie." In this he divides the grasses into two great families,
in the first of which the spicules or locustse are all alike, each containing
either perfect florets, or florets which unitedly contain all the parts necessary
for the reproduction of the plant. The second contains those plants where

B 2

4 Mr. Woods on the Genera of European Grasses.

some of the spiculae are unproductive. These families are each divided into
two tribes, dependent on the axis or flower-stalk, which in the one is entire
and continuous, in the other toothed and jointed. The glumes or valves
of the calyx are, in the first tribe, inserted alternately ; in the latter they are
described as " parallelle insertce." Referring to the genera enumerated under
each head, in order to find the exact force of these terms, we find all our
one-flowered grasses in the first, except Nardus and Lepturus, together with
Broinus, Avena, Poa, Dactylis, and some others; while Glyceria, SclerocJiloa,
Festuca, and others nearly allied are in the second. I confess myself completely
baffled by this result, and quite unable to discover what it is which is common
to one tribe and not to be found in the other. The tribes are divided into
cohorts, as the splculee are 1-2- or many-flowered, and as the florets are indi-
vidually perfect or incomplete ; and in the second family, according to the
position of the separated spiculae in the same or in different panicles or spikes.
The cohorts are variously divided into sections ; and these are again sub-
divided by means of the arms ; i. e. by their absence or presence, whether
awns or setae, rising yro/w the extremity, near the extremity, from the back,
or from near the base of the corolla or stragulimi. What I have already said
will show that this arrangement has the effect of widely separating genera
very closely allied. It has also the other, of bringing together genera whose
affinities are comparatively slight. Imperata, for instance, stands in the same
section with Paspalum and Milium ; Erianthus is placed with Calamagrostis
in another; Sporoholus, Oryza, and Knappia occur together in another.
Agrostis is divided into Agraulus, which is placed in the 3rd group ; Fil/a,
which is in the 6th ; Agrostis in the 10th ; and Apera in the 13th ; Phleum
is with Spartina and Chloris in the 11th ; Donax and Sesleria stand together
in the 27th. The author frequently insists on his genera or groups being
natural, but he evidently only means by this that each has a clear and distinct
character. P. de Beauvois has introduced several new terms, and uses some
of the old ones in a peculiar way. Most of the writers on this part of botany
have acted in some degree in a similar umnner. I will, therefore, before pro-
ceeding any further, explain a few of the principal, both as used by others,
and as I have adopted them myself.

Axis, with P. de Beauvois, is the part of the culm, above the upper knot.

Mr. Woods on the Genera of European Grasses. 5

supporting the lociistee or spiculae. Other botanists, among whom we may
reckon Kunth, apply the term axis to the stalk supporting the separate florets
within the calyx, and it is in this latter sense that I have used it.

LocusTA is the word used by Ray, and adopted by P. de Beauvois and by
Brown for what Linnaeus called spicula, and Sir J. E. Smith a spikelet. I feel
the want of a word which may be applied with equal propriety to this part in
the one-flowered grasses as well as in the many-flowered, but am unwilling to
adopt a term already applied to two distinct objects in natural history. I
have therefore made use of spicula, even when there is only one flower.

Glume. According to Linnaeus the calyx of grasses is a glume composed of
two valves. Jussieu also uses the term glume as expressive of the whole organ.
P. de Beauvois, on the contrary, names the whole tegmen, (or in French, bale,)
and describes it as consisting of two glumes. Kunth also calls each part a
glume, and I follow him in this as the most convenient nomenclature. As to
whether or not it should be considered as a calyx, this must be determined on
the general principle of applying that term to the common envelope of a com-
pound flower, or confining it merely to a simple one. If we determine upon
the latter, we have ready for us the word involucrum ; but as some grasses
have another exterior covering, to which we can hardly apply any other term
than involucrum, I have preferred following the terminology of Linneeus,
which is sanctioned by custom, without undertaking to defend its strict pro-
priety. Some botanists have contended that these glumes are abortive florets,
and there can be no doubt that in some genera abortive florets do assume
the appearance of glumes. In Ampelodesmus the inner glume is said some-
times to become a barren floret. Both circumstances tend to show the close
affinity of these organs.

Palea. Within the glumes we arrive at the palece. With Linnaeus these
are the valves of a corolla. This part is called stragulum by P. de Beauvois,
and said to consist of two palece. In the Botanicon Gallicum the term glumcc
is applied to the outer coverings, and glumellce to the interior, and this also
is the phraseology,of Mertens and Koch. Gaudin calls the outer envelope a
calyx of two palece, and the inner a corolla of two paleolce. I think it an
objection to these diminutives that the inner covering is very frequently the
largest. Kunth calls these interior valves palece, and this is the expression

<J Mr. Woods on the Genera of European Grasses.

which I adopt. He does not seem to have found it necessary to assign a
name for the two together. I shall with Linnaeus term it a corolla, but
composed of two palece instead of petals. This nomenclature seeuis more
unobjectionable than that of calyx to the outer covering; and if Mr. Brown
has not absolutely proved, he has at least shown it to be highly probable that
these parts are analogous to the outer series of a hexapetalous corolla.
' Awn. Attached to the outer palea we frequently find an awn, whose presence
nature and position are often very iiseful in determining species, and sometimes
in characterizing genera. Palisot de Beauvois maintains that two organs es-
sentially distinct have been confounded under this name. To one of them he
applies the name of seta, and describes it as the prolongation of a nerve,
whose base forms part of the substance of the palese. It is not necessary that
it should accompany the palese for the whole length of the latter, but may
divide from it in any part. The awn originates suddenly from the substance
of the palea, and if there should be a nerve below, it is much smaller than the
awn, and is considered to be prolonged into a seta embraced by the awn
and adhering closely to it. When bi'oken off, the awn leaves behind no trace
of its existence. Neither Duby nor Kunth seems to acknowledge this distinc-
tion. Gaudin adopts it with some modifications. P. de Beauvois has added
to the above characters that the awn is stronger than the seta, and of a firmer
texture. Gaudin, on the contrary, shows that the awn is frequently as fine,
tender and delicate as any seta, as in j4ira and Agrostis, which are acknow-
ledged to be awned by P. de Beauvois himself; and, on the other hand, in
Triticum, whei'e both authors are agreed that the terminating point is a seta,
it is firm and thick, so that few awns can exceed it. He takes, therefore,
principally for his guide its fragility at the point of insertion. P. de Beauvois
assigns a seta to Festuca and Brachypodium, and an awn to Bromus. Gaudin
considers all these genera as setigerous. The nature of the arm may doubt-
less afford sometimes a very useful distinction, but I am afraid it will be
impossible to regard it as including two things which can always be clearly
distinguished. The seta is a mere continuation of the midrib. The aivn is
something different or something more ; the peculiarity pointed out by Gau-
din will usually explain its nature.

Scales ; Squamul^. Within the outer palese, but without the stamens, are

Mr. Woods on the Genera of European Grasses. 7

frequently some small scales, which Linnaeus called nectaries, but which are
considered by some botanists as forming the true corolla of grasses, and by
Mr. Brown as vestiges of the interior series of a hexapetalous corolla. They
are the lodiculce of P. de Beauvois, and the glumellce of Richard. Squainula
is adopted by Kunth, and seems unobjectionable, as simply describing the
object, without determining its use or involving any theory of its origin.

Mr. Brown* has proposed a division of the grasses into three unequal
groups, founded on the tendency of the genera to perfect the lower, the upper,
or only the central floret. In the first group the number of florets is uncertain.
When there is only one, tlie outer valve of the corolla is at the inside of the
outer valve of the calyx. When there are two or more, they are either all
perfect, or the imperfection is in the upper florets. In the second group the
florets are either one or two ; the more perfect floret being always next to the
inner valve of the calyx. The third group has a perfect intermediate floret,
and one on each side either barren or still further reduced to a single valve.
The first contains the majority of the European grasses. The second. Sorghum,
Andropogon, Saccharum and Panicum. The third, Hierochloa, Anthoxanthum,
and perhaps Phalaris.

Where the object in view is an arrangement to facilitate the progress of the
student, we ought carefully to describe appearances. But in taking more scien-
tific views on the subject, we may be allowed to determine the nature of a part
by analogy, and pronounce that to be an abortive floret, which to unpractised
eyes appears to be only an additional glume. And perhaps in grasses the
most simple way is to consider every additional part without the palea as the
indication of an abortive floret. The tendency of certain j)lants towards a
particular structui'e, even when the structure is not developed, is very im-
portant, and was perhaps first distinctly implied in the observations of
Mr. Brown ; but we must be careful in following this distinguished naturalist
not to push our theories too far, nor decide upon this tendency without the
support either of a very close analogy, or of some indications in the plant
itself. Where there is no certain and definite character, different persons will
judge of relationship in very different manners. What seems clear and un-
questionable to one is very doubtful to another : and in arranging groups
* This statement is taken from the English Flora.

8 Mr. Woods on the Genera of European Grasses.

from a general sense of comparative similarity, no two botanists would per-
haps exactly agree. Thus Arrhenalherum, placed by Linnaeus among the
Avence, and declared by Sir J. E. Smith to be an Avena in habit, is transferred
by many botanists to Holcus. De Candolle, or at least Duby, in a work to
which De Candolle's approbation is attached, and to which his name is added,
solves the difficulty by putting Holcus and Avena into one genus. But ac-
cording to Kunth, Holcus does not belong to the Avenacece but to the Phala-
ridece ; and as the barren flower of Arrhenatherum is the lowest, this genus
would belong technically to the second section of Brown, while both Holcus
and Avena belong to the first ; and Kunth, though he places Holcus with the
Phalaridece, yet fixes Arrhenatherum, in spite of its outer barren floret, among
the Avenacece. In these indeterminate problems, if I may use the expression,
no individual can be very confident that he is in the right, but the question
in each particular case will at last be determined by the adherence of the men
of the clearest and most comprehensive views, and who have most carefully
studied the subject. At present, in the grouping of Grasses, we seem to stand
but on the threshold ; and while one distinguished botanist invites us in one
direction and another in another, the bewildered student is at a loss which to
pursue.

Reichenbach, though he has distributed his Grasses into tribes, has pro-
bably given his attention more to the determination of species than to the
arrangement of genera. His groups are nearly the same as those of Kunth,
and the variations which he has introduced are not for the better.

I mention Kunth last, as it is his grouping which I propose nearly to adopt
as to the natural arrangement of the genera ; and I begin with this part of the
subject, because it is the careful consideration of natural affinities which must
guide us in the choice of the characters on which each genus is to be esta-
blished.

This author, in the work to which I have already referred, divides the
Grasses into 13 tribes, which, however, he hardly attempts to characterize.
He gives no explanation of the motives which induced him to put plants into
the same tribe, or to separate them into diffijrent ones ; nor is it easy to ex-
tract such motives from the short and loose description which he has prefixed
to each tribe, and which, short and imperfect as it is, is generally contradicted

Mr. Woods on the Genera of European Grasses. 9

in the characters of some of the included genera. An arrangement of this
sort, where reasons are not given, will almost necessarily depend in some
degree upon the idiosyncracy of the person who makes it, and will, therefore,
at times appear arbitrary and fanciful to others ; for peculiar characters, ana-
logies, and affinities will strike different minds with very different degrees of
force. His tribes are :

1. Oryzece, comprising 13 genera and 61 species, of which, among European

plants, we find only 2, Leersia oryzoides and Oryza satlva.

2. Phalaridece, 18 genera, among which are Lygeum, Zea, Crypsis, Knappia,

Alopecurus, Bechmannia, Phleum, Phalaris, Holcus, Hierochloa, and
Anthoxanthutn .

3. PanicecB, 32 genera, comprising Milium {effusum), Panicum, Oplismenus,

Setaria, Pennisetum, and Lappago. Digitaria is included in Panicum.
This is the largest tribe in respect to the number of species, which is
859. Of these, Panicum alone has 421.

4. Stipacex, 8 genera. Those I have to notice are Piptatherum (separated

from Milium), Achnatherum of P, de Beauvois (called by Kunth by the
compound name of Lasiagrostris), and Stipa.

5. Agrostidece, 16 genera. The European ones are Coleanthus, Sporobolus,

Agrostis, Gastridium, and Polypogon.

6. Arundinacece, 9 genera, including Calamagrostis, Deyeuxia, Ammophila,

Arundo, Ampelodesmus, and Phragmites.

7. Pappophoroe, 7 genera. Only 1 species, Echinaria capitata (Cenchrus ca-

pitatus) is found in Europe.

8. Chloridece, 22 genera. I have of these, Cynodon, Dactyloctenium, Lepto-

chloa, and Spartina.

9. Avenacece, 19 genera, among which we find Corynephorus, Deschampsia,

Aira,Airopsis, Lagurus, Trisetum, Avena,Arrh.enatherum, and Danthonia.

1 0. Festucacece, 38 genera. The European ones are, Sesleria, Poa, Glyceria,

Catabrosa, Briza, Melica, Molinia, Koeleria, Schismus, Dactylis, Cyno-
surus, Lamarckia, Festuca, and Bromus.

1 1 . Hordeacece, 8 genera, comprising Lolium, Triticum, Secale, Elymus, Hor-

deum, an«l JEgilops.

VOL. XVIII. c

10 Mr. Woods on the Genera of European Grasses.

12. Rottboelliacece, 1 1 genera, 3 of which occur within my limits, Nardus, Psi-

lurus, and Lepturiis. This latter genus includes the European species
of RottboelUa.

13. Andropogonece, 26 genera. Imperata, Erianthus, and Andropogon are all

with which I am concerned. The last-mentioned genus is made by
Kunth to include Sorghum of Smith.

Of this distribution we may observe, that the structure of Lygeum is so
peculiar that we can hardly gain any thing by uniting it with others into a
particular tribe, and that Zea, although described as having an external neutral
floret in the fertile spicula, has yet no very striking general similarity with
Phalaris, and still less with Alopecurus and Phleum, or these with Holcus and
Anthoxanthum. Knappia, with its flowei-s on a one-sided rachis, may possibly
be more nearly allied to the Chloridece, where it is placed by Reichenbach :
yet on the whole I am disposed to keep it in the neighbourhood of Agrostis.
Among the Panicece, Milium effusum seems oddly introduced between the two
closely allied genera Paspalum and Panicum. To make out its claim to a
place in the Panicece, we must suppose that of the two very similar outer
glumes, which are usually considered as forming the calyx, one only deserves
that name, while the other is to be taken as an abortive floret. These suppo-
sitions (unsupported by any peculiarities in the construction) may affbrd
grounds for ingenious speculations, but they can hardly be made use of as
parts of a generic character ; or, to use the words of De Candolle, "such an
hypothesis may be convenient if considered as an image or a metaphor, but
can hardly be allowed as an expression of reality."

Kunth has not only scattered into three genera the species of the Linnean
genus Milium, but he has placed these in three different families. Milium
effusum, retaining the ancient name, is, as we have just seen, put among the
Panicece; M. ccerulescens, M. paradoxum, &c. form the genus Piptatherum,
which is one of the Stipacece ; and M. lendigerum, under the name of Gastri-
dium, is found among the Agrostidece. The Arundinacece consist entirely of
genera formed out of the Linnean Arundo. The Chloridece are, perhaps, not
very closely allied, at least there seems little afiinity between Cynodon and Spar-
tina except in the inflorescence. Koeleria among the Festucacece trenches very

Mr. Woods on the Genera of European Grasses. 11

closely on Trisetum among the Avenacece, yet I think the line of division is cor-
rectly drawn. On the other hand, Brachypodium and some other plants render
very faint and obscure the separation of the Festucaceas and Hordeacece.

In considering what forms a group of genera, it is necessary to determine
those points in their structure in which all, or the greater part of them agree,
in order that we may not depend for distinction on marks which run through
a great many groups. This seems sufficiently obvious in all classification ;
yet probably every botanist would be able to produce examples where genera
have been founded, or species formed, on characters which are common to
numbers. We determine a plant to be a Grass, by its knotted culm, each knot
giving rise to a striate sheath, which terminates in a leaf of similar texture.
These leaves are generally narrow; but as there are plants with broadish leaves,
i. e. the breadth of which is as much as half their length, which every botanist
would without hesitation pronounce to be Grasses, it appears that this circum-
stance is not essential to our notion of a Grass. Another essential particular is
in the flower, which is uniformly glumaceous, a term which on the present occa.-
sion it cannot be necessary to explain. Without a structure of this sort a plant
would not be a Grass, nor would it be esteemed such unless it had a single
monocotyledonous superior seed not inclosed in a capsule or pericarp.

These circumstances being common to all Grasses cannot be made use of
in distinguishing genera, or the tribes into which we may incline to distribute
the genera ; but there are various particulars in the inflorescence and in the
distribution and structure of the glumes and palea, and in the organs of repro-
duction to which we can refer for this object. The inflorescence is in most
cases reputed to be too uncertain in its nature to form a good foundation for
the establishment of genera; but in Grasses, where the genera are, perhaps,
formed in many cases for the convenience of the student, rather than because
nature has established any marked diflference between them, I know of no
1)otanist who has been able to do without it. Even the pubescence of certain
parts, a character in general of little value even in the determination of spe-
cies, has been universally admitted as part of the character of a genus. If in
these cases we must take care not to push the license too far, nor to conclude,
because a peculiarity in some plants coincides with other circumstances, so as
to form a valuable groundwork for the separation of genera, that it must do

c 2

12 Mr. Woods on the Genera of European Grasses.

so in all others, it is only a caution to be attended to in all cases, and a com-
pliance with the very just and important Linnean maxim, — that the genus
must give the character, but a character does not constitute a genus.

The general inflorescence of Grasses is very various. Zea is the only genus
which has any pretence to a place in the Flora of middle Europe, where that
of the barren* and fertile flowers is different; the former being a terminal
panicle, the latter an axillary spike. It is even, I believe, the only one where
there are fertile florets devoid of anthers. In other genera the spiculse are
either scattered in a loose panicle, or in a compact or spike-like one ; or they
are in a real spike or head, in which the florets are tiled equally all round ;
or they are in opposite rows ; or they are in two rows on the same side of the
common i*achis, which in that case is usually flattened to receive them, and
more or less triangular. The panicle is also sometimes disposed equally all
round, or the branches are placed more on one side than the other, so as to
leave one part of the circumference destitute of florets. We must add, that
the spicules are either solitary or disposed in pairs or groups, and that in
these groups the spiculse are all sessile, or sessile and stalked. The spiculse
themselves are either all perfect, or some barren or neuter, and others per-
fect, and they contain only one floret and nothing more ; or one floret and
the rudiment of a second ; and this rudiment is either below or above the
perfect floret ; or they have two florets, or more than two florets.

From the combination of these particulars we find among Grasses the fol-
lowing modes of inflorescence.

1. Spiculse solitary, 1 -flowered, or with not more than the stalk -like rudi-
ment of a second, which, when it occurs, is on the side of the inner or upper
glume, and therefore the indication of a superior floret, disposed in a panicle
(either loose or spike-like), equal all round. This is the arrangement in
Leersia and Oryza, in the Phleine^ of the following pages, in Stipace^,
AoROSTiDEiE, and the one-flowered Arundinace^.

2. Spiculae 1-flowered, or with only an imperfect external rudiment of a
second, placed in pairs or groups in a panicle equal all round. This is the
disposition of the florets in the Lygeum, in the Andropogone^, (except in

* I use barren to express spiculse or florets which have only anthers ; fertile, where there are only
pistils ; perfect, where there are both ; neuter, where there are neither.

Mr. Woods on the Genera of European Grasses. 13

some species of Andropogon itself,) wiiere in some g^enera the sessile spiculse
are perfect, and the stalked ones barren. Pairs or groups of spiculse occur
also in Dlgitaria, but on a one-sided rachis, and in Elymus and Hordeum,
where they are on a rachis with opposite channels.

3. Spiculse solitary, in a panicle, with a rudiment or imperfect floret within
the outer glume of the calyx, or even with a rudiment or imperfect floret on
each side, but below the perfect floret. This description applies to all the
Phalaride^ except Lygeum and Zea, which have only a doubtful claim to a
place in that tribe, and to Arrhenatherum. Among the Oryze^ also several
of the foreign genera are described as having indications, more or less com-
plete, of an imperfect inferior floret, though the two European genera exhibit
nothing of the sort. Ctenium among the ChloridevE, and some of the Rott-
BOELLiACE^, are said to have external imperfect florets or rudiments, which,
however, occur in no European genus of these tribes. Panicum also would be
included under this head.

4. Spiculse in two rows on one side of a flattened rachis. This is the in-
florescence of the remaining European PANicEiE and of the Chlorides. It
occurs, as already stated, in most species of Andropogon, in Nardus, and in Cy-
nosurus cristatus. In Knappia the rachis is not flattened or triangular. Triticum,
Nardus, and T. unilaterale belong to this division, and perhaps Oreochloa.

6. Spiculse with more than one perfect floret disposed in a panicle equal all
round. This contains the remaining Arundinace-«;, the Avenace^, except
Arrhenatherum ; and among the Festucaceje, Poa, Glyceria aquatica, Catu-
brosa, Melica, Molinia, Koeleria, Schismus, and Bromu^.

6. Spiculse in a one-sided panicle. In other respects like the last. This
contains the remainder of the Festucacece, except Sesleria, which belongs to
the following.

7. Spiculse in a spike or head, tiled all round. Here we place Echinaria and
Sesleria.

8. Spiculse in opposite rows, on an alternately channeled rachis. This divi-
sion includes the Hordeaceoe and Rottboelliacece, with some exceptions, which
have been already noticed. The description would also apply to Festuca mari-
tima {Triticum maritimum, Auct.), and F. divaricatu, and to Gaudinia {Avena)

fragilis.

14 Mr. Woods on the Genera of European Grasses.

I have already noticed Zea as the only Grass within my limits where the
barren and fertile flowers are on different parts of the plant. I may add, that
it is the only one where there are no spiculse containing all the parts necessaiy
for the reproduction of the plants. Hordeum, Andropogon, and Sorghum have
distinct antheriferous spiculse mixed with the perfect ones. Holcus, Hierochloa,
and Arrhenatherum have barren florets containing anthers only, mixed with
the perfect ones in the same spicula. The Phalaridece and Panicece have one
or two abortive external florets ; this occurs also in Phragmites, and some-
times in Ampelodesmus. The addition of an upper abortive floret occurs in
many Grasses, as well in the many-flowered ones as in those which have but
one perfect floret, and perhaps may serve as an accessory in determining the
genus of a Grass, though I think it cannot always be depended upon even as
a specific character.

Passing from the external to the more central parts of the plant, we find
that the glumes are wanting in Leersia, Coleanthus, and Nardus. They are
separated by a short stalk from the lower floret in Oryza, Stipa (except in
S. aristella), and Cynosurus aureus, solitary in Lolium, Psilurus, and some spe-
cies of Lepturus. On one side of the spicula in Elymus, Hordeum, and the
remaining species of Lepturus, and in some degree in ^gilops. The general
arrangement presents us two glumes on opposite sides of the spicula, but one
sometimes a little lower than the other, the inner or upper being rather the
largest. The terms inner and outer with respect to glumes may be used
either in relation to the spicula to which they belong, or to the spike or branch
of which the spicula forms a part. In the first case, outer and lower would be
equivalent ; in the second, the lower glume becomes the inner one in, I believe,
all cases where it can be precisely determined, except among the Rottboelliacece.
We see it clearly in Lolium ; but in most of the spiked Grasses, where the ar-
rangement is most evident, the position of the glumes seems to be equidistant
from the general centre. To avoid ambiguity, I use with Kunth the terms
upper and lower as applied to individual spieulae, inner and outer to the more
general inflorescence. Of the palese we must speak always with reference to
the spicula of which they form part, and the terms are synonymous. The
comparative size of the glumes is taken for granted in the description of most
Grasses. It is enough to notice the exceptions where they occur. The outer

Mr. Woods on the Genera of European Grasses. 15

usually embraces the base of the inner ; but in Phalaris and Achnodonton, by
the help of the position and direction of the lateral nerve, they have the
appearance of being almost valvular. The only genera in which the outer
glume is the largest are, Milium, Achnatherum, Gastridium and Calama-
grostis and Deyeuxia. The substance of the glumes is sometimes of use
in determining genera ; but on this head there seems to be a great dif-
ference in the terminology of different authors, and perhaps few authors
are always perfectly consistent with themselves, expressing the same cha-
racter by different words in different places, and even different characters
apparently by the same word. Thus the glumes of Milium are membranous
according to Kunth and Gaudin, herbaceous, if we consult Hooker. The
paleee of the same plant are subcoriaceous in Kunth, cartilaginous in Gaudin.
Kunth applies alike the term membranaceous to the paleae of Alopecurus and
of Phalaris, though the consistence is certainly very different. I find these
parts of Grasses described by different authors as carnosce, cartilaginece, co-
riacece, chartacece, papyracece, herbacece, membranacece, scariosce, hyalinoe,
tenerrime membranacece, and with different compounds of these terms. I
distinguish

Filmy. Very thin and transparent. The paleae of most species of Andropo-
gon and Sorghum may be taken as examples of this degree of solidity. The
palea «,lso of Knappia, and the inner palea of the neutral floret of Oplismenus,
and the inner palea of some species of Agrostis and of other Grasses.

ScARiosE. Transparent, like the preceding, but firmer: it exists in the
paleae of Phleum, and of many other Grasses, and in the glumes of Polypogon
and Stipa.

Membranous. Still firmer ; translucent but not transparent, and often
coloured (but not green). We find it in the glumes of Agrostis and Arundo,
in the paleae of Poa nemoralis and Glycerin aquatica.

We may use the compound term Membrano-scariose for an interme-
diate state, as in the glumes of Deschampsia cespitosa and of Avena pubes-
cens.

Herbaceous. Green, and nearly of the texture of a leaf, as in the barren
floret of the Panicece. This perhaps differs more in colour than in substance
from membranous.

16 Mr. Woods on the Genera of European Grasses.

Here, again, we may employ the compound terms Herbaceo-membranous
and Herbaceo-scariose to denote the intermediate states. The first occurs
in the glumes of Phalaris, and in the palese of Poa annua ; the second, in the
glumes of Anthoxanthum, and the glumes and paleae of Trisetum.

Coriaceous. Thicker and firmer than membranous, as in the paleae of
Phalaris.

Coriaceo-membranous would express an intermediate degree of consistency,
as in the paleae of Milium effusum. Herbaceo-coriaceous would denote a
difference of colour and texture rather than of substance ; we have it in the
paleae of Sclerochloa rigida and Triticum loliaceum.

Horny. Harder than coriaceous. The paleae of Andropogon Allionii may
well deserve this title, at least when the plant is in seed, nor would it be mis-
applied to the paleae of Panicum, or the glume of Sorghum saccharatum.

Fleshy. This term may be applied to the additional scales which indicate
the exterior florets in some species of Phalaris, and to those of the interior
floret in Melica, but perhaps not correctly to either glume or palea.

The shape of the glumes and paleae, considered as flat surfaces, does not
appear to afford us any good generic characters ; but their being navicular,
compressed, concave, nerved, furnished with a marked midrib, or ribbed, are
particulars to be attended to. In this respect also I find considerable differ-
ence in the use of words. We have canaliculatce, carinatas, carinato-compressce,
naviculares, naviculari-carinatoe, concavce, concavo-compressce, naviculari-com-
pressae, involutce. Concave and carinate seem by most authors to be placed in
opposition ; but Smith unites in the same description concave and keeled. In
considering the substance of a plant, I understand the compound terms, such,
for instance, as herbaceo-membranaceous, to indicate an intermediate state ;
but in the foregoing examples it would be hard to say what idea was intended
to be expressed by a form between boat-shaped and heeled. Mertens and Koch
prefer considering the glume as convex instead of concave.

The structure of the valve in this point of view consists of several particu-
lars unconnected with each other, which may or may not be combined, but
where in many cases we cannot with propriety speak of an intermediate form.
A navicular or boat-shaped glume is one so closed at the ends that it cannot
be opened into a flat surface. We find this in degree in the glumes of many

Mr, Woods (m the Genera of European Grasses. 17

Grasses, but we do not notice it unless it occur in a remarkable degree, as in
the glumes of Phalaris and Beckmannia. This may be accompanied with a
keel, as in the first instance, or be without one, as in the second, and conse-
quently a form may be both navicular and keeled (glumce naviculares carinatce),
but not intermediate between them.

The distinctions which appear to me to be usefid are :

Involute. The margins turned in, as in the paleae of Stipa, and perhaps of
most of those Grasses where the outer palea hardens on the seed.

Concave. Rounded at the back, as in the paleae of the Panicece. This
occurs sometimes where the organ is nerved or ribbed, as in Glyceria aqua-
tica, but rarely where there is a keel or midrib decidedly stronger than the
other ribs.

Compressed. The two sides meeting in an angle at the back ; this generally,
but not necessarily includes a midrib. The outer palese of Poa and Dactylis
may furnish examples.

The first of these may exist in union with either of the others, and to any
of them a keel may be added : two or three terms may therefore be used in
the same description, but they should not be compounded. ; i,i\,t j . i j. ,1: } .;

In some Grasses we find the glumes or paleae of even texture throughout ;
in others we find nerves, as in the palese of the Panicece, where they are quite
unaccompanied by any elevation of the surface. I cannot call these striae,
because there is in some cases a closely and uniformly striated surface ; yet
they show themselves only in colour. In others we find, as in Glyceria,
Eragrostis, and some species of Poa, sharply prominent nerves, and in others,
as Sclerochloa, a thick rounded nerve, or almost indeterminate thickening of
the substance with intermediate hollows, which do not seem always deep
enough to be called furrows. The first of these I call nerves, the latter, ribs.
In all these cases the outer palea, to which these particularities of description
chiefly apply, has a central nerve or prominence, to which I do not give the
name of midrib, unless it be stronger or more prominent than the others.

The inner palea has usually two ribs, at which the membrane is folded in
upon the parts of fructification. While in flower it almost uniformly follows
the curve of the outer palea, at least in Grasses where the spicula has more
than one flower, till the swelling of the seed forces it into a line concavQ

VOL, xvin. p

^'•'■.,

18 Mr. Woods on the Genera of European Grasses.

within. Thie exceptions from such an arrangement are all that it is necessary
to notice.

An additional glume is found in some Grasses (the Panicece, for instance,)
an additional palea in others (as in Sorghum and Phalaris), or at least addi-
tional parts putting on these appearances. These are always to be considered
as abortive florets. They arise in some cases so precisely at the same point
with the perfect floret, that it might be difficult to decide whether they ought
to be considered as inferior or superior, if we had not a guide in their position,
whether within the inferior or superior glume. In the first case, it must be
the rudiment of an inferior, in the latter, of a superior floret. In fact, how-
ever, all the cases which might at first appear doubtful are distinguishable by
the nature of the adjunct, the lower floret assuming the form of a sessile valve
or scale, while the upper is always stalked, and frequently reduced to a mere
stalk, which is not even constantly thickened at the top.

Within the palese are the squamulce, the nectaries of Linnaeus. These are
often somewhat fleshy scales, but in many genera they are thin and scariose
or filmy, putting on the appearance of minute paleee ; they are usually two,
and are met with lobed or entire in the same genus, and I believe even in the
same species. In Imperata, Lygeum, Anthoxanthum, Crypsis, Alopecurus,
Coleanthus, and Nardus they are wanting, as they are also in most species of
Spartina and in Sesleria tenella.

The stamina of Grasses are usually 3. Psilurus and some species of Fes-
tuca have only 1 ; Imperata, Anthoxanthum, the terminal floret of Hierochloe,
Crypsis aculeata, and one species of Bromus have 2 ; Oryza has 6. These are
all the exceptions that the limits of my work require me to notice. The an-
thers are oblong, notched at each end, except in Lygeum, and perhaps one or
two more genera.

The germen seems to afford no character which is not better developed in
the seed.

The stigmas are usually 2, sometimes sessile, or nearly so, sometimes on
lengthened styles. These styles ai'e united into one in Sesleria ; and this
seems to me to be the case also in Imperata ; nevertheless, where there are two
stigmas, most botanists seem agreed to place the plant in the order Digynia.
Nardus and Lygeum have each only one stigma. Mr. Brown, from his obser-

Mr, Woods on the Genera of European Grasses. 19

vations on Glyceria, seems disposed to place some reliance on the simple or
branched filaments which compose the stigma; but from Kunth's work, as
well as from what little I have been able to examine myself, I should doubt if
this could be trusted as a generic distinction.

The seed in some cases is entirely detached and of itself falls out of the
palese ; in others it is inclosed by, and falls off with them, but without ad-
hering to either ; sometimes it is attached to the upper, and sometimes to both
paleee. It is sometimes furrowed, and sometimes has an even surface; is
sometimes crested, and sometimes hairless ; sometimes linear and thin, some-
times thick and turgid. All these particulars are useful in the formation of
genera, yet perhaps hardly any so constant as to p.rove at once a difference of
genus.

The tribes I propose are the following :

1.

Andropogone^.

8.

Arundinace^.

2.

Panicky.

9.

CHLORIDEiE.

3.

Oryze^.

10.

Avenace^.

4.

PHALARIDEiE.

11.

Festucace^,

5.

Phleine^.

12.

Hordeace^.

6.

AcROSTIDEiE.

13.

PAPPOPHOREiE.

7.

Stipace^e.

14.

Rottboelliace^

In discriminating these tribes, and the genera which they contain, I have
endeavoured to give such characters as will apply to the plants of Europe.
My knowledge is too imperfect to enable me to hope to seize correctly the
distinguishing marks of those of more distant regions. Where a character
occurs only in one genus of a tribe, or in one tribe among the Grasses, I mark it
with a note of admiration : this plan renders it unnecessary to mention under
the other tribes or other genera that such a particular is wanting.

AnDROPOGONEjE.

The proper characters of this tribe seem to be, that the spiculee are in pairs,
one sessile and one stalked, or, at the extremity of each branch, in threes, of
which two are stalked. The sessile spiculee are always perfect, containing
one perfect floret and the palea-like rudiment of another. The stalked spiculee

D 2

20 Mr. Woods on the Genera of European Grasses.

are barren in some genera and perfect in others. The glumes are firm, nearly
equal, inclosing the paleae, which are thin, and often filmy, but bearing a
strong awn. The inflorescence is panicular, except in Andropogon, where
most of the species produce their spiculae in two rows on the same side of a
flattened rachis ; and the spikes or racemes thus formed are frequently dis-
posed in pairs or digitate. Flowers in determinate sets occur among the
Panicece, which, however, are easily distinguished by the coriaceous paleae.
They are also found in Hordeum, and in some foreign genera among the
Rottboelliaceoe. Elymus and Lygeum have two or three spiculse together,
but they offer nothing of a systematic arrangement.
The genera of this tribe -may be thus disposed :

A. Spiculse all fertile, clothed with long silky hairs. Glumes thin.

1. Saccharum. Palese unarmed, the inner small or wanting. Squamulse 2.

Panicle not spike-like.

2. Imperata. Paleae 2, unarmed. Squamulse none. Panicle spike-like. Rachis

abruptly flexuose, continuous.

3. Erianthus. Outer palea awned. Squamulae 2. Panicle spreading. Rachis

hardly flexuose, very brittle.

B. Lateral or stalked spiculse barren.

4. Andropogon. Spiculse linear-lanceolate, compressed. Seeds nearly linear.

5. Sorghum. Spiculse ovate or ovato-lanceolate, turgid. Glumes of the fer-

tile floret coriaceous or horny. Seed roundish.

The second and third genera were struck off* from Saccharum by Palisot de
Beauvois. The true Saccharum has, as it appears from this author, only one
palea and no awn or seta.

Imperata and Erianthus differ, as stated above ; but these distinctions are
not sufficient to constitute genera unless supported by a marked peculiarity of
habit ; and where we have only one species of a genus, as in Imperata, we can
hardly acknowledge some difference of general appearance to decide the
question, since we have no proof of its having any connection with the cha-
racter. I may add to the foregoing description of Imperata, that in all my
specimens the styles are united in the lower part. The very tough and horny

Mr. Woods on the Genera of European Grasses. 21

glumes and large swelling seeds of Sorghum appear to me to separate it suf-
ficiently from Andropogon, and the habit is very different. Yet Kunth unites
them, and Brown seems to rest their distinction exclusively on the inflores-
cence, which in Andropogon is usually in one-sided spikes, often in pairs or
digitate, while Sorghum has an equal, diffuse panicle. I must confess that
the glumes of A. Allionii and of A. Gryllus are, when in seed, nearly as hard
as in Sorghum, though not so thick and solid, but the glumes of Sorghum are
hard even while the plant is in flower.

Panicky.

These have two glumes, one of which is generally much smaller than the
other, and sometimes reduced to a hardly distinguishable rudiment. Within
these we find what appears in the European genera to be a third glume, but
which analogy teaches us to consider as the rudiment of a barren exterior
floret. In Oplismenus we may sometimes observe within this rudiment a filmy
palea ; and, in several tropical species of the tribe, this part is furnished with
anthers. This barren floret seems to do the duty of a glume in the protection
it affords to the fertile one. The palese of the latter are very firm and coria-
ceous or horny. They are dotted, or quite smooth, rounded or almost flat-
tened at the back, without midrib or prominent nerve ; but nerves are in some
species distinguishable in colour, especially towards the apex of the palea.
The European genera are as follows :

A. Spiculae in two rows on one side of a flattened rachis.

1. Digitaria. Spikes fingered, unarmed.

2. Oplismenus. Spike compound ; one-sided in the whole and in each part.

Spiculse naked.

B. Spiculee not on such a rachis.

3. Setaria. Spike compact, cylindrical. Spiculse surrounded by an involu-

crum of simple bristles !

4. Pennisetum. Spike compact, cylindrical. Interior bristles of the involu-

crum feathery !

5. Panicum. Spiculse in a scattered panicle, unarmed. Glumes and abortive

palese of similar texture.

22 Mr. Woods on the Genera of European Grasses.

6. Lappago. Spiculse on short spikes in a raceme. The uppermost tabescent.
Outer glume filmy ; inner coriaceous, prickly. No abortive floret.

Paspalum is not a European genus, but it seems necessary to notice it on
account of its close affinity with Digitaria. " A Panico distinctum," says
Kunth, "nonnisi glum^ inferiore plerumque abortiente." Kunth ^uts Digi-
taria with Panicum. The term plerumque must in such a case be interpreted
as admitting an accidental defect, not as a specific mark ; that in all species it
usually/ exists, but is in some occasionally wanting ; for if this be the only
distinction, it is evident that a species uniformly possessing the inferior glume
must be a Panicum and not a Paspalum. In the same way I should explain
the "glumae rarissime 2" in the generic character of Paspalum. On reverting,
however, to the species, we find that the glumes of this genus are always men-
tioned in the plural. It would certainly be clearer, where there is only one
glume in a spicula, to mention it in the singular ; but supposing this to be
merely a looseness of expression, we can yet, I think, hardly understand
" glumis flosculo longioribus" to apply to a single glume ; and in the descrip-
tions of no less than 48 species of Paspalum, two glumes are explicitly men-
tioned, or at least an inferior glume is mentioned, and the superior, as we
know, is always present. The lower is not even always a very small glume,
since we find in Paspalum distant and P. incequivalve " gluma inferiore flos-
culo dimidio breviore," and in Paspalum fusees cens, " glumis sequilongis palea
inferiore paulo brevioribus." Paspalum fuscum is described " glumis sub-
sequalibus ;" P. ligulare and P. brevifolium, " glumis sequalibus." Is it that
the author in these cases, after explaining the structure of the flower in the
generic description in his own words, has, in carelessly copying preceding
writers, called that a glume in the account of the species, which he had pre-
viously explained to be the palea of an inferior abortive floret ? This how-
ever is not all, for the lower glume of the spiked and digitate Panicums (Di-
gitarias) is described in different species as exigua, minuta, minutissima, bre-
vissima, minima, ohsoleta, and in Panicum tenuiflorum, ohsoletissima. In
Pan. propinquum the glume is univalvis, and in Pan. gibbosum and Pan.phceo-
trix the lower glume is nulla.

Another apparent distinction is offered to us by Kunth in the generic cha-

Mr. Woods on the Genera of European Grasses. 23

racters. He says of the paleae of Paspalum, " inferior superiorem binerviam
amplectens ;" of those of Panicum, " inferior superiorem parinerviam ampiec-
tens." If by parinerviam we are to understand that the interior palea has the
same number of nerves as the exterior, it would be a curious distinction, and
in opposition to the general structure of the flowers of Grasses, which requires
a central rib in the outer palea and rejects it in the inner. This, however,
does not agree with the fact, and we must therefore suppose him to mean that
the nerves of the interior palea are in pairs, and that there is consequently an
even number of them, and this would not exclude the " paleam binerviam" of
Paspalum. In those Panicums which I have examined I find two nerves and
no more in the interior palea. On the whole, I confess myself unable to make
out any difference between Paspalum and Digitaria, for the spiculae of the
former seem always to be disposed in rows on the same side of a flattened
rachis as in the latter ; and the spiculse, as far as I can make out, are some-
times, but not constantly, in pairs in both genera.

In our species of Digitaria the lowermost spiculae in luxuriant specimens
are three together; the upper ones are usually solitary; the intermediate ones,
forming the greater number, are in pairs, one of which is sessile, or very nearly
so, and the other stalked. This genus, as I have already said, is not admitted
by Kunth ; and indeed the one-sided digitate spikes, which form at once so
evident and so beautiful a character, would not, on the generally received prin-
ciples of botanical science, be acknowledged as a sufficient mark of separation.
Sir J. E. Smith seems rather to have endeavoured to deceive himself into a
belief of the difference between Panicum and Digitaria by placing Digitaria
among the one-flowered, and Panicum among the two-flowered Grasses, than
to have been really convinced of it. And while Digitaria has an additional
glume to the calyx, and the additional floi-et of Panicum is reduced to a single
valve, so very much like an additional glume that Sir James does not attempt
to give any mark by which they may be practically distinguished, we cannot
admit a separation merely on this ground Sir W. Hooker adds, that the flowers
are in unilateral spikes, and this is the distinction I am contending for ; and
I think we may be allowed to use the word spike with this latitude, though
some of the florets are evidently stalked.

Oplismenus has a small point to the outer palea, and the nerves of the inner

24 Mr. Woods on the Genera of European Grasses.

glume and of the outer palea of the abortive floret meet each in a point,
which in many cases is prolonged into a seta. O. Crusgalli has, I believe,
always a filmy inner palea to the neutral floret, but it does not appear that
this is constant through the genus. A comparison of Kunth's descriptions of
the genera Panicum and Oplismenus leaves no distinguishing mark between
them, except the "glumae et paleae muticse" of the former, and "palese mu-
cronatse et glumes plerumque aristatse" of the latter. A mark of this sort is
not often to be depended on among Grasses, and with the qualifying adverb
it seems to be a very slight distinction. This learned author is amazingly
careless in his divisions, whether of tribes, of genera, or of species, as to
whether the description contain, or do not contain, a differentia : he seems in
all cases to trust rather to the general habit of the plant and to his own tact,
than to any decided or describable character.

Setaria. Sir J. E. Smith says, that the bristle-like involucrum is not suf-
ficient to form a generic character. I am glad to seize anything which sepa-
rates a group of plants which have a peculiar appearance. The smaller spikes,
where the whole is compound, have something of a one-sided appearance, but
I think rather from their position than from their structure. The whole in-
florescence is, I believe, invariably alike all round. Since there is a marked
habit, I am not willing to throw this genus back again into Panicum : how far
it may be rightly separated from Pennisetum I will not venture to decide, but
I have high authority for keeping them distinct. In the European species
the leaves are rough and the sheaths smooth, bearded at the mouth.

I follow Kunth, rather than my own judgement, in placing Lappago among
the Panicece, but I do not know where else to put it. The outer glume is
broad-based, but small, and so thin that it is often difficult to detect it. The
inner is hard and prickly. This difference of structure might give some ground
to consider the latter as an abortive floret ; but as the thin valve is towards
the rachis of the spike, and therefore probably the inferior glume, analogy
does not support us in this view of the subject. The inflorescence is in small
spikes, not quite sessile, on a five-channeled rachis, each spike springing from
an angle and having a channel above it. A difference in the direction of the
parts gives to the whole the appearance of a one-sided raceme. The spiculse
grow all round the rachis of these short spikes ; there are two or more of them.

Mr. Woods on the Genera of European Grasses. 25

of which the two lowermost, and very rarely a third, are fertile ; one is, I
believe, always neuter, and sometimes a second.

There is no other genus in the European Flora which can be associated
with this tribe, for Cynodon, though resembling Digitaria in habit, wants the
trace of an abortive exterior floret. It is true that in the one-glumed species
of Digitaria it might be difficult to determine that the second valve was any-
thing but a superior glume, but the rudiment of a superior floret in Cynodon
will assist our judgement at least in rejecting that genus from the present

tribe.

Orvze^.

It would hardly be allowable to draw up any character of this tribe from
the only two European species which it contains. These agree in having the
spiculae scattered in a loose equal panicle, each of one perfect floret, without
any additional rudiment either internal or external. The glumes are small
and distant, or wholly wanting. The paleae are of equal length, nearly val-
vular, membrano-herbaceous, the outer deeply concave and boat-shaped.
The foreign genera assigned to this tribe by Kunth have florets of different
sorts, or at least an evident, though, perhaps, very imperfect rudiment, but
none have more than one perfect floret in the spicula. I have only to notice,

1. Leersia. Glumes 0. Outer palea ribbed. Stamens 3.

2. Oryza. Glumes 2, not precisely opposite. Outer palea ribbed and grained

as if woven. Stamens 6.

The small and apparently inefficient glumes distinguish this tribe from our
other single-flowered Grasses. Coleanthus, indeed, has no glumes, and pro-
bably on that account has been placed in this tribe by Reichenbach ; but the
paleae of unequal length, one embracing the other, and the small size and
delicate appearance announce a greater affinity with the Agrostideoe. The
glumes are wanting also in Lygeum and Nardus, but neither of these plants
approach in other respects to the Oryzece.

Phalaride^.

i only admit into this tribe such plants as show a tendency to produce one
or two external imperfect florets, and no indication of a superior one ; the

VOL. XVIII. B

28 Mr. Woods on the Genera of European Grasses.

outer palea of the perfect floret being always within the outer glumes. The
glumes are large, nearly equal, completely inclosing the florets. I have ad-
mitted amongst them Zea and Lygeum without being able to give a good
reason for doing so. The latter especially seems to me to have little relation-
ship to the rest of the tribe ; but I follow Kunth, since I know not where to
place them better,

1. Phalaris. Glumes navicular, carinate, herbaceo-membranous, including.

External florets, scale-like, neuter, Palese coriaceous, closely investing
the seed,

2. Anthoxanthum. Glumes membranous, including. External florets neuter,

each of one large palea, both of them awned. Perfect floret diandrous.
Palese scariose.

3. Hierochloa. Glumes membranous, thin. External florets triandroiis. Per-

fect floret diandrous, Paleae firmer than the glumes,

4. Zea. Barren florets 2 in a spicula, disposed in a terminal panicle. Fertile

floret 1 in each spicula, with external abortive rudiments disposed in a
dense lateral spike,

5. Lygeum. Glumes 0, Spiculae all fertile, in pairs or threes, uniting at last

to form a 2- or 3-seeded nut.

Phalaris has in most species two small fleshy scales at the base of the per-
fect floret, often tipt with hairs, and I think I can sometimes discern traces
of a filmy interior palea. In P. canariensis the additional floret is larger and
more like the paleae of the perfect floret both in size and substance than it is
in any other European species,

I have no hesitation in considering the parts which used to be described as
the corolla of Anthoxanthum as abortive florets, because I think the presence
of a midrib and central awn a very strong proof that the upper of these cannot
be an interior palea. This genus and Hierochloa I am quite disposed to
place with the Phalaridece ; but I find it more difficult to say why Arrhena-
THERUM should not also be placed amongst them. It has, however, only one
barren floret, without any rudiment or indication of a second, and the fertile
floret is consequently placed within the superior glume as in the Panicecp.
Kunth attributes to it the filiform rudiment of a superior floret, which is not

Mr. Woods on the Genera of European Grasses. 27

noticed by other botanists, and which I have not been able to find, yet there
is a small callus, which perhaps is peculiar to this grass, whose nature I do not
well understand.

PHLEINEiE.

I separate these from the Phalaridece on the principle explained by Brown,
because they have a tendency to produce an interior instead of an exterior
floret, and also on account of the thinness and delicacy of the paleae. Where
no indication of an interior floret is observable, we are content to notice that
there is no symptom of an exterior one, and to judge of the tendency by ana-
logy. There is only one perfect floret in a spicula. The glumes are nearly
equal, and include the palese. The inflorescence is in a spike-like panicle
tiled all round, and this, perhaps, forms the most marked distinction between
this tribe and the Agrostidece, although the palese in the latter tribe have usually
more consistency. The genera are :

1. Achnodcm. Glumes boat-shaped, nearly equal, three-ribbed, the lateral

ones meeting when closed so as to give the glumes a valvular appear-
ance, and a spindle-like form to the whole spicula. Palese 2, nerved,
filmy, unarmed.

2. Phleum. Glumes parallel on the midrib, which is prolonged into a seta,

embracing, and forming an oblong spicula; palese 2, nerved, filmy or
scariose, unarmed.

3. Alopecurus. Glumes membranous. Palea 1, scariose, awned at the back.

" Styles combined." Sm.

4. Crypsis. Glumes and palese membranous, of similar substance and length,
;. unarmed. -

5. Gastridium. Glumes membranous, including, acute, awnless, ventricose at

the base. Palese scariose or filmy. The outer truncate ; awn dorsal, or
none.

The boundaries of the two genera Phleum and Phalaris have somewhat
shifted their position since the time of Linnseus. His character of Phleum is
" Calyx truncatus, mucronatus." That of Smith, " Cal. of 2 close parallel
pointed valves concealing the corolla of 2 awnless valves." Hooker omits the
parallelism of the valves, which, however, is a striking character if understood

E 2

28 Mr. Woods on the Genera of European Grasses.

of the midribs, and gives to the spiciila of this genus, as I understand it, an
appearance very different from that which we find in Achnodon. Gaudin
and Kunth describe a subulate rudiment to several species, but except in
P. Michelii I have not been able to detect it. In Phleum Gerardi of Villars
I can discern no inner palea ; and I think in habit as well as in the dorsal
awn of the palea it agrees better with Alopecurus than with Phleum.

Alopecurus. In some species of this genus the glumes are united at the
base, and in some the inner edges of the single palea are united so as to form
a tubular corolla, but neither of these characters runs through the genus.
Crypsis is placed by Kunth among the Phalaridece, and its dense panicle has
obliged me to place it here, but its comparatively large and firm paleae might
perhaps vindicate for it a station among the Agrostidece. These tribes, how-
ever, are so closely allied that I have more than once doubted the propriety of
keeping them separate. The thin palese and dense spike unite in inducing me
to transfer Gastridium from the Agrostidece to this tribe. Palisot de Beauvois,
indeed, ascribes to this genus coriaceous paleee ; and Sir J. E. Smith by his
remarks on Milium, with which he unites it, seems to hold the same opinion.
I find, however, the paleee of both species to be as described by Kunth " te-
nuiter membranaceae," and that in all stages.

Some species of Polypogon might seem to belong to this tribe, but we cannot
divide the genus. The comparatively strong geniculate and twisted dorsal
awn of Lagurus, with the two lengthened points of the outer palea, show it
to belong to the Avenacece.

ACROSTIDEiE.

Spiculee one-flowered, without any exterior rudiment. Glumes nearly equal.
" Stigmas sessile, or nearly so," P. de B. Inflorescence panicular, equal
all round.

This tribe is rather formed to contain all the single-flowered Grasses which
will not enter into any of the other tribes, than as uniting plants having a
very distinct character of their own. They are all small plants, with a panicle
of fine and almost capillary branches, and small flowers and seeds. The
glumes are too large in proportion to sufl^er the student to search for the
species among the Oryzece, except, indeed, in Coleanthus, where they are

Mr. Woods on the Genera of European Grasses. 29

totally wanting ; but I have already stated in my observations on that tribe
the reasons which induce me to place it here. The want of any trace of an
exterior rudiment, as well as the more delicate texture of the palese, keep them
away from the Panicece and Phalaridece, and they have not those long silky
hairs which distinguish the Arundinacece. The last character is, I must con-
fess, the least satisfactory, for some species of Agrostis have soft hairs and
not very short ones, so that without the smaller size and more delicate tex-
ture of the plant one might be at a loss in which tribe to place it.
Genera :

1 . Polypogon. Glumes scariose, furnished with a long seta ! Palese nearly

equal, filmy, included. Awn dorsal, or none.

2. Milium. Glumes herbaceo-scariose, hardly exceeding the membrano-co-

riaceous palese. Palese nearly equal, unarmed, hardening on the seed !

3. Agrostis. Glumes membranous, acute. Palese smooth, scariose, unequal

in length, the inner sometimes wanting. The awn, if any, is dorsal.

4. Vilfa. Glumes unequal, falling short of the palese, both membranous.

Palese nearly equal, unarmed.

5. Coleanthus. Glumes 0 ; flowers solitary ; paleae unequal ; the outer with

a rough keel, terminating in a short seta. Stamens 2 !

6. Knappia. Inflorescence in a raceme, somewhat one-sided, Spiculee trun-

cate. Paleae included, scariose or filmy, shaggy, the inner minute or
wanting.

The awn is wanting in Polypogon maritimum ; where it occurs it is easily
separable from the corolla, and is therefore a true awn. The long terminal
seta of the glume in this genus is very remarkable, separating it at once from
almost all others. Smith and Hooker describe it as strictly terminal. To
me it seems to be placed a little below the extremity.

Milium. M. effusum is the only European species left by Kunth in this
genus, and he places it among the Panicece, considering the part which has
the appearance of an inner glume, and which is quite similar in form and tex-
ture to the outer glume, as a neutral floret. There is nothing in the structure
or disposition of the parts to countenance such an hypothesis, and I therefore
consider it as belonging to the Agrostidece. Vilfa of Link offers only one

so Mr. Woods on the Genera of European Grasses.

European species, which is united by Kunth to Sporoholus, but it wants the
soluble pericarp so remarkable in that genus. There is some difference of
appearance between this plant and Agrostis, to which, however, it perhaps
might be reunited without impropriety.

Of Agrostis Palisot de Beauvois makes 5 genera. Agraulos, palea only 1,
awned. Trichodium, palea 1, unarmed. Agrostis, paleee 2, the outer one
awned. Vilfa, paleee 2, unarmed ; and Apera {Agrostis spica venti), which is
separated on account of the almost terminal position of the awn.

Sir J. E. Smith says that the corolla in this genus is usually larger than the
calyx. In all the species which I have had the opportunity of examining,
except in A. spica venti and A. interrupta, forming the genus Apera of Palisot
de Beauvois, the corolla is decidedly smaller than the glumes. Kunth says,
"glumse florem plerumque multo superantes," and the figures of Palisot de
Beauvois and of Reichenbach agree in representing the corolla as smaller than
the calyx.

CoLEANTHUs is a dclicatc little Grass, of which we know only one species,
and this seems to be confined to Bohemia. It cannot be confounded with any
other, nor, I think, joined to any other tribe.

Kunth places Knappia among the Phalaridece ; of course it would in that
case belong to the division of the tribe which I have separated under the name
of Phleinece ; but on the whole, I have preferred numbering it among the
Agrostidece in spite of the peculiarity of its inflorescence, — a peculiarity which
has induced Sir W. Hooker to place it among the spiked Grasses. The palea
is very thin and tender, truncate and lacerate at the top, and covered with a
sort of shagginess, which seems rather to consist of torn-up portions of its
substance than of hairs. These circumstances render it very difficult to tell
whether or not there is an inner palea, as it is not easy to exhibit the outer
without tearing it, and impossible to decide from its appearance when dis-
played whether it has been torn or not.

I have been very much at a loss to know by what name this Grass ought to
be called. Adanson, who first separated it from Agrostis, called it Mibora ;
"but," says Sir J. E. Smith, "that author's names, so often founded on bad
principle, have been generally neglected." The next name was Chamagrostis ;
and surely if Mihora was founded on a bad principle, this rests upon a worse,

Mr. Woods on the Genera of European Grasses. 31

inasmuch as a name without any meaning must be less objectionable than
one with a false meaning. Hoppe in 1799, according to Gaudin, gave to it
the name of Sturmia, and Smith in English Botany, in 1 803, that of Knappia.
The proper name would, therefore, undoubtedly be Sturmia, if this had not
been already given by Gaertner to a species of Guettarda, of which, whether
it really deserve to constitute a genus or not I cannot tell. In this uncertainty
I leave it for the present under the name by which it is best known to English
botanists ; at the same time, I cannot but think that Sir J. E, Smith acted not
wisely in altering the specific name. Minima merely implies that it is a very
small Grass, and by no means necessarily that it is the smallest of the genus ;
and agrostidea is quite as objectionable, as it would be easy to conceive a
Grass much more like an Agrostis without losing the generic distinction of
Knappia.

Stipace^.

Spiculee in an equal panicle, one-flowered, without any rudiment either
above or below. Glumes herbaceous at the base, scariose at the margin, in-
cluding the floret. The principal character is in the outer palea, which is
convolute, and hardens on the seed without being attached to it. The extre-
mity thus rolled up forms the base of an awn, which is connected by a more
or less evident joining* at the base, and is in most instances geniculate and
twisted. This character alone seems in all cases to carry the habit along
with it, and to fix the plant among the Stipacece. Squamulae 3.

1. Piptatherum. Floret sessile. Palese subcoriaceous. Awn straight, deci-

duous. Panicle lax.

2. Stipa. Floret stalked. Palese coriaceous, the inner entire. Awn with an

evident joining into the palese, geniculate and twisted. (In S. aristella
the floret is sessile, and the awn straight and even).

3. Achnatherum. Glumes scariose, herbaceous at the base. Floret stalked,

enveloped in silky hairs. Palese membranous. Awn geniculate and
twisted, the joining obscurely marked.

* I nse joint for the thing joined ; joining, for the point of union. The arm is a joint ; the elbow a
joining. This language appears to me more correct, and more convenient in botanical descriptions, than
the usual confusion between the two terms.

32 Mr. Woods on the Genera of European Grasses.

PiPTATHERUM IS a gcnus of 4 or perhaps 5 species, all European, which were
separated by Palisot de Beauvois from Agrostis and Milium. Kunth says of the
spiculee of Piptatherum, " basi baud articulatse." I am ignorant of the precise
import of this phrase. None of the Stipacece are described as having the spi-
culee articulate at the base. Such a character might well be given to a plant,
for instance, like Imperata cylindrica, where the whole spicula, glumes in-
cluded, readily separates from the callus which supports it. In Melica also
the calyx appears to fall off; but in most Grasses the separation of the floret
takes place within the glumes, and this seems to be the case with all the
Stipacece. In S. aristella the floret is sessile, and the awn neither geniculate
nor twisted ; perhaps it ought to form a distinct genus, or be united to Pipta-
therum. In the Mantissa it is called an Agrostis. In all the other species the
awn is geniculate and generally with two knees, which, however, are not very
acutely bent. The part between the knees is less closely twisted than the
lower part of the awn, but in the same direction. Two broad ribs run down
the awn, and each side of each rib is furnished with a row of hairs, which in
some species are short and bristle-like, in others soft and long, or bristly in
the twisted part, and longer and finer in that which is not twisted. Duby in
the Bot. Gall, describes S. capillata " aristis basi rectis apice tortilibus ;" but
this is certainly erroneous. I have preferred the name of Achnatherum given
by Palisot de Beauvois to the inadmissible compound Lasiagrostis adopted
from Link by Kunth. It is true that some species were included by the first-
mentioned writer, which succeeding botanists do not acknowledge ; but as
these are sunk in other genera, they form no objection to the appropriation of
the name to this. In habit the European, and probably the Siberian species

approach to Arundo.

Arundinace^.

This tribe, like the following, contains some plants of which the spiculse are
one-flowered, and others in which they are many-flowered, but with so much
similarity of habit and structure, that Linnaeus united them all into one genus.
I follow other botanists in finding the technical difference in the long silky
hairs which envelope the florets, but I confess it to be a nice point to di-
stinguish the tribe on this ground. Some species of Agrostis, as has been
already observed, are not entirely destitute of such hairs, and nearly if not

Mr. Woods on the Genera of European Grasses. 33

quite as long as those in A. Halleri or A. sylvatica. The size and coarseness
of the plant common to the tribe forms certainly part of our notion of the
Aru7id'inacece, but A. tenella seems intermediate both in this circumstance and
in the hairs which envelop its florets, and it is placed by some botanists in
the genus Agrostis. On the other hand, some of the many-flowered species
seem technically to approach to Avena ; but the hairs of the latter genus are
usually stifFer, and not so fine and silky as in Arundo. The awn too, when it
occurs, is always stronger among the Avenacece, and twisted as well as geni-
culate. If Deschampsia ccespitosa be rightly separated from Aira, its size and
coarse perennial herbage, as well as the hairs at the base of the floret, might
almost justify us in placing it among the Arundinacece.

In forming the genera of this tribe, the number of florets in a spicula seems
hardly to afford a sufficient ground. The difference of habit between the two
extremes is not great, and the gradation is complete from the strictly single-
flowered spiculce of Calamagrostis, to those containing also an abortive rudi-
ment in Deyeuxia, and thence through A. Plinli, in which they have sometimes
only a rudiment, and sometimes a complete second floret (when it becomes
the Arundo blflora of the Florentine botanists), and A. mauritanica (which is
perhaps the same species, but is desci'ibed as having from one to three florets,)
to A. Donax, where the florets vary from two to five. The gradation of habit is
as complete as that of the number of florets. Phragmites loves a more watery
situation than the others, and the barren or neutral lower floret affbrds us a
good and stable generic character ; but if I were to separate the many-
flowered species, I should be disposed to unite Calamagrostis and Deyeuxia
under the name of Arundo, as was done by Mertens and Koch, and to assign
to the remaining plants the generic name of Donax. The genera I am willing
to acknowledge are :

1. Arundo. Spiculee 1- or more-flowered, the lowermost perfect. Glumes

equal, or the outer the largest. These and the palese membranous. Pa-
nicle diffiise. Seed hairless.

2. Ammophila. Spiculse 1-flowered, with an interior rudiment. Glumes nearly

equal, membrano-scariose. Palese membranous, nerved, with a short,
straight, nearly terminal awn. Panicle spike-like !
VOL. xvin. F

34 Mr. Woods on the Genera of European Grasses.

3. Phragmites. Spiculae many-flowered, the lowermost imperfect and not

covered with hairs. Glumes membranous, the outer much the smallest.
Paleae scariose, unarmed. Panicle diffuse.

4. Ampelodesmus. Spiculae many-flowered, the lowermost perfect, unless when

the inner glume is changed into an imperfect Jloret. Glumes not opposite,
the outer rather the smallest, membrano-scariose. Paleae membranous.
Awn subterminal. Seed crested. Panicle diffuse.

It would appear from the above descriptions that the palese in Ammophila
and Ampelodesmus are firmer than the glumes. In Phragmites the glumes
are the firmest ; in Arundo they are about of equal consistency, or the paleae
are the firmest. Arundo is variously awned : the awn is said to be sometimes
wanting in A. tenella ; A. Donax has no awn, but a distinct seta continued
from the midrib between the two subulate points of the outer palea. In
A. Plinii and .^. mauritanica the outer palea gradually tapers into a long
point. Phragmites has no awn.

Palisot de Beauvois has drawn three stigmas to Ammophila, but this must be
a mistake ; and he has some confusion in his account of Z>onax which I cannot
unravel, the plates not agreeing with the letter-press.

Chlorides.

The European genera of this tribe are few, and are easily known by their
inflorescence, the spiculse being j)laced in two rows on one side of a flattened
rachis, without any tendency to form an imperfect exterior floret. There is
sometimes only one floret, with an interior, stalk-like rudiment, and sometimes
more than one perfect floret. Kunth adds, that the superior is the exterior
glume ; but if I understand him aright, there are few Grasses in which it can
be determined, where this is not the case. This I have already stated in the pre-
liminary observations. I may add, that in the Chlorideoi the glumes and palese
are nearly of equal consistency, or the latter rather the thinnest, and that, in
the European species at least, though there is in some instances something of a
point formed by the continuation of the midrib, there is no awn. The genera
are :

1. Cynodon. Spikes fingered. Spiculse 1 -flowered, with an interior rudiment.

Mr. Woods on the Genera of European Grasses. 35

Glumes nearly equal, membranous. Paleae of equal length, membranous,
the outer much the broadest, and embracing' the other.

2. Dactyloctenium. Spikes fingered ; spiculee many-flowered : inner glume

niucronate. Paleae unequal, the outer ventricose, membranous ; the inner
scariose.

3. Leptochloa. Spikes in a raceme. Spiculee 2- or many-flowered. Glumes

keeled. Outer palea keeled, 3-nerved. Awn straight.

4. Bechmannia. Spikes in a raceme ; spiculae 1 — 3-flowered. Glumes equal,

deeply navicular, quite obtuse, and enlarging towards the apex. Paleae
membranous, less firm than the glume, awnless.

5. Spartina. Spikes upright, in a raceme. Glumes very unequal, the inner

large, acuminate, and almost including the solitary floret. Paleae un-
armed, membranous, but less firm than the glume, the outer retuse.
Styles united.

The single floret seems to be the principal distinction between Cynodon
and Chloris. There is no European species of this latter genus. Dactylocte
NiUM cegyptiacum, Willd., the only species with which I have any concern, was
considered by Linnaeus as a Cynosurus ; and, in fact, these two genera may
be taken as the connecting links which unite the Chloridece and Festucacece.
Michaux ranked it as Chloris, to which its fingered spikes give it a consider-
able resemblance. It is said by Steudel to be the Cenchrus oegyptius of Lin-
naeus. Lamarck placed it with Eleusine. Walter (Carolin.) with JEgilops. At
last Willdenow established for this and one or two more species a new genus
with a bad name, which I have not presumed to alter. Beckmannia is inserted
by Kunth among the Phalaridece, but it has no trace of an external imperfect
floret, and the structure of the flower, as well as the one-sided spikes, point
out its strong affinity with Chloris. Spartina is the only genus whose position
is doubtful, yet the description approaches nearly to that of Cynodon.

AVENACE^.

The necessary insertion of the Arundinacece and Chloridece has somewhat
interrupted the natural series which might pass from Stipa to Avena. All the
genera have glumes, which are scariose on the margin (except in Gaudinia),

V 2

36 Mr. Woods on the Genera of European Grasses.

and as long, or nearly as long as the spicula, and this contains, except in
Lagurus and in An-henatherum, two or more perfect florets. With the excep-
tion of the latter genus, the tendency of this tribe is to perfect its lower florets,
while the upper ones are frequently imperfect and tabescent. The palese are
unequal in substance, the outer being much the firmest, frequently strongly
ribbed, and generally with a scariose margin or extremity. The inner is alto-
gether scariose, except on the two keeled nerves, permanent, and embracing
the seed. A jointed and twisted awn rises from the back of the outer palea,
but this is sometimes wanting. The inflorescence is in a panicle, spreading
all round, except in Gaud'mia, where it is in a spike, the spiculse being in
opposite rows on a fragile, alternately channelled rachis. The inequality of
substance in the palea;, and the greater firmness of the outer, as compared to
the glumes, may be added to the marks already pointed out, which distinguish
these plants from the Arundinaceoe. They are separated from the Festucacece
chiefly by the nature of the awn, by the stiff" hairs at the base of the floret,
and by the greater comparative length of the glumes. Unfortunately, the stiffs
hairs at the base of the floret do not always exist ; nor is the dorsal, genicu-
late awn always present. The awn or seta among the Festucacece is never
geniculate, although it is somewhat curved and twisted in some species of
Bromus ; but the awn in the Avenacece arises from the substance of the palese,
and never from the union of several nerves as in that genus, while in the other
genera of Festucacece it is evidently a mere continuation of the midrib.
The genera are :

1. Aira. Glumes 2-flowered, without any rudiment. Outer palea nerveless,

included. Awn, if any, dorsal, geniculate.

2. Deschampsia . Glumes keeled, containing (but not including) 2 perfect

florets, and the rudiment of a third more or less developed. Awn dorsal,
straight.

3. Lagurus. Glumes 1 -flowered, scariose, ending in a long fringed seta!

Outer palea nerved, ending in two long setae and an intermediate genicu-
late and twisted dorsal awn.

4. Trisetum. Glumes 2 — 6-flowered, membranous, not exceeding the florets.

Outer palea scariose, without nerves or any distinct keel, ending in two

Mr. Woods on the Genera of European Grasses. 37

acute teeth, with an intermediate slender geniculate and twisted dorsal
awn. Seed without a furrow and without a crest.

5. Avena. Glumes nearly equal, 2 or more flowered, herbaceous, with a sca-

riose margin. Outer palea scariose, nerved, ending in two points, with
an intermediate geniculate and twisted dorsal awn. Seed furrowed, and
hairy or crested, elliptic-oblong, attached to the inner palea.

6. Gaudinia. Spiculae many-flowered, in two opposite rows on an alternately

channelled brittle rachis. Glumes very unequal, the longest (superior)
much shorter than the spicula.

7. Arrhenatherum. Glumes 2-flowered, the lower barren, with a geniculate

and twisted dorsal awn. Awn of the fertile floret short and straight.
Paleee scariose, the outer ribbed and ending in two points.

8. Holcus. Glumes 2-flowered, the lower perfect, awnless ; the upper barren or

perfect, with a dorsal awn. Palese without ribs, hardening on the seed.

9. Danthonia. Glumes 2 — 3-flowered, membranous, as long as the spicula.

Outer palea quite smooth and coriaceous below, rounded at the back,
bifid, with a firm, broad, intermediate point, which sometimes becomes
the base of a geniculate awn.

The difference of habit seems to justify the separation of Deschampsia from
Aira. It has usually the more or less perfect indication of a third floret, which
is wanting in the latter genus. The straight awn also rising from near the base
is never wanting, and such an awn is found in no species of Aira. I am more
inclined to rest upon this character than upon the 4 teeth of the paleae, which,
it seems to me, are not cut with such precision as to give much confidence in
their always occurring in the same number ; and similar teeth are not unfre-
quent in A'lrajlexiiosa. Indeed I find hardly any Grass where this part has
the firmness and regularity exhibited in the figures of Palisot de Beauvois. I
unite Corynephorus and Airopsis to the remaining species of Aika. The first
has a distinct and beautiful character in its clubbed awn and the little tuft of
hairs at the genicula, but the habit is that of some species of Aira. Airopsis
has been separated on its want of an awn, and on the three lobes or teeth
which terminate the inner palea. Yet Kunth says, " obsolete triloba," which
does not indicate a clear distinction. What he considers as genuine species

38 Mr. Woods on the Genera of European Grasses.

are only 2, not much alike in general appearance, A. globosa and A. agro-
stidea, and of these he calls the first " species anomala," and doubts if it do
not rather belong to Aira: yet this is, I believe, the original species. In
A. globosa the outer palea is rather firmer than the glume; in A. agrostidea
the paleae are the thinnest and most pellucid. A. agrostidea has perfectly
smooth paleae, contrary to the generic character of Airopsis. In most of the
Airce the seed seems to be loose and the corolla unchanged ; but in A. caryo-
phyllea, prcecox, capillaris, pulchella, and probably some others, the paleae
harden upon the seed. These are very different in habit from A.Jiexuosa,
and I have doubted whether it might not serve as a foundation for remodelling
the genera, but I have not materials for following out the investigation. The
outer palea is without any prominent nerve or rib in the hitherto acknow-
ledged species ; but I have a small Grass from the neighbourhood of Rome,
which in many respects is an Aira, and with the habit of Aira caryophyllea ,
where the outer palea is strongly ribbed, much firmer than the glume, and fully
as long, but it does not harden on the seed. I propose to call it Aira costata ;
paled inferiore costatd glumis Jirmiore immutatd.

The single flowers of Lagurus separate it from the rest of the tribe, and the
compact head might lead the student to place it among the Phleinece, but an
examination of the florets will certainly induce him to seek for it here.

Of Trisetum Kunth says, " Differt ab Aira non nisi numero florum ;" but
T. phleoides, T. molle, T. toluccense, T. elongatum, T. condensatum, T. Iceflingi-
anum, T. Cavanillesii are described by himself as having only two flowers.
Why do they not belong to Aira ? I am more disposed to rest the difference
on the comparative length of the glumes, which in most species of Aira con-
siderably exceed the spicula. Yet this is not the case in A.Jiexuosa, which
perhaps might be joined to Trisetum. In habit the difference is more marked,
yet it is difficult to say precisely in what it consists. The panicle is more
dense in Trisetum than in most of the Airce, yet, perhaps, not more than in
Aira prcecox, which nobody thinks of uniting with Trisetum ; perhaps we may
say that it chiefly depends on the crowded spiculee of the latter genus, while
those of Aira are very much scattered. To distinguish Trisetum from Avena,
we must, I think, depend chiefly on the seed, which in the former genus has
neither crest nor furrow.

Mr. Woods on the Genera of European Grasses. 39

The spiculse of Avena are said to be 3 or more flowered, but we cannot
depend on this character, since A. satlva and A. orientalis have only 2 ;
and this is sometimes the case with A.fatua, A. hirtula, A. amethystina,
A. brevis, and A. alba, among the Grasses of Europe : we must, therefore,
chiefly I'ely upon the furrowed and crested seed to distinguish it from Aira as
well as from Trlsetum. The awn is said to be from the base of the palea in
Aira, and from the back in Avena, and the former has a shining panicle, but
there are exceptions both ways to each of these circumstances.

Gaudinia is readily distinguished by its spiked florets and unequal glumes,
and I think there is no danger of its being referred to any other tribe. The
geniculate dorsal awn is not to be found among the Hordeacece or Rottboelli-
acece.

Arrhenatherum and Holcus are suflBciently marked by the characters

above given. The habit of the plant obliges me to place here the first of these

genera in spite of the outer imperfect floret. It cannot be confounded with

any of the Panicece or Phalaridece. The membranous and strongly-ribbed

palese and geniculate dorsal awn keep it quite distinct from these families.

Danthonia decumbens has been considered as a Poa and as a Festuca, and it

might seem, therefore, probably to belong to the Festucacece, but I think

Kunth has done well in placing it here. I am in this principally guided by

the large membranous glumes, and by its close affinity to D. provincialis,

from which it differs almost in nothing but in the want of the twisted upper

part of the awn. Without pretending to decide whether Triodia, of which I

know nothing, be really a distinct genus, I cannot agree with those who would

separate these two species.

Festucace^.

. This is on the whole a very distinct tribe, although closely allied by some
of its genera to the Avenacece on the one hand, and to the Hordeacece on the
other. The spiculse are scattered, many-flowered. The glumes are unequal,
shorter than the spicula, generally thinner than the outer palea, never of a
thicker or firmer substance. The outer palea is usually more or less distinctly
nerved or ribbed, herbaceous or membranous, not coriaceous while the plant
is in flower, but in some species hardening on the seed ; while in others the
inner becomes attached to the seed without alteration. They generally have

40 Mr. Woods on the Genera of European Grasses.

a scariose margin, and are sometimes furnished with a point or seta, never
with a separable awn. The inner palea is scariose and pellucid, except on
the two nerves or keels, which are green, and at which the palea is uniformly
folded. The panicle is one-sided in Melica, Sderochloa, Daclylis, and Festuca ;
in Glyceria.jiuitans, and in Cynosurus echinatus, elegans, and aureus. Oreo-
chloa and Cynosurus cristatus have a one-sided spike. The rest have a panicle
equal all round. The particulars, some or other of which distinguish them
from the Avenacece, are the small glumes, quite unequal to give any important
protection to the spiculse, and, as already noticed, the awn and the firm hairs
at the base of the florets in that tribe, where they exist. This tendency to the
production of one kind of arms or pubescence rather than of another, while
the plant is often without either, can only with great difficulty be admitted
into an artificial character ; yet, I think, even there some use of it may be
made, and in tracing natural affinities no botanist will deny its importance.
Schismus and Melica have large glumes, and so in some degree has Sesleria.
None of the Festucacece have long silky hairs like those of the Arund'macece,
and none of them have the spicula in a simple spike with opposite rows ; and
this constitutes their leading difference from the Hordeacece. It is true that
Trlticum Nardus, and T. unilaterale have their flowers in one-sided spikes,
which may render it doubtful whether they should not be placed among the
Festucacece, but not whether any of the Festucacece should be joined to that
tribe. Festuca maritima and F. divaricata, two plants certainly of the same
genus, and which with Kunth 1 refer to Festuca, have their spiculse sessile on
a channelled and toothed rachis. But the rachis is branched and triangular,
the spiculse occupying only two faces of the prism, making the whole inflo-
rescence one-sided, and giving to each plant quite the air of a Festuca. Triti-
cum loliaceum {Sclerocliloa loliacea) has also a one-sided disposition throughout,
and the spiculse are not quite sessile. The genera are :

1. Koeleria. Spiculse crowded, compressed; glumes nerved, membranous;

inner nearly as long as the spicula. Florets 2 — 5, crowded. Outer palea
keeled, nerved (not ribbed), acuminate, or with a straight terminal or
subapicular seta.

2. Schismus. Glumes ribbed, obtuse, much larger than the palese ! and nearly

Mr. Woods 071 the Genera of European Grasses. 41

inclosing the spicula, scariose at the margin. Outer palea of the form
and construction of the glumes. Florets distant.

3. Melica. Ghimes nearly equal, membranous, with a scariose margin, as
long as the ovate compressed spicula. Florets I or 2, with the additional
stalked, club-like rudiment of one or two more. Paleae many-ribbed,
hardening on the loose seed.

4. Mollnia. Glumes much shorter than the lanceolate spiculee. Florets 2
or 3, with the subulate rudiment of 1 more. Palese hardening on the
loose seed.

5. Catabrosa. Glumes rounded, or truncate and erose, shorter than the

spicula. Florets 1 or 2, the upper on a long stalk, without any additional
rudiment. Outer palea membranous, with 3 ribs ending in as many teeth,
which are united by the scariose margin.

6. Sesleria. Spiculae sessile, tiled all round. Glumes membrano-scariose,
very acute, nearly or quite as long as the spicula. Outer palea keeled,
membranous, with a scariose margin ending in 3 or 5 points. Spike
compact, with bractese or abortive glumes at the base. Styles long,
united below. Stigmas very long. Squamulae laciniate.

7. Oreochloa. Spiculse compressed in two rows, forming a 1 -sided spike or
head. Outer palea concave, entire, mucronulate. Styles long, united.

8. Poa. Glumes nearly equal, shorter than the spicula. Outer palea mem-

branous below, scariose at the tip, the parts usually separated by a
purple stain, nerved, subacute, compressed, keeled, unarmed. Panicle
scattered, equal.

9. Eragrostis. Glumes and outer palea similar, membrano-scariose, equal

throughout, with 3 prominent converging nerves. Spiculie oblong or
linear, 6 — 20-flowered, unarmed. Panicle scattered, equal.

10. Glyceria. Glumes unequal, acute, membrano-scariose. Florets nume-
rous, cylindrical. Outer palea obtuse, or somewhat truncate, with 5 or 7
prominent nerves ending in long teeth, which are united by the scariose
margin, unarmed.

11. Sclerochloa. Glumes unequal, acute, membranous. Outer palea cylin-

drical at the base, with rounded, obscurely marked ribs upwards, often
keeled towards the top, truncate or obtuse, unarmed.

VOL. XVIII. G

42 Mr. Woods on the Genera of European Grasses.

12. Briza. Glumes nearly equal, broad, boat-shaped. Outer palea navicular,

heart-shaped, ventricose, keelless, obtuse, unarmed. Glumes and palese
membranous with a scariose margin. Seed obovate, free.

13. Cynosurus. Spiculse attached to a neutral spike or spicula of many
glumes ! Fei'tile spicula 1- or more-flowered. Glumes scariose, with
a strong membranous keel. Outer palea membranous, with a terminal
seta. Panicle or spike one-sided.

14. Dactylis. Glumes many-flowered; outer keeled, herbaceo-membranous,

taper-pointed ; inner smaller, scariose. Outer palea keeled, with a ter-
minal seta. Spicule crowded. Panicle one-sided.

15. Festuca. Glumes thinner than outer palea, which is very acute, or fur-

nished with a point or seta, at, or very close to, the extremity. Spiculfc
subcylindrical, scattered. Panicle one-sided.

1 6. Bromus. Outer palea like the glumes, herbaceous, with a scariose mar-

gin, subcylindrical, ribbed, with a seta founded on 3 nerves from below
the tip. Panicle equal all round. Seed linear, convex, crested, attached
to the inner palea.

It is very difiicult to establish good generic characters among the Festuca-
cece. KcELERiA appears to me to form a natural group, of which some of the
species are armed and some are not, and there does not want a slight differ-
ence of habit between these two divisions. The first form the genus Airochloa
of Link, of which K. cristata may be taken as the type. The second trenches
very closely upon Trisetum. The species of this genus have been ranked with
Aira, Festuca, Phalaris, Alopecurus, Holcus, Trisetum, Bromus, Dactylis, and
Cynosurus. Koeleria macilenta, with its very unequal glumes, is perhaps nearly
allied to Festuca Myurus, and I endeavour in vain to trace in the characters
given by Kunth, any diff'erence between these genera, unless, indeed, it be in
the seed, which, according to him, is free in this genus, and attached in Fes-
tuca to the inner palea. Sir J. E. Smith will not allow this character in
Festuca, and it certainly does not exist in all the species. The crowded and
shortened spicultc of Koeleria are the circumstances which first strike the eye,
and on these and on the compressed and keeled florets we must rely for the
distinction. From Trisetum. it differs in the arm, which is an awn in that

Mr. Woods on the Genera of European Grasses. 43

genus, with a tendency to become geniculate and twisted, and rises from about
the middle of the back of the bicuspidate palea. In this it is a seta from near
the extremity of the entire palea. This, in words, seems amply sufficient ; but
on examining the species, each of the characters is sometimes so slightly
marked, that the student is at a loss to know to which genus a plant may
belong.

The large glumes of Schismus might induce us to put it with the Avenacece.
The florets, cylindrical and truncate, and bluntly ribbed towards the extremity,
bring it near to Sclerochloa. Linnaeus considered it as a Festuca, and De
CandoUe placed it with Koeleria, with which it has very little affinity. Palisot
de Beauvois marks a small terminal seta which I do not observe.

Melica, like Schismus, has large glumes, and neither awn nor seta. The
one-sided inflorescence and linear seed favour its arrangement with the Fes-
tucacece, and its habit is very different from that of the Avenaceue. Yet in this
respect it divides itself into two parts, M. ciliata and M. Bauhini presenting a
very difl^erent appearance from the wide-spreading branches of M. aspera,
M. minuta, and M. uniflora. In Melica ciliata I usually find the second floret
barren, and the third so small as to be exposed with difficulty. Both unite
to form the club-like rudiment which characterizes the genus. Melica per-
sica is said to have 6 florets, of which the lower alone is perfect. Molinia
seems well divided from Melica. Whether Festuca serotina be rightly placed
with it may admit of a doubt. It must mainly depend on whether the palese
harden or not on the seeds.

Catabrosa is a very distinct genus, which has nothing in common with
Aira, with which it was formerly united, but the number of its florets.

In Sesleria, the large and almost scariose glumes and the three or five nerves
of the outer palea, each running beyond its scariose membrane into a short
point, clearly mark the genus. We can hardly conceive this structure united
to a true awn, and therefore have no hesitation in placing it among the Fes-
tucacece. None of the Avenacece have a clearly marked point or seta conti-
nuing from the inner nerve of the outer palea. The united styles and long
stigmas are probably important ; yet Kunth says, " styli duo, breves." Ses-
leria disticha, or Poa distichu, as it has sometimes been called, wants both
these characters, and agrees better with Poa, with which it has been united

g2

44 Mr. Woods on the Genera of European Grasses.

by many botanists. It differs from both in its one-sided head of flowers, and
I readily follow Link in making of it a distinct genus under the name of
Oreochloa. Sclerochloa dura has nothing in common with Sesleria either in
character or habit, nor can I understand what induced Linnaeus to join it
with Cynosurus. Its nearest affinity is that pointed out by Palisot de Beau-
vois with Sclerochloa procumbens, but this can by no means be separated
from S. maritima and the other Glycerice of Smith. Sclerochloa thus formed
is, I think, a natural genus, though it must be confessed that S. dura is very
different from the more delicate species, and especially from the Festuca ex-
pansa of Kunth, which yet seems better placed in this than in any other
admitted genus ; but the dichotomous inflorescence, thickened flower-stalks,
and connate glumes, might, if it had companions, make it the type of a sepa-
rate one ; Trinius accordingly has named it Sphenopus.

The purple stain noticed in Poa between the thicker part of the palea and
its scariose transparent margin occurs also in Sclerochloa, and in some species
of Festuca and of Avena. I suspect it to have something to do with the struc-
ture of the parts, though I cannot point out the relation.

I place with Sclerochloa two plants, not generally admitted into the genus,
Poa rigida and Triticum loliaceum. In the former, the outer palea is totally
without ribs and terminates in a small mncro, but its habit and one-sided
panicle agree very well with that of the genus. The latter absolutely differs
in nothing from the rest but in its nearly sessile florets ; and the branched
rachis and one-sided spiculse keep it very distinct from Triticum. Poa litto-
ralis, auct., is nearly allied in habit to Sclerochloa ; but the acute form and
decided mucro of the outer palea obliges me to join it to Festuca.

Glyceria was established by Brown on Festuca fiuitans alone. Smith
added several species from Poa. Kunth transferred these to Festuca, preser-
ving from among them only G. aquatica in addition to the original species.
The two plants differ considerably in habit, and the latter has a panicle equal
all round, while in the former it is one-sided ; yet the structure of the flowers
is so similar that I cannot separate them.

Eragrostis. Every botanist easily distinguishes this by its habit from Poa.
I think the nature of the outer palea, whose texture is equal throughout, while
\n Poa it is invariably firm at the base, and terminates in a scariose extremity,

Mr. Woods on the Genera of European Grasses. 45

will form a better generic character than the form of the spiculae and the
number of florets, both of which vary greatly in the different species, and
even in the same.

I am not at all clear that Cynosurus ought not to be divided into three
genera. C. crlstatus seems to have but little relation to C. echinatus and
C. elegans, and C. aureus (Lamarckia aurea of Moench and Kunth) differs
considerably from both.

The habit of Dactylis seems to be very distinct, while its keeled paleee
separate it sufficiently from Festuca and their point from Poa. The crowded
position of the spiculee is also very characteristic. These characters unite to
a considerable degree in Poa Uttoralis, which has been placed by Willdenow
and Schrader in this genus. The keel, however, does not continue to the
base of the floret, and the outer glume is smaller, and certainly not more firm
than the inner. Kunth considers it as a genuine, but not a legitimate Poa ; a
distinction which I do not comprehend. The spiculie are strictly sessile on
opposite sides of an alternately flattened rachis, whose branches, however,
combine into a dense one-sided spike.

Festuca is a genus comprehending two or three different appearances, which
are not easily united under one character, and which yet cannot well be sepa-
rated. The first tribe, the Mygalurus, or Vulpia of Link, has the outer palea
gradually tapering into a very long seta, and the glumes in general extremely
unequal. The second, of which Festuca ovina may be considered as the type,
has the glumes much more nearly equal, and the seta, where it exists, rising-
much more abruptly from the palea. This passes almost insensibly into those
which have the point a little below the extremity of the palea, as F.praten-
sis and F. elatior ; and there is another group approaching in appearance to
Poa. Kunth has two more groups, one of which is my Sclerochloa, but also
including F. diimricata and Triticum maritimum, two plants which I leave
with Festuca. Gaudin makes a division of those Festucas which have a point
not quite at the apex of the glume ; but in F. pratensis, which may be consi-
dered as the type of-the division, the awn sometimes adheres to the palea quite
to its extremity.

The awn or seta in Bromus is not in general a mere continuation of the
midrib, but is strengthened by the union of two lateral ribs, which usually

46 Mr. Woods on the Genera of European Grasses.

do not descend to the base of the palea. It is perhaps this structure which
has induced Palisot de Beauvois to consider it as an awn, but it is by no
means fragile at the point of junction with the palea, and something of the
sort maybe traced in some species oi Festuca.

Hordeace^.

These are united among themselves, and separated from others by the in-
florescence, the spiculse being many-flowered, sessile, or very nearly so, on
opposite sides of a channelled and toothed rachis, each tooth being the recep-
tacle of one or more spiculse, which is received in the channel above. The
exceptions are in Hordeum and some species of Elymus, where the spiculse
are only one-flowered, and in Triticum Nardus and T. unilaterale, where the
spike is one-sided. I should not be very averse to joining these plants with
Festuca, only that I cannot well separate them from T. Poa and T. tenellum.
.The latter has sometimes a branched spike, which, however, is not one-sided.
The union of these two deviations from the type of the tribe, viz. of a branched
rachis and one-sided inflorescence, has led me to place Triticum maritimwn
(auct.) and Festuca divaricata, as I have already mentioned, with Festuca.
Gaudinia fragilis is, I think, the only plant among those which form the sub-
ject of this essay, which has the technical character of this tribe without
belonging to it. The genera are :

1. Brachypodium. Spiculae distant, solitary, on a short stalk. Glumes un-

equal, the inner much smaller than the adjacent palea. Outer palea
ribbed, setigerous.

2. Lolium. Spiculae placed edgewise on the rachis ! Inferior glume very

minute, or wanting, except in the terminal spicula.

3. Triticum. Spiculae solitary. Glumes opposite, nearly equal, embracing

the florets.

4. Secale. Spiculee solitary. Glumes very narrow. Outer palea tapering

into a long seta.

5. ^gilops. Glumes somewhat oblique. These and the outer palea similar,

turgid, ending in several rigid setae.

6. Elymus. Spiculae 2 or 3 together ; each of 2 or more perfect florets.

Mr. Woods oji the Genei'a of European Grasses. 47

7. Hordeum. Spiculee in threes, 1-flowered, with the stalk-like rudiment of
a second floret towards the common rachis.

The species of Brachvpodium have been alternately united with Bromus and
Festuca. Kunth joins them to Triticum, and I confess I find more difficulty
in drawing up a character which shall distinguish them from that genus than
from either of the others. The spiculse are not more stalked than they are
in the division Micropyrum, nor perhaps than in Triticum caninum ; and in
T. Nardus the glumes are nearly as unequal as in Brachypodium.

"Spiculse rachi contrariae," "Calyx racheos scrobiculse parallelus," "Spi-
culae rachi parallelee," are the terms used by different botanists to express the
peculiar position of the spiculse of Lolium. Smith's calyx of one valve oppo-
site to the rachis is less obscure, but seems hardly sufficient to indicate the
position of the spicula itself.

Triticum, as it stands now, is a difficult genus to characterise. Smith says,
" Calyx of two transverse opposite valves, solitary, many-flowered :" this would
certainly include Brachypodium, and was probably intended to comprehend
T. loliaceum and T. maritimum. There is nothing also to exclude several
other plants whose flowers are sessile on a one-sided or two-sided rachis. The
word transverse is probably introduced to distinguish it from Lolium, but does
not well explain the position of the spiculse. In the longer description of the
genus he says, " spikelets lateral, contrary to the main stalk." Kunth, on the
other hand, says, " spiculse rachi communi parallelse." Smith adds, that the
outer palea is keeled or furrowed ; but this is not true of T. durum, nor can it
be well said of T. repens, where neither keel nor furrow is carried down to the
base, nor are there either keels or furrows to the division Micropyrum. He
assigns to it a loose seed, but the seed is said to be attached in T. Spelta,
T. monococcum, T. dicoccum, and I find it to be so also in T. Poa. In
T. Nardus the valves are unequal ; and without the character of equal valves,
which obtains through most of the genus, we seem to have no distinction
from Brachypodium. The habit would make me wish to keep distinct the
four genera Brachypodium, Agropyrum, Micropyrum, and Triticum ; but I
have laboured in vain to find characters on which they might be divided.
The seed is crested in the cultivated wheats, but not, I believe, in any species
of the divisions Agropyrum and Micropyrum.

48 Mr. Woods on the Genera of European Grasses.

Secale seenis better separated from Triticum on the small and inefficient
glumes, and on the tapering form of the outer palea, than on the number of
florets.

I have not before me a sufficient number of species to affix new limits to
the genera Elymus and Hordeum, but I am inclined to find the distinction in
the setaceo-aristate glumes, and perhaps in the long awns or setae of the latter
genus. The number of florets does not seem to affbrd a satisfactory line,
since E. europceus, which is described as two-flowered, is certainly more com-
monly met with, as is observed by Sir W. Hooker, having only one, and indeed
I have never found in the specimens I have examined two perfect florets. The
rudiment of the second is usually a mere stalk, and the whole structure of
the flower exactly like that of Hordeum pratense. E. crinitus has usually a
distinct palea, perhaps two, to the second floret, but as far as I have seen, it
is always empty. These two species, and probably two or three more, not
natives of Europe, would on my scheme be joined to Hordeum; but I do not
know how far it would be possible to draw a line throughout the genus in ac-
cordance with the habit of the plants.

Pappophore^.

This is a very small tribe, containing in the whole only 7 genera, and 28
species. In Europe we liave only 1 species, which is particularly interesting,
as it enables our Flora to yield an example of every tribe into which the
Grasses have been divided. The leading characters seem to be the thin and
entire glumes united to coriaceous and many pointed paleae.

Echinaria. Spiculse sessile, crowded, placed all round the rachis, 2 — 4-flow-
ered, of which not more than the two lower are perfect. Glumes ending
in a seta. Outer palea with five, inner with two points. Seed hairless.

ROTTBOELLIACE^.

These differ from the Hordeacece in having only one perfect floret placed
edgewise on the spike, which is sometimes one-sided, sometimes equal all
roimd. According to Kunth, tlie second imperfect floret, where it occurs,
is in some genera above, and in some below the perfect one. Is this to be
considered as an indication that he has united two tribes into one ? or that

Mr. Woods on the Genera of European Grasses. 49

with regard to these characters, as to almost every other, we have here a tribe
in which they vary ? Perhaps we may find in some of the tropical genera of
Rottboelliacere an approach to the Panicece, reducing the arrangement of the
whole family to a circular order. I have only three genera to notice, con-
taining in all but six species.

1. Nardus. Spiculse in two rows, on one side of a continuous rachis. Glumes 0.

Outer palea keeled, tapering into a subulate point. Stigma 1.

2. Psilurus. Spiculse on opposite sides of the cylindrical but deeply channelled

rachis. Glume 1, small. Outer palea membranous, awned ; inner as long,
scariose. Stamen 1.

3. Lepturus. Spiculse imbedded in the channels of the cylindrical or prisma-

tical fragile rachis. One-flowered, with an interior rudiment. Glumes
1 or 2, opposite to the rachis, and as long as the scariose paleae.

Psilurus nardioides seems well separated from Nardus. Schrader put it
with Rotthoellia ; Palisot de Beauvois called it Monerma. I take it for granted
that Psilurus, the name given to it by Trinius, and adopted by Mertens and
Koch, as well as by Kunth, is the most ancient. The spiculse are placed some-
what obliquely, and the glume is not exactly opposite to the rachis, the abortive
floret on one side appearing conspicuously from underneath it.

Lepturus contains the 4 European species which were formerly given to
the genus RottboelUa. It has only one spicula at each joint of the rachis, and
this contains one perfect, and a superior imperfect floret or rudiment. The
true Rotthoellia has 2 spiculse at each joint, one of which is tabescent, and the
perfect spicula has one perfect and an inferior imperfect floret or rudiment.

Before concluding this essay I will offer an artificial arrangement of the
Grasses, founded chiefly on their inflorescence, which seems to yield the most
distinct and definite characters, and is therefore best adapted to facilitate the
researches of the student, and enable him to determine to what genus any
plant under examination may belong. With the same object in view we may
observe.

That the spikes are fingered in Cynodon, Dactyloctenium, Digitaria, and in
some species of Andropogon.

VOL. XVIII. H

50 Mr. Woods on the Genera of European Grasses.

That the calyx is wanting in Leersia, Lygeum, Coleanthus, and Nardus.
That it is setigerous in Sesleria, Phleum, Polypogon, Lappago, Lagurus, Hor-

deum, JEgilops, and sometimes in Triticum and Elymus.
That Psilurus, and sometimes Erianthus, and according to some authors,

Festuca myurus, F. bromoides, and F. uniglumis are monandrotts.
That Imperata, Erianthus sometimes, Anthoxanthum, Crypsis aculeata, Bro-

mus diandnts, Coleanthus, and the perfect flower of Hierochloe, are dian-

drous.
That Nardus, Lygeum, and Echinaria have only one stigma.
That the styles are united in Sesleria, Spartina, and some species of Alope-

curus.
That Oryza has 6 stamens.
That Andropogon, Sorghum, Lappago, and Hordeum have some of their spi-

culae barren, and therefore belong to the Linnean class Moncecia, or

rather, perhaps, to Polygamia.
That Zea alone of all Grasses found or commonly cultivated in Europe has

fertile flowers without anthers, and that these and the barren flowers are

in different parts of the plant.

A. Barren and fertile inflorescence separate !

17. Zea. Barren spiculse 2-flowered, in a terminal panicle. Fertile, in a

dense spike, 1 -flowered, with an exterior rudiment.

B. Perianthium hardening into a 2- or 3-seeded nut.

1 8. Lygeum. Glume 0. Spiculae enveloped in silky hairs. Outer palea thick

and firm ; inner scariose.

C. Spiculae in opposite rows on an alternately channelled rachis.
1. Spiculae 2 or more flowered, all perfect.

68. Brachypodium. Glumes unequal, ribbed, much smaller than the outer

palea. Spiculse on short stalks.
67. Lolium. Spiculse placed edgewise on the rachis ! Lower glume very
obscure, or wanting.

69. Triticum. Glumes nearly equal, opposite, broad, embracing the solitary

Mr. Woods on the Genera of European Grasses. 51

spicula. Paleae terminating rather abruptly, and generally with a point
or seta.

70. Secale. Glumes narrow. Palea gradually tapering into a long seta. Seed
crested. Spiculse solitary.

71. ^gilops. Glumes placed somewhat obliquely; these and the outer palea

herbaceo-coriaceous, turgid, terminating in several stout setae.

72. Elymus. Spiculee two or three together, all fertile. Glumes on one side.
47. Gaudinia. Glumes unequal, much shorter than the spicula. Outer palea

with a geniculate and twisted dorsal awn. Rachis brittle.

2. Spiculae with only one perfect floret, all fertile, placed edgewise to

the rachis, and when closed, imbedded in it so as to form a con-
tinued cylinder or prism.

TJ. Lepturus. Glumes 1 or 2 on the same side of the unarmed spiculae, which

contains 1 perfect floret with an interior rudiment.
76. Psilurus. Glume 1, small, scariose. Palese of equal length, the outer

with a terminal seta. Stamen 1 .

3. Spiculae in threes, the lateral ones usually barren, none with more

than one perfect floret.

73. Hordeum. Glumes setaceo-aristate, both on one side of the spicula. A

superior rudiment to all the spiculae, towards the rachis.

Elymus europaus. Sclerochloa Triticum, divaricata.

D. Spiculae 1 -flowered, with additional scales, the rudiments of one or
more exterior florets.

N.B. In Andropogon, Saccharum, Erianthus, and Imperata, from the deli-
cacy of the parts, it is often very difficult to distinguish the additional rudiment,
but these may be known from all European Grasses, not included in the pre-
ceding section, by the spiculae in twos or threes, of which one is sessile.

1. Spiculse sessile and stalked, the latter barren.

5. Sorghum. Spiculae oblong, or somewhat ovate. Glumes of the fertile
floret coriaceous, without striae. Seed large, roundish.

h2

52 Mr. Woods on the Genera of European Grasses.

4. Andropogon. Spiculse linear, lanceolate. Seeds nearly linear.

In the European species of this genus, except in A. Gryllus and A. Allionii,
the spiculce are in fingered spikes.

2. Spiculae all fertile, in two rows, on one side of a flattened rachis.

6. Digitaria. Spikes fingered. Spiculse unarmed.

7. Oplismenus. Spikes racemose, or panicled. Spiculse naked. Glumes

keeled, pointed, or setigerous.

3. Spiculee all fertile, in a compound spike tiled all round.

8. Setaria. Spiculse accompanied by setiform bractese.

9. Pennisetum. Inner bractese feathery.

4. Spiculse all fertile, disposed in sets, one sessile, and one or two
stalked, enveloped in long silky hairs.

1. Saccharum. Awnless. Squamulse 2. Inner palea minute, or wanting.

Panicle not spike-like.
3. Erianthus. Lower palea of the fertile floret awned. Squamulse 2. Sta-
mens 2 or 3. Panicle spreading.

2. Imperata. Awnless. Squamulse 0. Panicle spike-like.

5. Spiculse all fertile, scattered, not enveloped in hairs. '.

14. Phalaris. Additional scales short, unarmed. Glumes navicular, keeled,
inclosing. Palese coriaceous.

15. Anthoxanthum. Additional scales large, inclosing the scariose palese,
awned. Glumes inclosing.

10, Panicum. Additional scale large, glume-like, embracing the horny rib-
less palese. Glumes not inclosing.

E. Spiculse 1 or more flowered, without additional external scales,
sessile, or nearly so, in two rows on one side of a flattened
rachis.

In this, and all the following divisions, all the spiculse are perfect, except in
Lappago, where the uppermost of each short spike are barren, or neuter and ta-
bescent, and Cynosurus, where the barren spiculse form a sort of involucrum.

Mr. Woods on the Genera of European Grasses. 53

37. Cynodon. Spiculse 1-flowered, with an interior rudiment. Spikes fin-
gered. Glumes unequal, membranous. Palese membranous.

38. Dactyloctenium. Spiculse 2 or more flowered. Spikes fingered. Inner
glume mucronate. Palese unequal, the outer ventricose, membranous,
the inner scariose.

39. Leptochloa. Spiculse 2 or more flowered. Spikes in a raceme. Glumes
keeled. Outer palea keeled, 3-nerved. Awn straight.

40. Beckmannia. Spikes disposed in a raceme. Spiculse unarmed, 1 — 2-flow-

ered. Glumes equal, deeply navicular, enlarging towards the apex, very
obtuse.

41. Spartina. Spikes disposed in a raceme. Spiculse 1-flowered. Glumes
very unequal, the inner acuminate.

57. Oreochloa. Spiculse many-flowered, in a simple spike or head. Glumes
and outer palea concave, membranous, with a scariose margin.

75. Nardus. Glume 0 ! Outer palea keeled, and ending in a subulate point.
Style 1. Stigma 1. Spiculse quite sessile. Spike simple.

Knappia minima. Triticum Nardus and unilaterale. Festuca maritima and divaricata. Scle-
rochloa loliacea.

F. Spiculse sessile, in a head or spike tiled all round.

56. Sesleria. Outer palea membrano-scariose, ending in three or five soft

flexible teeth. Stigmas long. Styles united below.
74. Echinaria. Outer palea herbaceo-coriaceous, ending in several long rigid

setse.

G, Spiculse scattered, 1 or more flowered. The florets enveloped in
long silky hairs.

33. Arundo. Glumes membranous, equal, or the outer largest. Palese mem-
branous. Awn, if any, fine and slender. Panicle spreading.

34. Ammophila. Spiculse 1-flowered, with an interior rudiment. Glumes
nearly equal, membrano-scariose. Outer palea membranous, with a short
strong point below the apex. Panicle spike-like.

35. Phragmites. Spiculse many-flowered, the lowermost imperfect, and not

enveloped in hairs ! Glumes membranous, the outer much the smallest.
Palese scariose, unarmed. Seed hairless.

54 Mr. Woods on the Genera of European Grasses.

36. Ampelodesmus. Spiculae many-flowered, the lowermost perfect, unless
when the inner glume is changed into an imperfect floret. Outer glume
rather the smallest. Palea with a sub-apiculate awn. Seed crested!
Panicle diffuse.

H. Spiculse scattered, 1 -flowered, without glumes.

12. Leersla. Palese ribbed, herbaceo-membranous, of equal length, nearly

valvular ; the outer boat-shaped, unarmed.
28. Coleanthus. Palese membrano-scariose. The outer twice as long as the
inner, setigerous. Stamens 2.
Lygeum.

I. Spiculse scattered, 1 -flowered, in a spike-like panicle or head.

19. Achnodon. Spiculse spindle-shaped. Glumes equal, boat-like, unarmed,

including. Outer palea unarmed, embracing the inner, of equal length,

20. Phleum. Spiculse oblong. Glumes nearly equal, setigerous, parallel on

the keel, including 2 unarmed palese.

21. Alopecurus. Glumes equal, unarmed, generally united at the base!

Palea 1, the margins in some species united below! Awn dorsal.

22. Crypsis. Head or spike included in most species in a common involu-
crum. Glumes membranous, unarmed. Palese membranous, unarmed,
as long as the glumes.

C. aculeata has only 2 stamens. C. alopecuroides a naked spike.

23. Gastridium. Glumes ventricose at the base ! including. Palese sca-
riose.

44. Lagurm. Glumes scariose, ending in a long fringed seta. Outer palea
quite smooth, ending in two setae, and an intermediate geniculate and
twisted dorsal awn.

1 1 . Lappago. Outer glume scariose ; inner coriaceous and prickly.
Polypogon monspeliense and maritimum.

K. Spiculse 1 -flowered, scattered, in a loose panicle.

13. Oryza. Glumes small, separate from the floret and from each other.
Stamens 6.

Mr. Woods on the Genera of European Grasses. 55

27. Vilfa. Glumes membranous, unequal, not exceeding the paleae. Palese

membranous, unarmed.
26. Agrostis. Glumes membranous, including. Palese unequal, smooth, not

hardening upon the seed. Awn, if any, fine, dorsal.

29. Knappia. Paleee scariose, shaggy, truncate, the inner minute or wanting.
Spiculse in a raceme, obscurely 2-rowed. Rachis cylindrical.

24. Polypogon. Glume furnished with a long slender seta! scariose, inclu-
ding. Paleae scariose ; the outer with a dorsal awn.

25. Milium. Glumes herbaceo-scariose. Palese membrano-coriaceous, nearly
equal, unarmed, hardening on the seed.

30. Piptatherum. Glumes membranous. Floret sessile. Palese subcoriaceous,
joined to a straight terminal awn, hardening on the seed.

31. Stipa. Glumes scariose, herbaceous fit the base. Floret stalked. Palese

coriaceous, hardening on the seed, a geniculate and twisted dorsal awn
joined to its extremity.

32. Achnatherum. Glumes scariose, herbaceous at the base. Palese mem-
branous. Awn geniculate and twisted, with a distinct though slightly
marked joining on to the outer palea, at which it readily breaks off.

L. Spiculse in a loose panicle, with a second imperfect floret.

49. Holcus. Lower floret perfect, unarmed. Upper generally barren, awned.
48. Arrhenatherum. Lower floret barren, with a geniculate awn ; upper per

feet, with a short straight awn.
16. Hierochloe. Two outer florets barren; middle perfect, diandrous, all

unarmed.

Melica unijlora.

M. Spiculse scattered, with more than one perfect floret.

N.B. In these genera, Aira, Deschampsia, Danthonia, and Avena are mostly
awned, the awn easily breaking away from the palea. They are never fur-
nished with a seta forming a mere continuation of the midrib. In Trisetum
and Kosleria it is rather difficult to decide whetlier we find an awn or a seta.
In the first of these genera it has more the character of the first ; in the second,
of the latter. Dactylis, Bromus, and Cynosurus are setigerous ; Festuca is often

56 Mr. Woods on the Genera of European Grasses.

so, and we sometimes observe a small mucro on the outer palea of Sclerochloa ;
the others are constantly unarmed.

1 . Glumes nearly or quite as long as the spicula.

42. Aira. Glumes 2-flowered, without any rudiment. Awn, if any, dorsal,
geniculate and twisted. The palese in some species harden on the seed,
but without adhering to it.

43. Deschampsia. Glumes 2-flowered, with usually the not club-like rudi-
ment of a third. Outer palea truncate, with a straight awn, from near
the base ; surrounded with soft hairs.

53. Melica. Glumes nearly equal, larger than the paleae, 1- or 2-flowered,
with the additional stalked, club-like rudiment of 1 or 2 more. Paleae
unarmed, membranous, hardening on the seed.

.^0. Danthonia. Glumes 2 or more flowered. Outer palea smooth and coria-
ceous below, membranous and nerved above, emarginate, with an inter-
mediate broad tooth, sometimes terminated with a geniculate and twisted
awn.

52, Schismus. Glumes many-flowered, much larger than the palea, membra-
nous, ribbed, with a scariose margin. Outer palea similar, subtruncate.
(According to Palisot de Beauvois, there is a terminal seta.)

5 1 . Kceleria. Glumes and outer palea herbaceo-scariose ; the latter entire,
acute, or with a terminal or subapicular, not geniculate seta. Spiculee
ovate.

45. Trisetum. Glumes and outer paleae keeled, membrano-scariose, without
prominent nerves. The latter ending in two teeth, with a slender dorsal
awn, which in most species is geniculate. Seed without furrow or crest.

46. Avena. Glumes herbaceous or membranous, with a scariose margin. Outer

palea firmer than the glume, ribbed, ending in two points, with an inter-
mediate geniculate and twisted dorsal awn, which however is sometimes
wanting. Seed furrowed and crested.

2. Glumes decidedly falling short of the spicula.

58. Poa. Glumes nearly equal. Outer palea compressed, keeled, membranous,
with a scariose margin, entire, somewhat acute, unarmed. Panicle equal. ,

Mr. Woods on the Genera of European Grasses. 57

59. Eragrostis. Glumes and outer palea similar, membrano-scariose through-
out, with three prominent converging nerves.

61. Glyceria. Glumes and outer palea membrano-herbaceous, with sharply
prominent nerves and a scariose margin. Florets subcylindrical, iin-
armed.

60. Sclerochloa. Glumes and outer palese membranous, with rounded ribs,
often obscure, which disappear towards the base. Florets cylindrical
towards the base, keeled in some species at the tip, unarmed, or with a
minute and hardly distinguishable mucro.

55. Catabrosa. Glumes and outer palea membranous at the base, both eroso-
truncate ; the latter with 3 ribs ending in as many teeth, which are united
by the scariose margin.

62. Briza. Glumes nearly equal, broad, boat-shaped, obtuse. Outer palea

navicular, heart-shaped, ventricose, keelless, unarmed.
54. Molinia. Glumes 2 — 3-flowered, with a subulate rudiment. Palese acute,
both entire, membranous, firmer than the glume, and hardening on the
seed.

63. Cynosurus. Spiculse attached to a neutral spicula or spike. Fertile spi-
culse 1 or more flowered. Glumes scariose, keeled. Outer palea concave,
keeled, with a terminal seta.

64. Dactylls. Glumes unequal, many-flowered, acute, herbaceous. Outer
palea herbaceous, with a terminal seta, compressed and keeled. Spiculse
crowded. Panicle one-sided.

65. Festuca. Glumes unequal, many-flowered, thinner than the palea. Paleae
ribbed, rounded on the back, very acute, or with a terminal or very nearly
terminal seta.

66. Bromus. Glumes unequal, many-flowered. Palea ribbed, with a dorsal

seta.

VOL. XVIII.

[ 59 ]

II. On the Ovulum of Santalum album. By William Griffith, Esq.,
Assistant Surgeon in the Madras Medical Service. Communicated by
Richard Horsman Solly, Esq., F.R.S. 8f L.S.

Read April 5th, 1836.

The following observations were made at the Botanic Garden, Calcutta, in
the early part of July, 1835.

The ovarium as well as the fruit of this genus corresponds with the struc-
ture laid down by Mr. Brown as one of the principal distinguishing marks of
Santalacece, of which order I presume this genus is the type.

I allude to the central free placenta, bearing towards its apex a definite
number of pendulous ovula. Yet Roxburgh has mistaken the structure en-
tirely, and has evidently described the placenta together with the ovula, which
he did not see, for the ovulum. This author, in his Flora Indica, vol. i. p. 443,
describes the ovulum as "Germ, semi-superum, one-celled, containing one
couical seed attached to the bottom of the cell." This mistake is perpetuated
in the Botanical Magazine, new series, t. 3235, in which Roxburgh's descrip-
tion is quoted, and said to be faithful. The error of Jussieu with regard to
the ovulum of Santalacece, first pointed out by Mr. Brown in his Prodromus
Florae Novce Hollandia;, and subsequently in the Appendix to Captain Tuckey's
Expedition to Congo, p. 453, might have partly originated from an examina-
tion of Santalum, in which the ovula from their situation and direction may
very easily be overlooked.

The placenta in this species is conical, rather obtuse in the young flowers,
but prolonged considerably in those that are matured. Its apex corresponds
at this period to the termination of the canal, occupying the centre of the
style, but not opening between the stigmata in the fully developed flowers.
The ovula are attached near the base, and not towards the apex, as in the
other genera of this family. Mr, Brown's statement in Captain Flinders's

i2

60 Mr. Griffith on the Ovulum of Santalum album.

Voyage, in the Appendix to vol. ii. p. 569, that the ovula are attached to the
apex of a central receptacle, must therefore be received with slight limi-
tation.

The ovula in this genus have, I believe, in general a marked correspondence
in number with the stigmata, the number of both being most commonly three.
In the very young buds, as, for instance, those of a line in length, the future
ovula are indicated by papilliform bodies of a homogeneous pulpy structure.
They are, as it were, appressed to the surface of the placenta ; they soon, how-
ever, become elongated, and appear truncate at the apex, which is minutely
papillose. The next change takes place apparently with great rapidity, and
consists in the protrusion of a tubular membrane from the centre of the apex
of the ovulum, in which no opening could be detected previously. This tubu-
lar membrane passes down at first in the direction of the axis of the ovulum,
but becomes immediately recurved, and passes up on one side of the ovulum,
and in close apposition to the placenta.

I have not hitherto seen this membrane in the earlier stages of its formation.
At the period to which I have alluded above, the tube may be traced to the
point of attachment of, or base of the ovulum, where it ends, or rather begins,
in a cul de sac. Immediately at its exit it is somewhat enlarged, but the
diameter soon narrows, and continues so until it dilates again at the apex,
which frequently shows a tendency to division. Throughout the ascending
part of its course it is in close apposition with the placenta. Generally each
tube reaches to the apex of this body ; and at this point, and occasionally
throughout other portions, mutual and tolerably firm adhesion takes place.
Each tube is a simple, membranous, closed sac, containing a great number of
molecules, which are exceedingly active, especially about the time of expan-
sion of the flower. These molecules vary much in size, the variety depending
apparently upon degrees of combination, the very small ones being alone
simple. The motion consists of a rapid oscillation, and is frequently accom-
panied with considerable change of place ; the molecules frequently approach-
ing each other and then receding, the line or course which they describe
being very irregular. The motion is much more vivid in those parts of
the tubes in which the least aggregation of the molecules has taken place.
These always appear to be least abundant in that part of the tube contained

Mr. Griffith on the Ovulum of Santalum album. 61

within the body of the ovulum. At the period of their greatest activity they
are more mobile when contained in the tubes than when they are made to
escape into the fluid medium surrounding them. No change, excepting in
size, occurs in the ovuia up to the period of the application of the male influ-
ence to the 'stigmata. The tubes remain in apposition to the placenta, and
continue to be simple, membranous, elongated, closed sacs. There is, per-
haps, a tendency in many of the molecules to become aggregated in the
dilated apices of the tubes.

Shortly after the period above alluded to exceedingly fine filaments are
visible in the canal existing in the centre of the style, down which they pass
to the apex of the placenta and become firmly applied to the extreme points
of the tubes, more than one being generally found in apposition with each
tube. From a solitary entrance I imagine them to terminate in dilated cul de
sacs, or rather, to use the French term, in a pate d'oie ; I must remark, how-
ever, that in most cases they have appeared blended with the substance of the
tubes, although in no case do they appear to perforate the membrane. At
this time the molecules will be almost invariably found to have lost their
motion and to have become densely aggregated into a grumous, opake, central
body, reaching from the apex of the tube to the apex of the ovulum. This is,
however, frequently interrupted, but I believe that this is to be attributed to
pressure during the operation of separating the ovula from the placenta. The
tubes now adhere to the placenta, especially throughout the upper two thirds
of their length ; and on separating them, portions of the cellular tissue of the
placenta to which they were applied become detached, and are visible adhering
to the membrane of the tubes. Owing to this adhesion the tube itself appears
to be occasionally cellular. A vesicle, generally of a globular form, and fre-
quently appearing to contain mobile granules or molecules, is now visible in,
and occupying the chief part of the apex of the tube. I have not been able to
trace any continuity between this vesicle and the filaments stated to descend
through the style to the tubes. The lower margin of this vesicle is in appo-
sition with the upper portion of the grumous, opake, central mass, which I
have described above as resulting from an aggregation of the molecules. The
part of the tube adjoining the apex of the nucleus is now visibly enlarged.
In addition to the molecules which it contains a small central cell is apparent,

62 Mr. Griffith on the Ovnlum o/'Santalum album.

which cell is an extension of the inner wall of the corresponding part of the
tube, and cuts off the base of this from communication with the ascending
portion. Although the fruit of Santalum is monospermous, yet the above
changes are not, as this would lead one to imagine, confined to one ovulum.
The application of the filaments, as might indeed be expected from the situa-
tion of the points of the tubes, takes place frequently on all the ovula.

The abortion of these ovula is certainly, therefore, not ascribable to the non-
agency of the male influence ; neither is it to be attributed to pressure, or
indeed to any appreciable cause.

The remaining changes, which in fact constitute the history of the ovulum,
are limited, in accordance with the structure of the ripe fruit, to one ovulum.
They take place within the dilated part of the tube, in which the single cell,
as stated above, is first developed ; and they consist in a further development
of cells, and in a corresponding increase of size of this portion of the tube
itself. It appears at this period opake, owing to its being crowded with mole-
cules, which are aggregated into distinct groups, perhaps corresponding with
some cellular division of the interior of this part of the tube. At a still later
period this portion is distinctly cellular, and most of the molecules have dis-
appeared ; at the same time, the constricted or narrow portion of the tube
presents indications of a cellular subdivision. As the development proceeds
the cells become more distinct, and end by occupying the whole of the tube.
They are developed from below upwards. When these cells are completely
developed, the membrane of the tube is not apparently visible ; but we have a
lax cellular body, corresponding to it in shape, which still remains attached to
the ovulum. I should here mention that the tube, from the site of the develop-
ment of the small cell to its origin at the attachment of the ovulum, never un-
dergoes any change, except, perhaps, a diminution in the number of its mole-
cules. This cellular body continues enlarging, especially at its base, and
subsequently becomes a globose body with an apiculus, the point of which
continues applied to the apex of the placenta : the original attachment con-
tinues perfect. When the young fruit is further advanced, the placenta will
be found pushed to one side, and nearly inclosed in a depression of the cellular
body. The original attachment of the base of the ovulum and of the tube still
continues perfect, and this latter may be found towards the centre of the

Mr. Griffith on the Ovulum o/'Santalum album. 63

depression. As the development proceeds, the cellular body, which has un-
dergone scarcely any change in shape, enlarges and becomes firmer ; at its
apex a cavity will be seen, which is partially occupied by an oblong, minute,
cellular, grumous body, the rudiment of the future embryo. This is attached
by its superior margin to the corresponding part of the apex of the cavity,
which is formed by excavation : as it continues to enlarge it extends down-
wards, and its attachment becomes considerably narrower and very slight,
and at a rather later period it appears completely detached. As the cellular
body continues to enlarge, it becomes whiter and of a firmer texture, and the
embryo becomes oblong and cellular, the tissue towards its apex is more
grumous and dense, and immediately above this part there is a degree of con-
striction visible. As the fruit advances towards maturity, the endocarp, which
has already assumed the appearance of albumen, diminishes, and the meso-
carp begins to be indurated. The cellular body is now nearly globular, white,
and of a dense texture ; its component cells being loaded with granules of
fecula. The apex of the embryo now becomes lobed, indicating the com-
mencement of a cotyledonary division ; its attachment is exceedingly fine, and
it is itself evascular. The subsequent changes in the fruit consist in a still
further diminution of the endocarp, which is subsequently reduced to a spongy
lax coating, adhering both to the now osseous mesocarp and to the albumen.
The sarcocarp terminates by becoming baccate. In the seed they consist of
an enlargement of the albumen (originally the cellular body) ; its apiculus
finally almost totally disappearing. The division of the cotyledons increases,
and has reached to a considerable extent before the tissue of the radicle
becomes, as it were, condensed. The cotyledons are, during the first part of
their development, somewhat conduplicate ; they terminate by becoming elon-
gated and plane on their internal appressed faces. The perfect radicle is
ovate, tapering to a fine point.

From this statement it will at once appear that the mode of development
of the ovula of Santalum is different from that which usually obtains. The
cellular oblong bodies which are attached to the placenta are evidently the
ovula, and have the appearance and cellular structure of the nuclei of ordi-
nary ovula. The membranous tube from its anatomy answers, I think, to the
sac ot the an nios, which in ordinary structures lines the cavity formed in the

64 Mr. Griffith on the Ovulum of Santalum album.

nucleus at some period previous to fecundation, and which, at least in its
earlier stages of development, is the only coat that is membranous. If this
view be correct, the anomalies will be reduced to the formation of the albu-
men, or rather, tissue of the amnios and embryo externally to the nucleus, and
to the application of the male influence to the apex of the sac of the amnios
instead of to that of the nucleus.

This seems to me to be the best explanation of this anomalous development,
although there is no appreciable reason why such an extraordinary modification
should be adopted. The mode of development has some analogy to that of
Loranthus and F'iscum, with which it agrees in especial in the albumen being
destitute of a proper integument. I may, perhaps, be borne out in giving it
as my opinion that Santalum forms the connecting link between the simplest
form of ovulum, as exemplified by Loranthus and Viscum, and the ordinary
and more complicated form of these organs. Another mode of explanation is
obvious, by adopting which the male influence would be supposed to operate
on the usual spot, viz. the apex of the nucleus ; but as the anatomy of these
parts does not confirm the supposition, and as the number of anomalies are
not reducible to such an extent by this as by the explanation adopted above,
I prefer the opinion that the ovula are reduced to nuclei, and that the " seed"
of botanists is developed externally to this, and consists of, or is reduced to a
naked albumen and an ordinary embryo.

I shall not enlarge on the changes that take place after the supposed action
of the male influence until at a subsequent period I have demonstrated the
continuity of the filaments with the grains of pollen adhering to the stig-
mata. The fitness of the present subject for attempting to ascertain rigorously
what the first changes incident on this action actually are, is at once very
obvious, and close examination will probably put us in possession of very im-
portant results.

EXPLANATION OF THE PLATES.

I beg to remark, that with regard to the measurements, they are all taken
from the base of the proper pedicle of the bud, or ovarium, or fruit to the

Mr. Griffith on the Ovulum ©/"Santalum album. 65

apex of the perianth, or the apex of the remains of the style. No dependence
is, however, to be placed on mere measurement, since the development of the
ovulum does not always correspond to that of the fruit.

Tab. I.

Fig-. 1. Represents the obtuse placenta from a flower-bud J a line long, towards
the base of which 2 ovula are visible ; these are at this period papil-
liform, and have no indications of distinction of coats or openings
through these.

Fig. 2. Ditto of a flower-bud, f rds of a line long. The placenta is now elon-
gated towards its apex. The ovula have assumed their mature form.
There is still no trace of distinct coats, or of openings in them.

Fig. 3. Ovulum detached, with a portion of the placenta, from a bud of about
the same size (frds of a line long). It is a cellular mass, somewhat
truncate, the cells being most lax at the apex. It resembles in form
and structure the nucleus of the ovulum of other plants.

Fig. 4. Represents the placenta of a flower-bud about a line long.

The placenta is still more elongated. Towards its base two ovula are
visible, the corresponding two being necessarily concealed, a. Re-
presents the part of the tube at its exit, and when its course is down-
wards, nearly in the direction of the axis of the ovulum.

h,b,h,b. The upper portions of these prolongations, which terminate
in cul de sacs, and contain, as it appears, at least with a small magni-
fying power, grumous matter. These tubes are separated artificially
from the placenta ; they have not as yet completed their growth.

Fig. 5. Placenta and ovula of a flower some time after expansion, and when
the segments of the perianth have become of a dark blood-colour.
Two ovula are seen in situ. The tubular prolongations from the
bases of the ovula upwards to their apices are somewhat detached,
owing to the object having been immersed in water. Several ex-
ceedingly fine filaments are visible attached to the apex of the
placenta, and to the corresponding parts of the tubular membranes.
The molecules have become aggregated, and appear to form (in the
right hand ovule at least) a grumous opake line of communica-

VOL. XVIII. K

66 Mr. Griffith on the Ovulum o/'Santalum album.

tion between the apex and the exserted part of the tubular mem-
brane.
Fig. 6. Ovulum about the same period, highly magnified, and cut through
longitudinally. The included part of the tubular membrane and its
origin in a cul de sac are traceable. The exserted part is slightly
swollen. The molecules were beginning to become aggregated in
this part and in the apex. They were all highly mobile, especially
those in the narrow portion of the membrane.

Tab. II.

Fig. 7- Ovulum from the placenta of an ovarium just after the fall of the
perianth. In this the filaments are seen attached to the extreme
apices, and are apparently intimately confounded with the struc-
ture of the membranes. Within the dilated apex a very distinct
vesicle or sac is visible, attached apparently by its superior mar-
gin, and containing a few mobile molecules. The appearance of
molecules in this vesicle may, and probably does result from the
presence of some between the vesicle and upper surface of the tube.
Extending downwards from its inferior margin, there is a grumous
irregular process, which reaches to the dilated exserted portion. It
is broken in several places, probably from pressure. Near its apex
and adjoining the vesicle globular bodies are seen adhering, of the
nature of which I am entirely ignorant. Within the dilated exserted
portion, and which is nearly transparent (with the exception of one
part), the outlines of an internal sac are visible, which appears to
taper superiorly towards the point where it is in contact with the
grumous process. This process I have stated before to arise from
an aggregation, or rather agglutination, of the originally distinct and
active molecules. Within this fine cellular outline, and in juxta-
position with the apex of the ovulum, there is a cellular grumous
body of a nearly globular form. The included portion of the tubu-
lar membrane is traceable.

Fig. 8. The fecundated ovulum from a placenta of an ovarium two lines long.
The apex of the ovulum remains in situ ; part of the included portion

Mr. Griffith on the Ovulum q/"Santalum album. 67

of the tube is visible from the ruptured apex, of which molecules are
escaping. To the dilated apex of the tube two filaments and some
remains of cellular tissue are seen to adhere ; cells are likewise seen
adhering to the margins of the upper half of the tube. The vesicle
is visible within the dilated apex, and appears to be continuous with
the grumous process. At its base 4 globules are seen. The upper
half of the grumous process is very distinct ; below this, however, it
is broken up. The commencement of the development of the basilar
inner cell is distinct, but its intrusion has not yet taken place.

Fig. 9. Represents the dilated exserted part of the membranous tube of an ovu-
lum, from an ovarium 2^ lines in length. This is torn partially, so as
to expose what appears to be a large cell with very fine walls. Within
this the innermost small cellule is visible, and appears filled with
grumous matter. The faint line visible at its base, and which appears
continuous with the second fine cell, marks its line of origin. The
constricted, or rather, narrow exserted portion, is occupied also by
molecules in a state of aggregation. The apex of the nucleus re-
mains.

I may here remark that I am by no means certain of the existence
of the fine large cell above mentioned. The innermost small cellule
exists, I may almost say, invariably.

Fig. 10. Represents an ovulum from an ovarium 2^ lines in length. The apex
of the ovulum alone remains. The base of the membranous tube is
much enlarged, and has evidently become cellular. At the same
time there is much less granular matter (molecules) observable in
its tissue. This cellular part appears to be prolonged upwards in the
form of 2 or 3 cells, a, a, a. Between this part and the apex there
is much grumous matter, composed almost entirely of small granules,
and which presents traces of subdivision, the tendency to subdivision
being most distinct at the apex. Adhering to the margins of the
tube towards its apex, remains of the cellular tissue of the placenta
are visible. The vesicle is very distinctly seen within the apex, the
extreme part of which appears sphacelated. To it a filament is
seen adhering.

K 2

68 Mr. Griffith on the Ovulum o/'Santalum album.

Fig. 11. Represents the fecundated ovulum of an ovarium 3 lines long. A
portion of the nucleus remains, beyond which can be seen the ter-
mination of the inclosed part, or rather, the origin of the tube. The
attachment of this is visible by an expanded portion at a, and no
change is seen to have taken place from this part to the origin of
the tube. Two gruraous irregular masses are visible between the
apex of the ovulum and the attachment of the unchanged portion
of the tube. The still more enlarged exserted portion, and rathe,
more than the lower half of the tube, have become cellular, the cells
containing a good deal of grumous matter. The upper part of the
tube likewise appears cellular ; but this, I think, results from the ad-

1 hesion of the cells of the surface of the placenta. On one side of the

apex of the tube a protuberance is seen ; the only instance that has
hitherto occurred.

To its apex a filament is seen adhering, and this part is of a yel-
lowish brown colour. The vesicle is not visible. Three small cel-

'■ lular-looking bodies are seen within the apex. I should remark, that

the edges of the upper finely-cellular portion of the tube appeared

to be double.

Tab. III.

Fig. 12. Placenta of an ovarium upwards of 3 lines in length. It is at this
time of a decided brown tint, the green having disappeared. A
fecundated ovulum is visible in situ, of which almost the entire ori-
ginal membranous tube has become cellular. On the opposite side
of the placenta the apex of an unchanged tube is seen to project
upwards.

Fig. 13. Placenta and fecundated ovulum of a fruit 2^ lines long in situ. The
placenta is pushed towards one side of the cell of the fruit, and is a
good deal compressed. It is attached chiefly by branched fibrous
tissue, which contains molecules.

Fig. 14. Longitudinal section of an ovarium 3| lines long. No induration
has taken place in the pericarpial walls. The endocarp is white,
fleshy, of considerable thickness, and closely resembles albumen.
A brownish line is seen passing through the remaining base of

Mr. Griffith on the Ovuliim q/'Santalum album. 69

the style to the apex of the cell. The placenta is pushed com-
pletely to one side, and from the enlargement downwards of the cel-
lular body, their bases do not correspond, as in fig. 13. A cavity
is apparent at the apex of the cellular body.

Fig. 15. Represents its longitudinal section.

Fig. 16. Embryo in a very young state from the same ; it is somewhat dilated,
and more dense at its inferior free extremity.

Fig. 17- Ovulum and placenta of a fruit 3^ lines long, showing the situation
of the placenta.

Fig. 18. Barren (or rather abortive) ovulum from the placenta of the same;
very few globules or molecules are visible, and they are either sta-
tionary or sluggish.

With this exception it agrees with the abortive ovula examined in
earlier stages.

Fig. 19. Represents a long section of the cellular body at a period later than
that of fig. 15. The embryo is seen in situ.

Fig. 20. The same embryo detached. The apex of the cellular body remains,
and to this the embryo is seen to be attached. There is an evident
commencement of the cotyledonary division visible at its lower ex-
tremity.

Fig. 21. Embryo from an ovarium 4 lines long. The fruit is now nearly at its
full development ; the mesocarp is indurated, and the endocarp is
reduced to a spongy coating, which adheres to the indurated, nearly
osseous mesocarp, and likewise to the "albumen." This body now
occupies the entire cavity of the fruit, and has assumed its mature
form ; it is white and fleshy, and abounds with fecula. The embryo
is about 2 lines long, it is included in the "albumen," but is not
exactly axile. T'he apex or radicle is ovate and attenuate, and points
to the upper portion of the " albumen," and towards the apex of the
placenta, which is still visible, lodged in a depression on its surface.
The cotyledons are plano-convex, mutually applied by their plane
faces. The plumula is inconspicuous.

I trust that the accompanying sketches will be found sufl5cient.

70 Mr. Griffith on the Ovulum of Santalum album.

The structure of the fruit is sufficiently well understood, and hence figures of
this are unnecessary. My principal object has been to show the changes that
take place in the ovulum throughout its earlier stages, and especially to point
out the extraordinary situation of the embryo.

The explanations of the figures are carried down to the nearly mature state
of the fruit ; the only considerable subsequent change being the conversion of
the tissue between the now osseous mesocarp and the cuticle into a baccate
pulp.

r,aJ'S '■•'in,. Soc rot XVm. fai 1.

fig. 2

iW- li-

fw- 13.

Fu U

^^-/^

iW

F^JZ

f^.2I.

/■

[ 71 ]

III. Notes on the Development of the Ovula of Loranthus and Viscum, and on
the Mode of Parasitism of these two Genera. By William Griffith, Esq.,
Assistant Surgeon in the Madras Medical Service. Communicated by R. H.
Solly, Esq., F.R.S. 8s L.S.

Read June 21st, 1836.

X SHALL take as the type of the evolution of the ovula those of Loranthus
Scurrula.

At the earliest stage, that I have submitted to examination, I find that the
ovarium is intimately adherent with the parietes of the calyx ; its shape being
merely indicated by lines of a denser tissue than the rest. The broadest part
is situated towards the apex of the tube of the calyx. It is hence prolonged
upwards, and terminates by being continuous with the tissue of the base of
the style. It is prolonged likewise downwards into a long subulate process,
which is continuous with the tissue of the pedicle. In the centre of the
broader part a transverse opake line of tissue is visible. The tissue composing
the calycine parietes is nearly homogeneous ; nor is there any rudiment
whatever of a viscous formation*. If we examine a flower shortly, or even
immediately, before expansion, we find that in addition to the above, there is
a brown, as it were, sphacelated line which runs along the centre of the style
and the upper prolongation of the ovary to the centre of the transverse opake
line ; here it is thickened, and either ceases or spreads ti'ansversely on either
side in the direction of the opake line. At this part there is evidently a small
swelling, and the tissue has become more transparent!. These two changes
are owing to the commencement of an excavation formed by the dislocation
of the originally continuous tissue, and which communicates freely with the
canal apparently existing in the style, along the sphacelated line. Almost
simultaneously with the appearance of this excavation the formation of the

* See Tab. IV. fig. 1. f Ibid. fig. 2.

72 M?-. Griffith on the Development of

viscous tissue commences, which is, even in its early stages, of a green colour.
Just after the fall of the corolla no change of any importance has taken place.
There is a greater development of the viscous tissue, and the excavation is
larger and nearly filled with broken-up tissue. The canal leading from it
appears diminished, but is still distinct. Some time after the fall of the
corolla we find the excavation is considerably increased and partially occu-
pied by broken-up tissue*. The viscous tissue is considerably developed, and
the greater part of it contiguous to the ovarium has become of a beautifully
rich green colour.

Soon after this a small cellular body appears attached to that part of the
excavation immediately opposite to the termination of the sphacelated line.
This is the rudiment of the ovulum. When the fruit is about half formed the
above parts have only undergone an increase in size. Both layers of viscous
tissue are well developed, the green one being in intimate contact with the
ovary. The base or termination of the sphacelated line is still distinct. The
ovulum is between cordate and ovate, its circumference being tinged with
pink ; and it now has the appearance of albumen. Occupying a niche in its
centre we observe the young embryo. It is at this period totally included in
the albuminous-looking body, and is suspended by a flat cellular funiculus
from the part of the envelope, corresponding to the termination of the sphace-
lated line ; it is oblong, cellular, and presents no trace of cotyledonary di-
vision f.

The subsequent changes are confined chiefly to the embryo. As its deve-
lopment proceeds, the division of the cotyledons becomes manifest, and soon
extends throughout rather more than half of its length |. The funicle equals it
in length, and is as well as the embryo itself entirely cellular. As it advances
in size the embryo ceases to be oval, and appears as if pulled out into a more
elongated form, its base or radicle becoming at the same time thickened. The
division of the cotyledons continues to be apparent for some time, l)ut ceases
to be so at length from the adhesion of their contiguous faces. There is, how-
ever, always a certain degree of obliquity at their apices, which enables us to
recal their original separation. No union takes place by their immediate
bases §.

* See Tab. IV. fig. 4. f Ibid. fig. 5. X Ibid. fig. 6. § Ibid. fig. 8 & 9.

the Ovula q/'Loranthus and Viscurn. 73

The fully developed embryo is oblong', clavate, the radicle forming the
thickest part; there is a slight narrowing about the junction of the cotyle-
dons with the radicle. In the centre of this part two oblong foveolse or sulci
are observable, which owe their existence to the non-union of the bases of the
cotyledons*. The plumula is small, but totally concealed, unless indeed the
cotyledons are cut away. The embryo is attached very slightly by a very fine
short membrane, the originally long funiculus having disappeared. This dis-
appearance is, I imagine, not real ; probably the tissue of the funiculus contri-
butes to the formation of the embryo. The coloration of the embryo keeps
pace with its development. Throughout its first stages it is colourless ; the
green colour is first visible about the time that the division of the cotyledons
appears, and it continues increasing as the embiyo approaches nearer and
nearer to a state of perfection.

At this time it is entirely green, the colour differing however in tint ; the
radicle, particularly towards its apex, being tinged with yellow. The greatest
development of green is at the base of the cotyledon, about the sulci or clefts.

With respect to the changes that have taken place at the time of maturity
of the fruit in the calyx and ovarium, I must mention the total disappearance
of green viscous tissue. The whole cellular substance between the outer
layer, or cuticle of the calyx and the ovarium, is converted into a yellowish
transparent viscous matter. This is not, howevei', prolonged down the stalk
of the ovarium, which is now fibrousf. With respect to the ovarium, the only
remarkable circumstance is the softening down and conversion of a portion of
its texture, particularly towards its apex, into viscous tissue. This often occurs
to such a degree that the naked radicle is imbedded in the viscous tissue, and
is no doubt intended to remove any impediment to the occurrence of germi-
nation.

In two or three other species that I have examined the same phenomena
occur ; but in these there was no development of green viscous matter, nor
any colouring of the albumen. In one species the cotyledons were consoli-
dated, and two natural clefts existed ; in the other, they were merely applied
face to face, consequently no clefts were present or necessary. But inde-
pendent of these, and of changes of form dependent on specific difference, 1

* See Tab. IV. fig. 9. t See Tab. V. fig. 1.

VOL. XVIIl. L

74 Mr. Griffith on the Development of

observed the same complete adhesion of the ovarium and calyx ; the same ori
ginal solidity ; the same subsequent sphacelation visible along the centre of the
style, and terminating at the site of the future excavation ; the same excavation ;
the same subsequent appearance of the ovulum ; the same formation, inclusion,
cotyledonary division and cvascularity of the embryo; the same apparent short-
ening and almost total disappearance of the funiculus ; the same nudification of
the apex of the radicle ; the same degree of coloration, and the same softening
down of the ovarium. This in one species is carried to such an extent that
only a portion of the base of the capsule remains in its original fibrous state ; so
that the greatest part of the albumen and immense radicle are enveloped by

the viscous tissue*.

Ovula of Viscum.

In the earliest stage at which I have been able to examine the ovulum, I
find a similar adhesion of the ovarium and calyx. The outline of the former
is distinct, and the communication of its apex with the central canal leading
from the base of the style open and very freef. There is no development of
viscous tissue. Towards the apex of the ovarium there is a cavity communi-
cating with the canal leading from the stigma containing a cellular, mammil-
liform, central, but not papillose body, attached by a broad base, its apex
touching almost the termination of the canal. This is connected infei'iorly by
a thickish opake line running through the centre of the ovarium to its base.
This line is evascular, and consists merely of rather dense tissue. At this
period the nipple-shaped process, as I may call it, is brownish;}:.

No important change occurs until after impregnation ; the only interme-
diate ones being the diminution of the diameter of the canal, and its greater
length after impregnation, so far as may be judged of by the sphacelation of
the stigma, the process is very apparent ; it is enlarged, and its apex more
attenuated. From the base of the central line, which runs from the base of
the process to the corresponding portion of the ovarium, two brown lines are
apparent, curved upwards and outwards. These lines are of a much deeper
brown than the rest of the process ; corresponding to one of the terminations
of the curved lines there is a small lateral excavation, which is partly occupied
by broken-up tissue^ partly by a sac which is attached to, and hangs from that

* See Tab. V. fig. 5 & 6. fTab, X. fig. 1. J See Tab. X. fig. 1, 2 & 3.

the Ovula of Loranthus and Viscum. 75

part of the process corresponding to the termination of the curved line*. This
sac consists of a single cell or vesicle enclosing many grumous, opake, ovate,
or angular bodies ; it has a broad attachment, and is the rudiment of the
ovulumf. Simultaneously the viscous tissue has made its appearance.

As the development })roceeds the viscous tissue increases, the sac enlarges
and becomes cellular, and its attachment narrower. It soon assumes a broadly-
obovate form, its attachment becoming at the same time exceedingly narrow.
At this period a vesicle is seen inclosed within the tissue at the commencement
of its narrow neck %. This tissue soon assumes the appearance of albumen.
The viscous tissue is well developed, occupying the whole of the apex of the
fruit (the prolongation of the canal remaining isolated in its centre), and
extending to the base of the fruit, to which point it gradually narrows. The
figure of the ovarium has changed, four or five prolongations beginning to
appear towards its apex. No change has taken place in the process, and the
two brown curved lines are still visible. Its stalk, as the albuminous-looking
ovulum enlarges, becomes pushed on one side. The ovulum reaches a con-
siderable development before any change in the embryo occurs. When its
cornua begin to appear, the embryo is globular, cellular, exceedingly minute,
and attached to the nipple laterally. It is not entirely enclosed, but lodged
in a cavity in the albumen §.

When the fruit is about half developed, the parietes of the ovarium are in-
durated, and its prolongations are very distinct. The ovulum, which has for
some time assumed the appearance of albumen, and the form of the ovarium,
has 4 or 5 horns corresponding to the prolongations of the former, and as
many obtuse angles. The stalk of the process has become detached from the
surrounding tissue, except towards its base, and is pushed considerably to one
side. The apex of the process is slightly elongated and papillose. The embryo
has increased and assumed a more oval form ; it has likewise become central,
that is, it occupies the axis of the albumen. As the fruit increases in size,
the embryo becomes unequally emarginate at the apex, indicating the first
trace of a cotyledonary division|| . No further changes take place in the other

* Tab. X. fig. 3. t Tab. X. fig. 1.

X Tab. X. fig. 4. § Tab. XI. fig. 10, 1 1 & 12.

II Tab. X. fig. 4. & Tab. XI. fig. 14.

1.2

76 Mr. Griffith on the Development of

tissues except in size. When the embryo is about half developed, the cotyle-
donary division is deep, and the radicular end small ; but as the development
proceeds, the cotyledons, which were always rather unequal, become united,
except at their immediate bases, corresponding to which sites two indistinct
clefts may be found. At the same time the radicular end has become much
enlarged*. Throughout its development the attachment of the embryo to
the process is slight, and very easily ruptured.

Finally, in the perfect fruit we find the viscous tissue occupying the whole
space between the outer calycine layer and ovarium ; this is fibrous, somewhat
indurated, obtusely 4- or 5-gonal, and prolonged upwards into as many points
as there are angles. The albumen is colourless, fleshy, and of the same shape
as the cavity of the ovarium ; the embryo is clavate, lodged in the apex of the
albumen, beyond which and between its cornua the naked apex of the root
may be seen to projectf.

The development in both the above genera is pretty nearly the same, if we
except the want of the mammilliform process in Loranthus, and the unim-
portant circumstance of the attachment of the embryo of Viscum being short.
The following conclusions may therefore be applied to both.

1. That the calycine parietes are from an early period intimately connected
with the ovarium, and that the whole tissue between the outer calycine layer
and ovarium becomes subsequently converted into viscum.

2. That there is a tendency, varying in degree, in Loranthus in the ovarium
itself to become softened down into viscum.

3. That in Loranthus the ovarium is at an early period solid, as it is likewise
in Viscum, if we look merely to the formation of the embryo.

4. That the ovulum is formed subsequently to fecundation ; that its deve-
lopment takes place in a cavity formed by the excavation of part of the tissue
of the ovarium.

5. That the excavation commences as soon as the sphacelated line has reached
the spot where the subsequent important changes are to be carried on.

6. That the first development of the embryo takes place a considerable
time after that of the ovulum ; that it is attached to the apex of this by a
cellular funiculus ; that it is hence itself evascular.

* Tab. XI. fig. 8 & 9. t Tab. XI. fig. 8.

the Ovula o/" Loi*anthus and Viscum. 77

7. That the embryo is at first included in the ovulum ; that in Loranthus
the funiculus subsequently becomes very short, and the apex of the embryo
naked.

8. That the cotyledons, in some, become subsequently united, except at
their bases, and in such two lateral slits are visible externally.

General Remarks.

From what has been stated, it will appear that the ovulum is, both in Lo-
ranthus and Fiscum, a formation subsequent to impregnation. This remark-
able, and, I believe, unparalleled fact, will tend materially to increase the
difficulty of understanding or even conjecturing the nature of the first steps in
the formation of an embryo. It is evident that it is at total variance with the
idea that the ovulum, or female organ, is a nidus adapted to, and necessary
for the development of the embryo, which in this view is supposed to be
derived entirely and directly from the male. It is needless to add, that it is
totally different from the usual development of ovula.

With respect to the first part of the process of development, I may observe
that original continuity of tissue is very general, and perhaps universal. And,
in particular, I believe the nucleus of an ovulum to be ab origine solid ; what-
ever is produced subsequently in its interior being developed in a cavity formed
by an excavating process.

Although there can be no doubt from its structure and functions, that the
fleshy body in which the mature embryo is more or less contained is albumen,
yet it may be proper to state in what part of the tissue the necessary change
is carried on ; particularly since there is, I believe, no instance of albumen
occurring as a primary formation*.

The albumen in both these genera may, therefore, be classed with those

* Although I have not proved the existence of a sac in Loranthus, within vehich the tissue which
subsequently becomes the albumen, is formed, yet, from the consideration of Viscum, and from the
obvious analogy which its 'sac presents to the sac of the amnios in ordinary structures, I have little
hesitation in advancing the opinion that the ovulum in Loranthus and Viscum is reduced to its simplest
possible state, and that the albumen is a deposit within the tissue of the amnios, the sac of which has
at an early period ceased to exist, at least as a distinct membrane. Further researches may hereafter
establish the fact of the amnios being the only essential part of an ovulum.

78 Mr. Griffith on the Development of

albuinina which are developed in the tissue of the amnios and inclosed in an
ordinary integument or integuments, with this obvious difference, that in the
subjects under consideration this body is naked.

There is an evident resemblance between the nipple-shaped process of vis-
cum, and the often stipitate, free, central placenta of Santalacece, especially
when more than one embryo is developed in the above genus *.

On the Mode of Parasitism.

The only species in which this has been studied in any detail is the Viscum
album, and even here the statements are not altogether satisfactory. The
latest account which I have seen is that of De CandoUe in his excellent Phy-
siologie Vdgdtale, vol. ii. p. 790, and more fully in vol. iii. p. 1409, where the
subject is treated in the usually luminous manner, so characteristic of this
distinguished author.

The mature seeds of all the species of Loranthus adhere strongly to the
substance on which they are applied by means of the viscous matter. This
viscum soon hardens, and then has the appearance of a transparent glue. The
first changes take place in L. Scurrula two or three days after application,
and consist of a curvature of the extremity of the radicle towards the sup-
port ; this extremity when it reaches this point becoming enlarged and flat-
tened f.

It has now the appearance of a sucker, such as those, for instance, of the
Cassytha Jiliformis. I am unable to state the precise manner in which the
radicle penetrates the bark. The operation seems to require some time, and
it is not until it is completed that the plumula begins to be developed. In
those species the cotyledons of which are soldered together, the plumula
passes out by one of the clefts ; in the others by the fissure between these
two bodies. The cotyledons in all the species I have examined remain in-
closed in the albumen, which substance begins to disappear as soon as the
plumula commences to be developed ; the cotyledons undergoing a corre-

* Compare the figures 2 and 3 of Viscum with that of the placenta of Thesium Unophyllum, Bron-
gniart Sur la G^n^ration des VdgAaux, Plate 43, fig. 3. B & C.
t See Tab. VII. fig. 1, 2, 3, 4 & 5.

the Ovula of Loranthus and Viscum. 79

spending diminution in size. By the time that the young plant is furnished
with a pair or two of leaves the attachment will be found considerably firm.
If we cut away the portions of the support, and lay bare the included portion
of the parasite, we find that the application takes place entirely between the
ligneous systems of both, the fibres of the sucker-like root of the parasite
expanding on the wood of the support in the form of a, pdte d'oie*. There is,
however, no interchange of structure between them ; neither at this period is
there any intermixture of ligneous fibres. As soon as the young parasite has
acquired the height of two or three inches, when an additional supply of
nourishment is probably required, a lateral shoot is sent out, which is, espe-
cially towards the apex, of a green colour. This at one or two, and subse-
quently at various points, adheres to the support by means of sucker-like
productions, which are precisely similar in structure and in mode of attach-
ment to the original seminal one.

As the parasite increases in size, these lateral shoots become frequently very
numerous, and give origin, I believe, always from those parts immediately
opposite to the sucker-like adhesions, likewise to stems and branches. During
the same period the fibres of the suckers become more and more imbedded in
the ligneous system of the support, owing to the deposition of the new wood
of the latter. The fibres of the parasite never penetrate beyond their original
attachment, although the later developed fibres appear to have the power of
arriving at this point, but no further. This is veiy remarkable. In the adult
plant the sucker-bearing shoots frequently run to a considerable distance,
many of the stocks being literally covered with parasites, all of which have
originated from one seed. I have seen such shoots, which had taken their
course along a decayed branch, become reflexed, and return in quest, as I may
express it, of a part capable of affording due nourishment. In all the species
of Loranthus which I have examined the same phenomena occur, and also in
the species of f^iscutn from which the drawings were made. I have reason to
believe, however, that in some Loranthi and F"isca the attachment takes place
by one spot ; in other words, that there is only a primary attachment : such
will approximate in form to the F'iscum album.

The sucker-bearing shoots frequently run contiguous to each other, and are

* See Tab. VIII. fig. 2.

80 Mr. Griffith on the Development of

occasionally reciprocally united by "suckers;" in such there is actual com-
munication between the ligneous systems*.

With respect to the parts on which the parasitism occurs, I believe it is
entirely dependent on the permanence of their nature. I have met with a
solitary instance of the attachment and evolution of Loranthus on the leaf of
a Guttiferous tree. The plant had reached the height of two inches, and had
developed several leaves ; no lateral shoot had been sent out. Its base was
expanded on the upper surface of the leaf, and the sucker-like root had pene-
trated the cuticle, and was firmly imbedded in the parenchymatous mesophyl-
lum. Although in all probability this plant would, had it been left to its own
fate, have perished, yet it might have become, before this had taken] place,
attached by a lateral shoot to a part capable of sustaining it by its permanent
nature. I am also of opinion that attachment will take place on any plantf,
or part of a plant, the duration of which is sufficiently long. Those with
milky juice, though perhaps a general, are not an universal exception.

I have met with a species flourishing on the Artocarpus integrifolia. The
juice of this species was not milky; it is hence obvious that they have an
eliminating power, although the fact stated by De CandoUe J of coloured fluids
passing into their tissue through the stock would lead us to suppose other-
wise.

With respect to the bourrelets formed round each attachment, they are
occasioned by the deposit of new wood round their bases ; they are often
irregular, the upper part being, as might be expected, somewhat more de-
veloped.

I have never seen any secondary roots sent off" either into the interior of the
wood, or between the bark and wood§.

* It will be interesting to compare this with grafts, on which subject I am quite ignorant. I think
the attachment of Loranthus is not analogous to grafts.

t I have seen seeds of Loranthus germinating on the succulent fronds of a Polypodium.

X Physiologic V^getale, vol. ii. p. 790; and vol. iii. p. 1411.

§ I have before mentioned that in one species of Viscum both primary and secondary external at-
tachments take place. A slight examination of another species, in which no lateral shoot had been
developed, leads me to suspect that the mode of adhesion of Viscum album is not thoroughly under-
stood ; and that the appearance of roots running between the bark and wood of the stock is, perhaps,
attributable to a peculiar modification of the wood of the latter. Whatever the cause may be with

the Ovula of hovanthus and Viscnm. 81

The influence these parasites possess over the stock is according to their
reciprocal size : L. Scurrula, generally attached to Melastoma malabathrica,
or other shrubs, frequently destroys them to a considerable extent. Others,
again, which are minute in comparison with the stock, such, for instance, as
those that grow upon trees, produce no appreciable deleterious effect.

The foregoing notes apply chiefly to the development of the ovula. I had

the generality of Loranthacea, with this species it is far different, the primary and secondary attach-
ments taking place by suckers which appear to reach the older formed wood. From the first attach-
ment roots are sent olF upwards and downwards. These run to a considerable length, and adhere
very firmly by means of suckers, which likewise are imbedded in the substance of the stem.

In this specimen the branches are confined to the stem originating from the primary attachment.
The roots, however, have the power of sending off shoots. The suckers produce a most pernicious
effect on the branches along which the roots take their course, and from their large size soon produce
atrophy.

These roots have the same anatomy as the branches, the medullary rays being less distinct and the
medulla almost obliterated ; it does exist, however, in a rudimentary state.

The suckers are composed of cellular tissue, and form part of the cortical system, with which they
are continuous. The cells are long and arranged at right angles with the woody system. No cuticle
covers the adhering surface of the sucker.

The pith is excentric, and, as might be expected, nearest the circumference on the side of the adhe-
sion. The more vigorous and older of these suckers pierce the albumen to a greater or less distance ;
but no identification of substance appears to take place, the fibres of the suckers being at right angles
with those of the alburnum. In all probability they have not the power of piercing into the substance
of the wood, their greater depth in the older and larger branches being owing to the deposit of new
ligneous matter. At the same time a corresponding increase takes place in the sucker, which becomes
hard towards its base. The upper bourrelet surrounding the suckers is always the larger.

Tab. IX. fig. 1. represents a sketch taken from a sucker about three inches below the axis; irregu-
lar fascicles of woody matter have passed off from the wood into the sucker, into which they penetrate
deeply. They all appear to terminate at a short distance from the adhering surface of the sucker,
which is entirely cellular, and much less coloured than the rest ; it is still large. The terminations of
the woody fascicles are generally clavate. So great is this tendency to throw out suckers that when
two roots encounter each other, as they frequently do, they throw out suckers and form mutual adhe-
sions. In this case there is actual identification of structure, woody fibrous bundles passing off
from both and becoming identified with the wood. See Tab. IX. fig. 4. It does not take place through-
out the whole length of the sucker, but is chiefly confined to its upper position.

Tab. IX. fig. 2. represents the original attachment on the apex of a branch. There is in this no
union between the woody systems, although the irregular woody bundles have at a, nearly reached
the pith. Still the edges of the wood of the stock are entire. The irregularities of this, observable
at b, c, depend probably upon an attempt at formation of wood on this side. The depth at which tlie
sucker has apparently pierced is owing in reality to its original attachment, which must have taken
place when the stem of the stock was very thin : consequently the pith would be near the surface.

VOL. XVIII. M

82 Mr. Griffith on the Development of

marked down several points for particular study at Mergui during the rainy
season ; but it is now very probable that a considerable time will elapse before
I can recur to this very interesting subject. A pai-ticular series of observa-
tions is required as to the precise mode in which the radicle, or seminal
sucker as it may be called, of the young parasite, as well as those of the
lateral shoots, reach the surface of the wood. Observations on those species
of Viscum which have a plurality of embryos, and on the exact mode of
adhesion of this genus to the stock, will likewise afford many interesting par-
ticulars.

EXPLANATION OF THE PLATES.
Tab. IV.

Fig. 1. Longitudinal section of an ovarium of Lor ant hus Scurrula.

a. Parietes of the calyx, h. Bases of two petals remaining, c.
Ovarium, d. Its upper portion, where it is continuous with the
tissue of the style, e. Central, transverse, opake, linear spot, the site
of the future excavation.

Fig. 2. a. Parietes of the calyx, b. Commencement of the viscous tissue,
c. Ovarium, d. Its upper portion, which is now traversed by a
brown line passing through the centre of the style; the adjacent
tissue being sphacelated, e. Extension of the sphacelated line trans-
versely. The excavation has just commenced.

In one instance the tissue of the sucker was prolonged downwards between the wood and bark of the
stock. The centre of this prolongation was occupied by a ligneous fascicle.

To show the fact of a non-continuity of tissue, the section must always be carried through the
centre of each sucker, and the branch to which it is applied. As these suckers have not a linear but
a discoid attachment, a lateral section will give the appearance of an intermixture of fibres.

Fig. 2, 3 & 4. are taken from the same species. I have verified the above in one species belonging
to the section Scurrula, from which the sketches were taken, and in one of the section Symphyanthus.

Tab. VIII. fig. 5 & 6. represents a young plant of a species of Loranthus, attached by a broad base
to an elevation of corresponding breadth of the branch, which, however, it overlaps : see fig. 7. The
elevation visible in the branch is produced by the passage of the roots of the parasite under the bark.
They expand so as to form what the French term a. pdted'oie. Here, again, the roots do not penetrate
beyond the original attachment.

the Ovula of horanthus and yi&cum. 83

Fig-. 3. The same figures have the same references. The excavation has now
increased, as is evident by the greater transparency of the tissue at e.

Fig. 4. The figures refer as before. The viscous tissue at b is now considerably
developed, and of a fine green colour ; at d, the discoloured brown
tissue of the apex of the ovarium, with the remains of the central
brown line, is visible, and at e, a large excavation, occupied chiefly
by dislocated cellular tissue.

Fig. 5. a,b,c,d refer as before. The tissue at d, is, however, more blended
with that of the calycine parietes, excepting its base, which is still
brown. The parietes of the ovarium c, are reduced superiorly to a
great thinness, owing to the development of the albumen at e. f. Is
the incomplete embryo with its cellular funiculus.

Fig. 6. A more advanced embryo detached, with the base of the albumen, a.
Albumen, h. Cellular, lax funiculus, c. Embryo, d. Its cotyle-
donary and unequal division.

Fig. 7. Ditto. More, and about half developed, a. Fibrous ovarium, h. Al-
bumen, c. Embryo, d. Its radicular extremity, now inclosed almost
entirely in the albumen, e. Sulcus along its lower portion, indicating
the original division into two rather unequal cotyledons.

Fig. 8. Same embryo detached, d, e. Have the same references. The coty-
ledons are now adherent by their contiguous faces, although the
sulcus is very evident, f. The basilar portion of the cotyledons
where they do not become adherent. This subsequently forms one
of the lateral slits.

Fig. 9. Nearly mature embryo, a. Its radicular end. b. The cotyledon ; the
two being now entirely consolidated except at the basilar point.

There is generally some obliquity about the apices of the cotyle-
dons. The cleft c exists on both sides.

Tab. V.

Fig. 1. Mature fruit, separated from the integument of the calyx, and carrying
with it the whole of the viscid matter, a, which is at this period
transparent, b. Capsule inclosed within the viscid substance, c. Its

m2

84 Mr. Griffith on the Devehpment of

stalk, d. Marks the termination of its angles, which are the only
dense parts in its composition.
Fig. 2. The same, the viscid covering being removed. The angles are seen
to terminate in little points, generally three to each. Their continua-
tion down the stalk is likewise shown.

Fig. 3. Longitudinal and central section of a mature fruit, a. The viscous
tissue which occupies the entire space between the outer part or
cutis of the calyx and the ovarium, which is seen at b. c. The
albumen, d. Radicular and partially exserted extremity of the em-
bryo, e. Cotyledon cut through longitudinally, f, f. Situation of
both lateral clefts, g. The plumula.

Fig. 4. Perfect embryo detached, both lateral clefts are shown.

The above figures refer to the same species as those of Tab. IV.

Fig. 5. Longitudinal and central section of ripe fruit of a Loranthus, species
unknown. The ovarium is in this species, in the ripe state at least,
incomplete, its upper two thirds being dissolved into viscum. The
radicle is immense and almost entirely exserted.

Fig. 6. Base of the same ovarium or capsule, albumen and embryo separated
from the viscous tissue. At the base of the ovarium is a depression
indicating its original connection with the pedicel.

Fig. 7- Embryo detached ; the brown apiculus is the remains of the original
lax cellular funiculus. One of the lateral clefts is visible.
These three, 5, 6, 7- refer to the same species.

Fig. 8. Longitudinal section of an embryo of Loranthus, species unknown.
a. Its radicular extremity, h. Cotyledon, c, c. Sites of the lateral
clefts, d. Plumula.

Fig. 9, 10, 11, & 12, refer to the same species.

Fig. 9. Longitudinal section of the ovarium of a Loranthus, species unknown,
long before expansion, a. Calyx, tissue of. b. Ditto, mucilaginous
white portion, c. Ovarium, now fibrous ; its communication with the
base of the style is very distinct.

Fig. 10. Longitudinal section after the fall of the corolla and after impregna-
tion, a, b, c. Have the same references as in fig. 9. d. The more per-
sistent base of the ovarium, which has undergone but little change.

the Ovula o/'Loranthus and Viscum. 85

e. Brownish rather indistinct line running towards the excavation, in
which the now imperfect nucleus, f, of a cordate shape, is deve-
loped. The same phsenomena occur as in Loranthus Scurr-ula.

Fig. 11. Longitudinal section of a more advanced fruit; the figures have the
same references. The mucilaginous or now viscous tissue, h, is
much enlarged, and is deposited in cavities, which appear to be tole-
rably distinct from each other ; the two basilar ones, as in some
others, are the largest, d. The diminished remains of the basilar
part of the originally dense ovarium; it is the persistence of this
portion that causes in part the production of the horns of the albu-
men. The line e is very distinct, and the tissue forming the mar-
gins of the now large cavity much sphacelated.

f. The albumen considerably altered in shape, g. The young em-
bryo attached very slightly to the part of the albumen correspond-
ing to the termination of the line e.

Fig. 12. Embryo detached to show the large evascular funiculus.

Tab. VI.

Fig. 1. Longitudinal section of an ovarium of a Loranthus, species unknown,
a short time after the fall of the flower, a. Outer tissue of parietes
of the calyx, b. Inner ditto commencing to become viscous, c. Ova-
rium, d. Its base and denser portion, which produces the same
effect on the albumen as above noticed, e. The line descending from
the apex of the remains of the conical base of the style. /'. Ovulum.

Fig. 2. Section not truly central, a, h. Refer as before, c. The fibrous walls
of the ovarium, d. Its stalk, which is surrounded by viscous tissue.
The sphacelated apex of the remaining base of the style is evident.
The communicating sphacelated line e has disappeared, the tissue
continuous with the base of the style being truncate, e. The broad
cellular attaching process of the albumen, f. The albumen : rudi-
ments of two of its ascending cornua are visible, g. The embryo
hanging down into a cavity formed in the albumen by excavation.

Fig. 3. Embryo detached. Its funiculus is long, loosely cellular, and evascular.

86 Mr. Griffith on the Development of

far exceeding in bulk the embryo itself, in which the first trace of
a cotyledonary division is visible.

Fig. 4. Central and longitudinal section of a ripe fruit, a, b. The two divi-
sions of the tissue of the calyx now nearly similar, c, c. The basilar
portion of b, which remains uncoloured and has a mucilaginous
appearance, d. Remains of the stalk of the ovarium, e. Sphacelated
communicating line, reaching to the apex of the radicle and tra-
versing the original suspending process/", of the albumen g, of which
two large ascending, and two minute descending cornua are visible.
h. Embryo, with its radicle situated between the ascending cornua
of the testa.

Fig. 5. Capsule separated : the white lines represent its denser angles, from
which processes are sent out into the albumen ; alternating with
these are six furrows, along which the texture of the capsule, here
very fine, dips into the albumen.

Fig. 6. The albumen and embryo removed from the integument ; the albumen
is 6-cleft, the fissures at its apex being acute : between the corre-
sponding basilar obtuse ones, and projecting beyond them, is the
truncate subpeltate radicle.

Fig. 7. Transverse section of albumen and cotyledons.

Fig. 8. Embryo detached.

Fig. 9. The same ; its cotyledons, which are always distinct, being separated.
The very small plumula is not visible.

The whole of the figures of this plate refer to one species.

Tab. VII.

Fig. 1, 2, & 3. Detached embryos of Loranthus Scurrula, showing the first
changes that take place after the application of the ripe fruit to the
bark of a tree.

Fig. 4. Embryo of the same more advanced in germination ; the commence-
ment of the " sucker" is now visible.

Fig. 5. Fruit of Loranthus Scurrula cut through longitudinally, showing the
first changes in situ.

the Ovula o/'Loranthus and Viscum. 87

Fig. 6. Germinating embryo of a Loranthus, species unknown, the albumen

remaining attached and inclosing the cotyledons.
The radicle of the parasite has not yet pierced the bark of the

stock.
Fig. 7- Ditto. Removed from its attachments and from the embryo ; the half

sphacelated cotyledons are somewhat separated.
Fig. 8. Albumen and cotyledonary end of the same embryo.
Fig. 9. One of the cotyledons and plumula.
Fig. 10. Germination of Loranthus rather advanced. The root has at this

period perforated the bark. The rudiments of the second pair of

leaves are visible.

Tab. VIII.

Fig. 1. Fruit and germinating embryo of Loranthus Scurrula cut through lon-
gitudinally. The plumula is just exserted ; the radicle has not yet
pierced the bark of the stock ; some of the viscum is seen adhering
to the fruit. No change has yet taken place in the cotyledon. The
radicle has become whitish in the centre; the irregular shape of
the sucker-like portion is visible, and appears to result from the
small opening in the parietes of the capsule.

Fig. 2. Ditto, considerably more advanced. The albumen has almost entirely
disappeared, and the cotyledon is much shorter.

The root has pierced the bark, the contiguous portions of which
are seen to be sphacelated ; and its sucker-like extremity is seen to be
expanded on the surface of the wood. The first pair of leaves have
reached to a considerable size ; one, however, is cut away. This is
viewed obliquely.

Fig. 3. More advanced state of a young plant of Loranthus Scurrula 9 the
upper portion of the stem being cut away.

This sho^ws the great irregularity of the base of the axis of the
parasite, the incomplete ring formed round its base in the ligneous
system of the stock, and the lateral shoot.

Fig. 4. A similar young plant more advanced, perhaps of the same species :
the sphacelated margins of the bark around the base of the parasite,

88 Mr. Griffith on the Development of

and its partial destruction, with the course of the lateral shoot, are

visible.
Fig. 5. Young plant of a Loranthus attached to a stock.
Fig. 6. Ditto. Longitudinal section of the conical base of its axis, together

with that of the stock, the bark removed.
Fig. 7. Portion of a lateral shoot of an adult Loranthus, with a corresponding

portion of a stock, showing their mode of adhesion.
Fig. 8. Portion of the same cut through longitudinally, showing that the

sucker has pierced the bark and become applied on the surface of

the wood of the stock.

Tab. IX.

Fig. 1,2 & 3. Different sizes of parasites and stocks cut through longitudi-
nally, showing that however varied the surface of the woody system
of the stock may be to which the parasite is applied, there is no
mutual communication between the two systems. In other words,
the woody systems of the stock and parasite are contiguous, and not
continuous.

Fig. 4. Longitudinal section of two lateral roots of Loranthus Scurrula, show-
ing that these not only become occasionally attached by " suckers,"
but that when this does take place, there is an actual, although par-
tial, union between their woody systems.

EXPLANATION OF THE PLATES OF VISCUM.

Tab. X.

Fig. 1. Longitudinal section of an ovarium before the expansion of the flower.
a. Parietes of the calyx, h. The canal running from the centre
of the stigma through the upper part of the ovarium, and termina-
ting in the cavity d.

c. Ovarium of the same structure with the calyclne tissue, c, a.

the Ovula of Loranthus and Viscum. 89

Is the opake line of elongated tissue running through the centre of
the ovarium, and terminating at the base of the nipple-shaped, cel-
lular process e, which is central, and opposite to the termination of
the canal b, nearly filling up the similarly shaped cavity d. 1 a. The
nipple-shaped process from the same ovarium.

Fig. 2. The same letters have the same references. The canal b is diminished
in diameter, but increased in length. The tissue of the stigma, and
that about the apex of the ovarium is yellow. Taken from an ovarium
before impregnation, but during expansion. 2a. Nipple-shaped pro-
cess of the same detached ; it has become more conical.

Fig. 3. Longitudinal section of ovarium after impregnation, that is, if the
appearance of the stigma may be taken as a proof.

a. Calycine tissue ; the viscous tissue has begun to be developed.
The line b is now closed, and of a light brown colour, and d is no
longer visible, being entirely occupied by the process e : continuous
with the line Ca two curved brown lines are visible in e, the con-
vexities of which look upwards.

(I have never observed more than two lines in this species). A
lateral excavation is visible at /, the greater part of which is occu-
pied by the body g, which hangs from the nipple at the termination
of one of the curved lines.

Fig. 4. Longitudinal section of a nearly ripe fruit. The viscous tissue now
occupies the chief parts of the calycine parietes, and is internally in
opposition with the now fibrous capsule, which is prolonged upwards
into four or five horns, of which two only are visible in the section.
The communication between the stigma and the cavity containing
the nipple-shaped process e, is still traceable at b. The process e,
with its two arched lines, has undergone no change. The ovulum g,
which, I should observe, is reduced to a nucleus, now fills completely
the excavated cavity. In the axis of the upper half the embryo is
visible in situ : it is rather excentric when compared with the axis of
the nipple. The original cotyledonary division has disappeared, ex-
cept towards its apex.

Fig. 5. Ovarium still more advanced. The letters have the same references.

VOL. XVITI. N

90 Mr. Griffith on the Development of

The lateral excavation /" is much enlarged, as is likewise the young
ovulum g. The line C a is pushed to one side.

5 a. Young ovulum detached from the same ovarium.

Fig. 6. Ovulum a little more advanced, detached with the nipple-shaped pro-
cess, the brown curved lines of which were in this instance no longer
visible ; the process is rather papillose at its apex.

Fig. 7- Ovarium still more advanced. The excavation has become much en-
larged ; the ovulum g has now attained a considerable size, and has
become nearly central. The commencement of its development up-
wards into horn-shaped processes is visible at g a.

Tab. XI.

Fig. 1 . Nipple-shaped process detached from an ovarium soon after impregna-
tion.

Its apex is of a light brown colour ; communicating with the lower
parts of the curved lines is an obscure channel, the edges of which
appear of a light brown. This appearance of a channel of commu-
nication between the apex of the nipple-shaped process, to which,
probably, the male influence is applied, did not appear to be uni-
versal or even general. A. vesicle filled with brown grumous gra-
nules is seen attached to the lower part of one side of the process by
a broad base.

Fig. 2. Nipple-shaped process, with the central opake line dissected out. Tlie
two curved lines are very conspicuous, and of a rather deep-brown
colour. The apex appears papillose. The broad cellular, irregular
portion visible on one side indicates the site of attachment of an
ovulum.

Fig. 3. Ditto, with an ovulum more advanced, detached with the upper portion
of the opake line or stalk. The young ovulum is now attached by
a narrower base, and is evidently cellular.

Fig. 4. Ovulum at about the same period of development; the attachment is
very narrow : at the commencement of the narrow portion, and in
its centre, a globular vesicle is juSt visible ; this is, I imagine, the

the Ovula of Loranthus and Viscum. 91

rudiments of the embryo. I must state, however, that this vesicle
generally eluded observation.

Fig. 10. Ovulum and nipple-shaped process detached; on one side a lateral
excavation is visible in the ovulum, in which the embryo (fig. 11.) was
lodged.

Fig. 1 1 . Young embryo ; the apiculus is the part by which it is attached.

Fig. 12. The same, highly magnified.

Fig. 13. Embryo detached at a later period of its growth.

Fig. 14. Ditto, showing the commencement of the division into cotyledons.

Fig. 7- Ditto, the division still more advanced.

Fig. 6. Albumen detached, one of its (in this case four) cornua cut away
longitudinally, to show the cavity in which the embryo is lodged.

Fig. 8. The same entire ; the apex of the radicle is just visible between the
bases of the cornua.

Fig. 9. Mature embryo detached ; the slit and the incompletion of the adhe-
sion of the rather unequal cotyledons are shown.

Fig. 5. Transverse section of a fruit below the situation of the embryo ; in
this case the ovarium has five rounded angles, each of which is pro-
longed into a horn.

n2

!

rv- 1

f^ 2.

...i

A

k

'y-

1 V- f

Fw.S \ % /

ff) .i

\

tM

II -nil

Trcun.^. Lvnjrv.SooYnLLVni 1 cW -v

F^.4.

Fy.2.

iiiiiiifcti

ji^aAu^i-ua

Fig.Z

tig. 6.

TraM.Iinn.. Soa. Vol. JVUl . Tab. in
Flff.l.

^!';i!

I

K^ .i.

^

,/)' f^M

%/.

fa

:a

•'^>'-'#|

^ ..^1-. .k^.

(^ /v-i

I n

/I

i^.

■X

^c- jV- :;>s^/

Fi^. 10.

^;^\\

-•"N

F^.13.

A

Fw. 12.

'V

?.^-'^^
"•■(-"'>

J

F^.7.

^nj 14-.

\i

L 93 ]

IV. Descriptions of those species of Polygonum and Fagopyrum which are
contained in the Indian Herbarium of J. Forbes Rovle, Esq., F.L.S., 8fc.,
late Superintendant of the H.E.I. Botanical Garden at Saharunpore, and
now Professor of Materia Medica in King's College, London. By Charles
C. Babington, Esq., M.A., F.L.S., F.G.S., S^c.

Read December 20th, 1836.

J\1Y friend Professor Royle having done me the honour to submit to my ex-
amination and description those species oi Polygonum and Fagopyrum which are
contained in his extensive Indian Herbarium, I have now the pleasure of com-
municating the result to the Linnean Society. After the valuable monograph
by Professor Meisner upon the Wallichian Polygoneae, published in the third
volume of the Plantce Asiaticce rariores, it was not to be expected that many
new species would occur in this collection. I was therefore the more pleased
by finding not fewer than ten totally distinct forms amongst the natives of
the Himalayan mountains and the upper provinces of India. I would parti-
cularly direct attention to the tribe Avicularia, in which Dr. Wallich's herba-
rium is peculiarly deficient. Meisner describes four species, all of them very
closely allied to P. aviculare, Linn., only one of which occurs in this collection,
but the other three are replaced by five most interesting plants, only one of
which appears to have been previously noticed.

In all cases in which I have been able to identify my plants with those of
Professor Meisner, I have adopted his specific characters, but have always
drawn my detailed descriptions from the Roylean specimens which I had before
me. My friend. Professor Don, has most kindly given me his valuable assist-
ance, and has added much to the value of this paper by identifying several of
Meisner's species with those described by him in his Prod. Fl. Nepalensis.

As this family has been so recently illustrated in the PI. Asiat. Rar., I have

94 Mr. Babington's Descriptions of Indian Species

not thought it necessary to characterise the genera and sections, and must
refer to that work for full descriptions of them. I will not trouble the society
with any further observations, but proceed at once to the description of the
species.

Polygonum. Linn.

Sect. 1. Bistorta. Meisn.
1. P. bulbiferum.

Spica compacta densa basi interrupta laxiuscula, bracteis ovatis acuminatis
subincisis, staminibus calyce brevioribus filamentis post anthesin elon-
gatis, stylis 2 rariiis 3 calyce dupl6 longioribus, achenio calycis longitudine
lenticular! faciebus rotundato-acuminatis minut^ granulato-striatis sub-
opacis, foliis caulinis subsessilibus lanceolatis radicalibus petiolatis ellip-
ticis vel elliptico-lanceolatis omnibus in margine revoluto costato-cre-
natis.

P. bulbiferum. Royle MSS.

Stem simple, striated, smooth, from two inches to more than a foot in height,
springing from a thick perennial woody rhizoma. Leaves elliptical, often
so short as to be nearly round, and others on the same plant so much
elongated as to appear lanceolate, upon long stalks ; their margins revo-
lute and marked with a series of short elevated transverse striae, so as to
appear crenulated, the under side slightly downy, the cauline leaves lan-
ceolate and sessile. Stipules long, cylindrical, splitting laterally and
dilated at their top, with numerous nerves which are finely scabrous, or
rather, towards the top, very minutely spinoso-pubescent. Flowers small,
white, in dense compact spikes, the lower parts of which are more or less
elongated and interrupted, and bear small bulb-like bodies in the place
of fruit ; the true flowers are 5-fid, the segments obtuse, stamens 8, the
filaments of which before the anthers burst are much shorter than the
calyx, afterwards they elongate until they nearly equal the styles which
are twice the length of the calyx, and usually two, but in some cases
three in number ; bractese longer than the pedicels, acuminate, obliquely
truncate and cut; the pedicels jointed just below the flower. Fruit
rather large, lenticular, compressed, the faces nearly round and pointed.

o/" Polygonum awrf Fagopyrum. 95

rather opake and minutely granulate-striate ; the fruit of the trigynous
flowers is probably 3-gonal, but none of such occurs on our specimens.

This species may be distinguished from its near ally P. viviparum, by its
fruit, the length of its filaments, and by the density of the seed-bearing part
of its spike. In that plant the fruit is 3-quetrous, and its faces are ovate-
lanceolate, smooth and shining, the filaments are twice as long as the calyx,
and the whole spike is lax, slender, and elongated.

Lippa in Kunawur.

2. P. macrophyllum. Don.

SpicS, compacta densa cylindrica vel ovata, bracteis ovatis pedicellis brevioribus:
infimis quam superioribus ssep^ longioribus aciite acuminatis pedicellis
superantibus,. staminibus calycem sequantibus, stylo profundi tripartito,
achenio trigono laevi nitido, foliis lanceolatis obtusis in margine revolutis
costato-crenatis inferioribus petiolatis.

P. macrophyllum. Don, Prod. Fl. Nep. 70. Meisn. Mon. Gen. Polyg. 51.

P. sphcerostachyum. Meisn. in Wall. PI. Asiat. Rar. iii. 53, non Meisn.
Mon. 53.

Stem simple, striated, smooth, a foot or more in height. Leaves lanceolate,
the apex itself obtuse, the margins reflexed and marked with false crenu-
lations, as in P. bulbiferum, the under side often slightly downy, the lower
leaves upon long stalks, the upper ones sessile and narrower. Stipules
long, cylindrical, splitting on one side above, the apex rounded and
slightly acute. Flowers larger than those of P. viviparum, upon rather
long stalks jointed just below the flower, red, in a dense compact spike
which is not gemmiferous ; the flowers 5-fid, their segments obtuse,
stamens 8, about as long or rather longer than the calyx ; style divided
into three parts, but scarcely to its base, and shorter than the calyx,
the bracteee ovate, and shorter than the pedicels ; some of the lower ones
often having a long acute point by which they are made to exceed the
pedicels. Fruit 3-gonous, smooth, shining ; in a very young state in our
specimens,

Kedarkanta in September, and the Chandow Pass in July.

96 Mr. Babington's Descriptions of Indian Species

3. P. amplexicaule. Don.

Spicis terminalibus solitariis vel geminis longissimis linearibus, bracteis latis
pltis minusve acuminatis imbricatis, calycis segmentis ovali-oblongis,
foliis ovatis vel ovato-oblongis basi cordatis sensim longe acuminatis
laeviusculis vel nervis prominentibus puberulis margine costato-crenatis
subrevolutis : caulinis sessilibus amplexicaulibus.

P. amplexicaule. Don, Prod. 70. Meisn. Mon. 51.

P. ambiguum et oxyphyllum. Meisn. in Wall. iii. 54.

P. petiolatum. Don, Prod. 70.

Stem erect, herbaceous, smooth ; in some specimens slightly downy below the
joints, the internodes very long. Leaves ovate or ovate-oblong, their
bases cordate and amplexicaul, sometimes shortly stalked, narrowing
gradually into a long sharp point, often quite smooth on both sides,
sometimes with the nerves, particularly upon the under side, minutely
pubescent ; the margin costate-crenate and more or less revolute. Stipules
very long, entire, glabrous, blunt. Flowers rather large, in long slender
solitary or twin spikes, with very long pedicels jointed just below the
flower; the bractese broad, imbricated, pointed, the point often very
long ; the sepals ovate-oblong. Fruit 3-quetrous, the faces ovate and
pointed, smooth and shining.

After the examination of numerous specimens I have come to the conclusion
that P. ambiguum and P. oxyphyllum of Prof. Meisner cannot be considered
as even marked varieties, but form only accidental forms of one species, pro-
bably caused by a difference of soil and situation. Prof. Don informs me that
this species is P. amplexicaule, and also P. petiolatum of his Prod. Fl. Nepal.
I have therefore restored the former name.

Simla, Nagkanda, Mussooree and Choor. July.

4. P. vaccinifolium. Meisn.

" Spicis subcylindricis laxifloris, floribus patulis, foliis brevi-petiolatis ovatis
vel ellipticis utrinque attenuatis leevigatis, trunco epigeo ramoso."

" |3. medium. Meisn. Spicis solitariis, foliis acutiusculis aut breviter acumi-
natis, ramis suberectis.

of Polygonum and Fagopyrum. 97

tc

7. flagelliforme, Meisn. Spicis in apicibus ramorum ssepfe subpaniculatis,
caulibus ramisque longissimis debilibus prostratis." — Meisn.
P. vaccinifolium. Meisn. in Wall. iii. 54. . ,

Stem shrubby, prostrate, very much branched; in j3 the branches are short and
nearly erect ; in y long and prostrate. Leaves ovate, attenuated at both
ends, usually having a short acute point, the margin slightly revolute,
glabrous, reticulated with numerous slightly prominent nerves, particu-
larly on the upper surface, shortly stalked. Stipules long, with numerous
strong brown nerves, soon torn so deeply as to present the appearance of
a tuft of long stiff hairs. Flowers in rather long subcylindrical spikes,
which are usually solitary, but sometimes slightly panicled, the segments
of the calyx oval, stamens 8, styles 3, rather long, the pedicels jointed
just below the flower. Fruit trigonous, the faces lanceolate, shining, and
minutely granulate-punctate.

The variety " a obtusifolium," Meisn. does not occur amongst Prof. Royle's
specimens.

Kedarkanta and Chandow Pass, September.

5. P. affine. Don.

Spicis erectis oblongis solitariis cylindricis, floribus magnis apertis, achenii
acutanguli faciebus minutissim^ punctato-granulatis, stylis elongatis 2 vel
3 distinctis stamina superantibus, foliis lanceolatis basi attenuatis mar-
gine revoluto undulato-crispato, trunco ramisque hypogeis apice tantfim
epigeo, caulibus erectis simplicibus.

P. affine. Don, Prod. 70. Meisn. Mon. 52. non Steph. in Spreng. Syst. II.,
256.

P. Brunonis. Meisn. in Wall. iii. 54.

Ste7n woody, subterranean, . the branches alone appearing just above the sur-
face, and terminating in short upright stems, each bearing one compact
cylindrical spike. Leaves broadly lanceolate, acute, the nerves numerous
and strongly marked, the margins revolute and crisped, the cauline ones
subsessile, the others narrowed into a short stalk. Stipules long, entire,
blunt, with numerous prominent nerves. Flowers in cylindrical, rather
VOL. xviii. o

98 Mr. Babington's Descriptions of Indian Species

compact solitary spikes, large and open, the segments of the calyx broad
blunt, the pedicels jointed just below the flower, longer than the broadly
triangular obtuse bractese ; styles much longer than the stamens, usually
3 and quite distinct. Fruit young on our specimens, but sufficiently
advanced to show that it is acutely triangular, and the faces minutely
punctate-granulated.
Kedarkanta; Lippa in Kunawur, Peer Punjal and Kherang Pass, Septem-
ber.

6. P. emodi. Meisn.. •

" Spicis geminatis angustatis, floribus inapertis, achenii acutanguli faciebus
leevibus nitidissimis, foliis angust^ lanceolatis sublinearib usque acutis-
simis utrinque sequalit^r attenuatis margine revoluto integerrimis supra
dens^ pennatim nervosis, trunco epigeo prostrato ramoso radicante ubi-
que folioso, caulibus annotinis erectis simplicibus." — Meisn.

P. emodi. Meisn. in Wall. iii. 5 1 . t. 287-

Stem prostrate, woody, branched and rooting; stalks short, leafy, upright,
usually terminating in 2 spikes of flowers, although on our specimens
there is only one spike upon each stalk. Leaves lanceolate, acute, penni-
nerved, the nerves prominent above, the margins reflexed and entire,
very numerous. Stipules long, entire, acute, with numerous prominent
nerves. Flowers in terminal, sublinear spikes, usually 2 together, seg-
ments of the calyx 5, ovate, obtuse ; stamens 8 ; style semitrifid, pedicels
jointed just below the flower. Fruit trigonous, the faces rhombo-ellip-
tical, smooth and shining.

Kedarkanta, August.

Sect. 2. Amblygonon. Meisn.

7. P. orientale. Linn.

" Spicis paniculatis demum nutantibus, bracteis acutis, 3 — 5-floris, floribus
patentibus 7-andris, glandulis 7 squamseformibus perigynis inter sta-
minum insertiones, achenii basi obtusi angulis rotundatis linea notatis,
faciebus suborbicularibus depressis Isevibus, ochreis recentioribus hypo-

q/" Polygonum and Fagopyrum. 99

cratefiformibus, foliis ovatis acuminatis in petiolum subdecurrentibus
utrinque ochreisque et caule ramoso alto molliter pilosis."

P. orientale. Linn. Sp. PI. I. 519. Meisn. in Wall. iii. 54.

" (3. pilosum, Meisn. Spicis nonnunquam erectis strictiusculis, floribus me-
diocribus, linea in achenii angulis subobsoleta, pube ubique copiosiore
longiore saepiils fer^ aureo-sericea sublanugineS,." — Meisn.

P. pilosum. " Roxb. Hort. Bengal. 29." Meisn. Mon. 54.

P. orientale (i. pilosum. Meisn. in Wall. iii. 54.

Stem erect, branched, thick and woody, deeply sulcate, densely hairy. Leaves
ovate, acute, upon long stalks, which, together with both surfaces of the
leaves, are covered with a dense silky pubescence. Stipules long, spreading
at the top, blunt, densely covered with hair. Flowers in narrow, linear,
dense, long panicled spikes, with hairy peduncles ; bracteae ovate, slightly
pointed, hairy, finely ciliated and many-flowered, each pedicel jointed
just below the flower, and having a rather long paleaceous scale at its
base, flowers small, their segments ovate obtuse ; style semibifid. Fruit
lenticular, compressed, its faces round and pointed, smooth, shining, the
rounded angles have a minute keel near their base.

a. grandiflorum. Meisn. P. orientale of his Mon., p. 53, does not occur
amongst Prof. Royle's specimens.

Gathered on the banks of the Ganges, July 1820, and near water during the
rains at Saharunpore.

Sect. 3. Persicaria. Meisn.
8. P. lanigerum. R. Br.

" Spicis paniculatis cylindricis densifloris, bracteis pubescentibus muticis
pedicellos subsequantibus, floribus 8-andris semi-2-vel 3-gynis, calyce
eglanduloso 4 — 5-fido, achenio lenticulari rariils 3-quetro, ochreis cane-
scentibus ciliatis, foliis lanceolatis subtils incano-tomentosis supra ramis-
que incanis, caUle erecto ramoso basi glabro radicante crasso sulcato." —
Meisn.

P. lanigerum. R. Br. Prod. Fl. Nov. HoU. i. 419. Meisn. Mon. 70. Meisn.
in Wall. iii. 55.

o 2

100 Mr. Babington's Descriptions of Indian Species

Stem erect, branched, woody, hollow, striated, covered with woolly pubes-
cence. Leaves lanceolate, acute, the margins slightly reflexed, covered
with short woolly down on both sides, but much more thickly under-
neath. Stipules not ciliated in our specimens, rather long, blunt, co-
vered with short hoary pubescence. Flowers in longish, narrow, cylin-
drical, dense panicled spikes, with woolly peduncles ; bracteae ovate-
acute (as described by Meisner in his Monog.), finely pubescent, about
2-flowered, nearly equal to the pedicels, which are jointed just below the
flower ; flowers small, 4 or 5-fid ; the segments blunt ; stamens 8 ; style
divided half-way down into 2 or 3 parts. Fruit lenticular, compressed,
its faces round and pointed, smooth, shining.

Rana Serai. October.

9. P. hispidum. Don.

Spicis virgatis geminatis continuis, pedunculis firmis dens^ pilosis eglandulo-
sis, bracteis imbricatis turbinatis pilosis long^ barbatis pedicellos supe-
rantibus, floribus 8-andris semi-3-gynis ; calyce 5-fido subeglanduloso
exttis pubescente, achenii triquetri faciebus laevibus, ochreis longis pilosis
long^ setoso-ciliatis, foliis elongato-lanceolatis utrinque attenuatis ad-
press^ dens^que hispidis, caule erecto adpresso-hispido.

P. hispidum. Don, Prod. 7\.

Stem erect, thickly covered with rather long adpressed hairs. Leaves elongate-
lanceolate, narrowed at both ends, the margin slightly revolute, covered
on both sides with short closely adpressed hairs. Stipules long, obliquely
truncate, densely covered with hair, setose-ciliated. Flowers in long
slender cylindrical spikes, two together ; bracteae strongly ciliated, longer
than the pedicels, which are jointed just below the flower ; flowers small,
their segments blunt, slightly hairy on the outside and somewhat glan-
dular, 8-androus, semi-3-gynous. Fruit triquetrous, smooth, shining.

Gathered on the banks of the Ganges, Aug. 1817-

10. P. barbatum. Linn.

Spicis pedunculatis virgatis geminatis continuis, bracteis turbinatis subremo-

o/" Polygonum owrf Fagopyrum. 101

tis fuscis albido-setoso-ciliatis 1 — 4-floris pedicellos superantibus, floribus
"6— 8-andris" semitrigynis, calyce 5-fido, achenio triquetro faciebus
ovatis laevibus nitidis, ochreis laxiusculis longissim^ setoso-ciliatis, foliis
lanceolatis margine ciliato-scabris, caule erecto ramoso glabro.
P. harbatum. Linn. Sp. PI. i. 518. Meisn. Mon. 80. Meisn. in Wall. 56.

Stem erect, hollow, branched, smooth. Leaves lanceolate, their margins
roughj with rather long scabrous hairs pointing forwards ; the nerves
beneath, particularly the midrib and a narrow space on the margins of
of their upper side, scabrous, subsessile. Stipules rather lax above,
truncate, their numerous nerves running out into very long and stiff"
setose points, slightly hairy, the hairs adpressed. Flowers in small rather
lax stalked twin spikes ; bractese somewhat distant, turbinate, rather
long, fringed with long stiffs setose points, 1 — 4-flowered, flowers 5-fid,
"6 — 8-androus" semitrigynous ; pedicels jointed just below the flower.
Fruit triquetrous, the angles rather blunt, the faces ovate, smooth, and
shining.

Saharunpore, near water during the rains, and in the hills in June.

11. P. scabrinervium.

Spicis pedunculatis geminatis subcymosis strictis laxis pedunculis longioribus,
bracteis acutis eglandulosis glabris 3 — 4-floris pedicellis subsequalibus,
floribus 6-andris semidigynis, calyce 4-fido eglanduloso, staminibus in-
clusis, achenio lenticulari Isevi nitido, pedunculis glandidosis, ochreis
glabris non ciliatis, foliis lanceolatis glandulis flavis numerosissimis suprA
et subtiis notatis glabris margine costaque scabroso-pilosis, caule erecto
ramoso in parte superiori glanduloso.

P. scabrinervium. Royle MSS.

Stem erect, round, much branched, the branches, upper part of stem, and pe-
duncles covered with minute very short stalked glands. Leaves lance-
olate, with very numerous minute glandular spots upon both surfaces,
glabrous, with the exception of a small space next to the margin above
and both sides of the midrib, which are covered with very short stiff"
hairs. Stipules moderate, glabrous. Flowers in rather short lax spikes.

102 Mr. Babington's Descriptions of Indian Species

placed generally 2 together, and aggregated at the summit of the stem in
an imperfectly cymose manner ; bractese acute, glabrous, not glandular,
inclosing several flowers; flowers 4-fid, the segments blunt, 6-androus,
semi-2-gynous, the pedicels jointed just below the flower. Fruit lenti-
cular, the faces round and acute, smooth, shining.
Mussooree in August ; and valleys in the hills during the rains.

12. P. simlense.

Spicis paniculatis pedunculatis ovato-oblongis multifloris, pedunculis glandu-
losis, bracteis turbinato-infundibuliformibus parvis 2 — 3-floris pedicellis
sequalibus, floribus 4-fidis 6-andris semi-2-gynis, achenii lenticulari calyce
absconditi faciebus planis nitidis minutissimfe granulatis, ochreis cylindri-
cis muticis glabris, foliis lanceolatis costa setoso-scabra excepta glabris
margine scabro-ciliatis, caule erecto subsimplici fistuloso glabro in parte
superiori glanduloso.

P. simlense. Royle MSS.

Stem erect, nearly leafless above, branched only near to the top, hollow, gla-
brous below, the upper part, the branches, and the peduncles covered
with minute stalked glands. Leaves lanceolate, acute at both ends,
glabrous, with the exception of the midrib, which is covered with mi-
nute scabrous hairs, the margin fringed with small scabrous hairs point-
ing forwards, narrowed below into a very short and slightly winged
stalk. Stipules rather long, cylindrical, glabrous, bluntly and trans-
versely truncate. Flowers in oblong-ovate dense many-flowered stalked
and panicled spikes, the bractese obliquely funnel-shaped, glabrous,
small, 2- or 3-flowered, about equal to the pedicels, which are jointed
just below the flower ; flowers 4-fid, the segments blunt ; stamens 6,
about equal to the calyx ; style deeply bifid. Fruit lenticular, com-
pressed, its faces orbicular, slightly acute, shining, and very minutely
granulated.

Simla in August.

1,3. P. glabrum. fVilld.

" Spicis paniculatis strictis continuis laxfe cylindricis elongatis multifloris,

q/" Polygonum ««</ Fagopy rum. 103

bracteis subimbricatis muticis, pedicellis exsertis, floribus 6-rarius 7-
andris, semi-2- vel 3-gynis, calyce 5-fido, achenii lenticularis, rarihs tri-
quetri, faciebus convexis tenerrim^ punctatis nitidis, ochreis muticis
superioribus internodia \ongh superantibus, foliis lanceolatis glanduloso-
punctatis, caule erecto subsimplici, omnibus plantee partibus glaberrimis
etj preeter folia, eglandulosis."

" |8. glandulosissimum. Meim. Foliis, maxime subtiis, punctis glandulosis
fuscis subimmersis densissim^ conspersis, pedunculis interdum apice
obsolete glanduliferis." Meim.

P. glabrum. Willd. Sp. PI. ii. 447. Meisn. Mon. 78. Meisn. in Wall. 57.

Stem erect, branched, glabrous. Leaves broadly lanceolate, acute, glabrous,
covered with minute immersed glandular spots, particularly on the under
side, slightly stalked. Stipules long, surpassing the upper internodes
truncate, not ciliated, glabrous. Flowers in rather long densely-flowered
somewhat panicled and shortly-stalked spikes ; bracteae turbinate, gla-
brous, rugose, not ciliated, 2 — 3-flowered ; flowers 5-fid, usually G- or 7-,
but sometimes 8-androus, semi-2- or 3-gynous ; pedicels jointed just
below the flower. Fruit lenticular, the faces convex, orbicular and
acute, very minutely punctate, shining.

The variety a. obscurum, Meisn. does not occur amongst Professor Royle's
specimens.

Saharunpore, near water during the rains.

14. P. Donii. Meisn.

" Spicis subgeminatis paniculatisve longis filiformibus flaccidis interruptis,
bracteis arctis longfe remotis setoso-ciliatis sub-1-floris, pedicellis exsertis,
floribus 8-andris semi-3-gynis,acheniotriquetro faciebus" leevibus opacis,
"calyce 5-fido subimpunctato, ochreis laxis adpressfe pilosis longfe ciliatis,
foliis lanceolatis oblongis acuminatis subtus hispidulis margine ciliatis,
caule basi radicante adscendente ramoso." Meisn.

P. Donii. Meisn. in Wall. iii. 57- $ s'Ij.!..

a, tenerum. Meisn. " Omnibus partibus flaccidis, caule decumbente pauci-
ramoso eglanduloso glabro, foliis utrinque eequaliter attenuatis laet^ viri-

104 Mr. Babington's Descriptions of Indian Species

dibus glabriusculis subtus in nervis tantiim parcfe hispidulis margine
molliter ciliatis, spicis raris." Meisn.

P. Posumbu. Don, Prod. /I- Meisn. Mon. 73-

Stem smooth, glabrous, slender, hollow, decumbent, rooting, the extremities
ascending, branched. Leaves broadly lanceolate, equally attenuated at
both ends, acute, glabrous, with the exception of the midrib beneath,
which is covered with adpressed hairs, the margin ciliated with minute
hairs pointing forwards, both surfaces covered with minute prominent
points, sometimes veiy shortly stalked, but more commonly sessile.
Stipules moderate, with numerous adpressed hairs, fringed with the long
stiff setose points of the excurrent nerves. Flowers small, in slender
few-flowered lax spikes, commonly 2 together ; the bractese small, slen-
der, and fringed with long stiff setose points, about 2-flowered, the
lowest bractea very distant from the next ; flowers 5-fid, 8-androus,
semi-3-gynous ; pedicels jointed just below the flower. Fruit 3-quetrous,
its faces broadly ovate and acute, smooth but opake.

Mussooree, in August.

Sect. 4. Cephalophilon. Meisn.
Subsect. 1. Didymocephalon. Meisn.

15. P. filicaule. Wall.

" Capitulis exiguis foliis 1 — 3 sufFultis subsessilibus solitariis geminisque,
bracteis paleaceis inconspicuis, floribus 8-andris semitrigynis, achenio
triquetro calycem subsuperante angulis acutiusculis faciebus nitidulis
tenerrim^ puncticulatis, calyce profundi 5-fido patulo, ochreis brevibus
laxis foliisque utrinque depress^ pilosis ciliatis, caule debili simplici
glabro." Meisn.

P.JiUcaule. Meisn. in Wall. iii. 59.

j3. extenuatum. Meisn. " Caule pedali simplicissimo filiformi strigis exiguis
reflexo-adpressis parcfe asperulo apice ssepiils bifido, foliis parvis ovatis
rarius oblongis basi rotundatis aut abrupt^ in petiolum brevem attenua-
tis." Meisn.

P.Jilicuule, j3. extenuatum. Meisn. in Wall. iii. 59.

o/" Polygonum awe? Fagopyrum. 105

Stem erect, from 2 or 3 inches to a foot in height, slender, nearly simple, but
often forked near the summit, bearing scattered hairs pointing down-
wards, the internodes long. Leaves small, ovate or oblong, on short
stalks, hairy on both sides, not ciliated. Stipules short, lax, hairy.
Flowers small, in small few-flowered, mostly sessile and solitary heads,
which are surrounded by 2 or 3 small leaves ; stamens 8 ; stigmas 3,
nearly sessile ; bractese minute, paleaceous ; pedicels very short and
jointed just below the flower. Fruit 3-angular, longer than the peri-
anth, shining, but very minutely punctured, pale brown.

In conformity with the views of Professor Meisner I have referred this plant
to the present section, with the characters of which it does not exactly accord.
See Meisn. in Wall. iii. 59. The varieties a. ccespitosum and y. alpestre of
Meisn. do not occur among Professor Royle's specimens.

This plant has exactly the habit of Koenigia islandica.
Seran.

•

16. P. punctatum. Don.

Capitulis parvis terminalibus axillaribusque solitariis vel rarius geminatis
semitrigynis, achenio triquetro calyci adglutinato faciebus ellipticis acu-
minatis granulatis opacis, calyce 5-fido, ochreis laxis obtusis hispidis
non ciliatis, foliis ovatis acutis in petiolum decurrentibus glabris antrorsiim
aculeato-serrulatis subtiis glanduloso-punctatis : superioribus sessilibus
amplexicaulibus, caule glabro.

P. punctatum. Don, Pi-od. 72.

P. perforatum. Meisn. in Wall. iii. 59.

Stem erect, 5 or 6 inches high, solitary, smooth, glabrous, nearly simple.
floot fibrous. Leaves ovate, acute, narrowing into a rather long winged
petiole, the upper ones sessile and subamplexicaul, glabrous, the mar-
gins fringed with minute spinous hairs pointing forwards, and having
numerous minute glands upon the under surface. Stipules brown, rather
short, blunt, obliquely truncate, hairy below. Flowers small, 5-sepalous,
8-androus ; style 1, long and trifid above; bracteee large, ovate, pointed,
glandular, as long or longer than the flower ; the heads small, terminal
VOL. xviii. p

106 Mr. Babington's Descriptions of Indian Species

and axillary, solitary, or sometimes 2 together, one of which is nearly
sessile. Fruit triangular, covered by the subagglutinated calyx, its faces
elliptical, pointed, granulated and opake.

Nearly related to P. humile, Meisn. {microcephalu7n, Don), but differs from
it by having only one nearly simple stem from a fibrous root ; the flowers
8-androus, the fruit 3-angular, the leaves glabrous, and the bractese glandular.
It agrees with P. perforatum, Don, in all respects, except by not having glands
at the base of its stipules.

Mussooree.

17- P. nepalense. Meisn.

" Capitulis folio sessili cordato suffultis, pedunculis geminis, bracteis subsca-
riosis ochreisque muticis glabris, floribus 6-andris semidigynis, calycis
limbo 4-fido, achenio compresso faciebus convexis eleganter reticulato-
scrobiculatis, foliis summis sessilibus oblongis cordato-amplexicaulibus,
inferiorum limbo ovato acuminato e basi subcordata in petiolum quasi
alatum decurrenteauriculato-semiamplexicauli, subtils glandulis immersis
subpellucidis parc^ punctato." Meisn.

P. nepalense. Meisn. in Wall. iii. 69.

«. glabrum, Meisn. " Foliis utrinque glabris, capitulis plerumque distinct^ pe-
dunculatis." Meisn.

P. nepalense. Meisn. Mon. 84. t. vii. f. 2.

|8. scabridum, Meisn. " Foliis in nervis subtiis hirtellis margine subciliatis,
capitulis sessilibus aut brevissim^ pedunculatis." Meisn.

Stem erect, glabrous, more or less branched. Leaves on the upper part of the
stem, cordate-acuminate, sessile, the lower ones subcordate-acute, nar-
rowed suddenly into a broadly-winged petiole, which is auricled and
amplexicaul, the under surface of all the leaves marked with numerous
pellucid immersed glandular dots ; in var. «. they are glabrous ; in var. /3.
the upper surface is covered with scattered hairs, the nerves beneath are
hairy, and the margins are fringed with minute spinous hairs. Stipules
rather long, blunt, glabrous, with a few hairs at their base. Flowers

of Polygonum and Fagopyrum. 107

small, 4-sepalous, 6-androus, semi-trigynous, in rather large heads which
are two together and usually slightly stalked; the peduncles bearing
stalked glands ; bractese lanceolate, acute, with a pale white margin, and
slightly rough and glandular. Fruit compressed, the faces convex, orbi-
cular and acute, beautifully covered with minute reticulations, leaving
deep pits between ; the calyx is not agglutinated to the fruit, as is usual
in this section.

The two varieties are very closely connected, some specimens being almost
exactly intermediate.
Mussooree, during the rains.

18. P. sphaerocephalum. Wall.

" Capitulis solitariis long^ pedunculatis rariils geminis altero subsessili, brac-
teis paleaceis acutis muticis, floribus 6-andris semitrigynis, calyce magno
5-fido, ochreis muticis, foliis ovatis acuminatis ^ basi subcordata in
petiolum obsolete alatum basi nudum decurrentibus, impunctatis mar-
gine ciliatis subtus in nervis parc^ hispidulis, caule repente ramis ascen-
dentibus glabris." — Meisn.

P. sphaerocephalum. Meisn. in Wall. iii. 60.

Stem procumbent, rooting, woody, the branches upright, glabrous. Leaves
all stalked, cordate, acute, glabrous, fringed with minute spinous teeth,
pointing forwards, the petioles longish, slightly winged, without auricles.
Stipules blunt, entire, slightly hairy. Flowers 5-sepalous, 6-androus,
semitrigynous, with paleaceous acute bractese, in rather large and soli-
tary heads upon very long peduncles which are glabrous below and glan-
dular-hispid in their upper part. Fruit too young for description.

Meeroo.

19. P. capitatum. Don.

'" Capitulis compactis, pedunculis geminatis insequalibus ssepe solitariis, brac-
teis paleaceis acutis muticis, floribus 8-andris semitrigynis, achenii tri-
quetri faciebus obsolete granulatis, ochreis brevi-ciliatis, foliis ovatis vel
ellipticis subacutis, petiolo brevissimo biauriculato, caule repente sub-

p2

108 Mr. Babington's Descriptions of Indian Species

lignoso ramoso cimi ochreis foliisque pube purpurascente hispidulo." —

Meisn..
P. capitatum. Don, Prod. 73. Meisn. Mon. 82.
P. repens. Meisn. in Wall. 60.

Stem procumbent, rooting, woody, hispid, reddish. Leaves ovate or elliptical,
acute, more or less downy on both sides, ciliated, the petioles very short,
with 2 auricles which are very often fugacious. Stipules blunt, more or
less hairy, ciliated. Flowers small, 5-sepalous, 8-androus, semitrigynous,
with paleaceous acute bractese, in small compact heads, mostly two toge-
ther, one of them often nearly sessile. Fruit trigonous, the faces ovate-
acute, opake, and very minutely granulated, the calyx slightly agglutinated
to the fruit.

Mutrogh and Hills in May.

20. P. sinuatum.

Capitulis solitariis, pedunculis glabris, bracteis ovatis obtusis, floribus 5-andris
semitrigynis laciniis obtusis, achenio triquetro, ochreis glabris vel parcfe
pilosis, foliis lyratis lobo terminal! rhomboideo, petiolo basi biauriculato,
caule ramoso.

P. sinuatum. Royle MSS.

Stem procumbent, branched, striated, glabrous, reddish, the internodes very
long. Leaves glabrous, runcinate, the terminal lobe, the largest rhomboid,
or approaching to triangular acute, and about one inch both in length
and width, the lateral lobes about three upon each side blunt, the auri-
cles small and blunt. Stipules obtuse, glabrous, or very slightly hairy.
Flowers in dense globose heads upon longish stalks, segments of the
calyx 5, obtuse and rounded, rather longer than the 5 stamens, sub-
trigynous, the bractese ovate obtuse. Fruit 3-gonous, the angles rounded,
the faces very convex and shining.

This is a most interesting species, P. runcinatum, Ham., having been the
only plant belonging to this genus known to have runcinate leaves. Oiir plant
may be distinguished from P. runcinatum, which is fully described by Meisner
in Wall. Plant. Asiat. Rar. iii. 60, by its much smaller size ; the terminal lobe

of Polygonum and Fagopyrum. 109

of the leaves in that species is 4^ inches long and 3 inches broad. That plant
has the heads two together, the peduncles hairy, the flowers 6 — 8-androus,
the bracteae and segments of the calyx acute, and the stipules hairy.
Rogee in Kunawur.

Subsect. Corymbocephalon. Meisn.
2 1 . P. chinense. Linn.

" Octandrum semitrigynum, corymbis simplicibus paniculatisve, pedunculis
scabriusculis, bracteolis foliaceis cordatis suffultis, foliis subcoriaceis
ovatis vel oblongis acuminatis basi attenuatis cordatisve, plils miniis
pellucido-punctatis, petiolis brevibus basi appendice foliaceo reniformi
subdeciduo utrinque auriculatis, caule sufFruticoso erecto ramoso glabro."
— Meisn.

P. chinense. Linn. Sp. PI. I. 520. Meisn. in Wall. iii. 60.

«. Thunbergianum. Meisn.

P. chinense. Meisn. Mon. 60.

Stem erect, smooth, striated, branched. Leaves ovate and acuminate, rounded
and slightly cordate at their base, the margin obsoletely crenulated and
crisped, glabrous, the nerves beneath being sometimes downy, the
petioles short, with 2 often very fugacious reniform auricles at their
base. Stipules semicylindrical, very long, lax, white, often torn, glabrous,
with numerous parallel nerves, their base glandular. Flowers white, in
small heads aggregated in a corymbose manner, 5-sepalous, the segments
acute ; 8-androus, semitrigynous ; the bracteae paleaceous, about equal to
the flowers ; the peduncles covered with minute glandular pubescence,
and a large white reniform appendage at each subdivision. Fruit about
^ the length of the calyx, triquetrous, the faces ovate-lanceolate and
granulated.

B hud raj.

y. brachiatum. Meisn. ?

P. patens Don, Prod. 73. Meisn. Mon. 60.

Stem procumbent. Leaves ovate-cordate, the nerves hairy beneath, the mar-

110 Mr. Babington's Descriptions of Indian Species

gins slightly recurved, crenulated and crisped, no auricles upon our
specimens. Stipules with fewer nerves than in the preceding variety.
Heads fewer in number, but forming small corymbs, the bractese shorter ;
the peduncles hispid. Fruit the same as in var. a. but the faces nearly
triangular.

This is P. -patens, Don, M'hich Meisner refers to his var. y. but with which
our plant does not exactly agree.

Sect. 6. AcoNOGONON. Meisn.

22. P. tortuosum. Don.

Panicuiis condensatis, bracteis unifloris, pedicellis erectis longioribus, calycis
laciniis obtusis ineequalibus glabris 3 interioribus orbiculatis 2 exte-
rioribus ovalibus angustioribus, ochreis internodio dimidio brevioribus,
foliis sessilibus orbiculari-ovalibus sericeis, caule ramoso fruticoso cum
ramis pedunculis bracteis ochreisque piloso-sericeis.

P. tortuosum. Don, Prod. Jl.

Stem round, ribbed, woody, much branched, solid, covered with woolly hair,
the internodes long. Leaves round or ovate, 1 — 1^ inches long, silky,
particularly underneath, ciliated, sessile. Stipules lax, torn, hairy, not
half so long as the internodes. Flowers in small dense panicles, the
bractese longer than the pedicels, hairy and 1-flowered, flowers 8-androus,
3-gynous ; the 3 interior segments orbicular, 2 exterior oval and blunt ;
pedicels without the usual joint. Fruit in too young a state for descrip-
tion.

Lippa in Kunawur, Kherang Pass, 22 July. R. Inglis, Esq.

23. P. Hagei.

Paniculi ramis subsimplicibus aphyllis, bracteis 3 — 6-floris pedicellos erectos
subsequantibus, calycis laciniis rotundato-ovalibus obtusis glabris 2
exterioribus angustioribus, ochreis petiolo longioribus internodio brevio-
ribus, foliis lanceolatis apice lineari-attenuatis subtfls lanato-velutinis
supr^ pubescentibus, caule erecto ramoso striato cum ramis pedunculis
ochreisque pilosis.

o/" Polygonum a«6? Fagopy rum. lH

P. Hagei. Royle MSS.

Stem ribbed, erect, sufFruticose, alternately branched, hollow, scabrose-pilose,
the internodes long. Leaves lanceolate, prolonged into a linear point,
silky beneath, and downy above, ciliated, on very short petioles. Stipules
long, lax, torn, hairy, shorter than the internodes, but much longer than
the petioles. Flowers in large leafless panicles, the branches of which
are nearly simple ; the bractese about equal to the erect pedicels, 3 — 6-
flowered, the flowers 8-androus trigynous, their segments roundish, ovate,
blunt, the 2 exterior ones smaller ; the pedicels jointed at a short distance
below the flower. Fruit castaneous, triangular, about | longer than the
calyx, very minutely punctured.

Nagkanda.

24. P. polystachyum. ff^all.

" Paniculis subsimplicibus, racemis folio suff"ultis pedunculatis discretis graci-
libus, bracteis 1 — 2-floris, pedicellis patulis vel nutantibus bractea triplo
longioribus, calycis magni laciniis obtusis inaequalibus, interioribus 3-or-
bicularibus exterioribus 2 ovalibus dimidio minoribus, ochreis petiolo
internodioque longioribus, foliis oblongis long^ acuminatis, caule fruti-
coso." — Meisn.

P. polystachyum. Meisn. in Wall. iii. 61.

a. glabrum. Meisn. " Omnibus partibus glaberrimis."

/3. pubescens. Meisn. " Caule pedunculis ochreis bracteis petiolisque pube-
rulis vel pilosis, foliis supr^ glabris subtias velutinis." — Meisn.

Stem woody, branched, solid, glabrous, the internodes short. Leaves oblong,
pointed, glabrous, with the nerves minutely downy beneath, ciliated, the
petioles very short, and slightly winged. Stipules very long, nearly
entire, much longer than the internodes, nearly glabrous, with numerous
strong prominent slightly hairy ribs. Flowers in large slightly-leafy
panicles, the branches of which are nearly sin)ple and slightly hairy, the
bractese ^ or | shorter than the patent or even recurved pedicels, which
are apparently jointed very near to the flower, about 2-flowered, flowers
8-androus, trigynous, large, the 3 interior segments roundish, the exte-
rior much narrower and ovate. Fruit too young for description.

112 Mr. BABiJiGTOti's Descriptions of Indian Species

Var. /3. Stem downy. Leaves covered both above and below with minute
hairs, which are far more numerous upon the under sides. Stipules rather
downy, particularly on the nerves ; branches of the panicle and the
bracteae downy.

Nagkanda and Cashmere during the rains.

25. P. rumicifolium.

Paniculis subsimplicibus, bracteis basi pilosis unifloris pedicellis brevioribus,
calycis laciniis obovatis obtusis sequalibus, ochreis internodio diraidio
brevioribus petiolo longioribus pilosis, foliis cordatis ovatisve pilosis mar-
gine undulato, caule erecto striato.

P. rumicifolium. Royle MSS.

a. ovatum. Foliis ovatis subti!is pilosis, caule glabro.

/3. cordatum. Foliis cordatis supra et subtus hirsutis, caule hirsuto.

Stem erect, striated, herbaceous, slightly branched, hollow, glabrous, the
internodes very long. Leaves ovate, very large, their margins undulated
and ciliated, hairy beneath, nearly glabrous above, petioles short. Stipules
long, lax, torn, their nerves hairy, and furnished with a thick fringe of
hairs at their base, not more than half the length of the internodes, but
longer than the petioles. Flowers in large panicles, the branches of which
are nearly simple; bractese shorter than the pedicels, one-flowered, their
base hairy; flowers 8-androus, 3-gynous, their segments equal, obovate
and blunt. Fruit trigonous, very young on our specimens.

Var. /3. Stem covered with hairs pointing downwards. Leaves cordate, much
smaller than in var. a. and not so wavy, equally covered on both sides
with short hairs. Stipules much more hairy.

Kunawur.

Sect. 6. TiNiARiA. Meisn.
26. P. Convolvulus. Linn.

Floribus racemosis vel axillaribus parvis, pedicellis sub flore articulatis fructi-
feris calyce non alato brevioribus, achenii faciebus ovato-acutis granulato-
striatis opacis, caule volubili ramoso.

P. Convolvulus. Auctorum.

o/" Polygonum and Fagopyrum. 113

Differs from the European plant only by having the faces of the fruit
usually concave.

In this plant the usual joint in the pedicels is placed quite close to the
flower ; in P. dumetorum the joint is very near the base of the pedicel, i. e.
the base of the flower is prolonged so as apparently to form the greater part
of the footstalk ; in P. pterocarpum the joint is placed at about the middle.

Leeo in Kunawur.

27. P. pterocarpum. ff^all.

" Floribus 3 — 5 fasciculato-axillaribus, nonnunquam in racemos axillares sub-
simplices breves paucifloros congestis, pedicellis filiformibus fructiferis
deflexis calycem magnum alatum eequantibus, achenii faciebus ellipticis
granulato-striatis, caule scandente ramoso." — Meisn.

P. pterocarpum. Meisn. in Wall. iii. 62.

Stem twining, branched, with scabrous ribs. Leaves stalked, cordate, with a
lengthened acute point. Stipules short, blunt. Flowers in rather small
axillary racemes, or 2 or 3 together in the axils of the upper leaves, the
segments of the calyx blunt and winged, pedicels elongated ; when in
fruit recurved and jointed about the middle. Fruit triangular, its faces
elliptical, acute at both ends, its angles blunt, opake, minutely granulated
throughout, quite covered by the enlarged calyx, each segment of which
is very broadly winged at its back.

Mussooree, &c. in the Hills.

Sect. 7. AvicuLARiA. Meisn.

28. P. herniarioides. Delile.

" Floribus ternis parvis 8-andris, pedicellis calycis longitudine, calycis patuli
laciniis planis obtusis, achenii acutanguli faciebus nitidis apice obsolete
punctato-striatis, ochreis brevissimis, foliis sessilibus linearibus obtusis
1-nerviis, caulibus herbaceis procumbentibus basi ramosis." — Meisn.

P. herniarioides. Meisn. in Wall. iii. 62.

(3. prostratum. Meisn. " Caulibus duris crassiusculis divaricato-ramosissimis
adpress^ procumbentibus, internodiis contractis, foliis ovali-linearibus

VOL. XVIII. Q

1 14 , Mr. Babington's Desanptions of Indian Species

acutiusculis, margine revoluto nervoque subtils prominente, rameis inter-
nodia superantibus, ochreis flavicantibus densfe lacero-ciliatis." — Meisn.

P.prostratum. Roxb. (fide Meisn.).

P. Dryandri. Meisn. Mon. 88.

Stem prostrate, branched, striated, smooth, the internodes as long or longer
than the leaves, except in the younger branches. Leaves narrowly ob-
ovate, often linear, acuminate, sessile, their margins reflexed, and the
nerve very prominent upon the under side. Stipules yellowish white,
short, torn, with a few faintly-marked nerves. Flowers axillary, 2 or 3
together, minute ; pedicels as long or longer than the flowers, and jointed
at about its middle. Fruit included in the calyx, trigonous ; the faces
ovate, smooth and shining, obsoletely punctate-striate near to the apex,
and with a short striated stalk.

Saharunpore, in April.

29. P. aviculare. Linn. ?

Floribus axillaribus parvis, pedicellis brevibus, achenio triquetro granulato-
striato perigonio subaequali, ochreis lanceolatis integris, foliis elliptico-
lanceolatis minutissimfe serratis, caule sti'iato Isevi.

Stem prostrate, branched, much striated, smooth, the internodes long, often
exceeding the leaves. Leaves elliptic-lanceolate, very minutely serrate,
shortly stalked or sessile. Stipules white, lanceolate, long, but shorter
than the internodes, entire, at length torn, with few unbranched brown
nerves. Flowers axillary, small, upon short pedicels, which are jointed
just below the flower. Fruit small, triquetrous, equal to, or but little
longer, than the calyx, the faces triangularly ovate, acute, granulate-
striate.

This plant is so nearly related to P. aviculare, that I have not ventured to
give it as a distinct species, although it was so considered by Professor Royle.
It differs in having nearly all its leaves shortly stalked, and its fruit generally
rather longer than the calyx.

In the same paper with this plant there is a single specimen, without flow-
ers, resembling this plant in all points except the stipules, which are long.

o/" Polygonum awe? Fag-opyrum. 115

torn, and having very numerous parallel brown, mostly unbranched nerves.
It is supposed by Professor Royle to be part of the same plant as those which
I have considered P. aviculare. Should that prove to be the fact, it will go
far to destroy several species in this genus, by showing the uncertainty of
characters drawn from the stipules.
Saharunpore.

30. P. Roylii.

Floribus axillaribus parvis pedicello brevissimo, achenio trigono granulato-
striato calyci eequali, ochreis acutis lobatis baud laceris : venis 2 obsoletis,
foliislineari-lanceolatis acutis integris punctis glandulosis numerosissimis,
caule 3 — 4-angulato : angulis scabris.

Stem prostrate, perennial, branched, with 3 or 4 scabrous angles. Leaves
linear-lanceolate, acute, entire, covered both above and below with pel-
lucid glandular dots. Stipules rather short, acute, lobed, but scarcely
torn, with two short nerves. Flowers axillary, small, almost sessile, the
pedicels jointed just below the flower ; the internodes so much shortened
at the extremities of the branches as to give the appearance of a spiked
inflorescence. Fruit small, 3-gonous, equal to the calyx ; the faces tri-
angular-ovate, acute, granulate-striate.

Theog and Phagoo, in June.

31. P. mucronatum.

Floribus axillaribus parvis sessilibus, achenio trigono Isevi, ochreis ovatis
acutis laceris internodiis longioribus nervis nullis, foliis lanceolato-line-
aribus longh mucronatis marginibus recurvis, caule pubescenti lignoso.

P. mucronatum. Royle MSS.

Stem prostrate, woody, branched, pubescent, the internodes very short. Leaves
sessile, linear-lanceolate, their margins reflexed, the midrib running out
into a long pellucid subulate point. Stipules white, longer than the in-
ternodes, (very rarely shorter,) acute, torn, without any nerves. Flowers
axillary, small and sessile. Fruit trigonous, smooth, very young on my
specimens.

Chango in Kunawur, in August.

q2

116 Mr. Babington's Descriptions of Indian Species

32. P. recumbens.

Floribus axillaribus parvis, pedicello brevi, achenio trigone leevi nitido angulis
rotundatis segmentis carinatis calycis clausi tecto, ochreis lanceolatis
acutis demiim laceris : nervis 2 excurrentibus, foliis ovatis brevi-petiolatis
margine nervisque subtiis scabris.

P. recumbens. Royle MSS.

Stem woody, prostrate, branched, ribbed, scabrous, the internodes short, but
longer than in P. confertum. Leaves shortly stalked, ovate, mostly acute,
their margins and the under side of the branched midrib scabrous. Sti-
pules white, shorter than the internodes, except upon the youngest shoots,
lanceolate, acute, at length torn, with two long stout excurrent nerves.
Flowers axillary, small, oblong, on short stalks, jointed just below the
flower. Fruit small, 3-gonous, smooth and shining, the faces ovate, the
angles blunt, covered by the scarcely enlarged closed calyx, which it
equals in length.

Mussooree, August.

33. P. confertum.

Floribus axillaribus parvis globosis, pedicello brevi, achenio compresso tri-
gonove leevi nitido segmentis non carinatis calycis campanulati tecto,
ochreis lanceolatis acutis demiim laceris nervis abbreviatis, foliis oblongis
1-nerviis brevi-petiolatis margine nervoque subtfis scabris.

P. confer turn. Royle MSS.

Stem prostrate, branched, scabrous, the internodes short. Leaves oblong,
bluntish, scabrous on the margin and under side of their single nerve,
narrowed into a short stalk. Stipules white, longer than the internodes,
except upon the oldest stems, lanceolate, acute, at length torn, with few
nerves, which scarcely reach more than half their length. Flowers axil-
lary, small, nearly globose, on short stalks, jointed just below the flower.
Fruit small, either compressed or trigonous, smooth and shining; the
faces ovate, the angles blunt, shorter than the enlarged campanulate
calyic, the segments of which are not keeled at the back ; the pedicels
about as long as the enlarged and winged calyx.

o/" Polygonum a«rf Fagopyrum. 117

Nearly related to the preceding species, but clearly distinguished by the
structure of the stipules, and the calyx spreading when in fruit, not closed,
nor keeled as in that species.
Lippa in Kunawur.

Fagopyrum. Gcertn.

1. F. rotundatum.

Floribus parvis paniculato-racemosis, achenio trigono angulis rotundatis in
parte superiori carinatis calyce 4 — 5-pl6 longiore faciebus oblongo-ovatis
rugosis, foliis triangulari-hastatis paul5 longioribus quam latis petiolatis,
caule erecto.

Annual. Stem upright, hollow, slightly angular, downy on the side next to
the leaves. Leaves stalked, triangular, hastate, rather longer than broad,
, their angles acute, and their nerves downy on both sides, the lower ones
upon long stalks, downy above, the upper ones nearly sessile. Stipules
short, with numerous simple nerves, and having two points on the side
next to the leaf, between which they are divided nearly to their base.
Flowei's in alternate axillary panicled racemes, small, their pedicels
not jointed. Fruit oblong-ovate, trigonous, the angles obtusely rounded
and slightly keeled in their upper half, rugose, with a few longitudinal
striae on the mesial line of each face, 4 or 5 times as long as the calyx.

This plant is distinguished at once from all its congeners by attending to
the form of its fruit.

Cultivated in the hills for food. Cheenee in Kunawur, September 8, during
the rains.

2. F. esculentum. Mcench.

Floribus paniculatis longfe pedicellatis, achenio trigono angulis carinatis inte-
gris calyce obtuso duplo longiore faciebus ovato-triangularibus vel -lan-
ceolatis, foliis hastato- vel cordato-triangularibus petiolatis superioribus
sessilibus, caule erecto.

118 Mr. Babington's Descriptions of Indian Species

F. esculentum. Moench. Meth. 290. Meisn. in Wail. iii. 63.
Polygonum Fagopyrum. Linn. Sp. PI. i. 522. Meisn. Mon. 61.

Stem upright, hollow, angular, downy, particularly on the side next to the
leaves. Leaves stalked, the upper ones sessile, hastate- or cordate-triangu-
lar, the lower angles bluntish, the nerves slightly downy. Stipules short,
with few simple nerves, bluntly pointed externally. Floivers in terminal
and axillary long-stalked panicles, sometimes lax and very few flowered,
in others condensed and many-flowered, the pedicels not jointed. Ft'uit
with ovate-triangular or lanceolate faces, often slightly concave, longer
than broad, and transversely marked with very minute striae, trigonous,
the angles more or less acutely keeled, twice as long as the obtuse
calyx.

I have not been able to detect the usual joint in the pedicels of either this
species, F. emarginatum, or F. rotundatum, and am inclined to think that the
flowers in all three are really sessile, the apparent pedicel being only the pro-
longed base of the calyx. The proportion between the length and breadth of
the fruit appears to be veiy variable in this species ; in some instances the
faces are nearly as broad as long, and in others they are so much lengthened
as to become truly lanceolate.

Cultivated in the hills for food.

3. F. emarginatum.

Floribus paniculatis parvis, pedicello elongato, achenio trigone angulis alatis
integris calyce obtuso dupl6 longiore faciebus ovatis longioribus quam
latis, foliis petiolatis triangularibus acutis angulis inferioribus rotundatis.

P. emarginatum. Roth.? Cat. Bot. i. 48. Don?, Prod. 73. Meisn.? Mon. 62.

Stem upright, hollow, striated, downy. Leaves stalked, triangular, the two
lower angles rounded, the terminal angle elongated and acute, nerves
slightly downy. Stipules short, without nerves, blunt. Panicles alter-
nate, terminal and axillary, upon long stalks, which are downy above ;
the flowers small, with long pedicels, which are not jointed ; the segments
of the calyx blunt. Fruit trigonous, the angles winged, with ovate faces,
which are longer than broad, smooth and opake.

o/" Polygonum ffw^Z Fagopyrum. 119

This differs from P. emarginatum, Don, by not having the fruit " apice
truncate et emarglnato." It differs from Roth's plant by the faces not being
" latioribus quam longis."

Cultivated in the hills for food. Cheenee in Kunawur, September 8.

4. F. cymosum. Meisn.

" Paniculis long^ pedunculatis subaphyllis dichotomis trifidisve, racemis con-
jugatis subconfluentibus divaricatis subrecurvis, achenio maturo calyce
plus dimidio longiore, angulis acutis integris, faciebus ovato-rhombeis
apicem versus attenuatis, foliis inferioribus cordato-triangularibus hasta-
tisve lobis obtusiusculis, supremis oblongo- v. lanceolato-sagittatis, caule
orgyali annuo radicibus perennibus stoloniferis." Meisn.

F. cymosum. Meisn. in Wall. iii. 63.

P. cymosum. Trevir. in Nov. Act. Nat. Curios, xiii. 177- Meisn. Mon. 94.
Reich. Icon. Exot. t. 176.

Stem upright, hollow, striated, downy. Leaves stalked, the lower ones cordate-
triangular, the lobes slightly pointed, the points themselves rounded, the
upper ones nearly sessile, much more triangular, and the angles acute,
the highest sessile, lanceolate, sagittate and amplexicaul, all of them
slightly downy on both sides, particularly upon the nerves. Stipules
rather long, blunt, downy. Panicles terminal and axillary, on long
stalks, forked or trichotomous, consisting of spiked, patent, or slightly
recurved racemes, the peduncles downy, the flowers small, the segments
of the calyx blunt, the pedicels jointed in the middle. Fruit wanting
upon our specimens.

Mussooree, and on the road to Cashmere.

L 121 ]

V. Notice of certain Australian Quadrupeds, belonging to the Order Rodentia.
By W. Ogilby, Esq., M.A., F.R.A.S., F.L.S., ^c.

Read December 5th, 1837.

X HE anomalous nature of the indigenous quadrupeds of Australia, the almost
exclusive predominance of the Marsupial family in that singular country, and
its extreme poverty in the ordinary Monadelphine groups of Mammals, is one
of the most curious and interesting facts in modern zoology. Setting aside
the bats, which their physical structure renders in a great measure independent
of local boundaries, and the Seals and Cetacea, which, from the very nature of
the element they inhabit, are circumscribed in their geographical range by
none of those insuperable restrictions which limit the distribution of ordinary
quadrupeds, I am acquainted with only six or seven species of terrestrial
Mammals, out of at least sixty already known to inhabit the continent of
Australia and its immediate dependencies, which do not belong to Marsupial
forms. This fact is in itself sufficiently singular; but our surprise is still
further excited when we learn, that, of these six or seven exceptions, all the
truly indigenous species belong exclusively to the order Rodentia, and that the
numerous tribes of Quadrumana, Camivora, Edentata, Pachydermata, and
Ruminantia are absolutely without any known representatives in that exten-
sive quarter of the globe. Such at least is the result to which our present
knowledge of Australian mammalogy conducts us ; for, I think, that there
are strong grounds for believing that the Dingo, or native dog, the only soli-
tary exception which can be adduced against the universality of this position,
is not an aboriginal inhabitant of the continent, but a subsequent importation,
in all probability contemporary with the primitive settlement of the natives.
Many circumstances might be advanced in support of this opinion ; the sim-
ple fact of his anomaly is itself a strong corroboration of it ; and his absence

VOL. XVIII. R

122 Mr. Ogilby on certain Australian Quadrupeds,

from the contiguous islands of Tasmania and New Zealand*, inhabited by
races of human beings differing in language and origin from the natives of
Continental Australia, appears almost to demonstrate his introduction from
the north, where he is found in New Guinea, in Timor, in many of the smaller
groups scattered throughout the Pacific Ocean, and in all the great islands of
the Indian Archipelago. The extirpation of the Thylac'inus Harrisii and
Dasyurus Ursinus from the continental portion of Australia, is a strong cor-
roboration of this supposition. It is contrary to all the principles of Zoolo-
gical philosophy, and to what we already know of the laws which regulate the
geographical distribution of animals, to suppose that these species, two of the
largest Mammals in that part of the world, should have been originally con-
fined to so small an island as Tasmania, to the exclusion of the neighbouring
continent. The more probable theory is, that they were extirpated from the
latter locality by the introduction of some more powerful adversary: this
could have been no other than the native dog, to whose attacks these two
species were more peculiarly exposed, from being the slowest, most cowardly,
and least protected animals in the country. The IVombat, the Echidna, and
the Ornithorhynchus are indeed more sluggish, but they are less obnoxious to
attack on account of their burrowing and aquatic habits ; the common Dasy-
ures, Kolas, and Phalangers find security in their powers of climbing trees ;
and the Kangaroos and Potoroos in speed of foot, or by concealing themselves
in clumps of impenetrable brushwood. The Thylacine and Ursine Dasyure
are in reality the only aboriginal inhabitants universally exposed to the attacks
of the dog ; and their total extirpation from the continental portion of Australia,
where he has been long established, and their confinement to the compara-
tively small island of Tasmania, to which he had never found his way before
the colonization of the country, all but demonstrate the recentness of his intro-
duction into the neighbouring continent. But I shall not insist further upon
this question, though its bearings upon the history of the origin and migra-
tions of the aborigines of Australia are by no means devoid of importance : my
object is to describe two of the indigenous Rodents of that singular continent ;

* The dog is at present found in New Zealand, but is believed to have been introduced by the early-
navigators : in Van Diemen's Land he was absolutely unknown previously to the settlement of the
British colonists at Hobart's Town.

belonging to the Order Rodentia. . 123

and though the imperfect nature of the materials at my disposal enables me
rather to excite than satisfy the curiosity which naturally attaches to the sub-
ject, I may be permitted to indulge a hope that the present notice will at least
attract the attention of future inquirers, and be the means of procuring more
detailed and accurate information.

That a vast majority of the terrestrial quadrupeds of Australia belong to
the Marsupial family, a group in a great measure peculiar to that locality,
and altogether anomalous in relation to the Mammals of other quarters of
the globe, is a fact too well known to require further illustration. At the
same time, the exceptions to this general rule are much more numerous than
has been hitherto suspected : it is true, indeed, that only five, or at most six
species of Monadelphine quadrupeds have been hitherto described as indi-
genous to that extensive continent ; but the evidence which I shall produce
in the present memoir gives us every reason to anticipate an extension of the
number, whilst it establishes the singular and hitherto unlooked-for fact, that
these exceptions belong exclusively to the Rodent order. Of the five or six
monodelphine species already known to share this common habitat with the
Marsupial family, one is the Dingo, or native dog, which, as I have observed
above, should in all probability be expunged from the catalogue of aboriginal
animals ; three belong to the extensive and cosmopolite genus Mas ; and the
remaining one, or, perhaps, two species, constitute the genus Hydromys of
M. GeofFroy St. Hilaire, the only nonmarsupial form hitherto described as
peculiar to Australia.

Under these circumstances, the announcement of any addition to the indi-
genous Rodents of that country becomes in itself a matter of sufficient im-
portance ; but the discovery of new forms and genera, either altogether
unknown, or hitherto unsuspected to exist in that quarter of the globe, in-
vests the subject with more than ordinary interest, and whilst it enlarges the
bounds of science, demonstrates the universality of those inscrutable laws
which regulate the geographical distribution of animal life. It is, therefore,
with feelings of more than common satisfaction that I present this memoir,
hoM'^ever necessarily imperfect, to the notice of the Linnean Society; more
especially, as it affords me an opportunity of acknowledging my personal
obligations to a gentleman to whom science and his country are equally in-

R 2

124 Mr. Ogilby on certain Australian Quadrupeds,

debted, and who has earned the just tribute of public gratitude by a career of
honourable and successful discovery. Whatever is most curious and valu-
able in the following observations, is mainly due to the liberal and obliging
communications of Major Mitchell, Surveyor-General of New South Wales ;
and if his name occurs less frequently than it ought to do in the course of the
following pages, I beg it to be distinctly understood that the circumstance
arises entirely from a desire to avoid the too frequent repetition of acknow-
ledgements, which are at all times more easily felt than expressed.
I proceed to the description of the

Genus Conilurus,

a new and interesting form of the Rodent family, with the general characters
of which I have long been partially acquainted, though it is only from the
communications of Major Mitchell that I am enabled to detail the valuable
particulars of its habits and ceconomy, which will be found in the sequel.
The appellation by which I propose to designate this new genus is com-
pounded of the words ovpa and k6vi\oc, (evidently a Greek form of the bar-
barous term Coney^ which occurs in iElian as the name of the common rab-
bit, and is intended to express the resemblance which the animal bears to
a small rabbit with a long tail. My observations are founded upon the
examination of two specimens which have long been in the Society's collec-
tion under the name of " the Native Rabbit," and which were formerly brought
from New South Wales by the late Mr. George Caley. Both specimens are
unfortunately without skulls, so that it is impossible for me at present to
establish the characters of the genus upon strictly scientific principles ; and
I can only deduce from the form of the claws and feet, the quality of the fur,
and various minor particulars, confirmed, however, by the testimony of Major
Mitchell, that they belong to the Rodent order, and most probably to the
extensive and complicated family of Muridce. Like these animals, they have
the hind legs considerably longer than the fore, the excess arising principally
from the development of the tarsus ; four toes on the fore feet and five on the
hind, all long, slender, separate, and armed with small weak claws, sharp,
and partially compressed on the sides, but scarcely surpassing the extremities
of the toes, and totally unadapted to habits of burrowing, except, perhaps, in

belonging to the Order Rodentia. 125

very loose friable soil. The toes of the fore feet are placed very nearly on the
same line, the two middle, however, being considerably longer than the lateral,
and the outer one the shortest of all : on the hind feet, the three middle toes
are of equal length, and placed nearly on the same line as to their origin ; the
two lateral originate some way behind these, one on either side, and though
rather shorter, are still sufficiently developed, and armed with claws in all
respects similar : the lengthened tarsus, as in the rats and mice, is covered in
front with very short, adpressed hairs, and nearly naked on the posterior sur-
face.

These are very much the characters of the Campagnols {Arvicola), and
Gerbilles (Merlones), to the latter of which genera Conilurus is more particu-
larly related by the length and development of the posterior members. The
pelt likewise is similar, being composed of a fine soft fur, of a uniform qua-
lity, but longer in proportion than that of the common rats, and without any
intermixture of long silky hairs. Of the form and proportions of the bead and
teeth it is totally impossible for me to give any satisfactory account; the
skulls, as has been already observed, have been removed from both the speci-
mens, and the artist has mounted them in such a manner, by giving one the
short round head and large eyes of a young rabbit, and the other the long at-
tenuated snout and small eyes of a rat, as effectually to preclude all rational
conjecture upon the subject. In this uncertainty, if I might be permitted to
entertain a surmise as to the actual form of the head, I should rather be dis-
posed to consider the first-mentioned specimen as in all probability approach-
ing most nearly to the natural character of the animal ; and I am strength-
ened in this opinion by the name of " Native Rabbit," under which it appears
that Mr. Caley brought it from Sydney, as well as by the comparison which
Major Mitchell makes of it to that quadruped in the interesting extract which
I shall presently give from his Journal. The ears are long, upright and ellip-
tical, not unlike those of the rabbit in form, though rather shorter in propor-
ti6n, rounded at the points, of a brown colour, and nearly naked both on the
anterior and posterior sui'face ; and the tail, which is as long as the body and
head together, is of an equal thickness throughout, and everywhere covered
with pretty long silky hairs, shaded regularly on either side like the beard of a
feather, and giving it a peculiar fringed and flattened appearance, by which

126 Mr. Ogilby on certain Australian Quadrupeds,

alone the animal might be readily distinguished, in the absence of more im-
portant characters.

Such, I regret to say, are the very meagre details which alone I have it in
my power to give as to the generic characters of this interesting animal ; I
have delayed the publication of my observations upon this subject for six
years, in hopes of obtaining more definite information ; but though these hopes
have been hitherto in a great measure indulged in vain, they may perhaps be
finally realized through the medium of the present notice.

The only species which has come under my observation is that in the
Society's Collection, and which Major Mitchell has identified with the animal
found by him during his recent journey into the interior of Australia. From
the singularity of its habits, as related in the following interesting extract
from that gentleman's Journal, I propose to distinguish it by the specific
name of

CoNiLURUS Constructor. C. subcinereus, ventre albo : auriculis longis, nudis ;

Cauda longissima, marginata.

The length of this animal from the muzzle to the origin of the tail is ten
inches; that of the tail itself nine inches and a half; of the head, from the
muzzle to the anterior margin of the ear, two inches and a quarter ; of the
ear rather better than an inch ; of the anterior extremities about two inches ;
and of the posterior three inches and three quarters, of which the tarsus alone
measures an inch and three quarters ; the distance between the ears is about
three quarters of an inch ; the distance between the eyes one inch ; and the
breadth of the ear three quarters of an inch. These proportions, as far as
they relate to the comparative length of the anterior and posterior extremities,
are much the same as those of the Common Rabbit, or if anything, the
inequality is rather less considerable ; on the other hand they scarcely differ
from the proportions of the same parts in the Mus longipes of Pallas, and
other species of the tetrapodal section of the Gerbilles, and we may therefore
reasonably infer that the pace and motions of the Conilurus constructor are in
no respect different from the movements of these animals. The length and
separation of the fingers also give it a prehensile power in the hand, which
will naturally be turned to purposes of manipulation, such as the handling of

belonging to the Order Rodentia. 1^7

objects, carrying its food to its mouth, &c., and the facility with which it
executes such functions is still farther increased by the development of the
tarsus, which affords it a secure base to sit upright whilst the hands are em-
ployed in these operations.

This species is about the size of a small Rabbit : it has a short, round, and
remarkably convex head, large, full, black eyes, directed laterally, and an
abundance of long, stiff moustaches, nearly twice the length of the head, and
of an uniform black colour. The colour of the body is uniform ashy brown
on the upper parts, of a shade not very different from that of the Wild Rabbit,
but rather lighter and clearer ; the breast, belly, and paws are white ; the ears
are long, erect and of an oval form, rounded at the extremity, and nearly
naked both on the external and internal surface, not unlike those of the
Rabbit in appearance, but rather shorter in proportion to the size of the
animal. The texture of the fur is long, close, and soft ; it is of a beautiful
deep ash colour at the base, and throughout three fourths of its length, but is
tipped with light brown ; and it is this latter shade which gives the general
tone of colouring to the upper and outer parts of the body. The tail is as
long as the head and body togethei", slender for the size of the animal, but of
an uniform thickness throughout its entire length, and everywhere covered
with longish hair, of a dark brown colour above, white beneath, and shaded
towards each side so as to give it the appearance of being flattened above, and
fringed along the margins ; the tip, though not terminated by a white brush,
has something of that appearance, from the long white hairs of the under
surface projecting over it.

The only information which I can supply with regard to the habits and
economy of the Conilurus constructor, is contained in the following interesting
extract from the Journal of Major Mitchell, who met with the animal in
various parts of the interior, and more particularly along the banks of the
river Darling, where he informs me that it is not uncommon.

"We had frequently," says this gentleman, "during the course of our travels,
remarked large piles- of dry sticks and brushwood, each of them enough to
make two or three good cart-loads, collected and heaped together in different
situations, and evidently designed for some particular purpose. For a long time
we imagined them to be the work of the natives, who are in the habit of com-

128 Mr. Ogilby on certain Australian Quadrupeds,

municating the intelligence of any strange or uncommon event to distant tribes
by raising dense columns of smoke in different directions over the face of the
country, and we fancied that these were their rude telegraphs, kept ready for
immediate use when an occasion occurred to require it. A more minute exa-
mination, however, soon convinced us of our error ; we found, in fact, that
the materials were not thrown promiscuously together, as would naturally
have been the case had they been collected by the natives for the purpose of
burning, but that each stick and fragment was so curiously intertwined and
woven with the rest, that the whole formed a solid compact mass, so firmly
bound together, that it was absolutely impossible to remove a part without at
the same time moving the whole fabric. Our kangaroo dogs also drew our
attention more particularly to the examination of these curious structures, by
the constant ardour which they displayed in barking and scratching when-
ever we fell in with them, thus manifestly intimating that they expected to
find something inside. At length we broke several of them open, a work of
no small difficulty from the solidity of their structure, and were not a little
surprised to find in the interior a small nest occupied by an animal something
between a rabbit and a rat, which had constructed this formidable and mas-
sive stronghold to protect itself against the attacks of the native dog. For
this purpose the little animal chooses some small bush or shrub, as a fixed
point d'appui to commence its opei-ations ; and by gradually working round
this, and interlacing the materials of its fortalice, first of all with the growing
branches of the centre bush, and afterwards with one another, gradually ex-
tends it to the enormous dimensions already specified, and enjoys the reward
of its perseverance and ingenuity in subsequent security and repose. This
little animal has ears exactly resembling those of a small rabbit, soft, downy
wool, and short hind legs, and, but for the tail, might readily pass for a small
rabbit."

Something of this constructive faculty is observed among the Squirrels and
Tamias, but in neither of these genera is it developed so perfectly as in the
Conilurus. Mr. Say, indeed, relates that the Tamia quadrivitlata makes a
nest of the " burrs of Xanthium, portions of the upright Cactus, small branches
of pine trees, and other vegetable productions, sufficient in some instances to
fill a cart," but these do not appear to be artificially woven together, as in the

belonging to the Order Rodentia. 12§

case of the Conilurus, and, therefore, cannot be justly compared to the sin-
gular structures erected by that animal. I regret my inability to afford any
farther information upon this interesting subject ; but however imperfect the
description which I am at present able to give, it will at least serve to direct
the attention of future inquirers towards an animal, no less remarkable for
the apparent singularity of its external characters, than for its interesting
habits, and the geographical position which it occupies, in common with
some of the most anomalous forms of the animal kingdom. From the ex-
treme rarity of this animal in European Museums, as well as from its being
unknown to all gentlemen connected with the colony of New South Wales
of whom I have inquired concerning it, it must have disappeared from the
inhabited parts of the country ; and, indeed, it may be easily imagined that
a creature of such peculiar habits, would necessarily retire before the ad-
vance of population, more rapidly than ordinary quadrupeds.

Genus Dipus.

The discovery of a true Jerboa on the central downs of Australia, is an event
of no small interest to the Scientific Zoologist, who occupies himself with the
important question of the Geographical distribution of animals. The arid
deserts of Asia and Africa, the solitary steppes of Southern Siberia, and the
boundless prairies of America, have been long known to be inhabited by
numerous species belonging to this or the closely allied genus of Gerbiltes;
in short, wherever extensive and open plains were found to exist, whether in
the Old World or in the New, there likewise were found these little two-legged
rats, hopping along or running with great velocity upon their hind legs, and
appearing as if nature had expressly intended them to occupy such a situa-
tion. Australia alone was believed to form an exception to the general rule,
in this instance as in so many others : who will undertake to say that the
progress of discovery may not destroy its anomalous character in many other
instances, as it has done in this ?

For the interesting discovery in question we are entirely indebted to Major
Mitchell ; and I think it only due to the enterprise and ability of that merito-
rious officer, whose successful researches in the interior of Continental
Australia have had the rare merit of enlarging the bounds of science, and at

VOL, xviii. s

ISi Mr. Ogilby on certain Australian Quadrupeds,

the same time of increasing the available territory of the country, to comme-
morate the event by associating it with his name. I therefore propose to
distinguish this interesting species by the name of

Dipus MiTCHELLii. D. plantis suhpentadactylis ; corpore supra cinereo-fusco,
subtus albido ; auriculis magnis ; cauda longissima,Jloccosa.

This little animal is rather larger than a common mouse, which it is de-
scribed as closely resembling in the colour and texture of the fur, being of
the same pale ashy-brown tinge on the upper and outer parts, and clearer or
more greyish ash beneath. The head is thick and short ; the muzzle blunt ;
the upper jaw projecting considerably beyond the lower, and copiously fur-
nished with an abundance of long black moustaches ; the eyes are of mode-
rate size ; and the ears rather large, erect, rounded at the points, and appa-
rently naked. The fore feet are short, the hind excessively long, as in the
rest of the genus, the disparity being equally due to the development both of
the tibia and tarsus ; the arms, legs, and thighs are covered with fine soft fur,
like the rest of the body, but the tarsus and paws are nearly naked, or only
covered with very short, adpressed silvery hairs. The tail is considerably
longer than the body, naked and scaly towards the origin, but covered, on
the terminal half, with long black hairs of a silky quality, which gradually
increase in number, and form a middling sized brush at the tip.

The dimensions of this animal, as taken from a figure as large as life, are
as follows.

Length from the nose to the origin of the tail . 4| inches.

root of the ear . . 1^ inches.

Length of the tail 6 inches.

anterior extremities | of an inch.

of the tibia If inches.

■ of the tarsus and toes 1^ inches.

of the ears | of an inch.

Breadth of the ears | an inch.

The anterior extremities appear to have four toes developed, and a small
nailless tubercle in place of the thumb, a disposition common not only to
other species of Jerboas, but to a great majority of the extensive family of

belonging to the Order Rodentia. 181

Muridee ; on the hind feet there are three toes on the same line and of the
same length, and at a considerable distance behind these, a well- developed
internal toe, furnished with a distinct claw, and apparently a smaller or rudi-
mentary one, without a claw, on the outer side of the tarsus. Of this latter,
howevei', I am by no means certain, for it is difficult to distinguish, in a
sketch, like that from which the principal part of this description has
been taken, the difference between a rudimentaxy toe of this nature, and
the small fleshy pads usually found on the soles of such animals. If it
exist at all, however, the external toe in question must be a mere tubercle ;
but for my own part, though I have here thought proper to describe the
appearance exactly as I have observed it in the sketch, I should rather be
inclined to doubt its existence, because rudimentary toes of that description,
where they do exist, are generally found on the inner side of the foot, and I
do not remember having ever met with a single example of such a clawless
tubercle on the outer surface. In either case the character of the toes will
readily distinguish the Dipus Mitchellii from the rest of its congeners ; there
is no known Jerboa which has a clawless or tuberculous toe on the hind feet ;
and the only other species with which it could possibly be confounded, the
Dipus tetradactylus of Lichtenstein, has the additional toe on the external
instead of the internal surface of the tarsus. That species is indicated as an
inhabitant of the Libyan desert, where it was found by Drs. Hemprich and
Ehrenberg ; the five-toed species are all natives of the plains of Central Asia
and Southern Siberia, and it is not a little singular that we should find the
same type reproduced in the interior of Australia. The Dipus Mitchellii was
found at Reedy Plains, near the junction of the Murray and the Murrum-
bidgee, on the northern boundaries of Australia Felix.

But I may be asked for a further justification of the opinion here announced,
as to the existence of a true Dipus in Australia, founded as this opini(m is
upon the authority of a mere drawing ; and I confess that the question is both
just and pertinent. It might, indeed, be suspected, with some show of pro-
bability, that since the country is already known to abound in Saltigrade
Marsupials, the animal in question may really belong to that form, and be
more nearly allied to the Kangaroo rats than to the Rodentia. That the
animal may eventually turn out to be Marsupial is not impossible ; but, inde-

132 Mr. Ogilby on certain Australian Quadrupeds, Sgc.

pendently of the express declaration of its discoverer, that it had no pouch,
though he had no recollection of the characters of the teeth, I beg leave, in
the meantime, to offer the following reasons in support of my belief that it is
a true Jerboa. In the first place, the form of the head, the swollen muzzle,
covered with hair, and projecting considerably beyond the short under-jaw,
are well-known characters of the Rodentia, which are not common to the
Saltigrade Marsupials; in which, more especially among the smaller sized
species, the head is attenuated and flattened sideways, the extremity of the
muzzle naked, and the under-jaw nearly of the same length as the upper.
Secondly, the character of the tail, naked and scaly throughout the greater
part of its length, and terminated by a large pencil of long hair, is unknown
among the Saltigrade Marsupials, and universal among the Jerboas. Thirdly,
the three middle toes of the hind feet are of the same size, and originate on
the same line, a structure likewise characteristic of the Jerboas, whilst the
Saltigrade Marsupials, on the contrary, have the lateral toes placed consider-
ably behind the middle, and of much smaller size. Fourthly, there is no
known instance of a Saltigrade Marsupial with an additional or accessory toe,
placed half-way up the tarsus, as represented in the figure of Dipus Mitchellii,
though the character is common enough among the Jerboas ; and lastly, there
is no known instance of a Saltigrade Marsupial which has not the two internal
toes of the hind feet united, or of a Rodent that has. In this last character, as
in all the rest, the drawing of Dipus Mitchellii perfectly agrees with the true
Jerboas, and differs from the Saltigrade Marsupials ; so that if it eventually turn
out to belong to this latter family, it must possess the characters of an essen-
tially new form, of a genus no less singular than novel. It may be observed,
in conclusion, that the fidelity of the figure is unquestionable ; Major Mitchell
is well known to be a skilful draughtsman ; he made his sketch upon the spot
when the animal was captured ; and not being himself a zoologist, it is utterly
impossible that he could have so accurately depicted the characters of the
genus Dipus, of which he had perhaps never heard, had he not drawn from
the model.

[ 133 ]

VI. On the Family Fulgoridae, with a Monograph of the Genus Fulgora of
Linnceus. By John O. Westwood, Esq., F.L.S., Sfc.

Read November 21st, 1837.

Amongst the insect tribes, the order Homoptera must be admitted to
contain the most extraordinarily formed creatures to be met with in this class
of beings. In some the thorax is armed with balls and spines, crescents,
sabres, and other mimic instruments of war : in others the same part is
transformed into a singularly dilated globe, concealing the rest of the body,
or swelled out into an enormous casket which would be far too heavy to bear
were it not quite hollow. In others again, the head is produced into an elon-
gated and swollen rostrum of the most singular construction, varying in the
different species, which is occasionally armed with spines or saws, and some-
times bent over the back. Of the use of these curious modifications it is
difficult to form any idea. We are not indeed to suppose that aught has been
made in vain ; but Avhen we find such an endless variety of form in the same
organ, we must be led to conclude either that the use for which it is bestowed
upon the creature is always modified in accordance with the modifications in
its structure, or that the production of so many extraordinary variations in
organs not having a material influence upon the habits of the animals must
be considered as a manifestation of Divine power ; in which point of view the
contemplation of such productions is not without use.

Of these insects some of the most curious are the species of which Linnaeus
composed his genus Fulgora, but which has become so much augmented by
the addition of new species as to have been raised to the rank of a separate
family, named Fulgoridce by Dr. Leach and Fulgorellce by Latreille. It is
in the most conspicuous of these insects composing the modern restricted
genus Fulgora, that the head exhibits those curious modifications of form
already noticed, and to which an additional interest attaches from the cir-
cumstance of these insects having long been regarded as possessing the power
of emitting a strong light from the anterior produced part of the head. Such

VOL. XVIII. T

134 Mr. Westwood on the Family Fulgoridse.

opinion, however, originating in an account given by Madame Merian of the
Fulgora Laternaria, appears at the present time to be regarded as fabulous, no
other traveller of any authority or credit having since observed the least traces
of luminosity, although the insect is by no means rare in South America. The
reader will find an amusing fictitious discussion upon this subject in the third
volume of the Entomological Magazine, wherein the contrary opinion appears
to prevail ; M. Lacordaire, M. Richard, Dr. Hancock, Dr. Burmeister and
M. Gu^rin, however are in favour of the non-luminosity of these insects,
which was also personally confirmed to me by the late lamented Prince Maxi-
milian of Neuwied *.

In the original separation of this group of insects from the great division
composing the Linneean genus Cicada, Linnaeus appears to have had in view
chiefly the form of the head, his characters being " Caput fronte producta,
inani. Antennae infra oculos : articulis 2 ; exteriore globoso majore. Rostrum
inflexum. Pedes gressorii." {Syst. Nat. 2, 703.) Nine species were described
by Linnaeus, all of which are subsequently noticed in this memoir. Fabricius
in like manner evidently regarded the structure of the head as of primary
importance, since, although his characters are simply " os rostro elongato ;
vagina 4-articulata, antennae breves, capitatae," we find in his detailed de-
scription the character " Capitis fronte porrecta, elongata, adscendente, cylin-
drica, retusa." And amongst the species introduced by him into the genus, we
accordingly find species which agree with the true Fulgoroe in no other cha-
racter than that of the form of the head, belonging in fact to a distinct family
as subsequently noticed. By Fabricius also and by Latreille other genera
were established ; being chiefly separated from the Linnaean Cicadce, but
having in the majority of their structural characters a nearer relation with
Fulgora. The chief of these were Flata, Lystra, Derbe, Delphax, and Isstis by
Fabricius, and Poeciloptera, Cixlus, and Asiraca by Latreille. All these
genera were united together into a separate family by Latreille under the
name of Fulgorella;, changed by Dr. Leach to Fulgoridce, and from time to
time others have been added by more recent authors, as Germar, Guerin,
Laporte, Burmeister, Kirby, &c.

* M. Wesmael has recently communicated to the Academy of Brussels, a reassertion of the lumi-
nous powers in F. Laternaria, on the authority of a friend who had witnessed an insect alive in South
America (Ann. Soc. Ent. de France, 1837, p. Ixvii.).

Mr. Westwood on the Family Fulgoridse. 135

In the year 1830, Dr. Germar published a memoir upon these insects in the
second volume of Dr. Thon's Entomologisches Archiv, in which he gave the
following characters of the family, and its distribution into genera.

FULGORELL^.

Antennae biarticulatse, articulo secundo papilloso setigero. Oculi laterales,
genis perpendicularibus inserti, earumque margine circumsepti, Ocellum
utrinque solitarium aut nullum. Tibiae posticse apice spinis ciliatse, tar-
sorum articulo Imo elongato.

I. Margo costalis elytrorum leevis aut irregulariter striatus.

A. Antennae oculis breviores, capitulo incrassato.

1. Clypeus a fronte disjunctus Fulgora.

2. Clypeus cum fronte conjunctus facie elliptica.
a. Oculis sessilibus.

a. Ocellum utrinque conspicuum Flata.

/3, Ocelli nuUi,

*. Elytris fornicatis • . Issus.

**. Elytris perpendiculariter decumbentibus . Amphiscepo.
h. Oculis saltern in inferiore parte pedunculatis, clypei

margine laterali involutis ,. . Lystra.

B. Antennae oculos superantes, capitulo cylindrico.

1 . Tibiae posticae apice appendice gladiiformi instructae.

a. Capitulum articulo basilari longius Delphax.

h. Capitulum articulo basilari brevius Asiraca.

2. Tibiae posticae muticae.

a. Palpis nuUis Anotia.

h. Palpis quatuor Otiocerus.

II. Margo costalis elytrorum striis parallelis transversis percussus.

A. Alae perpendiculariter deflexae Pceciloptera.

B. Alae incumbentes Ricania.

By this an-angement nine species only were comprehended in the genus
Fulgora, several being here first described, so that the major part of the Lin-

T 2

136 Mr. Westwood on the Family Fulgoridse.

nean and Fabrician Fulgorce, including the well-known Chinese species Ful-
gora Candelaria, the European Fulgora europoea, &c. were placed in the
genus Flata. The character, however, upon which this separation was
founded cannot be maintained, since in F. Candelaria and its allies the sepa-
ration between the forehead and the clypeus is strongly marked, and even in
F. tenebrosa the line of separation may be clearly perceived.

M. Gu^rin in his description of the insects collected in the " Voyage de
Belanger," gave another classification of the family, consisting of seventeen
genera ; amongst which Flata and its allies are separated from Fulgora and
its allies, by the size of the prothorax, which is much narrower than the meso-
thorax, and deeply notched behind ; whereas in the latter the prothorax is
" presque aussi large que le mesothorax, et tr^s peu ^chancre en arri^re."
This last section consists of the following genera, thus tabularized :

Second joint of the r Forehead prolonged into a rostrum . . Fulgora.

antennae globose. 1 Forehead not prolonged Eumallia.

{Phenax, Germar.)

{Forehead longitudinal Aphoena.
{Aphana, Uurm.)
Forehead transverse Lystra.

By this arrangement, the character derived from the produced anterior
part of the head is made secondary to that of the form of the antennae ; and
consequently we find that some of the species of Aphana, {A. discolor, A.
fuscata, Gu6r., A. nigro-maculata, Gray,) have the head produced into a re-
curved horn, as is also the case with Fulgora recurva, which ought also to be
considered, according to this arrangement, as an Aphana. Burmeister has,
however, given another arrangement of these allied genera, which in some
degree alters the limits of the genus Fulgora, and which is as follows :

a. Front of the head not rostrated.

§ Second joint of the antennae elongate-ovate.

Forehead broader than long Poeocera.

Forehead longer than broad or quadrate . . . Aphana.
§ Second joint of antennae globular.

Forehead without elevated central carinae . . . Lystra.

Mr. Wbstwood o« the Family Fulgoridee. 137

Forehead with elevated central carinse .... Phenax.

(^Eumallia, Gu^r.)
b. Front of the head rostrated Fulgora.

The last-named genus is thus made to comprise not only the old species
F. Laternaria, Candelaria, and their allies, but also F. recurva, tuba, and tuher-
culata, together with Flata hcemoptera of Perty ; in which last two species the
head cannot be said to be rostrated, and in the first two the rostrum is small
and recurved, and the second joint of the antennae oval, whence they ought
not to be separated from Aphana discolor, fuscata, &c. ; although from the
general habit of the insects, and even the colouring of the wings, F. re-
curva and its allies as well as Jf^. platyrhina are perhaps too closely related to
F. diadema to warrant their absolute removal from the genus. The species,
however, are so closely connected together that it is impossible to draw the
line of distinction. Germar has also, in a memoir upon this tribe of insects,
published in the fourth number of Silbermann's Revue Entomologique, sepa-
rated Fulgora europoea, hyalinata, fenestrata, &c. under the generic name of
Dictyophora, with the character, " Elytra apice reticulata, clypeus oblongo-
ovatus, caput conico-elevatum." In consequence of this generic name being
previously employed, Dr. Burmeister has changed it in the second volume of
his " Handbuch," p. 159, to Pseudaphana.

As restricted above, the genus Fulgora may be thus characterized :

Corpus oblongum, subdepressum. Caput fronte in rostrum vel tubulum plus
miniisve elongatum, porrectum, (nee recurvum,) producta ; nee conico-
elevatum. Antennae articulo 2ndo globoso, hemispherico, granuloso, seta
e medio ejus apicis exeunte, articulo minutissimo ad basin setae. Ocelli 2
inter oculos et antennas vel potius paullb ante antennas positi. Promuscis
3-articulata, ad usque vel ultra basin pedum posticorum extensa. Cly-
peus trigonus basi truncatus. Labrum apice acutum. Prothoracis dor-
sum mesothorace paull6 minus, posticfe subemarginatum. Hemelytra alis
minora, latitudine mult5 longiora, apice crebr^ venosa et reticulata.

Species 1 . Fulgora Laternaria.
F. capita porrecto, ovato, thorace majori, longitudine vix ej,us latitudinem

138 Mr. Westwood on the Family Fulgoridse.

dupl5 superante ; hemelytris brunneo-rufescentibus, ad apicem nigro-
variis, punctisque albo-farinosis, posticis apicem versus ocellatis.
Habitat in America meridionali. Cayenne, Surinam.

Fulgora Laternaria. Linn. Syst. Nat. 2. 703, 1. StoU, Cigales, t. \, f. 1.
Roesel, Ins. 2. Gryll. t. 28, 29. Reaumur, Mem. Ins. v. t. 20, f. 6, 7.
Fabr. Syst. Rhyng. p. 1. Germar in Thon's Arch. ii. 2. p. 46. Gu4rin
f^oy. de Belanger. Mag. de Zool.pl. 17 ^.f. 1, 2. Burmeister, Handb. ii.
169. Palis. Beauv. Ins. d'Afr. et Amer. Hem.pl. xix.y. 1.

Species 2. Fulgora Castresii.

F. lutea ; fronte rostrata subcylindrica, recta, thorace angustiore, longitudine
ejus latitudinem piiis dupl6 superante ; hemelytris luteo-virescentibus,
nigro-variegatis ; alis brunneis, nigro-variegatis, apice ocellatis.

Habitat in Mexico.

Fulgora Castresii. Gudrin; Mag. Zool.pl. 173. 174./. 3.4.

Species 3. Fulgora lucifera.

F. capite porrecto, cylindrico ; alis lividis, nigro-variis.
Habitat in Brasilia.

Fulgora lucifera. Germar, Magaz. der Entomol. iv. 100. Thongs Archiv. ii. 46.

Brulld, Hist. Nat. Ins. Tom. x. pi. \.f. b ?
" Simillima F. Laternarise et forsan ejus varietas." Germar.

Species 4. Fulgora Candelaria.

F. fronte rostrata adscendente; hemelytris viridibus, luteo-maculatis ; alis

flavis, apice nigris.
Habitat in ChinS,.

Fulgora Candelaria, Linn. Syst. Nat. ii, 703. 3. Act. Holm. 1746. p. 63.
t. 1 ./. 5. 6. Fabr. Ent. Syst. iv. 2. 4. Syst. Rhyng. f. 2. Roesel, Ins. 2.
Gryll. 189. t. 30. Stall, Cigal. t. 10. /. 46. Burmeister, Handb. ii. 168,
Donovan, Ins. China, -pi. 14. Germar in Thon's Arch. ii. 2. 46. (Flata C.)
Pal. Beauv. Ins. d'Afr. et Amer. Hem. pi. xix.y. 2.

Mr. Westwood on the Family Fulgoridee. 139

Species 5, Fulgora Lathburii.

F. fronte rostrata adscendente ; hemelytris viridtbus, albo flavoque ocellatis ;

alis luteis, apice nigris ; rostro supra nigro apice tantiiin rufo.
Habitat in India orientali.

Fulgora Lathburii. Kirby in Linn. Trans, xii. p. 450. Gudrin, Icon. R. An. Ins.
pi. b^.f. 2. Germar in Thon's Arch. ii. 2. p. 46. (Flata L.)

Species 6. Fulgora Pyrorhina.
F. fronte rostrata adscendente, apice rubro incrassato ; hemelytris fuscis,
pallid^ glauco maculatis, fasciaque pallidiori ; alis nigris basi viridibus.
F. Candelarid paull5 major.
Habitat in India interiori. In Mus, D. Hope.

Fulgora pyrorhynchus. Donovan, Ins. India, pi. T.f. 1.1.
Fulgora pyrorhina. West, in ditto, second edition, p. 13.

Species 7- Fulgora clavata, Westw.
Tab. xii. fig. 1.
F. rostro corporis dimidii longitudine, piceo, apice in globum subrotunduni
testaceum terrainato ; hemelytris basi subalbidis, fusco-maculatis, apice
fusco, albido ocellatis et maculatis.
Long. Corp. cum rostr. lin. 16. Expans. hemelytr. lin. 36.
Habitat in India orientali. Assam.
In Mus. Dora, Hope et Cantor.

F. pyrorhince affinis. Rostrum cum capite piceum, albo-farinosum, corporis
dimidii longitudine, e basi sensim attenuatum, dorso tricarinato, apiceque
adscendente, et in globum subrotundum, subpellucidum, Iset^ testaceum
terminato. Thorax luteus, prothorace punctis duobus minutis discoidalibus
minutis nigris ; mesothorax maculis quatuor basalibus, alterisque duabus
obliquis lateralibus. Abdomen subttis fulvum, supra obscurum, albo-
farinosum, segmentorum apicibus luteis anoque nigro. Hemelytra di-
midio basali subalbido, maculis numerosis, irregularibus, fuscis ; dimidio
apicali fusco, maculis numerosis, albidis, rotundatis, magnitudine maxime
variis, majoribus ocellatis. Alee subalbidae, apice lat^ fusco. Pedes nigri.
Clypeus luteus, Promuscis nigra.

140 Mr. Westwood on the Family Fulgoridse.

Species 8. Fulgora maculata.

F. capite rostrato adscendente, nigro, apice graciliori ; nigra, hemelytris

glanco-raaculatis ; alis basi coeruleis.
Habitat in India orientali.
Syn. Fulgora maculata. Olivier, Enc. M^th. vi. 568. 5. Stall, Cigal. f. 143.

Burmeister, Handb. ii. p. 169. Germar in ThovUs Archiv. ii. 2. 46.

(Flata m.)

Species 9. Fulgora annularis.

F. capite rostrato adscendente, apice subclavato, basi spinoso ; fusca ; alis

nigris albo-maculatis (Praecedentibus paiiil5 minor.).
Habitat in Surinam.
Fulgora annularis. Oliv. Enc. Mdth. vi. 568. 6. Stall, Cigal. Jig. 69. Germar

in Tharis Arch. ii. 2. 47- (Flata a.)

Species 10. Fulgora Horsfieldii, IVestw.

Tab. XII. fig. 2.

F. rostro breviori, recto, apice truncate ; pallid^ griseo-lutea ; hemelytris

fusco-irroratis ; alis albo-farinosis, apice nigro, maculis albis.
Long. Corp. cum rostr. 1 unc. Expans. hemelytr. 2-^ unc.
Habitat in Java. Dom. Horsfield.
In Mus. Soc. mercat. Ind. orient. Londin.

F. annulari affinis, at colore alarum abund^ diversa. Rostrum cum capite,
longitudine pro- et mesothoracis, rectum, tenue, crassitudine eequale, apice
truncato (mutilato), griseo-luteum, utrinque carina minuta elevata. Pro-
et mesothorax lutei, nigro-punctati. Abdomen sordid^ brunneo-luteum.
Hemelytra fusco-reticulata, maculisque nonnuUis minutis subapicalibus
luteis, albo-farinoso cinctis, costa maculis 5 irregularibus fusco-reticulatis
aequidistantibus, nubilaque majori reticulata fusca, paull5 pone medium
hemelytrorum. Alae albse, farinosse, apice nigro, maculis rotundatis, albis.
Pedes fulvo-lutei, tibiis 4 anticis totis apiceque 2 posticarum, tarsisque
omnibus nigris.

Mr. Westwood on the Family Fulgoridae. 141

Species 1 1 . Fulgora apicalis.
Tab. XII. Fig. 3.

F. fronte rostrata, thoracis longitudine, gracili ; fulvo-fuscescens ; hemelytris
fulvis, apice hyalinis, fusco-maculatis ; alls hyalinis, basi fusco et ininiato
variis.

Long. Corp. cum rostro, lin. 12. Long, rostr. lin. 3|. Expans. alar. lin. 20.

Habitat in Manila. D. Cuming.

Prsecedentibus minor. Caput anticfe productum in tubulum gracilem porrectum
thoracis longitudine, apice paull6 incrassatum. Caput et prothorax luteo-
fulva, nigro-punctata ; mesothorax obscurior, carina media, maculisque
nonnullis ad basin nigris. Abdomen magnum, subdepressum, luteo-fus-
cum, apice obscuriore. Hemelytra angusta, luteo-fulva, disco paull5
obscuriora, margin! bus antico et postico nigro-punctatis, apice hyalino
punctis nigris plils minusve confluentibus. Alse posticse, subangust6e,
hyalinse, nervis nigris, dimidio basali fusco et miniato variegatis, mar-
gine antico magis obscuro. Pedes quatuor antici lutei, nigro-fasciati,
tarsis nigris. Pedes 2 postici lutei, femoribus, nisi ad apicem, nigrican-
tibus.

Species 12. Fulgora decorata.
Tab. XII. Fig. 4.

F. fronte rostrata adscendente, corporis fer^ longitudine ; capite thoraceque
viridibus ; metathorace, abdomine, alisque sanguineis, his apice nigris ;
hemelytris ferrugineis, apice fuscis.

Long. corp. cum rostro, lin. 12|. Long, rostr. lin. b\. Expans. alar. lin. 21.

Habitat in Java. In Mus. Reg. Paris.

A prsecedente rostro longiori corporeque majori differt. Caput in rostrum vald^
elongatum, gracile, adscendens productum, viride, macula parva utrinque
ante oculos pigra ; basi supra carinata. Prothorax viridis, maculis 4 ni-
gris. Mesothorax etiam viridis, basi punctis 4 intermediis, 2 majoribus,
lateribusque etiam punctis duobus nigris ; metathorax cum abdomine
sanguineus. Hemelytra ferruginea, punctis numerosissimis, nigris, inter
VOL. xviii. u

142 Mr. Westwood on the Family Fulgoridee.

nervos dispositis ; apice sensim magis infuscatis, nervis sanguineis, punc-
tisque circiter 12 parvis miniatis duplici serie transversa dispositis. Alae
sanguineae ; margine exteriori nigro. Pedes virides, apice tibiarum tar-
sisque fuscis.

Species 13. Fulgora oculata.
Tab. XII. Fig. 5.

F. fronte rostrate adscendente, corporis longitudine ; griseo-fulvescens ; he-
melytris ocellis fulvis ; alis albis, basi viridibus, margineque antico roseo
tinctis.

Long. Corp. cum rostro, lin. 16 J. Expans. alar. lin. 30.

Habitat in India Oriental!. In Mus. Reg. Paris.

Caput in rostrum gracile, adscendens, corporis longitudine productum. Pal-
lid^ griseo-fulva, abdomine alisque albo-farinosis. Mesothorax magis
fulvescens. Hemelytra griseo-fulva, pallida, maculis ocellatis circiter 24
fulvis annulis albidis cinctis. Alae albo-farinosa;, basi pallid^ virescentes,
margineque antico in medio plaga magna rosea, macula fusca terminata,
alteraque minori medium versus. Pedes pallid^ griseo-lutei, tibiis tarsis-
que 4 anticis, cum tarsis posticis nigris.

Species 14. Fulgora tenebrosa.

F. capite rostrato breviori, apice truncate ; hemelytris griseis nigro-scabris ;

alis fusco-nigris.
Habitat in Guinea.
Syn. Fulgora tenebrosa. Fabr. Sp. Ins. ii. p. 314. No. 9. Si/st. Rhyng. p. 3.

Stall, Cigal. t. 2. f. 7. Burmeister, Handb. ii. 169. Germar in Thons

ArcJdv, ii. 2. 47- (Flata t.)
Fulgora Laternaria fusca. De Geer, Mem. iii. 200. t. 32. y. 1.
Fulgora africana. Pal. Beauv. Ins. d'Afrique, S^c. Hem. pi. xix.y*. 3.

Obs. Individuum in Mus. Banksiano (nunc in Mus. Soc. Linn. Lond.) a Fa-
bricio descriptum, alas possedit pallidiores quilm in individuis recenti-
oribus.

Mr. Westwood on the Family Fulgoridse. 143

Species 15. Fulgora flammea.

F. " fronte rostrata adscendente, tereti, truncata; tota superius sordide ferru-
gineo-cinerascens ; elytra ad apices a pagina superiore punctis obscuri-
oribus, tota striae obliquse secant ut in serpentum cute." Linn. Am. Acad.
" Alae inferiores fuscee." Linn. Syst. Nat. " Minor Cicada Candelaria."

" Habitat ? De Geer." Linn. Amoen. Acad. " In America," Linn. Syst.

Nat. " In America meridionali," Fabr.

Syn. Fulgora flammea. Linn. Amoen. Acad. vi. 399. 39. Syst. Nat. ii. 704. 7-
Fahr. Ent. Syst. iv. 3. 8. Syst. Rhyng. p. 3. (Excl. Syn. Stollii ?)

Obs. It is perhaps impossible to determine precisely this species at the present
day. Linnaeus, indeed, says it is smaller than the common Chinese species,
and in the Systema Naturce he, as well as Fabricius subsequently, gives
America as the habitat ; so that it cannot be Fulgora tenebrosa, as cited
by the latter author, which is as large as Candelaria, and an inhabitant
of Africa. On the other hand, the description of the spotting of the
hemelytra and the colouring of the hind wings, together with the
circumstance that Linnaeus refers to De Geer's collection for the species,
that author having subsequently figured an insect of unknown locality
(and being in all probability the identical specimen examined by Lin-
naeus,) agreeing with Fulgora tenebrosa, seem to prove that the Linnaean
F. Jlammea is identical with the Fabrician F. tenebrosa. Olivier {Enc.
Mdth. vi. 170.) is certainly in error in giving Stoll's fig. 29. (which is the
Rapliirhimis fasciatus,) as this insect.

Species 16. Fulgora punctata.

F. capite rostrato corporis ferfe longitudine, recto, apice truncate ; grisea,
nigro-punctata ; elytris griseo-hyalinis, punctis numerosis nigris adspersis ;
alis albis venis fuscis ; abdomine griseo.

Habitat in Guinea.

Syn. Fulgora punctata. Oliv. Enc. Mdth. vi. 569. Stoll, Cigal. Jig. 28.
Germar. in Thoris Arch. ii. 2. 47- (Flata p.)

Praecedente minor et gracilior.

u 2

144 Mr. Westwood on the Family FulgoridiE.

Species 17- Fulgora marginata.

F, capibe rostrato corpore dimidio breviori, recto, apice truncate ; grisea,
nigro-punctata ; elytris griseo-hyalinis, nigro-punctatis ; alis albis venis
nigris ; abdoinine nigro ; segmentorum marginibus luteis.

Long. Corp. cum rostro, lin. 9. Expans. alar. lin. 14J.

Habitat in Promontorio Bonee Spei. In Mus. D. Hope.

Syn. Fulgora punctata. G. R. Gray in Griff. An. K. Ins. pi. 90. y. 1. (nee
OHv. Germ.) Burmeister, Handb. der Ent. ii. p. 398.

Preecedentibus duabus mult5 minor, et pro magnitudine robustior. Caput,
pro- et mesothorax, et hemelytra pallid^ griseo-lutea, punctis minutis
nigris adspersa, margineque antico hemelytrorum parum fulvescente, his
etiam punctis nonnullis majoribus nigris notatis. Rostrum dimidii cor-
poris longitudine, rectum, sensim attenuatum, apice obliqiie truncate,
lateribus punctis minutis fulvis, apiceque ejus et mesothoracisfulvescenti.
Hemelytra angusta. Alee albo-hyalinse, venis nigris. Abdomen segmento
basali fulvo, in medio nigro, reliquis nigris, margine postico tenui albido.
Pedes luteo-grisei, fulvo nigroque punctati ; tibiae posticse breviores.

Species 18. Fulgora apfinis.
Tab. XH. Fig. 6.

F. fronte rostrata fer^ corporis longitudine, apice truncate ; luteo-grisea ;

thorace pedibus et hemelytris punctis nigris adspersis ; abdomine supr<i

nigro ; alis albis, venis pallidis.
Long. corp. cum rostro, lin. 16. Expans. alar. lin. 26.
Habitat in Nepali^. D. Hardwicke. In Mus. D. Hope.

F. tenebrosd paull6 minor, hemelytris mult6 pallidioribus, absque colore ferru-
gineo, punctisque nigris in venas distinctioribus. Caput cum rostro, pro-
et mesothorax et hemelytra pallid^ lutea, punctis nigris, magnitudine
variis, adspersa ; rostrum fer^ corporis longitudine, porrectum, fere rec-
tum, subcylindricum, apice obliqufe truncate, fusco-lutee, punctis scabre,
apice pallidiori. Puncta nigra hemelytrorum in venas longitudinalitfer
disposita ; alee albse, subopacee, apicem versus paull6 infuscatee, venis nisi
ad basin pallidioribus. Abdomen nigrum, margine segmentorum tenui,

Mr. Westwood on the Family Fulgoridae. 145

luteo. Pedes breves, lutei ; femoribus, annulo subapicali ; tibiis annulis
tribus nigris.

Ohs. This species is represented amongst General Hardwicke's collection of
drawings of the haustellated insects of Nepaul, now in the library of the
British Museum.

Species 19. Fulgora cognata.

F. griseo-fulvescens ; abdomine concolori ; hemelytris pallidioribus, nigro-

punctatis ; alis albis, venis pallidis.
Expans. alar. lin. 14.

Habitat ? In Mus. D. Hope.

Affinis F.punctatce, at magnitudine F. marginatce aequalis. Individuum uni-

cum, pro descriptione nimis mntilatum, tantiim vidi.

Species 20. Fulgora obscurata.
Tab. XII. Fig. 7.

F. fronte rostrata recta, truncata; hemelytris latis, luteo-cinereis, nigro-ma-

culatis et punctatis ; alis hyalinis ; clypeo maximo.
Long. Corp. cum rostro, lin. 8|. Expans. alar. lin. 15.
Habitat in Nova Hollandia. In Mus. Soc. Linn. Lond. (olim Banks.).
Syn. Fulgora obscurata. Fabr. Sp. Ins. ii. 31.5. 10. Syst. Rhyng. p. 3. (excl.

syn. StoUii). Germar in Thon's Arch. ii. 2. 47- (Plata o.).

F. dilatatce affinis, statura ejusdem, at paull6 minor, rostro crassiori, punctis
subocellatis hemelytrorum nullis. Luteo-cinerea, fusco-variegata. Caput
oculis prominulis, clypeo maximo, fusco et albido transverse strigosa.
Rostrum corporis dimidii longitudine, rectum, apice truncatum, ante
apicem sutura elevata, et carinis duabus elevatis longitudinalibus. Pro-
thorax in lobum rotundatum antic^ productus, fusco-varius. Hemelytra
lata, luteo-cinerea, atomis fuscis in venas dispositis, punctis nonnullis
majoribus interdiim longitudinaliter confluentibus, plagas longitudinales
aut lanceolatas efficientibus ; costa extern^ punctata ; alse hyalinae, venis
fuscis. Pedes pallidi, fusco-annulati, breves ; postici serrati. Abdomen
supra obscur^ fulvum, latum.

146 Mr. Westwood on the Family Fulgoridae.

There are two specimens of this species preserved in the Banksian cabinet
in the Museum of the Linnean Society, which afforded Fabricius the original
description. They vary in the size of the dark marks upon the hemelytra, but
are otherwise identical. My figure is taken from the darker individual.

Species 21. Fulgora dilatata.
Tab. XII. Fig. 8. & 9.

F. capite rostrato, rostro dimidii corporis longitudine, apice attenuato ; griseo-
fuscescens ; abdomine fulvo, apice segmentorum nigris ; hemelytris pal-
lide cinereis, venis nigris et roseis, in singulo ocellis 12 roseis et nigris.

Long. Corp. cum rostro, lin. 8.; long, rostri, lin. 3. Expans. alar. lin. I7.

Habitat in Nova Hollandia ad " Swan River." In Mus. D. Hope.

F. obscuratce, Fab. valdfe affinis, et ejusdem statura, at paull6 major, rostro
magis gracili, hemelytris subocellatis. Corpus deplanatum. Caput et tho-
rax fulvo-fusca, nigro-punctata, rostro dimidii corporis longitudine, apice
attenuato, margine supr^ subserrato (fig. 8a.) subtils 3-carinato. Oculi
pallida fusci ; prothorax in lobum rotundatum inter oculos (in medio
subemarginatum) productus ; mesothorax 3-carinatus ; metathorax supr^
ocello transverso, ovali, membrana tecto instructus. Abdomen depressum,
fulvum, margine postico segmentorum nigro. Hemelytra ad costam di-
latata, pallid^ cinerea, venis nigro et roseo variis, punctisque, in singulo
12 nigris, antic^ roseis; alse albee, hyalinae, venis fusco-roseis. Pedes
albo-tomentosi, pallid^ luteo-fulvi ; tibiis 4 anticis fusco-annulatis.

Species 22. Fulgora nobilis ?
Tab. XII. Fig. 10.

F. capite rostrato, rostro ferfe corporis longitudine recto, tuberculis acutis
nigris in lineas 6 dispositis ; grisea, virescenti-tincta, nigro -punctatis-
sima ; hemelytris punctis fulvis ; alis albis.

Long. Corp. cum rostro, lin. 30. Long, rostr. lin. 12. Expans. alar. lin. 55.

Habitat in Malacca. In Mus. D. Hope.

Species perinsignis, F.serratce affinis quoad rostrum serratum, et F.punctatcB
et affinibus, corpore et hemelytris nigro-punctatissimis. Caput in rostrum

Mr. Westwood on the Family Fulgoridee. 147

rectum, sensiin attenuatum, apice obliqu^ truncatum productum, tuber
culis nigris acutis, in lineis sex longitudinalit^r dispositis, scil. 2 supra,
2 lateralitfer, et 2 subtiis ; oculi pallid^ fusci, tuberculo pallido, acuto, pone
oculos. Antennae pallidse. Caput pro- et mesothorax et heraelytra luteo-
grisea, virescenti partim tincta, punctis minutis nigris adspersa. Meta-
thorax et abdomen fulvo-fusca, hoc maculis transversis nigris, Hemelytra
punctis nuraerosis majoribus fulvis etiam ornantur. Alse albse, subopacse,
venis pallidis, virescenti-tinctis. Pedes concolores, nigro-fasciati ; tibiis
posticis intiis immaculatis, externe nigro-punctatis ; tarsis luteis ; ungui-
bus nigris. Promuscis pedes posticos vix attingit.

Species 23. Fulgora serrata.

F. capite rostrato adscendente, quadrifariam serrato ; fusco-grisea ; alis pos-
ticis coeruleis, macula ocellari flava.

Habitat in America Meridionali. In Mus. Soc. Ent. Lond. (olim Kirby).

Syn. Fulgora serrata. Fabr. Sp. Ins. ii. 313. 2. Syst. Rhyng. p. 2. Linden-
berg in Naturforsch. xiii. p. 19. t. 3./. 1. 2. Stoll, Cigal. t. 29./. 170.
Germar in Thon's Arch. n.Jig. 46.

Species 24. Fulgora Diadema.

F. capite rostrato muricato, apice trifido ; hemelytris viridi, flavo, fuscoque
marmoratis ; alis nigris, basi sanguineo-variegatis.

Habitat in America Meridionali. " In India." (Linn, errore).

Syn. Fulgora Diadema. Linn. Syst. Nat. ii. 703. 2. Lindenberg in Natur-
forsch. xiii. p. 20. t. 3./. 3. Stoll, Cigal. i. t. b.f. 22. Fabr. Ent. Syst. iv.
2. 3. Syst. Rhyng. p. 2. Germar in Thons Arch. ii. 46. Burmeister,
Handb. ii. p. 109. JVestw. in Drury III. 2nd edit. p. 78. Donovan, Nat.
Repos. vol. y. fol. 145.

Fulgora armata. Drury, III. 1st edit. App. vol. iii. pi. bO.f. 4.

Obs. Pedes postici baud serrati.

, Species 25. Fulgora lineata.

F. capite rostrato adscendente, corporis dimidii longitudine ; pallid^ griseo-
lutea ; hemelytris elongatis, angustis, punctis nigris, in lineas ad margi-
nem internum et ad costam apicis dispositis.

148 Mr. Westwood on the Family Fulgoridse.

Long. Corp. cum rostro (alis clausis), lin. 6.
Habitat in India Orientali. In Mus. Britann.
Syn. Fulgora lineata. Donov. Ins. Ind.pl. 8./. 1.

Fulgora pallida. G. R. Gray in Griff. An. K. Ins. pi. 90./. 2. p. 260.

Species minuta, et pro magnitudine gracillima. Pallid^ testaceo- vel fulvo-
albida. Pro- et mesothorax lineis rufescentibus. Caput antic^ rostraturn,
rostro adscendente, diniidii corporis longitudine, gracili, ad apicem pariiin
incrassato. Hemelytra angusta, elongata, albida, punctis nigricantibus
in lineas dispositis versus marginem internum et externum partis posticie
hemelytrorum, line^ etiam tenui nigra basin costae versus. Rostrum et
pedes nigro-punctata ; femoribus posticis ad apicem tarsisque latis.

Ohs. In figura Donovani puncta nigra hemelytrorum confluentia videntur, lineas
duas formantia, et totam longitudinem hemelytrorum percurrentia.

Species 26. Fulgora platyrhina.
Tab. XII. Fig. U.

F. capite producto piano, parallelipipedo ; grisea ; abdomine testaceo ; lieme-
lytris linea basali maculaque costali fuscis ; alis roseis, apice hyalinis.

Long. corp. cum rostro, lin. 13. Expans. alar. lin. 30.

Habitat in Brasilia. In Mus. Soc. Ent. Lond. (olim Kirby). D. Hope.
D. Winthem.

Syn. Fulgora platyrhina. Germar in Thon's Arch. ii. 2. p. 46.

Species 27. Fulgora ? ensifera.

F. capite rostrato compresso, adscendente; lurida; abdomine sanguineo ;

hemelytris hyalinis, fusco-maculatis, punctis duobus costalibus albis.
Habitat in Brasilia. Mus. D. Winthem.
Syn. Gei-mar in Thon's Arch. ii. 2. 47. (Flata e.).
Obs. An Fulgora 9 an potius Aphana ? A. hcemopterce vel tuberculatce affinior ?

Mr. Westwood on the Family Fulgoridse. 149

Species Fulgoridarum ad genus Aphana, Burtn. (Jphcena, Gueriii) aman-

dandse.

1. Fulgora f estiva, Fab. Sp. Ins. ii. 315. Syst. Rhyng. p. 4. 17- Donov. Ins.

Ind. pi. 7. f. 2.
Habitat in Coromandelia. Mus. Soc. Linn. & Soc. Ent. Lond.

2. Fulgora hcemorrhoidali.s. Oliv. Enc. M6th. vi. 569. Gerinar in Thon's Arch.

ii. 247. (Plata h.). Stoll, Cigal. fig. 148.
Habitat ad Caput Bonee Spei.
Obs. Facies F.festivae.

3. Fulgora recurva. Oliv. Enc. M6th. vi. 569. Germar In Thon's Arch. ii. 2. 46.

Stoll, fig. 44. Burm. ii. 169.
Habitat in Brasilia. In Mus. nostr.
Obs. Antennam hujus speciei in tab. xii. fig. 12. depinxi.

4. Fulgora Tuba. Germar (Thon) ii. 2. p. 46. Burm.? 169. (exclus. Syn.

Burm.) ii. p. 398.
Habitat in Brasilia.
Obs. Facies F. recurves.

6. Fulgora tuberculata. Oliv. Enc. vi. 669. Germar in Thon's Arch. ii. 2. 46.
Stoll, fig. 122. Burm. ii. 169.
Habitat in Surinam.

6. Flata hcemoptera. Perty, Del. An. art. Bras. tab. 35. f. 3. Burm. ii. 398.

(Fulgora h.)
Habitat in Brasilia. In Mus. nostr.
Obs. Antennam hujus speciei in tab. xii. fig. 13. depinxi.

7. Flata cicatricosa. Germar in Thon's Arch. ii. 2. 47.
Habitat in Brasilia.

Obs. Caput supra planum, marginatum, trigonum, pariim productum, obtuse
trigonum, anticfe fer^ rotundatum ; elytra sordid^ viridia, apice fusco-
maculata. Alae hyalinae.

8. Fulgora nigro-maculata. G. R. Gray in Gritf. An. K. Ins. pi. 90. f. 6. Burm.

ii. 398. (Aphana n.) Guerin, Voy. Du Belanger.
Habitat in China. In Mus. D. Hope.

VOL. XVIII. X

160 Mr. Westwood on the Family Fulgoridse.

9. Fulgora variegata. (Oliv. Enc. Meth. vi. 573. Germar in Thon's Arch. ii.
2. 46. StoU, fig. 45.). Genus Ph^nax (Germ, in Silberm. Rev. Ent. Eu-
MALLiA, Gu^rin. Voy. Belanger) constituit.
Habitat in Brasilia.

Species Fulgoridarum ad genus Pseudaphana, Burm. {Dictyophora, Germar.)

removendse.

1. Fulgora Europcea. Linn. Syst. Nat. ii. 704. 9. Stoll, Gig. f. 51. Germar

in Thon's Arch. ii. 2. 47. (Plata E.). Burmeister, ii. p. 160. (Pseud-
aphana E.).
Habitat in Europa.

2. Fulgora hyalinata. Fabr. Sp. Ins. ii.315. Syst. Rhyng. p.4. Germar in Thon's

Arch. ii. 2. 47. (Plata /i.). Burm. ii. 160. Donovan, Ins. Ind. pi. 7. f. 3.
Habitat in Bengalia.

3. Fulgora pallida. Donovan, Ins. Ind. pi. 8. f. 2.
Habitat in India Orientali.

4. Flata pungens. Germar in Thon's Arch. ii. 2. 47. Burm. Handb. ii. 160.

(Pseudaph. p.).
Habitat in America Septentrionali.

5. Flata pannonica. Creutzer. Germar in Thon's Arch. ii. 2. 47-
Habitat in Hungaria.

6. Fulgora vivida. Pabr. Ent. Syst. Suppl. 519. 10. (Plata v.). Syst. Rhyng.

p. 5. (Fulgora v.). Germar in Thon's Arch. ii. 47. (Flata v.). Stoll,
fig. 64? Fulgora conica. Oliv. Enc. M6th. vi. 571- ? Burm. Handb. ii.
160. (Pseudaphana v.)
Habitat in Americae insulis.

7. Fulgora taenia. Fabr. Syst. Rhyng. p. 5.

Habitat in Guinea. ("Statura F.fenestratce" Fabr.).

8. Fulgora fenestrata. Fabr. Ent. Syst. iv. 6. 18. Germar (Thon.) ii. 2. 48.

(Plata f.). Palis. Beauv. Ins. d'Afrique, &c., H6m. pi. xix. f. 4.

Mr. Westwood on the Family Fulgoridse. 161

Habitat in Africa yEquinoctiali. In Mus, Soc. Linn. Lond. (olim Banks.)
Obs. Magnitude Ps. Europcece.

Individuum vidi in Mus. Fabr. Kiliae conserv. magnitudine F. europoece, at
angustior rostroque parijim iongiori.

9. Fulgora virescens. Fabr. Syst. Rhyng. p. 4. Gerraar in Thon's Arch. ii. 2. 47.
(Flata v.). Stoll, Cigal. fig. 18.
Habitat in America Meridionali.

10. Fulgora graminea. Fabr. Syst. Rhyng. p. 4. Gerniar in Thon's Arch. ii.

2. 47. (Flata g.). Burm. ii. 160. (Pseudaphana g.)
Habitat in India Orientali.

11. Flata lyrata. Germar in Thon's Arch. ii. 2. 47. Burm. Handb. ii. 160.

(Pseud. 1.).
Habitat in Bengalia.

12. Fulgora noctivida. Linn. Syst. Nat. ii. 704. 5. Fabr. Syst. Rhyng. p. 3.

Burm. ii. 160. (Pseudaph. n.). Cicada conirostris. De Geer, Ins. t. 3.
p. 202. pi. 32. fig. 4, 5.
Habitat in Surinam.

13. Flata splendens. Wiedemann. Germar in Thon's Arch. ii. 2. 48.
Habitat in Java.

Species Fulgoridarum ad genus Poeciloptera, Latr. revocandse.

1. Fulgora truncata. Linn. Syst. Nat. ii. 704. 8.

" Habitat in Java ; in America," Linn. In Mus. Soc. Linn. Lond. (olim
Linn.).

2. Fulgora folium. De Geer, Ins. iii. 204. f. 32. f, 7. Gmelin, Ann. p. 2092.
Habitat in America.

3. Fulgora Bonellii. Latr. Gen. Crust., &c. iii. p. 166.; ad genus Eurybra-

chis pertinet. (Burm. Handb. ii. 150.)

Habitat in Eiiropa Australiori.

X2

162 Mr. Westwood on the Family Fulgoridse.

Species ad familiatn Cercopidarum pertinentes olim Fulgorce ab auctoribus

adscriptse.
\. Fulgora fasciata. Fabr. Ent. Syst. iv. 4. 12. Syst. Rhyng. p. 4. Stoll,

Cigalas, fig. 29. Burm. Handb. ii. 120. (Tettigonia f.)
Raphirhinus obliquatus. Laporte, Ann. Soc. France, i. 415. 3.

Habitat in Cayenna, Brasilia.
Obs. Ad genus Tettigonia, et subgenus Raphirhinus, Laporte, pertinet.

2. Fulgora phosphorea. Linn. Syst. Nat. ii. 704. 4. Fabr. Ent. Syst. iv. 3. 5.

Syst. Rhyng. p. 2. Burm. Handb. ii. 120. (Tettigonia p.). Stoll, Cig.
f. 42, 43.
Cicada Jilirostris. De Geer, Mem. iii. p. 201. t. 32. f. 6.

3. Fulgora adscendens. Fabr. Ent. Syst. 4. 4. 11. Syst. Rhyng. p. 3. 11.
Habitat in Surinam, Brasilia.

Obs. Ad genus et subgenus eadem cum praecedente.

4. Fulgora parva. Donov. MS. New Holl. pi. 9. f. 2. fortfe congener prsece-

dentium.

5. Fulgora lucemaria. Linn. Syst. Nat. ii. 704. 6. Burmeister, Handb. ii. 120.

(Tettigonia 1.).
Fulgora lucernea. Fabr. Ent. Syst. iv. 3. 7- Syst. Rhyng. p. 3.
Cicada brevirostris. De Geer, Mem. iii. p. 202. t. 32. f. 6.

Habitat in Surinam.
Obs. Ad Tettigoniam pertinet.

Species subsequentes ad eandem familiam pertinent, et genus novum, Eupelici

affine, forsan constituunt.

1. Fulgora plana. Fabr. Mant. Ins. ii. 26. Syst. Rhyng. p. 65. 21. (Cicada p.).
Habitat in Guiana.

2. Fulgora pallipes. Fabr. Mant. Ins. ii. 26 1 . Syst. Rhyng. p. 66. 22. (Cicada p.).
Habitat in Guiana.

3. Fulgora planirostris. Donov. Ins. New Holl. pi. 9. f. 1.
Habitat in Nova HoUandia.

f .

Mr. Westwood on the Family Fulgoridse. 153

EXPLANATION OF TAB. XII.

Fig. 1. Fulgora clavata.

2. Fulgora Horsfieldii.

3. Fulgora apicalis. 3a. Front of head, seen laterally.

4. Fulgora decorata. 4 a. Apex of rostrum, seen laterally.

5. Fulgora aculeata. ba. Apex of rostrum, seen laterally.

6. Fulgora ajffxnis.

7- Fulgora obscurata, Fabr. 7«- Head, seen laterally.
8&9. Fulgora dilatata. 8 a. Head, seen laterally.

10. Fulgora nobilis. 10 a. Head, seen laterally.

1 1 . Fulgora platyrhina. 11a. Head, seen laterally.

12. KniQnaai oi Aphana recur^a.

13. Aatenna, of Aphana hxmoptera.

[ 155 ]

VII. On the Structure and Affinities of Arachis and Voandzeia, '
By George Bentham, Esq., F.L.S.

Read May 1st, 1838.

The genus Arachis, hitherto consisting of the single species A. hypogaea,
was universally described by the older authors as having a bipartite calyx, a
resupinate corolla, the pistil included within the staminal tube, and the style
of about the length of the ovarium : the flowers were all considered as pedun-
culate, and it was observed that the upper flowers were usually sterile, whilst
in the lower ones the peduncle became reflexed and lengthened till it reached
the ground, which it entered, and the fruit was there matured. Such is the
idea given in the Genera Plantarum of Linneeus and of Jussieu ; and Lamarck,
in his Illustrations, figures various details of the reproductive organs, entirely
in accordance with the above character. Poiteau subsequently (according to
Poiret, Encycl. Mdth. Suppl.) remarked, that what was usually taken for the
peduncle of the flower, was in fact the tube of the calyx, within the base of
which is contained the ovarium ; and, accordingly, De CandoUe and other
modern botanists describe a calyx with a long thread-like tube and a bipartite
limb, a corolla, somewhat resupinate, inserted at the top of the tube with the
stamina ; an ovarium borne on a short stipes within the base of the tube, with
a long thread-like style and a bearded stigmate ; the stipes of the ovarium is
described as lengthening very rapidly after fecundation, so as to form that rigid
peduncle which had been already observed to reach the ground before the
fruit could mature itself. The legume is well known to be oblong, reticulated,
indehiscent, and often somewhat torulose, and to contain from one to three
seeds, with thick fleshy cotyledons and a straight radicle.

With these data great difficulties have occurred as to the immediate affini-
ties of Arachis amongst the numerous genera composing the order of Legu-

156 Mr. Bkntham on the Structure and affinities

minosae. Linnseus placed it next to Cicer, Jussieu between Ononis and Anthyllis.
De CandoUe in classing the Leguminosce strictly according to the embryo and
the germination, as far as knoMm, places Arachis amongst his Geoffroyce, or
Papilionacece with combined stamina and a straight embryo; at the same
time, well aware of the little real affinity between Arachis and the arbores-
cent Geoffroyce, he suggests the probability of its forming with Voandzeia a
small distinct tribe. Voandzeia has, however, since been discovered, both by
Ernest Meyer and by Decaisne, to have a curved embryo, and has been
removed to Phaseolece, and Arachis remains alone amongst genera with
which it is connected by the single character derived from the embryo.

The very obvious resemblance of the flowers with those of Stylosanthes
first led me to suppose that it might be better placed amongst Hedysarece,
where the peculiar foliage of Arachis is not uncommon ; and a closer ex-
amination of the structure of the organs of fructification in both genera has
furnished some remarkable peculiarities which seem still further to connect
them.

The perfect flowers of Arachis, accurately described by De Candolle as to
the calyx, corolla, stamina, ovarium and style, have appeared to me to be
constantly sterile ; they have, indeed, a perfect ovarium with two or three
ovules, but I have always observed it to fall off^ with the calyx, and the
legumes, as far as I have been able to ascertain from dried specimens of
several species in various states, arise constantly from female flowers of a
very different structure. These have neither calyx, corolla, nor stamina, but
from between two bracteolae, similar to those which are found at the base of
the sterile flowers, proceeds a stiff" rigid stipes or torus, which is speedily
reflexed and elongated, and is terminated by what appears to the naked eye
a sharp point. Examined under a glass this point discloses at its extremity
a truncated, somewhat concave and dilated stigma ; and within it will be found
a cell, within which are lodged two or three ovoid, anatropous ovules placed
transversely one above the other. After fecundation, when the extremity has
nearly reached the ground, it begins to swell, but remains continuous with
the stipes or torus, without any articulation even at the maturity, when the
legume is usually broken off" with more or less of laceration.

The perfect flowers in Stylosanthes are precisely similar to those of Arachis,

q/" Arachis a/irf Voandzeia. 157

except that the calyx is rather less deeply divided ; they are also usually sterile ;
at least, after examining several flowers of seventeen or eighteen species, I have
only once observed a tendency on the part of the style to separate itself from
the ovarium, whilst I have continually seen this organ wither and fall off with
the calyx. The fertile flowers of Stylosanthes also resemble Arachis in the
most important peculiarity that they are entirely without floral envelopes. The
ovarium is, however, nearly sessile between the two bracteolse, which always
exist in both genera, and it is terminated by a short hooked style with a
somewhat thickened stigma. During maturation it swells and separates into
two articulations, without any elongation of the torus.

It is not impossible that the hermaphrodite flowers of Stylosanthes may also
be occasionally fertile, but the hook which constantly terminates the legume
seems to show that it proceeds from the hooked style of the naked flowers,
and not from the straight end of the ovary of the perfect ones.

The chief point in which Arachis differs from Hedysareoe is in the legume,
which does not separate into distinct articulations, a character regarded as ab-
solute in aW. Hedysarece with more seeds than one ; and this is the reason that,
notwithstanding the remarkable resemblance of the flowers to those oi Stylosan-
thes, no one has as yet, to my knowledge, proposed bringing them together ;
but even in this point it will, perhaps, be found that Arachis is nearer to He-
dysarece than to any other tribe. As in the Hedysareoe, it has no valvular
dehiscence, and its surface is marked with those remarkable reticulations,
which, as far as I am aware, are peculiar to Hedysareoe ; the young legume is
often very much constricted between the seeds ; and even the non-articulation
may be accounted for by the underground maturation, -a circumstance which
has usually the effect of rendering indehiscent the underground legumes in
amphicarpous species of which the upper legumes are dehiscent.

Voandzeia resembles Arachis in having sterile perfect flowers and apetalous
fertile ones, which enter the groimd to ripen the legumes, it has therefore
been usually associated with Arachis ; and I myself, when studying Phaseolece
at Vienna, having no specimens of Voandzeia at the time, referred it with
Stylosanthes to Hedysarece : but in this I was mistaken ; the underground
fruits of most amphicarpous Leguminosce proceed from apetalous flowers, so
that that character alone would not connect Voandzeia with Arachis any more

VOL. XVIII. Y

158 Mr. Bentham on the Structure and affinities

than with F'icia, Centrosema, TrifoUum, or others, and in other respects the
two genera are very different. I have no perfect flowers in my specimens of
Voandzeia, but they are not described as having the long calycine tube of
Arachis : the fertile flowers have a calyx though they have no corolla, and the
legume, though indehiscent from being subterraneous, has the sutures very
prominent, and is not reticulated. The foliage, stipules, and inflorescence
are entirely those of Phaseolecp, to which tribe I should follow Ernest Meyer
in referring it, although the want of the perfect flowers prevents me from
ascertaining to which section of that tribe it approaches the nearest. Apeta-
lous flowers are common in Phaseolecc, as, for instance, in the genera Galactia,
Glycine, Amphicai'pcea, Neurocarpum, Centrosema, &c.

The following are the distinctive characters I should propose for the genera
Arachis and Styhsanthes, to which I subjoin a synopsis of the species of
Arachis.

Arachis. Linn.

Flares polygami. Floris hermaphroditi sterilis : calyx tubo longo filiform!,
limbo subbipartito, labio superiore breviter 4-dentato, inferiore tenui
integro. Corolla fauci calycis inserta. f^exillum suborbiculare. Ala;
oblongse, liberse, transversim leviter plicatfB, Carina incurva, rostrata.
Stamina monadelpha vexillari interdum abortiente. Antherce alternse
subrotundse, medifixse ; alternae oblongse, adnatse. Ovarium intra tubum
calycis subsessile, minutum, 2 — 3-ovulatum. Stylus ad antheras attingens,
filiformis. .S'#/§"/na minutum vel nullum ? Floris foeminei fertilis : calyx,
corolla et stamina nulla. Ovarium toi'o mox elongato reflexo rigido sti-
pitatum, et cum eo continuum, acutum, intus uniloculare, simplici serie
2 — 3-ovulatum, ovulis ovoideis anatropis. Stylus brevissiraus, subnullus.
Stigma subdilatatum, terminale. Legumen intra terram raaturescens,
oblongum, crassum, reticulatum, indehiscens, subtorulosum, 2 — ^3-sper-
mum. Semina irregulariter ovoidea, cotyledonibus crassis carnosis, ra-
dicula recta brevi.

Herha; humiles, soepe prostratae. Folia petiolata, abrupte pinnata, ecirrhosa,
foliolis oppositis bijugis. Stipuhe basi petiolo adnatae, striafae. Stipellw
nullce. Flores in spicam densam axillarem ssepius approximati, singuli

o/" Arachis awrf Voandzeia. 159

ad axillam folii vel bractese biauriculatse stipularum pari similis solitarii,
brevissime pedicellati, bracteolis 2 oppositis linearibus membranaceis ad
apicem pedicelli sitis.

1 . A. hypogcea (Linn. Sp. p. 1040.), annua, caule erecto vel adscendente ramoso

piloso, foliolis obovatis obtusis mucronatis supra glabris subtus pilosulis.
In America tropica indigena ? in calidioribus utriusque orbis culta. (v. s.
cum fl. $? et ? et fr.).

2. A.glahrata, perennis, glabra vel hinc inde pilosula, adscendens, stipularum

parte libera elongata ad foliorum par infimum subattingente, foliolis ob-
longo-ellipticis obtusis mucronatis basi rotundatis brevissime petiolulatis
supra glabris subtus vix pilosulis.

Ad Rio Pardo Brasilise. (v. s. comm. a Mus. Acad. Petrop. cum fl. ^ ).

Planta pusilla. Foliola semipollicaria. Tubus calycis 3 — 4 poll, longus.

3. A. pusilla, perennis ? caule procumbente pilosulo, stipularum parte libera

brevissima, foliolis ovatis oblongisve acutiusculis mucronatis basi rotun-
datis supra glabris subtus adpresse pubescentibus subsericeis.
In Serra Jacobina provincise Bahia Brasilise. Blanchet, No. 2669. (v. s. cum
fl. !? et ? ).

4. A. prostrata, perennis, caule prostrato villoso, stipularum parte libera elon-

gata at foliolorum par infimum non attingente, foliolis ovatis oblongisve
obtusis mucronatis basi rotundatis supra glabris subtus adpresse villosis.

Ad Trahiras provincise Goyaz Brasiliae. Pohl. (v. s. cum fl. ^ comra. a Mus.
Cses. Reg. Vind.).

Caules elongati saepe sub terram repentes.

5. A. villosa, perennis, caule prostrato villoso, stipulis foliolorum par infimum

superantibus, foliolis lato-ovatis rigidis mucronatis supra pubescentibus

subtus pilosis.
Ad Rio Grande Brasilise Meridionalis. Tweedie. (v. s. cum fl. 5 et ? ).
Stipulce longse, rigidee, nervosse. Calycis labium inferius latius quam in

prsecedentibus.

6. A. tuberosa (Bongard, MSS.), perennis, caule brevi subsimplici villoso,

y2

160 Mr. Bentham on the Structure and Affinities

petiolis abbreviatis, foliolis obovatis oblongisve obtusis muticis basi an-
gustatis rigidis marginatis reticulatis glabris subciliatis.

Ad Rio Pardo Brasilise. (v. s. comm. a Mus. Acad. Petrop. cum fl. ? ).

Radix apice in tuberculum oblongum inflata. Stipulce infimee (sub terra
natee ?) aphyllte, superiores iongee rigidse ciliatee.

Amongst the above species I have seen the fruit of A. hypogoea only. It is
probable that when the legumes are known, better distinctive characters may
be found, or possibly that some of the above may be mere varieties of each
other, but as far as my specimens go they appear perfectly distinct.

Stylosanthes. Linn.

Flores polygami. Floris hermaphroditi scepissime sterilis ; calyx tubo longo,
filiformi, limbo profunde bilabiato, labio superiore 4-fido, laciniis supremis
altius connatis, labio inferiore elongato, integro. Corolla fauci calycis in-
serta. f^exillum suborbiculare. Alee oblongoe, liberse, leviter transver-
sim plicatee, carina longiores. Carina incurva, subrostrata, apice integra.
Stamina monadelpha. Antherce alternse subrotundse, medifixge ; alternee
oblongee, adnatse. Ovarium intra tubum calycis subsessile, minutum,2 — 3-
ovulatum. iS'^y/Msadantherasattingens, filiformis. /S^/^ma minutum, rarius
subcapitatum (floribus tunc fertilibus ?). Floris foeminei fertilis ; calyx,
corolla, et stamina nulla. Ovarium subsessile, erectum, biovulatum. Stylus
brevis, uncinatus. Stigma incrassatum, subterminale. Legumen sessile,
seepius biarticulatum, articulis compressis, inferiore nunc sterili stipiti-
formi, nunc monospermo secedente, superiore monospermo secedente,
apice stylo persistente hamato. Semen lenticulari-compressum. Radicula
brevis, parum inflexa.

Herbce, suffruticesve erectse, vel prostratse, saepe viscosse. Folia petiolata, pin-
natim trifoliolata, foliolis oppositis, cum impari saepissime distante, rarius
inter lateralia subsessili. Stipulce basi petiolo adnatse, striatse. Stipella^
nullae. Flores in spicam densam, axillarem vel terminalem seepius ap-
proximati, singuli ad axillam folii vel bractese stipularum pari similis bre-
viter pedicellati, pedicello bracteae adnato, nunc solitarii 2 — 3-bracteolati,
nunc bini altero perfecto altero abortive stipitiformi, rarius bini utroque
perfecto.

o/Arachis and Voandzeia. /fir;:an.v 161

Sixteen species of this genus have been lately characterized, and the new
ones described, by Dr. Vogel (Linncea, v. xii. p. 63). He divides the genus into
two sections according to the presence and absence of the stipiform rudiment
of a flower in the same axilla as the perfect one. This character appears
constant in most instances, although in S. viscosa, Sw. (of which S. glutinosa
and «S'. humilis of Kunth are probably mere varieties) I have observed some-
times two perfect flowers, sometimes a perfect one and a small stipiform rudi-
ment with four bracteolae, sometimes only the perfect flower with two, three,
or four bracteolae. Amongst the very few new species I should have to add
to those of Vogel, there is nothing remarkable enough to make it worth while
describing them on this occasion.

The genus F'oandzeia remains confined to the single V. suhterranea, Dup.
Th.

Since the above has been in the press, I have received the second part of
Torrey and Gray's Flora of North America, in which is described a curious
new genus under the name of Chapmannia, closely allied to Stylosanthes in
structure, but with the habit of some species of JEschynomene and Adesmia.
As I am indebted to the kindness of the authors for specimens containing
flowers in both states, I subjoin a full character drawn up in conformity with
those I have above given of Arachis and Stylosanthes, adding a description of
the fruit from a letter recently addressed by Dr. Torrey to Dr. Gray.

Chapmannia. Torr. et Gray.

Flores polygami. Floris hermaphroditi scepissime sterilis ; calyx tubo filiformi,
limbo breviter 5-fido, lacinia infima parum majore. Corolla fauci calycis
inserta. f^eccillum suborbiculare. Alee obovatse, carina breviores. Carina
incurva, apice bifida, vexillo subsequilonga. Stamina monadelpha, alterna
longiora. Antherce consimiles oblongse. Ovarium subsessile, glabrum,
2 — 3-ovulatum. Stylus filiformis, glaber, obtusus, longe exsertus. Stigma
minutum (v. capitatum?). Floris foeminei fertilis ; calyx, corolla, et sta-
mina nulla. Ovarium subsessile, erectum, hirsutum, 2 — 3-ovulatum.

162 Mr. Bentham on the Structure and Affinities q/" Arachis and Voandzeia.

Stylus brevissimus, incurvus. Stigma terminale, obliquum, incrassatum.
Legumen (sec. Torrey in litt.) 1 — 3-articulatum, articulis iiidehiscentibus,
oblongis, turgidis, hispidis, monosperinis. Radicula recta.
Herba siiberecta, hirsuta, viscida. Folia irregulariter impari-pinnata. Stipuloe
liberse, membranaceee, deciduee. Racemi terminales, laxi, subcoinpositi.
Pedunculi 1 — 3-flori, floribus bibracteolatis ad axillam bracteee ovatse
sessilibus.

In the ordinary perfect flowers I cannot find any trace of stigmatic papillae,
nor the slightest disposition on the part of the ovarium to swell, except in a
single instance, where I observed a glabrous ovarium somewhat swollen, and
apparently advancing towards maturity, surrounded by the withered tube of
the calyx, and terminating in a short filiform style withered or broken off at
the extremity.

Feb. 1839.

[ 163 ] i

VIII. Descriptions of two new Genera of the Natural Family of Plants called
Coniferse. By David Don, Esq., Libr. L.S., Prof. Bot. King's College.

Read April 17th, 1838.

X HE Coniferce undoubtedly constitute one of the most interesting^ families
in the vegetable kingdom, whether considered in connexion with the former
vegetation of the earth, or in reference to their peculiarities of structure, or as
objects of utility, affording to man an abundant supply of valuable materials
employed extensively in tffe arts and domestic oeconomy. Their habit and struc-
ture are so peculiar that they have been ranked as a separate family by the
earliest writers on Systematic Botany. Richard in his valuable work, " Me-
moires sur les Conif^res et les Cycadees," has distributed the family into three
groups, denominated by him, from the typical genera of each, Abietihece, Cu-
pressinece, and Taxinece ; the first may be characterized by their female spikes
forming a cone or strobilus, their ovula being in pairs, and by their scaly buds ;
the second by their reproductive organs having a tendency to become inde-
finite, by their naked buds, and other peculiarities of habit ; the third by their
female spike being usually reduced to a single flower, with a solitary, com-
pletely naked ovulum, whose external integument assumes a fleshy consist-
ence and resembles an arillus. All three will be found to correspond remark-
ably in the structure of their male flowers ; and the differences presented by
their female inflorescence are more apparent than real, for they consist rather
in the degree of reduction of parts than in actual structure. Their organs of
nutrition present a remarkable degree of uniformity in their structure, and,
indeed, it would be difficult to point out a family so completely natural, and
one whose groups pass so insensibly into each other.

To the three groups above mentioned I propose to add a fourth, which may be
named Araucarinece, and to consist of Araucaria, Dammara, and perhaps Ciin-
ninghamia, which correspond with Cupressinece in the tendency of their repro-
ductive organs to become indefinite, in their naked buds, and in their general
habit. This group being mutually related to Abietinece and Cupressinece, would

164 Prof. Don's Descriptions of two new Genera of the

hold an intermediate station between them. Their indefinite thecse, varying
from 3 to 20, and their naked buds, will distinguish them from Abietinece,
while their fewer ovula, deciduous pericarpia, and strobiliform female spike
will separate them from Cupressinece. The species of Araucaria naturally
separate themselves into two groups, characterized by peculiarities of habit
and structure, as well as by their geographical distribution. The three Poly-
nesian species having four cotyledons, and presenting a difference in the posi-
tion of the leaves in the young and adult plants, have also fewer thecse, and
the crests of the anthers are short and closely imbricated ; while the two
South American species present no difference in the position of the leaves in
the immature and adult plants ; the crests of the anthers are elongated and
squarrose, and the thecee double the ntimber. The Chilian Araucaria imhri-
cata extends along the Cordilleras of the Andes from the 35° to about the
50° of S. latitude, while the Brazilian species occurs in the provinces of Rio
de Janeiro and Minas Geraes between the 15° and 25° of S. latitude. The
Araucaria excelsa appears to be exclusively confined to Norfolk Island, and
the Cunninghamii to the east coast of New Holland, between the 14° and
30° of S. latitude ; the other species {A. Cookii, Br.) is limited to New Cale-
donia and some small islands adjacent ; and it is not improbable that the
interior of New Guinea or Borneo may afford a fourth species of the same
group, which, if it does not possess characters sufficiently important to rank
as a distinct genus, it at least constitutes a very marked section, for which
Salisbury's name of Eutassa may be retained. The Polynesian species are
remarkable for having the vessels of their fibrous tissue furnished on the sides
parallel to the medullary rays with two or three rows of closely approximated
and alternating dots having a hexagonal outline ; nor am I aware whether this
peculiarity extends to the South American species, and to the genera Cun-
ninghamia and Dammara, a point which I hope soon to be able to ascertain*.

* Having recently had an opportunity of examining the wood of Araucaria imbricata and brasiliana,
and also of Dammara orientalis, I am now enabled to set this question at rest. Tlie vessels composing
their fibrous tissue present the same structure, having one or two rows of closely approximated dots
with usually an angular outline, which, however, is not so regularly hexagonal as in Araucaria excelsa
and Cunninghamii, from the circumstance of the dots being often in a single series, but when they hap-
pen to be arranged in two rows they are always alternate. The vessels of Cunninghamia sinensis have
the dots in single rows, with a circular outline, but they are smaller and more numerous than in Pinus.

Natural Family of Plants called Coniferse. 165

The work of Richard already mentioned, although of great value in a sy-
stematic point of view, threw comparatively little additional light upon the
organization of this remarkable family of plants, from the circumstance of its
learned author having either misunderstood or wholly overlooked many parts
of their structure. We are indebted to Mr. Brown for having first pointed out
the real nature of the parts of the female flower in this family. Richard, as is
well known, adopted in a great measure the views of preceding botanists. He
regarded the expanded pericai-pia as bractes, the ovula as the flowers, the in-
tegument as the calyx, and the apex of the nucleus as the stigma, and the fleshy
outer integument of the ovulum of Taxus (which is developed after fecunda-
tion) as a kind of involucrum. He moreover describes the flowers as inverted
in Ahietinece, and erect in Cupressinece and Taxinece, and he considered the
ovulum (nucleus) to follow the direction of the flowers. The two genera, which
form the subject of this communication, belong to the Cupressinece, a group di-
stinguished, as 1 have before stated, by the tendency of their reproductive or-
gans to become indefinite, by their persistent pericarpia, naked buds, and other
peculiarities of habit. To his character of the group Richard added the form
of the mature female spike, which is usually a galbulus, composed of peltate
scales ; but in the two genera which I am about to describe, that organ has
assumed nearly the form of a cone, as in Pinus, The genera comprised in the
Cupressinece are Cupressus, Thuja, Callitris, Taxodium, Juniperus, and the
subjects of the present paper. The structure of the fruit of Juniperus diiFers
only from Cupressus, in the peltate scales becoming confluent and fleshy as the
fruit advances towards maturity. This will be best understood by examining
the female spike at an early stage, Avhen it is scarcely possible to distinguish
between the two genera. From its fleshy fruit some have supposed that
Juniperus was related to Taxus ; but that is a mere point of analogy, for in
Juniperus the flowers and ovula are indefinite, and the scales or pericarpia
unite and become fleshy, while in Taxus the female spike is reduced to a
single flower, with a solitary, completely naked ovulum, whose outer integu-
nient becomes succulent, and altogether resembles a fleshy arillus.

The species of this group are pretty equally distributed in both hemispheres ;
l)ut none of the genera are strictly confined to either, with the exception of
Taxodium and Cryptomeria to the northern, and Athrotaxis to the southern,

VOL. XVIII. 2

1 66 Prof. Don's Descriptions of two new Genera of the

hemisphere. A species of Juniperus occurs at Cape Horn, and one species of
Thuja in Chile, and another at the Straits of Magellan ; while Callitris, a
genus containing more than twenty species natives of New Holland and Van
Diemen's Land, has a solitary species on Mount Atlas in 36° North latitude.

CRYPTOMERIA.

Ord. Nat. Conifers. Linn. Juss.

Trib. n. CupREssiNEiE. Rich,

Character Essentialis.

Amenta mascula spicata. Squamce antheriferce rotundatee, adpress^ imbricatse,

sessiles. Antherarum thecce 5, connatse ! basi squamarum omninb adnatse,

anticfe foramine amplo dehiscentes. Strohili solitarii, globosi, squarrosi :

squamis h pericarpio 3 — 6-dentato bracteaque lanceolata acuminata in-

fern^ concretis compositis. Semina 4 v. 5, erecta, insequilateri-oblonga,

margine angustfe alata.

Character Generalis.
Flores monoici.

Masc. Amenta plurima, ovato-oblonga, obtusa, sessilia, bracteata, unguicu-
laria, in spicam terminalem vix uncialem aggregata. Bractece subulatae,
rigidse, patulse, amento parum brevioi'es. Squamce antheriferce sessiles,
brevissimse, rotundatee, undique adpress^ imbricatse, ferruginese, hinc
convexse, laevissimse, margine angust^ membranacese ; extimse obsolete
carinatse, subapiculatse. Antherarum thecce 5, rarius 4 v. 6, brevissimse,
uniloculares, turgidoe, inter se connatse, basi squamarum omnin6 adnatse,
antice foramine amplo dehiscentes. Pollen h cellulis globosis leevibus
compositum, pulverem sulphureum semulans.

F(EM. Amenta in ramulorum apice terminalia, solitaria, sessilia, globosa,
multiflora : squamis h pericarpio 3 — 6-dentato bracteaque lanceolata acu-
minata infern^ concretis compositis, crassis, coriaceis, rigidis, unguicu-
latis, regione placentifera dilatata, fungosa, vix protuberanti : ungue 2
lineas longo, verticalit^r compresso, hinc obtusfe elevato-carinato, inde
rectiusculo, convexo, sulcato. Ovula 4 v. 5, erecta, atropa, ovata,
compressa, verticalia, invicem se subimbricata, margine angust^ alata,

Natural Family of Plants called Coniferse. 167

angulo interiore curvato maigine latiore, exteriore rectiusculo parilm
angiilato, basi hilo oblongo, apice foramine obliqufe terminali, tubuloso,
ore orbiculato aperto instructa: integumento simplici. Strobili subro-
tundi, squarrosi, muricati. Pericarpium h. foliorum verticillo ? infern^
conferrutninato, simulque bractea concreto, supern^ soluto in dentibus 6,
rariils 3 — 5, subulatis, compressis, sulcatis, rigidis, apice mucronatis,
reeurvis compositTim. Bractece pericarpii longitudine, eodemque infernfe
accretse, ovato-lanceolatse, acuminatee, subcarinatse, apice libero recui'-
vato. Semina 4 v. 5, insequilateri-oblonga, compressa, collateralia, fusco-
badia, margine angust^ alata, hinc curvata, inde rectiuscula et pariim
angulata: testd Crustacea: albumen carnosum, parcius. Embryo teres:
cotyledones 2 : radicula conica, brevissima, supera.
Arbor (japonica) procera, sempervirens. Truncus rectissimus, crassitie pedalis.
Lignum album, dens^ compactum : contextdsjibrosi vasa tenuissima, punctis
minutls orbiculatis simplici ordine crebre notata. Ramuli patuli. Folia
/er^ omnino Araucarise Cunninghamii, b-fariam ordinata, subulata, rigida,
viridia, verticaliter compressa, A-sulcata, incurva, vix pollicaria, apice cal-
loso obtusiuscula, basi in angulum carinatum decurrentia ; adultiora per-
sistentia ; novella prcesertim ad ramulorum basin abbreviata, subimbricata.
Amenta mascula a^greg-a^a ; foeminea *o/?'^aHa. Antherarum thecse^at^a-.
Strobili subrotundi, vix juglandis magnitudine.

Tab. XIII. Fig. 1.
1 . C. japonica.

Cupressus japonica. Linn. Fil. Suppl. 421. Thunb. Jap. 265. JVilld. Sp.

PL vol. \v. 5\3. Gcertn. Fruct. vol. n. t. 91. Lam. Diet. vol. ii. 2i4. III.

t.7S7.f.2.
San, vulgb Ssugi. Kcempf. Amcen. 883.
Habitat in Insula Nipponioe, et in montibus circa Nagasaki urbem spontfe

vulgaris. Kcempfer, Thunberg. ^ . (v. s. spont. a Thunbergio ipso com-

municatum in Herb. Linn. Fil. nunc in Mus. Soc. Linn.).

The present genus is one of great interest in a botanical point of view from
the peculiarities of structure of its reproductive organs, as well as from its
remarkable habit, which is so like that of Araucaria or Eutassa Cunninghamii,

z 2

1 68 Prof. Don's Descriptions of two new Genera of the

that a branch of the one might readily be mistaken for that of the other. The
leaves are evergreen, subulate, laterally compressed, and in other respects they
closely resemble those of that plant. The structure of the reproductive organs is
even more remarkable than in any other of the Cupressinece. The male catkins,
which in the other genera of that group are terminal and solitary, are here
numerous, as in the normal tribe oi Pinus, and crowded in a spike-like man-
ner at the extremity of the branches. They are short, and the antheriferous
scales are crowded, sessile, and closely imbricated, as in Araucaria excelsa and
Cunning hamii. The thecse, 5 in number, are unilocular, very short, combined
together in a single series, concealed at the base of the scales, and open in-
wardly towards the axis by a large rounded aperture. The female spikes are
solitary and borne on the same tree, and most frequently on the same branch,
in which case they occur on the inferior branchlets. They are globular,
squarrose. and about the size of a walnut. The most remarkable peculiarity
of the genus, however, is that the composition of the male inflorescence seems
to be reproduced in the female, the pericarpium apparently consisting of a
verticil of leaves combined together, and concrete with the bracte, which is
here much developed; the points of the pericarpial leaves, together with the
upper portion of the bracte, are free, and crown the mature fruit in the form
of subulate recurved teeth. The ovula vary from 4 to 5, and appear to bear
some relation to the divisions of the pericarpium by which they are concealed.
The more complex structure of this genus appears to militate against the view
taken by Dr. Schleiden of the female flower of Abietinece in his interesting
memoir on the vegetable ovulum, of which a translation is given in that valu-
able periodical, the " Philosophical Magazine and Journal of Science," for
February and March last. According to him, the ovula in all cases originate
from the axis, of which the placenta is a modified portion ; and he regards the
scale, or what I have described as an expanded pericarpium, in Abietinece, as,
in reality, the placenta, and what has hitherto been regarded as the bracte as
the true pericarpial leaf. This opinion he founds upon an examination of a
monstrous spike of Abies alba, which upon the upper half bore female, and
upon the lower half male, flowers, and he refers to an unpublished work of his
for further details. With the very brief notice given in the memoir above-
mentioned, and in the absence of the proofs which are to be adduced by

Natural Family of Plants called Coniferse. 169

Dr. Schleiden in support of his theory, it would be premature to enter into a
full discussion of the subject upon this occasion ; but whatever may prove to
be the case in Abietinece, we must, I think, admit that the remarkable organ
in the present genus is really a pericarpium. In Pinus (Picea) hracteata, for
example, these supposed pericarpia do not differ from the ordinary leaves ; and
in some other species the transition from them to leaves is imperceptible, the
exterior ones being in most cases barren. The supposed placentae present
a foliaceous character in Abies and Larix, and in the Silver Firs, where the
leaves are petiolate, the scales are constantly stipitate, and in all cases they
follow the arrangement of the foliaceous organs, which, I think, would not be
so uniformly the case were they portions of the axis, and not modifications
of the leaves. This is beautifully shown in the following genus Athrotaxis,
where the female spike presents all the appearance of a young branch.

In Cunninghamia and Araucaria we have only one organ present, which is
clearly derived from the leaf, and which performs the office of the supposed
placenta in Pinus, in the former genus bearing several ovula, and in Araucaria
one only, with which it becomes confluent. The existence of a single floral
envelope in these two genera may be accounted for either by supposing that
the bracte and pericarpial leaf become confluent at an early period, or that
what I have described as the bracte and pericarpium may constitute in all
cases but one organ, the scale being merely the enlarged base of the peri-
carpial leaf; a view which would gain some support from the change which
takes place in the leaves of diseased branches of the spruce fir. Pavon, in his
memoir on Araucaria imhricata, describes and figures the free extremities of
the pericarpial leaf and the wing of the ovulum, which are readily distinguish-
able in the young state, as a bivalved stigma.

Perhaps the genus Callitris of all others aflFords the most convincing proof
of the origin of the supposed placentae ; for in the diflferent species of that
genus we uniformly find them regulated by the number of leaves in a verticil,
which consists of three or four.

All these circumstances appear to confirm the accuracy of the view taken
by Mr. Brown* that the scales are expanded pericarpia; and it seems more

* In justice, however, to this learned botanist, I ought to state that he was the first to suggest the
very theory adopted by Dr. Schleiden as to the nature of the supposed perictirpia. — ^See Appendix to
Capt. King's Voyage, vol. ii. p. 560.

1 70 Prof. Don's Descri'ptions of two netv Genera of the

natural to consider the placenta as forming a part only, than that it should
constitute the whole of what we regard as the pericarpiuni.

The circumstance of buds being developed upon leaves is by no means so
rare an occurrence as Dr. Schleiden supposes ; for not only Bryophyllum,
but Kalanchoe, Rochea, Echeveria, and other genera of Crassulacew, are well
known to be readily propagated by their leaves, which give birth to buds, and
where care has been taken to cut them off above the point of insertion, so as
to avoid the possibility of any portion of the axis adhering to them. The seg-
ments of the leaves of Cardamine pratensis and amara separate from the mid-
rib in autumn, take root, and give birth to a young plant. In the autumn of
1836, while walking round the gardens of the Marquis of Ailesbury at Tot-
tenham Park, Wilts, I was much gratified by observing a numi)er of plants of
a variety of the common Cabbage {Brasslca oleraceu) having their leaves
covered with innumerable buds on the upper surface along the costse and
veins. The petiole and lamina of such leaves in other respects presented the
ordinary appearance. But the most convincing proof of the origin of ovula
from the carpellary leaves is afforded by a singular variety of the common
Wallflower {Cheiranthus Cheiri), first observed by Mr. Brown, in which the
stamina are converted into open confluent carpels, which bear ovula at their
margins *. These facts go clearly to prove the correctness of the opinion which
derives the ovula from the carpellary leaves ; and I am disposed to think that
the case of the Yew (Taxus), singular as it is, will not be found to be an
exception to the general law. I might also notice the female inflorescence
of Cycas, which is clearly a modified frond, although I am aware that the
mode of evolution of the fronds in that genus might be objected to their being
leaves.

The wood in Cryptomeria is compact, and the fibrous tissue is composed of
very slender vessels, united generally by their truncated ends, and furnished

* Mr. Brown, who has studied with great attention and success the various changes and deviations
which take place in the organs of plants, had the kindness to show me a series of beautiful drawings
of singularly instructive monstrosities, in some of which one half of the anther was seen to bear
ovula at its margin, while the other lobe remained in the ordinary condition, and contained pollen,
the filament being entirely unchanged, and showing clearly that no part of the axis was present. —
See Linn. Trans, vol. xii. p. 90., and vol. xiii. p. 212, where these drawings are referred to by
Mr. Brown.

Natural Family of Plants called Coniferse. 171

on the sides parallel to the medullary rays with a single row of minute dots,
with a circular outline, much smaller and more crowded than in Pinus.
These characters agree with the Cupressinece, and differ entirely from the
fibrous tissue of Araucaria Cunmnghamii, the vessels of which are furnished
with two or three rows of dots having a hexagonal outline ; a peculiarity
attributable to pressure, and arising, doubtless, from their close contact prior
to the full growth of the membrane composing the vessel.

The specimen from which my description of this remarkable tree was
taken, is contained in the extensive collections of the Society. It formed part
of the Herbarium of the younger Linnaeus, having been communicated to
him by his friend and successor Thunberg on his return from Japan, and it
was afterwards incorporated with the collection of our late distinguished
President and Founder Sir J. E. Smith.

The concealed position of the reproductive organs has suggested the generic
name, which is derived from KpvirToc, occulfus, and /ue/oic, pars.

ATHROTAXIS.

Ord. Nat. Conifers. Linn. Juss.
Trib. II. CuPRESsiNEiE. Rich.

Character Essentialis.

Amenta mascula solitaria, multiflora, capitata, laxa. Sqvamce antherifer(e
long^ unguiculatee, subfastigiatae. Antherarum thecce 2, distantes, diva-
ricato-patentes. Strohili squamae indefinitse, lanoeolatse, acutse, regione
seminifera incrassata. Semina 2 v. 3, compressa, pendula ! margine altero
alato.

Character Generalis.
Flore s monoici.

Masc. Amenta terminalia, solitaria, sessilia, capitata, rhachide brevissima

subulata, squamis pluribus membranaceis involucrata. Squamce antheri-

feroe long^ unguiculatse, subfastigiatse, laxse : ungue lineari-angustissimo,

compresso : limho oblongo, membranaceo. Antherarum thecce 2, ovato-

oblongae, obtus6e, uniloculares, h baseos angulis squamarum limbi ortum

1 72 Prof. Don's Descriptions of two new Genera of the

ducentes, opposite distantes, fer^ omnin6 liberoe, divaricato-patentes, ad
peripheriarn inferain rima bivalvi dehiscentes : valvulis convexis, cum
ipsius squamae substantia continuis.

F(EM. ^wew/a subrotundo-ovata, multiflora, sessilia: squamish pericarpio brac-
teaque conferruminatis ? compositis, indefinitls, ovato-lanceolatis, acu-
tis, planiusculis, coriaceis, imbricatis, regione placentifera protuberanti.
Ovula 3, atropa, obcordata, complanata, spadicea, a basi propria pendula !
hilo obliquo transversa oblongo depresso badio placentae adnata, margine
membranaceo-alata, apice foramine brevissime tubuloso brunnescenti,
ore aperto sequali prominulo instructa : integumento simpiici. Strobili
subrotundo-ovati : squamis crassioribus, lignosis, stipitatis, stipite crasso
subtetragono, regione seminifera valdfe incrassata, apice ovato acuto co-
riaceo incumbente. Semina 3, v. ssepifis tertio abortiente 2, ferruginea,
margine altero (exteriore) dilatato alato, altero rectiore vix alato : aid e
testse epidermide tantiim constituta : testa tenuis, Crustacea.

Arbusculae (tasmanienses) sempervirentes facie Lycopodiorum, foliis imbricatis,
amentis terminalibus solitariis sessilibus.

Obs. Genus h, Cupresso facile distinguitur amentis masculis laxis capitatis,
squamis antheriferis longfe unguiculatis siibfastigiatis, antherarum thecis 2
divaricatis, strobili squamis planiusculis acutis, seminibiis pendulis alatis.

1. A.selaginoides, foliis lanceolatis acuminatis laxe 5-fariam imbricatis, squa-
mis antheriferis acutis.

Tab. XIV.

Habitat in Tasmaniae montibus prope Launceston. D. Gunn. (n. 368.) ^i .
(v. s. sp. in Herb. Lindl.).
Arhuscula, lit videtur, depressa, sempervirens, trichotomy v. rariiis dichotomy
ramosissima. Truncus et rami adultiores infernfe basibus foliorum adaa-
tis persistentibus subquadratis pariim elevatis undique muniti. Lignum
album, compactum ; contextus fibrosi vasa tenuissima, extremitatibus
pleruraque truncatis applicata, punctorum singulo ordine in utroque
latere tubi parietum notata ; puncta haecce sunt parva, orbiculata.
Ramuli breves, conferti, densissimfe folios!. Folia undique conferta,
laxfe 6-fariam imbricata, spirali modo disposita, lanceolata, acuminato-
mucronata, incurvata, coriacea, rigida, vix semipollicaria, supra plana,'

Natural Family of Plants called Con! ferae. 173

subtfis (extils) convexa, obsolete carinata, Isevissima, nitida, viiidia,
margine pallidiori calloso integerrimo, basi dilatatA. decurrenti adnata.
Flores in ramulorum apice terminales, capitati, monoici. Amenta mas-
ciila solitaria, sessilia, multiflora, laxa, foliis immutatis, squamisque (foliis
mutatis) oblongis, obtusis, concavis, tenuissimfe serrulatis, fulvis, conniven-
tibus, niargine scariosis involucrata : axi brevissimo, subulato, squamaruni
stipitum basibus persistentibus scabro. Squamce antherifera; \ox\gh un-
guiculatee, subfastigiatse : ungue lineari-angustissiino, compresso : Umbo
ovato-lanceolato, rnucronulato, membranaceo, concavo, fulvo, margine
scarioso. Antherarum thecce 2, e baseos angulis squamarum limbi ortum
ducentes, ovato-oblongae, obtusse, opposite distantes, divaricato-patentes,
ad periphseriam inferam rima bivalvi dehiscentibus : valvulis cum squamae
ipsius substantia continuis. Amenta foeminea solitaria, sessilia, multiflora,
snbrotundo-conica : squamis e pericarpio bracteaque conferruminatis ?
compositis, indefinite numerosis, ovato-lanceolatis, acutis, planiusculis,
coriaceis, imbricatis, regione placentifera protuberanti. Ovula 3, atropa,
obeordata, complanata, spadicea, margine membranaceo-alata, apice fo-
ramina brevissim^ tubuloso brunnescenti, ore aperto sequali prominulo
instructa : integumento simplici. Strobili subrotundi, juglandis minoris
magnitudine : squamis crassioribus, lignosis, baud peltatis, stipitatis, sti-
pite crasso subtetragono, regione seminifera vald^ incrassata, apice ovato,
acuto, coriaceo, incumbente. Semina 3, v. saepi^s tertio abortiente 2,
ferruginea, margine altero (exteriore) dilatato alato, altero rectiore vix
alato : a^(^ e testae epidermide tantiim constituta: ^e*^a tenuis, Crustacea.

2. A. cupressoides, foliis ovatis obtusis adpressfe 4-fariam imbricatis, squamis
antheriferis ellipticis obtusis.

Tab. XIII. Fig. 2.

Habitat in Tasmania prope Launceston. D. Gunn. (n. 365 et 369). ^ . (v. s.
sp. in Herb. Lindl.).

Arbuscula erecta, ramosissiraa, sempervirens. Lignum ut in praecedente, nisi
qu5d vasa quandoque dupliei ordine punctorum notata. Rami conferti,
cylindracei, facie Cupressi torulosce, sed tripl6 crassiores. Folia creber-
VOL. xviii. 2 A

1 74 P>'of. Don's Descriptions of two new Genera of the

rima, parva, adpresse 4-fariam iinbricata, ovata, obtusa, coriacea, Isevis-
siraa, nitida, viridia, 1 — 2 lineas longa, hinc obsolete carinata, inde con-
cava, basi lata adhserentia, margine perangusto scarioso. Amenta mas-
cula in ramulorum apice solitaria, sessilia, laxfe capitata, basi squamis
(foliis mutatis) pluribus, oblongis, obtusissimis, inde concavis, margine
scarioso-membranaceis involuerata. Squamae antheriferce pauciores et
majores, ellipticee, obtusse, inde concavse, rufescentes, margine membra-
nacese : ungue angustfe lineari, compresso. Antherarum thecce 2, ovatse,
obtusse, ad periphseriam inferam rima bivalvi dehiscentes. Amenta Jos-
minea subrotundo-ovata, omnin6 ut in pra;cedente, sed squamae pauciores
et paull6 latiores. Strobili dupl6 minores, subrotundi : squamis cuneato-
lanceolatis, lignosis, stipitatis, regione placentifera maximfe protuberanti,
quasi subpeltata, trigona, superficie inaequali : stipite compresso-tetra-
gono : apice triangulari-ovato, acuto, incumbenti.

The habit of this singular genus recalls to mind the Lepidodendra, those
forms which at present exist only in a fossil state , the axis is studded with
the persistent adherent bases of the leaves, resembling the lozenge-shaped
marks on the stem of the fossil genus above-mentioned, and the ramification
frequently presents a dichotomous appearance, which arises from the nonde-
velopment of one of the lateral branches, the normal arrangement being a
primary axis with two opposite lateral branches. The bases of the leaves of
Lycopodiaceoe being so completely continuous with the axis would not pre-
sent such marks as those mentioned, and I am therefore inclined to consider
Lepidodendron as allied rather to Coniferce than to that family, and the in-
teresting genus above described appears to present us with an evident link of
connexion. I have not had an opportunity of examining the internal struc-
ture of Lepidodendron, but it is a subject well deserving investigation to
ascertain whether the vessels composing its woody tissue present that uni-
formity and dotting which prevail throughout Coniferve.

The female spike in Athrotaxis, unlike that of most of the other genera of Cu-
pressinew, forms a regular strobilus as in Pinus, and the scales are very thick,
woody and persistent, as in the normal group of that genus. I have assumed
that they are composed of a bracte and pericarpium, which are here completely

Natural Family of Plants called Coniferse. 175

concrete, and by a comparison with the proper leaves, I think there can remain
no doubt of their origin. The apex of the supposed concrete bracte is free,
and in the mature cone overlaps the summit of the placentary region, which
is situated on the inner surface of the scale, near its apex, and which at that
period is found greatly enlarged. The rapid enlargement of the placentary
region prevents the ovula, which are always situated on its under side, from
assuming an erect position, and they are consequently obliged to take a
downward direction ; but in no case do they form any lateral adhesion with
their axis, and there is consequently no raphe, and the foramen and point of
attachment retain their original position ; the ovula are, therefore, atropous ;
and the circumstance of the foramen occupying the lower extremity of the
seed, arises from the ovula being forced to take a downward direction by
the overhanging placenta. The hilum or point of attachment appears to be
placed a little obliquely on the inner base of the seed from the extension of
the winged border beyond it, which in this case consists of the cuticle merely
and not of the entire substance of the testa. The testa in Coniferce consists
of a single integument only, the secondine of Mirbel, as Mr. Brown pointed
out many years ago ; and what I described as a second integument in Pinus
bracteata and other species of the group of Silver Firs, is merely the cuticle of
the nucleus, which in all these species is very conspicuous, and similarly
winged like the proper testa, which by its open apex exhibits an analogy to
the testa or cupula of Tawus.

The cotyledons in most Ccmiferce are verticillate, and we thei'efore con-
stantly observe a tendency to assume the same arrangement in the after
leaves and other organs derived from them ; but from the elongation and
unequal development of the axis, the verticillate disposition is departed
from, and they most frequently exhibit a spiral arrangement. A multitude
of such spires in close contact, as happens in the branches of Araucaria and
in the cones of Pinus, would of course give an indefinite appearance to the
series ; but in no case does the number of leaves in such a verticil exceed ten.
In Cupressus the cotyledons are two and opposite, and we constantly find the
after leaves opposite, the pairs crossing each other give to the leaves the
appearance of being arranged in four rows. In Callitris the leaves are ar-
ranged in fours, as in C. quadrivalvis and octovalvis, and the pericarpial leaves

2a2

1 76 Prof. Don's Descriptions of two new Genera of the

consist of a single verticil in the former, and two verticils in the latter, species ;
or they are disposed in threes, as in C. f^entenatii, and the pericarpia then
consist of two verticils or six pieces. In Pinus and other genera, the verti-
cillate arrangement is completely re-established at the nodi, or points where
the elongation of the internodes ceases, as is seen by the buds or branches,
although the leaves themselves, from whose axils they proceed, are often
reduced to the condition of mere scales ; and we may also remark, that the
abortive branches of the Strobus tribe present a series of verticils of leaves,
like the young seedling with its cotyledons. These facts, in my opinion, tend
to overthrow the beautiful theory of the spiral development of the foliaceous
organs, which has amused and puzzled the botanical world for some years past.

I regret that in the only mature seed of Athrotaxis, which I had an oppor-
tunity of examining, the embryo had been destroyed by some insect ; but, from
the leaves in A. cupressoides being in pairs, I conclude that the cotyledons are
two, and that the fifth leaf of the spire in A. selaginoides is the first of the
succeeding third pair.

As in many genera of Coniferce the pericarpia are seen to differ but little,
either in form or arrangement, from the ordinary leaves of the plant, we
should expect to find a corresponding simplicity in the structure of the male
organs. The scales, as they are usually termed, of the male spike I consider
to be the antheree, although they usually present a foliaceous character, and
the thecse as parts of a simple anther, a portion only of the subcutaneous cel-
lular tissue being apparently converted into pollen. In the greater part of
the genera of this family, such, for example, as Cupressinece and Taxinece,
where the thecae are arranged in a single series and situated at the external
base of the scale, it would seem to be a portion of the under surface of
the modified leaf that becomes transformed into pollen ; and this is also the
case in Cunninghamia. On the other hand, in Dammara and Araucaria,
where the thecse are numerous and disposed in a double series, a portion of
both surfaces of the leaf may be supposed to be converted into pollen. On
examining the scales or anthers at an early period, the masses of pollen will
be found to present the appearance of small elevations occupying the lower
base of the scale. At this period the raised portions of the cuticle present
1)0 suture or determinate line of dehiscence, although they are found to burst

Natural Family of Plants called Coniferse. 177

in a regular manner on arriving at maturity. In Athrotaxis the lower edge
of each side of the modified leaf assumes the condition of the cell of an ordi-
nary anther ; and here it is evident that both surfaces are employed in forming
the cells, for their walls are continuous with the substance of the scale : but
in the rest of the Cupressinece, it would seem that the upper surface of the
modified leaf or anther remains unchanged, and that a portion of the under
surface only becomes polliniferous, the pollen occupying 2, 3, or 5 separate
spots indicated by the raised and altered portions of the cuticle M'hich cover
them. These polliniferous thecse are analogous to the subdivisions of the
anthers of Rhizophorece, Laurinece, &c., and are in all cases unilocular, and,
as far as I have observed, destitute of any septum ; their line of dehiscence is
various, being sometimes in the direction of the axis, and sometimes contrary
to it. I ought to except Athrotaxis and Pinus, in both of which the scales
diff'er but little from the ordinary condition of the anther in other plants. My
opinion of the scales being simple, and not originating from the confluence of
several antherse, is founded upon their resemblance to the bractes, and their
transition through them to the proper leaves, from their nervation, which is
entirely that of a simple leaf, exhibiting no traces of composition ; and lastly,
from their assuming in Pinus and Athrotaxis the ordinary condition of the
simple anther. It may be worth noticing, that in Athrotaxis selaginoides,
where the leaves are acuminate, the apex of the anther is also pointed ; and in
A. cupressoldes, in which the leaves are obtuse, the anther is likewise blunt.
The wood of Athrotaxis presents nothing unusual in its structure, but resem-
bles that of Cryptomeria, except that the dots on the vessels are fewer.

I am indebted to my friend Dr. Lindley for the opportunity of giving figures
and descriptions of both species of this curious genus, the specimens from
which they were taken being contained in his rich herbarium, and having
been sent to him, along with many other interesting plants, by Mr. Gunn, a
zealous botanist, who is settled at Launceston in Van Diemen's Land. The
drawings have been done under my inspection by my young friend Mr. Kippist,
and they afford a good specimen of his success as a draughtsman.

The generic name alludes to the crowded disposition of the leaves and scales
of the female spike, and is compounded of aOpooc, confertus, and ra^ic, m^do.

1 78 Pt'of. Don's Descriptions of two new Genera of the

Since the preceding observations were in type, I have been favoured by my
friend Mr. Smith, of the Royal Botanic Gardens at Kew, with a specimen of
Cunninghamia sinensis, bearing several male catkins, and a full-grown cone.
A careful examination of this remarkable plant has satisfied me that its proper
place in a systematic arrangement is among the Cupressinece, next to Athrotaxis
and Cryptomeria, to both of whom it is related in a nearly equal degree. In the
form, structure, insertion, direction, and number of its ovula it agrees entirely
with the former genus, from which it is principally distinguished by its elon-
gated aggregate male spikes, and by the addition of a third polliniferous theca.
The placentary region is crowned with a thin, narrow, minutely toothed border,
clearly of the same nature with the remarkable toothed organ, which I have
described as the pericarpium in Cryptomeria, and which, singular as it is, can
no longer be regarded in any other light than as an excessive development of
the placentary region, and what I have described as a bracte is really the apex
of the pericarpial leaf. The enlarged placentary region, and the erect ovula,
are characters amply sufficient to separate Cryptomeria from Cunninghamia,
in which the polliniferous thecee are fewer, and altogether free. The striking
resemblance, both in form and structure, of the antheriferous scales to those of
the female spike, and also to the bractes and leaves, clearly show that they are
all modifications of one and the same organ. In all the three genera above-
mentioned the antheriferous thecee bear an evident relation to the number of
the ovula, the latter apparently originating in all cases from the upper, and
the former from the inferior surface of the modified leaf. The direction of the
ovula, which in all cases are atropous, is evidently a character of no more than
generic value in this family.

March 6, ]839.

EXPLANATION OF THE PLATES.

Tab. XIII.

Fig. 1. Cryptomeria japonica.

a. Antheriferous scale, front view, showing the five thecae. b. Ditto,
back view ; both magnified, c. Scale of cone, with its bracte, back

Natural Family of Plants called Coniferse. 179

view: natural size. d. Ditto, front view, showing the five ovula;
magnified, e. Seed, separate ; natural size. /. Ditto, magnified,
showing the hilum at the base, and the tubular foramen at the
apex.
Fig. 2. Athrotaxis cupressoides.

g. Rhachis of the male catkin, with two of the anthers ; magnified.
h. Scale of cone, back view. /. Ditto, side view ; both natural
size.

Tab. XIV.

Athrotaxis selaginoides.

a. Extremity of a branch bearing a male catkin ; magnified, b. An-
theriferous scale; magnified, c. Scale of cone; natural size. rf. Ditto,
with the three ovula ; magnified, e. Seed ; natural size. f. Ditto,
showing the hilum at the upper, and the tubular foramen at the
lower extremity ; magnified.

Trans Zinri Sac Vol jcnu. tad JJ

Ktppist del

(? Jar??2-£crL sc.

lyansIinnSoc. VolXVmtabl^'

/' KippLst de/.

G. Jarma-n . sc

[ 181 ]

IX. Descriptions, S^c. of the Insects collected hy Captain P. P. King, R.N.
F.R.S. <§■ L.S. in the Survey of the Straits of Magellan. By John Curtis, Esq.,
F.L.S., ^c*

Read May 1st, 1838.

Order. Coleoptera.

Family. Carabid^.

*1. Carabus suturalis. Fab.

A SPECIMEN agreeing with the Fabrician description was found at Port
St. Elena ; and a very fine variety, with the head, thorax, and elytra of a
beautiful copper colour, was taken at Port Famine by Lieut. Graves. Mr.
Miller informs me that many specimens of the C. Chilensis, Esch. have been
met with under the bark of trees at Conception. These are the only species
of Carabus found in South America that have come under my observation,
and one of them departs considerably from the typical form.

2. Calosoma retusum. Oliv., Fab.?
Cape Gregory.

*3. Calosoma laterale. Kirb.
Maldonado in November. Lieut. Graves.

N. G. Cascellius. Curt.

Caput subparvum, ovatum. Thorax elongatus, obovatus, truncatus. Elytra
magna, convexa, ovalia, basi angustata, apice rotundata. Tibice anteriores
profundi emarginatee, extus denticulatae. Tarsi anteriores in mare arti-
culis tribus basdlibus dilatatis obtrigonis : intermedii, praesertim in arti-
culo basali subdilatati. Antennae articulo 2do brevi, Imo et 3tio eequa-
libus. Palpi maxillares exteriores articulo 2do longissimo, 3tio brevi, 4to

* Continued from p. 359, vol. xvii. — Those species with the asterisk attached are in the cabinets of
Mr. Curtis.

VOL. XVIII. 2 B

%■

182 Mr. CuRTis's Descriptions of

crasso fusiformi ; labiales articulo 3tio longo fusifonni crassiore 2do.
Mentum trilobum, lobo medio trigono-truncato.

Labrum transverse, emarginate in front, with 6 long bristles (fig. 2.). Mandi-
bles porrected, rather slender, elongate-trigonate, the apex curved and
acute, with a small tooth on the inside below the middle (3,) Maxillce long
and slender, terminating in a sharp horny curved claw, the inside ciliated
with rigid bristles. Palpi, internal biarticulate, basal joint a little the
-longest, 2nd rather the stoutest, curved and attenuated : external long,
rather stout, and 4-jointed, basal joint short, 2nd the longest and stout-
est, 3rd half as long, clavate, 4th not so long as the 2nd but as stout,
fusiform, truncated but small at the apex (4.). Mentum transverse, not
deeply emarginated, having a broad, subtrigonate tooth in the middle,
truncated and scarcely concave at the apex, the side lobes rounded
externally, the apex acuminated. Labium rather small and quadrate,
apex concave, with 4 bristles. Palpi rather long, clavate and triarticu-
late ; basal joint small, semi-globose, 2nd long and clavate, 3rd a little
longer, stouter, and fusiform, the apex truncated (5.).

Antennce shorter than the head and thorax, filiform, pubescent and 11-jointed,
basal joint a little the stoutest, 2nd the shortest, 3rd as long as the 1st,
4th scarcely shorter, the remainder ovate and distinctly articulated (1.).
Head narrow and ovate, trigonate before : eyes small, remote from the
thorax, which is a little broader than the head, obovate, considerably
elongated, truncated anteriorly and at the base, leaving a narrow collar
behind : scutellum indistinct or concealed. Elytra nearly twice as broad
as the thorax, ovate and convex, the apex rounded : wings none. Legs
longish ; anterior thighs and tibiae stout, the latter deeply notched, with
a long spine at the apex and another in the notch ; apex externally denti-
culated, intermediate and posterior bristly, spurred at the apex, the latter
slender and the longest : tarsi 5-jointed, anterior with the first 4 joints
dilated in the male and obtrigonate (6.) : 2 basal joints slightly dilated
in the intermediate, all the dilated joints pubescent beneath : daws
simple.

The habits and economy of some of the Harpalidce approach so near to the

Capt. P. P. King's South American Coleoptera. 183

Scaritidce that I have long considered they were closely connected*, and
I think the insects before us confirm this view, for they are nearly related to
Broscus, Panz., and equally so to my genus Leiochitonf. Never having seen
the genus Baripus, Dej., I am unable to ascertain if it be allied to my group,
but the masculine tarsi readily distinguish them.

*4. Cascellius Kingii. Curt.
Tab. XV. Fig. A.

Cupreo-viridis ; elytris lineis punctorum undulatis, parum impressis quasi re-
ticulatis, nisi in lateribus deflexis ; antennis pedibusque piceis, illarum
articulo basali tibiisque ferrugineis.

Length 7\ lines ; breadth 2|.

^neous with a coppery tinge down the middle, shining: head with faint lines
in front : thorax convex, with a channel down the middle and two shallow
fovea; at the posterior angles, which are a little rounded, sides with a
narrow margin and a few punctures producing long hairs : elytra not
thrice as long as the thorax, but broader, convex, the sides deflexed,
forming an angular ridge parallel to the costa, on which there are 9
punctures : 9 waved shallow lines of punctures on each, portions of the
alternate spaces between them smooth and dull, appearing reticulated :
basal joint of antennae and tibiae ferruginous : trophi castaneous : mandi-
bles and labrum blackish at the apex ; thighs and tarsi piceous.

Two specimens of this beautiful species, which I have named in honour of
Capt. P. P. King, were found in Chili.

*5. Cascellius Gravesii. Curt.

Tab. XV. Fig. B.

Piceo-nitens, supra cupreus ; elytris obsolete striatis, laevibus, convexis ; tro-

phis, antennis, pedibusque ferrugineis ; femoribus castaneis.
Length 5 lines ; breadth If.

* Vide my arrangement of the Carabida in the 2nd edition of the Guide.

t Brit. Ent. vol. viii. pi. 346 : this seems to be Eschscholz's genus Miscodera, but whether he has
ever published the characters I have never been able to learn : Leiochiton was established in 1831.

2 B 2

184 Mr. Curtis' s Descriptions of

Very glossy, piceous inclining to castaneous : head and thorax greenish-black,
the latter convex, cupreous on the disc, with a deep channel down the
middle, the sides with a very narrow margin : elytra cupreous, the sides
with green lines, twice as long as the thorax and perfectly convex, with
shallow interrupted striae, vanishing on the sides and apex, costa with a
narrow margin, a foveolet at the base and 3 towards the apex ; trophi, an-
tennce and legs ferruginous ; thighs castaneous.

This species I have named after Lieut. T. Graves, to whom I am indebted
for a pair : several were taken at Port St. Elena.

N. G. Cardiophthalmus. Curt.

Caput subangustum, ovatum. Oculi cordiformes. Thorax convexus, corda-
tus, truncatus. Elytra connata, lata, ovata, basi angustata, apice rotun-
data. Femora anteriora subtiis tuberculata. Tibice anteriores emargi-
natse, spinis 2 longis validis armatse. Tarsi anteriores articulato basali
elongato et in mare paululiim dilatato, tribus sequentibus parvis, obtrigo-
nis. Antennce articulo basali crasso, 2do brevissimo, 3tio sequentibus
longiore. Palpi articulis terminalibus ellipticis truncatis, duobus apica-
libus sequalibus. Mentum non latfe emarginatum, dente medio lato pro-
funde emarginato.

Labrum transverse, slightly emarginate and ciliated (fig. "/). Mandibles por-
rected, strong, elongate-trigonate, the apex curved not acute (m). Max-
illae hooked at the apex, ciliated internally. Palpi, internal biarticulate ;
external 4-jointed, basal joint short, 2nd the longest, stout and curved,
3rd and 4th of equal length, the former clavate, the latter elliptic-trun-
cate (p). Mentum with a rather deep and narrow notch, with a short
tooth in tlie centre, broadly notched (8). Palpi triarticulate, basal joint
short, 2nd long, 3rd as long, elliptic-truncate.

Antennce shorter than the head and thorax, filiform, pubescent, slightly com-
pressed, basal joint the stoutest, ovate, 2nd the smallest, 3rd as long as
the 1st, 4th a little shorter than tlie 5th, which, as well as the following,
is elongate-ovate (?«)• /Tearf narrow and ovate (7); eyes rather small
and cordate, remote from the thorax, which is much broader, convex.

Capt. P. P. King's South American Coleoptera. 185

obcordate-truncate, sides margined, base nearly straight, with a trans-
verse channel, the angles rounded and notched, not covering the nar-
rowed base of the abdomen : scutellum large and very flat, placed on the
narrowed base of the abdomen. Elytra connate, much broader than the
thorax, convex, elongate-ovate, the sides inflexed, forming a sharp narrow
margin, apex rounded. Legs rather long, anterior the shortest and stout-
est ; thighs stout, anterior with 3 or 4 tubercles on the inside towards
the base : tibicv, anterior short and stout, notched and a little dilated, a
very long spine on the notch and a longer one at the apex, which is pec-
tinated ; the other tibiae bristly, with strong spurs at the apex and pec-
tinated : tarsi not pubescent beneath, anterior with the basal joint the
largest, being a little dilated externally, the 3 following obtrigonate:
claws simple and rather slender,

6. Cardiophthalmus Clivinoides. Curt.

Tab. XV. Fig. C.

Lsevis, niger ; antennis brunneis ; thorace porca transversa, basali ; elytris in

distinct^ striatis, apice rugosis.
Length 9 lines ; breadth 3^.

Smooth black, eyes lurid : thorax with the anterior and hinder margins cili-
ated with ochreous hairs ; a shallow transverse curved suture before and a
deeper broad one parallel and close to the base, terminating in a slight fovea
before reaching the angles ; the extreme base is also depressed, forming
a rounded ridge between it and the channel above ; longitudinal channel
shallow ; suture a little depressed at the base ; elytra with the strijje nearly
obliterated, sutural stria abbreviated, the others most evident at the apex,
which is rugose ; a line of punctures along the margin. Tropin and an-
tennce ferruginous- brown, intermediate and hinder thighs with a row of
deep punctures beneath.

If this be a male, it must belong to the Scaritidce, as the tarsi are smooth
beneath. It certainly bears a great resemblance to Leiochiton,
A single specimen was taken at Port Famine.

186 Mr. CuRTis's Descriptions of

N. G. Odontoscelis.

Caput latum, ovatura : oculi parvi, ^ basi remoti. Thorax sublunatus : scutel-
lum latum, tdangulare. Elytra elongato-ovata, basi angustata, apice
rotunr'ata. Tibice anteriores emarginatae, apice extus in lobum longum
productae. Tarsi anteriores in mare dilatati, spinosi. Antennce caput
baud superantes ; articulo basali reliquis crassiore, 2do subgloboso, 3tio
clavato, sequentibus turbinatis paulI6 longiore. Palpi maxillares exte-
riores, articulo 3tio et 4to brevibus hoc elliptico truncato, reliquis cras-
siore ; iabiales articulis duobus apicalibus longioribus et gracilioribus.
Mentum lobis duobus lateralibus magnis, lobo medio valido, conico.

Labrum transverse, emarginate and bristly, the sides ciliated (fig. 10/), Man-
dibles porrected, robust, not very acute (m). Maxillary palpi with the
2nd joint a little the longest, 3rd and 4th of equal length, the latter a
little the stoutest, elliptic-truncate, most convex externally {p). Mentum
semiorbicular, narrowly emarginate with a long conical lobe in the centre
(11). Palpi with the 2nd and 3rd joints long, the latter elliptic-trun-
cate.

Antennce not longer than the head including the mandibles, slender, 3 basal
joints naked, 1st the stoutest, oval, 2nd the smallest, subglobose, 3rd
scarcely so long as the 1st, the remainder turbinate, very much com-
pressed and bristly, apical joint longer, and suddenly narrowed to the
apex (a). Head broad and ovate (10) : eyes small and oval, remote from
the thorax, which is much broader than the head and lunate, being orbi-
cular, with the anterior margin concave : scutellum forming a broad short
triangle on the narrowed and uncovered base of the elytra, which are
connate? not much broader than the thorax, convex, oval, margin in-
flexed, apex rounded. Legs stout : thighs short, incrassated and hairy :
tibice, anterior short, very much dilated at the apex, the outer angle pro-
duced into a long curved lobe, with 2 strong spines, one at the base, the
other at the apex of the notch, the intermediate and hinder tibiae thickly
clothed with short rigid bristles, especially externally, having strong
spurs at the apex, which is pectinated : tarsi bristly beneath, anterior
with the 3 first joints dilated and produced externally, fleshy beneath in

Capt. P. P. King's South American Coleoptera. 187

the male, basal joint elongated at the base, the 3 following semiorbicular,
very bristly: claws rather short and strong (12, fore leg of male).
Ohs. The female is broader than the male, and the lobe of the tibia is longer.

*7. Odontoscelis Tentyrioides. Curt.
Tab. XV. Fig. D.

Lsevis niger ; thoracis elytrorumque lateribus pilis aliquot longis, his obsoletis-
simfe striatis, apicem versus sparsfe punctatis.

Length 8j to 9^ lines ; breadth 3 to 3f .

Smooth dullish-black, with long hairs over the eyes and the sides of the tho-
rax, which latter is convex, with a narrow margin, the base a little con-
cave, a very faint line down the middle terminating in a furcate im-
pression behind: elytra with obscure strise, the margin very narrow,
with remote punctures producing long hairs, with a close line of punc-
tures arising close to the margin at the shoulder but divaricating to the
apex, where there are from 3 to 6 strong punctures producing bristles :
mouth, tips oi palpi, and underside oi tarsi castaneous.

, From Valparaiso. This insect has the habit of a Percus, but is distinguished
by the simple tooth of the mentum ; and it differs from Broscus in the propor-
tions of the thorax and tibiae. It appears to me to be nearly related to the
Scuritidw.

N. G. Cylloscelis.

Caput latum : oculi parvi. Thorax subquadrato-cordatus. Elytra sublinearia.
Tibice anteriores dilatatse, parfim emarginatee, aculeo apicali lato lanceo-
lato ; posteriores longiores, graciles, curvatee. Tarsi anteriores, articulis
4 basalibus cordatis. Antennce caput baud superantes ; -articulo basali
reliquis longiore et crassiore, 3tio pyriformi, 2do 4to et sequentibus sub-
obovatis. Palpi maxillares exteriores, articulo 3tio 2diim ferfe sequante,
4to elongato, sublineari ; labiates articulo 3tio longo, subfusiformi, trun-
cate. Mentum dente medio trigono instructum.

Labrum slightly transverse, producing long bristles in front, a little emargi-
nated. Mandibles strong, broad at the base, curved and acute (I3m).
Maxillary palpi, internal composed of 2 long slender joints, the 2nd at-

188 Mr. CuRTis's Descriptions of

tenuated and curved, external with the 2nd joint stout, 3rd as long, but
slender and clavate, 4th not so long, nearly linear and truncated (/>).
Mentum with a narrow and deep emurgination, producing a triangular
acute tooth in the middle (14) ; 2nd and 3rd joints oi palpi nearly equal
in length, the latter slightly attenuated at the base and apex, which latter
is truncated.
Antennce not longer than the head, slender, filiform and compressed, basal
Joint the longest and stoutest, 2nd obovate, 3rd subpyriform, 4th and
following obovate, not longer than the 2nd, apical joint scarcely longer
(a). Head somewhat ovate, broad at the base (13) : eyes small ovate, not
touching the thorax, which is broader than the head before, subcordate,
a little broader than long, the sides with a slender margin, narrowed
behind, the base a little convex, the angles obtuse, anterior margin slightly
concave, leaving the angles a little projecting : scutellum triangular, nearly
concealed by the thorax. Elytra a little broader than the thorax and
more than twice as long, sublinear, the apex rounded and scarcely emar-
ginated. Legs short, anterior stout : tibiae, anterior short, dilated and
compressed at the apex, slightly notched, spiny outside, with a broad
lanceolate spine at the apex a little curved, and a larger one below it,
more slender (15) : intermediate tibice very spiny outside and ciliated in-
ternally, posterior longer and curved, with finer spines on both sides :
tarsi very bristly, anterior slightly dilated, the 4 basal joints cordiform.

8. Cylloscelis ellipticus. Curt.

Ochreus ; capite thoraceque ferrugineis, hoc foveis duabus longis basalibus ;

elytris pallid^ fusco-seneis, minut^ striatis.
Length .5f lines ; breadth 2 lines.

Shining ochreous : head and thorax ferruginous, the latter convex and fus-
cous on the disc, with an elongated fovea on each side at the base, and a
faint line down the middle : mandibles black at the apex : antennce and
anterior tibia; subferruginous : elytra pale fuscous-seneous, costal margin
ochreous, with 8 fine striae on each, the 1st furcate at the base, the last
sinuated and punctured at the base and apex.

Capt. P. P. King's South American Coleoptera. 189 !

A single specimen, which appears to be immature, was found at Gorrite.
It seems to be allied to Acinopus and Cratacanthus, Dej., but the acute tooth of
the mentum distinguishes it from the former, and the habit does not assimi-
late with the latter genus.

9. Pristonychus rufitarsis. Curt.

Piceus ; antennis brunneis ; illarum basibus, trophis, femorum basibus tarsis-

que castaneis ; capite thoraceque nigris ; elytris obscur^ violaceis.
Length 7 lines ; breadth 2^.

Piceous : antennae brown, 3 basal joints, trophi, coxee, trochanters and tarsi
castaneous: head and thorax bluish-black, the former with 2 fovese in
front, the latter with a deep channel down the middle, and a large fovea
near each hinder angle : elytra dull violaceous, with fine striae obscurely
punctured, basal stria abbreviated, the costal deeply punctured, one or
two punctures between the 3rd and 4th striae on the disc.
A male from Conception.

10. Calathus Pennsylvanicus.

Oliv. vol. iii. Gen. 35. p. 72. no. 93. pi. 8./. 92.

A female from Gorrite.

N. G. Metius. Curt.

Caput suborbiculare : ocuU prominentes. Thorax subquadrato-cordatus : scu-
tellum elytra separans. Elytra elliptica, apice obsolete emarginata. Tibice
anteriores parum profunde emarginatae : tarsi anteriores articulis 3bus
basalibus in mare dilatatis, obovato-truncatis. Antennce graciles, caput
thoracemque aequantes ; articulo basali reliquis crassiore, 2ndo baud brevi,
3tio et sequentibus longis. Labrum subprofundfe emarginatum : man-
dibulce breves, validae. Pa/pi articulo apicali penultimo breviore, elliptico-
truncato : mentum simplex, latfe emarginatum.

Labrum slightly transverse, strongly emarginate, with a few bristles. Mati-
dibles strong and curved. Maxillary palpi with the 3rd joint scarcely so
long as the 2nd, 4th shorter, elliptic-truncate (16/>) : labial palpi with
the 3rd joint shorter than the 2ncl, and similar in size and form to the
maxillary. Mentum with a broad notch, the centre slightly convex (17)-
VOL. xviii. 2 c

190 Mr. CuRTis's Descriptions of

Antennce as long as the head and thorax, slender, basal joint the stoutest,
elliptic, 2nd not short, 3rd as long as the 1st, remainder nearly as long,
the apical one a little longer {a).
Head suborbicular (16), narrowed behind the ej'es, which are prominent and
neither small nor remote from the thorax, which is much broader, slightly
transverse and depressed, subquadrate, the sides convex before, the base
straight, the angles acute : scutellum dividing the elytra, which are a little
broader than the thorax, elongate-ovate, the apex slightly emarginate.
fVings ample. Legs longish, thighs stout ; anterior tihice not deeply
notched, with a short thick spine at the apex and a longer one below, the
others spiny outside, hairy within : tarsi hairy beneath, anterior with the
3 basal joints dilated and obovate-truncate in the male (18, a fore leg).

1 1 . Metius Harpalioides. Curt.

Coeruleo-piceus, nitens ; thorace foveis duabus basalibus, marginibus labroque

ferrugineis ; elytris obsolete striatis ; antennis, palpis pedibusque ochreis.
Length 4| lines ; breadth 2.

Shining piceous with a bluish tinge : labrum and abdomen ferruginous ; palpi,
antennce and legs ochreous ; thorax with a very faint line down the mid-
dle, and a large shallow fovea on each side of the base, the lateral and
basal margins castaneous : elytra with faint punctured striae, 1st abbre-
viated, and a line of strong punctures along the 9th.
A male from Port St. Elena.

12. Argutor dubius. Curt.

Niger, nitens ; thorace utrinque ad basin sulco profundo foveolato ; elytris
minutfe striatis, stria prima baud abbreviata ; antennarum basi, palpis,
tibiarum anticarum basi, tarsisque castaneis.

Length 4^; breadth If lines.

Shining black, clypeus indented on each side. Thorax quadrate, sides con-
vex, a concave transverse impression in front, and a fine channel down
the middle, base sparingly punctured, with a long oblique fovea on each
side, with a deep channel at the bottom, the angles acute. Elytra emargi-
nated at the apex, finely striated, the 1st not abbreviated but curved at

Capt. P. P. King's South American Coleoptera. 191

the base, a puncture on the disc upon the second stria, and several along
the 8th ; antennce brown, base, palpi, base of anterior tibiae and tarsi cas-
taneous.

A female from Monte Video. The mentum has a very depressed conical
lobe in the middle, which does not accord with that of Argutor* ; nevertheless
it agrees so well in other respects that I cannot think they ought to be sepa-
rated.

*13. Omaseus marginalis. Curt.

Niger, nitens ; thorace foveis duabus simplicibus ; elytris profundi striatis,

costa obscur^ viridi.
Length 7 ; breadth 2| lines.

Shining black ; antennce fuscous, except at the base : head with 2 impressions in
front : thorax quadrate-cordate, with a channel down the back, and a large
deep fovea near each posterior angle, which is faintly punctured and
almost acuminated. Elytra nearly thrice as long as the thorax, with
deep striae, the 1st abbreviated, 2nd and 3rd united at the base; 2 punc-
tures on the 3rd stria below the middle, and another between the 3rd and
4th towards the base ; the costa dull green, with punctures at the base
and apex, which is rather strongly emarginate.

The lobe of the mentum is entire. This appears to be a common species
in Valparaiso and Chili : my specimens I received from Mr. Miller.

14. Omaseus Nebrioides. Curt.

Niger, nitens; thorace foveis duabus medio profundioribus, basi multilim an-

gustatis ; elytris profundi striatis.
Length 6, breadth 2^ lines.

Shining black: antennce fuscous, except at the base: head with two impres-
sions in front: thorax cordate-truncate, being narrowed at the base,
where there are 2 foveae, with a line at the bottom ; the angles are acute
and there is a channel down the back : elytra thrice as long as the thorax,
with a yellowish tinge, deeply striated, 1st abbreviated, and and 3rd
united at the base, 2 punctures belowthe middle on the 3rd and one towards

* Vide Curt. Brit. Ent. vol. xiv. pi. 666. f. 4.
2 c 2

192 Mr. CuRTis's Descriptions of

the base on the 4th ; a line of punctures near the costa, thickest at the

base and apex, which is strongly emarginated.

From Chili. It has somewhat the habit of an Helobia*, and the lobe of the

mentum is simple.

15, Pterostichus lucidus. Curt.

Niger, viridi-nitens ; pedibus subcastaneis ; femoribus piceis.

Length 5, breadth If lines.

Shining, black with a greenish gloss : head with two impressions in front.
Thorax cordate-tnancate, with a lunate impression in front, a channel
down the back, a deepish simple fovea near each angle, which is trans-
versely vermicnlated and acute. Elytra not thrice as long as the thorax,
finely striated, 1st abbreviated, 2nd and 3rd united near to the base, the
former curved, 2 punctures below the middle on the 3rd and 1 towards
the base of the 4th ; costa deeply punctured at the base and beyond the
middle, apex emarginate. Legs subcastaneous, thighs piceous.
A male from Valparaiso. The lobe of the mentum is simple.

*16. Pterostichus rufipalpis. Curt.

Niger, nitens ; palpis ferrugineis : thorace subelongato-cordato ; elytris elon-
gato-ovatis, striatis.

Length 5|, breadth 2 lines.

Black, shining : palpi ferruginous : head with 2 lines in front. Thorax appear-
ing longer than broad, convex, cordate-truncate, considerably narrowed
at the base, angles acute, with a long simple fovea ; a channel down the
back : elytra nearly thrice as long as the thoi-ax, elongate-ovate, finely
striated, 1st stria very short, 2nd and 3rd united at the base, 2 or 3
punctures between the 3rd and 4th, with a line of very large ones along
the costa, the apex emarginate : legs piceous.
A pair from Chili. It has a little the habit of a Steropus.

*!/. Pterostichus prasinus. Curt.
Piceus ; capite thoraceque coeruleo-viridibus ; elytris pulchrfe viridibus, ad

latera quandoque flavescentibus.
Length 4i, breadth if lines.

* Vide Curt. Brit. Ent. vol. v. pi. 103.

Capt. P. P. King's South American Coleoptera. 193

Piceoiig : head and thorax blue-green or violaceous ; elytra bright green,
sometimes yellowish round the sides. Thorax cordate-quadrate, slightly
transverse, base not contracted, with a simple fovea near each angle,
which is not acute, a channel down the back ; elytra more than twice as
long as the thorax, scarcely broader and ovate, a sharp stria down each
side of the suture, the others punctate, but nearly obliterated, excepting
the 2 costal, on which there are deep punctures, a puncture near the base
of the 3rd stria, a 2nd below the middle, and another towards the apex :
palpi, base and apex of antennce and tarsi ferruginous.

This handsome species from Conception has so much the habit of an Har-
palus, that if it were not for the tarsi I should have considered it as such.
The lobe of the mentum is emarginate.

18. Antarctia circumfusa. Germ.
A single specimen from Gorrite.

*19. Antarctia marginata. Dej. Spec, des Coldopt. vol. iii. p. 532,
One specimen from Conception,

*20. Antarctia annulicornis. Curt.

Nitens, obscur^ viridis, cupreo tincta ; thoracis margine, antennis pedibusque
saturate ochreis ; antennarum articulis 2do, 3tio, 4toque femoribus, tarsis-
que piceis.

Length 4^ to 5 lines ; breadth 1 f to 2 lines.

Shining and of a rather dull green ; palpi, antennce and legs dark ochreous,
2nd, 3rd and 4th joints of antennce black, thighs and hinder tarsi pi-
ceous : thorax a little transverse, the sides very convex, witli a fine fer-
ruginous margin, a channel down the back, simple fovese at the hinder
angles, which are somewhat rounded, the base being oblique on the
sides : elytra nvuch broader than the thorax, and full thrice as long,
the apex emarginate, often with a cupreous tinge, striae very fine and
punctured, 1st long but abbreviated. fVings ample. All the tarsi are
sometimes pitchy, the base of the joints and the apex of the last being
ochreous.

194 Mr. CuRTis's Descriptions of

This has a good deal the habit of an Agonum, and is nearly allied to the
following, which seems, however, to have a narrower thorax. Lieut. Graves
found it not uncommon at Port Famine in January, February, and March.

2 1 . Antarctia latigastrica. Esch.
From Port Famine.

*22. Selenophorus variabilis. Curt.

Niger, supra violaceus vel viridis, minutfe punctulatus ; labri margine, palpis
tarsorumque apicibus ferrugineis ; thorace subquadrato, angulis posticis
rotundatis, foveis binis ; elytris profundi striatis, interstitiis convexis.

Length 6, breadth 2| lines.

Black shining, opalescent-violaceous, sometimes green above, irregularly
pitted : antennce brown, base piceous : margins of labrum, palpi, and tips
of tarsi ferruginous : head broad, 2 impressions between the eyes. Thorax
broad and depressed, a channel on the disc, two long foveoe near the an-
gles, which are rounded, the base being convex on each side and straight
in the middle. Elytra broad, more than twice the length of the thorax,
deeply striated, the interstices convex, an oblique broken stria at the base
between the 1st and 2nd ; apex slightly emarginate, with a line of strong
punctures and a few at the base near the costa.

From St. Paul's. I have also a specimen from Brazil which was green
above, but on being made damp in order to relax it, it became nearly black.
It has somewhat the habit of Pcecilus cupreus.

*23. Harpalus LiEvis. Curt.

Lsevis, niger ; palpis antennisque fulvis ; pedibus piceis ; thorace antic^ pau-
lulfiui angustato, angulis rotundatis, foveis simplicibus ; elytris tenui-
t^r striatis.

Length 4|, breadth If lines.

Smooth shining black ; palpi and antennce ferruginous ; legs pitchy ; thora.v
slightly transverse-quadrate, a little narrowed anteriorly, angles rounded,
fovese simple, elytra finely striated, 1st stria furcate at the base ; a punc-

Capt. P. P. King's South American Coleoptera. 195

ture between the 2nd and 3rd towards the base, a 2nd before the middle,
and a 3rd towards the apex, which is slightly emarginate.

In one specimen the elytra have a slight dull green tinge : it is considerably
like what I take to be the H. tardus, 111., and was found at Port St. Elena
and Conception.

*24. Harpalus cupripennis. Germ. Col. Nov. Spec. p. 16. no. 25.

The 2nd and 3rd joints of the antennae are sometimes piceous, and all the
others pale ferruginous. It was abundant at Gorrite and at Maldonado in
November. Lieut. Graves.

Family. DYTICIDyE.

25. COLYMBETES ? ANGUSTICOLLIS. Ctirt.

Tab. XV. Fig. E.

Ochreus ; oculis, capite, clypeo excepto, scutello subtiisque nigris ; thorace

angusto ; elytris longissimis, nigro-lineatis reticulatisque.
Length 4^, breadth 2 lines.

Ochreous, shining: head and ei/es black, leaving a semiorbicular ochreous
space on the clypeus : thorax short, a little broader than the head, trans-
verse-oblong, a line of punctures before and behind near to the margins,
a short channel on the disc, sides a little depressed : scutel piceous. Eli/-
tra nearly twice as broad as the thorax at the base, and seven times as
long, elliptical, apex truncated a little obliquely ; some scattered punc-
tures in lines, a short black streak on each side of the scutellum, 3 long
ones down the disc, and 2 or 3 oblique ones on the sides ; the spaces
between somewhat reticulated with black, leaving a broad marginal space
free : underside piceous.

A male from Port §t. Elena. The narrow thorax and very long elytra de-
part so far from the typical form of Colymbetes, that I have little doubt of this
being a good genus ; but as I have no specimen to dissect I have not ventured
to establish it as such.

196 Mr. CuRTis's Descriptions of

Family. GYRINID^.

*26. Epinectus sulcatus. Wied.
Rio de Janeiro.

*27. Gyrinus Leathesii. Curt.

Convexus, ovalis, olivaceus ; labri basi, orbitis, thoracis marginibus elytrisque
aureo-viridibus, his lineis punctorum obsoletorum cupreis ; subtiis pedi-
busque castaneis.

Length 5, breadth 2| lines.

Oval, convex, smooth, shining olivaceous brown with a greener hue in parts ;
base of lahrum, orbits of eyes, and lateral margins of thorax and elytra
aureous green : head and thorax variegated with cupreous ; base of tho-
rax and 8 obscurely-punctured lines down each elytron cupreous, a semi-
circular depression at the apex of the abdomen, which is exposed, punc-
tured and pubescent ; anterior legs rather short and stout : underside
piceous, variegated with castaneous ; palpi, legs, and inflected margins of
thorax and elytra castaneous.

This seems to be abundant at Valparaiso. I have named it after the late
Rev. G. R. Leathes, who also received it from thence and gave me specimens.

Family. STAPHYLINID^.

28. Ocvpus scABROsus. Curt.

Obscurfe niger, dens^ et minutfe punctatus, villosusque ; palpis, antennis, pedi-

bus, femoribus exceptis, abdomineque apice castaneis.
Length 8, breadth 2 lines.

Dull black, excessively thickly and minutely punctured and clothed with
short depressed hairs : head not broader than the thorax, edge of clypeus
ochreous, margins of lahrum orange, mentum straw-colour, palpi and an-
tennae castaneous ; scutellum velvety-black : legs, excepting the thighs,
and apex of abdomen, castaneous, pubescence inside of the anterior tibise
and under the tarsi bright ochreous or golden.

A male from Gorrite.

Capt. P. P. King's Soutn American Coleoptera. 197

Family. BUPRESTIDiE.

*29. PsiLOPTERA CUPRO-^NEA ? Humb. et Bonpl. p. 49. pi. 33./. 5.
From Valparaiso. T>i«r»s.jL.A.>

Family. ELATERID^E.

30. Pyrophorus lucifugus. Curt.

Brunneus, dens^ et minutfe punctatus, pubescensque : antennis breviusculis,
compressis cum pedibus nifescenti-brunneis ; thorace convexo, subqua-
drato, maculis duabus basalibus rotundis luminosis ; elytris baud atte-
nuatis.

Length 9^, breadth 2f lines.

Brown, pubescent, thickly and minutely punctured : head not broad : thorax
convex, subquadrate with a perfectly round yellow spot at each of the
basal angles, the hinder margins ferruginous : elytra very long, not atte-
nuated but rounded at the apex, densely clothed with brown pubescence,
the punctate striae distinct : antennae linear, compressed, not longer than
the thorax, light reddish-brown as well as the legs.

From Gorrite. The breadth of the elytra towards the apex distinguishes
this from E. lum'mosus, III.

*31. Chalcolepidus porcatus. Fab.
From Rio de Janeiro.

32. ^oLUS ? variegatus. Curt.

Ochreus ; oculis, thoracis marginibus lateralibus posticfe, lineaque dorsali ni-
grescentibus ; elytris apice bispinosis ; macula scutelli utrinque, annulis-
que duobus subovatis ponfe medium piceis.

Length 4 lines, breadth 1.

Labrum vertical ; tvophi concealed ; antennce with the 2nd and 3rd joints not
much shorter than the following. Ferruginous-ochre, thickly and mi-
nutely punctured, and clothed with short ochreous pubescence. Thorax
quadrate-ovate, nearly linear, basal angles not long ; a dorsal line, the
lateral margins posteriorly, and the eyes blackish. Elytra ochreous,

VOL. XVIII. 2 D

1 98 Mr. CuRTis's Descriptions of

punctate-striate, apex emarginate, forming 2 strong blackish spines on
the outside ; a spot on each side of the scutelium piceous, a band across
the middle and another below it, uniting along the suture and costa, and
forming 2 ovals of a piceous colour : legs pale ochre.

One from St. Paul's. It seems to be nearly related to Germar's E. sub-
fasciatvs.

*33. Ampedus ? DORSALis. Cuvt.

Niger, puberulus ; capite thoraceque profundi punctatis ; thoracis marginibus
lateralibus ochreis ; elytris minute punctatis, striis profunde punctatis,
maculaque magna ochrea humerali secus costam attenuate.

Length 6§, breadth 2 lines.

Terminal joint of maxillary palpi subtrigonate : antennoe with the 2nd joint
globose, 3rd short obovate, the remainder compressed, serrated. Black,
pubescence ochreous; head and thorax thickly and strongly punctured,
the latter ovate-quadrate, the angles long, acute, and piceous at the apex,
a broad lateral ochreous margin, extending also beneath, and leaving an
oval black space on the back : elytra rounded at the apex, minutely punc-
tured, with strongly punctured striae, a large bright ochreous spot cover-
ing each shoulder, and attenuated along the costa beyond the middle.
Taken by Lieut. T, Graves.

*34. Ampedus Cingulum. Cwt.

Niger ; capite thoraceque densfe, elytris minute punctatis ; his lineis punctorura

magnorum non nisi ad apicem et in macula una alterave disci ochreis.
Length 6 to 7 lines, breadth 2 to 2|.

Palpi and antenna; like A. dorsalis, excepting the 3rd joint of the latter, which
is subglobose. Black, pubescent ; head and thorax thickly and strongly
punctured, the latter suborbicular, the hinder lobes long, divaricating and
acute, slightly gibbose behind, with a dorsal impression : elytra bright
ochreous, excepting a large portion of the apex, minutely punctured, with
very strong lines also of brown punctures, 2 piceous spots on the disc
placed obliquely, the upper ones next the suture are sometimes wanting.
From St. Paul's.

Capt. P. P. King's South American Coleoptera. 199

Family. CEBRIONID^.
*35. Rhipicera marginata. Lat.
From Rio de Janeiro.

*36. Rhipicera femorata. Dalm.
From Gorrite and Rio de Janeiro.

*37. Rhipicera CYANEA. Guar. Icon. pi. 13.
A female from Rio, I believe.

38. Cyphon Patagonicum. Curt.

Ochreo-nitens, dens^ minutfeque punctatus ; antennis nisi in articulo basali

maculis duabus facialibus thoracisque disco fuscis.
Length 2| lines, breadth 1§.

Shining ochreous, thickly and minutely punctured ; antennae fuscous, except-
ing the basal joint and the tips of the others ; 2 spots on the face and the
disc of the thorax fuscous, the latter broader than the head and narrower
than the elytra, semiorbicular ; beneath brownish ; a line of black spots
down each side, and a double row of smaller ones down the middle.

A single specimen from Port St. Elena. It is considerably like C. livida, Fab.,
but it is narrower.

Family. LAMPYRID^.

*39. Amydetes plumicornis. Lat. Humh. 8$ Bonpl. pi. 16. f. 4.

A male from Rio,

40. Nyctophanes MACULATA. Fab. Oliv. vol. \ii.; Gen. 28. pi. I. /". 3.

From Gorrite.

*4Jl. Lampyris DiAPHANA. Germ. p. 64. 104.

Gorrite and Monte Video.

42. Lampyris angustilimba. Curt.

Fusca ; thoracis margine ochreo-brunneo, maculis duabus partem anticam

2d 2

200 Mr. CuRTis's Descriptions of

versus obliquis, ovatis, ochreis ; suturse marginibus striga costali lanceo-
lata, abdominisque segmentis 5to 6toque pariter ochreis.
Length 11, breadth 4 lines.

Brown, clothed with exceedingly short ochreous pubescence, and minutely
and tliickly punctured : antennas a little longer than the thorax, filiform,
compressed ; head concealed, eyes large, thorax semiovate, with a broad
ochreous-brown margin, slightly reflexed, with a line of punctures quite
round, an oblique ochreous oval spot on each side in front, the space
between them brown, with an elevated line in the middle : elytra linear,
nearly 4 times as long as the thorax, with 2 or 3 slightly elevated striae,
the margin reflexed and slightly dilated towards the base, a fine suturai
margin and a lanceolate vitta close to the costa but not touching it,
ochreous ; 5th and 6th abdominal segments ochreous-white beneath :
trochanters and knees slightly ochreous.
One from St. Paul's.

43. Lampyris Luna. Curt.

Fusca ; thoracis margine, maculis duabus parallelis partem anticam versus, su-
turae costeeque marginibus, abdominisque segmentis 5to 6toque stramineis.
Length 6|, breadth 2| lines.

Pale brown, edge of thorax and 2 oval parallel spots in front straw-colour,
with a broad brown flat space between them, a narrow margin to the
suture and a lanceolate one the whole length of the costa, as well as the
5th and 6th abdominal segments beneath, of the same colour.

Very similar to L. angustilimba ; the form of the spots on the thorax, and
the pale stripe which covers the costa, distinguish it. From St. Catherine's

*44. Lampyris fenestralis. Curt.

Saturate brunnea ;• antennis flabellatis ; thorace maculis duabus commati-
formibus partem anticam versus ; vitta subcostali, abdominisque apice
ochreis.

Length 7, breadth 3 lines.

Similar in contour to the former species. Antenna? with the 3rd and follow-
ing joints producing a long rounded lobe internally : thoraoc with 2 ochre-

Capt. P. P. King's South American Coleoptem. 201

ous inverted comma-shaped marks in front ; elytra with a long pale
ochreous lanceolate stripe near the costa, not touching the base nor
reaching the apex ; abdomen ochreous-white at the apex.

From St. Paul's.

*45. Photuris? femoralis. Curt.

Eusco-ochrea ; capite antennisque piceis ; thorace scutelloque ochreis ; ely-
trorum marginibus pallidis, abdominisque segmentis 5to 6toque albidis ;
pedibus fuscis ; femoribus ad basin rufis.

Length 6, breadth 2 lines.

Fuscous-ochre, shining, minutely punctured and pubescent ; head and antenna;
piceous ; thorax semiorbicular, with broad margins, the base sinuated,
the angles slightly lobed, ochreous as well as the scutellum, suture and
margin of elytra somewhat ochreous : legs brown, thighs bright ochre,
excepting the apex: 5th and 6th abdominal segments ochreous-white
beneath.

The drooping head, large eyes, shield-formed thorax, and phosphoric seg-
ments of the abdomen indicate an affinity to the Lampyrides, but it is in habit
a Telephorus. I have many species, all agreeing in the above characters with
this from Rio, which I imagine belong to Dej can's genus Photuris.

*A6. Callianthia fallax. ///.

From St. Paul's : this seems to be one of the most common and variable
species in Brazil.

*47. Callianthia flavipes. Fab.

Fabricius gives China as the country which this species inhabits ; but I
think this specimen from St. Catherine's is unquestionably a variety only of
his insect.

*48. Telephorus rubromarginatus. Curt.

Coeruleo-niger ; thoracis margine basali ad angulum utrumque macula piilchr^

rubra terminata.
Length 4 lines, breadth 1^.

Black, bluish above, pubescent ; thorax shining, transverse-oblong, the angles

202 Mr. CuRTis's Descriptions of

rounded, lateral margins sharply reflexed behind, with a bright red spot
on each side, the same colour continued along the base in a narrow-
margin.

Not uncommon at Port Famine.

*49. Telephorus Diadema. Fab.
From St. Paul's.

50. Telephorus biguttatus. Curt.

Obscur^-niger ; antennarum articulo basali subttis, mandibulis, maculisque

duabus thoracis reniformibus flavescentibus.
Length 4 lines, breadth 1^,

Dull black, finely pubescent and punctured ; basal joint of antennae beneath
and mandibles pale ochreous : thorax transverse ovate, sides reflexed,
with 2 large reniform pale yellow spots on each side of the disc, the un-
derside, excepting the margin, of the same colour.

One from Chili.

Family. MELYRID^.

*6I. DaSYTES LINEATUS. Fab.

Common at Rio.

52. Dasytes lineatipes. Curt.

Virescenti-niger ; pilis ochreis nigrisque vestitus; pedibus ferrugineis ; femo-

ribus strigis duabus nigris.
Length 2 lines, breadth 1.

Greenish-black, thickly and coarsely punctured, clothed with depressed ochre-
ous hairs and longer black erect ones : legs ferruginous, thighs with a
black stripe above and another beneath.

A specimen from Valparaiso, wanting the antennae.

53. Dasytes glaber. Curt.

Lsevis, seneo-niger ; capite thoraceque profundi, elytris minut^ punctatis.
Length \\ line, breadth f .

Capt. P. P. King's South American Coleoptera. 203

Smooth, ccneous-black : antennce clavate ; head and thorax strongly punc-
tured, the latter depressed, subquadrate : elytra minutely punctured and
exceedingly finely pubescent.

One from Conception.

Family. CLERIDyE.

*54. Necrobia kufipes. Fab.

A blue variety of this species was common at Gorrite; indeed it seems to
be found all over the world.

I may here observe that I have seen only one species of Corynetes*, which is
the violaceus of Fabricius ; it is the type of his genus, and is distinguished by
5-jointed tarsi and a linear club of 3 nearly equal joints, whereas *Necrobia
rtifipes and its congeners have 4-jointed tarsi and an obovate club of 3 joints,
the terminal one being very large, and the palpi are different ; notwithstanding
which the Baron Dejean includes them all in one genus under the name of
Corynetes.

N. G. Exops. Curt.

Caput latum : oculi parvi, vald^ prominentes. Mandibulce porrectae, altera
bifida utraque intfis profunde emarginat^. Maxillarum lobus internus
latior. Palpi 4- et 3-articulati, articulo terminali gracili, subfusiformi.
Mentum profundi emarginatum. Antennce 1 1-articulatse, articulo 3tio,
reliquis breviore, articulis tribus terminalibus clavam laxam compressam
efFormantibus. Tibial anticce extus denticulatae ; tarsi graciles, 5-articu-
lati, articulo basali brevi, secundo reliquis longiore.

Labium transverse, a little narrowed before and rounded, slightly emarginate
and densely ciliated with long hairs. Mandibles porrected, stout and tri-
gonate, one bifid at the apex, both with a deep notch at the middle
(19m). Maxillce with a harp-shaped internal lobe, and a linear ovate
external one, both ciliated. Palpi rather long and 4-jointed, clothed
with long hairs, basal joint short and slender, 2nd and 3rd of equal
length, stoutish and clavate, 4th as long but slenderer, elliptic-ovate, the
apex truncated. Mentum transverse, subtrigonate, deeply emarginate.

* Vide vol. vii. fol. and j)l. 350 and 351 of Curt. Brit. Ent., where dissections and the characters
are laid down.

204 Mr. CuRTis's Descriptions of

Palpi short, triarticulate, basal joint the shortest, 2nd clavate, ciliated
with very long hairs inside and at the apex, 3rd nearly as long, slender,
elliptic-ovate, a little truncated. Labium bilobed.
Antennce not longer than the head, clavate, compressed, pilose, 11 -jointed,
basal joint ovate, 2nd subglobose, 3rd minute, 5 following subovate, de-
creasing in length, the remainder forming a loose club, 9th and 10th
obovate-truncate, llth ovate, slightly truncated (a). Head large, sub-
quadrate (19): eyes small but very prominent, and projecting beyond the
thorax, which is obovate-truncate : scutel small. Elytra broader than
the thorax and more than 4 times as long, convex, apex rounded. fVings
very ample. Legs rather short : anterior stout (20) : tibice, anterior short,
compressed, denticulated externally, with 2 short spines at the apex, one
hooked : tarsi slendei-, 5-jointed : basal joint small, 2nd the longest, 4th
obovate ; claws simple acute.

The deeply notched mandibles, denticulated anterior tibiae, small basal
joint of tarsi, which are slender, and minute 3rd joint of antennae, characterize
this genus. It seems to be allied to Thanasimus* in habit, but the antennae
are most like those of Corynetesf.

*55. Exops Bevani. Curt.

Tab. XV. Fig. F.

Piceus, pilosus, punctatus ; capite granulato ; antennis subferrugineis.
Length 6 J to 10 lines ; breadth 2 to 3 lines.

Shining piceous, with fine long hairs, especially on the head and thorax ;
palpi and antennce ferruginous ; head coarsely granulated : thorax mi-
nutely punctured : elytra sparingly punctured, inclining to castaneous
as well as the legs : underside pubescent.

The relative size of the head varies considerably in this species, several of
which were taken at Valparaiso, from whence also it was received by Robert
Bevan, Esq., to whom I have the pleasure of dedicating it.

* Curt. Brit. Ent. fol. and pi. 398. f lb. 351.

Tr.iiis. Unii.S.v. Vol. Mill. T,fo.J5.p. ;'/'.>'.

J. lAirtis , dd. -J.

Capt. P. P. King's South American Coleoptera. 205

EXPLANATION OF TAB. XV.

Fig. A, Cascellius Kingii.

B. Gravesii.

1. Antenna. 2. Labruni. 3. Mandible. 4. Maxilla. 5. Mentum.
6. Fore-leg.

C. Cardiophtkalmus Clivinoides.

7. Head. a. Antenna. /. Labrum. m. Maxilla, p. Palpi. 8. Men-
tum. 9. Fore-leg.

D. Odontoscelis Tentyrioides.

10. Head. a. Antenna. /.Labrum. w. Mandible. />. Palpi. 11. Men-
tum. 12. Fore-leg.

13. Cylloscelis ellipticus. «. Antenna. /.Labrum. w. Mandible. />. Palpi.
14. Mentum. 15. Fore-leg.

16. Metius Harpalioides. a. Antenna, p. Palpi. 17. Mentum. 18. Fore-
leg.

E. Colymbetes angusticollis.

F. Exops Bevani.

19. Head. a. Antenna, m. Mandibles. 20. Fore-leg.

Obs. The lines by the sides of the Insects in the Plate denote their lengths
in nature.

VOL. xvui. 2 B

[ 207 ]

X. Description of the Mora Tree. By Mr. Robert H. Schomburgk. Com-
municated by George Bentham, Esq. F.L.S.

m

Read March 20th, 1838.

X ROMINENT among the trees which adorn the forests of Guiana, and
which astonish by their profuse verdure and gigantic size, stands the majestic
Mora, the king of the forest. Rising to the height of from sixty to ninety feet
before it gives out its branches, it towers over the wall-like vegetation which
skirts the banks of the rivers of Guiana, forming a crown of the most splendid
foliage, overshadowing numerous minor trees and bushes, and hung with Lianas
in the form of natural festoons. The trunk, rugged and clothed with epiphytes,
juts towards the base into tabular buttresses or excrescences (resembling in that
property the silk-cotton tree, Bombax Ceiba). These buttresses are subjected to
an early decay, and they sometimes form a cavern, which would afford room and
protection against the inclemency of the weather to several persons ; and I have
often wondered, when I considered the heavy mass which these half-decayed
excrescences had to support, how they were able to withstand the tornado that
so frequently sweeps through the forest, shaking the crown like a reed.

The Mora, of all other trees of the forests of Guiana, is peculiarly adapted
for naval architecture ; and it is to be found in such abundance, that if once
introduced for building material into the dock-yards, there can never be any
apprehension that there would be a want of that timber which could not be
supplied. The wood is uncommonly close-grained, and gives scarcely room
for a nail when driven into it : when clear of sap, it is durable in any situation
whether in or out of the water.

With this property it unites another of equal consideration to builders ; it is
strong, tough, and not liable to split, and has never been known to be subjected
to dry rot, and is considered, therefore, by the most competent judges to be

2 E 2

208 Mr. Schomburgk's Description of the Mora Tree.

superior to oak and African teak, and to vie in every respect with Indian teak.
The full-grown tree will furnish logs from thirty to forty, or even fifty feet in
length, and from twelve to twenty-four inches square, taken from the main
stem ; whilst the other parts would cut into the most choice and valuable pieces
in request for naval architecture ; such, for instance, as keels, keelsons, stem-
posts, floors, ribs, beams, knees, breasts, backs, and others.

During my researches in the interior of British Guiana, I found many a
Mora tree which astonished me by its gigantic size ; but I was never more
surprized than by one which I found by the river Berbice, in lat. 4° 40' N.,
being then in pursuit of a flock of wild hogs. Circumstances then did not
permit me to give it more than a cursory glance ; but I determined, if I should
pass again on my descent this remarkable tree, to measure the proportions of
this giant of its kind. I did not forget my resolution, and on my descent of
the river Berbice in February, 1837, I lost no time in executing my design.
The height of the trunk and its branches were ascertained by measuring a
small base line, and by taking the angles of altitude by a sextant. The other
parts were measured by one of Gunter's chains. The tree was not so remark-
able for its height, but the tabular buttresses were of an uncommon size, and
so completely decayed in the centre as to represent a wooden cavern, upwards
of sixteen feet high, which would have afforded room for fifteen persons,
without exposing them to the influence of the weather. The height of the
tree from the ground to the top branches was ascertained to be 93j feet
English ; the height of the trunk from the ground to the first branches, 63J
feet ; the circumference of the tabular excrescences, 71^ ; their largest diame-
ter 38 feet; their smallest 12 feet; the height of the buttresses from the
ground to where the trunk adopts a more regular form, 20^ feet ; the circum-
ference of the trunk being there 21 feet.

The Mora, interesting at all periods in its appearance, presents the most
pleasing aspect during the period it is in flower; the beautiful dark green
of its leaves, contrasts so well with its snow-white blossoms, that I am sure it
would be impossible to pass it without admiration, even if it had no other
qualifications to recommend itself.

Dr. Hancock, in his pamphlet on British Guiana, represents the Mora as
belonging to the genus Mimosa ; but I conclude from his statement that he

Mr. Schomburgk's Description of the Mora Tree. 209

never inspected the flowers of that tree, or he would have found that, though
resembling some of the Mimosece, it forms one of the Cassiece of De CandoUe.
The absence of authentic references prevents me from describing it ; but I
hope that this want will be supplied by a more competent botanist before this
account is laid before the Linnean Society.

Additional Observations hy George Bentham, Esq. F.L.S.

From the specimens transmitted by Mr. Schombxirgk, it appears that the
Mora forms a new genus belonging to the order Leguminosce, and to the tribe
Cassiece of De CandoUe. Its nearest affinities are with Tachigalia of Aubiet,
and Leptolobium of Vogel * ; but it difi^ers from both in the woody texture of the
pod, which is, moreover, naturally dehiscent, in the greater regularity of the
floral parts, and in the sterility of the alternate stamina.

The Mora belongs to the series of genera which, as observed by Vogel,
connect the Sophorece with the Cassiece, a circumstance to which I also ad-
verted in my memoir, inserted in the Vienna Annalsf . Mr. Vogel gives to the
group the name of Sebipirece, and considers it as a section of the Cassiece or
Ccesalpinece. He has, however, correctly shown that the direction of the radicle
cannot be made use of as an absolute character to separate the Sophorece from
the Cassiece, and the only remaining distinction lies in the papilionaceous co-
rolla of the former ; and this arrangement is certainly more distinct in Bow-
dichia (the same genus as Sehipira), which he takes as the type of the section
of Cassiece, than in Orrnosia, which he leaves among Sophorece. It is true, that
the passage from the perfect papilionaceus corolla of Sophora, to the regular
one of Mora, is gradual; but it appears to me that the line of distinction
would be much more naturally drawn between Bowdichia, Orrnosia, and Di-

* At the time Vogel published this genus in the Linnsea (vol. xi. p. 388.), my memoir on some genera
of Leguminosde in the Annals of the Vienna Museum was already in print ; and I had there established
a genus of Phaseoletc under the same name : but as Mr. Vogel's paper has the priority of publication,
the name of my genus of Phaseolete may be changed from Leptolobium to Leptocyamus.

t The Thalesia mentioned on this occasion in my paper, is a genus of Martins, which will probably
be included in Leptolobium of Vogel.

210 ifcfr, Schomburgk's Description of the Mora Tree,

plotropis on the one hand, and Leptolobium, and, perhaps, Layia on the other,
than between Ormosia as a papilionaceous genus, and Bowdichia as a Cassiea.
At any rate, the name of Sebipirece must be abandoned on account of the iden-
tity of the genus Sebipira with Boivdichia.

Mora, as a genus of Cassiece, is distinguished by the following character :

Calyx urceolato-cainpanulatus, breviter et late 5-dentatus, sestivatiohe imbri-
cativa. Corollce petala 5, sequalia. Stamina 10, exserta ; quorum 5 pe-
talis opposita, fertilia sunt, antheris bilocularibus medifixis longitudinali-
ter dehiscentibus ; 5 petalis alterna, filiformia, antheris clavatis cassis.
Ovarium breviter stipitatum, pluri-ovulatum. Stylus compressus, sub-
rectus, stigmate tenui terminali. Legumen coriaceo-lignosum, oblongum,
abortu (an constanter ?) monospermum. Semen magnum, reniforme,
cotyledonibus crassis sublignosis, radicula conica recta.

To the species I should propose the name oi Mora excelsa ; and to Mr. Schom-
burgk's general description of the appearance of the tree I would add the fol-
lowing notes taken from the dried specimens. No. 496, of his collection.

Folia alterna, abrupte pinnata, glabra. Petiolus communis infra foliola
inferiora angulatus, superne teres, supra canaliculatus. Foliola 3-4-juga,
opposita, petiolulata, oblongo-elliptica, coriacea, supra nitida, penninervia
et reticulato-venosa, 5 — 6 poll, longa. Nee stipulee nee stipellse obviae
sunt. Flores sessiles, densissime spicati. Spicce in paniculas terminales
simplices dispositse, rhachi pubescente. Bractece parvse, squamseformes,
citissime deciduee. Calyx circiter 2 lin. longus, glaber, nitidus : denies
inter se fere sequales, latfe rotundati, margine breviter ciliati. Petala
obovato-oblonga, calyce subduplo longiora, omnia sequilatera, et inter se
aequalia, apice tenuissime ciliata, basi in unguem brevem angustata. Sta-
mina fertilia lana longa intertexta citissime decidua barbata, filamentis
proesertim basi crassiusculis ; sterilia glaberrima. Stylus glaber, stamina
subiequans. Semen 3 poll, latum.

Under No. 148 of his collection Mr. Schomburgk has sent specimens from
the Upper Essequibo, without any note, which only differ from the above by
the flowers being smaller, the spikes shorter, the ovarium rather smaller in

^^>

Trans. Lmn. Sec. m. JCVIU. iaiJ^

Tra.ns. Zinn.Soc- 7ol.XVIl/taiJ6.

^^

0:-r»«i,4

' .'.>

f-^

5nN

i;»1

Jifyi Mnt/cs iUi,

0-. yar-tttu/L- sr

Mr. Schomburgk's Description of the Mora Tree. 21 1

comparison to the style, and the nerves of the leaves more distinctly marked,
differences which may probably be owing to the greater age and less vigour
of growth of the tree from which they were taken.

EXPLANATION OF THE PLATES.

Tab. XVI.
Mora excelsa.

Tab. XVII.

Fig. 1. Flower.

2. The same spread open.

3. Pistillum.

4. Longitudinal section of the ovarium. J

5. Mature legume.

6. Embryo, with one of the cotyledons removed to show the plumula.

}■ magnified.

[ 213 ]

XI. On the Structure of Cuscuta europaea. By Charles C. Babington, Esq.,

M.A., F.L.S., F.G.S., ^c.

Read January 16th, 1838.

In Sir James Smith's English Flora (ii. 25.) it is observed that the flowers of
Cuscuta europcea are " in all the British specimens as well as in Ehrhart's
German ones destitute of scales in the throat of the tube (of the corolla),
which Dr. Hooker confirms, in contradiction to the opinion of our learned
friend Mr. Brown, who possibly examined specimens of C. epitkymum, some
of which often approach the europcea in size." Mr. Brown's words (Prodr. 491.)
are, " squamae in C. europcea et monogyna cevih extant."

These conflicting statements led me to examine fresh specimens of the plant
referred to, (gathered at Sompting in Sussex, in company with Mr. Borrer,
who was fully satisfied of its being the true C. europcea^ and I have great
pleasure in confirming the observation of Mr. Brown. The fact of these
scales having been overlooked by Smith and Hooker is easily accounted for
by their lying quite close to the corolla, their perfect transparency, and very
minute size. They are, indeed, so difiicult of detection as not to have been at
first noticed by Mr. Borrer and myself, even when examining fresh specimens,
and it is scarcely possible to discover them in flowers that have been dried.

Upon referring to the different authors who have described this plant, I find
that the presence or absence of scales is frequently passed over without any
notice : — That Persoon, Host and Besser {Prim. Fl. Gallicice Austr.) say that
they do not exist; Reichenbach describes and figures them as "palmato-
subsexfidis ;" Gaudin says, " in iconibus Sturmii, Schkuhrii et Eng. Bot. fila-
menta male depicta fuerunt. Squamae enim utique, sed segre conspicuse ad-
sunt;" and by Bluff and Fingerhuth, in their 2nd edition, they are said to be
"erectis adpressis." This last description agrees with that of Mertens and
Koch, whose words are, " aufrecht, angedriickt," erect and adpressed. Roemer

VOL. XVIII. 2 F

214 Mr. Babington on the Structure of Cuscuta eiiropsea.

and Schultes in their specific character say, " fauce nuda," but add the obser-
vation, " Squamulas ad stamina bifurcas vidit Raymond."

The strongly palmate form which is given to the scales in Reich. Icon. PL
V. f. 690, and the words " squamula crenata" used by Spenner, caused me to
examine numerous flowers before I could satisfy myself that their structure
was such as I have given in f. 1,, but I was unable to detect a single tooth
upon any of the specimens. I cannot explain the cause of their error. Reich-
enbach figures each scale exactly under its corresponding stamen, and yet
supposes them to be petals and to alternate with the stamens. He would
appear to consider, what I believe to be one single scale, as in reality two. It
may be as well to quote his words ; they are, " Clarior enlm redditur ilia
fabrica ubi intelligere placeat, stamina calyci adhserentia produci nee non
usque inter ipsorum petalorum insertionem decurrere." {Icon. PI. v. p. 62.).
This view is manifestly incorrect, for the scales constitute a complete internal
whorl, each of them being connected with its neighbour so as to form a short
tube, the upper edge of which is always free and distinct from the corolla
(calyx of Reich.), and the lower parts of the filaments of the stamens may be
traced under the cuticle of the corolla, desceziding exactly behind the centre
of each scale. It is perfectly clear, therefore, that the scales cannot represent
petals, since the whorl of stamens is invariably found within that of petals, but
in this plant the stamens are situated further from the axis of the flower than
the so-called corolla.

I do not attempt to form any theory concerning these minute organs, but
hope that some fortunate botanist will soon discover them in such a state of
monstrous development as to show what is their real nature.

That the number of scales is equal to that of the segments of the corolla is
proved by their structure in C. epithymum, in which plant they are not even
divided into two lobes. There is not, indeed, the slightest trace of a division
to be discovered with a very high power of the microscope. I ought to add,
that Reichenbach does not continue the above theory in his Flora excursoria ;
but reverts to the old nomenclature.

1 shall not atten)pt a description of the scales in our two native species of
Cuscuta, since my figures will convey a far better idea of their structure than
can be given in words. Fig. 1. represents the corolla of C. europcea laid open.

Mr. Babington on the Structure of Cuscuta europaea.

215

so as to show the stamens and scales. Fig. 2. exhibits the same parts in
C. epithymum. Fig. 3. is a traced copy from Reichenbach's representation
(/c. PL V. f. 690. B.) of C. europaea. It will be seen that this last differs ma-
terially from my fig. 1. May not his plant be a distinct species characterized
by its constantly 4 -cleft corolla and palmate sexfid scales ? This genus is well
deserving of attention from British botanists, for several other species are
i<nown in Germany, Sweden, and France, which most probably exist in these
islands. I add corrected specific characters for our two recorded species.

C. europaea. Linn. (Sp. PI. 180.) "florum glomerulis bracteatis" sessilibus, squa-
mis bifidis erectis tubo corollse per anthesin cylindrico, fructiferse ventri-
coso, adpi'essis.

C. epithymum. Sm. (Eng. Bot. sub p. 378.) " florum glomerulis bracteatis" sessi-
libus, squamis palmato-sectis conniventibus, tubo corollae cylindrico limbo
canipanulato.

1. 2. 3.

%^4%,0''^^f'^>ifkh

St John's College, Cambridge,
December 1, 1837.

Since this paper was written I have been informed that my friend Mr. J. E.
Bowman has gathered C. epilinum, Weihe (Rchb. Ic. PI. t. 500. f. 693,) at
Croesmere in Shropshire. I have not seen specimens.

2 f2

[ 217 ]

XII. Note on the Identity of three described Species o/" Acacia.
By Charles Lush, M.D. F.L.S.

Read April 17th, 1838.

VY HEN I was at Cairo in November last, Mr. Traill (Superintendant of the
Gardens of Ibrahim Pasha) showed me some young plants of Roxburgh's Mi-
mosa Sirissa, raised from seed which I had sent from Bombay. Both Mr. Traill
and myself were convinced of the identity of this tree, called in the Marat'ha
language Siriis, with the Mimosa Lehhek of Forskal's Flora JEgyptiaco-Arabica.
Forskal does not assert that this tree is a native of Egypt, — " Kahirae hortensis
ilia" is the habitat assigned by this author. There is, therefore, nothing to
discourage the belief that this species was introduced into Egypt from India,
where it is undoubtedly wild, in the drier mountain-jungles of the west.

I feel at the same time convinced that the Mimosa speciosa of Jacquin, Misc.
vol. iii. 47., is also identical with the above species. The figure in that work
precisely represents the Indian, and the Egyptian cultivated tree. I propose
the following specific character, slightly altered from De Candolle's Prodr.
Syst. Nat., to include the three species with their synonyms.

Acacia Lebbek : inermis, glabriuscula; pinnis plerumque 4 — 6-jugis: foliolis
5 — 10-jugis ovalibus subdimidiatis utrinque obtusis, petiolis eglandulosis,
capitulis pedunculatis aggregatis, floribus pedicellatis, leguminibus lato-
linearibus planis membranaceis.

Mimosa Lebbek. Linn. Sp. PI. p. 1503, cum synonymis.

Mimosa Lebbek. FoKsk. Fl. ^gypt.-Ar. p. cxxiii. culta in planitie (Serisch
Indis !)

Acacia Lebbek. Willd. Sp. PI. iv. p. 1066. De Cand. Prodr. ii. p. 466.

Mimosa Sirissa. Roxb. Flor. Ind. vol. ii, p. 544.

Mimosa speciosa. Jacq. Misc. vol. iii. p. 47- Icon. vol. i. p. 19. t. 198.

[ 219 .]

XIII. On the Number and Structure of tlie Mciinmulce employed by Spiders in
the Process of Spinning. By John Blackwalf., Esq., F.L.S.

Read June 5lh, 1838.

W HEN the highly curious and important function performed by the spin-
ning apparatus of spiders is duly considered, it will not appear surprising that
the attention of zootomists has been repeatedly directed to the organization of
parts exercising so remarkable a degree of influence upon the economy of the
animals to which they belong, and that the powers of the microscope have
contributed largely to promote the investigation of this interesting subject ;
but, though much has been accomplished by these researches, much yet re-
mains to be effected ; new facts must be elicited and prevailing errors corrected,
before our knowledge of the matter under consideration can be regarded as
exact.

Having carefully examined the external anatomy of the spinning mammulae
of various species of spiders, I have been led to form opinions relative to their
number and structure differing essentially in several particulars from those
generally received ; and if, in promulgating the views which an accumulation
of evidence too powerful to be resisted has compelled me to adopt, I find
myself opposed to zoologists of the highest distinction and authority, it is, as
I have formerly stated on similar occasions, with every sentiment of deference
and respect, and with a perfect consciousness of the many and great disad-
vantages of the position which I occupy, that I venture to question the sound-
ness of their doctrines.

All the spiders which have hitherto come under my observation have been
provided with four, six, or eight spinning mammulse, somewhat conical or
cylindrical in figure, and composed of one or more joints each: they are
usually closely grouped in pairs, which may be readily distinguished from
each other by their relative positions. The pair situated nearest to the anus

220 Mr. Blackwall on the Number and Structure of

I denominate the superior spinners; that furthest removed from the anus, the
inferior spinners ; and the mammulte placed between these extremes, the in-
termediate spinners ; distinguishing them, when there are two pairs, by pre-
fixing the terms superior and inferior. Exceedingly fine moveable papilliE or
spinning tubes, for the most part dilated at the base, occur at the extremity
of the mammuloe, or are disposed along the inferior surface of their terminal
joint; whence issues the viscous secretion of which the silken lines produced
by spiders are formed. The minute apertures without projecting margins,
described by Lyonnet, Leeuwenhoek, Treviranus, and other eminent anatomists
and microscopic observers as likewise emitting lines*, I have failed to detect
on the closest inspection, assisted by optical instruments possessing high mag-
nifying powers ; I am under the necessity, therefore, of withholding my assent
from an opinion which, in consequence of the celebrity of its advocates, is
very generally adopted. It is true that I can discern small pores with which
the mammulee are abundantly supplied ; but as they are distributed over their
entire surface, and occupy the intervals between their bases, from which no
lines are ever seen to proceed ; moreover, as I have never, under any circum-
stances, perceived the viscoiis matter of which the lines are composed issuing
from these pores, but uniformly from the papillae or spinning-tubes, I must
regard the latter as solely instrumental in the emission of the silken filaments
transmitted from the mammulse ; indeed, interspersed among the papillse, as
the pores constantly are, they would prove a source of the utmost inconveni-
ence were they endowed with the property which seems to have been ascribed
to them.

Attempts have been frequently made to ascertain the number of papillae
connected with the spinning mammulae of spiders ; but in every instance with
which I am acquainted they appear to be estimated much too highly ; in
point of fact, they vary greatly in number in different species, and also differ
considerably in size, not only in individuals of the same species, but often
even on the same mammulse.

Among British spiders, the larger species of Epeirce have the mammulse
most amply provided with papillae ; it is probable, however, that the total
number does not greatly exceed a thousand even in adult females of Epeira

* Cyclopaedia of Anatomy and Physiology, p. 209.

the Mamnmlse employed by Spiders in the Process oj" Spinning. 221

tjuadrata, whose weight is about twenty grains, and in many other species it
is much smaller. Each of the six mammulse, in every living Epeira whose
spinning apparatus I have attentively inspected, has presented one or more
papillae decidedly larger than the rest, which uniformly occupy the same re-
lative situations in individuals identical in species ; but I have not yet been
able to satisfy myself what especial purposes they subserve.

Wishing to determine by experiment the strength of a line by which a female
Epeira diadema, weighing ten grains, had suspended itself from a twig, I at-
tached to its extremity a small square piece of muslin with the corners nearly
drawn together, so as to form a minute sack, into which I carefully introduced
sixty-one grains in succession, being rather more than six times the weight of
the spider, before it broke ; but on the addition of half a grain more it gave
way.

In several species belonging to the genus Tegenaria of Walckenaer, in
Tegenaria domestica and Tegenaria civilis, for example, the total number of
papillae, does not amount to four hundred ; in Textrix agilis, Blackw., Lycosa
saccata, and Clubiona corticalis, it is below three hundred; in Walckenaera*
acuminata, Blackw., and Segestria senoculata. it scarcely exceeds one hundred ;
and in many of the smaller spiders it is still further reduced.

A difference in the number and size of the papillee connected with the seve-
ral pairs of mammulee in the same species, and with similar pairs in different
species, is also very apparent. In the spiders constituting the genera Epeira,
Tetragnatha, Linyphia, Theridion, Segestria, and many others, they are gene-
rally much more numerous and minute on the inferior spinners than on the
superior and intermediate ones; the last are the most sparingly supplied with
them, and in the case of Segestria senoculata each has only three large papillae
at its extremity. An arrangement nearly the reverse of this takes place in
some of the Drassi, and may be advantageously seen in Drassus ater. This
species has the intermediate spinners abundantly furnished with papillae, those
on the inferior spinneus being very few in number and chiefly of large dimen-
sions, emitting the viscous secretion copiously. For the purpose of deter-
mining how many papillae are connected with the short terminal joint of each

* This generic name, which, through my own inadvertency, has hitherto been printed Walckenaeria,
is now corrected.

VOL. XVIII. 2 o

222 Mr. Blackwall on the Number and Structure of

inferior spinner of Drassus ater, which can be wholly retracted within the
middle joint at the will of the spider, I subjected numerous individuals to a
strict scrutiny, when I was surprised to discover that the number varied with
the age of the animals. In specimens which had attained nearly a third of
their growth they usually amounted to five or six ; in others, which were about
two-thirds grown, to six or seven ; and in adults, which had acquired their
full complement, they were uniformly eight ; two of them, situated on the in-
ferior surface of the spinner, at a greater distance from its extremity than the
rest, being minute and almost contiguous. It is a fact deserving of notice,
that the papillae are not always developed simultaneously on these spinners,
six, seven, or eight being sometimes observed on one, when five, six, or seven
only are to be seen on the other ; and this remark is applicable, not to the
inferior spinners alone, but to the intermediate ones also, which, in mature
individuals, are further modified by having the extremities of the terminal
joints directed forwards at right angles to their bases. I have, in like man-
ner, ascertained that the papillae connected with the inferior spinners of
Drassus cujrreus, Blackw., and the superior spinners of Segestria senoculata,
follow the same law of development ; but whether it does or does not hold
good with the papillae on the spinning mammuiae of spiders in general, I am
not at present prepared to decide ; yet, could I rely on analogy, and on the
results of observations, too limited and imperfect to command implicit con-
fidence, I should be disposed to answer affirmatively. The inquiry, however,
to which I am solicitous to direct the attention of arachnologists, is one of
considerable interest.

In addition to the papillae on the terminal joint of the superior spinners of
If^alckenaera acuminata, a large one, much dilated at its base, occurs near the
extremity of their middle joint, on the inner surface.

The superior and inferior spinners of many spiders are triarticulate ; and
when the terminal joint of the former is greatly elongated, thickly clothed
with hairs, and tapers to a point ; the papillae, in the form of hair-like tubes,
dilated at the base, are commonly distributed along its inferior surface, as in
the case of Tegenaria domestica, Tegenaria civilis, Agelena labyr'mthica, Tex-
trix agilis, Drassus saxatilis, Blackw., and some other British species. This
deviation from the prevailing structure has induced Lyonnet, Savigny, Trevi-

the Mammulse employed by Spiders in the Process of Spinning. 223

ranus, Aiulouin, and other skilful zootomists, who have failed to detect the
papillae, to regard the superior mammulse, thus modified, as anal palpi, and to
deny that they perform the office of spinners ; an opinion in which they are
followed by the most eminent arachnologists of the present day. A rigorous
examination of these parts during the exercise of their function by living spe-
cimens of Agelena lahyrinthica, led me six or seven years ago to a correct
knowledge of their external organization ; a discovery which was published
in 1833*, and republished in 1834t.

The intermediate spinners, when limited to a single pair, are usually biarti-
culate, and sometimes, with the inferior spinners, have their basal joints con-
nected or inclosed in a common envelope.

Spiders are stated to have two, four, or six spinners accoi'ding to the office
which the superior mammulse are supposed to perform. Some observers, who
believe them in every instance to be anal palpi or feelers, even where the ter-
minal joint is short and the papillse are situated at its extremity, assert that
all spiders have two or four spinners ; others, who regard the superior mam-
mulse as feelers only when the terminal joint is considerably elongated and
the papillse are arranged along its inferior surface, estimate the number of
spinners with which spiders are provided at two, four, or six ; while those
observers, who admit the fact that silken lines are emitted from all the mam-
mulse, conclude that every spider has four or six spinners. I have already
expressed my own conviction that spiders have four, six, or eight spinners ; a
conviction induced by the recent discovery of an additional pair of mammulte
in certain species.

The newly-discovered mammulse were first noticed by me about the year
1828, on inspecting the spinning apparatus of Clubiona atrox ; but I was quite
ignorant of their true character at that time, and only obtained a satisfactory
knowledge of it last autumn by a patient investigation of their external struc-
ture in living specimens. I may remark, that they are shorter, and further
removed from the anus than the other mammulse, being situated at the base
of the inferior intermediate pair, by which they are almost concealed when in

* Report of the Third Meeting of the British Association for the Advancement of Science, held at
Cambridge in 18.^3, p. 445.

t Researches in Zoology, p. 298, et seq.

2 G 2

224 Mr. Blackwall on the Mammulse of Spideis in Spinning.

a state of repose. Their figure is somewhat conical, but compressed and
truncate, so that the base and apex are elliptical with long transverse axes.
Consisting of a single joint only, each mammula is connected with the other
throughout its entire length, the extremity alone being densely covered with
exceedingly minute papillae, which emit the viscous matter that is formed into
the pale blue bands, constituting the most important part of the snare of this
spider, by means of the combing or rather curling instrument, which I pro-
pose to name calamiiitrum *. Having detected the connexion subsisting between
the new spinners and the calamistrum, I confidently anticipated that spidera
provided with the latter would likewise possess the former ; and such I found
to be the case on examining Drassus viridissimus, Walck., Drassus parvulus,
Blackw., and Drassus extguus, Blackw. MS., which, together with Cluhiona
atrox, are the only species at present known to have the metatarsal joint of the
posterior legs furnished with the curling apparatusf.

Thus it appears that spiders provided with calamistra have eight spinners ;
and as it has been demonstrated that the superior mammulse, though modified
in form, always perform the office of spinners, it follows that spiders with six
mammulae, comprising much the greater number of genera, and those with
four mammulee, constituting a few genera only, Mygale and Oletera, for
example, have precisely as many spinners as mammulae.

A small, conical, hairy process resembling a mammula, on which, however,
I cannot discern any papillae, occurs at the base of the inferior spinners in
various species belonging to the genera Epeira, Tetragnatha, Linyphia, fValck-
enaera, Manduculus, &c. : what influence it exercises upon the economy of
those spiders in which it is found remains to be discovered.

* A description and figures of the calamistrum are published in the Transactions of the Linnean
Society, vol. xvi. p. 473 — 4. tab. xxxi. fig. 2, 3. In the same volume, p. 476, an account is given
of a strong, moveable spine inserted near the termination of the tarsus of each posterior leg, on the
under side, in spiders belonging to the genus Epeira, which I propose to denominate sustentaculum.

t Researches in Zoology, p. 275, 338. 341.

[ 225 ]

XIV. Observations on some Genera of Plants connected with the Flora of
Guiana. By George Bentham, Esq., F.L.S.

ReadJune 19th, 1838.

1. Symplocos, Ciponima, Stemmatosiphon, Alstonia and Hopea.

An Pohl's Plantarum Brasilice Icones, vol. ii. pi. 157, 158, and 159, three
plants are figured under the name of Stemmatosiphon, and referred to Meliacece,
on account of some similarity in the disposition of the stamina and the form
of the corolla, if considered as polypetalous. Adrien de Jussieu, however, in
a note added to his excellent memoir on Meliacece {Mdm. du Mus. vol. xix.
p. 152.) adverted to the simple leaves, indefinite stamina, &c., as incompatible
with that family; but, misled by several errors in the details of structure
figured by Pohl, was unable to point out satisfactorily the group to which it
should be removed*. On the occasion of determining the plants collected in
Guiana by Mr. Schomburgk, I was struck with the apparent affinity of one of
them to the specimens of Pohl's Stemmatosiphons, which I had obtained at
Vienna, and was led into an examination of that genus, which proved to be
identical with the Linnean Symplocos. as first constituted, although differing
in many points from many of the other species which have since been asso-
ciated with it.

The genus Symplocos was originally founded by Jacquin, and adopted by
Linnaeus, for the aS'. martinicensis, which was thus characterized by Linnaeus
in his Genera Plantarum : " Perianthium monophyllum, semiquinquefidum,
parvum, laciniis subrotundis erectis. Petala quinque, oblonga, obtusa, erecta,
superne patentissima. Filamenta plurima, subulata, plana, petalis breviora,

* The remarkable circumstance in particular of a trifid stigmate, with a quadrilocular ovarium,
figured in each of the three plates, does not exist in any flower that I have dissected of either of the
species.

226 Mr. Bentham's Observations on some Genera of Plants

serie quadruplici corollse tubo accreta, inferioribus brevioribus. Antherce sub-
rotundee. Germen subrotundum. Stylus filiformis, longitudine staminum.
Stigma capitatum subtrifidum."

The above character will be found in every respect, as far as it goes, ad-
mirably adapted to Pohl's Sfemmatosiphons, as well as to the original Symphcus,
and to Aublet's Ciponima ; for although the words Petala quinque rather indi-
cate a polypetalous corolla, yet their adherence at the base is plainly indicated
by the subsequent expression, Filamenta .... tubo corollte accreta.

L'H6ritier in the first volume of the Linnean Transactions (p. 174.) first
proposed the joining the genera Hopea {Linn. Mant. p. 14.), Alstonia {Linn.
Fil. Suppl. p. 39.), and Ciponima {Aubl. Plant. Guian. i. p. 567- t. 226.) to
Symplocos, of which it became consequently necessary to modify the character
in many points, of which the most important are. Calyx superus quinquepar-
titus. Corolla .... campanulata .... petalis s. laciniis 5 — 10 .... basi in
tubum longitudine calycis coalitis .... Filamenta .... submonadelpha s. basi
inaequaliter connexa .... in plures ordines imbricata .... Germen inferum
.... Stigma .... subquinquelobum. To these were also added the carpolo-
gical characters, Linnaeus hiinself not having seen the fruit of his Symplocos.

In regard to the relative situation of the calyx and ovarium (or germen, as
it was formerly termed,) there is here an inconvenience in expression still
adhered to generally by British botanists, although long since adverted to and
corrected by continental authors, who speak of the calyx as free or adnate,
instead of inferior and superior. In Symplocos and in all the genera associated
with it the tube of the calyx is generally more or less free from the ovary at
the time of flowering, but with the development of the fruit it adheres to it
more and more, till, at the maturity, the tube of the calyx becomes entirely
confounded with the fleshy pericarp, and the segments alone remain free,
crowning the fruit at the top, — a circumstance difficult to describe with'the
old nomenclature, unless on the supposition, that during the maturation the
calyx moves from its original point of insertion.

As to the corolla and stamina, L'Heritier's character, intended to apply both
to Symplocos, Linn., and Hopea, Linn., is not so correct as Linneeus's for the
former genus, nor does it either apply with accuracy to the latter one, which
has scarcely any tube to the corolla, and in which the stamina cannot be said to

connected with the Flora of Guiana. 227

be imbricate. The stigma may as well be described as subquinquelohum as sub-
tr'ifidum, for the carpellary number varies from three to five in most species.
L'H6ritier's character of the fruit, as far as it goes, applies to all his species.

Persoon in his Synopsis (vol. ii. p. 74.) adopts L'Heritier's views in uniting
Alstonia and Ciponima with Symplocos, but again separates Hopea ; and Gsert-
ner {Carpologia, iii. p. 139. et seq. t. 209./. \, 2, 3.) not only follows Persoon in
considering the latter genus as well characterized by a pentapetalous corolla,
pentadelphous stamina, and a trilocular drupe, but also re-establishes Ciponima,
distinguishing it chiefly by the stamina being in a double, not in a quadruple
row, as in Symplocos, the anthers bilocular, not quadrilocular, the drupe qua-
drilocular, and the embryo erect, not inverted as in Hopea.

Of all these characters, those derived from the corolla and stamina alone
appear to be of any importance. The quadrilocular anthers of Symplocos are a
mistake ; the position of the embryo, it is now well known, varies in Symplocos
in different seeds in the same drupe, and the number of cells of the ovary is
very variable, at least in the true species of Symplocos.

On these grounds, probably, Bonpland {PI. JEquin. i. p. 180.), followed by
Kunth, {Nov. Gen. et Sp. PI. Amer. iii. p. 256.) returns to L'Heritier's opinion,
that the four genera form but one. In the first of these works Bonpland adds
to the six species then known eight new ones, and commences his monogra-
phic sketch with a new character, in which the corolla is described as " disco
epigyno imposita, polypetala vel monopetala; polypetala, petalis circiter 10,
duplici serie dispositis, exterioribus majoribus, basi in formam tubi arete co-
haerentibus, monopetala, tubo brevi, laciniis 10 ut in polypetala dispositis."
This is evidently taken from S. Alstonia {PL ^quin. t. 6 1 .) and S. coccinea
(t. 52.) ; it is also applicable, with a slight modification as to the number of
petals of the inner series, to S. cenma (t. 63.), but is completely at variance
as well with S. serrulata and S. rufescens, figured in the same work (t. 54 & 55.),
as with the original S. martinicensis, Aublet's Ciponima, and Linnseus's Hopea.

The subsequent additions to the genus consist chiefly of Asiatic species, of
which S. sinica was figured and described in detail by Ker in the Botanical
Register (vol. ix. t. 710.), the S. Loha, Sumuntia, thecefolia, and cratcegoides
were established by D.Don, Prodr. Fl. Nepalensis, p. 144., the S. racemosa,
spicata, and ferruginea, by Roxburgh Fl. Ind. Or. vol. ii. p. 539. None of these

228 Mr. Bentham's Observations on some Genera of Plants

authors, however, appear to have much studied the generic character, which
they have taken more or less from some of the above-mentioned botanists,
Don observing only " Genus fortfe iterum dividenduni."

Since the above I am not aware of any modification in the character or spe-
cies of Symplocos, until the publication of the last volume of G. Don's General
System of Gardening and Botany, where all the hitherto published species are
collected, those merely named in Wallich's Catalogue are described, the genus
is retained as established by L'H^ritier and Bonpland, but raised to the rank
of a natural order, and divided into three sections: Alstonia, containing all
the American species said to be distinguished by an 8 — 10-parted corolla, the
segments in a double row, stamens in 3 or 4 series, and a half inferior drupe ;
Lodlira, consisting of 17 Asiatic species, to which are attributed a 5-parted
corolla, stamens inserted without order, and an inferior drupe ; and Palura,
described as having the same corolla, with stamens in a triple series, and an
inferior ovary. Under this section are enumerated two remaining Asiatic
species.

These characters, however, by no means correspond with the specific cha-
i-acters given in the same work to several of the species, and will be found on
examination still more at variance in many instances with the plants them-
selves. Thus in the section Alstonia, three species at least have a 3-parted
corolla, the segments in many of them are not in a double row ; the stamens
of S. tinctoria are arranged as in the Asiatic species, and the calyx is as ad-
herent to the drupe in Alstonia as in Lodhra and Palura. In the latter respect
I cannot see any difference between the S. sinica and the several plants referred
to Lodhra ; and if there is any greater regularity in the arrangement of the
stamina in S. crata^goides than in Lodhra, it is that they are more decidedly
pentadelphous and not biseriate.

Amidst all these conflicting opinions, after a careful examination of a con-
siderable number of both American and Asiatic species, it appears to me that
there do exist three distinct groups, which it might be adviseable to consider
as so many genera. In the true Symplocos of Linnseus the stamina are erect,
the filaments are flat, monadelphous at the base, free in the upper part, where
they are distinctly imbricated in three or four rows, and suddenly attenuated
below the anther; the corolla is erect and adherent to the staminal tube,

connected with the Flora of Guiana. 229

often above the middle, and then suddenly expanded ; the segments are always
in a single row, (though imbricate in aestivation,) nearly equal in size, and 5
in number in the species I have seen, 6, or perhaps more, in some described
by Bonpland, and the ovary 3- 4- or 5-celled. Of this group I have examined
S.martinicensis, h\r\n., S.Ciponima, S. Arechea,UYi€r., Stemmatosiphon jtlaty-
phyllum, nitens, and uniflorum, Pohl., Symplocos pubescens, Klotsch, and two
new species described below; and, judging from Bonpland's figures, I should
likewise refer to it his Symplocos serrulata and rufescens.

As a second genus, or at any rate as a distinct section oi 'Symplocos, I
should propose to restore Linnseus's Alstonia, characterized by a more cam-
panulate corolla, with an inner row of small coroUine segments, which may
perhaps be considered as an outer row of sterile stamina. 1 have only seen
one species, the Alstonia thea;formis, Linn., and of that I could bnly dissect
one imperfect flower, in which the inner row of petals was very irregular, and
certainly took the place of some of the external stamina. I should associate
with it Bonpland's Symplocos cernua and coccinea, judging from the figures,
and perhaps also Symplocos tomentosa, Bonpl., and S. octopetala, Swartz.
But it would require a re-examination of all these species to determine the
importance of the inner row of petals as characterizing a section or a
genus.

In the third very distinct genus, Hopea, Linn, (not Roxb.), the aspect of the
flower is very different ; the corolla is almost rotate, constantly uniseriate at
the base, though the divisions be imbricate, and 5- or 6-cleft ; the stamina are
also spreading, their filaments slender, but slightly connected at the base, often
somewhat pentadelphous, and usually longer than the corolla. I have also
never found more than three cells to the ovary, (in H. sinica and cratcegoides
there are but two,) and the species appear much more apt to dry yellow than
in the true Symplocos. I would refer to Hopea, so characterized, H. tinctoria,
Linn., and the greater number, if not all the Asiatic species. Amongst these
the S. sinica, Bot. Reg., and S. cratcegoides, Hamilt., should form a distinct
section, as proposed by Don, but characterized by the bilocular ovarium and
comparatively slender stigmata. There appears also to be a considerable di-
versity in the fruit, which is pear- or bottle-shaped, and very small in S. spi~
cata, Roxb., S. polycarpa, Wall., and S. laurina. Wall., small, oblong, and

VOL. XVIII. 2 H

230 Mr. Bentham's Observations on some Genera of Plants

shining in S. adenophylla, Wall., large, oblong, and rough in S. cerasifolia,
Wall., large, globular, and rough in S. mollis, Wall., which appears very near
to S.ferruginea, Roxb. I have not seen the fruit of the other species, but I
have no doubt that, when better known, the carpological characters will afford
good sectional distinctions.

Of the remaining published species, the Symplocos nuda, Limoncillo, and
mua-onata, Humb. et Bonpl. PL .^quin., and S. Schiedeana, Schlechtendal,
(Linnsea, viii. 527.) must remain doubtful, as their corolla has not been seen.
S. pentagyna of Sprengel must be omitted altogether, having certainly no
connexion with Symplocos. It would be impossible, indeed, without seeing his
specimen, to say what it might be, but at a guess his character reads most
like that of a Vismia.

The above genera, with Styrax, Strigilia, and Halesia, form a small order,
or perhaps a tribe of Ebenacece, established by Richard under the name of
Styracece, and more or less adopted by most subsequent botanists, but with
very different ideas as to its extent. D. Don, followed by some others, esta-
blished three distinct orders, Symplocinece, Styracece, and Halesiacece, the di-
stinctions between which are thus stated by G. Don : Styracinece are " very
nearly allied to Halesiacece, but differ by the decidedly superior ovarium and
the more deeply-cleft corolla, and from Symplocinece in the superior ovarium
and entire or slightly- lobed calyx, and in the stamens being fewer and mona-
delphous." (Gen. Syst. of Gard. and Bot. iv. p. 4.) Halesiacece come " nearest
to Symplocinece, from which they differ in the inferior ovarium, in the fruit
being a hard dry winged nut, and in the corolla being more decidedly mono-
petalous." (Ibid. p. 6.)

It is difficult, however, not to agree with Richard in neglecting in this in-
stance, notwithstanding its great importance in other cases, the degree of
adherence of the calyx to the fruit : for it will be found that at the time of
flowering the calyx adheres to the ovary at its base even in Styrax, and is
rarely completely adherent even in Halesia ; whilst in the different species of
Symplocos and Hopea almost every intermediate degree may be observed.
The chief difference lies in this : that, as the fruit swells, it is the adherent
part of the ovary that is developed in Symplocos, Hopea, and Halesia, and the
free portion only in Styrax ; and it is, I believe, generally recognized, that a

connected with the Flora of Guiana. 231

diversity of form in the fruit, arising only during its growth from the state of
ovary, is rather a generic than an ordinal distinction.

Besides this difference in the fruit, Styrax and Strigilia have a definite
number of stamens, but their insertion and connexion at the base into a short
tube is the same as in Symphcos and Halesia.

The character of Halesiacece derived from the winged fruit loses what little
importance might have been given to it, when it is considered that it is not
the "nut" itself that is winged, but merely the calyx inclosing it, which in its
development becomes fleshy in Symplocos, and herbaceous and winged in
Halesia, — a good generic, but no ordinal distinction.

Lindley, in the second edition of his Natural System, besides the above
genera, enumerates under Styracece the five following : Diclidanthera, Mart.,
Paralea, Aubl., Turaria, Molin., Morelosia, Llave, and Decadia, Lour. Of
these, Diclidanthera is the only one which is satisfactorily described, and
Martins is evidently right in ascribing it to Ebenacece ; but the separate inser-
tion of the anthers in the throat of the corolla remove it from the tribe or
order of Styracece : Paralea and Decadia appear also, as far as can be j udged
from the very imperfect descriptions, to be nearer the true Ebenacece than to
Styracece : Morelosia must be very diflferent, and may very likely belong to
Convolvulacece, where Don places it.

With respect to the affinities of Styracece as an order, their alliance with
Ebenacece amongst Monopetalce, and with Humiriacecc in the first instance, and
in the next place with Meliacece, and perhaps with Aurantiacece and Olacinece
amongst Polypetalce, has been already pointed out, and have only been con-
firmed, as far as my observations have led me ; but my object not being to
give a monograph of the order, I now merely add the characters which I
should propose for such of the true Symploci as I am acquainted with.

Symplocos. Linn.

Calyx basi ovario adhaerens, limbo 5-fido, laciniis latis, sestivatione imbricatis.
Corolla gamo-petala, profunde 5 — 7-fida, basi erecta, laciniis apice paten-
tissimis, uniserialibus, sestivatione imbricatis. Stamina numerosa, 3 — 4-
serialia, erecta, basi in tubum coroUse adnatum coalita ; filamenta superne
libera, dilatata, imbricata, apice abrupte acuminata, Antherce ovatae,

2 H 2

232 Mr. Bentham's Observations on some Genera 0/ Plants

erectse, basifixse, biloculares. Ovarium basi adnatum, apice liberum,
3 — 5-Ioculare, loculis sub-4-ovulatis, ovulis pendulis. Stylus simplex.
Stigma capitatum, 3 — 6-fidum. Drupa calyce adnato carnoso inclusa,
putamine lignoso, 1 — 5-loculai-is. Semina in quoque loculo seepissime
solitaria, oblonga, lateraliter aflBxa. Embryo in albumine copioso lineare,
erectus, vel inversus.
Arbores mediocres, vel frutices elati, in America calidiore provenientes. Rami
alterni, patentes. Folia alterna, simpliciaj petiolata, integra, integerrima,
vel serrata, serraturis ssepe glanduliferis, coriacea, supra glaberrima, ni-
tida, subtus glabra, vel pubescentia. Racemi breves, axillares, pluri- vel
rarius subuni-flori. Rhachis et pedunculus ssepissime pubescentes. Hxrres
in pedunculo sessiles, vel breviter pedicellati, bracteis 2 — 5 laciniis caly-
cinis similibus sufFulti. Calyces ciliati. Corolloe albse, vel lutescentes.
Ovarium apice et stylus basi hirta. Flares in plerisque speciebus odora-
tissimi.

1 . S. nitens, foliis obovato-oblongis obtusissimis integerrimis subundulatis

ramisque glaberrimis, pedunculis multifloris petiolum breveni vix supe-

rantibus.
Stemmafosiphon nitens. Pohl ! PI. Bras. Ic. ii. p. 88. 1. 158.
liab. in Brasilise provincia Minas Geraes et Goyaz. Pohl!

2. S. martinicensis (Linn. Sp. p. 7^7-), foliis oblongo-ellipticis obtuse acumi-

natis late undulato-crenatis basi angustatis utrinque ramisque glaberri-
mis, pedunculis plurifloris petiolum subsequantibus.
Hab. in Antillis. Anderson ! in Martinica. Jacquin.

3. S. laxijlora, foliis oblongis acuininatis basi angustatis margine obtuse ser-

rulatis, junioribus subtus ad venas ramulisque hirtellis, pedunculis petiolo
longioribus apice laxe 3 — 5-floris. Tab. XVIII.
Hab. in Bi-asilise montibus Serra Orga5 dictis. Gardner ! PI. exs. n. 343.

4. S. parviflora, foliis ovatis ellipticisve obtusiusculis basi rotundatis margine

serrulatis, junioribus subtus ramulisque hirtellis, pedunculis 1 — 3-floris
petiolum brevem vix sequantibus.
Hab. in provincia Rio Grande. Tweedie !

connected with the Flora of Guiana. 233

5. S.Arechea (L'H^r. Trans. Soc. Linn. Lond. i. p. 176.), foliis oblongo-ellip-

ticis obtuse acuminatis serrulatis, junioribus subtus ramulisque puberulis,
pedunculis petiolo pluries brevioribus dense 3 — 5-floris.
Hab. in Peruvia. Mathews! PI. exs. n. 2016.

6. S. serrulata (Humb. et Bonpl. PI. ^Equin. i. 190. t. 54.). Species mihi ignota

S. Arecheoe similis videtur, sed foliis subsessilibus facile distinguenda.
Hab. prope Popayan. Humboldt et Bonpland.

7. S. rufescens (Humb. et Bonpl. 1. c. p. 192. t. 55.). Nee banc speciem vidi.

Ex icone distinctissima videtur.
Hab. in Monte Quindiu. Humboldt et Bonpland.

8. S. pubescens (Klotsch in Herb. Lindl. MSS.), foliis ovato-ellipticis oblon-

gisve breviter acuminatis serratis basi angustatis supra reticulatis sub-
tus ramulisque pubescenti-villosis, pedunculis plurifloris petiolum sub-
sequantibus, calycibus glabriusculis longe ciliatis corolla subquintuplo
brevioribus.
Hab. in Brasilia. Sellow !

9. S. platyphylla, foliis ovato-ellipticis breviter acuminatis obtusisve serratis

basi rotundatis supra buUulatis reticulatis subtus ramulisque pubescenti-
villosis, pedunculis multifloris petiolum sequantibus, calycibus viilosissi-
mis corolla vix quadruple brevioribus.

Stemmatosiphon platyphyllum. Pohl ! PI. Bras. Ic. ii. p. 87- 1. 157.

Hab. in Brasilise provincia Minas Geraes. Pohl!

10. S. Ciponima (L'H6r. Trans. Soc. Linn. Lond. i. 175.), foliis ovatis oblon-

gisve breviter acuminatis integerrimis serratisve supra laevissimis subtus
sparse hirtellis, ramulis pubescentibus, pedunculis brevissimis multifloris,
calycibus villosis.
Hab. in Guiana Gallica. Aublet ; in Guiana Anglica ad flumen Essequebo.
Schomburgk! Ph exs. n. 383. (foliis plerisque ovatis basi subcordatis), et
n. 276. (foliis plerisque oblongis basi rotundatis).

11. S.unijlora, foliis ovatis acuminatis serratis subtus ramulisque ciliato-hirtis,

pedunculis unifloris petiolo longioribus.

234 Mr. Bentham's Observations on some Genera of Plants

Stemmatosiphon uniflorum. Pohl. PI. Bras. Ic. ii. p. 89. t. 159.
Hab. in Brasilise provincia Minas Geraes. Pohl.!

2. Seguieria.

The circumstance of a polyandrous genus amongst the true Monochlamydea;
is of so rare occurrence, that the first impression conveyed by an unknown
plant of that description is that of a defective polypetalous one ; and accord-
ingly, although some species or other of Seguieria occurs in most extensive
South American collections, I have usually found it amongst Swartzieas or
with Securidaca, to both of which the genus bears some external resemblance.
For this reason, probably, not only no new species has yet been described since
Jacqnin and Linnaeus published the original S. americana, but even of that
plant no description has appeared but what has been taken from one of those
two authors. The aflSnities of the genus were entirely unknown, until Brown,
who had examined three Brazilian species, associated it (App. to Tuckey,
p. 36.) with Petiveria as a tribe of Phytolacece.

The peculiarities of this tribe are there alluded to in the following words :
" The lateral stigma, the spiral cotyledons, and want of albumen in Petiveria,
remove it to some distance from the other genera of Phytolacece, and at the
same time connect it with Seguieria, with which also it agrees in the alliaceous
odour of the whole plant." The lateral stigma and solitary carpel is very
remarkable in all species of Seguieria ; in the seeds I examined, which were
unripe, I found a considerable quantity of mucilage resembling albumen, and
a small, somewhat curved embryo, with cotyledons by no means spiral, giving
me the idea that they were very similar to the seeds of several true Phytolacece ;
it is only when they arrive at maturity, in which state Mr. Brown examined
them, that their true structure may be seen. Although my specimens are
insufficient in this respect, yet the genus is so little known, and so remark-
able in other points, that I have added to the following synopsis of the species
known to me, a figure of one, in which the fruit, though immature, has attained

Its full size.

Seguieria. Linn.

Perigonium calycinum, quinquepartitum, laciniis parum insequalibus, sestiva-
tione imbricativa, 2 exterioribus, 3 interioribus, per anthesin reflexis.

connected with the Flora of Guiana. 235

Stamina numerosa, basi perigonii inserta. Filamenta filiformia. Antherce
erectee, lineari-sagittatse, biloculares, loculis riraa longitudinali dehiscen-
tibus. Ovarium sessile, liberum, uniloculare, ovulo unico erecto. Styliis
erectus, complanatus, hinc lateraliter stigmatiferus, inde membranaceo-
alatus. Fructus indehiscens, coriaceus, apiee ala longa acinaciformi, iino
latere incrassata auctus, et in utraque facie alis 3 — 4 parvis irregulariter
striatus. Semen unicumj subrotundum. Embryo {junior) parvus, linearis,
parum incurvus, lateralis, cotyledonibus rectiusculis. Frutices seanden-
tes ? Austro-Araericani. glabri, vel ramulis leviter pubescentibus. Folia
alterna, integerrima, punctis minutis creberrimis pellucidis conspersa.
Stipulw induratse, persistentes, ssepissime splnescentes. Paniculce axil-
lares vel terminales, irregulariter ramosse, multiflorae, subaphyllse. Flores
flavescenti-virides.

1. S. parvifolia, stipulis minimis tuberculiformibus vix spinescentibus, foliis

ovali-oblongis herbaceis basi in petiolum angustatis.
Hab. ad Rio Jaquhy. Tweedie !
Folia vix sesquipoUicaria, petiolo 3 — 4-lineari. Panicula terminalis, parum
ramosa.

2. S. coriacea, stipulis longis validis rectis spinescentibus, foliis subsessilibus

oblongis obtusissimis coriaceis.
Hab. in montibus AcuruaprovinciseBahiensis. Blanchet ! PI. exs. n. 2908.
Folia 2 — 3-pollicaria. Paniculte in exemplari meo axillares pauciflorae.

3. »S'. longifolia, stipulis brevissimis recurvis spinescentibus, foliis subsessilibus

lanceolato-ellipticis acuminatis reticulars coriaceis.
Hab. ad Mathea Barboso in Brasilia. Pohll
Folia 3^ — 5-pollicaria. Paniculce axillares vel terminales.

4. S.Jloribunda, stipulis minimis tuberculseformibus vix spinescentibus, foliis

breviter petiolatis ovatis acuminatis coriaceis, paniculse rhachide pubes-
cente. Tab. XIX,
Hab. in Brasilise montibus Orgao. Gardner ! PI. exs. n. 722.
Folia 3 — 4-pollicaria. Panicula amplissima.

5. S. macrophylla, stipulis spinescentibus recurvis, foliis breviter petiolatis

amplis ovato-ellipticis acuminatis, paniculse rhachide glabra.

236 Mr. BentHam's Observations on some Genera of Plants

Hah. in Guiana Anglica ad flumen Essequebo. Schomburgh! PI. exs,
n. 348.
Frutex scandens. Folia 5 — 7-pollicaria. Paniculce terminales amplse, axillares
divaricatse. Flores majores quam in prsecedentibus, luteo-virides.

6. S.foliosa, stipulis spinescentibns recurvis, foliis petiolatis ovatis obtuse

acuminatis, paniculis terminalibus paucifloris basi foliatis.
Hab. in Guiana Anglica. Schomburgk ! PI. exs. n. 661.
Fnlia \\ — 2-pollicaria. Inflorescentia ab omnibus diversa.

7. S. americana (Linn. Sp. p. 74705 ^^ omnibus difFerre videtur, foliis apice

emarginatis.

3. Anthodiscus.

The genus Anthodiscus was established by G, F. W. Meyer in his Primitice
Florce Essequeboensis, p. 193, for a Guiana tree, which he places in Icosandria
on account of the insertion of the stamina : " annulo calycino germen cin-
gente." He compares it in that class with some Myrtacecp, with Acacia^ and
with Phytolacca ; but in a natural arrangement it differs widely from the first
in its free ovarium, from Acacia in its polycarpous structure, from Phytolacca
by the dichlamydeous perigonium. Since Meyer, it appears to have been
generally overlooked, not being mentioned by De CandoUe either amongst
his Thalamijiorce or amongst the polypetalous Calycijlorae, and being entirely
omitted by Bartling, Lindley and others in their enumerations of genera.
Sprengel took it up, however, in his Systema, and Meisner introduces it into
his Generic Tables as a spurious Rosaceous plant, allied also in its (imper-
fectly known) fruit to Phytolacca.

Amongst Schomburgk's specimens is one which answers so well in external
characters to Meyer's description of his Anthodiscus trifoliatus, that I have
little doubt of its being the same species, more especially, as I find a similar
specimen in Dr. Lindley's herbarium, proceeding, I believe, from Mr. Parker's
Demerara collection. These specimens differ, however, from Meyer's charac-
ter in some points of structure, perhaps not much attended to at that time,
but which are now of considerable importance in a natural arrangement.
The disk from which the stamens arise is hypogynous, not perigynous, — a cir-
cumstance that removes the plant at once from Rosacece ; and the general

connected with the Flora of Guiana. 237

habit of the plant, notwithstanding its occasionally alternate leaves, and the
structure of the stamens and ovarium, show a close affinity to Rhizoholece.
It may, in short, be described, as far as can be ascertained without a know-
ledge of the fruit, as a polygynous Caryocar with cohering petals and leaves
often alternate.

It is true that Meyer does not mention the coherence of the petals ; but as
he speaks of their concavity and the caducity of the corolla, it is probable he
had not seen it open, and may possibly have merely separated the petals by
force to ascertain their form.

As a second genus of an order consisting hitherto but of five species, I sub-
join a figure of the plant and the generic character, referring to Meyer's work
for a detailed description of the species.

Anthodiscus.

Calyx breviter cupuleeformis, margine obscure 5-lobo, persistens. Petala 5,
concava, arete cohserentia, disco hypogyno inserta, per anthesin calyptrse
more decidua. Stamina numerosissima, cum petalis disco hypogyno
inserta, basi brevissime monadelpha, interiora breviora, omnia fertilia.
Filamenta filiformia, tortuosa, minute glandulosa. Antherce ovatee, bilo-
culares, loculis rima longitudinali dehiscentibus. Ovarium liberum, de-
presso-globosum, radiatim multi- (circiter 14-) loculare, loculis uniovu-
latis, ovulis peltatis, latere interiore affixis. Styli tot quot loculee ovarii,
oblongi, incurvi, stigmatibus oblongis, terminalibus.

Arbor Guianensis. Folia alterna, vel opposita, in caule articulata, trifoliolata,
foliolis coriaceis lucidis. Pedicelli breves, uniflori, bibracteati.

Species unica A. trifoliatus. G. W. F. Meyer, 1. c. p. 194.

Tab. XX.

Hab. in Guiana Anglica ad ripas flurainum Essequebo et Rupununy.
Schomburgk /- PI. exs. n. 512.

VOL. XVIII. 2 I

238 Mr. Bentham's Observations on the Flora of Guiana.

EXPLANATION OF THE PLATES.

Tab. XVIH.

Symplocos laxijlora.
Fig. 1. Flower.

2. Ditto, with the calyx corolla and removed.

3. Portion of the stamina.

4. Pistillum, with the ovarium cut vertically.

5. Transverse section of the ovarium.

6. Vertical section of the mature fruit.

Tab. XIX.

Seguieriajloribunda.
Fig. 1. Diagram of the floral organs.

2. Flower.

3. Stamen.

4. Pistillum, with the ovaHum cut verticaliy.

5. Branch with the fruit.

6. Lower extremity of the seed, with the outer integument removed.

7. Seed.

8. Vertical section of the seed.

9. Embryo.

Tab. XX.

Anthodiscus trifoliatus.
Fig. 1. Flower.

2. Corolla removed.
y-^^ 3. Flower, with the corolla removed.

4. Stamen.

5. Pistillum.

6. Transverse section of the ovarium,

7. Vertical section of ditto.

Trans Linn Sac Vol- KVJU. tab J8

Mifs Draiu alei

G Jarmu7z

■m'

^

■M \

vV

^4

^

,'i=^

#^,

^^^^

yg)

*1

.^^^mr^^i

f

A

lydtis linn Soc Vul.ZVI/7 Caizo

\

I

M^j Drake dal

Cj£tr/?ta>t, sc

[ 239 ]

XV. On the existence o/Stomata in Mosses. In a Letter to Richard Horsman
Solly, Esq., F.R.S. 8^ L.S. By William Valentine, Esq., F.L.S.

Read April 3rd, 1838.

My dear Sir,

1 CANNOT discover any notice of Stomata having been observed on Mosses
in any author within my reach* ; and Professor Lindley states in his Introduc-
tion to Botany, and in his Ladies' Botany, that they are not to be found in this
order ; and certainly the opinion of their absence is not much to be wondered
at, for in by far the greater number of species it is difficult to detect them.
Their situation is very remarkable, being confined, with one exception, to the
theca. I first detected them whilst examining a section of the theca of Bryum
crudum with a triplet. It struck me, from the arrangement of the subcuta-
neous tissue of the apophysis in one spot, that a stoma was above it, and upon
scraping off the subcutaneous tissue of a portion of the theca, I discovered
the stomata in great numbers on the apophysis. I then examined other spe-
cies, and found that wherever there was an apophysis they existed, and as in
Bryum crudum, only on the apophysis. There appeared to be a very good
reason why they should not be found on any other spot, for the apophysis
appeared to be the only part having sufficient thickness of tissue to allow of
the proper arrangement of the subcutaneous cells ; and this appeared still
more striking after examining the apophyses of several species of Splachnum,
where they exist in considerable abundance, with one curious exception,
S. ampuUaceum, on whose apophysis they are confined to the upper part,
which is the only spot where the subcutaneous tissue has not separated from
the cuticle. A more extended examination of species seemed to confirm this
opinion, but at length the discovery of their occurrence over the whole of the

* The first discovery of stomata in Mosses is due to Treviranus, who observed them several years ago
on the apophyses of Splachnum spharicum, mnioides, ampuUaceum, and in several species of Bryum. Unger
{Exanth. der Pflanz. 1833.) has since noticed them in Bryum turbinatum and Bartramia fontana.

2 I 2

240 Mr. Valentine on the existence of Stomata in Mosses.

theca of Encalypta citiata proved its fallacy. Besides, in Encalypta vulgaris
I have since observed several similar exceptions ; in the genus Orfhotrichum
and in CEdipodium Griffithianum they exist on the upper part of the fleshy
seta as well as on the apophysis. In many mosses without apophyses, they
are found in a single row at the very base of the theca; for instance, in Tri-
chostomum patens and all the Phascums, with the exception of Phascum alter-
nifolium, which is destitute of them. Of one hundred and three British spe-
cies which I have examined, seventy-eight are furnished with stomata. As
yet I have discovered no particular condition which is necessary to their
existence; they are found equally on the most fully developed species, as
Hypnum rutahulum, as on the very lowest, of which Phascum serratum is the
best example ; and, on the contrary, they are wanting in species of both ex-
tremes, as for instance, Hypnum denticulatum and Phascum aliernifolium. In
appearance they are generally similar to those of the most common form
amongst Phsenogamous plants, as represented at Tab. XXI. fig. 10 ; occasion-
ally they are so like the surrounding tissue, that the eye would not detect them
if they were not the specific object of the examination ; and in several species
of Orthotrichum they are particularly prominent. Their number varies in the
different species very considerably, being very numerous on some, as Funaria
hygrometrica, and as few as four on others, as Weissia controversa. The con-
struction of the stomata is for the most part very simple, as in fig. 10, which
represents four stomata from the apophysis of Dissodon splachnoides. Each
stoma is formed of two oblong reniform cells, with their concave sides op-
posed to each other, by which means an aperture is formed in the cuticle.

Fig. 1 1 . represents a section of one of these stomata. This form appears to
be by far the most general, as I have observed only two exceptions. Fig. 1,
2, 3, 4, and 6 represent one of these exceptions, which is confined to five of the
British species of Orthotrichum ; and fig. 7, 8, and 9 the other, which is pecu-
liar to two very nearly allied genera, Funaria and Entosthodon. The first of
these exceptions is remarkable, and as far as I can ascertain, not previously
described. In addition to the pair of reniform cells, similar to those of Disso-
don, the stomata of Orthotrichum diaphanum, pulchellum, rivulare, anomalum,
and cupulatum have a raised border of projecting cells, which form a cavity
above the stoma, fig. 4 and 5. These projecting cells have the power of con-

Mr. Valentine on the existence of Stomata in Mosses. 241

tracting so as to close this cavity, fig. 1. and fig. 2., thereby forming an addi-
tional impediment to evaporation or respiration, as the case may be. The
nearest approach to this structure is in Marchantia and Targionia, in which
the stomata are formed of several layers of cells, one above the other, and con-
tracting upwards so as to produce a hollow truncated cone.

The obturator ring described by Mirbel does not exist, as was ascertained
by GriflSth to be the case with Targionia hypophylla, but instead there is a
quantity of short perpendicular filaments, which project into and form the
floor of the cavity of the stoma, and are seated on a dense mass of roundish
cells which contain a great quantity of green granules. The species of Mar-
chantia which was the subject of Mirbel's observations is not mentioned in
Lindley's Botany, one of the tracts published by the Society for the Diffusion
of Useful Knowledge ; and as my knowledge of this subject is obtained from
a second source, you cannot expect it to be so clear as it would have been if
I had had the original memoir to consult. If Mirbel describes the obturator
ring as common to all the species, he is wrong ; but it is more probable that
his remarks apply to polymorpha, the most common species, and as that is not
immediately within my reach, 1 cannot either confirm or contradict him.
There is this important peculiarity in the stomata of Marchantia conica — it
has not the power of contracting after having been once pervious.

Tab. XXI. fig. 6, 7, H, and 9 represent the stomata of Funaria hygrometrica,
each of which consists of a single cell in the form of a hollow ring, the sides
being so compressed as to convert the aperture into a mere slit. They only
occur on the apophysis, which is composed of very loose cellular tissue (except-
ing its centre), and through the intercellular spaces of this tissue they allow of
a communication between the external air and the space between the sporular
and thecal membranes. In Orthotrichum diaphanum the stomata open directly
into this space, and I believe, although I have not been able to prove it, that
in all mosses the stomata communicate with this space. All the cells exposed
to the action of the air contain green granules ; and some, as those forming
the external layer of the columella, which have no apparent communication
with the air, also contain them, although in a less degree, and occasionally a
few granules are scattered in the cells which form the substance of the colu-
mella, as shown in fig. 1 . ; the more retired, however, the cells are from the

242 Mr. Valentine on the existence of Stomata in Mosses.

influence of the air, the fewer are the granules they contain. The size of the
cavity between the sporular and thecal membranes varies in different species,
and in the same species at different periods of its growth, whilst in some, as
Orthotrichum diaphanum, these membranes are in contact ; in others, of which
Funaria hygrometrica and Bartramia pomiformis are the most marked exam-
ples, they are widely distant ; this distance, however, is constantly diminish-
ing by the growth of the columella and the gradual development of the spo-
rules.

I shall venture to offer a conjecture as to the use of the stomata in mosses ;
it is but this moment formed, therefore you cannot expect it to be very matured.
In my paper published in the last volume of the Linnean Transactions*, I
have endeavoured to prove that the sporules are, in point of fact, pollen, dif-
fering from ordinary pollen merely in the greater firmness of its coats, a pro-
vision rendered necessary by its immediate exposure to the soil without the
intervention of a peculiar apparatus (the ovulum) to prepare it for germination.
Now my conjecture is, that the stomata, by admitting the access of the air, do,
if not fully cause, at least promote, the hardening of the coats of the sporules.
There are some facts which favour this conjecture : the Phascums, with but
one exception, have stomata, and as the operculum is persistent, it would
appear that there is no other way by which the action of the atmosphere on
the sporules can take place ; again, they are not found on the Polytrichums
nor on Hymenostomum microstomum, which are so constructed, the first with
a tympanum and closely approximating teeth ; the last, in the first instance,
with a perfect tympanum, which finally becomes perforated with a minute
hole ; that after the fall of the operculum, in either instance, the dispersion of
the sporules is prevented until the hardening process has taken place. Opposed
to these last are the Gymnostomums, in which the sporules would be almost
instantly dispersed after the fall of the operculum, and therefore the harden-
ing must be effected before that occurs ; and as far as I have yet seen, stomata
exist on all the species. The exception in the Phascums, and some few others
amongst the peristomed mosses, are at present a stumbling-block ; but it is
not impossible that future observations may discover either a peculiarity in
the hygrometric nature of the peristome, or that the operculum after its de-

* Linn. Trans, vol. xvii. p. 465. et seqq.

Mr. Valentine on the existence of Stomata in Mosses. 243

hiscence is prevented from falling on account of its adhesion with the colu-
mella (a common occurrence), which may be a sufficient provision against the
premature dispersion of the sporules ; or even the tissue in some cases may be
so lax in its disposition as to allow of the action of the atmosphere on the
internal organs : and I am disposed to believe that this takes place to a con-
siderable extent, from witnessing the presence of green granules in tissue
which appeared to have no communication whatever with the air, and from
being frequently puzzled to decide whether certain double lines on the cuticle,
formed by the walls of two neighbouring cells, are stomata or not ; they cer-
tainly often appear as competent to perform the imputed function of stomata
as the stomata themselves. Although the cause of the green colour of the
granules is light, I think I am right in giving the atmosphere a share in the
process, for from what other source is the carbon on which the light acts de-
rived ? In addition, the theca of Phascum alternifolium is thinner and more
transparent than that of any other moss, and it is well known that the tissue
of mosses is of all other plants the most easily permeable by water, the per-
meability being in fact so perfect as to make the presence of stomata as
exhalants unnecessary ; and, finally, stomata are not found in a single instance
on the organs of vegetation. So much for what is as yet but a conjecture. You
will observe that I have assumed the hardening to be caused by the influence
of the atmosphere.

The development of the stomata will be an interesting subject for investi-
gation : all I at present know of the matter is, that in the young state they
are very small and much less numerous than when the theca has arrived at
maturity ; for instance, the average number on the theca of Orthotrichum dia-
phanum, when mature, is from twenty to five and twenty, whilst on the very
young theca 1 have found as few as five, and these were like ordinary stomata,
the projecting cells in that early stage not having been developed.

I have some hope that I shall be able to turn these stomata to good ac-
count in the arrangement of genera. If I succeed, you shall have the facts in
a future letter. I have not yet actually begun my work. I am collecting
material which grows almost daily. I shall soon begin a series of drawings
illustrating the development of some common moss in all the stages of its

244 Mr. Valentine on the existence of Stomata in Mosses.

existence ; and if my pencil will but do justice to my eye and my knife, I
feel confident of being able to produce a most interesting analysis. -

I remain, my dear Sir, yours, very truly,

Cae Bwld, near Carnarvon. WiLLIAM VALENTINE.

March 1st, 1838.

EXPLANATION OF TAB. XXI.

Fig. 1. Longitudinal section of the theca of Orthotrichum diaphanum.
a. Operculum, b. Theca. c. Thecal membrane, d. Sporular
membrane, e. A stoma, the projecting cells of the cuticle being
open. f. A stoma, the projecting cells of cuticle having closed
over the stoma, g. Columella, h. Sporular cavity, i. Pedicel
of the columella, k. Apophysis. /. External peristome — the in-
ternal cannot be seen in section, m. Metula.

Fig. 2. External view of a stoma from the same. The projecting cells are
nearly closed.

Fig. 3. The same. The projecting cells are more open, and allow the true
stoma to be seen within.

Fig. 4. Internal view of the same.

Fig. 5. Transverse section of the same. The projecting cells are fully ex-
panded.

Fig. 6. Stomata of Funaria hygrometrica — each composed of one cell in the
form of a hollow ring.

Fig. 7- Longitudinal section of a young theca of the same plant, a. Oper-
culum, b. Annulus. c. Theca. d. Thecal membrane, e. Co-
lumella, f. Sporular membrane, g. Sporular sac. h. One of
the strings of elongated cells which connect the sporular mem-
brane with the thecal membrane ; — these only occur in such
mosses as have a space between the two membranes in their

Mr, Valentine on the existence of Stomata in Mosses. 245

young state, i. Pedicel of the columella ; — most mosses have
the pedicel solid, j. Loose tissue of the apophysis, hk. Stomata
opening into the intercellular spaces of the apophysis, through
which they communicate with the cavity between the sporular
and thecal membranes. I. Opercular membrane, m. Peristome,
n. Metula — the opercular membrane of Greville and Arnott.

Fig. 8. Longitudinal section of a stoma, from a dried specimen of the
same. a. The ring cut through.

Fig. 9. Transverse section of the same.

Fig. 10. Stomata of a dried specimen of Dissodon splachnoides.

Fig. 1 1 . Transverse section of a stoma of the same.

Note. — Fig. 1 and 7 are magnified 35 times ; all the others are magnified
100 times.

VOL. XVIII. 2 K

i

Trans. Xinn Soc. Vol. XVIfl tai.Si pgZ4'

a. h-

'p^th

i .^

^M'^

t)~l)^^^~y

.

1 /""^H Bt-k~l

a.

/

y

^-^^

V r 1

Kr

J

\

-!^/c

J.0

rale-niine del.

G- J^aT'TTio-n'

[ 247 ]

XVI. A New Systematic Arrangement of f^ertehrated Animals. By C. L
Bonaparte, Prince of Musignano, F.M.L.S., 8^c.

Read November 7th, 1837.

xRIMAM Regni animalis Provinciam constituunt AnimaliaVertebrata: sce-
leto interno custodienti cerebrum stipitemque nervorum sub cranio et verte-
bris costas artuumque ossa a musculis protecta regentibus, visceribus cseteris
cavitate trunci conclusis. Vasa in apparatu continuo : cor musculare : san-
guis ruber : maxilla supra mandibulam incumbens : quinorum organa sen-
suum, Lingua, Nares, Oculi, Aures, Papillae ; prima quatuor in faciei cavitati-
bus distincta, ad gustum, olfactum, visum et auditum. Artus non plures
quam quatuor. Sexus distincti.

Classium Distinctio.

1. MAMMALIA. Sanguis calidus : pulmones liberi : mammae. Vivipara.

2. AVES, Sanguis calidus : pulmones affixi : alae. Ovipara.

3. AMPHIBIA. Sanguis frigidus: pulmones liberi. Ovipara vel Ovovivipara.

4. PISCES. Sanguis frigidus : pulmones nulli : branchiae. Ovipara vel Ovo-

vivipara.

Classis I. MAMMALIA.

Animalia vertebrata, sanguine calido, circulatione duplici perfecta, vivipara,
pullos lactantia : pulmones bini, imperforati, in pectoris cavitate suspensi : cor
biloculare, biauritum : dentes fere in omnibus : corpus utplurimum pilosum :
artus, vix paucis exceptis, quatuor manifesti : collo caput fere semper distinc-
tum a trunco.

VOL. XVIII, 2 I.

248 Prince C. L. Bonaparte on a New

Ordinum Distributio.
Series 1. PLACENTALIJ.

Generatlonis organa ab ano exterius discreta: vagina uniforis: foeta matura: mammae
conspicuae : ossula ad pubem accessoria nulla : scrotum peni postpositum,

Snbclassis 1. EDUCABILIA.
Cerebrum bi- (vel tri-) lobum*.

1. Primates. (Qt<arfrMmana). Artus quatuor, an tici manibus terminati: ungues

digitorum apices tantum obtegentes: triplex dentium qualitas; incisivi su-
periores 2 vel 4; molares tritorii : mammae pectorales : penis liber, pensilis.

2. Fer^e. {Camivora.) Artus quatuor liberi, exporrecti, distincti, gradientes,

ungues digitorum apices tantum obtegentes : triplex dentium qualitas ;
molares trimorphi, antici sectorii, postici sine tuberculis acutis ; ferinus
utrinque saltem unus, laniarii duo validi, et incisivi sex in utraque max-
illa : mammae abdominales : penis inclusus vagina abdomini adhaerente.

3. PiNNiPEDiA. (Amphibia.) Artus quatuor, brevissimi, retracti, obvoluti, pin-

niformes ; postici longiores, reversi, invicem proximi : ungues digitorum
apices tantum obtegentes : triplex dentium qualitas : mammae abdomi-
nales : penis vagina abdomini adhaerente inclusus.

4. Cete. (Natantia.) Artus duo, posticis nuUis, pinniformes : caput deficiente

collo indistinctum : corpus pisciforme, caudaque llgamentosa horizontali
pinniformi terminatum. Aquatica ; auriculis, pilisque destituta.

5. Bellu^. {Pachydermata.) Artus quatuor ; claviculae nuilae ; antibrachium

constanter pronum : ungues sculponei, digitorum phalanges extremas ob-
volventes : dentium qualitas saepius triplex : stomachus simplex, aut licet
compositus ruminationis impotens.

6. Pecora. {Ruminantia.) Artus quatuor, bisulci ; claviculae nuilae ; antibra-

chium constanter pronum : ossa metacarpi et metatarsi connata : ungues

* A constructione cerebri, scilicet a loborum, quibus organum illud nobilissimum constet, quanti-
t«te, Mammalium distributionem laudabiliter peti posse didicimus in Museo natural! Lugdunensi, cui
merjtissime prseest cl. Jourdanus, qui jam diu animale Regnum juxta nervorum vitalissimam condi-
tionem examinandum suscepit. Confectum hujusmodi Systema quam primum in lucem proferri nemo
est qui non cupiat. Divisionem vero in Placentalia atque Ovovivipara, etsi ab aliis adumbratam, certis
limitibus hodie conclusam cl. Oweno, Anglo, debemus.

Systematic Arrangement of Vertehrated Animals. 249

sculponei, digitorum phalanges extreraas obvolventes : dentium qualitas
I'ai'O triplex : ventriculis quatuor ruminantia.

Subclassis 2. INEDUCABILIA.

Cerebrum unilobum.

7. Bruta. {Edentata^ Artus quatuor liberi ; ungues digitorum summitatem

obvolventes, conici, fere sculponei : dentes radicibus destituti, aut duplicis
aut unicse qualitatis, aut nulli ; incisivi nuUi ; ubi molares 1 4 — 98.

8. Cheiroptera. {F'olitantia.) Artus quatuor, antici, digitis longissimis (derap-

to brevissimo pollice), membrana nuda ad pedes usque producta aliformi
conjunctis : ungues digitorum apices tantum obtegentes : triplex dentium
qualitas, incisivi superiores 0 — 2 — 4 : mammae duo pectorales : penis li-
ber, pensilis. Nocturna.

9. Bestir. {Insectivora.) Artus quatuor liberi, manibus non terminati : ungues

digitorum apices tantum obtegentes : triplex dentium qualitas ; molares
dimorphi, ferinis nuUis ; antici spurii, postici tuberculis acutis pluribus
coronati, supra subtusque hinc inde quatuor: incisivi 2 — 6: mammae
plures abdominales : penis vagina abdomini adheerente inclusus.

10. Glires. (Rosores.) Artus quatuor : ungues digitorum apices tantum ob-
tegentes : duplex dentium qualitas, laniariis nullis ; incisivi infra supra-
que duo, elongati, superioribus quandoque duo accessorii additi : molares
ad summum 24, tritorii : mandibulis horizontaliter promotis rosores.

Series 2. OFOFIVIPARA.

Generationis organa ab ano exterius baud discreta: foeta abortiva, extra uterum maturanda:
mammae inconspicuae: ossvda ad pubem duo accessoria: scrotum praepositum peni retroverso,
aut nullum.

11. Marsupialia. (Didelpha.) Artus quatuor, gradientes, postici saepe mani-

bus terminati : ungues digitorum apices tantum obtegentes : dentes al-
veolares, duplicis aut triplicis qualitatis : foeminarum mammae marsupio
abdominali, vel ejus rudimentali plica, absconditae : vagina biforis.

12. MoNOTREMATA. (Reptontia.) Artus quatuor, aut natatores aut fossores:

ungues digitorum apices tantum obtegentes : dentes alveolares nulli :
cloaca excretionis simul ac generationis organa intra se continens : mar-
supium abdominale nullum : vagina uniforis.

2 L 2

250 Prince C h. ^oviAPARTE on a IVew

Contrahendo nunc characteres adeo ut uno oculi ictu inspiciamus qualein
Mamraalium classis distributionem obtineat meliorem ex antea scriptis, tabel-
1am banc simplicissiraam exaravimus.

MAMMALIA.

Series 1. PLACENTALIA.

Subclassis 1. EDUCABILIA. Subclassis 2. INEDUCABILIA.

1. Primates. Artus antici manus. 7- Bruta. Subungulata, imperfecte

2. Fer^. Molares sectoril, canini va- dentata.

lidi. 8. Cheiroptera. Artus antici ali-

3. PiNNiPEDiA. Artus pinniformes. formes.

4. Cete. Corpus pisciforme. 9. Bestir. Molares cuspidati.

5. BELLUiE. Ungulata, baud rumi- 10. Glires. Incisivis elongatis roso-

nantia. ria.

6. Pecora. Ungulata ruminantia.

Series 2. OFOFIFIPARJ.

11. Marsupialia. Mammae occultae.

12. Monotremata. Cloaca.

Conspectus Familiarum et Subfamiliarum.

Series 1. PLACENTALIA.

Subclassis 1. EDUCABILIA.

Ordo 1. PRIMATES.

1. HoMiNiD^. Artuum tantum antici in manus desinentes poUice cuique di-

gito opponibili.
1. Hominina. Corpus erectum, plantigradum, ecaudatum.

2. SiMiDiE. Artus singuli in manus desinentes, pollice, saltem in posticis, cui-

Systematic Arrangement of Vertebrated Animals. 251

1 que digito opponibili : dentes incisivi plus minus erecti infra supra-

quequatuor: vultus denudatus. Anthropomorpha.

2. Simina. Manus singulse poliice cuique digito opponibili: dentes infra

supraque hinc inde quinque tuberculati : nares approximatse : ungues
breves, depress!.

3. Cebina. Manus singulse, anticis interdum imperfectis, poliice cuique

digito opponibili : dentes molares infra supraque hinc inde sex, tu-
, berculati : nares inter se remotae : ungues breves, depressi.

4. Hapalina. Manus tantum posticae poliice cuique digito opponibili :

dentes molares infra supraque hinc inde qninque, cuspidati : nares

inter se remotee : ungues longissimi, arcuati, conipressi, acuti.
3. Lemurid^e. Artus singuli in manus desinentes, poliice cuique digito oppo^
,- nibili : dentes incisivi procumbentes, aut supra vel infra plusquam

quatuor : molares cuspidati : vultus pilosus : nares terminales, sinu-

osae. Feriformia.

5. Lemurina. Artus caudaque liberi.

6. Galeopithecina. Artus antici membrana villosa cum posticis caudaque

conjuncti.

Ordo 2. FER^.

.4. CERCOLEPTiDiDiE. Mammse duo tantum, inguinales : lingua longissima, ex-
tensilis : cauda prehendens, tota hirsuta.

7. Cercoleptidina. Dentes 36, sex nempe incisivi, duo laniarii, molares

decem, spuriis 4, in utraque maxilla. Anomala. Primates frugi-
voros cum Bestiis conjungit.
3. Ursid^. Dentes molares postici tritores: pedes plantigradi, plantis denu-
datis: ungues obtusiculi.

8. Ursina. Dentes incisivi mandibulse ad lineam collocati : ungues scan-

sorii.

9. Melina. Dentes incisivi mandibulae extra lineam collocati : ungues

fossores.
,6. FELiDiE. Dentes molares posteriores, demptis postremis minoribus, sectorii :
pedes plerumque digitigradi, plantis pilosis : ungues acutissimi.

10. Viverrina. Dentes molares tuberculati utrinque bini post carnivorum
supra, infra unus : lingua aspera : folliculus glandulosus pone amim.

•252 Prince C. L. Bonaparte on a Neiv

11. Canina. Dentes molares tuberculati utrinque bini post carnivorum
infra supraque : lingua Isevis.

12. Felina. Dentes molares tuberculati nulli in mandibula: lingua aspera.

13. Mustelina. Dentes molares tuberculati in utraque maxilla : unus post

carnivorum utrinque supra : lingua laevis : pedes congrui : cauda te-
reticula. Corpus elongatum, gracile, ductile : pedes breves.

14. Lutrina. Dentes molares tuberculati, utrinque unus post carnivorum

infra supraque: lingua scabricula: pedes subretracti, subobvoluti,
postici laterales podio antrorsum verso : cauda applanata.

Ordo 3. PINNIPEDIA.

7- Phocid^. Dentes laniarii mediocres, inclusi : mammae duse ventrales.

15. Otarina. Auriculae prominulae : dentes incisivi superiores bicultres,
inferiores bicuspides : digiti palmarum immobiles ; ungues plani.

16. Phocina. Auriculae vix uUae : dentes incisivi acuti : digiti singuli mo-

biles, ungues acuti.
8. TaiCHECHiDiE. Dentes laniarii longissimi, producti, validi, in maxilla tan-
tnm : mammae quatuor ventrales.
17- Trichechina. Auriculae nuUae : rostrum brevissimum, obtusum : nares
superae : dentes incisivi supra duo minuti, infra nulli. Corpus obesum.

Ordo 4. CETE.

!). Manatid^. Dentes molares compositi aut semi-compositi, corona plana aut
sulcata: mammae pectorales : spiracula nulla: intestinum caecum.
Phytophaga.

18. Manatina. Artus fere brachiiformes, plerumque unguiculati.

10. Delphinid^. Dentes simplices, conici : artus prorsus pinniforraes, exun-

guiculati : mammae inguinales : spiracula : caput vel mediocre vel
parvum : caecum nullum. Zoophaga.

19. Delphinina. Dentes saepius nunierosi infra supraque.

20. Monodontina, Dentes tantum duo, praelongi, acuti, ex tortili fabrica,

osse maxillari infixi (uno saepius abortivo).

11. PHYSETERiDiE. Dcutcs nuuicrosi, simplices, conici: artus prorsus pinni-

formes, exunguiculati : caput immane : caecum nullum ?

Systematic Arrangement of Vertehrated Animals. 253

i-. 21. Physeterina. Dentes inferiores a totidein maxillae foveis excipiendi :
superiores parvuli, absconditi.

12. Bal^nid^. Dentes nulli : caecum parvuin.

22. Balcenina. Laminae corneae binae in maxilla inaequaliter pectinatae os

hinc inde occludentes loco dentium.

Ordo 5. BELLU^.

13. ELEPHANTiDiE. Digit! sub tegumentis reconditi, ungue tantnm dignoscendi.

23. Dinotherina. Pedes pentadactyli : dentes molares coronide transver-

sim sulcata ; incisivi infra duo praelongi, deflexi.

24. Elephantina. Pedes pentadactyli : dentes molares utrinque bini maxi-

mi, lamellosi aut mamillosi : nasus proboscideus.

14. SuiDiE. Digiti ad apicem saltern fissi.

25. Hippopotamina. Pedes tetradactyli : dentes molares complicati, nu-

merosi : chiloma latum, obtusum.

26. Rhinocerontina. Pedes tridactyli : dentes molares complicati, nume-

rosi : nasus corniger.

27. Tapirina. Pedes antici tetradactyli, postici tridactyli : digiti cute ob-
voluti, ad apicem fissi : nasus productus, mobilis.

28. Suina. Pedes tetradactyli, postici interdum tridactyli : digiti inses-

sores constanter duo : nasus subproboscideus.

29. Anoplotherina. Pedes didactyli.

15. Hyracid^. Digiti artuum anticorum quatuor, posticorum tres, omnes cute

obvoluti, apice fissi : ungues lamellares.

30. Hyracina. Digitus artuum posticorum internus ungue curvo munitus :

cutis dense pilosa : dentes incisivi supra duo. Gliribus accedentia.

16. Equid^. Pedes tridactyli duobus digitis abortivis lateralibus absconditis;

principalis solida ungula convallatus.

31. Equina. Corpus dense pilosum, coUo caudaque longe crinitum: dentes

incisivi infra supraque sex.

Ordo 6. PECORA.

1". Cameud^e. Dentes laniarii infra supraque: duo incisivi supi-a, infra sex :
cornua nulla.

254 Prince C. L. Bonaparte on a New

32. Camellna. Rostrum productum : sinus lacrymales nuUi : pedes subtus
callosi, digitis cute obvolutis, solo apice bisulci.

18. Cervid^. Dentes laniarii infra nulli ; incisivi supra nuUi, infra octo : cor-

nua in maribus fere ordinaria, rarissiina in foeminis, caduca, soHda,
peduneulata, ramosa, cuticula villosa, temporaria saltern, induta.

33. Moschina. Dentes laniarii duo producti, supra in maribus : sinus la-

crymales nulli: cornua nulla: folliculus preeputialis moschifer'.

34. Cervina. Dentes laniarii plerumque nulli: sinus lacrymales ssepius
magni : cornua in maribus.

19. CamelopardalidjE. Dentes laniarii nulli : incisivi supra nulli, infra octo :

cornua in utroque sexu, perennia, solida, brevia, simplicia, cuticula
villosa induta.

35. Camelopardal'ma . Dentes raolares utrinque sex contigui : pedes pror-
sus bisulci.

20. BoviDJE. Dentes laniarii nulli : incisivi supra nulli, infra octo : cornua

perennia, seepius in utroque sexu, ex osse frontali producta, elastic©
tegumento vaginata.

36. Antilopina. Cornua solida.
37- Bovina. Cornua cavernosa.

Subclassis 2. INEDUCABILIA.

Ordo 7. BRUTA.

21. Myrmecophagid^. Dentes nulli : os perexiguum : lingua angusta, emis-

silis.

38. Myrmecophagina. Corpus pilosum : ungues antici validi, margine
acuto.

39. Manidina. Corpus squamosum.

22. Dasvpodid^. Dentes : laniarii nulli : molares 26 — 98 : rostrum pro-

ductum.

40. Dasypodina. Corpus cataphractum.

41. Orycteropod'ma. Corpus pilosum.

23. Bradvpodid^. Dentes: incisivi nulli: molares non ultra 18: rostrum

breve : artus antici longiores.

Systematic Arrangement of J^ertebrated Animals. 255

42. Bradypodina. Corpus villosum: dentes laniarii acuti : mammae duo,
pectorales ! digiti cute juncti : ungues maximi, falculares.

Ordo8. CHEIROPTERA.

24. PTEROPODiDiE. Dcntcs molares, aut obtuse tuberculati, aut Iseves ; incisivi

parvi, inanes, inter validos laniarios stipati : dfgitus index omnium
phalangium numero absolutus, unguiculatus. Frugivora, Gregaria.

43. Pteropodina. Nasus simplex : nares tubulosae : labia tenuia : tragus

nullus : caput conicum : unguis digiti indicis plerumque acutus :
membrana interfemoralis brevissima : cauda vel brevissima vel nulla.

25. VESPERTiLioNiDiE. Deutes molarcs tuberculls acutis corouati : nullus alaris

digitus omni phalangium numero absolutus : index exunguiculatus.
Tnsectivora.

44. Noctilionina. Nasus simplex : labia magna, prolapsa : cauda brevis,

crassa, apice libera.

45. Vespertilionina. Nasus simplex : labia congrua : cauda longa, mem-
brana interfemorali ampla obvoluta.

46. Rhinolophina. Nasus appendice foliacea complicata: tragus nullus.

47. Rhinopomina. Nasus appendice foliacea simplici : tragus distinctus.

26. Vampyrid^e. Dentes molares tuberculis acutis coronati : tertius tantum

alaris digitus omni phalangium numero absolutus : index exunguicu-
latus. Insectivora.

48. Vampyrina. Nasus appendice foliacea simplici : tragus distinctus.

Ordo9. BESTIR.

27. Talpid^e. Artus antici fossores.

49. Talpina. Rostrum productum.

28. SoRiciD^. Artus singuli vel ambulatores vel natatores : cutis pilosa.

50. Macroscelididina. Rostrum proboscideum : dentes incisivi infra qua-
tuor, supra .sex; canini nulli : artus postici anticis valde longiores.

51. Soricina. Rostrum attenuatum : dentes incisivi infra supraque duo;

canini nulli : auriculae : pedes fissi.

52. Myogalina. Rostrum proboscideum : dentes incisivi infra quatuor,

duo supra; canini nulli: auriculae nuUse : pedes palmati.

VOL. XVIII. 2 M

256 Prince C. L. Bonaparte on a New

53. Cladohatidina. Rostrum elongatum : dentes incisivi infra sex, quatuor
supra; canini nuUi : artus sequilongi : ungues adunci, acutissimi.

29. Erinaceid^. Artus singuli ambulatores : cutis spinosa.

54. Centetina. Corpus baud conglobabile : dentes canini.

55. Erinaceina. Corpus conglobabile : cauda brevissima : dentes canini

nulli.

Ordo 10. GLIRES.

30. MuRiD^. Claviculse perfectee : dentes molares simplices.

56. Echymydina. Cauda squamata : vellus aculeis mixtum.

67. Murina. Cauda squamata : vellus setis mixtum.

68. Dipodina. Cauda longissima, apice floccifero : pedes saltatorii, antici

breves, postici longissimi.

69. Sciurina. Cauda longa, villosa, ssepius disticha : vellus moUe, uni-
forme : pedes sequilongi.

60. Arctomydina. Cauda vel brevis vel nulla : vellus moUe, subuniforme :

pedes sequilongi.

61. Aspalacina. Cauda brevis: vellus rude: pedes breves ; anticorum un-

gues fossores : oculi auresque exigui : dentes incisiri prselongi, ma-
nifesto

31. Castorid^. Claviculse perfectse : dentes molares compositi.

62. Arvicolina. Dentes molares radicibus destituti, lamellosi. Herbivora.

63. Castorina. Dentes molares radicibus instructi.

32. CHEiROMYDiDiE. Claviculse perfectse : mammse duo, inguinales : cauda lon-

gissima.

64. Cheiromydina. Pedes pentadactyli, digito medio elongato, gracillimo,
nudo : postici desinentes in manus poUice ungue laminari cuique di-
gito opponibili.

33. HvsTRiciD^. Claviculse imperfectse : corpus spinosum ; dentes incisivi duo

supra : pedes antici tetradactyli, postici pentadactyli.

65. Hystricina. Dentes molares coronide plana sublamellosi : lingua his-

pida.

34. Leporid^. Claviculse imperfectse : corpus pilosum : dentes incisivi supra

quatuor (in junioribus sex) : pedes antici tetradactyli, postici penta-
dactyli.

Systematic Arrangement of f^ertebrated Animals. 257

66. Leporina. Corpus plantseque pilosse : dentes molares lamellosi.

35. Lagostomid^e. Claviculse imperfectse : corpus mollissime, uniformiter vil-

losutn : dentes incisivi duo supra : pedes antici breves, postici elon-
gati.

67. Lagostomina. Dentes incisivi inferi canaliculati : cauda pectinata.

36. Cavid^. Claviculse imperfectse : corpus pilosura : dentes incisivi duo su-

pra ; molares sexdecim : pedes postici, vel tridactyli, vel pentadacty-
li, utroque digito laterali minimo.

68. Cavina. Dentes molares radicibus destituti, lamellosi.

69. Dasyproctina. Dentes molares compositi.

Series 2. OFOVIFIPARA.
Ordo 11. MARSUPIALIA.

37. Halmaturid^. Dentes in modum plus xmaws Glirum : incisivi elongati ;

carnivori nuili : molares tuberculis coronati.

70. P hascolomydina. Dentes in modum penitus Glirum : incisivi elongati

infra supraque duo ; laniarii nuUi, vel tantum supra, exigui ; molares
tuberculis transversisduobus: caput grande,depressum : artus breves:
ungues fossores : cauda nulla.

71. Halmaturina. Dentes incisivi duo infra longi, lati, acuti, sex supra:
laniarii infra saltern nulli : artus antici brevissimi, postici longissimi,
digitis duobus conjunctis, poUice nuUo : cauda fulciens.

72. Petaurina. Dentes incisivi duo infra longi, lati, acuti, sex supra : la-
niarii longi, acuti supra ; exiles, latentes infra, vel nulli : artus sequi-
longi digitis duobus conjunctis, pollice grandi, exungui, fere retro-
verso : cauda prehendens.

38. DiDELPHiDiE. Dentes in modum Bestiarum : ferini nulli : molares tubercu-

lis acutis coronati utrinque tres vel quatuor.

73. Didelphina. Artus postici in manus pollice cuique digito opponibili

desinentes : cauda prehendens partim nuda : dentes incisivi decern
supra, infra octo : lingua hispida.

39. TnYiiACiNiD^. Dentes in modum Ferarum : infra supraque carnivori qua-

tuor.

2 M 2

258 Prince C. L. Bonaparte on a New

74. Thylacinina. Artus postici poUice nullo : cauda pilosa: dentes 46.

Omnium Ferarum ipsissimarum magis camivora ratione dentium.

Ordo 12. MONOTREMATA.

40. EcHiDNiD^. Corpus spinosum : rostrum cylindraceum, attenuatum : pedes

fossores.

75. Echidnina. Aculei parvi palato affixi loco dentium : lingua emissiiis.

41. OrnithorhynchidyE. Corpus pilosum : rostrxim valde depressum, latum

(anatinum): pedes palmati.

76. Ornithorhynchina. Dentes molares utrinque duo infra supraque : lin-
gua lata, mollis, carnosa.

ClassisII. AVES.

Animalia vertebrata, sanguine calido, circulatione duplici, ovipara, volatilia :
pulmones bini indivisi, cribrosi, costis adhserentes : cor biloculare, biauritum :
rostrum corneum, dentibus destitutum : corpus plumosum : sternum fere in
omnibus carinatum : os furculse : alee pedesque duo.

Ordinum Distributio *.

Subclassis 1. INSESSORES.

Digitus posticus (pollex, sive digitus externus retroversus) eodem piano ac antici Insertus,
totus solo insistens, constrictor. Monogamm fere omnes : pullorum imbecillium altrices.

* Distribuere avium classem in plures quam octo ordines naturales conabar. Inutilis sane labor, a
quo discessi. Quis enim Accipitres cum caeteris potius Insessoribus conjungendos, quis Gallinas in
plures ordines discindere audeat ? Anseres quidem in quatuor distribuerentur facile, in Anseres genu-
inas videlicet, in Pelecanos, in Gavias, in Urinatores : Grallurum, vero {Struthionibus demptis) subdi-
visio alia omnino non obtinet. Si Passerum inde spectemiis universitatem, prseter Psittacos sine dubio
Primates, prseter Columbas quae Passeres cum Gallinis conjungunt, Trochilos, Picas, Coccyzesque etiam
segregarem libenter, majus quoties lucrum in scientiam redundaret. Quid enim intererit, quseso, fa-
milias hasce, utpote notabiliores, in ordines elevare, cseteris in acervum quoddam indigestum ma-
nentibus ?

Systematic Arrangement of Vertehrated Animals. 259

1. PsiTTACi {Prehensores). Digiti bini antici, binique postici : tarsi reticulati :

rostrum aduncura, cerigerum ad basim.

2. AcciPiTRES (Rapaces). Digiti tres antici, unus posticus : rostrum aduncuni,

cerigerum ad basim : nares patulse : ungues retractiles.

3. Passeres (f^olucres). Digiti, vel tres antici unusqne posticus, vel bini antici,

binique postici : tarsi scutati : rostrum nee aduncum nee cerigerum.

4. CoLUMB^ (Giratores). Digiti tres antici, unus posticus: rostrum fornica-

tum, ceromate molli tumescente ad basim.

Subclassis 2. GRALLATORES.

Digitus posticus (poUex) altius tarso insertus quam antici, parum vel nihil solo insistens,
minime constrictor, aut nuUus. Tectrices alarum magncB. Polygamm pleres : pullorum ala-
cruni ac per se victitantium educatrices.

5. Gallin^e (Rasores). Tarsi teretes, validi, brevieuli : tibiae totse plumosse,

una cum apice femoris exsertse : rostrum breve, fornicatum. Plumce
compactce.

6. Struthiones (Ratitce). Tarsi teretes, validi, longi : tibiae seminudae, una

cum apice femoris exsertae : rostrum vel breve vel elongatum : sternum
ecarinatum ! alae impennes ! Plumce lacercc, lacclsslmce.

7. GV.KLLM {Cursores). Tarsi teretes, tenues, elongati : tibiae fere semper semi-

nudae, una cum apice femoris exsertae : rostrum utplurimum elongatum.
Plumce compactce.

8. Anseres (Natatores). Tarsi compressi, breves : tibiae fere semper semi-

nudae, earumque bases una cum toto femore insertae : pedes palmati.
Plumce densissimce, compactce, oleosce, lanugine ad basim circumseptoe.

Conspectus Familiarum et Subfamiliarum.

, Subclassis 1. INSESSORES.

Ordo 1. PSITTACI.

1 . PsiTTACiD^. Lingua crassa, carnosa : digiti non versatiles ; antici distinct!
tectrices alarum magnae.

260 Prince C. L. Bonaparte on a New

1. Macrocercince. Rostrum maxilla valde uncinata, mandibula valde pro-

fundior quam lata : cauda longissima, cuneata.

2. Psittacinoe. Rostrum maxilla conspicue dentata, mandibula minus pro-

funda quam longa : cauda brevis, vel truncata, vel rotundata.

3. Plyctolophinoe. Rostrum perbreve, latissimum, culmine mirifice in-

curvum : caput magnum crista explicabili : cauda elongata, lata, ro-
tundata, rectricibus largiculis.

4. Lorince. Rostrum leviterincurvum; maxilla margine sinuata, vix emar-

ginata ; mandibula gracili, conica, valde longiore quam profunda,

gonyde recta.

6. Pezoporince. Rostrum validum, solidum, dentatum, culmine valde con-

vexo ; mandibula brevissima, profunda, gonyde curva : tarsus exilis,

digito postico longior ; digiti graciles : cauda longa latissima, valde

cuneata.

Ordo2. ACCIPITRES.

2. VuLTURiD^. Caput subnudum, plumulis raris obsitum : oculi laterales : tar-

sus digito medio brevior : poUex subelevatus : ungues parum curvi,
vix retractiles : alee magnee.

6. Vulturince. Rostrum minima dentatum, cera glabra.

7. Gypaetinoe. Rostrum elongatum, minime dentatum, cera setis tecta.

3. GypoGEKANiD^. Caput plumis densis tectum : oculi laterales : tarsus plus

duplo longior digitis anticis.

8. Gypogeranince. Rostrum breve, crassum, rictu amplo : alee spina ar-

matse.

4. Falconid^. Caput plumis densis tectum : oculi laterales : cera patens : tar-

sus mediocris : poUex validus, insistens.

9. Polyborince. Rostrum breviculum, sinuatum : facies plus minus nuda !

pedes tenues, tarsus digito medio vix longior : digiti laterales sequi-
longi : alee magnee, remigibus tertia et quarta omnium longissimjs.

10. Aquilince. Rostrum longiculum, recticulum ad basim, sinuatum: pedes

validissimi : ungues robusti, valde adunci : alee magnse, elongatee,
remigibus primis gradatis, quarta omnium longissima.

11. Buteoninoe. Rostrum mediocre^ crassum ad basim, vix sinuatum : cera

Systematic Arrangement of fertehrated Animals. 261

valde protensa : pedes modici, poUice brevi : alee elongatee, remigum
quarta omnium longissima : cauda modica.

12. Milvince. Rostrum parvulum, crassum ad basim, sinuatum : cera pro-

tensa : pedes breves, pollice breviculo : alee longissimae, remigum
quarta vel tertia vel secunda omnium longissima : cauda elongata.

13. Falconincc. Rostrum breve, a basi abrupte incurvum, apice utrinque
dentatum : cera brevis : nares rotundae, pistillatae : pedes mediocres,
tarso tenui, nudo, digito medio longissimo, pollice brevissimo : alse
elongatae, acutse, remigum secunda omnium longissima.

14. Accipitrince. Rostrum breve, a basi abrupte incurvum, sinuatum :
pedes modici, tarso nudo, digito medio longissimo, postico parum
breviore quam interior : unguis internus externo subduplus : alse
breves, remigum quarta omnium longissima.

15. Circince. Rostrum parvulum, rictu amplo, compressum, ad basim pro-
fundum, vix sinuatum : cera ad medium protensa : pedes elongati,
graciles, nudi : alae elongatae, remigum tertia seu quarta omnium
longissima.

5. Strigid^. Caput ingens plumis densis tectum : oculi magni, faciales : cera

obsoleta : rostrum breve, compressum : pedes plumulosi, digitis fissis,
externo versatill.

16. Surnince. Caput modicum : discus facialis, intraocularis tantum, ob-

soletus : aures parvulse, inoperculatse.

17. Buhonince. Caput grandiculum : discus facialis, intraocularis tantum,

imperfectus : aures mediocres, inoperculatse.

18. Ululince. Caput grande : discus facialis, oculos excedens, perfectus :
aures grandes, operculatse.

19. Strigince. Caput immane: rostrum elongatum, ad basim recticulum :

discus facialis, oculos excedens, maximus, excultissimus : aures in-
gentes, late opei'culatee.

Ordo 3. PASSERES.
* Tribus I. Amhulatores. Digiti tres antici, unus posticus.

6. CaprimulgidyE. Rostrum brevissimum, depressum, ad basim dilatatum,

rictu immani : pedes brevissimi, graciles ; digiti antici basi diver-

262 Prince C. L. Bonaparte on a New

gentes, membrana juncti ; poUice versatili ; unguis medius intus ob-
lique dilatatus : alee niagnse rotundatee, pennis cubiti magnis : plumae
oranes laxse, moliissimse.

20. Podarginw. Rostrum grandiculum, validiculum : unguis medius mar-

gine integer : pollex normaliter situs.

21. Caprimulgince. Rostrum exillimuni, lateribus inflexum : tarsus bre-
vis ; pollex contraversus ; digitus exterior et interior sequilongi : un-
guis medius pectinatus.

22. Scorthornitkince . Rostrum exillimum, lateribus inflexum : tarsus bre-

vis ; pollex contraversus ; digitus exterior interiore brevior : unguis
medius pectinatus.

7. CvpsELiDiE. Rostrum brevissimum depressum, triangulare, tenue, dilatatum

ad basim, gonyde adscendente, marginibus inflexis, rictu amplissimo :
pedes exiles, brevissimi, digitis anticis subsequilongis : alae perlongse,
falcatse, tectricibus mediocribus pennas cubiti brevissimas abscon-
dentibus : plumse omnes strictse, nitentes.

23. Cypselinae. Digiti omnino fissi ; pollex debilis, versatilis : ungues
magni, valde curvati.

8. HiRUNDiNiDiE. Rostrum breve, usque a basi depressum, tenue, marginibus

mmime inflexis, rictu amplo, glabro, vibrissis nullis : pedes breves :
digiti subliberi, laterales eequilongi ; medius tarso longior : alae elon-
gatee, tectricibus parvis, pennis cubiti longiculis : plumse omnes
strictse, nitentes.

24. Hirundininoe. Pollex brevior quam digitus internus ; unguis unus

medius, acie interna integerrima.

9. Ampelidid^. Rostrum breve, depressum, ad basim dilatatum, apice emar-

ginatum, deflexum ; sutura arcuata, gnatbidiis humilibus verticali-
bus, carina rotundata ; rictus amplissimus : alae, remigibus primariis
decem, pedesque mediocres : plantse planse.

25. Ampelidinoe. Rostrum exile, gonyde baud adscendente : rictus leevis :

nares grandes, membranula postice clausae : digiti laterales insequales,
exteriore cum'mediano conjuncto : tarsus squamulis lateralibus nu-
merosis, reticulatis : alje modice elongatae, amploe, remige prima bre^
viore quam secunda.

Systematic Arrangement of F'ertehrated Animals. 263

26. BomhycillincB. Rostrum breve, durum, latum, subteres quasi tri-
angulare, mandibula validieula, gonyde adscendente : rictus laevis :
nares rotundatee absque membrana, plumularum vellere semielausse :
pedes validiculi, breves ; digiti laterales subsequilongi : alae elon-
gatse, acutse, remige prima longipribus cEquali.

27. Gymnoderince. Rostrum sub oculos usque fissum ; nares absque
membrana : faeies jugulumque subnuda ! plumse capitis breves vel
nullae : tarsi scutis fere novem, prominulis, subeequalibus : digiti sub-
liberi, laterales insequales ; poUex brevior quam digitus internus.

28. Querulince. Rostrum validum, latum, valde depressum ; rictu setis
rigidis instructo : digiti laterales insequales, exteriore cum mediano
conjuncto : tarsus squamulis lateralibus minutis.

29. Eurylaiminoe. Rostrum breve, rectum, enormiter latissimum ; max-

illa valde convexa, dilatata ad basim, marginibus mandibulam am-
plectentibus, apice abrupte inflexo : pedes validiculi : digito externo
cum mediano semiconjuncto ; postico longiculo, interno omnibus
breviore : alee breviculse : cauda brevis.

10. CoRACiADiD^. Rostrum breviculum, rectum, lateribus valde compressis,

dilatatnm, apice incurvo : rictus amplissimus, barbatus : nares line-
ares: pedes breves, digitis sejunctis, anticis ad basim parallelis,
postico valde breviore.

30. Coraciadince. Lingua apice firabriata : alae mediocres.

11. Prionitid^. Rostrum mandibula utraque subincurva, compressura, mar-

ginibus denticulatis : digiti antici ultra medium concreti.

31. Prionitinae. Lingua longa, gracilis, margine ciliata: aloe breves,

rotundatee : cauda longa, cuneata.

12. Alcedinid^. Rostrum subquadrangulari-acuminatum, rectum ; rictu am-

plo : pedes parvuli, digitis externis ultra medium concretis: tibias
seminudee ! alee breves, rotundatee.

32. Dacelinina;. Rostrum cylindraceum, ad basim depressum, lateribus

dilatatum, gonyde adscendente: lingua brevis, apice triangulari.

33. Alcedinince. Rostrum a basi compressum, apice acutum, sutura rec-

tissima : lingua brevis, apice triangulari.

13. Meropid^. Rostrum subquadrangulari-acuminatum, subcurvatum ; rictu

VOL. XVIII. 2 N

264 Prince C. L. Bonaparte on a New

amplo : tibiae seminudse : pedes minuti ; digitis externis ultra me-
dium concretis : alse elongatae, aciitae.

34. Meroplnce. Lingua angusta, apice lacero.

14. Upupid^. Rostrum elongatum, gracile, curvatum, valde compressum,

intus parum excavatum ; marginibus integris oppositis ; sutura eion-
gata, recta": lingua brevissima, triangularis, obtusa, integerrima:
digiti grandiculi, crassiculi, internus multo brevior, externus cum
mediano semiconjunctus : ungues parvi, minime incurvi : alse amplae.

35. Upupince. Maxillge intus perfecte planse : unguis posticus recticu-
lus : Cauda brevis, truncata.

36. Promeropince. Maxillae intus aliquantulura concavae, marginibus

acutis : unguis posticus curvus : Cauda longa, cuneata.

15. Paradis^id^. Rostrum grandiculum, cultratum, subemarginatum, ^ub

oculos usque fissum : capistrum plumulis holosericeis densis nares
occultantibus : pedes maximi, cute moUi, vix scutata tecti; digiti
tenues, elongati, internus multo brevior, a basi divergens, externus
articulo sesquialtero concretus ; pollex maximus.

37. Paradlseince. Lingua acuta, apice laciniata : alae longae, amplae :

pennse hypochon«lriacae elongatissimae.

16. Melliphagidje. Rostrum longum, modice gracile, emarginatum : pedes

validiculi, digito postico elongato.

38. Melllphagince. Lingua longe extensilis, membranacea, apice peni-
cillato.

17. CYNNiRiDiE, Rostrum longum, gracile, plus minus curvum, integrum:

nares breves, ovales, membranaceae, rima laterali apertae ; pedes
modici : alae mediocres, remigibus primis plus minus gradatim ab-
breviatis.

39. Cerehince. Rostrum tenue, subcompressum : lingua longe extensilis,
longe ciliata.

40. Cynnirince. Rostrum longum, tenue, minime compressum : lingua
longe extensilis, membranacea, glabra.

18. Trochiud^. Rostrum longum, gracillimum ; rictu minimo : lingua vi-

bratilis, tubulosa, suctoria : pedes exigui : alae longissimae, falcatae.

41. Trochiiinas. Rostrum tereticulum, tomiis maxillaribus mandibularia

Systematic Arrangement of Vertehrated Animals. 265

amplectentibus, myxa brevissima : digiti basi connati, subtus plani :
ungues parvuli.

19. CERTHiDiE. Rostrum longulum, compressum, integrum : lingua elongata,

non extensilis, apice cartilagineo : pedes breviculi ; digiti elongati,
validi, compressi : poUex validissimus ; ungues grandes, areuati,
acuti : eauda ouneata.

42. Tichodromince. Rostrum integerrimum ; membrana narium nuda,
fornieata: tarsus digito postico breviculo longior; digiti laterales
subsequilongi a basi disjunct! : cauda mollis, brevicula.

43. ThryX)thorince. Rostrum subemarginatum, membrana narium forni-
eata : digiti antici ad basim adnati : cauda rotuudata, vel gradata,
brevicula, mollis.

44. Certhince. Rostrum plus minus curvum, valde compressum ; lingua
acuminata : digiti antici ad basim conjunct! : rectrices I'igidse, ra-
chide excedente.

45. Anahatidinoe. Rostrum breviculum, validum, rectum, subemargina-

tum ; membrana narium fornieata : digiti modici, fere disjuncti, me-
dius longior quam laterales : remiges breves : cauda cuneata, rec-
tricibus, rachide non excedente, rigidis.

46. Sittince. Rostrum rectum, seu adscendens, conicum, acutum ; mem-
brana narium plumata seu tecta ; lingua lacera : digitus posticus
medio sequilongus : alae longae, acutse, remige prima vix secunda
breviore : cauda mollis, brevissima.

20. Parid^. Rostrum breve, conico-subulatum, durissimum, integerrimum ;

mandibula marginibus simplicibus, baud inflexis : nares plumulis
densis, setaceis, tectae, membrana obsoleta : pedes validi ; digiti
subfissi, internus omnium brevissimus : ungues validi, valde in-
curvi ; posticus maximus.

47. Parinai. Alee breviculee, rotundatse, remigibus tribus primis gradatis.

21. Tanagrid^. Rostrum breviculum, crassiculum, conico-trigoiium, maxil-

lis aequalibus, superior apice utrinque emarginato, subdeflexo, infe-
rior marginibus simplicibus baud inflexis : nares nudse, membrana
fere obsoleta, carina interjecta : vibrissse parvse, adpressoe : pedes
mediocres.

2 N 2

26G Prince C. L. Bonaparte on a New

48. PiprincB. Rostrum brevissimum, sub oculos usque fere fissum ; max-

illa valde incurva : pedes elongati, graciles ; digitus externus longior
quam internus, articulis tribus cum mediano concretus : alee medio-
cres : cauda brevis, rectricibus duobus mediis quandoque elongatis.

49. Tanagrince. Rostrum mediocre, validum, modice fissum ; maxilla
parum incurva : pedes breves ; digiti subliberi ; poUex digitique
laterales sequilongi, articulum secimdum digiti medii vix supe-
rantes : ungues lati, incurvi : alae caudaque longiculae.

22. ALAUDiDiE. Rostrum conico-attenuatum, minime emarginatum, mandi-

bula marginibus simplicibus, baud inflexis : nares membrana forni-
cata nudae : pedes mediocres, digitis tenuibus, subliberis : ungues
vix curvati, posticus digito prselongior.

50. Alaudince. Alae remigibus tertiariis elongatis, secundariis apice

emarginatis.

23. MoTACiLLiD^. Rostrum longiculum, rectum, subulatum, utrinque emar-

ginatum ; mandibula marginibus simplicibus, baud inflexis : pedes
longiculi, digitis tenuibus, exteriore cum mediano basi concrete,
postico omnium valde longiore.

51. Motacillince. Alae acuminatse remigibus tertiariis elongatis, secun-

dariis apice emarginatis : cauda producta, angusta.

24. TuRDiDiE. Rostrum subcultratum, utrinque emarginatum, mandibula

marginibus simplicibus, baud inflexis : nares nudse, membrana car-
tilaginea fornicata : pedes digitis lateralibus subliberis, insequalibus,
interno vix excedente articulum secundum medii : ungues inaequales :
pennse cubiti eequales.

52. CincUnce. Rostrum mediocre, rectum, depressiculum, vix emargina-
tum, gonyde adscendente, marginibus contractis : nares lineares :
pedes robusticuli ; digiti laterales sequilongi ; squamae tarsi integrae,
laevigatae : alae breviculse, rotundatae : cauda brevissima, truncata.

53. Myiotherince. Rostrum rectum, subcylindraceum, apice abrupte in-
flexo : pedes elongati ; digiti laterales subaequilongi, internus usque
a basi separatus, divergens : alae breves, rotundatae, fornicatae, remi-
gibus brevissimis tectis: cauda brevis.

54. Ixodince. Rostrum distincte emarginatum ; pedes brevissimi, digito

Systematic Arrangement of Vertehrated Animals. 267

postico tarso subsequilongo : ungues breves, lati, valde incurvi : alee
breves, rotundatse : uropygii plumee elongatee, confertissimse.

55. Turdince. Rostrum emarginatum, culmine gradatim incurvo, sutura
curvata : pedes mediocres : alee longiculse, acuticulae.

56. Timalince. Rostrum rectum, compressum, durum, vix emarginatum :
pedes grandes, validi ; digitus internus usque a basi separatus, di-
vergens : ungues parum incurvi : alee breves, rotundatse, remigibus
brevissimis, tectis : cauda magna, lata, gr9,data, moUissima : plumse
omnes laxse.

57. Oriolince. Rostrum longitudine capitis, latum ad basim, validum,
compressum; rictus ampliculus ; vibrissis nullis : pedes breves ; di-
git! laterales insequales ; alse elongatee : plumae uropygii confertse.

58. Leiothricinoe. Rostrum robustum,gonydeadscendente: pedes grandes,

robusti ; digiti externi ad medium usque conjunct!, posticus exteriore
longior : alse breves, rotundatse.

59. Vireonince. Rostrum robusticulum, compressum ; maxilla utrinque
emarginata, apice inflexo ; mandibula apice adscendente : vibrissse
rigidulse nares tegentes : pedes robusticuli ; digito interno omnium
brevissimo : alse longiculse, subacutse : cauda mediocris, vel trun-
cata vel emarginato-rotundata.

60. Calamoherpinoe. Rostrum subulatum, usque a basi compressum,
emarginatum ; mandibula tenuior maxilla : pedes validiculi, elon-
gati : alse breviculse, subrotundatse, remigum spuria minima ex-
tante, prima et secunda omnium longissimse.

61. Sylvi?ice. Rostrum gracillimum, subulatum, usque a basi compres-

sum, emarginatum ; mandibula tenuior maxilla : pedes graciles, lon-
giculi : alse longiculse, acuticulee, remigum spuria laticula extante,
secunda et tertia omnium longissimse.

62. Saxicolinoe. Rostrum ad basim depressum, sutura recta ; vibrissis

divergentibus : caput grandiculum : pedes longiculi : alse elongatse,
anipliculse : cauda brevicula, laticula.

63. Sylvicolince. Rostrum compressum, trigono-subulatum, vix emar-
ginatum : pedes graciles ; digiti laterales insequales, poUex validicu-
lus : alse longiculse, acuticulse, remigum spuria nulla, tribus primis
subsequalibus omnium longissimis.

268 Prince C. L. Bonaparte on a New

25. MusciCAPiD^. Rostrum usque a basi valde depressurii, latum, maxilla

marginibus mandibulam subtus late convexam amplectens, apice
emarginato abrupte inflexa ; rictus ampliculus, vibrissis porrectis ;
membrana narium obsoleta vel nulla : pedes breviculi, tenuiculi ;
digiti laterales articulos duos raedii excedentes : ungues ineequales
parum curvati.

64. Muscicapince. Rostrum mediocre, rectum, plus minus depressum,
medio carinatum ; rictus vibrissis rigidis elongatis : pedes breves,
gracillimi: digiti laterales inaequales, exterior cum mediano con-
junctus : alse longiculee : cauda elongata.

66. Tceniopterince. Rostrum longiculura, parum depressum, rotundi-
culum, lateribus rectis ; gnathidiis verticaliter positis : pedes elon-
gati, validiculi : alse remige prima modice elongata : cauda longi-
cula.

66. Tyrannince. Rostrum usque a basi depressum; gnathidiis subhori-
zontaliter positis ; rictus vibrissis nares obtegentibus : pedes breves,
graciliculi ; digiti laterales subsequilongi ; ungues elongati, graciles,
incurvi, acutissimi.

67- Edolinoe. Rostrum ultra medium compressum, culmine sensim cur-
vato : pedes breves : alse elongatse, plus minus acuta? : cauda elon-
gata, ssepius forficata.

68, Ceblepyrince. Rostrum ad basim latum, gnathidiis subhorizontali-
bus, angulo frontali acuto, sutura arcuata, vibrissis vix ullis : nares
rotundatae absque membrana, plumulis tectse : pedes breves ; digiti
laterales insequales : alae elongatse, remigibus tribus primis gradatis :
cauda medio emarginata; hinc inde rotundata: plumee uropygii
densissimse, fere spinosse.

26. Lanid^. Rostrum validiculum, convexum, compressum, apice detiexo

utrinque, vel cum dente exserto, vel profunde emarginato, gnathi-
diis altis, verticalibus ; sutura recta ; vibrissse, nares rotundatee abs-
que membrana : pedes mediocres ; pollex graciliculus ; ungues acuti :
alee mediocres, remige tertia sen quarta longiore.

69. Psaridince. Rostrum grandiculum, crassum, subcylindraceum, sinu

rotundo frontem late intrans, apice abrupte inflexo emarginatum ;
nares rotundatee, nudse, parvse : pedes exiles ; digiti laterales in-

Systematic Arrangement of Vertehrated Animals.

eequales ; squamae tarsi anteriores transversse, laterales parvae, nu-
merosse : alee longse.

70. Tamnophilince. Rostrum elongatum, strictum ; sutura recta, apice ab-
rupteinflexo, dente utrinque acuto: digiti laterales inaequales ; exte-
rior et medianus articulo primo conjuneti : ungues lati, obtusiculi :
alee breves, rotundatse, fornicatse, reraigibus primariis decern pennas
cubiti vix superantibus, brevissimis : cauda mediocris, rotundata.

71. LanincB. Rostrum breviculura, dente utrinque acuto: digiti late-

rales aequilongi, liberi : ungues graciles, acuti : alse mediocres.
27. CoRViD^. Rostrum robustum, vel conico-acuminatum, vel cultratum,
frontem intrans cum basi : nares vel plumis setaceis recumbentibus,
vel vibrissis tectse : pedes validi.

72. Garrulince. Rostrum apice leviter deflexo, utrinque emarginato:
nares rotundatse absque membrana: pedes digitis lateralibus in-
aequalibus : alee breviculse, subrotundse : formse elegantes : plumee
nitide coloratse. r

73. Corvince. Rostrum ad basim cute crassa obvolutum, vix emargina-
tum ; nares plumulis setiformibus densis contectse, sutura recta;
gnathidia valida, linearia, recta : pedes robusti, scutis prorainulis ;

, ., .r'o' digiti subliberi, laterales subaequilongi : alae longee, acutse : formse
graves : plumse plus minus atratae,

74. Baritina;. Rostrum longitudine capitis, robustum, rectum, conico-

couipressum, apice parum subadunco, utrinque profunde emarginato,
ad basim superne latum, circulariter frontem intrans ; nares parvae,
nudae, lineares, absque membrana ; sutura recta : pedes magni, scutis
laevibus ; digiti subliberi, lateralibus subsequilongis, poUice maximo :
alae elongatae.

75. Glaucopince. Rostrum breve, culmine elato, a basi gradatim curva-
tum, integerrimum ; mandibula apice recto ; sutura valde curva ;
rictus laevis: alae breves, rotundse : cauda elongata, gradata.

76. Corac'mince. Rostrum robustum, praedurum, rectum, compressum,
ad basim depressum, culmine subcurvato tantum ad apicem, vix
emarginatum ; mandibula apice recto, depresso ; rictus vibrissis
raris : nares semiplumulosae : pedes breves, validi ; digitis anticis
Bubaequalibus : alae elongatae : cauda brevis.

270 Prince C. L. Bonaparte on a New

77- Stnmince. Rostrum longulum, conico-acuminatum, integrum, utrin-
que angulatum ad basim, apice depressiculo, obtusiculo, subde-
flexo ; sutura ad basim deflexa ; gnathidia alta, verticalia : nares
nudse : frons convexa : pedes seutati, digitis subliberis, lateralibus
sequilongis, interno divergente, poUice maximo : remiges primariae
deeem : plumse capitis elongatee, angustse.

78. Lamprotornithince. Rostrum brevicuium, compressum, utrinque an-
gulatum ad basim, cuimine a basi curvato, integrum : pedes digitis
lateralibus inaequalibus : remiges primariae novem : plumee capitis
elongatse, angustae.

79- Quisccelince. Rostrum validum, a fronte recte depromptum, conico-
elongatissimum, compressum, utrinque ad basim angulatum, cui-
mine leviter curvato: pedes robusti: remiges primariae novem : cauda
gradata, navicularis : plumae capitis rotundatae.

80. Icterinoe. Rostrum a fronte recte depromptum, brevicuium, conicum,
utrinque ad basim angulatum, integrum aut rectum, aut mandibulis
binis gradatim subincurvis : pedes validiculi, digitis lateralibus aequi-
longis : ungues crassi, valde curvati: remiges primariae novem:
plumae capitis rotundatae.

28. Fringillid^. Rostrum breve, validum, conicum, crassissimum ad basim,
mandibula marginibus validis curvatim intra se convergentibus,
postice altioribus : pedes graciles.

8 1 . Ploceince. Rostrum rectum, conicum, cuimine depresso saltern poste-

rius, angulo basilari lato, triangulari, frontem valde intrante : nares
piano intervallo distantes : remiges primariae decem, prima minuta.

82. Emherizince. Rostrum conicum, cuimine recto, marginibus intractis,

maxilla angustiore quam mandibula ; tuberculo osseo longitudinal!
ad palatum : nares piano intervallo distantes : pedes mediocres ; un-
gues graciles, incurvi : remiges primariae novem.

83. Fring'dlince. Rostrum plus minus robustum, perfecte conicum, cui-

mine tei'eti, saltern posterius ; angulo frontali brevi, acuto: mandi-
bulis aequalibus, subincurvis ad apicem tantum, integris : nares piano
intervallo distantes : remiges primariae novem, prima deficiente.

84. Loxince. Rostrum brevissimura, crassum, integrum, supra infraque

curvatum ; maxilla longiore, cuimine maiginibusque incurvis : nares

Systematic Arrangement of Vertehrated Animals. 271

piano intervallo distantes : alee remigibus primariis novem, primis
quatuor subseqvialibus.

85. Pytilince. Rostrum breve, crassum, subtrigonum, utrinque subemar-

ginatum: angulus frontalis angustus, acutus, valde intrans : nares
approxirnatse carina tantum interjecta : alee remigibus primariis no-
vem, primis quatuor subsequalibus.

86. Phytotomince. Rostrum breve, marginibus serratis ; maxilla profunda,

culmine arcuato ; mandibula tenuis : nares piano intervallo distan-
tes : pedes breves, validi, digitis duobus vel tribus anticis, uno pos-
tico : remiges primariae novem.

29. CoLiD^. Rostrum breve, integrum ; maxilla ad basim dilatata, convex-

issima, culmine el evato, arcuato : pedes robusti ; digiti fissi, omnes
antrorsum versi !

87. Colince. Nares nudse : alse breves, acutse : cauda longa, cuneata :
plumse mollissimae.

30. BucERONTiD^. Rostrum enorme, inane, variatim appendiculatum, valde

compressum, mandibula utraque incurva, marginibus integris : pedes
magni, digitis externis ultra medium concretis.

88. Bucerontinoe. Digiti laterales insequales ; medius longitudine tarsi ;
pollex omnium brevissimus : alse breviculse, rotundatse : cauda lon-
gicula, rectricibus rotundatis, ad basim angustis.

** Tribus II. Scansores. Digiti bini antici, biniqiie postici.

31. Ramphastidid^. Rostrum im mane, vacuum, marginibus serratis: digiti

externi internis longiores, bini antici non ultra medium fissi : alae
breves, rotundatse, tectricibus magnis.

89. Ramphastidince. Lingua penniformis : scuta tarsi sex : alse breves,

rotundatse.

32. PiciD^. Rostrum rectum, polyedrum, apice cuneato : lingua lumbrici-

formis : digiti antici ad basim connati : tectrices alarum breves.

90. Picinoe. Rectrices rigidse, acuminatse.

91. Yungime. Rectrices moUes, rotundatse.

33. BuccoNiD^. Rostrum rectum, conico-compressum, robustum, ad basim

crassum, setis elongatis circumsessum : pedes grandiculi : digiti ex-
voii. XVIII. 2 o

272 Prince C. L. Bonaparte on a New

terni internis longiores, antici toto articulo primo connati, exterior
posticorum versatilis, liber.

92. Bucconince. Alee breves : cauda brevis, mollis : ungues omnes in-

curvi.

34. CucuLiD^. Rostrum tenue, setis vix uUis ; lingua plana : tarsi seutati :

digiti antici fere fissi, exterior posticorum versatilis, liber.

93. Cuculince. Rostrum tenue, convexum ; nares rotundse, margine pro-
minente : pedes parvi : tarsus brevissimus, scutis quinque : digiti
subtus moUes, incrassati : alae acutee.

94. Coca/zince. Rostrum incurvum, marginibus maxillaribus dilatatis :
nares lineares, simplices : pedes grandiculi ; tarsus elongatus, nudus ;
digiti ad medium teretes : alse breves, rotundatse : cauda longissima
cuneata.

95. Crotophagince. Rostrum latum, compressum, culmine elevato : nares
simplices : pedes grandiculi, digitis ad medium teretibus.

96. Saurotherinoc . Rostrum elongatum, culmine convexo : nares simpli-
ces : pedes grandiculi, digitis ad medium teretibus.

97. Indicatorince. Rostrum breve, subconicum : nares simplices : pedes

brevissimi.

35. Capitonid^b. Rostrum rectum, compressum, rictu amplo, setis elongatis

circumsessum : pedes debiles.

98. Capltonince. Alee rotundatse.

36. Galbulid^, Rostrum elongatum, rectum, quadrangulare, integerrimimi ;

rictu amplo, vibrissis validis : pedes debiles ; digiti externi internis
longiores, bini antici ad apicem tantum discreti, interior posticorum
brevissimus vel nullus.

99. Galbulince. Alae breves : cauda elongata, gradata.

37- Trogonid^. Rostrum breve, validum, triangulare, convexum, apice utrin-
que emarginato, rictu amplo : digitus secundus simul cum poUice
reti'oversus ! tertius et quartus antrorsum versi, concreti ad basim,
interni externis longiores.

100. Trogonince. Pedes parvi, semihirsuti : alae brevissimae.

38. MusoPHAGiDiE. Rostrum breve, compressiculum versus apicem, maxilla
profunda, culmine arcuato, marginibus serrulatis, mandibula tenui :

Systematic Arrangement of Vertehrated Animals. 273

pedes breves, vix scansorii, digitis anticis tribus membrana connexis,
externo subversatili, pollice omnium minimo : aloe breviculse.

101. Musophaginve. Cauda longa, rotundata, rectricibus latis decern.

Ordo4. COLUMB^.

39. CoLUMBiD^. Rostrum breve, tenue, debile, fornicatum ; cuticula mollis,

tumida, naribus imposita : pedes breves ; digiti subtus moUes, sub-
incrassati ; plumse corporis densae, rachide ad medium crassiore :
plumae uropygii rigidulse.

102. Columbince. Digiti omnino fissi, parum divergentes : pedes parvuli,
pollice insistente ; tarsi scutati : aloe longiculee.

103. Vtilophyrince. Digiti plica cutis ad basim juncti, valde divergentes :
pedes validiculi, pollice subelevato ; tarsi reticulati : aloe breves :
Cauda longa.

Subclassis 2. GRALLATORES.
Ordo5. GALLING.

40. Pteroclid^. Rostrum tenue : alse longoe, acutoe : cauda subelongata,

acuta.

1 04. Syrrhaptinoe. Digiti tres coadunati, solo apice distincti.

105. Pteroclince. Digiti quatuor, anterioribus membrana connexis ad ba-

sim.

41. PENELOPiDiE. Rostrum validum, durum: digiti a basi divergentes, mem-

brana connexi ; ungues magni, compressi, acuti ; pollicis insistens
major : aloe breves : cauda elongata.

106. Penelopince. Pedes elongati, crassi.

42. Phasianid^. Rostrum subvalidum, proe naribus excisum : digiti antici

membrana connexi ad basim ; pollex longiculus : alse breves, ro-
tundatoe : cauda producta.

107. Pavonince. Cauda in flabellum explicabilis, tectricibus productissi-

mis.

108. Phasianince. Cauda compressa, inexplicabilis.

43. TfiTRAONiDiE. Rostrum validum, continue convexum, durum : digiti an-

2 o 2

274 Prince C. L. Bonaparte on a New

tici ineinbrana connexi ad basini : alee breves, rotundatse : cauda
brevissima.

109. Perdicince. Naresnudce: tarsi implumes : cauda perbrevis.

110. Tetraonince. Nares plumulosae : supercilia glabra: tarsi plumosi :
Cauda longicula.

44. Crypturid^. Rostrum tenue: digiti fissi : alse breves, rotundatae : cauda

aut perbrevis aut nulla.

111. Ortigydince. Rostrum compressum : digiti tres, pollice nullo.

112. Crypturince. Rostrum depressum : digiti quatuor, pollice parvo,

Ordo6. STRUTHIONES.

45. SrRUTHioNiDiE. Digiti fissi duo tantum vel tres : tarsi scutulati : alse bre-

ves, abortivse, remigibus nuUis.

113. Struthionince. Rostrum breve, crassum, gallinaceum : pedes ecalca-

rati.

114. Apterygince. Rostrum elongatum, gracile, grallaceum : pedes cal-

carati.

Ordo 7. GRALL^.

46. Charadrid^. Rostrum mediocre, validiculum : poUex nullus aut brevis-

simus.

115. Otidince. Rostrum breve, subfornicatum : pedes validi, reticulati,
digitis tribus, anticis, brevibus, raembranula connexis : ungues for-
nicati nee solidi: alse breves, amplse, remige tertia omnium lon-
gissima.

116. Charadrince. Rostrum breve, molle juxta basim, apice incrassato ;
sulcus nasalis profundus, ad medium rostrum extensus : pedes in-
valid! ; digiti tres antici cylindracei ; posticus fere semper nullus :
alse longse, acutse, remigum prima omnium longissima.

117. Hcematopodince. Rostrum rectum, robustum, valde compressum,

acutum : pedes breviculi ; digiti omnes membrana connexi ; inte-
rior omnium brevissimus : alselongee: cauda brevis.

47. Chionidid^. Rostrum breve, validum, compressum, integrum : pollex

brevissimus, introversus.

118. Chionidinee. Rostrum tectum ad basim vagina cornea, antice libera;

Systematic Arrangement of Vertebrated Animals. 275

nares tubulares : pedes brevissimi, validi : squamee tarsi parviilse,
scabrae : digiti exteriores membranula ad basira connexi, internus
fissus : ungues fere detriti.

119. Jliynochorinoe. Rostrum crasse, conicum : digiti mediocres : alae
acutse, falcatee.

48. PsoPHiD^. Rostrum breve, subfornicatum : digiti antici membrana eon-

juncti ; pollex satis excultus.

120. Palamedeince. Pedes validi, crassi, reticulati ; digiti longissimi ;

pollex robustus, fere totus insistens : aloe amplse, bicalcaratee.

121. Gruince. Pedes longi, graciles, scutati ; digiti mediocres; pollex
minutus, vix solo apice insistens : alae amplse, breves, concavse.

49. ArdeidjE. Rostrum longum, validum : pollex longus, pluribus articulis

solo incumbens : alee magnee.

122. Ciconince. Rostrum crassum, conico-elongatum, vix ante oculos
fissum, rectissimum, culmine juxta medium depresso ; maxilla leevi :
caput plus minus implume : unguis medius integer ; pollex a solo
elevatus.

123. Ardeince. Rostrum longum, rectissimum, conico-elongatum, com-

pressum, sub oculos usque fissum ; maxilla utrinque longe sulcata :
unguis medius serratus.

124. Cancromince. Rostrum breve, enormiter latissimum, naviculare ;
maxilla inanis secantes mandibulse margines operiens.

125. Plataleince. Rostrum longum, planum, apice valde dilatato, rotun-

dato : pedes seraipalmati.

50. TANTALiDi^s. Rostrum prselongum, arcuatum : facies implumis : pollex

longus, solo fere totus incumbens.

126. Tantalince. Rostrum apice obtuso rotundato, marginibus contractis
secantibus : pedes elongati, digitis anticis membrana conjunctis.

51. ScoLOPACiD^. Rostrum elongatum, gracile, moUiculum ; sulco nasali fere

ad apicem rostri continuato ; rictus minimus : pollex brevis, gracilis,
vix insistens aut nullus : alae longoe, acutse : cauda brevis.

127. Tringince. Rostrum vel longissimum vel breviculum, apice laevi-
gato, baud crassiculo : digitus medius tarso brevior ; pollex brevis-
simus aut nullus.

276 Prince C. L. Bonaparte on a New

128. Scolopacince. Rostrum longissimum, rectum^ apice ruguloso-scabro,
in maxilla longiore siibtus crassiculo : digitus medius tarso valde
longior : poUex satis excultus.

52. Rallid^. Rostrum breve, vel mediocre, crassiculum, compressum : pedes

magni, crassi ; digitis fissis longissimis ; poUex longulus articulo
primo insistens : alee breves, rotundatse : cauda brevissima, a tee-
tricibus abscondita. Corpus compi'essissimum : habitus gallinarum.

129. Parrince. Rostrum rectum : pedes longissimi, digitis gracilibus et
unguibus prselongis : alee ssepius spinosse.

130. Rallince. Rostrum subcurvatum : pedes mediocres, digitis crassi-

culis, unguibus congruis : alae inermes.

53. Phalaropodid.^. Rostrum mediocre, rectum, graeile, flexile : pedes bre-

ves ; tarsi compressi ; digiti lobati.

131. Phalaropodince. Maxilla utrinque sulcata, apice deflexo, acuto.

54. Recurvirostrid^. Rostrum rectum, aut etiam recurvum, tenuissimum,

flexile : pedes longissimi, debiles ; tarsi compressiculi ; digiti semi-
palmati.

132. Recurvirostrince. Rostrum teres, acuminatum.

55. Ph(enicopterid^. Rostrum breve, crassum, medio infractum, marginibus

lamelloso-denticulatis : pedes longissimi, palmati.

1 33. Phcenicopterince. Maxilla intus solida, carinata, depressissima, valde
exilior quam mandibula.

Ordo8. ANSERES.

56. Anatid^. Pollex parvus, liber : rostrum cute moUi tectum, ungulatum

ad apicem, depressum, marginibus lamelloso-denticulatis: lingua
crassa, carnosa, lateribus dentatis.

134. Cygnince. Rostrum basi tumidum, corneura, ad oculos usque im-
plume, denticulis lamellosis compressis : coUum longissimum : pe-
des breves, lati ; pollex simplex.

135. Anserince. Rostrum breviculum, ad basim profundum, corneum,
plumosum, denticulis abbreviatis, conicis, acutis : nares ad medium
rostri : pedes longiculi, fere oequilibres ; pollex simplex.

136. Anatince. Rostrum longiculum, latum, denticulis lamellosis elon-

Systematic Arrangement of Vertehrated Animals. 277

gatis, compressis : collum breviculum : pedes brevissimi ; poUex
simplex.

137. Fuligulince. Rostrum mediocre, latum, denticulis lamellosis, elon-

gatis, compressis : nares ad basim rostri : collum breviculum : pedes
excentrici ; pollex dilatatissimus, lobatus.

138. Mergince. Rostrum elongatum, angustum, apice abrupte inflexo,

rotundato, marginibus acute serratis : pedes breves, postice excen-
trici ; pollex dilatatissimus, lobatus.

57. Pelecanid^. Pollex elongatus, subinsistens, membrana junctus (digitis

quatuor, omnibus membrana lata connexis), vel lobatus : pedes
brevissimi : alee magnse, valde elongatae. In arboribus considunt.

1 39. Pelecanince. Maxilla caementaria.

140. Plotince. Mandibula utraque solida.

58. Larid^. Pollex liber, elevatus, vel nuUus : pedes eequilibres : rostrum

marginibus baud denticulatis ; nares non protuberantes : alse elon-
gatae, acutae. Bene ambulant : eximie volant : male urinantur.

141. Rhinchopinoe. Rostrum mirifice compressum, maxilla valde brevior

quam mandibula.

142. Sternince. Rostrum longum, compressum, apice recto acuminato :

pedes breves : alae valde elongatae : cauda longissima, forficata.

143. Larince. Rostrum mediocre, compressum, apice valde incurvo; man-

dibula subtus conspicue angulata : pedes modici ; tarsus digito me-
dio sublongior ; pollex brevissimus : alae longissimae : cauda bre-
vicula, subtruncata.

144. Lestrince. Rostrum mediocre, ad basim rectum, cylindraceum, cera

tectum, apice uncinato ; maxillis caementariis ; mandibula subtus
angulata : pedes graciles ; ungues validi, curvati : cauda gradata,
rectricibus duabus mediis productis.

59. Procellarid^. Pollex vel nuUus, vel tantum unguis ; pedes excentrici :

rostrum marginibus baud denticulatis : nares tubulares : alae elon-
gatae, acutae. Ire nesciunt : eximie volant : male urinantur.

145. Procellarince. Rostrum rectum, apice abrupte uncinatum, maxillis

caementariis.

60. CoLYMBiDiE. Pollex parvus, liber : rostrum conico-subulatum, margini-

278 Prince C. L. Bonaparte on a New

bus baud denticulatis : coUura elongatum : tarsi compressissimi :
alae breves, minutae, falcatae, subacutse. Lacustres et marince. In-
cessus difficiUimus, corpore erecto : volatus rectus, celer : urinatrices
eximice.

146. Podicipince. Rostrum subconicum : pedes lobati : cauda nulla.

147. Colymb'mce. Rostrum longulum, rectum, acutum : pedes palmati:
Cauda brevis.

61. Alcid^. Pollex nullus : rostrum compressum, culmine plus minus arcu-

ato, marginibus baud denticulatis : collum breve : tarsi parum com-
press!: alae breves, minutae, falcatee, subacutse. Maritimce. Boreales.
Incessus difficiUimus, corpore erecto : volatus rectus, celer : urinatri-
ces eximice.

148. Phaleridince. Nares nudae : pedes palmati.

149. AlcincB. Nares plumulis obtectae : pedes palmati.

62. SpheniscidvE. Pollex grandiculus, liber, anteversus : cauda remigesque

nuUae.

150. Spheniscince. Rostrum longum, tenue, mandibula sub basi incras-

sata : plumae omnes squamiformes : alae pinniformes. Oceano j4nt-
arctico proprice.

Classis III. AMPHIBIA.

Animalia vertebrata, sanguine frigido, circulatione duplici, imperfecta, ovi-
para aut ovovivipara : pulmones bini vel unus, liberi : cor biloculare vel uni-
loculare, biauritum : dentes fere in omnibus : corpus vel catapbractum, vel
squamosum, vel nudum.

Ordinum Distributio.
Subclassis 1. MONOPNOA {Ahlopnoa).

Respiratio ope pulmonum tantum : metamorphosis nulla : corpus plus minus vestitum :
condylus occipitalis simplex : penis : copulatio insita : ova Crustacea aut coriacea.

Systematic Arrangement of Vertehrated Animals. 279

Sectio 1. RHIZODONTA {Loricata).

Dentes infixi (maxillarum alveolis injuncti) : labia libera nulla : lingua adnata : os tym-
panicum cum cranio concretum : costae distincte : artus quatuor : penis simplex : anus lon-
gitudinalis.

1. Ornithosauri {Gryphi). Pedes tetradactyli ; antici digito quarto enor-

miter elongate (membranam alarem expansam ad sustinendam idoneo ).
Fossiles. Aerei.

2. Emydosauri (Crocodili). Pedes digitati, antici pentadactyli, postici tetra-

dactyli, palmati vel semipalmati. Fluviatiles.

3. Enaliosauri (Cetosauri). Pedes breves, pinniformes (permultis ossiculis

conflati ut in Cete). Fossiles. Marini.

Sectio 2. TESTUDINATA.

Corpus clausum in theca bivalvi, supra a costis concretis constituta, infra a sterno : os tym-
pani cum cranio connatum : dentes nulli : lingua adnata : penis simplex : artus quatuor.

4. Chelonii {Testudines). Corpus reversum, testeurn.

Sectio 3. REPTILIA (Sguamata).

Corpus squamosum : costae distinctae, truncum fere totum complectentes : cranium sutu-
ratum : dentes in maxiUis non inserti : lingua libera : labia adpressa, margine libera : penis
duplex : anus transversus.

6. Sauri (Lacertce). Rictus baud dilatabilis : mandibulee rami ad apicem
per symphysim juncti : os tympani mobile: ossa faciei concreta, immo-
bilia : oculi patentes : ai'tus quatuor quandoque abortivi : sternum breve :
claviculse : pulmones duo.

6. Ophidii (Serpentes). Rictus dilatabilis: mandibulse rami ad apicem liga-

mentis connexi ; os tympani saltern mobile : oculi patentes : pedes, cla-
viculse, sternum, pelvis, tertia palpebra, tympanum nulli : pulmo alter
abortivus vel nullus : lingua angustissima, bipartita, vibratilis, basi vagi-
nata : corpus prselongum, teres.

7. Saurophidii (^wg^we*). Rictus baud dilatabilis: mandibulse rami ad api-

cem per symphysim juncti: os tympani cum cranio connatum, oblique
vol. XVII 1. 2 p

280 V Prince C. L. Bonaparte on a New

pronum : oculi parvi, sub cute latentes : tympanum nullum : corpus squa-

marum rudimentis annulatim cavatum : artus plerumque vel duo vel nul-

li : pulmo unicus, altero abortivo : lingua lanceolata, depressa, bifida, non

vaginata.

Subclassis 2. DIPNOA (Diplopnoa).

Respiratio ope pulmonum simulque branchiarum in prima saltern vitas periodo : meta-
morphosis in pleris : corpus, vix paucissimis exceptis, nudum : condylus occipitalis duplex :
penis nuUus : copulatio vel ex contactu tantum vel nulla : ova membranacea.

Sectio 4. BATRACHIA (Nuda).
Costae imperfectae : lingua carnosa, adnata.

8. Batrachophidii {Ccecilice), Metarnorphosi vix obnoxia: branchiae evani-

dae : os tympani cum cranio connatum : corpus apodum, ecaudatum :
anus terminalis, rotundus.

■

9. Ran^ {Batrachia vera). Metarnorphosi obnoxia : branchiae (in larvis tan-

tum operculatse) deciduae : pedes quatuor.

10. IcHTHYODi (Ichthyoidea). Metarnorphosi non obnoxia: branchiae persisten-

tes : anus longitudinalis : pedes quatuor vel duo.

Conspectus Familiarum et Subfamiliarum.

Subclassis 1. MONOPNOA.
Sectio 1. RHIZODONTA.

Ordo 1. ORNITHOSAURI.

1. PTERODACTVLiDiE. Caput rostratum : collum elongatum vertebris septem

longissimis : costae tenues, elongatae, simplices.

1, Pterodactylina. Dentes aequales : orbitae maxiraae : cauda brevis-

sima.

Ordo 2. EMYDOSAURI.

2. C'RocoDiLiDiE. Corpus loricatum ; dorso transversim fasciato scutellis os-

seis durissiniis: maxillae sinuosae.

Systematic Arrangement of Vertehrated Animals. 281

2. Crocodilina. Dentes conici, insequales : aures valvula obserabiles :

Cauda corpore longior, validissima, compressa, cristata.

3. Teleosaurina. Retro-nares maximce, eodem piano ac fossa orbitalis sitae.

OrdoS. ENALIOSAURI.

3. Plesiosaurid^. Dentes alveolis distinctis insert! : vertebrae planiculse.

4. Plesiosaurina. Caput minimum, rostratum, mandibula postice elon-

gata ; dentes numerosi : collum longissimura, vertebris numerosis-
simis : cauda brevis : pedes longiculi.

4. IchthvosauridjE. Dentes sulco communi insert! : vertebras biconcavce.

5. Ichthyosaurina. Caput magnum, orbitis maximis, acute rostratum :

dentes numerosissimi (30 — 35 utrinque in utraque maxilla), aequales:
costse numerosae, longiculae, subtus conniventes : cauda longicula :
pedes brevissimi, antici majores.

Sectio2. TESTUDINATA.
Ordo4. CHELONII.

5. Chelonid^. Pedes natatorii, compressi, longitudine insequales, digitis in-

distinctis : labia nulla.

6. Chelonina. Thorax scutis corneis tectus.

7. Sphargidina. Thorax corio verrucoso indutus.

6. Trionycid^e. Pedes ambulatorii, longitudine pares : thorax corio laevi in-

dutus : labia carnosa.

8. Tryonicina. Pedes plantigradi, digitis distinctis, palmatis : os cor-

neum : collum versatile : pelvis immobilis.

7. TESTUDiNiDiE. Pcdcs ambulatorii, longitudine pares : thorax scutis corneis

tectus : labia nulla.

9. Chelydina. Pedes plantigradi, digitis distinctis, palmatis : os coria-

ceum : collum versatile : pelvis immobilis.

10. Hydraspidimi. Pedes plantigradi, digitis distinctis, palmatis : os cor-

neum: collum versatile : pelvis immobilis.

1 1 . Eniydina. Pedes plantigradi, digitis distinctis, plerumque palmatis :

OS corneum : collum retractile : pelvis mobilis.

2 p 2

282 Prince C. L. Bonaparte on a New

12. Testudinina. Pedes digitigradi, clavati, digitis indistinctis : os cor-
neum : coUum retractile : pelvis mobilis.

Sectio3. REPTILIA.

Ordo5. SAURII.

8. Gekkonid^e. Lingua brevis, crassa, papillosa, apice obtuso vix einarginata :

oculi grandes, palpebris brevissimis baud conniventibus, posteriore
obsoleta ; pupilla elliptica, verticali : os parietale duplex : corpus de-
pressuin.

13. Gekkonina. Dentes maxillarum lateri interno adnati : aures con-
spicuse, membrana profundata : squamse dorsi parvulae, tuberculis
permixtis : digiti liberi, subsequales. Tarda : nocturna.

9. SxELLioNiDiE. Lingua brevis, crassa, papillosa, apice obtuso vix emargi-

nata : oculi palpebris conniventibus clausiles, pupilla rotunda : os
parietale simplex : corpus depressum, dorsi culmine subplano, ple-
rumque non cristato.

14. Agamina. Dentes adnati (maxillarum latere interno affixi).

15. Stellionina. Dentes innati (maxillarum culmini connati).

10. Iguanid^. Lingua brevis, crassa, papillosa, apice obtuso vix emarginata :

oculi palpebris conniventibus, pupilla rotunda : os parietale simplex :
corpus plus minus compressum, in dorsi culmine carinatum vel cris-
ta tum.

16. Iguanina. Dentes adnati, laniarii nulli.

17. Draconina. Dentes innati, laniarii distincti.

11. Cham^leontid.e. Lingua longa, carnosa, cylindracea, vibratilis, apice

incrassato, integra, basi vaginata : gula dilatabilis : palpebree cir-
culares, foramine parvo, pupilla rotunda: corpus compressum.

18. Chamceleontina . Dentes cum maxillis concretis : aures latentes : os

frontale simplex : squamae graniformes : cauda prehendens : pedes
pentadactyli, digitis in duos oppositos fasciculos coadunatis.

12. Varanid^. Lingua longissima, leevis, angusta, vibratilis, longissime bi-

furca, basi vaginata : laminae supraorbitals cutacese, ossiculo su-

Systematic Arrangement of Vertebrated Animals. 283

perciliari accessorio : caput superne clypeolato-squamosum, pyrami-
dale : corpus elongatum, depressiculum.

19. l^aranina. Dentes adnati : os frontale duplex : cutis reticulatim ex-
arata : pori femorales nulli : digiti liberi, ineequales.

13. Helodermatid^. Lingua : laminae supraorbitales cutacese : oculi

palpebrati: auras conspicuee ; membrana tympani superficialis: caput
tuberculato-squamosum, depressuin : corpus elongatum.

20. Helodermatina. Dentes adnati : cutis sulculis exarata : squamee tu-
berculiforraes ossese : pori femorales nulli.

14. Ameivid^. Lingua elongata, emissilis, squamuloso-papillosa, angusta,

longissime bifurca : aures conspicuee, membrana tympani superficia-
lis : oculi palpebrati : laminse supraorbitales omnino cutacese : caput
pyramidale, regulariter scutellatum.

21. Ameivina. Dentes adnati, corona posteriorum denticulata.

22. Podinemina. Dentes innati, corona omnium simplex.

15. Lacertid^. Lingua brevicula, squamuloso-papillosa, bicuspis : oculi pal-

pebrati : laminae supraorbitales subosseee : squamae difFormes.

23. Lacertina. Dentes adnati : cutis flexilis : caput superne scutatum :
Cauda elongata, teres, verticillata : digiti simplices, subtus leeves.

24. Psammodromina. Dentes adnati ; cutis flexilis : caput superne scu-

tatum : Cauda elongata, teres, verticillata ; digiti, vel ad latera ser-
rati, vel subtus carinati.

16. OphiosauridjE. Lingua brevis, squamuloso-papillosa, apice attenuato ob-

tuso plus minus excisa: oculi non semper palpebrati: aures conspi-
cuee : squamae fasciatim positae, carinatae : pedes in pluribus duo
vel nulli I

25. Chamcesaurina. Dentes adnati: cutis rigida: squamae angustae,
acutae, in abdomine dorsoque aequales.

26. Ophiosaurina. Dentes adnati: cutis rigida: squamae subquadratae :
plicatura lateralis.

1/. Anguid.t. Lingua brevis, squamuloso-papillosa, apice attenuato obtuso
plus minus excisa : oculi non semper palpebrati : squamae uniformes,
imbricatae, laevigatas : pedes in pluribus duo vel nulli !

27. Scincina. Dentes adnati : cutis rigida. Habitus lacertinus : pedes

284 Prince C. L. Bonaparte on a New

quatuor, pentadactyli : aures conspicuse ; tympani membrana pro-
fundata.

28. Anguina. Dentes adnati : cutis rigida. Habitus serpentinus : cor-
pus cylindraceum, gracile: cauda longissiina: artus, vel quatuor
brevissimi, remotissimi, vel posteriorum rudiriienta tantum vel nuUi I

18. TvPHLOPiDiE. Lingua longa, bifurca : oculi vix ulli : squauioe uniformes,

imbricatse, leevigatee : pedes nuUi.

29. Typhlopina. Dentes adnati : cutis rigida. Habitus amphisbseninus :

corpus longulum, cylindraceum, in utroque apice obtusum : cauda

brevissima. ■»

Ordo6. OPHIDII.

19. Erycid^. Dentes venenati nulli ; omnes breves, conici : calcarium rudi-

menta ad anum vix conspicua ; pedum nulla : caput a trunco non
distinctum, parvum, obtusum, scutis parum conspicuis : os parvum :
oculi exigui : nares angustae : corpus exile, undique cylindraceum :
cauda brevis, conica.

30. Erycina. Corpus graciliculum : squamae exiguse, subrotundse, per

series longitudinales dispositee : abdomen at cauda subtus scutis
simplicibus, hexagonis, transversis.

31. Calamarina. Corpus funiculiforme : squamae prismaticse, Isevissimse :
abdomen et cauda subtus scutis parum numerosis.

20. BoiDJs. Dentes venenati nulli : calcaria cornea ad anum : ossa interna

pedum postioorum rudimentaria : corpus longissimum, medio incras-
satum ; cauda teres, prehendens: caput a trunco distinctum, eras-
sum : oculi parvi, pupilla horizontali : nares fere superae : scuta ab-
dominis caudaeque inexpleta : squamae numerosae.

32. Boina. Intermaxillare edentulum : orbitae normales, ossibus frontali-

bus mediis superne marginatae : scuta abdominalia.

33. Python'ma. Intermaxillare dentatum : orbitae ab osse peculiari supra-

numerario perfectae : scutella abdominalia.

21. AcROCHORDiD^E. Deutcs venenati nulli: calcaria nidla : corpus undique

squamosum, compressum: cauda compressa, valde prehendens. Aqua-
tica.

34. Acrochordina. Caput rotundatum : oculi exigui : nares superae, ap-

Systematic Arrangement of f^ertebrated Animals. 285

proxiniatse, tubulares: squamae minimse, non imbricatae, mucronatse:
abdomen longitudinaliter squameo-carinatum.

22. CoLUBRiDvE. Dentes venenati nulli : anus appendicibus destitutus : caput

scutis novem plerumque protectum : oculi naresque laterales : ab-
domen latissime scutatum : cauda teres.

35. Colubrina. Corpus fusiforme : caput latum : cauda modice elongata :
squamae in lineas longitudinales positae. Terrestria.

36. Dlpsadina. Corpus longissimum, gracillimum : caput latum : cauda
valde elongata : squamae in lineas longitudinales positae. Arborea.

37. Dendrophilina. Corpus longissimum, gracillimum : caput longum :
cauda valde elongata : squamae in lineas transversas positae. Ar-
borea.

38. Natricina. Corpus breviculum, torosum ; abdomine dilatato, con-
vexo: caput latissimum, valde distinctutn, conicum ; rostro brevi,
oris angulo elevato : cauda brevis : squamae grandiculae, carinatae,
in lineas longitudinales positae. Aquatica.

23. Hydride. Solidi dentes, venenatique in maxilla : cauda compressissima,

remiformis. Marina.

39. Hydrina. Caput parvum, indistinctum : oculi naresque valvulares

superi : scutula ventralia.

24. NAjiDiE. Venenati dentes, solidis saepius adjunctis, in maxilla: maxillare

protractum : caput scutis tectum : oculi mediocres, pupilla rotunda :
nares laterales, patulae : corpus elongatum : cauda brevis, crassa,
conica : squamae grandes, rhomboideae, plerumque laeves.

40. Bungarina. CoUum baud dilatabile: caput elongatum, parum di-

stinctum : corpus undique cylindraceum : cauda robusta : squamae
latae, laeves, in lineas circiter sexdecim positae.

41. Najina. Collura dilatabile: caput conicum, distinctum : corpus me-

dio incrassatum : cauda elongata, conica : squamae lanceolatae, sae-
pius carinatae.

25. ViPERiDiE. Maxilla venenatis tantum dentibus armata: maxillare con-

tractum : caput valde distinctum, depressum, postice dilatatum,
squamis plerumque tectum : rostro truncato ac saepe etiam simo ;

286 Prince C. L. Bonaparte on a New

labium superum prolapsum ; rictus arcuatus : oculi parvi, cavati,
pupilla verticali : corpus abbreviatum, crassuin : cauda brevissima :
squamse lanceolatee, carinatse.

42. CrotaUna. Foveae prseoculares binse.

43. F'iperina. Fovese prseoculares nullse.

Ordo 7. SAUROPHIDII.

26. Chalcidid^. Pedes quatuor.

44. Chaldd'ma. Truncus utrinque sulcatus.

27. Cheirotid^. Pedes duo, antici: sternum ossiculo scapulo-claviculari

utrinque, sine furcula.

45. Cheirotina. Dentes maxillis adnati.

28. Amphisb^nidjE. Nee pedes, nee apparatus sterno-scapularis.

46. Ampkisbaenina. Dentes maxillis adnati.

47. Trogonophina. Dentes cum maxillis concreti.

Subclassis 2. DIPNOA. j

Sectio 4. BATRACHIA.

Ordo 8. BATRACHOPIDII.

29. C^ciLiDiE. Pedes nuUi.

48. Ccecilina. Cranium non suturatum : lingua mento tota affixa.

Ordo 9. RANiE.

30. Ranid^. Ecaudata : corpus breve, latum : artus antici breviculi : sternum

et claviculae perfectae : costae nuUse : anus rotundatus. Larva apoda,
caudata, et corneo-rostrata : herbivora.

49. Pipina. Lingua sub cute abscondita : una tantum apertura pro tubis
eustachianis.

50. Ranina. Lingua conspicua : tubse eustachianoe distinctse : dentes
maxillares : apices digitorum simplices.

61. Hyladina. Lingua conspicua: tubse eustachianee distinctae : dentes
maxillares : apices digitorum disciformes.

Systematic Arrangement of Vertehrated Animals. 287

52. Bufonina. Lingua conspicua: tubse eustachianse distinctse: dentes
nulli.

31. SALAMANDRiDyE. Caudata : corpus elongatum, subteres : artus aequilongi :

sternum et claviculse nullse : costee : anus longitudinalis. Larva
tetrapoda.

53. Pleurodelidina. Oculi congrui, palpebral! : appendix cutanea tiiinci
nulla : cauda teres : costee verse.

54. Salamandrina. Oculi congrui, palpebrati ; appendix cutanea trunci
nulla : cauda aut teres, aut compressa : costse verae nullse.

55. Andriadina. Oculi minimi, palpebris nuUis ; appendix cutanea trunci

utrinque natatoria : cauda depressa.

Ordo 10. ICHTHYODEL

32. AMPHiuMiDiE. Branchiae obsoletse in respectiva cavitate latentes, foro

externo utrinque laterali : cranium non snturatum.

56. Protonopsidina. Corpus granosum : rostrum productum : oculi mi-
nimi : cauda compressa : pedes quatuor, antici subpalmati.

57. Amphiumina. Corpus subteres : rostrum truncatum : oculi medio-
cres : cauda compressa: pedes quatuor, imbecilles.

33. SiRENiD^. Branchiae conspicuae, liberse : cranium suturatum,

58. Hypochtonina. Pedes quatuor.

59. Sirenina. Pedes duo.

CHASSIS IV. PISCES.

Animalia vertebrata sine pulmonibus, branchiis respirantia, sanguine fri-
gido, rubro, ovipara vel ovovivipara, natantia : cor uniloculare, uniauritum :
dentes fere in omnibus : corpus vel squamosum vel tuberculosum vel nudum :
collum nullum : pinnae loco artuum.

VOL. xviii. 2 Q

288 Prince C, L. Bonaparte on a New

Okdinum Distributio*.

Subclassis 1. ELASMOBRANCHII.

Branchiae fixae, haud operculatae, lamellares, radiis verticalibus paucis rarisque superex-
tensam membranam mucoso-vascularem minute plicatam sustinentibus : cranium non sutu-
ratum. Copula gaudent.

Sectio 1. PLAGIOSTOMI.

Sceletum cartilagineum, granulosum : ossa maxillaria et intermaxillaria connata : cartila-
gines labiales in pluribus : denies maxillis non infixi, sed cute tantum adjuncti, cum eaque
nutantes : os transversum, latum : corpus aut tuberculatum aut nudum.

1. Selacha. {Chondroptefygii.) Branchiae penitus fixse : fissuris utrinque

5—7.

2. Holocephala. {Acanthorrhini). Branchiae partim tantum marginibus fixae ;

foraminibus quinque interloribns in fundo fissuroe utrinque unicae ;
opei'culo tanjtum abortivo, sub cute latente: maxilla cum cranio
connata. !r! ]•^\^:'r "^"*r'rr ?-!"■ : :- • -; - -'

Subclassis 2. LOPHOBRANCHII.

Branchiae liberse, palmiformes, radio verticali uno palmato in singulis arcubus : opercu-
lum unicum magnum membrana undique obseratum, parvo tantum juxta nucham foramine
relicto : cranium suturatum.

Sectio 2. SYNGNATHI.

Sceletum fibroso-osseum : maxillae perfectae, liberae.

3. OsTEODERMi. (Heteropteri .) Corpus loricatum, angulosum.

* Etsi ordinatorias meas hasce elucubratiunculas non despiciam, in quibus naturalem universorum
Piscium harmoniam magis studueram consectari, fallacesque inde vel a sceleti compagine vel a pinna-
rum radiorum sive moUi sive rigida qualitate, vel a squamarum structura primarias definitiones de-
sumptas magis magisque horruissem ; non idee tamen ubique quod penitius optaveram attigisse puto,
rationemque, non inepte fortasse, repeto a reverentia mea veteri erga clarissimos in philosophia natu-
rali viros, inter quos principaliorem cathedram sibi merito praeripuit Cuvierus, quem honoris causa
nomino. Re tamen vera, ne sensibiles naturae affinitates interciderentur, Labrides, Mugilides, aliosque
Acanthopterygios, Cyprinis addidi, Ophidides et Murtenides a Scombris derivando. Ab Agassizianis
denique, Cuvierianisque characteribus, quos ipse conserui discedendum magis forte erit quatenus Pis-
cium ordines describi naturaliter velint.

Systematic Arrangement of V^ertebrated Animals. 289

SubclassisS. POMATOBRANCHII.

Branchiae liberae, operculatae, radiis verticalibus numerosis in formam pectinis compositis,
horizontalique lamellularum duplici serie infra supraque pectinulatis : cranium suturatum.

Sectio 3. PLECTOGNATHI.

Sceletum fibroso-cartilagineum : maxillae imperfectae, non liberae : opercula sub cute la-
tentia; fissura branchialis utrinque parva.

4. ScLERODERMi. (Acanthoptevi.) Dentes distincti.

5. Gymnodontes. (Pelvopteri.) Rostrum corneum intrinsecus larninosum, loco

et vice dentium.

Sectio 4. MICROGNATHI.

Sceletum cartilagineum, granulosum, processubus transversis osseis : vomer cum cartila-
ginibus frontalibus protractum : maxilla parva rudimentaria.

6. Sturiones. (Acipenseres.) Os labiis coenosis exiguum, retractile.

Sectio 5. TELEOSTOMI.

Sceletum fibroso-osseum : maxillae perfectae, liberae : corpus plerumque squamosum.

7. Ganoidei. {Siluri.) Squamae cortice vitreo, stratis infra lamellaribus, in-

tegris vel denticulatis subpositis.

8. Ctenoidei. (Percce.) Squamse asperse, margine postico ciliato, stratis la-

mellaribus denticulatis subpositis.

9. Cycloidei. {Cyprini.) Squamae laeves, stratis lamellaribus integerrimis

subpositis.

Subclassis 4. MARSIPOBRANCHII.

Branchiae fixae, haud operculatae, bursiformes, radiis vix ullis, membrana mucoso-vascu-
lari superextensa contectis : cranium non suturatum.

Sectio 6. CYCLOSTOMI.

Sceletum membranaceo-cartilagineum : maxillae connatae : dentes non infixi : corpus nu-
dum, pxui';!-. i Voi'

10. Helminthoidei. (Lampetray.) Os annulare, carnoso labio suctorio.

2 q2

290 Prince C. L. Bonaparte on a New

Conspectus Familiarum et Subfamiliarum.

Subclassis 1. ELASMOBRANCHII.
Sectio 1. PLAGIOStOMI.

Ordo 1. SELACHA.

1. RajidjE. Cartilago peculiaris interior a nasali parte cranii ad principium
pinnae pectoralis descendens : palpebrse adnatae : corpus depressum,
dilatatum, plerumque nudum, pinnis amplissimis pectoralibus in-
clusum : analis nulla: branchiarum fissurae inferse.

Rajidce veri. Corpus in formam caudse abrupte deficiens.

1. Cephalopterini. Caput truncatum, appendicibus utrinque foliaceis tan-

quam bicorne : pinnae pectorales latissimae, in longissimos apices
productae : cauda tenuissima, elongata, pinna dorsali et aculeo utrin-
que serrato munita: dentes minuti serratim positi.

2. MyUobatini. Caput ovatutn, liberum a pinnis pectoralibus latissimis

acuminatis : cauda tenuissima, elongata, pinna dorsali et valido acu-
leo utrinque serrato armata: dentes grandes, complanati, tessellati
ad instar operis musivi.

3. Anacanthini. Caput pinnis pectoralibus amplis praecinctum : cauda

tenuis, nee dorsali pinna nee aculeo munita : dentes minuti, tesselli-
formes, in quincuncem positi.

4. Trygonini. Caput pinnis pectoralibus amplis praecinctum : cauda te-

nuis aculeo valido utrinque serrato armata: dentes minuti, tesselli-
formes, in quincuncem positi.

5. Rajini. Corpus rhomboidale : caput pinnis pectoralibus amplis prae-

cinctum : cauda tenuis, elongata, pinnis dorsalibus duabus : dentes
exigui, numerosi, polymorphi, in quincuncem positi.

Rajidce anomali. Corpus in formam caudae gradatim deficiens.

6. Torpedinini. Corpus orbiculare, laeve, caput pinnis pectoralibus am-

plis praecinctum : cauda crassa, ad basim depressa, mediocriter longa.

Systematic Arrangement of Vertebrated Animals. 29 1

pinna apicali ingenti, triangulari : dentes minuti, acuti : apparatus
electricus a capite inter branchias pinnasque pectorales,

7. Rhinobatini. Corpus rhomboidale elongatum, rostratum : cauda crassa

carnosa : pinnae dorsales duo, remotae : caudalis apicalis : dentes
minuti, tesselliformes, in quincuncem positi.

8. Pristidini. Corpus elongatum, antiee depressum : rostrum longissi-

mum, planum, osseum, utrinque spinatum : dentes granuliformes,
in quincuncem positi.
2. Squalid/e. Cartilago peculiaris interior prorsus nulla : palpebrse liberse :
corpus elongatum, subteres, ssepius tuberculosum ; tuberculis squa-
miformibus, minutis, plerumque integris, subovatis : pinnae pectora-
les mediocres : branchiarum fissuree laterales.

* Squalidce anomali. Corpus depressum : pinnae pectorales ampliculae.

9. Squatinini. Spiracula : pinna analis nulla.

** Squalidce veri. Corpus elongatum, teres : pinnae pectorales congruae.

10. Spinacini. Membrana nictitans nulla: spiracula: pinnae dorsales
antiee aculeatae ; analis nulla : dentes compressi, secantes ; mandi-
bulares cultro horizontali, margine laterali interno integro, externo
cuspidato : tuberculi squamiformes tricuspides.

11. Scymnini. Membrana nictitans nulla: spiracula: pinnae dorsales

inermes ; analis nulla : dentes triangulares, maxillares lesiniformes,
pluriseriales ; mandibulares basi lata, uni- vel bi-seriales.

12. Notidanini. Fissurae branchiarum utrinque ultra quinque ! mem-
brana nictitans nulla : spiracula minima : pinna dorsalis unica ;
analis : dentes mandibulares compressi, latissimi, pectiniformes ;
maxillares falciformes, apicibus ad angulum oris reclinatis ; tuber-
culi squamiformes tricuspides : lingua adnata 1

13. Triglochidini. Membrana nictitans nulla: spiracula parva : branchi-
arum fissurae maximae, omnes ante pinnas pectorales sitae: pinnae
grandiculee ; analis; caudalis lobo superiore elongato, superius mi-
nime excavata ; dentes longi, acuti, utrinque denticulo uno vel
bino.

292 Prince C. L. Bonaparte on a New

14. Lamnini. Membrana nictitans nulla: spiracula exigua: branchia-

rum fissurse maximee, omnes ante pinnas pectorales sitae: secunda
dorsalis et analis parvee, oppositse ; caudalis lunata, hinc inde cari-
nata, ■ superius excavata: dentes ssepius acuti: valvula intestinalis
spiralis.

15. Alopiadini. Membrana nictitans nulla: spiracula minima : branchi-

arum fissui'se parvse, ultima supra pectorales sita : dentes simplices.

16. Squalini. Membrana nictitans ! spiracula nulla vel parva : fissurse

branchiarum ultima et ssepe etiam penultima supra pinnas pecto-
rales sitse : dorsalis secunda anali subopposita : dentes compressi,
triangulares, acuti.
17- Mustelini. Membranae nictitantis rudimentum : spiracula magna:
pinnae dorsales inermes ; secunda anali opposita : dentes parvuli,
obtusi, in quincuncem positi.

18. Cestracionlini. Membrana nictitans nulla: spiracula grandicula:
fissurae branchiarum parvae, ultima supra pectorales sita: dorsales
antice aculeatae ; analis : maxillae exporrectae : dentes in quincun-
cem positi, mediocres, parvi, acuti, laterales latissimi.

1 9. Tricenodontini. Membrana nictitans : spiracula vel nulla vel medio-
cria : branchiarum fissura ultima, et saepe etiam penultima, supra pin-
nas pectorales sitae : secunda dorsalis anali opposita : dentes acuti,
denticulis utrinque muniti.

20. Scyllini. Membrana nictitans nulla: spiracula amplicula: pinnae

dorsales ambae ventralibus non antepositae : dentes parvi, acuti,
denticulo utrinque uno vel pluribus : tuberculi squamiformes tricus-
pides : valvula intestinalis spiralis. Ovipari !

Ordo2. HOLOCEPHALA.

3. Chim^rid^. Corpus laeve, vel exiguis aculeis bispidum : dura loco den-
tium scuta, supra quatuor, infra duo.

21. Chimcerini. Rostrum prominulum, antice foliaceum : pinnarum dor-
salium prior valido aculeo armata.

Systematic Arrangement of Vertebrated Animals. 293

Subclassis 2. LOPHOBRANCHII.
Sectio2. SYNGNATHI.

OrdoS. OSTEODERMI.

4. SYNGNATHiDiE. Corpus scutatum.

22. Pegasini. Os inferum ad basim rostri.

23. Syngnathini. Os terminale in apice rostri.

Subclassis 3. POMATOBRANCHII.
Sectio3. PLECTOGNATHI.

Ordo4. SCLERODERMI.

5. Balistidid^. Rostrum conicum, productum : os exiguum.

24. Balistidini. Corpus compressum, squamis magnis durissimis rhom-

boidalibus tectum.

25. Ostraciontini. Corpus polyedrum, cataphractum.

Ordo5. GYMNODONTES.

6. Tetraodontid^. Corpus iriflabile, plus minus spinosum.

26. Tetraodontini. Maxilla utraque rostri bipartita, vel saltern superior,
marginibus obtuse denticulatis : aculei corporis breves.

27. Diodontini. Maxilla utraque rostri simplex, integra: aculei corporis

longi.

7. Orthagoriscid^. Corpus non inflabile, baud spinosum : sceletura fere

omnino cartilagineum.

28. Orthagor-iscini. Corpus admodum compressum, postice truncatum,

pinna caudali profunda, brevi : ventralibus nuUis ; anali valde re-

troposita.

Sectio4. MICROGNATHI.

Ordo6. STURIONES.

8. PoLYODONTiD^. Corpus laevc : dentes minuti, numerosi.

y 29. Polyodontini. Rostrum longissimum, dilatato-foliaceum : opercula
longissimo muerone munita.

294 Prince C. L. Bonaparte on a New

9. AciPENSERiD^. Corpus scutatum : dentes nuUi.

30. Acipenserini. Rostrum mediocriter longum, modice angustum : oper-

cula inermia.

Sectio5. TELEOSTOMI.

Ordo7. GANOIDEI.

10. LoRiCARiDiE. Corpus scutis osseis tectum: os inferum : opercula branchi-

alia immobilia : ossa intermaxillaria parva, niaxillaribus transversis
baud contiguis : primus radius pinnarum dorsalis, pectoralium et
ventralium validus, aculeatus ; cseteri molles.

31. Loricarini. Pinna dorsalis unica, secunda quandoque exigua.

1 1 i SiLURiD^. Corpus nudum : ossa intermaxillaria maxima, marginem max-
illae constituentia, maxillaribus subabortivis, aut in cirros conversis :
pinna dorsalis postica plerumque adiposa : radius primus dorsalis
anticae atque pectoralium passim aculeatus, articulatus, cseteri mol-
les : pinnae ventrales infra pectorales sitae: os terminale^ opercula
branchialia mobilia.

32. Callichtini. Os parvum ; dentes fere inconspicui : corporis nudi series
laminarum quatuor ad latera: pinnae dorsales duo, secunda radio
unico.

33. Pimelodini. Os modicum ; dentes forma et loco varii : latera vel in-

ermia, vel una tantum laminarum serie : pinnae dorsales duo, secunda
adiposa.

34. Silurini. Os amplum ; dentes numerosi : corpus omnino nudum :

pinna dorsalis unica, exigua ; analis longissima.
12. LEPiDOSTEiDiE. Corpus squamis lapideis : omnes pinnarum radii molles:
pinnae ventrales post pectorales ossibus pelvis non appensae.

35. Lepidosteini. Rostrum intermaxillaribus, maxillaribus, palatinisque

ossibus cum vomere atque ethmoideo connatis : membrana branchi-
ostega triradiata : dorsalis pinna ac analis pariter et valde retropo-
sitae: radii pinnarum primi squameo-serrati.

36. Polypterini. Maxilla margine immobili, intermaxillaribus mediis,

maxillaribus lateralibus : membrana branchiostega uniradiata : pinnae
dorsales numerosae, singulae aculeo munitae.

Systematic Arrangement of Vertehrated Animals. 295

13. Tetragonurid^. Corpus squamis grandibus, asperis, ciliatis, cuti adhse-

rentissimis : dentes validiculi, acuti : pinnae dorsales duo ; antica
radiis spinosis longa, humilis ; ventrales paulo post pectorales.

37. Tetragonurini. Cauda utrinque cristata ! labium inferius intus cari-
natum.

14. Macrourid^. Squamae duriter asperae : os inferum ! pinnae ventrales infra

gulam sitae, acuminatae : omnes pinnarum radii moUes.

38. Macrourini. Corpus elongatum, tereticulum, postiee compressum,

attenuatum, antice rostratum : os inferum : pinnae dorsales duo ;
postica elongata caudalem acuminatam cum anali conjunctam at
tingens.

Ordo 8. CTENOIDEI.

15. PLEURONECTiDiE. Corpus cximic comprcssum : caput non sy mm etricum :

oculi unilaterales : radii omnes pinnarum molles : pinnae ventrales
sub pectoralibus : pelvis ossibus humeralibus appensa.

39. Soleini. Maxilla longior mandibula : "oculi parvi : nares unilaterales :

praeoperculum ab operculo non distinctum : pinnae pectorales par-
vulse aut nullae : squamae laminula pedunculatae : linea lateralis
recta.

40. Pleuronectini. Mandibula longior maxilla : oculi grandes : nares
hinc inde binae: laminae operculares distinctae: pinnae pectorales
congruae : squamae sessiles : linea lateralis antice arcuata.

16. Ch^todontid^, Corpus compressum : palatum edentulum : dorsalis pinna

atque analis seque ac in trunco squamis magna saltem ex parte ob -
tectae, radiis spinosis pluribus ; ventrales unico.

41. Pimelepterini. Dentes sectorii.

42. Chcetodontini. Dentes setacei, conferti in utraque maxilla. Colores
admodum vivi.

17. ANABANTiDiE. Cellulae in pharyngeis ossibus superiorib us ab eorum folio-

lis irregularibus dispertitae! Radii pinnae dorsalis et analis plures
spinosi. Diu extra aquam vivere valent.

43. Anabantini. Corpus teres : caput latum, rostro brevi, obtuso : squamae

solidae : linea lateralis interrupta.

VOL. XVIII. 2 R

296 Prince C. L. Bonaparte on a New

18. FisTULARiD^. Rostrum tubuliforme ore exiguo terminali : radii spinosi

plures in prima saltern dorsali.
44. Caproidini. Corpus subrotundum, compressum : rostro brevi.
46. Centriscini. Corpus ovale, compressum : rostro longissimo.

46. Fistularini. Corpus elongatum, cylindraceum : rostro longissimo.

19. McENiD^. Os valde protractile: palatum dentibus instructum, vel (prse-

operculo margine denticulato) edentulum : radii spinosi plures in
pinna dorsali ac anali ; unus in utraque ventrali.

47. Mcenini. Pinna dorsalis non squamosa.

48. Ccesionini. Pinna dorsalis squamosa.

20. Sparid.*;. Laminae operculares integrse, spinis carentes : os non pro-

tractile : palatum edentulum : squamae grandes : pinna dorsalis
squamis destituta, radiis spinosis pluribus ac in anali ; ventrales
unico.

49. Ohladini. Denies sectorii, uniseriales ; molares hemisphaericl nuUi.

60. Cantharini. Dentes numerosi, conferti, tenuissimi.

61. Letkrinini. Dentes interdum molares hemisphserici, uniseriales : genae

sine squamis.

62. Denticini. Dentes omnes conici ; nonnulli ex anterioribus producti,

incurvi : genae squamosae.

53. Sparini. Dentes molares hemisphaerici : genae squamosae.

21. Chromidid^. Laminae operculares integrae, spinis carentes: labia car-

nosa duplicata : dentes in maxillis nee non in tribus ossibus pharyn-
geis : squamae grandes : pinna dorsalis unica, radiis filamentose ap-
pendiculatis, spinosis pluribus ac in anali ; ventrales unico.

54. Chromidini. Corpus oblongum : dentes maxillares et pharyngei tenu-
issimi, conferti, praeposita conicorum majorum-serie.

55. Cychlini. Corpus elongatum : dentes omnes tenuissimi, conferti.

22. SciiENiD^. Laminae operculares margine denticulatae aut spinosae : genae

non loricatae : os pi'otractile : vomer et ossa palatina dentibus desti-
tuta : pinnae verticales saepe squamosae, radiis spinosis pluribus ;
ventrales unico.

56. Pomacentrini. Cranium minime tumens, nee ossibus cavernosis con-
stans : linea lateralis sub pinnae dorsalis termino interrupta.

Systematic Arrangement of Vertehrated Animals. 297

57. Scicenini. Cranium tumens, ossibus cavernosis conflatum : linea late-
ralis continua.

23. Triglid^e. Gense loricatse (laminae suborbitales genam utrinque partim

obtegentes cum praeoperculo connexee) : radii spinosi plures in pinnis
dorsi et anali, in ventralibus unicus.

58. Cottini. Pinnae dorsales duo : caput vel rotundatum vel depressum.
69. Scorpcenini. Pinna dorsalis unica.

60. Triglini. Pinnae dorsales duo : caput parallelopipedum.

24. MuLLiDiE. Praeoperculum margine integro : genee non loricatae : os par-

vum dentibus tenuibus : cirri duo sub mandibula retractiles : capitis
et trunci squamae latae, facile deciduae : radii spinosi plures in pinna
dorsali antica, unus saltem in anali, et in utraque ventrali.

61. Mullini. Pinnae dorsales binae distinctae.

25. PERCiDiE. Laminae operculares margine denticulato aut spinoso: genae

non loricatae : dentes in maxillis, in vomere et fere semper in ossi-
bus palatinis : pelvis ossibus humeralibus appensa : radii spinosi
plures in pinnis dorsi et anali, in ventralibus unicus.

62. Polynemini. Pinnae ventrales post pectorales : rostrum tumidum : pin-

nae verticales squamosae: radii pectoralium plures liberi, filiformes.

63. Holocentrini. Pinnae ventrales, radiis plusquam quinque, sub pecto-

ralibus : membranae branchiostegae radiis plusquam septem.

64. Percini. Pinnae ventrales quinque-radiatae sub pectoralibus : mem-

branae branchiostegae radiis septem vel minus.

26. GoBiDiE. Pinnae ventrales infra pectorales ortae, conjunctae saltem ad

basim in formam disci : radii spinosi pinnae dorsalis graeiles, flexi-
les : fissurae branchiales parvae.

65. Gohini. Corpus elongatum, parum compressum, antice incrassatum :

squamae minutae. Appendix tubulosa conica post anum, in utroque

sexu.

Ordo9. CYCLOIDEI.

27. Cyclopterid^. Pinnae ventrales infra pectorales sitae in discum suctorium

conniventes : radii omnes pinnarum molles : corpus nudum !

66. Cyclopterini. Corpus tumidum : pinnae pectorales jugulares latae,

membrana junctae : operculum exiguum.

2 R 2

298 Prince C. L. Bonaparte on a New

28. Blennid^e. Pinnae ventrales ante pectorales, distinctae, didactylae : radii

spinosi pinnae dorsalis graciles, flexiles.
67- Blennini. Corpus elongatum, coinpressum, mucosum. Appendix
tuhulosa conica post anum, in utroque sexu.

29. Callvonimid^. Pinnae ventrales infra gulam insertae, reinotissimae, pec-

toralibus ampliores : radii spinosi pinnae dorsalis graciles, flexiles :
apertura branchiali utrinque prope nuchain exigua : corpus nudum !

68. Callyonimini. Corpus vix coinpressum, antice incrassatum, osse
tympanico postice elongato, aculeato : oculi superi, approximati.
Appendix tubulosa conica post anum.

30. LoPHiD^. Pinnae pectorales pedunculatae : apertura subtus branchialis

utrinque exigua operculis a cute contectis : radii anteriores pinnae
dorsalis subspinosi : corpus nudum : sceletum fere cartilagineum.

69. Lophini. Pinnae ventrales longulae, humero ante pectorales infixae,

quinque-radiatae.

70. Batrachini. Pinnae ventrales sub gula infixae, angustae, tri-radiatae.

31. Gadid^. Pinnae ventrales sub gula infixae, acuminatae: pelvis ossibus

humeralibus appensa : squamae moUes : radii omnes pinnarum mol-
les.

71. Ranicepini. Caput latissimum, valde depressum : pinna dorsalis an-

tica humillima, vix exserta.

72. Gadini. Corpus modice abbreviatum, parum compressum : caput
congruum, vix unquam squamosum, cirro unico vel nuUo : squamae
minutae : pinnae dorsales vel duo vel tres ; analis saepius duplex ; cau-
dalis saepius furcata.

73. Lotini. Corpus elongatum, lubricum, postice compressissimum : caput

magnum squamosum, cirro uno vel pluribus : pinna dorsalis una
vel duo ; analis unica; caudalis Integra, plus minus rotundata.

32. Cyprinid^. Pinna adiposa et intestina caeca nulla : maxillae raargo ab

intermaxillaribus ossibus constitutus : rictus modicus: maxillae de-
biles edentulae : ossa pharyngea dentibus validis, specificis : radii
branchiales tres : pinnae ventrales post pectorales : pelvis ossibus
humeralibus non appensa: radii pinnarum proprie spinosi nuUi.
Cceteris piscibus minus carnivori.

Systematic Arrangement of Fertehrated Animals. 299

74. Cyprinini. Pinna analis imperforata : corpus mucosum, squamis pro-
funde insitis, raris : os cirrosum.

75. Leuciscini. Pinna analis imperforata: corpus vix mucosum, squamis

superficialibus densis : os non cirrosum.

33. P^ciLiD^. Pinna adiposa et intestina caeca nulla: maxillae margo ab

ossibus intermaxillaribus constitutus : rictus modicus : dentes in
maxillis: radii branchiales plus quam tres : pinnae ventrales post
pectorales : pelvis ossibus humeralibus non appensa : radii pinnarum
spinosi nuUi.

76. Anableptini. Pupillae duplices (vitta transversal! corneam et iridem

secante) : pinnae analis apex perforatus. F^ivipari.

77. Pcecilini. Maxillae depressae, protractiles.

34. Labrid^. Labia carnosa, duplicata : corpus oblongum : squamae grandes :

pinna dorsalis unica, radiis spinosis membrana plerumque appendi-
culatis : pelvis ossibus humeralibus appensa.

78. Labrini. Dentes maxillarum robusti, conici, inaequales.

79. Scarini. Dentes lamellosi, imbricati.

35. McJGiLiD^. Caput depressum, squamis latis, etiam polygonaribus, tec-

tum : labia crassa, inferum intus carinatum : cirri nuUi : opercula
Integra : squamae grandes : pinnae dorsales duo, radiis spinosis plu-
ribus ac in anali ; ventrales paullo post pectorales, radio spinoso
unico.

80. Mugilini. Pinna dorsalis antica, radiis tantum quatuor : dentes tenu-

issimi : squamae simplices, deciduae.

36. Atherintd^. Caput pyramidale, cute laevi obtectum : os valde protrac-

tile : labia tenuia : dentes minutissimi : cirri nuUi : opercula Inte-
gra : squamae tenues, translucidae : pinnae dorsales duo, remotis-
simae, radiis spinosis pluribus ac in anali ; ventrales longe post pec-
torales, radio spinoso unico.

81. Atherinini.- Corpus elongatum, fascia argentea longitudinali ad la-

tera.

37. OpHiocEPHALiDiE. Ccllulee in pharyngeis ossibus superioribus ab eorum

foliolis irregularibus dispertitae ! Radii pinnarum omnes moUes ;
primus ventralium simplex. Diu extra aquam vivere valent.

300 Prince C. L. Bonaparte on a New

82. Ophiocephalini. Corpus elongatum, fere cylindraceum : caput de-
pressum scutis polygonis tectum : rostrum breve, obtusum : radii
branchiales quinque : dorsalis pinna ac analis longissimse ; caudalis
rotundata : linea lateralis continua.

38. Amid^. Pinna dorsalis unica, radiata, longa : intestina caeca nulla : margo
maxillae ab intermaxillaribus ossibus in medio a maxillaribus in ra-
mis constitutus : squamae grandes : caput loricatum : radii pinna-
rum omnes molles : pelvis ossibus humeralibus non appensa.

83. Amini. Pinna analis brevis : radii branchiales duodecim : nares brevi
tubo appendiculatae : dentes antici, conici ; postici tessellati : vesica
aerea cellularis,

3<). CLUPEiDiE. Pinna dorsalis unica, radiata : intestina caeca plurima : margo
maxillae ab intermaxillaribus ossibus in medio, a maxillaribus in
rarais constitutus : squamae grandes : caput non loricatum : radii
pinnarum omnes molles : pelvis ossibus humeralibus non appensa.

84. Erythrichtrini. Caput rotundum, obtusum, minime squamosum, ossi-

bus duris : genae a suborbitalibus duris ossibus protectae : pinna
dorsalis ventralibus respondens : vesica aerea ampla.

85. Clupeini. Caput plus minus oblongum, acutulum, squamosum : genae
simplices : venter plerumque compressissimus, serratus : branchiae
late fixae : pinna dorsalis varia : vesica aerea longa, acuta.

40. Salmonid^. Pinna dorsalis antica,radiis omnibus mollibus; postica parva,
adiposa, minime radiata : intestina caeca plurima : corpus valde
squamosum : pelvis ossibus humeralibus non appensa.

86. Scopelini. Margo maxillae ab ossibus maxillaribus ex toto constitu-
tus : rictus araplissimus : dentes minimi : lingua et palatum eden-
tula : radii branchiales minus quam duodecim : squamae grandes,
laeves, deciduae : pinnae ventrales postpositae : pinna dorsalis postica
fere semiradiata !

87. Aulopodini. Margo maxillae ab ossibus maxillaribus ex toto constitu-

tus : rictus amplissimus : dentes numerosi, acutissimi, vel in lingua
et ossibus pharyngeis : radii branchiales plus quam duodecim : cor-
pus undique squamosum : squamae grandes, adhaerentes, ciliat^ :
pinnae ventrales praepositae.

Systematic Arrangement of Vertebrated Animals. 301

88. Salmonini. Margo maxillae ab ossibus maxillaribus partitn constitu-

tus : rictus amplus : dentes saepius acuti, seiie unica vel duplici in
ossibus maxillaribus, intermaxillaribus, palatinis, mandibularibus et
pharyngeis, in vomere et lingua : squamae parvulse, integerrimse :
pinnae ventrales postpositse. Ad Iios spectant perfectissimi piscium
quoad dentes.

89. Miletidini. Margo maxillae ab ossibus maxillaribus partim constitu-

tus : dentes obtuse prismatici, corona tricuspide : rictus parvus :
lingua et palatum edentula.

90. Hydrodonini. Margo maxillae ab ossibus maxillaribus partim con-

stitutus : rictus amplus : dentes conici vel acuti : vomer et lingua
edentuli : genae a lamina suborbital proteetae.

41. EsociD^. Pinna dorsalis unica, radiata, retroposita, radiis spinosis nuUis

ac in caeteris pinnis : intestina caeca nulla : maxillae margo ab in-
termaxillaribus constitutus, aut maxillaria edentula occulta sub
labiis : dentes in maxilla ac in longiore mandibula nonnulli acuti :
corpus parce squamosum : pelvis ossibus humeralibus non appensa.
yoracissimi.

91. Esocini. Pinnae pectorales congruae ; dorsalis et analis breves, ro-

tundatae : corpus parce elongatum, cylindraceum, profundulum :
squamae durae, grandiculae : linea lateralis unica : rictus amplus :
mandibulae latae, baud rostratae : margo maxillae a vomere et ab
exilibus intermaxillaribus anterius constitutus, in ramis a maxil-
laribus elongatis : dentes pluriseriales in vomere, palato et lin-
gua ; uniseriales in intermaxillaribus et mandibula ; pharyngeorum
acuti.

92. Belonini. Pinnae pectorales congruae ; dorsalis et analis longae, falci-
formes : corpus valde elongatum, gracile, subquadratum, lineis late-
ralibus duabus : squamae rarae, tenues : rictus parvus : mandibulte
longissimae, angustae, in rostrum acutum protractae : margo maxillae
ab intermaxillaribus unice constitutus : dentes infra supraque uni-
seriales ; in palato et lingua nuUi ; pharyngeoi'um hemisphaerici.

93. Exocetini. Pinnae pectorales maximae, volatui aptae !

42. SpHYRiENiD^. Pinnae dorsales duo remotae, radiis spinosis pluribus ac in

302 Prince C. L. Bonaparte on a New

anali; ventrales unico : intestina caeca plurima: dentes tantum in
maxillis et in ossibus palatinis ; canini plures valde acuti : corpus
elongatum : laminae operculares integrae : pelvis ossibus humerali-
bus non appensa.

94. Sphyramini. Pinna dorsalis postica congrua.

95. Paralepldini. Pinna dorsalis postica exillima.

43. TRACHiNiDiE. Pinna dorsalis unica, elongata, radiis spinosis pluribus ;

unus saltern in anali et in utraque ventral! : dentes in maxillis, in
vomere et saepe in ossibus palatinis : operculum aculeatum : pinnae
ventrales ante amplas pectorales : pelvis ossibus humeralibus ap-
pensa.

96. Trachinini. Genae simplices.

97. Uranoscopini. Genae pseudo-loricatae (laminae suborbitales latissimae,
posterius connexae ossibus tympanicis, minime vero praeoperculo).

44. TEUTHVDiDiB. Corpus compressum, oblongum : os parvum, non protrac-

tile : dentes sectorii in utraque maxilla uniseriales : palatum et
lingua edentula : radii spinosi plures in pinna dorsali, unus saltern
in anali et in utraque ventrali.

98. Teuthyd'mi. Pinna dorsalis unica.

45. EcHENEiDiD^. Caput superne complanatum in disco ovali laminoso : pinnae

ventrales infra pectorales : pelvis ossibus humeralibus appensa : pin-
narum radii omnes molles.

99. Echeneidini. Corpus fusiforme, elongatum : squamae vix conspicuae :

pinna dorsalis anali opposita.

46. MoRMYRiD^. Corpus compressum, oblongum, squamosum : caput ultra

opercula cute crassa obvolutum : os minimum : fissura branchialis
parva, verticalis : intestina caeca duo : pelvis ossibus humeralibus
non appensa : radii pinnarum omnes molles.

100. Mormyrini. Pinna dorsalis unica.

47. Gasterosteid^. Genae loricatse ! (laminae suborbitales genas partim ob-

tegentes cum praeoperculo connexae) : radii pinnarum aliquot acu-
leati : pelvis ossibus humeralibus appensa.

101. Gasterosteini. Aculei aliquot liberi loco pinnae dorsalis anticae.

48. ScoMBRiD^. Corpus quasi laeve, squamulis parvulis : laminae operculares

Systematic Arrangement of Vertehrated Animals. 303

integrse : cauda robusta : pinnae verticales squamis plerumque de-
stitutee, radiis spinosis pluribus ; ventralibus unico.

102. Centronotini. Aculei aliquot liberi loco pinnae dorsalis anticae.

103. Xiphiadini. Pinna dorsalis unica, continua : rostrum ensiforme.

1 04. Carangini. Linea lateralis loricata !

105. Bramini. Pinna dorsalis et analis eequis ac in trunco squamis par-

tim obtectse ! corpus compressura : palatum dentibus avenatum.

106. Stromateini. Pinna dorsalis unica, elongata, post pectorales orta,

radiis spinosis interdum mollibus : corpus valde compressum :
squamse exiguse : capitis vertex subrotundus.

107. Coryphcenini. Pinna dorsalis unica, longissima, radiis spinosis
interdum mollibus, dorsum universum fastigians : corpus cylin-
draceo-compressum, elongatum : squamae exiguae : capitis vertex
acutus.

108. Zeini. Pinna dorsalis unica: corpus valde compressum, vix squa-

mulosum : os valde protractile.

109. Vomerini. Pinnae dorsales duo: corpus valde compressum, vix
squamulosum : capitis vertex anceps.

110. Scombrini. Pinna dorsalis antica continua; postica in plures pin-

nulas spurias dirempta aeque ac pars respondens analis : corpus
fusiforme.

111. Trichiurini. Pinna dorsalis unica, continua: aculei multi exigui,
liberi, in locum pinnae analis saltern partim : corpus praelongum,
valde compressum : rostrum elongatum : os profunde fissum.

49. Cepolid^. Corpus preelongum, valde compressum : squamae minutae :

rostrum breve : os parvum, parum aut oblique fissum : radii spinosi
plures in pinnis dorsali ac anali, unus in ventralibus.

112. Cepolini. Pinna dorsalis unica, longissima.

50. Ophidid^. Corpus ensiforme, lubricum : opercula manifesta : fissurae

branchiales grandes : squamae parvulae cuti intrusae : omnes pin-
narum radii molles : pinnae ventrales nullae.

113. Ophidini. Rostrum obtusum, non extensile : pinna dorsalis, analis,
et caudalis acuta, omnes conjunctae.

1 1 4. Ammodytini. Rostrum acutum : maxilla extensilis ultra longiorem

VOL. XVIII. 2 s

304 Prince C. L. Bonaparte on Vertebrated Animals.

raandibulam : pinna dorsalis longa ; analis et caudalis bifurcse,
omnes distinctse.
51. MuRiENiDiE, Corpus prselongum, cylindraceum, lubricum : opercula parva,
sub cute latentia : fissurae branchiales minimse : squamae tenuis-
simse, cuti intrusse : pinnae ventrales nuUae : omnes pinnarum radii
moUes.
• 115. Murcenini. Aperturae branchiales tubulatae.

116. Gymnonotini. Aperturae branchiales ante pinnas pectorales, mem-
brana partim tectae.

117. Synhranchini. Apertura branchialis foramine unico subgulari : pinnae

verticales subadiposae.

118. Apterichtrini. Aperturae branchiales subgulares proximae: pinnae

vel fere, vel omnino nullae.

Subclassis 4. MARSIPOBRANCHII.
SectioG. CYCLOSTOMI.

Ordo 10. HELMINTHOIDEL

62. Petromyzonid^. Corpus elongatissimum, cylindraceum, nudum : pinnae
sine radiis.

119. Petromyzonini. Foramina branchialia ad colli latera utrinque sep-

tem.

120. Gastrobranchini. Foramina branchialia bina gularia.

[ 305 ]

XVII. Description of a new Genus of Plants belonging to the Natural Family
Bignoniacese. By David Don, Esq., Libr. L.S., Prof. Bot. King's Coll. Lond.

Read November 20th, 1838.

jL he interesting subject of the present paper formed part of a small but
valuable collection obtained during a journey through the interior of South-
ern Africa to the western coast, by Captain Sir James Edward Alexander, who
has recently given to the world the result of his observations on those hitherto
little known regions, and who obligingly presented to me the specimen whence
the accompanying drawing and description were taken, and which happened
to be the only one of the plant he collected. It was discovered by that enter-
prising traveller, growing in dry arid soil, in the open desert, called the Great
Flat or Kei Kaap, in Great Naraaqua Land, in 25 S. latitude, and 17 E. lon-
gitude. The plant was but just then in flower, so that the fruit even in an
early state is still a desideratum. Sir James Alexander represents it as a
thorny bush, about six feet high, with several straight, nearly simple, twiggy
stems, bearing small hoary wrinkled leaves, and white flowers. Indeed the
whole aspect of the plant bespeaks the aridity of the region in which it
grows.

There can be no doubt that the plant does really belong to the Bignoniacece,
although in habit it bears a stronger resemblance to Verbenacece, especially to
Duranta and Gmelina, and, in the absence of both flower and fruit, one would
never suspect that the specimen pertained to a Bignoniaceous plant. In its
spathaceous calyx, and in its regular funnel-shaped corolla, the genus comes
near to Spathodea, but is abundantly distinguished from it by the cells of the
anthers being parallel, and connate from the middle upwards. The ovarium
I have only seen in a very young state, and I am therefore unable to say any-
thing concerning the probable condition of the mature fruit or of the seeds.
On the specimen are two fully expanded flowers and a bud. The calyx in all

2 s 2

306 Prof. Don's Description of a neiv Genus of Plants

three has six teeth, and both the expanded flowers have a six-cleft limb ; one
of these is furnished with seven stamens, and the other, as well as the bud,
with six. The stamens are erect, nearly equal in length, and partly project
beyond the tube of the corolla. The flowers are therefore completely regular,
and, from the circumstance of the two expanded flowers and the bud having
a six-lobed litnb to the corolla, and being furnished with six or sometimes even
with seven stamens, we may justly conclude that the normal number is really
six in this plant ; but had there been only a single flower, I should have re-
garded the excess of lobes and stamens as an accidental occurrence, and the
normal number as five, as in those species of Spathodea which have the fifth
stamen perfectly developed, and the flower consequently pentandrous.
The following are the characters of this new genus :

CATOPHRACTES.

Syst. Linn. Hexandria Monogvnia.

Ord. Nat. BiGNONiACE^. Br.

Character Essentialis.

Calyx spathaceus, hinc fissus, inde 6-dentatus. Corolla infundibuliformis :

limho 6-lobo, patenti, sequali. Stamina 6, rar6 7, subsequalia, exserta.

Antherarum loculi paralleli, e medio sursum connati. Ovarium abbre-

viatum, conicum, biloculare ?
Frutex (namaquensis) erectus, spinosus. Folia fasciculata, simplicia, penni-

nervia, crenato-serrata. Flores laterales, suhsessiles, speciosi, albi.

Descriptio.

Frutex erectus, rigidus, spinosus, orgyalis, basi multidivisus. Caules plures,
virgati, simpliciusculi, obsolete tetragoni, cortice spadiceo, pube stellata
brevissima, prsesertim apicem versus, densfe canescenti-tomentosi. Spinse
(gemmae primarise mutatse) supra-axillai-es, decussato-oppositee, subu-
latse, validee, horizontaliter porrectae, vix pollicares. Folia primaria non-
d^m vidi ; secundaria in ramulis pariim evolutis fasciculata, simplicia, pe-
tiolata, ovalia v. cuneata, retusa, levitferque emarginata, grossfe sequalit^r-
que crenato-serrata, coriacea, seraipoUicaria, penninervia, subtus costata,

belonging to the Natural Family Bignoniaceae. 307

supi'^ transversa subplicata, pube stellata utrinque dense tomentosa, in-
cana. Petioli brevissimi, teretiusculi, tomentosi, inarticulati. Flares in
ramulis foliiferis laterales, pauci (3), subsessiles, speciosi. Pedunculi bre-
vissimi, crassi, teretes, densfe tomentosi, vix sesquilineam longi. Calyx
tubulosus, spathaceus, membranaceus, subtus tertia parte fissiis, pardm
ventricosus, undique pilis ramosis albidis copiosissime vestitus, apice 6-
dentatus : dentibus subulatis, erectis, brevibus, lanatis. Corolla ampla,
alba, regularis, infundibuliformis : tubo calyce subdupl6 longiore, basi
intiis vilioso, sursum dilatato : limbo 6-fido, patenti : lobis cuneato-rotun-
datis, subsequalibus, integris, venosissimis, margine paululiim incurvis,
undulatis et subrepandis, aestivatione imbricatis. Stamina 6, rar6 7,
erecta, subsequalia : Jilamenta compressa, glabra, coroUse tubo infra ad-
hserentia, ima basi barbata : antherce exsertae, incumbentes, biloculares,
utrinqne obtusse, apice subrecurvatse : loculis longis, parallelis, e medio
sursdm connectivo prominenti connatis, sutura longitudinali dehiscenti-
bus. Ovarium abbreviatum, conicum, compressum, villosissimum, bilocu-
lare ? basi annulo carnoso integerrimo cinctum. Stylus tenuis, compres-
sus, glaber, vix staminum longitudine. Stigma bilamellatum : laciniis
subrotundo-ovatis, planis, dilatatis, superficie margineque minutissim^
papillosis. Fructus mihi ignotus.

Species unica. C. Alexandri. Tab. XXII.

Crescit spont^ in Africse Australis Terrse Namaquensis deserto magno Kei
Kaap V. Great Flat a Colonis dicto, lat. 25. long. 17. Fl. Martio. J. E.
Alexander, Equ. Aur. h . (v. s. sp. sine fructu.)

The most remarkable characters of this plant, and which separate it from
all other known genera of Bignoniacece, consist in its regular symmetrical
flowers, having an unusual number both of divisions and stamens. In the
form of its calyx and corolla it agrees, as we have already stated, with Spa-
thodea, and in the parallel cells of its anthers and exserted stamens, with Mil-
lingtonia. From the shortness of the ovarium, we suspect that a considerable
difference will be presented by the mature fruit from the rest of its coordi-
nates. The habit, as already noticed, is altogether that of f^erbenacece.

Fi'om the position which the Bignoniacece occupy in the series of natural

308 Prof. Don's Description of a new Genus of Plants.

affinities, and connected, as they are, on the one hand with the symmetrical
families Cobceacece, Polemoniaceoe, and even Apocynece, and on the other with
the unsymmetrical ones of Cyrtandracecc, Acanthacece, Pedalmece, Sesamece,
and Scrophularinece, we need not be surprised to find amongst them genera
with perfectly symmetrical flowers.

The generic name refers to the peculiar situation of the leaves and flowers
below the spines, and is compounded of ndru, infra, and (p^axrog, munitus. Its-
enterprising discoverer is commemorated in the specific name.

EXPLANATION OF TAB. XXII.

Fig. 1 . Upper portion of a stem of Catophractes Alexandri.
Fig. 2. Tube of the corolla laid open, with the stamens.
Fig. 3. Pistillum ; all of the natural size.

Note. — Since the preceding account was read before the Society, I have
been favoured by Mr. Burchell with flowering specimens of two species of his
remarkable genus Rhigozum, namely R. spinosum and obovatum, and by Mr.
Bentham with a specimen of the latter species, with two separate fruit. These
plants agree well with the present in habit, but the calyx is short, wide, and
campanulate, with an equal limb, neither cloven, nor spathaceous ; the corolla
has a very short tube, much narrower than the calyx, with the faux much di-
lated, ventricose, and campanulate ; the stamens are unequal in length, two
of them being longer than the rest. The margin of the leaves in all the spe-
cies of Rhigozum hitherto known is perfectly entire. From these differences,
therefore, it is evident that Catophractes must either constitute a distinct ge-
nus, or a very marked section if united to Rhigozum. It clearly forms the
transition from that genus to the pentandrous simple-leaved Spathodece.

rransIvKfuSoc. VoUVJU. Ia322. pi

3

R Kippist dal

GJ^ar7TZ6trt sc.

[ 309 ]

XVIII. Descriptions of the Indian Species of Iris. By David Don, £sq.,
Libr. L.S., Prof. Bot. King's Coll. Lond.

Read December 18th, 1838.

I AM indebted to my friend and colleague Dr. Royle for the opportunity of
presenting to the Linnean Society the following account of several interesting
species of the beautiful genus Iris, derived from materials collected by him
during his sojourn in the countries forming the north-west boundary of Bri-
tish India. Dr. Royle's collection contains four species of this genus, one of
which is entirely new, the other three being identical with those in the Wal-
lichian Herbarium, which besides comprises two additional species : one of
them, gathered in Ladak by that enterprising traveller, the late Mr. Moor-
croft, and closely related to the Iris higlumis of Vahl, I have included in this
paper ; the other is from Armenia, ai»d is the Iris reticulata of the " Flora
Taurico-Caucasica" although recorded, apparently on the authority of M.
Belanger, as Iris persica in Wallich's Catalogue. The number of species
therefore actually belonging to the Indian Flora is five.

The species of this genus naturally divide themselves into two groups, which
are characterized by certain differences in their structure and oeconomy, and
in some degree by their geographical distribution. The first group have sca-
riose spathes, a distinct tube, the sepals bearded, and the petals broader,
and overlapping each other at their extremities. To this group belongs the
far greater part of the European species, which are also remarkable for being
early-flowering, the broad convergent petals serving to protect the stamens
and pistil from the effects of the weather during the period of their blossom-
ing, and the bearded crest of the sepals is doubtless for the purpose of brush-
ing out and retaining the pollen until taken up by the recurved stigmas,
whose absorbing apices are brought into close contact with it ; the anthers
are directly opposed to the crest, and their cells face outwards. The second

310 Prof. Don's Descriptions of the Indian Species of Iris.

group, which is principally confined to Asia and America, is distinguished by
having the spathes frequently leafy, a tube continuous with the ovarium, and
often very short ; by their beardless sepals ; and by the petals being smaller
and spreading. The species of this group produce their flowers generally later
in the season ; a circumstance which, together with their being chiefly inha^
bitants of a drier climate, I'enders the protection of the petals less necessary.
Our own Flora affords two examples of this section in Iris fcetidissima and
Pseudacorus. The very early period of flowering of the Iris fcetidissima may
be supposed to aflbrd a strong objection to the theory as to the use of the con-
vergent petals in the first group of the genus ; but the plant is well known to
occur only in sheltered situations, where a considerable degree of protection
is afforded to the flowers. Of the five Indian species, which I shall now pro-
ceed to describe, two belong to the first group, and three to the second.

Sect. 1. EuiRis.

Perianthii tubus distinctus, subinfundibuliformis. Sepala recurvata, barbata.
Petala maxima, invicem apice incumbenti conniventia. Spathce perscepd
scarioso-membranacece.

1 . /. nepalensis, barbata ; scapo tereti Isevi plurifloro foliis ensiformibus ple-

rumque longiore, spathis vix foliaceis subsequalibus, sepalis omnibus emar-

ginatis, ovario obtus^ trigono perianthii tubi infundibuliformis vix longi-

tudine.

Iris nepalensis. Wall.Cat.n. 5050. Lindl.in Bot.Reg.t. 8\8. Royle III. t. 90,

/2.

I. japonica. Thunb. in Linn. Trans. 2. p. 327 ?
I. squalens. Ejusd. Fl. Japon. p. 33 ?
(3. scapo indiviso subbifloro foliis breviore.
Habitat in Nepalise montibus {Wallich) ; in Emodi montibus Bychuky Ghaut

inter Pabur et Tonse, et in Surkunda ad Vicum Bhala Gau. Royle. V .

(v. s. sp. in Herbb. Wall, et Royle.)

Rhizoma oblongum, teres, crassum, ramosum, repens, odore gratissimo Iridis
fiorentince. Scapus erectus, teres, Isevis, subflexuosus, fistulosus, 2 — 5-florus,
pedalis v. sesquipedalis. Folia ensiformia, acuminata, nervosa, subfal-

Prof. Don's Descriptions of the Indian Species o/" Iris. 31 1

cata, glauco-viridia, scapo plerumque breviora, unciam et ultra lata, in-
iernh angustata. Flores fer^ omnin6 /. germanicce. Spathce subeequales,
lanceolatee, acuminat8e,conduplicatae, subfoliaceae, margine scarioso-mem-
branacese. Sepala 3 exteriora recurvato-patentia, spathulata, ernarginata,
violacea, infern^ albicanti-variegata, barba alba copiosa munita, brevit^r
unguiculata, elliptico-oblonga, profundiiis ernarginata, invicem se con-
vergentia, undulata, intensiiis colorata, costa prominenti ; omnia praeter
ad apicem margine integerrima : tubus infundibuliformis, obscur^ tri-
goniis, vix uncialis. Ovarium obtus^ trigonum, f-unciam longiim. Stig-
mata (Styli rami) bifida : lobis conniventibus, acutis, hinc levit^r ser-
rulatis.

There can be no doubt that the present species comes very near to Iris ger-
manica, and indeed the points which separate them are few, and these not
strongly contrasted. That species is, however, distinguished by its shorter
scariose and ventricose spathes, entire sepals, longer and slenderer tube, and
lastly, by the more coarsely serrated lobes of its stigmas. The rhizoma has
the fragrance of that of Iris florentina, and Dr. Royle informs me that it is
employed by the natives for similar purposes.

I suspect that this species will prove to be identical with the Iris japonica,
notwithstanding the difference presented by the colour of their flowers, that
of Thunberg's plant being described to be white : for I have elsewhere re-
marked upon the fallacious character afforded by colour, as a test of specific
distinction, not only in this genus, but throughout the greater part of the Mo-
nocotyledonous class, as is beautifully illustrated by the numerous cultivated
varieties of Iris Xiphium and Xiphioides. A series of careful experiments are
still wanting to determine the exact limits of species in this genus.

The variety /3. differs in nothing except in its shorter two-flowered scape,
and there are cultivated specimens of nepalensis from the Calcutta Garden in
the Wallichian Herbarium having this depressed character. In my character
of the species given in the Proceedings of the Linnean Society, I have described
the stem as compressed and furrowed; but these appearances presented by the
dried specimens prove to be the mere result of desiccation.

2. /. kamaonensis, barbata ; scapo brevissimo unifloro, tubo perianthii lon-

VOL. XVIII. 2 T

312 Prof. Don's Descriptions of the Indian Species q^Iris.

gissimo subfiliformi, sepalis interioribus bilobis long^ unguiculatis, ovario
turbinate 3-gono.
Iris kamaonensis. Wall. Cat. n. 5052.
Habitat in Emodi niontibus ad Kedarkanta (Royle) ; Bydrunauth. Blinkworth.
V . Floret Augusto. (v. s. sp. in Herbb. Wall, et Royle.)

Rhizoma repens, noduloso-ramosum, csespitosuni, supra rudimentis foliorum
fibrosis coronatum, infr^ munitum fibris crassiusculis. Scapiis erectus,
teres, gracilis, uniflorus, brevissimus, vix sesquipoUicaris, foliis omnin6
obvolutus. Folia lineari-ensiformia, apice subadunco acuta, striata, lenta,
viridia, 3 — 6-pollicaria, 2 lineas lata ; exteriora latiora, imperfect^ evo-
luta, scarioso-membranacea, imbricato-vaginantia. Flos magnitudine /.
flavissimce. Spathce insequales, lanceolatse, acutae, conduplicatae, folia-
ceae, margine angust^ membranacese ; altero (interiore) breviore. Sepala
sanguinea, maculis atropurpureis notata ; 3 exteriora recurvata, spathu-
lata, levitfer emarginata, barba copiosa lutescente inunita ; 3 interiora
(petala) cuneata, long^ unguiculata, biloba, conniventia : tubus gracilis,
subfiliformis, 2-uncialis et ultr^, supernfe dilatatus. Ovarium turbinato-
oblongum, 3-gonum, 3-costatum, semunciale et ultr^. Stigmata (Styli
rami) rosea, divaricato-patentia, apicibus incurvatis, bilobis, lobis inte-
gerrimis.

This is a very distinct and beautiful species. The form of its inner sepals,
and the great length of the tube of the perianthium, as well as its turbinate
ovarium, essentially distinguish it from every other ; and indeed there are
none with which it can well be contrasted.

The sepals are of a red colour, and elegantly mottled with dark purple
spots.

We may hope to see this elegant species shortly introduced to our gardens
by means of Dr. Falconer, the able successor of Dr. Royle in the superintend-
ence of the Honourable East India Company's botanic garden at Saharunpore,
and who, I am happy to learn, is carrying out the observations and experi-
ments so happily commenced by that zealous naturalist.

Prof. Don's Descriptions of the Indian Species of Iris. 31ft

Sect. 2. XiPHioiDEs.

Periantkii tubus solidus, cum ovario continuus, persaep^ brevissimus. Sepala
imberbia. Petala angustiora, patentia. Spathce plerumque foliacece.

3. /. decora, imberbis ; scapo tereti subtrifloro, foliis lineari-ensiformibus, se-
palis subsequalibus bilobis recurvis ; exterioribus membranaceo-cristatis,
perianthii tubo filiformi ovario triquetro dupl6 longiore, stigmatibus dila-
tatis serratis conniventibus, seminibus apice carunculatis.

Iris decora. Wall. PL Asiat. Rar. I. p. 77- t, 86.

I. sulcata. Ejusd. Cat. n. 5049.

I. nepalensis. Don Prodr. Fl. Nepal, p. 54.

I. orientalis. Thunh. in Linn. Trans. 2. p. 328. ?

I. sibirica. Ejusd. Fl. Japon. p. 33.?
Habitat in Nepaliae raontibus ad Bempedi et Ekdanta (Wallich) ; in Emodi
montibus ad Choor et Punjee. Royle, Blinkworth. % . Floret Maio.
(v. s. sp. in Herbb. Wall, et Royle.)

Rhizoma truncatum, grumosum, fer^ Hemerocallidis flavae, fibris infern^ in-
crassatis fusiformibus, supr^ rudimentis foliorum emarcidorum fibrosis
copios^ vestitum. Scopus erectus, teres, Isevis, flexuosus, fistulosus, siin-
pliciusculus, 3- V. rar6 5-florus, spithamseus, pedalis v. cubitalis. Folia
lineari-ensiformia, acuminata, tenuiora, membranacea, nervis prominenti-
bus costata, hinc pallidiora, glaucescentia, inde gramineo-viridia, scapi
longitudlne, 4 — 5 lineas lata. Flores pulcherrimi. Pedunculi breves,
hinc convexi, inde plani. Spathce foliaceae, subsequales, lanceolatse, acu-
minatae, conduplicatse, margine scariosae. Sepala omnia spathulata, bi-
loba, recurvato-patentia, pallid^ lilacina ; exteriora 3 vix majora, pulchr^
purpureo-venosa, crista lineari membranacea serrulata lutescenti h basi
ad medium usque longitudinalit^r coronata : tubu^ subfiliformis, uncialis,
spatham superans. Ovarium 3-angulare, tubo perianthii dupl6 brevius.
Stigmata (Stylf rami) ampla, cuneata, bipartita, erecto-conniventia, pal-
lid^ lilacina, ferb longitudine sepalorum : hbis cuspidatis, hinc margine
argute serratis. Capsula elliptico-oblonga, triquetra, Isevis, utrinque at-
tenuata, 3-locularis, 3-valvis, fuscescens, sesquipoUicaris, stylo elongate
persistent! coronata. Semina in quoque loculo numerosa, crebre biserialia

2 t2

314 Prof. Don's Descriptions of the Indian Species o/^Iris.

hinc convexa, inde biangulata, raphe pallidiori elevata aiicta, apice ap-
pendice obtusa fungosa carunculata, basi hilo parvo instructa : testa
coriacea, rugosa, brunnea, epidermide laxa, pallid^ fusca: albumen co-
piosiiin, cartilagineo-carnosuin, album. Embryo teres, medio paululiim
constrictus, clavatus, albus, extremitate radiculari (cauliculari) crassiori.

This species departs from the rest of the genus in so many points, that it
may safely be ranked with those which, like Iris tuberosa and Sisyrinchium,
appear to constitute the types of so many distinct sections. The rhizoma is
exactly that of Hemerocallis, being furnished with thickened fusiform fleshy
fibres, and the leaves are likewise remarkable for the diversity of colour of
both surfaces, the inner one being of a bright green, and the outer one glau-
cous. The sepals are uniform, bilobed, and recurved, the outer three being
furnished along their centre with a peculiar membranous crest or fold. The
stigmas are remarkably broad and connivent. The seeds are furnished at
their apex with a thick, compressed, fungous appendage, resulting from an
unusual development of the testa at that point.

This species has been introduced to our collections by Dr. Wallich, and is
remarkable for the elegance of its habit and the beauty of its flowers.

I have referred under this species Thunberg's Iris orientalis ; but an exami-
nation of authentic specimens is necessary to solve our doubts on this point.

4. /. longifolia, imberbis ; foliis margine scabris, scapo brevissimo unifloro,
sepalis sublanceolatis integerrimis, tubo perianthii vix uUo, ovario elon-
gato triquetro scapum adeequante, stigmatis lobis integerrimis.
Iris longifolia. Royle III. t. 91. f 2.

Habitat in Cashmeria. Royle. 11 . (v. s. c. in Herb. Royle.)

Rhizoma repens, oblongum. Scapus uniflorus, gracilis, triangularis, foliis om-
nin6 obvolutus, 2 — 3-pollicaris. Folia lineari-ensiformia, acuta, recurvato-
falcata, firmiora, coriacea, laevia, viridia, margine preesertim apicem ver-
sus tenuissim^ serrulata, bipedalia, fer^ semunciam lata. Flos I. halo-
philce. Spathce subeequales, foliacese, conduplicatse, florem superantes.
Sepala sublanceolata, integerrima, recurvato-patentia, intens^ coerulea;
exteriora 3 dupl6 majora, imberbia, infernfe albicantia, purpureo-venosa :
tubus vix ullus. Stigmata (Styli rami) angustiora, biloba, recurvato-

Prof. Don's Descriptions of the Indian Species q/'Iris. 315

patentia, sepalis interioribus (petalis) breviora et similiter colorata : lohis
ovatis, acutiusculis, integerrimis, divaricatis. Ovarium angustissimum,
triquetrum, 2|-po]licare, sursum crassius.

Although this bears a considerable resemblance to Iris halophila, and even
to feet idissima, it is nevertheless essentially different from either ; the extremely
short scape, and minutely serrulate leaves, will distinguish it from every other
species hitherto recorded of this group.

The specimen in Dr. Royle's Herbarium is a cultivated one, the plant having
been raised in the Saharunpore botanic garden from Cashmere seeds.

5. /. Moorcroftiana, imberbis ; scapo bifloro pedunculis breviore, spathis glu-
maceis tubum perianthii subsequantibus, sepalis lanceolatis acutiusculis,
ovario 6-sulcato.
Iris Moorcroftiana. JVall. Cat. n. 505 1 .

Habitat in Ludak. Moorcroft. V . (v. s. sp. h b. Moorcroft lecta in Herb.
Wall.)

Rhizoma caespitosum, fibris numerosis filiformibus ramulosis instructum, et
suprk foliorum emarcidorum rudiraentis scariosis v. fibrosis imbricatis
coronatum. Scapus teres, indivisus, biflorus, pollicaris, foliis omnin6 im-
mersus. Folia stricta, angust^ lineari-ensiformia, rigida, nervosa, coria-
cea, 4 — 6-uncialia, vix 2 lineas lata, apice acutiusculo subadunco. Flores
pallid^ ccerulei, pedunculati, pedunculis subfiliformibus, sesqui v. bipolli-
caribus. Spathce glumaceae, lanceolatse, acutiusculee, convolutse, mar-
gine lat^ scarioso-membranacese ; altera (exteriore) tubum perianthii
subsequante. Sepala lanceolata, acutiuscula ; interiora 3 parilm angus-
tiora ; omnia imberbia, integerrima : tubus brevissimus, angustus, 6-sul-
catus, aequalis. Ovarium unciale, teretiusculum, 6-sulcatum. Stigmata
(Styli rami) sepalis interioribus latiora, biloba : lobis insequilateri-ovatis,
acutiusculis, integerrimis.

We have already remarked upon the intimate affinity existing between this
species and Iris biglumis, discovered by Pallas in Eastern Siberia, and of which
there exist two specimens in the I^innoean Herbarium, which had been com-
municated to Linnaeus by that distinguished traveller and naturalist. Of

316 Prof. Don's Descriptions of the Indian Species of lr\s.

these specimens, as well as of many others sent by Pallas, and which had
reached the great Swedish Naturalist towards the close of his earthly career,
we find no mention in any of his works ; and it appears from the papers on
which they are pasted, that even the charge of placing them into the Herba-
rium had been committed to his son.

The chief points of difference between this species and biglumis are its
lengthened peduncles and narrower sepals : for in other respects they are so
much alike, that, without a very careful examination, the specimens might
readily be confounded.

My knowledge of the colour of the flowers of this and the preceding species
is derived from a series of very beautiful drawings in the possession of Dr.
Royle.

[ 317 ]

XIX. An Account of the Indian Species of Juncus and Luzula. By David
Don, Esq., Libr. L.S., Prof. Bot. King's Coll. Lond.

Read January 15th, 1839.

jLHE Junceoe, like the other Glumaceous families, but especially the Cypera-
ceae and Graminece, have a very wide geographical range, extending through-
out the globe from the equator to the polar regions, and affording examples
of the occurrence in both hemispheres of the same species, or at least of
forms too closely allied to admit of their being ranked as distinct species, as
for instance Juncus effusus and maritimus, and Luzula campestris ; but the
Cyperacece afford still more numerous examples, and among others may be
mentioned Carex ccespitosa and Pseudo-Cyperus, Cladium Mariscus, Scirpus
lacustris, triqueter, and maritimus, Isolepis fluitans and setacea.

The number of species collected by Dr. Royle in Northern India is eight, of
which seven belong to Juncus, and one to Luzula. This last is common to
Europe, the northern parts of Asia, and Greenland. Of the seven Junci three
are entirely new, two are identical with those contained in the Wallichian
Herbarium, and two are generally diffused throughout Europe.

The linear, erect anthers, attached by their base to the filaments, and com-
posed of two parallel cells, connate throughout their entire length, and their
filiform, longitudinally papillose stigmata, combined with their habit and nar-
row sheathing leaves, clearly establish a close relationship between the normal
Junceoe and Cyperacece, notwithstanding the reduced condition of the perian-
thium and ovarium, the uninclosed embryo, and entire leaf-sheaths in the
latter family.

The Juncece evidently form the transition from the Glumaceous to the Peta-
loid Monocotyledons, being connected on the one hand by Narthecium with
AsphodelecB and Melanthacece, by Kingia and Calectasia with Commelinece and

318 Prof. Don's Account of the

Palmece, and by Burmanniacece with Iridece ; and on the other hand, by means
of Restiaceoe, with Xyridece and Cyperaceae.

I have divided the species into sections, which appear to constitute very
natural groups, and they will be found to facilitate our knowledge of indivi-
dual species. This arrangement is founded in a great measure upon the sug-
gestions contained in Mr. Brown's invaluable work on the Flora of New Hol-
land.

Gen. I. JUNCUS.

* Stamina 6. Semina scobiformia. Injlorescentia terminalis, capitata. Folia

plana, aversa.

1. J. leucanthus, culmo bifolio tereti, foliis margine involutis filiformibus cul-
mum subeequantibus, capitulo terminali solitario 6 — 10-floro, involucro
5-phylIo glumaceo floribus longiore, sepalis acutiusculis, antheris acutis
filamentis dupl6 longioribus, ovario incluso, stigmatibus stylo ter brevi-
oribus.
Juncus leucanthus. Rcn/le MSS.

Habitat in Emodi montibus ad Shalma. Royle. 1/ . Floret Junio. (v. s. sp. in
Herb. Royle.)

Rhizoma repens, atrofuscum, fibris capillaceis vestitum. Culmi erecti, fili-
formes, graciles, striati, bifoliati, 5 — 6-pollicares, basi vaginati: vagind
semipollicem longa, h squamis (foliis abortivis) imbricatis, brunneis, niti-
dis composita. Folia radicalia recurvato-patentia, marginibus omnin6 in-
volutis subfiliformia, obtusa, glabra, viridia, culmi fer^ longitudine ; cul-
morum duo longe vaginata, inferiore apice elongate foliaceo, bipoUicari,
superiore apice brevissimo : vaginae semunciales et ultra, cylindracese, Ise-
ves, apice biauriculato-membranacese. Capitulum terminale, 6 — 10-flo-
rum, 5-bracteatum. Bractece ovato-oblongse, acutse, parum ineequales,
multinerviee, brunnese. Flores albi, brevissim^ pedicellati, bracteis bre-
viores. Pedicelli ancipiti-compressi, supern^ membranaceo-bialati. Se-
pala ovato-lanceolata, acutiuscula, scarioso-membranacea, concava, 3-
nervia (nervis medio approximatis, parallelis) ; exteriora 3 partim latiora.
Stamina 6, subsequalia, perianthio mult6 breviora : Jilamenta complanata,

Indian Species q/" Jiincus and Luzula. 319

dilatata: antherce filamentis dupl6 longiores, lineares, acutiusculse, basi
obtusse, biloculares : loculis parallelis, omnin^ connatis. Pistillum sta-
mina vix superans : ovarium subrotundo-ovatum, 3-gonum, 3-loculare,
multi-ovulatum, perianthio dupl6 brevius : stylus tenuis, ovario longior :
stigmata 3, obtusa, recurvata, stylo ter breviora, longitudinalit^r papil-
losa.

This forms a highly interesting addition to the genus, being nearly related to
J. triglumis, from which, however, it differs in several important particulars.
The leaves are recurved, and nearly as long as the stems ; the bractes forming
the involucrum are five in number, longer than the flowers, and pointed. The
capitula have from six to ten flowers, and the sepals are narrower and some-
what acute ; the anthers are also acute, and they are double the length of the
dilated filaments. The stigmata are thrice shorter than the style, and the
ovarium is rounded-ovate, and it may be supposed that the mature fruit will
prove to be considerably shorter than the sepals. Moreover the rhizoma is
creeping, and the sheaths at the base of the stems are much longer, dark
brown and shining. These characters sufficiently distinguish it from triglu-
mis, in which the capitula are mostly 3-fiowered, more rarely 2- or 4-flowered,
the sepals and bractes obtuse, and the flowers longer than these last. The
anthers are obtuse, and four times shorter than the narrow simple filaments ;
stigmata as long as the style ; ovarium longer than the sepals ; and lastly, the
leaves are only half as long as the stems, with the cauline ones extremely
short. The root is besides not creeping.

This new species was discovered by Dr. Royle on Shalma, a mountain of
the Himalaya range, having an elevation of 10,000 feet above the level of the
sea.

2. t/. leucomelas, culmo enodi filiformi aphyllo, foliis subulatis canaliculatis,
capitulo terminali 3 — 5'floro involucro 3-phyllo acuto breviore, sepalis
obtusis, antheris filamentorum fer^ longitudine, capsula acuminata peri-
anthio longiore.
Juncus leucomelas. Royle MSS.

Habitat in Kunawur ad Soongnum. Royle. "U . (v. s. sp. in Herb. Royle.)

Species elegantissima ! Perennis, csespitosus. Rhizoma subbulbosum, fibris
VOL. xviii. 2 u

320 Prof. Don's Account of the

tenuissim^ capillaceis instructura. Culmi stricti, continui, filiformes, gra-
ciles, nudi, Iseves, virides, 2 — 3-unciales. Folia omnia radicalia, subulata,
obtusa, subrecurvata, Isetfe viridia, leevissima, supr^ angust^ canaliculata,
apice teretiuscula, basi dilatata, membranacea, striata, culmos longfe
vaginantia, iisdemque mult5 breviora. Capitulum terminale, solitarium,
3 — 5-florum, involucratum : bracteis 3 v. 4, ovatis lanceolatisve, acutis,
vald^ insequalibus, concavis, nervosis, ferrugineis, nitidis ; extimo inult5
longiore, apice subulato. Sepala lanceolata, obtusa, 3-nervia, alba, sca-
rioso-membranacea, 3 lineas longa ; interiora 3 pariim angustiora. Sta-
mina 6, subsequalia, perianthio longiora. Filamenta alba, complanata, basi
dilatata. Antherce lineares, obtusse, basi affixee, erectse, filainentorum fer^
longitudine, biloculares : loculis parallelis, omnin6 connatis. Pistillum
staminibus brevius : ovarium ovato-oblongum, attenuatum, triquetrum, 3-
loculare, loculis multv-ovulatis : stylus ovario brevior : stigmata 3, brevia,
obtusa, recurvato-patentia, longitudinalitfer papillosa. Capsula ovato-ob-
longa, acuminata, 3-locularis, badia, perianthio inult6 longior.

This is undoubtedly by far the most elegant species of the genus, and al-
though clearly belonging to the present section, there is no other species with
which it can well be compared. The flowers are pure white, larger than usual
in the genus, and arranged in a terminal capitulum, furnished with an involu-
crum composed of 3 or 4 large scariose bractes of a dark ferruginous brown.
The anthers are remarkable for their length, equalling that of the filaments.
The stems are continuous, and without either articulation or leaf.

The species is from Soongnum in Kunawur, a country situate beyond the
Himalaya, between 31° 33' and 31° 50' N. latitude.

3. J. memhranaceus, culmo tereti subdiphyllo, foliis subfiliformibus obtusis,
capitulo terminali solitario 4 — 8-floro bractea communi membranacea
breviore, sepalis obtusis capsula acuta longioribus, staminibus inclusis,
antheris filamentis dilatatis ter brevioribus.
Juncus memhranaceus. Royle MSS.

Habitat in Emodi montibus ad Punjee. Royle. V . (v. s. sp. in Herb. Royle.)

Perennis, csespitosus. Culmi erecti, filiformes, graciles, fistulosi, subdiphylli,
spithamaei et ultra, basi foliis imperfect^ evolutis squamiformibus obvo-

Indian Species o/" Juncus and Luzula. 321

luta. Folia obtusa, canaliculata, Isevissima, laet^ viridia, subinde inar-
ginibus involutis subfiliformia, culmis pleriimque breviora, basi long^
vaginantia ; suprema saepius abbreviata. Vagince ampliatse, fissse, mem-
branacese, striatse, apice biauriculatee. Capitulum terminale, solitarium,
4 — 8-floruin. Flores albi, subsessiles, majusculi. Bractece partiales ovato-
lanceolatse, mucronatae, nervosae, scariosse, albse, nitidse; communi nia-
jore, capitulo dupl6 longiore, dilatata, membranacea, cucuUata, nervosa,
apice subulato subfoliaceo. Sepala ovato-lanceolata, obtusa, trinervia,
glumacea; £w^er/ora 3 parum longiora. Stamina Q, perianthio breviora :
Jilament a com^laxmta, infern^ dilatata: antherce oblongse, obtusse, bilo-
culares, filamentis tripl6 breviores : loculis parallelis, oinninb connatis.
Pistillum perianthii longitudine : ovarium ovatum, acutum, 3-quetrum ;
stylus crassus, ovario diipl6 brevior : stigmata 3, brevia, obtusa, recur-
vata, crassiuscula, longitudinalitfer papillosa.

This species, although bearing a considerable degree of resemblance to the
following, is nevertheless essentially different. The solitary heads of larger
flowers, with a short membranous common bracte ; the blunt sepals, inclosed
stamens, shorter and dilated filaments, and, finally, the shorter style, will
readily distinguish it.

4. J. concinnus, culmo tereti subdiphyllo, foliis planiusculis obtusis, capitulis
3 — 6-floris eorymbosis, bractea communi elongata foliacea, sepalis acutis
capsula acuta longioribus, staminibus long^ exseitis, antheris filamentis
simplicibus 6-pl5 brevioribus.
Juncus concinnus. Don, Prodr. Fl. Nepal, p. 44.
J. elegans. Royle MSS.
Habitat in Nepalia {fVallich) ; in Emodi montibus ad Mussooree. Royle. it .
(v. s. sp. in Herbb. Wallich. et Royle.)

Perennis, csespitosus. Rkizoma subbulbosum, fibris capillaceis instructum.
Culmi rectissi'mi, filiformes, Iseves, 1 — 2-phylli, spithamsei, exsiccatione
striati. Folia anguste linearia, obtusa, planiuscula, erecta, laevia, suprjk.
canaliculata, subtiis convexiuscula, rar6 culmum superantia, basi vagi-
nantia : vagince unciales, membranaceai, fissse, culmum arct^ involventes.
Capitula 3 v. 5, rarius 6 v. 7, terminalia, corymbosa, 3 — 6-flora. Flores

2 u 2

322 Prof. Don's Account of the

albi, majusculi, brevissimfe pedicellati. Bractece partiales ova,io-\dincQO-
latae, acuminatae, concavse, scarioso-membranaceae, albse, leevissimse,
floribus v5x longiores ; communi foliacea, lineari, obtusa, canaliculata,
basi dilatata, inflorescentiam dupl6 superaiite. Sepala lanceolata, acuta,
3-nervia (nervis medio approximatis parallelis), glumacea ; exteriora
3 partim minora, subconduplicata, carinata. Stamina 6, subsequalia,
perianthio tripl5 longiora : Jilamenta angustfe linearia, complanata, alba,
basi baud dilatata : antherce lineares, obtusee, filamentis 6-pl6 breviores :
loculis parallelis, omnin6 connatis. Pistillum staminibus multo brevius :
ovarium ovatum, acutum, triquetrum, nitidum, 3-loculare, perianthio
brevius, loculis multiovulatis : stylus ovarii longitudine : stigmata 3,
stylo breviora, obtusa, recurvata, longitudinalitfer papillosa.

I have great satisfaction in presenting a full account of this very distinct
and beautiful species, which has been but very imperfectly characterized by
me in the work above-quoted.

The many-headed stems, acute sepals, and the great length of the filaments
will easily distinguish it from all the other species of this series which it very
properly terminates, as it evidently forms the transition to the following section.

The form and direction of the leaves of the species of this group, the higher
degree of development of their perianthium, their scobiform seeds having the
membranous testa produced beyond the nucleus at both extremities, establish
an intimate relationship between Juncus and Narthecium, as Mr. Bi-own has
long ago suggested, and the passage from the latter genus through Antheri-
cum to the Asphodelece is rendered very clear.

** Stamina 3 v. 6. Semina minuta, obovata. Folia cylindrica, intiis septulis
interrupta, hinc nodoso-articulata. Inflorescentia terminalis, capitata, pa-
niculata.

5. J. acutiflorus. Ehrh.

Habitat in regione transhimalensi ad Purbunni. Inglis. 11 . (v. s. sp. in Herb.
Royle.)

The specimen, which was collected by Mr. Inglis in Purbunni, a district
situate beyond the Himalayas, differs in no respect from British ones ; and it

Indian Species of Juncus and Luzula. 323

affords another example of the extended distribution of the species of this
genus.

6. J. indicus, triandrus ; capitulis multifloris squarrosis trichotomy cymosis,
sepalis lineari-lanceolatis apice mncronatis recurvis capsuise muticae lon-
gitudine, stigmatibus subsessilibus, caule foiiisque compressis nodosis.
Juncus indicus. Royle MSS.

/3. nanus, caule 2 — 3-pollicari, capitulis paucis (1 — 4).
Habitat a. in Nepalia ad Katmandu {JVallich) ; |3. in Emodi montibus ad
Mussooree. Royle. 1/ . (v. s. sp. in Herbb. Wallich. et Royle.)

Radix fihvo?,'A, perennis? Caw/e* erecti, nodosi, compressi, solidi, spithamsei
V. pedales et ultr^, nunc basi reclinati. Folia subulata, mucronata, com-
pressa, viridia, intus septulis interrupta, hinc tactu nodoso-articulata,
2 — 5-uncialia, basi dilatata vaginanti, margine scarioso-membranacea.
Flores sessiles, capitati, vi rides. Capitula squarrosa, multiflora, tricho-
tomy ramosissimfeque cymosa. Bractece lanceolatse, mucronatse, floribus
breviores, margine scariosae, hinc carinatse, indfe concavse. Sepala lineari-
lanceolata, rigida, apice mucronata, subrecurvata, margine scarioso albo ;
exteriora 3 subcarinata ; interiora 3 planiuscula, vix breviora. Stamina 3,
sepalis exterioribus opposita, iisdemque ter breviora : Jilanienta alba,
basi dilatata, supern^ tenuissim^ attenuata : antherce lineares, obtusse,
lutese, filamentis breviores : loculis parallelis, omnin6 connatis. Pistillum
stamina superans : ovarium conico-oblongum, triquetrum : stylus vix ul-
lus : stigmata 3, filiformia, revoluta, longitudinalitfer papillosa. Capsula
oblonga, angusta, perianthium vix excedens, triquetra, 3-locularis, 3-val-
vis, polysperma, fusca, nitida. Semina minuta, ovoidea, gilva, hilo mu-
croniformi et chalaza brunneis aucta.

This species belongs to the same group as acutijlorus, lampocarpus, obtusi-
Jlorus, and others, in which the leaves are cylindrical, divided internally by
septa, the inflorescence terminal, find the flowers frequently triandrous. The
present {jlant evidently comes near to the polycephalus of Michaux, a native
of North America, but it appears to be sufficiently distinguished by its rigid
mucronate recurved sepals, and almost sessile stigmata.

324 Prof. Don's Account of the

The variety |3. differs only in its smaller size, and in having much fewer
capitula.

*** Stamina 6. Semina elliptica. Folia plana, canaliculata. Flores termi-

nales solitarii v. cymosi.

7. J. bufonius. L.

Habitat in Indi^ boreali circa Delhi et Saharunpore, in Emodi montibus ad
Mussooree, et in Kunawur ad Lippa. Royle. ©. (v. s. sp. in Herb.
Royle.)

This species occurs throughout the northern hemisphere from the arctic
circle to the equator, and in every region it seems to present the same varia-
tions as to its size and branching that it does with us. I have carefully com-
pared the Indian specimens with English ones, and they appear to be essen-
tially the same.

**** Stamina 3 v. 6. Semina ohovata. Culmi nudi, continui, inttis medulldfarcti.
Folia imperfecta evoluta, tantiim radicalia. Inflorescentia unilateralis.

8. J. glaucus. Ehrh.

Habitat in Emodi montibus ad Mussooree et Choor {Royle) ; ad Purbunni.
Inglis. % . (v. s. sp. in Herb. Royle.)

Common throughout the northern and central parts of Europe, but the spe-
cies does not appear to occur either in Northern Asia or North America, unless
it be what authors have described under the name of effusus. The species
would seem to be pretty general in the Himalayas, having been gathered on
Mussooree, Choor, and other mountains by Dr. Royle, and in Purbunni, a
region situate beyond the Himalayas, by Mr. Inglis. I ought to notice, how-
ever, that the Indian specimens, on a comparison with the European ones, are
found to differ in having a longer capsule and broader sepals.

Gen. II. LUZULA.
1. Luzula spicata. DC.

J uncus spicatus.' L.

^. Kunawurensis, sepalis latioribus, capsula truncata mutica : valvulis ob-

ovatis, seminibus dupl6 minoribus.

Habitat in Kunawur ad Lippa. Royle. "U . (v. s. sp. in Herb. Royle.)

Indian Species o/" Juncus and Luzula. 325

Herba perennis, caespitosa, multiceps. Rhizonia teres, fuscum, fibris capilla-
ribus infri, et rudimentis foliorum emareidorum imbricatis supr^ muni-
tum. Culmi ereeti, filiformes, graciles, glabri, sirnplicissimi, nudiusculi,
foliis 2 V. 3 sparsis tant^m muniti, 3 — 5-pollicares. Folia linearia, mu-
cronulata, ad apicem usque plana, subcanaliculata, recurvato-patentia,
prsesertim ad inarginem parcissim^ villosa, basi dilatata vaginanti-imbri-
cata, sesqui v. tripollicaria ; adultiora obtusiuscula, fer^ omnin6 glabra,
nisi ad oras vaginarum, ubi villis longis mollibus albis copios^ barbata ;
caulina breviora, angustiora, longe vaginantia. Panicula terminalis, spi-
ciforrnis, densa, ovata, nigricans, nutans, semuncialis. Bractece lanceo-
latee, long^ setaceo-acuminatse, ciliatse, scarioso-membranacese, subhya-
linse, fuseescentes, flores exeedentes. Sepala ovato-lanceolata, acuminato-
aristata, brunnescentia, apice reeurvata, margine scarioso, pallidiori, gla-
bro ; 3 interiora pariim angustiora, breviilsque mucronata ; 3 exteriora
firmiora, dorso carinata. Stamina 6. Antherce lineares, obtusse filamentis
simplicibus pari!im breviores. Ovarium subrotundum. Stylus capillaris.
Stigmata 3, filiformia, recurvato-patula, minutfe papillosa, stylo ter lon-
giora. Capsula turbinato-subrotunda, trigona, brunnea, nitida, perianthio
brevior, unilocularis, 3-valvis, apice truncata, vix mucronulata : valvulis
obovatis. Semina 3, oblonga, spadicea, opaca, hinc convexa, ind^ raphe
prominula albicanti, et apice chalaza dilatata convexa aucta.

This highly interesting plant differs in some points of structure from the
typical form of Luzula spicata. The sepals are broader, darker-coloured, and
more abruptly pointed, the inner series being moreover furnished with a shorter
point. The capsule is rounded and somewhat turbinate, with the valves obo-
vate, and terminated by an extremely short, abrupt, obtuse point. The seeds
are not above half the size of those of the European plant, and are furnished
with a less prominent hilum. The European specimens have the sepals nar-
rower and more attenuated, the inner three with equally long points ; the
valves of the capsule ovate or elliptical, and terminated by a short sharp
point; and the seeds double the size, with a pointed hilum.

The two forms agree so remarkably in habit, that after an attentive com-
parison I do not think the differences of sufficient importance to merit their
being regarded as distinct species.

32G Prof. Don's Account of the Indian Species o/" Juncus and Luzula.

The Luzula spicata, which occurs on the mountains of Scotland and the
North of England, at an elevation of from 2000 to 3500 feet above the level
of the sea, is met with at higher elevations throughout the central and south-
ern parts of Europe, and abundantly in the polar regions of Europe, Asia, and
America, as high as 71 degrees of latitude. It is also found on the chain of
the Caucasus in 42° north latitude, being exactly in the same parallel with its
most southern limit in Europe, and likewise on the Altai mountains, near the
sources of the Irtish in 51° north latitude ; and it may probably extend along
some portions of the table land intervening between that vast range of moun-
tains and the Himalayas.

The present plant is from Kunawur, in about 31° 33' north latitude, nearly
eleven degrees more to the south than any station previously recorded for
Luzula spicata.

[ 327 ]

XX. Description of the Lepidosiren annectens. By Richard Owen, Esq.,
F.R.S. F.L.S. F.G.S., Hunterian Professor in the Royal College of Surgeons,
London.

Read April 2nd, 1839.

XhE animal about to be describeci belongs to a genus founded and referred
to the class Amphibia by Fitzinger*, for the reception of an allied species
discovered by Dr. Natterer in the river Amazon, and of which a brief account
has been given by that excellent naturalist in the Annals of the Museum of
Viennaf under the name of Lepidosiren paradoxa, a new genus of the family
of Fish-like or Perennibranchiate Reptiles, with the following characters :

" Corpus anguillseforme totum squamatum. Pedes quatuor, valde distantes,
adactyli."

In these and most of the other characteristics detailed in the text of
Dr. Natterer the present species closely agrees with the Lepidosiren paradoxa ;
the principal differences occur in the relative proportions of the head, trunk
and rudimental filamentary extremities.

The whole length of the Lepidosiren paradoxa includes eleven lengths of
the head, measured from the end of the mouth to the gill-openings ; in the
present species the total length of the animal includes little more than six
lengths of the head. In the L. paradoxa the length of the body anterior
to the commencement of the dorsal fin includes four and a half lengths
of the head : in the L. annectens there are only two lengths of the head be-
fore the dorsal fin commences. The length of the anterior extremity is one-
twelfth that of the entire body in the L. paradoxa : it is only one-sixth of
the same length in' L. annectens. This species is therefore distinguished
from the Lepidosiren paradoxa by the shorter relative length of the trunk as

* Frorieps Notizen, vol. 1. p. 90; and Wiegmann's Archiv., 1837. p. 232.

t " Lepidosiren paradoxa, eine neue Gattung, aus der Familie der Fischahnlichen Reptilien, Toyj
Johann Natterer, Annalen des Wiener Museums der Naturgeschichte, .1837, ii. p. 165,"

VOL. XVIII. 2 X

3'28 Prof. Owen's Desci-iption of the Lepidosiren annectens.

compared with the head and the extremities, — a difference which is quite
independent of age or growth ; and the character, " pedes valde distantes,"
which Dr. Natterer has founded on the length of the trunk, must be restricted
as a specific application to the Lepidosiren paradoxa.

Dr. Natterer obtained two specimens of his species ; one of these, which
measured upwards of three feet in length, was found in a swamp on the left
bank of the Amazon, above Villa Nuova ; the other, which was nearly two
feet long, was taken in a pond near Borba, on the river Madeira, a tributary
of the Amazon. The specimen about to be described, though differing appa-
rently from the L. paradoxa only in certain proportions of its outward form,
is a native of a different continent, and was taken in the river Gambia*.
It is a female, with the ovaria well-developed, and measures twelve inches,
eight lines in length : its greatest circumference is four inches and a half f .
The head commences by an obtuse muzzle, and gradually enlarges in all its
dimensions to the gill-openings, which are situated immediately anterior to
the base of the pectoral extremities : the length of the head from the snout to
the gill-opening is one inch, eleven lines; the trunk, from the pectoral to the
ventral filamentary fins, is five inches, five lines. The anus, or rather the
cloacal vent, is a small elliptical aperture marked with radiating lines, which
is situated three lines behind the ventral filaments, and offers the same pecu-
liarity as does that of the Lepidosiren paradoxa in not being situated on the
median plane : in the present specimen it was on the right side of a longitu-
dinal fold of integument which occupied the middle line. The distance from
the vent to the end of the tail is five inches. The trunk gives a wide ellip-
tical transverse section;}:, and maintains a pretty uniform size, slightly de-
creasing in breadth to the ventral filaments. Beyond these the tail becomes
more rapidly compressed, and, after a short distance, diminishes also in verti-
cal dimension, till it ends in a thin point.

A membranous dorsal fin commences at the distance of four inches from

* It was presented to the Royal College of Surgeons, June 1837, by Thomas C. B. Weir, Esq.,
together with a smaller dried specimen inclosed in indurated clay, baked hard by the sun. Several
species of insects, peculiar to the Gambia, or African forms, accompanied these specimens. It is here
described and figured by permission of the Museum Committee of the College.

t Tab. XXIII. figs. 1. & 2. J lb. fig. 3.

Prof. Owen's Description of the Lepidosiren annectens. 329

the snout, and gradually increasing to the height of five lines, is thus continued
into the caudal membranous expansion. This fin is supported by numerous
soft, elastic, transparent rays articulated to the extremities of the superior and
inferior peripheral spines of the caudal vertebrae : the under part of the caudal
fin commences about one inch behind the vent.

The entire body is covei'ed with cycloid scales*, which are relatively larger,
but have the same general structure and disposition as in the Lepidosiren
paradoxa. They present a subcircular form, with a diameter of about three
lines ; their posterior margin adheres to the strong cuticle, with which they
are removed as in other fishes: the anterior margin lies freely in a correspond-
ing groove of the chorion. When viewed with a low magnifying power they
present a series of canals, radiating somewhat irregularly from a centre near
the posterior edge of the scales, and maintaining a uniform diameter. These
canals are united together by cross canals, which do not form regular con-
centric lines. The meshes formed by this reticulation are small and of a sub-
quadrate form at the anterior part of the scale, but are more elongated in the
middle of the scale : they are, again, smaller and shorter at the circumference.
With a magnifying power of 150 linear diameters the interspaces of the larger
canals are seen to be occupied by a finer network of apparent tubes, and
from an angle of each of these spaces a short obtuse process, projecting
slightly backwards, is developed on the external surface of the scale : the
internal surface is quite smooth. There are three or four faint concentric
lines of growth at the circumference of the scale, but this body is evidently
one continuous organized whole. The subcuticular tissue of the scale is a
kind of dense elastic cartilage, not yielding any gas-bubbles on the application
of acid. The scales are continued upon the base of the caudal natatory fold
of integument.

The disposition of the mucous pores and ducts upon the head is very similar
in the two species of Lepidosiren, judging from the figure given by Dr. Nat-
terer. A linear series of mucous pores encircles each eye, and from the pos-
terior angle of this series the lateral line commences. This line extends
backwards, neai'ly parallel with the dorsal line, situated a little more than
one-fourth of the vertical diameter of the body from that line, until it nearly

* See the magnified view of one of these scales. Tab. XXVII. fig. 1.

2x2

330 Prof, Owen's Description of the Lepidosiren annectens.

reaches the ventral extremities, where it bends down to midway between the
dorsal and ventral margins, and so continues to the end of the tail.

The rudimental filamentary fins, the analogues of the four ordinary extremi-
ties in the Vertebrata, permanently represent in the present singular animal
the earliest embryonic condition of the pectoral and pelvic members. They
are round, filiform, gradually attenuated to an undivided point, resembling
tentacles or feelers rather than fins or legs, and doubtless restricted to their
tactile functions. Each filiform member is supported by a single-jointed, soft,
or cartilaginous ray. The pectoral tentacles* are somewhat shorter and more
slender than the ventral onesf ; the former are two inches, the latter two inches,
four lines in length.

The branchial apertures are narrow vertical slits, four lines in extent.

The eyes appear externally as two small round flat spots, of a lighter colour
than the surrounding integument ; they are situated seven lines from the end
of the snout, and nearly the same distance apart from one another. Each of
these simple visual organs measures one line and a half in diameter ; it is
not defended by any palpebral folds of the skin ; the cornea is thin, suffi-
ciently transparent to allow the lens to be visible even in the specimen pre-
served in spirits. The nostrils are situated at the under part of the upper lip,
within the opening of the mouth. They appear as two small perforations
leading to blind sacs afterwards to be described %. The opening of the mouth §
is wide, and defended by well-developed fleshy lips. The skin at the angles
of the mouth is thinner than at the rest of its circumference, and the upper
lip folds over the lower one from the angle to near the fore part of the mouth ;
here the lips are thick, smooth and rounded ; the lower lip is the thickest.

About a line behind the lower lip, between it and the teeth, there project
six soft papillose processes, of a triangular form ; two of these, which are
situated in the middle line, consist of a transverse row of papillae ; the poste-
rior ones are membranous, and the papillae are confined to their margin and
outer surface : they occupy the notches of the broad and strong dental plate.

* Tab. XXIII. fig. 2, «. f lb. b.

X In the Siren as well as in the Proteus, Cuvier expressly states, that the nasal cavities communicate
■with the mouth ; and attributes to the ingenious naturalist Oken his attention to this circumstance as
a distinguishing character between Fishes and Reptiles. — See Ossemens Fossiles, 8vo., 1837, torn. x.
p. 339. § Tab. XXVII. fig. 2.

Prof. Owen's Description of the Lepidosiren annectens. 331

Behind the upper lip there are eight similar papillose processes, four on each
side ; the mesial placed one line behind, or within the margin of the lip ; the
outermost three lines from the same part: immediately anterior to the inter-
space of the two outer lamellae is the orifice of the nostril, which is elliptical, and
one line in the long diameter; the olfactory cavity* itself is three lines in the
long diameter, and its closed posterior part is occupied with two rows of small
transverse lamellse, about twenty in a row, divided by a transverse line.

There are two small slender, conical, sharp-pointed and slightly recurved
teeth f, which project downwards from the intermaxillary bone, to which they
are attached by ligaments ; and the alveolar border of both the upper and
lower maxillaries is armed with a strong trenchant dental plate:}: anchylosed
to the bone, and divided at the middle line so as to form four distinct pieces,
two above and two below ; each of these teeth or dental plates is impressed
on its outer side with two broad angular notches, extending almost through
the whole breadth of the plate, and dividing it into three angular processes^,
which, from the direction of the notches, appear to radiate from the inner
and posterior angle of the tooth : the two anterior divisions in both the upper
and lower jaws are the most produced in the vertical direction, and are
pointed so as to be adapted for piercing : the posterior divisions are most ex-
tended in breadth, and least in height, and terminate in a sharp trenchant
edge ; the middle divisions present an intermediate structure. These teeth,
in their paucity, relative size and mode of fixation to the maxillae, resemble
those of the Chimgera and some of the extinct cartilaginous fishes, as Cochliodus
and Ceratodus ; but they are unlike these in their microscopic structure, and
differ from any known dental apparatus in the class of Fishes in the modifica-
tions of the working surface which at once adapt them for piercing, cutting
and crushing. The strength of the jaws and the size of the muscles which
work them are proportionate to the size and formidable character of the max-
illary dental plates.

There are no lingual, palatine, pterygoid, vomerine or pharyngeal teeth.

The general colour of the specimen was a mixed tint of dark olive-green
and brown, growing lighter towards the belly, with irregular dark spots, as

* Tab. XXVII. fig. 2, e, e. f Tab. XXIII. fig. 4, a. Tab. XXVII. fig. 2. a.

X Tab. XXIII. fig. 4, /3, y. Tab. XXV. fig. 4. § Tab. XXVII. fig. 2, 6 & c.

332 Prof. Owen's Description of the Lepidosiren annectens.

big as the largest scales, chiefly confined to the tail : the mucous pores and
lines were black.

Such are the general external characters of the Lepidosiren annectens, in
most of which it agrees with the Lepidosiren paradoxa. It is not, however,
a whit less paradoxical than its earlier described congener ; and it may be
truly said, that since the discovery of the Ornithorhynchus paradoxus there
has not been submitted to naturalists an animal which proves more forcibly
than the Lepidosiren the necessity of a knowledge of its whole organization,
both external and internal, in order to arrive at a correct view of its real
nature and affinities.

It was the reluctance to bring before the notice of zoologists an incomplete
description of this form, which has prevented my being the original proposer
of the genus, having recorded its principal characters as the type of a new
genus of abdominal malacopterygious Fishes in the MS. Catalogue of the Mu-
seum of the College of Surgeons, in June 1837, under the name of ' Protopte-
rus,' in reference to the rudimental or embryonic condition of the fins, and
with the specific name of anguilliformis as indicative of its forming a transition
from the abdominal to the apodal orders. The subsequent reception of Dr.
Natterer's memoir in February 1838, rendered it necessary to substitute another
generic and specific name, since the species described by that enterprising and
scientific traveller presented still more eel-like proportions.

The anatomical details which form the subject of the remaining part of the
present memoir, while they confirm the propriety of referring the genus Lepi-
dosiren to the class of Fishes, lead to more enlarged and juster views of its affi-
nities both to the members of that class and to the higher Vertebrate animals.
To the description of these details I now proceed.

Osseous System*.

The skeleton of the Lepidosiren is partly cartilaginous, partly bony ; the
ossified portions are of a green colour, like those of the Gar-pike {Belone vul-
garis). The bodies of the vertebrae retain the primitive condition of a conti-
nuous cylindrical gelatinous chord, with an external ligamentous sheathf,
except in the caudal region, where they present a cartilaginous firmness, with

* Tab. XXIII. figs. 4, 5, 6, 7. f Tab. XXIV. fig. 2, a.

Prof. Owen's Description of the Lepidosiren annectens. 333

imperfect divisions corresponding in number with the upper and lower spines.
The neurapophyses, or laminae protecting the spinal chord, are ossified, as
are also the neural spines and the hsemapophyses and heemal spines* in the
caudal region.

The neurapophyses of the atlas are slightly expanded at their lower extre-
mities, and almost meet below the foramen magnum, where they rest upon the
anterior pointed extremity of the gelatinous chord ; as they ascend, they are
bent at an open angle, with the upper ends meeting above the foramen mag-
num : these extremities are disunited, and a short spine is attached to them
by a ligament. The neurapophyses of the second cervical vertebrae have their
bases expanded so as to meet below the spinal marrow and above the gela-
tinous chord ; they are disunited above, as are the rest of the neurapophyses f.
The basis of these vertebral elements, besides being developed inwards, are
expanded in the antero-posterior direction so as almost to touch each other ;
they become gradually narrower as they appi'oach the caudal region. The
neural spines :{: increase in length from the atlas to the fourth vertebra, and
are continued of the same length, viz, between four and five lines, to the
middle of the caudal region, whence they progressively diminish to the end of
the vertebral column. The supernumerary or dermal spines^ are rather shorter
than the true vertebral spines, to the upper end of which they are attached by
ligaments, as in other fishes. In the caudal region they are expanded and
compressed, and give attachment to the horny transparent filaments which
support the membrane of the caudal fin : the inferior corresponding ap-
pendages || of the haemal spines^ present a similar form, and, like the upper
ones, have the same bony structure and green colour as the ossified parts of
the true endo-skeleton. The haemapophyses** are relatively longer and more
slender than the neurapophyses.

The capsule of the anterior extremity of the gelatinous chord is ossified at
its inferior and lateral parts, where it forms the base of the cranium ; and the
bodies of the occipital and posterior and anterior sphenoidal vertebrae are
represented by a single elongated sub-triangular plate of bone ft- The base

* The explanation of these terms, and of the vertebral elements to which they are applied, will be
found in my paper on the Plesiosaurus macrocephalus, Geol. Trans., 1838.

t Tab. XXIII. fig. 4. b.b. X lb. c.c. § lb. d.d. || lb. g. f lb./.

** lb. e. tt lb. h. fig. 6 ; and Tab. XXIV. fig. 2, c.

334 Prof. Owen's Description of the Lepidosiren annectens.

of this plate is turned forwards, the apex expands into an ol)lique elliptical
plate, having a shallow depression, which receives the pointed anterior ex-
tremity of the gelatinous chord. The fibrous capsule of the chord is attached
to the margin of the basi-occipital depression, and supports the neurapophyses
of the atlas, anterior to which are the corresponding elements of the occipital
vertebra itself. These exoccipitals* present the form of thin expanded plates,
of a subquadrate figure, concave towards the medulla oblongata, which they
defend and embrace, their anterior and inferior extremities being extended into
the upper part of the capsule of the fibrous chord, as far as the middle line, like
the bases of the ordinary neurapophyses : their upper extremities meet above by
an extended superior margin. The basi-occipital is notched below the base of
each exoccipital, leaving a foramen for the transmission of a large nerve. The
limits of the basi-occipital and sphenoid bones are indicated by a transverse
groove. The basi-sphenoid sends upwards, near its outer margin, two low
longitudinal vertical plates, which give attachment to the cartilaginous alse
of the sphenoid forming the lateral parietes of the cranial cavityf. Between
these alse and the ex-occipital bony plates is interposed on each side the large
and thick cartilaginous capsule of the organ of hearing:}:, which is extended
upwards to the parietal bone, and represents the petrous and squamous ele-
ments of the temporal bone. There is no distinct supra-occipital bone or spine,
but its place is occupied by the posterior extremity of the parietal^. This is
a single symmetrical, lozenge-shaped bone, from the middle line of whose
upper surface a longitudinal stout spine is developed, augmenting the surface
of attachment of the strong temporal muscles. This spine is continued upon
the frontal bone|| as far as its anterior extremity. Both the parietal and
frontal bones are ossified, and were anchylosed together in the larger speci-
men : the limits of the cranial vertebrae are thus effaced above as they are by
the confluence of the occipital and sphenoids below. The anterior part of the
frontal is deeply notched on each side. There are no distinct ossified anterior
frontals, but the posterior frontals^ are enormously developed, and extend
backwards over the frontal and parietal bones as far as the occiput, forming
a second bony shield to the skull, analogous to the osseous plates in the

♦ Tab. XXIII. fig. jl, «'. f These portions are distinguished by dots in Tab. XXIII. fig. 4.

J Tab. XXIV. fig. 2. *, k. § Tab. XXIII. figs. 4 & 5, A. || lb. /. % lb. mm.

Prof. Owen's Description of the Lepidosiren annectens. 333

Heterohranchus, or to the ossified temporal fascia in the Ckelonire. These
elongated post-frontals are of a triangular form, their narrow and irregular
base is anterior, and is connected with the median frontal by a moveable
ligamentous joint : a small longitudinal vertical crest or ridge is given off
from the under surface.

The analogue of the conjoined nasal and intermaxillary bones* is a strong
triangular plate of bone, with its rounded anterior apex forming the ante-
rior extremity of the skull, and supporting at its under surface the two
long and sharp intermaxillary teeth. It has a slight vertical movement, by
means of its posterior ligamentous connexions, upon the frontal and ascend-
ing process of the maxillary bone. The maxillary bones, palatines and ptery-
goids are represented by a single piece of bone on each side. The dental
portion of this bone presents three vertical ridges, with intervening notches,
radiating from the posterior part of the mesial symphysis : the ridges are in
the shape of compressed wedges, with the apex downwards, and are covered
with a continuous dense dental substance with a corresponding cutting edge:
an ascending triangular process of the maxillary rises above the two outer
dental laminae ; its apex is directed backwards, and is joined by ligament to the
frontal and intermaxillary bones : the external angle of the maxillary portion
of the bone curves backwards and ends in a free pointf. The pterygoid por-
tion of the bone now described is indicated by its fulfilling the usual function
of an abutment extended between the palatine portion of the upper jaw and
the articular pedicle of the lower jaw : it is expanded and compressed as it ex-
tends downwards and outwards to support the inner surface of the articular
pedicle, and terminates by a broad truncated margin;}:.

The articular surface for the lower jaw presents a more complicated form
than is usually observed in either fishes or reptiles : its general contour pre-
sents a very regular semicircular convexity, but the surface is sculptured by
two parallel grooves with an intervening convex ridge, adapted to a corre-

* Tab. XXIII. fig. 4 & 5, re n. This bone may, under another point of view, be regarded as analo-
gous to the rostral prolongation of the anterior part of the cranium in the Sturgeon and other Chondro-
pterygii ; and the true intermaxillaries may be supposed to be confluent with the maxillary, and enter
into the formation of the superior dentigerous arch.

t Tab. XXIII. fig. 5, ft. X lb. fig. 4 & 5, o.

VOL. XVIII. 2 Y

336 Prof. Owen's Description of the Lepidosiren annectens.

spending central groove and lateral ridges in the concave articuiai' surface of
the lower jaw. Moreover, this double articular trochlea is not bony but car-
tilaginous in both the pedicle and the lower jaw. The convex or upper part
of the joint forms the termination of an elongated piece of cartilage continued
from that which represents the squamo-temporal bone, downwards and for-
wards, between the expanded end of the pterygoid plate above-described,
which forms its internal support, and an elongated plate of bone, which runs
parallel with the cartilaginous pedicle and adheres to its outer side. This
outer plate of bone may be regarded as a rudimental os tympanicum* : its
inferior extremity is regularly convex, and forms the outer edge of tlie man-
dibular articulation : above this part it becomes contracted, and, as it were,
twisted, with the posterior edge turned outwards, so as to render its external
surface concave ; it then again becomes expanded and compressed, as it as-
cends obliquely backwards and terminates in a rounded edge, which gradually
degenerates into cartilage.

Each ramus of the lower jaw is composed of an articular or post-mandibu-
larf and a dentary piece :|:, as in most osseous fishes. The articular piece is an
elongated compressed bone, concave posteriorly where it forms the outer mar-
gin of tlie articular surface, and extending forwards in a groove on the outer
and near the lower part of the dentary piece ; it ends in a point near the sym-
physis. The cartilage, which forms the principal part of the articular conca-
vity, extends forwards on the inner side of the postmandibular bone half-way
towards the symphysis. The dentary elements are anchylosed to each other
at the symphysis, and each is deeply notched behind for the reception of the
apex of the postmandibular bone. Their masticating or upper surface is mo-
dified in correspondence with the dental surface of the opposed jaw ; three
trenchant ridges radiate from the symphysis, the anterior being like that in the
upper jaw the shortest and thickest, and with the external angle most pointed
and produced, adapted for piercing and tearing; the posterior one is the thin-
nest, and best fitted for cutting : the two anterior dentary ridges in each ramus
of the lower jaw work into the notches between the ridges of the jaw above.

Behind, and nearly parallel with the os tympanicum, is placed an elongated
slender trihedral bone, pointed at both ends, having a slight sigmoid curva-

♦ Tab. XXIII. fig. 4,/). f lb. q. % lb. r.

Prof. Owen's Descriptwn of the Lepidosiren annectens. 337

ture, and with the external facet concave : this I regard as the analogue of the
preopercular bone*: it gives attachment to the membranous and muscular
outer wall of the branchial cavity in which the dermal bones of the oper-
culum are developed in ordinary fishes.

A strong cylindrical and almost straight styloid bonef is articulated by a
somewhat compressed and expanded upper extremity to the cartilaginous
petrous element of the temporal ; it extends downwards and forwards, parallel
with the OS tympanicum, and is articulated to the upper part of the expanded
posterior extremity of the cerato-hyoid bone J. The opposite extremity of the
hyoid is united by ligament to the corresponding bone of the other side, and
thus completes the hyoidean arch : there is no representative, bony or cartila-
ginous, of the body of the os hyoides. The slender cartilaginous arches of the
gills are merely attached to and supported by the membrane of the cavity of
the mouth.

The scapular or pectoral, like the hyoidean arch, is simply composed of a
pair of elongated incurved bones, representing the anchylosed scapula and
coracoid§, on each side. The coracoids meet below the pericardium, and their
inferior extremities are united by strong ligaments ; the scapular part, as it
bends upwards toward the occipital region of the skull, is expanded, com-
pressed, and concave towards the internal and posterior aspects, where it
affords origin to the lateral series of muscles below the lateral line.

The cartilaginous basis of the rudimental pectoral fin or anterior extremity ||
is articulated to a very regular cartilaginous cavity at the posterior and near
the upper end of the scapular arch. About thirty joints may be counted in
the single soft ray which represents the skeleton of the pectoral member.

The ribs ^ are thirty-six pairs, all simple, slightly curved, slender styles, at-
tached to the lower and lateral part of the fibrous capsule of the gelatinous
vertebral chord by an upper obtuse extremity, and pointed at the opposite end,
which projects into the intermuscular space, and from which the intermuscular
ligament is continued. They are all of nearly the same length, viz. about five
lines ; the posterior pairs become straighter and incline towards each other ;
the thirty-seventh pair of corresponding appendages meet at their inferior ex-

* Tab. XXIII. fig. 4 & 5, s.s. f lb. t. J lb. «.

§ lb. V. II lb. fig. 4, w. f lb. X. Tab. XXIV. fig. 2, n. n.

2 y2

338 Prof. Owen's Description of the Lepidosiren annectens.

tremities, and are more elongated, forming the first of the caudal series of
vascular arches already described.

The pelvic arch is represented by a single piece of cartilage of a crucial form * ;
the transverse pieces curve slightly upwards, and we may suppose them to re-
present the iliac elements of the os innominatum : the articular surface for the
basis of the posterior extremity is near the anterior part of the cartilage. This
support of the rudimental ventral fin consists of a single-jointed soft rayf, si-
milar to that of the anterior extremity, but thicker ; about forty joints may be
counted in this ray, in many of the larger of which there were ossific deposits.

In reviewing the principal characters above noticed of the skeleton of the
Lepidosiren, we obtain good evidence of its ichthyic nature. If, indeed, the
species had been known only by its skeleton, no one could have hesitated in
referring it to the class of Fishes ; but in that class it would have offered a
most singular and interesting combination of the cartilaginous and osseous
types.

The central elements of the vertebral column, — the basis of the skeleton, —
exhibit a persistence of its primitive embryonic condition, such as has hitherto
been witnessed only in the Sturgeon and Cyclostomous fishes ; but the supe-
rior arches and the spinous appendages, instead of retaining the cartilaginous
state, are converted into the tough elastic fibrous texture characteristic of the
skeleton of fishes. The cranium in like manner presents an extremely novel
combination of the cartilaginous and bony states both as regards its partial
ossification and the condition of the ossified parts. It is only in the higher
cartilaginous fishes, e.g., that the maxillary, palatine and pterygoid bones are
blended together to form the simple superior dentigerous arch or upper jaw.
The composition of the lower jaw corresponds with that which characterises
most of the osseous fishes, and is more simple than in the Amphibia. The
confluence of the cranial vertebrae reminds one of the condition of the skull in
the Siren : but no vestige of a preopercular bone is present in any of the Peren-
nibranchiates. The " sphenoideum basilare" as it exists in the Sturgeon is here
seen in its fully ossified state. As the basis of the vertebral column presents a
condition analogous to that which characterises the early embryonic periods of

* Tab. XXIII. fig. 4, y. t lb. z.

Prof. Owen's Description of the Lepidosiren annectens. 339

the higher Vertebrata, so also the extremities retain their simple structure as
when they first bud forth, and are devoid of any trace of digital divisions : still
the march of development has begun, and we perceive by the numerous joints
of the cartilaginous ray, that its direction is towards the ichthyic modification
of the great vertebral plan.

Muscular System*.

The muscles of the trunk of the Lepidosiren present all the simplicity and
uniformity characteristic of the class of Fishes. They are divided by the late-
ral line into a dorsal and ventral series, each series consists of narrow subver-
tical plates of oblique fibres, separated by intermuscular fasciee which afford
on one side attachment to an anterior series, and on the opposite to a poste-
rior series of muscular fibres : these fibres are directed upwards and back-
wards in the dorsal group, and downwards and backwards in the ventral one :
the ventral series occupy the place of the true abdominal muscles which first
begin to be developed in the strictly air-breathing Reptiles. The muscles of
the mandibular, hyoidean, branchial and scapular arches are represented in
Tab. XXIII, and will receive their necessary detailed description in the ex-
planation of the figures in that plate. They resemble in some points the
arrangement of the same muscles in the Perennibranchians, and in other
points that in the true Fishes ; but do not afford any sufficiently characteristic
modifications to merit further notice here. It may be also observed, that
although the muscles of the trimk are quite fish-like in their disposition, yet
that the lower Perennibranchians and the larvie of the higher Batrachia offer
a similar agreement in this part of their organization to the class of Fishes.

Nervous System.

The brain consists of the following principal masses ; viz. two elongated,
oval, subcompressed cerebral lobes, a single elliptical optic lobef, a medulla
oblongata:}:, and a transverse medullary fold continued across the anterior
part of the widely open fourth ventricle, representing the cerebellum §. In the
angle between the representative of the bigeminal bodies and the interspace of
the hemispheres there is a well-developed pineal gland || : on the inferior sur-

* Tab. XXVII. fig. 3 & 4, a a. t lb. fig. 3, b. X lb. fig. 4, c.

§ lb. fig. 3, d. II lb. fig. 3, e.

340 P'Tof. Owen's Description of the Lepidosiren annectens.

face of the brain behind the hemispheres is an elongated bilobed tract corre-
sponding to the base of the third ventricle*, and posterior to this a single
subspherical corpus mammillaref.

The nerves given off from the brain are the olfactory; the optic, which
arise close together from the mesial line, traversing the second basal mass ;
the fifth pair, which are of very large size ; the auditory, and the eighth pair
of nerves.

The brain bears a closer resemblance to that of the Perennibranchiate Rep-
tiles than to the brain of any fish which has yet been described. Figures of
the brains of the MenopotneX and Menobranchus^ are added to the plate in
order to illustrate this resemblance, which is very striking as regards the
Menobranchus on account of the rudimental condition of its cerebellum. In
the low development of this part of the brain, and in the large size of the
pineal gland, the Lepidosiren deviates in a marked degree both from the
osseous and cartilaginous fishes.

The olfactory nerves || are more than twice the size of the optic; they pass
forwards through foramina in the cartilaginous sethmoid, and expand upon
the posterior surface of the nasal sacs, the pituitary membrane of which is
disposed in two series of short transverse folds, about twenty in each, as
before mentioned : these olfactory sacs have no communication with the buc-
cal cavity.

The optic nerves 5[ arise close together, as in the Skate, from the mesial
line traversing the second basal mass ; they do not decussate as in the osseous
Fishes. They are remarkably small, in correspondence with the feebly-
developed organs of vision. Each eyeball adheres to the skin, with which
the flat cornea is on a perfect level : there is a small spherical lens, and a
membranous sclerotic : there is no trace of the vascular body called, in osse-
ous Fishes, the choroid gland. The diameter of the eyeball is about one line
and a half: it has no special muscles, whence the absence of 3rd, 4th, and 6th
cerebral nerves.

The organ of hearing consists of a large labyrinth excavated in a thick car-
tilaginous case, without other external communication than the foramina for

• Tab. XXVII. fig. 4,/. t lb. fig. 4, g. J lb. fig. 5.

§ lb. fig. 6. II lb. fig. 3 & 4, A A. f lb. fig. 4, ••

Prof. Owen's Desa-iption of the Lepidosiren annectens. 341

the transmission of the acoustic nerve*. This nerve divides almost immedi-
ately into two branches, one of which is distributed over the sac of the lesser
otolithef, and sends a branch to the semicircular canals; the other is ex-
pended upon the sac of the greater otolithe;}:. These sacs occupy the inferior
part of the vestibule ; the smaller one is internal, and about one sixth the size
of the outer sac ; both are of a spherical form, and are nearly filled with a white
chalky substance, which here, as in the Cartilaginous Fishes, represents the
hard otolithes of the Osseous Fishes. Above these sacs are three small semi-
circular canals §. There is not a vestige of tympanic cavity or Eustachian tube.

Of the fifth pair of nerves only the second and third divisions are present j].

The eighth pair of nerves supplies the branchial apparatus, sends a branch
along the pharynx to the alimentary canal and air-sacs, and terminates in a
large lateral nerve, which is continued backwards over the heads of the ribs
to the middle of the caudal region, where it distributes its terminal branches
to the muscles of the natatory membrane.

There is no modification worthy of notice, as bearing on the affinities of the
Lepidosiren, in the spinal chord or nerves.

Digestive System.

The mouthy is of moderate width, and is provided with fleshy lips, behind
which are the papillose processes already described, and which are doubtless
organs of delicate touch : the dental apparatus consists of the two long, move-
able, piercing teeth descending from the intermaxillary bone, and the strong
trenchant and crushing dental plates which incase the opposed margins of the
upper and lower jaws.

Immediately behind the dental plate of the upper jaw there is a broad pro-
cess of the palatal membrane beset with minute papillae**, which it may be
allowable, perhaps, to compare with the minute palatal teeth of the Siren, here
represented in their upcalcified rudimental state. Behind the lower jaw there
is a smooth transverse duplicature of the membrane of the mouth, covering
the anterior extremities of the cerato-hyoids : this process is succeeded by a
second trilobate, narrow, transverse fold ff, minutely papillose and glandular.

* Tab. XXVII. fig. 4, k. t lb. fig. 4, 1. % lb. fig. 4, m. ^ lb. fig. 3, n.

II lb. fig. 4, 0. t lb. fig. 2. ** Tab. XXIV. fig. 2, g. ft Tab. XXVI. fig. 1, b.

342 Prof. Owen's Description of the Lepidosiren annectens.

Beyond these rudiments of a gustatory organ the membrane of the mouth is
smooth, slightly puckered into irregular longitudinal folds, and gradually
contracting as it passes along the interspace of the branchial openings to the
orifice of the pharynx. This orifice* is much smaller and more suddenly con-
tracted than in Fishes generally, or the Perenni branchiate Reptiles : it is also
defended by a semicircular valvular fold f , which closes it from below. The
oesophagus:|: is scarcely an inch in length ; its lining membrane is puckered
longitudinally : about three lines from the pharyngeal orifice, at the lower
part of the oesophagus, is the laryngeal fissure §, or the orifice of the ductus
pneumaticus : the fissure is one line in length, and is pierced in the posterior
part of a cartilaginous plate||, which extends forwards to the base of the valve
of the pharyngeal aperture, where it terminates in a rounded edge, a line in
breadth : this cartilage or rudimental thyroid is here obviously subservient to
the maintenance of the patency of the oesophageal caiial anterior to the glottis ;
and the remarkable fact of the presence of a sensitive epiglottis is perhaps ex-
plicable on the principle of its correlation with the above structure.

The oesophagus gradually expands into a pyriform but not wide stomach^,
which both in its form and diameter so nearly resembles the intestine that the
limits between the two are outwardly not very easy to define. Both oesophagus
and stomach are situated in the same continuous straight line as the rest of
the alimentary canal. A slight constriction indicates the pyloric extremity of
the stomach. The tunics of the stomach are pretty strong: its lining mem-
brane has a smooth surface, and, in the specimen dissected, it was partly de-
composed, apparently by the action of the gastric juice, which is a common
occurrence in Fishes. The pylorus opens into the intestine by a circular
valvular fold of the mucous membrane**, the margins of which are crenate.

Before describing the rest of the alimentary canal, a few words may be pre-
mised on the structure of the abdominal cavityff. This commences about
half an inch behind the pectoral filamentary fins, and extends about half an
inch beyond the anus. It is separated anteriorly from the pericardiac cavity,
as in Fishes and Perennibranchiate Reptiles, by a distinct transverse septum.

* Tab. XXVI. fig. 1, c.

t lb. fig. 1, d.

X Tab. XXV. fig. 2, a.

§ Tab. XXVI. fig. 1. e.

II lb./.

IF Tab. XXV. fig. 2, b.

*♦ lb. c,

tt lb. fig. 1.

Prof. Owen's Description of the Lepidosiren annectens. 343

Its muscular parietes are very thick, and are formed, not by what are called
the ' abdominal muscles' in the higher vertebrates, but by the lateral series of
oblique muscular fasciculi. The proper tunic of the abdomen is a strong
glistening fibrous membrane*, which is lined by a delicate and transparent
serous membranef. This membrane is reflected over the ovaria;}:, which oc-
cupy the sides of the abdominal cavity; and over the liver §, stomach, and
intestine II, which are situated between the two ovaria: from the anterior or
under part of the intestine the two laminae of the peritoneum are continued
in a straight line, forming a kind of mediastinum^ to the opposite parietes of
the abdomen, which is thus divided into two lateral compartments in the two
posterior thirds of its extent : these compartments gradually contract poste-
riorly into peritoneal canals, which intercommunicate by an oval aperture
three lines in length, and have a common external outlet** in front of the
anus ft, but within the common cloacal sphincter. The common opening of
the oviducts :}::|: is behind the anus.

The lungs §§ and kidneys are entirely posterior to the peritoneum.

The intestine is three inches and a half in length, and becomes gradually
contracted to the vent ; it is traversed throughout by a spiral valve ||||, which
performs six gyrations : the extent of intestine traversed by the first turn is
the greatest, measuring above an inch : the second is suddenly shorter, being
about four lines in length : the remaining folds gradually diminish to three
lines in longitudinal extent. The valve terminates by forming a longitudinal
ridge in the narrow rectum ^^, which measures about an inch in length.
The tunics of the intestine are thick and strong, especially the internal one,
which presents a glandular structure similar to that in the Sturgeon : its sur-
face is, however, proportionally less strongly honeycombed : it is increased
at the beginning of the intestine principally by spiral linear elevations, in the
mterspaces of which there is a fine reticulation.

There was no pancreas, nor pancreatic caeca ; neither could any trace of a
spleen be detected.

The liver is a flattened subelongate unilobate gland, situated between the

* Tab. XXIV. fig. 2, n.n.

t lb. fig. 2, m. m.

X Tab. XXV. g.

§ lb. h.

II lb. k.

1[ lb. /.

** lb. m.

tt lb. n.

XX lb. 0.

§§ lb. fig. 3.

nil lb. fig. 2, d.

Hf lb. e.

)L. XVIII.

2 z

344 Prof. Owen's Description of the Lepidosiren annectens.

stomach and right ovarium, chiefly in the anterior undivided part of the ab-
dominal cavity, but extending- about half an inch beyond the conunencement
of the peritoneal mediastinum : it is convex externally, and concave towards
the alimentary canal, measuring two inches three lines in length, and eight
lines in width. It is of a light brown colour, having its peritoneal coat speckled
with dark brown spots. The gall-bladder* is lodged in a notch on the ante-
rior surface of the left margin of the liver; it is sunk in the substance of the
liver, with part of its surface exposed. The gall-bladder receives the bile by
two cyst-hepatic ducts which enter its cervix, and the secretion is carried to
the intestine by a single, short, but moderately wide cystic ductf, which ter-
minates close to the pylorus, and by a similar but smaller valvular projection.
Most of the veins of the abdominal viscera and of the abdominal parietes
contribute to form the vena portce : the hepatic veins are four or five in num-
ber, but there is a principal one;}:, which emerges from the anterior part of the
liver and forms the vena cava. This great vein, with three other vascular
trunks, viz. the aorta, pulmonary artery, and pulmonary vein, penetrate the
septum which forms the anterior wall of the abdominal cavity. This septum
is formed by the fibrous membrane of the abdomen, which is then continued
around the pericardium, to which it is united by a cellular medium : a portion
of it is seen reflected in Tab. XXV. fig. 1, d. After dissecting away this fibrous
tunic the true pericardium § is brought into view : it is protected by the cora-
coid bones, which meet below it : one of these is seen turned back in fig. 3, .f.
Tab. XXV. ; and the pericardium is removed on that side so as to expose the

heart.

Circulating and Respiratory Systems.

The heart || consists of a single auricle, a ventricle, and a bulbus arteriosus.
The auricle^ is large, and is applied to the dorsal surface of the ventricle,
but sends forward two apices or appendages into the interspace between the
ventricle and the bulbus arteriosus ; one on the right, the other on the left
side. The vena cava** terminates in the right side of the auricle ; it is joined
by two superior cavse and by the single large pulmonary vein : this veinff

* Tab. XXV. fig. 2, g. f lb. fig. 2, h. J lb. i. § Tab. XXV. fig. 1 & 3, e.

II Tab. XXV. fig. 3, a & 6. f Tab. XXVI. fig. 2, a. ** lb. fig. 2, e.

it lb. fig. 2,/.

Prof. Owen's Description of the Lepidosiren annectens. 345

does not, however, communicate with the sinus, but passes along entire and
adherent to the inner surface of the vena cava as far as the auriculo-ventricular
aperture, where it empties its contents into the ventricle by a distinct orifice,
protected by a cartilaginous valvular tubercle. It needed only that the pul-
monary vein should have been dilated before its termination in order to have
established a biauricular structure of the heart, as in the Siren. The same
functional advantage is, however, thus secured to the Lepidosiren, with a
maintenance of tlie simple diccelous type of the heart of the Fish : the conti-
nuation of the pulmonary vein preventing the admixture of the respired with
the venous blood, until both have arrived in the ventricle.

The ventricle* is of an elongated form, truncate anteriorly where it is in
contact with the bulbus arteriosus, and with an obtuse rounded apex at the
opposite end: it is four lines in length, and two in breadth. The cavity of
the ventricle is extremely small ; its parietes are thick and reticularly muscu-
lar : a small round orifice leads into the bulbus arteriosus. This bodyf pre-
sents externally a simple transversely oval form ; but its internal structure
is more complicated than would be suspected from its external apj)earance.
It is formed by a short spiral turn of the dilated aorta, which is concealed
under a simple continuous outer fibrous coat : the area of this part of the ves-
sel is almost entirely occupied by two continuous valvular projections, or their
processes, which are attached by one edge to the internal surface of the
aorta, and have the opposite margin projecting freely into the arterial cavity.
If these internal valves were straight, they would resemble the single thicker
valvular process which occupies the elongated bulbus arteriosus of the Siren :
here, however, they follow the spiral turn of the aorta.

The aorta + in the present most remarkable species fulfils at once the office
of a systemic, abranchial, and a pulmonary artery : it distributes on each side
six vessels corresponding to the six branchial cartilaginous arches. The
mucous membrane is produced into a branchial fringe on the convex side of
the 1st, 4th, 5th, and 6th branchial arches, and the corresponding arteries are
minutely subdivided before they are continued to the dorsal side of the pha-
rynx : these four pairs of vessels are therefore true or functional branchial
arteries. The mucous membrane merely invests with a simple fold the second

♦ Tab. XXVI. fig. 2, b. \ lb. fig. 2, c. % lb. fig. 2,y.

2 z 2

346 Pt'of. Owen's Description of the Lepidosiren annectens.

and third branchial arches; and the corresponding- arterial trunks* undergo
no subdivision as they wind round them, but are continued entire, as in the
Amphiuma and Menopoma, to their termination at the opposite side of the vas-
cular circle. The branches which afterwards unite to form the single pulmo-
nary artery on each side are given off from near the termination of the se-
cond and third pairs of the primitive aortic trunk ; which thus combine the
functions of both systemic and pulmonary arteries.

The branchiae of the Lepidosiren resemble in form those of the Siren, con-
sisting of separate elongated filaments, attached only by one extremity to the
branchial arch ; but these extremities are fixed directly to the branchial arch,
and not to a common pedicle extended therefrom, as in the Siren. Viewed
with a moderate lens the tripinnatifid structure is beautifully seen in each
branchial filament. The first gillf consists of a single row of fourteen of these
subcompressed filaments, each of which is about one line in length and a
third of a line in breadth. The second gillj, which is developed, as before
stated, on the fourth branchial arch, is the largest, and consists of a double
row of fifteen branchial filaments. The third gill§ has a similar structure.
The fourth gill || consists, like the first, of a single row of fourteen tripinnatifid
filaments, which are shorter and smaller than those of the first.

The cartilaginous branchial arches are developed on each side in the sub-
mucous tissue, and, as before stated, are not attached either to the hyoid ap-
paratus below, or to the cranium above. The membrane covering the 3rd,
4th, and 5th arches is minutely papillose. The first branchial aperture or
interspace^ is a narrow slit three lines long, and is defended by a series of
minute denticulations projecting from the branchial arch. Bristles are repre-
sented as passing through the five branchial interspaces in Tab. XXV. fig. 3.
The second aperture** is the widest; it is five lines long, and its margins are
smooth : the third aperture is also five lines long, but is narrower than the
second : small cartilaginous teeth are developed from each of its margins, as
in the first gill-aperture : the fourth and fifth apertures present the same
structure but diminish in size.

Thus the branchial current, which flows through the interspaces of those

* Tab. XXVI. fig. 2, 2 & a. t lb. fig. 2, 1. J lb. fig. 2. 4. § lb. fig. 2, 5.

II lb. fig. 2, 6. ^ lb. fig. 1, 1. ** lb. fig. 1, 2.

Prof. Owen's Description of the Lepidosiren annectens. 347

arches which support the gills, is subject to a previous filtration by the interlock-
ing- marginal denticles ; while that which flows between those two branchial
arches from which no gills are developed has a free and uninterrupted passage.

The gills do not form any external projection, as in the gill-bearing Peren-
nibranchians, but are contained in a moderately capacious branchial chamber,
the parietes of which are formed by a mucous and muscular stratum*; the
external outlet is the vertical slit already described, situated immediately ante-
rior to the filamentary pectoral member.

Thus although the organs for respiration through the medium of water corre-
spond in all essential points with those of the true Fishes, yet the gills approxi-
mate in their filamentary form to those of the Perennibranchiate Reptiles. And,
again, although the gills are four in number on each side, as in the Osseous
Fishes, yet the number of branchial apertures and arches corresponds with that
M'^hich characterizes the higher Cartilaginous Fishes. So that while we perceive,
even in the organs for breathing water, a tendency towards the amphibious
type, we find at the same time that the branchial as well as the osseous
system manifests a most interesting and hitherto unexampled transitional
structure between the Plagiostomous and Osseous Fishes.

We have next to consider that part of the Respiratory System which is or-
ganized for breathing immediately the atmospheric air, or the Lungsf : for I
know not how otherwise to designate, according either to their physiological or
morphological relations, those organs, which in the technical language of the
ichthyologist would be termed the swim- or air-bladder.

The tracheal, or, to use the same technical and partial nomenclature, the
' ductus pneumaticus,' is a short wide membranous tube, as in the Perenni-
branchiate Reptiles. The glottis § opens near the posterior part of a long
rudimental thyroid cartilage ; a few lines posterior to the isthmus faucium
the opposite end of the trachea dilates into a membranous sac which com-
municates by two large lateral apertures with the lungs. These are widest
at their anterior extremities, and gradually decrease in diameter to the cloaca,
behind which they terminate each in an obtuse point. They are lodged in
the dorsal angle of the abdominal cavity behind the kidneys, and are attached

* Tab. XXVI. fig. 2, h. f Tab. XXV. fig. 3, i, i. J Tab. XXVI. fig. 1, k.

§ lb. fig. 1, e.

348 Prof. Owen's Description of the Lepidosiren annectens.

by cellular tissue to all the surrounding parts, and particularly to the ribs, of
which they bear the impressions on their posterior surface. The anterior part
of each lung- is divided into four or five small lobes, of which the first is about
half an inch long, of a triangular form, with the apex forming the most ante-
rior part of the lung : the other lobes decrease in size, and at the distance of
one inch and a half from the anterior end, the lung takes on the form of a simple
compressed bag, and so continues to its posterior extremity. The parietes of
the lung present a moderate thickness throughout, and the whole of the inter-
nal surface is cellular, the cells having the same proportional size and form as
in the respiratory part of the lung of a serpent. The ceils are largest and most
subdivided at the anterior fourth part of the lung ; the livid colour of which in
the specimen dissected by me attested the great natural vascularity of the part.

The pulmonary artery*, formed by the union of the branches from the se-
cond and third branchial arteries, descends between the vena cavaf in front
and the left branch of the vena pulmonalis;}: behind, to the interspace of the
lungs ; here it distributes branches to the anterior lobes, and then divides :
each division § extends along the mesial side of its corresponding lung to the
extremity. The blood distributed by the capillaries of this artery over the cells
of the lung is collected into a vein|| which returns along the lateral or outer
margin of the lung as far as the commencement of the lobulated part ; here
it crosses obliquely the anterior surface of the lung, and unites with its fellow
at the beginning of the interspace of the lungs : the common pulmonary vein
runs parallel with and behind the vena cava for a few lines ; then obliquely
pierces the pericardium and enters the sinus formed by the expansion of the
vena cava, and continues attached to the parietes of that sinus till it reaches
the auriculo-ventricular aperture, where it terminates, close behind the singular
cartilaginous knob before- mentioned.

Renal System.

The kidneys^ are narrow bodies, three inches in length, and about two lines
in diameter at their widest part, which is near the cloaca ; from this extremity
they gradually contract, as they pass forwards, to a fine point. They are

* Tab. XXVI. fig. 2, /. t lb. e. * lb./. § lb. m. || lb. n, n.

f Tab. XXVII. fig. 7, h, h.

Prof. Owen's Description of the Lepidosiren annectens. 349

three-sided, with their broadest flattened surface turned forwards and covered
by the peritoneum. The ureter* runs along their posterior and outer edge,
and opens into the common termination of the oviducts. The kidneys are
surrounded by a capsule of cellular membrane, beneath which there is a
quantity of intense black pigment : the same pigment is developed from the
membrane surrounding the oviducts above the kidneys. There is a small Al-
lantoid bladderf.

Generative System.

The ovaria;}: are compressed bodies between four and five inches in length,
situated, as above described, at the sides of the abdominal cavity ; having a
proper capsule beneath the serous investment, and with their posterior extre-
mities continued a little way beyond the posterior line of reflection of the
peritoneum. The ovisacs exhibited different stages of development : those on
the posterior part of the ovarium were larger than those on the anterior. The
larger ova are from one line to two lines in diameter ; these were scattered
throughout the whole length of ovary, and were separated by clusters of smaller
ovisacs varying in size from one twentieth of an inch to invisible minuteness.
The oviducts § are long, tortuous, and commence each by a distinct aperture
at their anterior part, which is in the form of a slit, about three lines in length IJ.
The oviduct is closely attached throughout the greater part of its course to
tlie outside of the capsula ovarii : its tunics gradually increase in thickness as
it approaches the cloaca, but are nowhere complicated with a special glandu-
lar apparatus. The internal surface of the lower third of the oviduct presents
small parallel oblique laminae, like those in the uterus of the Shark. The two
oviducts unite and form one strong muscular canal between the allantois and
the ureters ; and after receiving the contents of these parts, the common canal
terminates in the posterior part of the cloaca.

Thus the female organs of geneiation in the Lepidosiren, both as regards
the condition of the ovaria^ caused by the partial or successive development of
the ova, and the freedom of the oviduct, present a grade of development as
high as that which characterizes the Plagiostoraous Fishes ; while the elongated

» Tab. XXVII. %. 7, i. \ lb. k. % Tab. XXV. fig. \.g.; and Tab. XXVII. fig. 7, /, /.

- § Tab. XXVII. fig 7, m, m. \\ lb. «,«.

350 Prof. Owen's Description of the Lepidosiren annectens.

form of the ovaria and the convoluted disposition of the oviduct resemble
more the same parts in the Axolotl, Amphiuma and Siren.

Concluding Observations.

Most naturalists have considered the Vertebrate animals to form four di-
stinct classes, characterized by as many leading modifications of the respira-
tory organs ; Mammals, e. g., being distinguished by having lungs composed
throughout of a dense spongy texture, and suspended freely in a thoracic ca-
vity ; Birds, by having spongy lungs firmly adherent to the posterior parietes
of the thorax, and generally communicating with air-cells continued into the
abdomen and other parts of the body ; Reptiles, by membranous lungs extend-
ing into the abdominal cavity ; and Fishes, by breathing with gills alone.

It is true, that the limits which separated the two classes of cold-blooded
Vertebrates were overpassed by the Batrachian Reptiles, which possess gills
during either a part or the wliole of their existence ; but as lungs of the
Reptilian type coexisted with these gills in the mature animal, these have
been always separated from Fishes, either as an order of Reptiles, or as a di
stinct class, under the name of Amphibia. Their air-breathing organs were,
in fact, regarded as such essential indications of their superiority to Fishes,
that when the heart of the Batrachia was believed to be diccelous, and before
it had been demonstrated that the most fish-like of the Amphibia, as the Siren,
had a double auricle, they were equally regarded either as a class or sub-class
of Reptiles.

In the Lepidosiren, however, we have a cold-blooded vertebrate animal, of
which I may say in the very woi'ds of Cuvier when speaking of the Siren,
" J'ai sous les yeux les poumons ou I'appareil vasculaire est aussi developp6
et aussi compliqu6 que dans aucune reptile." Nevertheless we cannot call
it strictly and zoologically a Batrachian ; not, however, because the heart
has one instead of two auricles, for one, at least, of the Amphibia (the Pro-
teus) possesses a single undivided auricle : and were even the ' septum auri-
cularum' absent in the Salamander or Frog, these would not, therefore, be
Fishes.

Neither can we call the Lepidosiren a Fish, simply on account of its having
branchial arches and gills, inclosed in a branchial chamber, with a single

Prof. Owen's Description of the Lepidosiren annectens. 351

opercular outlet ; because the larva of the tailless Batrachian presents at one
period of its existence a similar structure ; yet if that state were persistent
instead of transitory, it would still be a Reptile and not a Fish. It cannot
therefore be determined by the modifications of the respiratory organs
whether the Lepidosiren be a Fish or a Reptile. Can it be proved to be a
Fish by the modifications of its digestive system ? A straight intestine with
an internal spiral valve has hitherto been met with only in the class of Fishes ;
yet it occurs rather as an exceptional than a general structure in that class.
Supposing that a spiral intestinal valve had been discovered in the Amphiuma,
Siren, or Proteus, should we have been justified on that ground in removing
such species to the class of Fishes ? There is good evidence that the intestine
of the Ichthyosaurus was provided with a spiral valve, yet it is not on that ac-
count regarded as a Fish. If I mistake not, indeed, the intestinal spiral valve
of higher Chondropterygii is a structure dependent on a slight modification
only of that peculiar disposition of the intestinal canal which characterizes
. the gill-breathing larvae of the Batrachia : we have but to inclose the series of
spiral coils of gut of the tadpole in a common investing membrane, so as to
conceal the complication under a simple exterior, and little more is wanting
to render the conversion of the one into the other structure complete.

In reviewing the peculiarities of the osseous system with reference to the
affinities of the Lepidosiren, it may first be remarked, that no Amphibian has
hitherto presented an unossified condition of the bodies of its vertebrae, or of
the parts of the skull containing the organ of hearing. Would such osteolo-
logical modifications, it may be asked, have sufficed to alter our opinion of the
classific relations of the Siren ? Such a condition of the skeleton, it may be
answered, is by no means characteristic of the class of Fishes. If any general
ichthyic character can be taken from the skeleton, it is the reciprocal union
of the bodies of the vertebrae by opposite concave facets. Now the Perenni-
branchiate Batrachia do in fact present this very structure ; yet they have
not, any more than the Ichthyosauri, been transferred to the class of Fishes
on that account : we may conclude, therefore, that their position in zoological
classifications would not have been changed, even if their skeleton had resem-
bled that of the Lepidosiren. It is only in a few fishes that the bones are
green ; neither in the scaly nor naked reptiles has the skeleton been found tq

VOL. xvm. 3 A

352 Prof. Owen's Description of the Lepidosiren annectens.

present this colour: yet it is almost superfluous to remark that so trivial a
character would of itself have been totally inadequate to determine the classific
characters of a doubtful species : it is only in conjunction with other modi-
fications of structure that it assists in our present attempt to determine the
true affinities of the Lepidosiren.

As regards the principal conditions of the organs of generation, the line of
demarcation cannot be drawn between the Amphibia and the Plagiostomous
Chondropterygii : and the structure of these organs in the Lepidosiren, while it
shows its near affinity to the Reptiles, by no means proves that it is not a Fish.

The brain of the Lepidosiren like its generative system indicates its close
relationship as a Fish with the Amphibia, but nothing more.

The optic nerves do not decussate, but come off^ from nearly the same point
in front of the infundibulum : since, however, the same structure exists in the
Sharks and Rays, this likewise fails to establish the amphibious character of
the Lepidosiren.

On the other hand, the simple condition of the organ of hearing, consist-
ing merely of the labyrinth without a cochlea, or a fenestra rotunda, might
be taken as proof of the ichthyic nature of the Lepidosiren: the organ of
hearing, however, presents, as is well known, a similar simple condition in the
Perennibranchiate Reptiles.

In the organ of smell we have, at last, a character which is absolute in
reference to the distinction of Fishes from Reptiles. In every Fish it is a
shut sac communicating only with the external surface ; in every Reptile it is
a canal with both an external and an internal opening.

According to this test, the Lepidosiren is a Fish : by its nose it is known not
to be a Reptile : in other words, it may be said that the Lepidosiren is proved
to be a Fish, not by its gills, not by its air-bladders, not by its spiral intestine,
not by its unossified skeleton, not by its generative apparatus, nor its extre-
mities, nor its skin, nor its eyes, nor its ears, but simply by its nose ; so that
at the close of our analysis we arrive at this very unexpected result, that a
Reptile is not characterized by its lungs nor a Fish by its gills, but that the
only unexceptionable distinction is afforded by the organ of smell.

The anatomical facts already detailed fully justify this emphatic summary
of the evidence deducible from the dissection of the Lepidosiren ; yet it must

Prof. Owen's Description of the Lepidosiren annectens. 353

be confessed that the physiological consequences of the modifications of the
nasal cavity above alluded to would have been far too insignificant to have
established the ichthyic nature of the Lepidosiren, \i, with coexisting gills and
lungs, the modifications of the other organic systems had agreed with those of
the Perennibranchians instead of with those of Fishes. For although it be true
that the fish-like modification of any single system is insuflUcient of itself to
determine the removal of the Lepidosiren from the Amphibia, in which it has
hitherto been placed, to the class of Fishes, yet it is impossible to avoid ar-
riving at that conclusion, when we consider the concurrence of ichthyic cha-
racters in so many parts of the organization of this most interesting species.
The combination of cycloid scales, mucous ducts, quasi-fins supported each
by a many-jointed ray, a gelatino-cartilaginous vertebral style united to the
whole surface of the basi-occipital and not to two basilar condyles, the prfe-
opercular bone, the simple structure of the lower jaw, the double spines of
the neur- and haem-apophyses, the green colour of the ossified parts of the
skeleton ; — these external and osteological characters being associated with an
intestinal spiral valve, with the absence of pancreas and spleen, the position of
the anus anterior to the allantoid bladder, a diccelous heart, six pairs of bran-
chial arches with the gills concealed, the simple organ of hearing consisting
only of the acoustic labyrinth excavated in cartilage and provided with large
otolithes, and, lastly, the blind nasal sacs, — form a cumulative body of evi-
dence in proof that the Lepidosiren is a Fish, which far outweighs the
argument to the contrary, founded on the reptile-like development of its air-
bladder, and its conversion into an organ of aerial respiration.

The weight of this argument is, in fact, very much diminished by the close
approximation which certain of the abdominal Fishes, called 'Sauroid' by
M. Agassiz, make to the Lepidosiren in the lung-like structure of the air-
bladder. In the Freshwater Amia Cuvier states that its swim-bladder is as
cellular as the lung of a Reptile* : and this genus also agrees with the Lepi-
dosiren in the absence of pyloric csecal appendages. In the genus Lepidosteus,
again, Cuvier describes the air-bladder as being as cellular as in the Amia,
and occupying the whole length of the abdomen f.

* " La vessie natatoire est celluleuse comme un poumon de Reptile." Rigne Anim. ii. p. 327.
t Loc. cit. p. 329.

3 A 2

354 Prof. Owen's Description of the Lepidosiren annectens.

M. Agassiz has confirmed this statement, and further observes, that the
ductus pneumaticus communicates with the pharynx by a large and regular
slit, which he regards " as bearing even a closer resemblance to the entrance
of the trachea of the Pulmoniferous f^ertebrata in general, than the aperture
by means of which the lungs communicate with the pharynx in the Perenni-
branchiate Amphibia*." In the Polypterus, lastly, we find an approach to
the Lepidosiren in the air-bladder being double, consisting of two long cylin-
drical lobes, but of unequal length, the left being the longest, and extending
through the whole length of the abdomen : the communication of the trachea,
or ductus pneumaticus, with the oesophagus, is also here described by Geoffroy
St. Hilaire as consisting of a fissure provided with a constrictor muscle.

The Polypterus, moreover, presents a most interesting trait of afiinity to the
Lepidosiren in the shortness and straightness of its intestinal canal, which is
provided with an internal spiral ralve.

With these advances in the organization of the air-bladder in certain abdo-
minal Fishes towards the reptilian structure of the lung, made by the Amia
and Lepidosteus on the one part, in the cellular complication of a single cylin-
drical air-bladder; and by the Polypterus, on the other hand, in the division
of the air-bladder into two lobes, with the slit-shaped glottis of the ductus
pneumaticus described by Geoffroy and Agassiz ; there wanted only the com-
bination of the three characters, as it occurs in the Lepidosiren, of a double
as well as cellular air-bladder, with a rudimental larynx, to dissipate the last
doubts entertained by the stanchest realist as to the true homology, long ago
pointed out by Harvey and Hunter, of the vesica natatoria and ductus pneu-
maticus of the ichthyologist.

Having indicated some of the aflinities of the Lepidosiren, considered as a
Fish, to certain species of the Sauroid family, I may further observe, that in
the helmet-like plate into which a part of the frontal is developed, we perceive
a resemblance to the genus Heterobranchus amongst the Siluroid family of
abdominal soft-finned Fishes, most of the species of which also possess a
bilobed air-bladder communicating with the CESophagus, and are deficient in
pancreatic caeca.

When we consider also that the Esocidce have all a large air-bladder, and

* Zoological Proceedings, 1834, p. 119.

Prof. Owen's Description of the Lepidosiren annectens. 355

want the pancreatic cseca, the analogy which Lepidosiren offers to one genus
in that group, Belone, in the elongated slender form of the body and its green
bones, is not without interest.

In the low condition to which the pectoral and ventral fins are reduced,
the zoologist who deals merely with external characters would see in the
Lepidosiren a transitional form between the abdominal and apodal groups of
the Malacopterygii. But by far the most important ajffinities which a deeper
research into the organization of the Lepidosiren brings to light, are those to
the higher Cartilaginous Fishes which are indicated by the semiossified con-
dition of its skeleton ; by the removal of the acoustic labyrinth from the cavity
into the parietes of the skull ; by the number of branchial arches ; by the sim-
plicity of the maxillary apparatus ; by the spii'al intestinal valve ; and, above
all, by the condition of the oviducts as distinct tubes with two separate aper-
tures.

From every group of Fishes, however, the Lepidosiren is sufficiently distinct
to form the type not merely of a genus, but of a family ; and, in the natural
system, it forms a link connecting the higher Cartilaginous Fishes with the
Sauroid genera Polypterus and Lepidosteus ; and at the same time makes the
nearest approach in the class of Fishes to the Perennibranchiate Reptiles.

EXPLANATION OF THE PLATES.

Tab. XXIII.

External Form and Skeleton of the Lepidosiren annectens, on the scale of

8 inches to a foot.

Fig. 1 . Side view of Lepidosiren annectens.

2. Upper view of the same, in outline.

a. Filamentary anterior extremities, or pectoral fins.
b. posterior extremities, or ventral fins.

3. Transverse section of the same, one inch in advance of the ventral

filaments.

356 Prof. Owen's Description of the Lepidosiren annectens.

Fig. 4. Side view of the skeleton oi Lepidosiren annectens.

a. Cartilaginous vertebral style, or ' chorda dorsalis," representing

the bodies of the vertebrae.

b. Superior laminae, or neurapophyses of the vertebrae.

c. Neurapophysial spines.

d. Dermal neurapophysial spines.

e. Inferior arches, or haemapophyses of the caudal vertebrae.

f. Haemapophysial spines.

g. Dermal haemapophysial spines.
h. Basi-occipito-sphaenoidal bone.
i. Ex-ocoipital bone.

k. Parietal bone.
I. Frontal bone.
m. Posterior frontal bone.
n. Intermaxillary bone,
o. Maxillo-pterygoidian bone.
p. Tympanic hone.
q. Articular, and r. dentary, elements of the inferior maxillary

bone.
*. Pre-opercular bone.
t. Stylo-hyoid bone.
u. Cerato-hyoid bone.
V. Scapulo-coracoid bone.
w. Jointed cartilaginous ray of pectoral fin.
X. Ribs, ]

y. Pelvic cartilage.

z. Jointed cartilaginous ray of ventral fin.
a. Intermaxillary teeth.
|3. Dental plate of upper jaw.
y. Dental plate of lower jaw.

5. Upper surface of the skull.

6. Superior or internal surface of the basi-occipito-sphenoidal bone ; na-

tural size.

7. Inferior surface of the lower jaw ; two thirds natural size.

Prof. Owen's Description of the Lepidosiren annectens. 357

Tab. XXIV.

Muscular System of the Lepidosiren annectens.

Fig-. 1 . a. Dorso-lateral series of muscles.

h. Ventro-lateral series of muscles.

c. Levatores pinnce caudalis superiores.

d. Levatores pinnce caudalis inferiores.

e. Levator scapulae.

f. Retractor scapulae.

g. Temporalis.

h. Biventer, seu apertor oris.

i. Mylohyoideus, seu constrictor branchiarum.

The temporalis is an extremely powerful muscle, arising from
the whole lateral part of the fronto-parietal bone, the median crest
of which is developed for the purpose of increasing the surface of
attachment, and consequently the bulk of the principal closer of
the jaws. Small muscles pass from the ascending process of the
upper maxillary to the under surface of the single intermaxillary
bone, which they depress, and thereby serve to infix the sharp and
slender intermaxillary teeth in the prey of the Lepidosiren. The
analogue of the biventer maxillae is a penniform muscle, and takes
its origin from the upper and outer surface of the tympanic bone :
it is inserted into the outer part of the lower jaw near the angle,
and opens the mouth. Small choanoid muscles are attached to
the base of the cartilage of each filamentary fin.
2. a. a. Fibro-gelatinous 'chorda dorsalis'. b. A portion of the central
gelatinous part removed, leaving the fibrous capsule to which
the ribs r. r. are attached.

c. Bone representing the anchylosed anterior and posterior basi-

sphenoid dnd basi-occipital bones.

d. Pterygoid abutment, which is here a process of the superior maxil-

lary arch.

e. Cartilaginous pedicle and joint of the lower jaw, strengthened ex-

ternally by the tympanic bone.

358 Prof. Owen's Description of the Lepidosiren annectens.

f. Fibrous membrane filling the interspace of the pterygoids and form-

ing the roof of the mouth.

g. Papillose mucous membrane of the palate.
h. Maxillary dental plate.

i. Intermaxillary teeth.
k. k. Cartilaginous representatives of the ' ossa petrosa,' containing the

organ of hearing.
/. /. Internal stratum of muscular fibres {inter costales), commencing
between the ribs, and continued over the upper or dorsal two
thirds of the abdominal cavity. A portion (at the interspace of
the letters) is dissected away to show the inner surface of the ex-
ternal muscular stratum.
m. m. Serous layer of the peritoneum : the letters on the right side show

the line of reflection of this layer from
n. n. The glistening fibrous membrane of the abdominal cavity.
Fig. 3. The lower jaw, seen from behind, showing the trochlear cavities, o. o.,
which are adapted to the convexities, e. e. fig. 2.

4. Under surface of the head of the Lepidosiren, showing the largely-deve-

loped mylo-hyoideus, a., which is first exposed when the skin is dis-
sected away : it arises not only from the rami of the jaw, but from
the whole length of the preopercular bone, and is inserted with its
fellow in a median raph6 ; it compresses the branchial cavity.

5. In this figure the preceding muscle is reflected to expose h. the retractor

of the OS hyoides, which is at the same time, through the attach-
ment of the genio-hyoideus, c, a retractor and depressor of the lower
jaw. This powerful muscle takes its origin from the median apo-
neurosis representing the sternum, and may be regarded as the
homologue of the sterno-hyoideus : by retracting the os hyoides it
dilates the branchial cavity, and is thus the principal muscle of
aquatic inspiration.

6. Shows the muscles, d. d., which are exposed by the reflection of the

preceding ones : they are very thick, connect the hyoid with the
coracoid arch, and both with the great ventro-lateral series of
pauscles.

Prof. Owen's Description of the Lepidosiren annectens. 959

Tab. XXV.

Fig. 1 . Abdominal cavity and pericardium of Lepidosiren annectens.

a. Mylo-hyoideus. b. Sterno-hyoideus. c. Coraco-hyoideus. d. Fibrous
membrane covering the pericardium e. f. Serous layer of the
peritoneum reflected from the pericardiac septum, g. Right ova-
rium, fi. Liver, i. Gall-bladder, k. Intestine. /. Mediastinal
fold of the serous layer of the peritoneum, m. A bristle passed
through the peritoneal outlet, n. The same through the anal orifice,
o. The same through the uro-genital outlet. (The common cloacal
passage is removed with the skin.)

2. Digestive organs of Lepidosiren annectens.

a. CEsophagus. h. Stomach, laid open. c. Pyloric valve, d. Spiral
valve of intestine, e. Rectum, f. Liver, g. Gall-bladder, h. Val-
vular termination of ductus choledochus. i. t^ena cava hepatica.

3. Heart, gills, and lungs in situ, of Lepidosiren annectens.

a. Auricle ; the letter is placed on the right appendix, h. Ventricle,
c. Bulbus arteriosus, d. The pericardium, e. The abdominal vena
cava, f The muscular stratum dissected off, to show^. the mucous
membrane of the branchial chamber of the right side. Both are
removed on the left side, to expose the gills and branchial arches :
bristles are represented as passing from the mouth through the
five interspaces of the branchial arches, h. The hyoid arch.
i. i. The lungs : that on the right side is laid open to show its cel-
lular structure, x. The left coracoid turned outwards, to show
the heart : the right coracoid is in situ, with the pericardium at-
tached to it.

4. Front view of the jaws and teeth of Lepidosiren annectens.

5. View of the upper or working surface of the dental plates of the lower

jaw.
All the figures in this plate are of the natural size.

VOL. XVIII. 3 B

360 Prof. Owen's Description of the Lepidosiren annectens.

Tab. XXVI.

Circulating and Respiratory Organs of the Lepidosiren annectens, on the scale

of one inch to half an inch.

Fig. 1. Branchial and pulmonary apparatus seen from the dorsal aspect.
a. First lobe of the tongue, b. Second lobe of the tongue, c. c. Di-
varicated sides of the pharyngeal aperture, which has been slit
open. d. Pharyngeal valve, e. Laryngeal aperture, f. Laryn-
geal or thyroid cartilage. The figures 1, 2, 3, 4 & 5, indicate the
interspaces between the six branchial arches on each side, which
conduct the water to the branchial chamber, k. The membra-
nous trachea or ductus pneumaticus : its communication with the
right lung is shown.
2. The same parts, with the heart, seen from the ventral aspect, a. The
auricle ; the letter is placed on the left appendix, b. The ventricle,
laid open to show the termination of the vena pulmonalis, in which
a black bristle is placed ; the wide orifice of the auricle, and the
aortic opening through which a white bristle is passed, c. The
bulbus arteriosus, laid open to show the longitudinal valvular pro-
cesses in its interior, d. Pericardium, e. Vena cava abdominalis.
f. Vena pulmonalis. g. Arterial trunk common to the systemic,
branchial and pulmonary circulations. The figures 1, 2, 3, 4, 5 & 6,
indicate the branchial arteries on each side, of which the 2nd and
3rd chiefly go to form the pulmonary artery, /. m. m. The two
divisions of the pulmonary artery, for the two lungs, n. n. The
two corresponding veins, which return the aerated blood toy.

Tab. XXVII.

Fig. 1. A scale of the Lepidosiren annectens, magnified eight diameters.

a. The inserted margin ; b. the thick cuticle reflected from the poste-
rior margin.
2. Mouth of the Lepidosiren annectens, twice natural size.

a. The intermaxillary teeth, b. The three projecting angular pro-

Prof. Owen's Description of the Lepidosiren annectens. 361

cesses of the right maxillary dental plate, c. The corresponding
processes of the left mandibular dental plate, e. A bristle in-
serted into the right olfactory sac, which opens upon the upper
lip. e'. The left olfactory sac laid open, exposing the double series
of olfactory laminse.
Figg. 3 & 4. Brain and organ of hearing of the Lepidosiren, twice natural size.
a. a. Cerebral hemispheres, b. Optic lobe. c. Medulla oblongata.
d. Cerebellum and fourth ventricle, e. Pineal gland, f. Bilobed
pituitary body, forming the floor of the third ventricle, g. Mam-
millary body. h. Olfactory nerves, i. Optic nerves, h. Carti-
laginous wall of acoustic chamber or labyrinth. I. Sac and nerve
of smaller otolithe. m. Sac and nerve of greater otolithe. n. Se-
micircular canals, o. Fifth pair of nerves, p. Eighth pair of
nerves.

5. Brain of the Menopoma. (From Meyer, Analekten fur Vergleichende

Anatomic, tab. vii. fig. 5.)

6. Brain of the Menobranchus. (Ibid. tab. vii. fig. 6.)

Both these figures are of the natural size.

The same letters indicate the same parts as in Figg. 3 & 4.

7. a. CEsophagus. b. Stomach, c. Intestine. /. Liver, g. Gall-bladder.

h. h. Kidneys, i. i. Ureters ; both are reflected downwards and
outwards to show, k. Allantoid bladder. 1. 1. Ovaria. m. m. Ovi-
ducts, n. n. Anterior apertures of the same.
These parts are figured as seen from behind.

8b2

V

'^

Si

%

Trans Zmn- Sec Vhl. XYJUiai Z^i

S

C- O i- I/_ Scharf dei

-r-

G J^fzrm-a-n .s -;"

jy-ans. Linn. Soc- Fol. nrj77 lab ij.

C.OsJI. Scf^uirf, dei..

G. y/ezrm.a.'^L , Sc-

Trans Zmn Sec Vol ZVlll, tai tg

1

z

Ji. O^' H Scharf dei..

G- Jaryytccri^ , Sc.

Trans LmnSoc Vffljyi/I, lab S/

/• O £ ff Sch^rf dei-

G. JctT^yru^rv Sc-

[ 363 ]

XXI. Observations on the Spongilla fluviatilis. In a Letter to the Secretary/.
By John Hogg, Esq., M.A. F.R.S. L.S. ^ C.P.S.

Read June 5th, 1838.

X HAVE taken the liberty of troubling you with some specimens of the River
Sponge {Spongilla fluviatilis), for the purpose of calling the attention of the
members of the Linnean Society to this curious substance, and more particu-
larly to the seedlike bodies which are so abundantly contained in one of them.

This species of Sponge is synonymous with Spongia fluviatilis, Linn, and
Pallas, Spongilla friahilis (De Lamarck), Ephydatia fluviatilis (Lamouroux),
Tupha fluviatilis (Oken), and Halichondria fluviatilis (Fleming); and was
taken by me last August from a rivulet at Norton in the county of Durham.

You will perhaps be surprised that I should even hint at, much less ex-
press any doubts respecting the animal nature of the Freshwater Sponge ; for
modern naturalists have long been almost unanimous in assigning to it a
station in the class Zoophytes, and in which are likewise included the Ma-
rine Sponges. But I must mention that Dr. George Johnston, who is both
an excellent zoologist and botanist, has decided upon restoring the Sponges
to the place they formerly occupied in the vegetable kingdom ; and I will
merely refer you to his reasons for this decision in his " History of British
Zoophytes," given in the first volume of the " Magazine of Zoology and Bo-
tany," at pages 229 and 230. Hence it appears that there still exists amongst
authors some uncertainty concerning their true nature*. Now, my chief
object in exhibiting these specimens of Spongilla is to endeavour to excite
some naturalist to make attentive observations on this singular production,

* See likewise a paper " On the Situation and Rank of Sponges in the Scale of Nature," &c., by
Mr. J. E. Gray, contained in the Zoological Journal, vol. i. p. 46.; and Mr. Bell's " Remarks on the
Animal Nature of Sponges," at p. 202 of the same volume, published in 1824.

364 Mr. Hogg's Observations on the Spongilla fluviatilis.

and principally by examining its manner of growth from its small seedlike
body, and by comparing it with the similar origin and increase of certain Cryp-
togamic vegetables from their seeds or sporules ; and by contrasting it with the
mode of formation of some of the lower animals from their minute eggs or
ovules, some fact very probably may be elicited which is found to take place
only in the one division of nature, and not in the other, and thereby enable him
to determine with accuracy to which it ought really to be referred.

These seedlike bodies on being magnified so exactly resemble true seeds, that
it is difficult to imagine that they can be the germs or ovules (ovula) of ani-
mals : in shape they are like small Pomegranates, or still more so, the seeds of
the South American Quinoa (Chenopodium Quinod). But they must be steeped
a little while in water before they are placed under the microscope, in order
to raise their tops or upper portions, which, resembling small dimples, by de-
siccation contract or become somewhat drawn in.

The seedlike bodies, sporidia, or sporules, if the Spongilla be a vegetable, or
small ova, or ovules, if an animal, which are so numerous in the largest speci-
men 1 have the pleasure of presenting this evening, resemble a good deal those
belonging to the Lake Sponge* {Spongilla lacustris), and which are figured in
Esper's work on Plant-Animals — " Pflanzenthiere," vol. ii. Spang, tab. 23, A.

Linnaeus in his " Flora Suecica," classed the Freshwater Sponges with the
Algae, and thus writes of the small bodies in the Spongilla fluviatilis : " Se-
mina lentiformia, in omni hujus poro, autumno conspiciuntur." (Vide p. 440.
edit. 2. 1755.).

Oken in his "Lehrbuch der Naturgeschichte," vol. iii. Zool. Abth. 1. Jena,
1815, under the description of this kind of Spongilla, which he names Tupha,
observes, " This must be the habitation of the Cristatella :" — " Soil das Gehaus
von Cristatella sein," p. 78. And again, at p. 54, in his account of the Cris-
tatellce, he further adds, " The Freshwater Sponge must be their chosen re-
treat or cells, which is extremely probable. The grains that are found so

* Professor H. F. Link in a very interesting memoir, wherein he says that the Sponges ought to
be separated from the Zoophytes and restored to the Alyte, has well described the seedlike bodies or
sporidia of the Spongilla lacustris. I was unfortunately not aware of its existence till long after my
letter was written. Vide " Annales des Sciences Naturelles, Seconde S6rie, torn. ii. Botaniqve." Paris,
1834, p. 328.

Mr. Hogg's Observations on the Spongilla fluviatilis, 365

frequent in such Sponge must be their eggs." — " Der Schwamm des siissen
wassers soil eine absonderung ihrer kohren oder zellen sein, ist sehr wahrschein-
lich. Die korner, welche man so haufig in solchen schwainmen findet, sollen
die eier sein."

Lamouroux, at page 3 of his "Hist, des Polyp. Corall. Flex." 1816, says,

"_Linn6 dit qu'en automne on voit des semences dans I'Eponge fluviatile.

Kalm semble avoir copi6 le naturaliste Su^dois. Ces auteurs prenaient pour
des fructifications, des Cristatelles dess^chees, ou des grains opaques d'une
substance encore inconnue, dont les Eponges d'eau douce se trouvent quelque-
fois enti^rement remplies."

Also, De Lamarck inquires, " Les petits grains observes dans les Spongilles
seraient-ils des gemmes propres k produire les Cristatelles, comme I'observa-
tion de Lichtenstein* semble I'indiquer ?" (p. 99. torn. ii. of " Hist. Nat. des
Anim. sans Vert./' edit. 1816.)

Hence, from these last three passages, we find that Lamouroux held these
seedlike grains not to pertain to the Spongilla, but that they were dried or
withered Cristatella;, or else certain opake grains belonging to some unknown
substance : and MM. Oken and De Lamarck inclined to consider them as
the eggs or reproductive germs or gemmules of the Cristatella vagans (De
Lamarck). This small polypary in its different stages, and several of its po-
lypes, are well represented in Roesel's " Insecten," vol. iii. tab. 91. p. 559.

Now I cannot for a moment suppose that these seedlike bodies are the
germs or ovules of the Cristatellce, partly for this reason ; because I have not
yet succeeded in discovering any of those minute Zoophytes in the same rivulet
which the Spongilla inhabits ; and as I have found the same bodies to be
abundant in different specimens of the Spongilla fluviatilis, not only in the
summer and autumn, but also in the spring : it is extremely remarkable, and
indeed most improbable, that I should not have been able to notice the Cris-
tatellce in different stages of their development in that water, if these bodies
were in reality their ovules or germs ; whilst, on the contrary, I have con-

* There is an article by H. Lichtenstein on Sponges {Suesvampene) in " Skrivter af Naturhistorie,"
4 Bind, 1 Hefte, Kiobenhavn, 1,797, where he, at page 115 and the folio wing page, speaks of the
river Sponge (Flod-suesvamp) : but, being written in Danish, I have not been able to read it, though
I presume the author is the same Lichtenstein mentioned by De Lamarck.

36G Mr. Hogg's Observations on the Spongilla fluviatilis.

stantly seen specimens of this Spongilla of various sizes and gradations, and
to all appearance as if they had originated or been produced from these sin-
gular seedlike bodies. Moreover, last March, having procured some of these
fresh bodies, I placed them in a glass vessel, nearly filled with spring water,
and changed the water every day ; six of them soon affixed themselves to the
bottom of the glass*, and in about three weeks every one of them was covered
with a whitish and wooll-like substance, which I took for the rudiments or
commencement of the Sponge f. After that time I was obliged to leave
home, and consequently to give up all further investigations upon that in-
teresting subject.

I ouglit also to inform you, that I find from experiment these seedlike
bodies, when dried and long kept out of water, exhibit no such appearances,
and seem, when replaced in water, as if they had lost all their vitality and
power of reproduction ; neither have I perceived that they possess, even in a
fresh state, any cilia nor any locomotive property;}: whatever, wherein they
essentially differ from the similar germs, or ovules, or sporules, of certain spe-
cies of the Sea Sponges, as described by Dr. Grant §.

Pallas in a note to his description of Spongia Jluviatilis (p. 385. " Elenchus

* This glass vessel, with these same specimens, was exhibited to the Society on December 18th,
1838. Upon examining the small white patches with a lens, they were found to be the true rudi-
ments of the Spongilla, having the cells or pores very distinct, and formed by the little anastomosing
fibres or spicula.

t A short time after this letter was read, my attention was called by my friend Professor Bell, to
Mr. Gray's paper (with which I was previously unacquainted) in the Zool. Joum. vol. i., where at
p. 50 I noticed that he mentions squeezing the granules from some specimens of freshwater Sponge,
and adds, " There were a few partly decayed leaves at the bottom of the basin, on which the green
granules fell. Being called away, I left them there for a day or two, when on my next examination
I found they had formed a more velvety mass, through which visible fibres were shooting, which gra-
dually enlarged, thus growing entirely after the manner of vegetables." This is a pleasing confirma-
tion of my own experiment.

J Nor has M. Dutrochet noticed the power of locomotion in the similar bodies which belong to the
Spongilla lacustris. His remark is as follows : " Enfin M. Grant a fait cette observation neuve et
curieuse que les corps oviformes, ou les oeufs de I'Eponge, lorsqu'ils sont ddtach^s et devenus libres,
sont animus de mouvemeas spontan^s comme des animaux. Je n'ai point fait cette observation sur les
corps oviformes de la SpongiUe, que je regarde comme des sortes de tubercules." Vide Annales des
6ci. Nat. tom. xv. p. 217.

§ Vide p. 382. vol. xiii. of the Edinburgh Philosophical Journal for 1825 ; p. 154 of the Edinb.
New Phil. Joum. for 1826 ; and p. 129 of the same Journal for 1827.

Mr. Hogg's Observations on the Spongilla fluviatilis, 367

Zooph.") thus mentions what he considered remarkable specimens : "Spongia
vulgaris fluviatilis in aquis stagnantibus ssep^ crassis crustis fundum obducit.
Talis crustse fragmenta parvulis Phryganearum larvis, membranaceis tubulis
in spongiosa substantia nidulantibus scatentis monstravisse mihi olim sum-
mum apud Goettingenses Botanicum celeberr. Biittnerum memini; nee simi-
les unquam invenire ipse potui." So one of my specimens will show how this
Sponge is seen occasionally to fix itself and to spread upon the tube or case of
a Caddis or Cadeworm, as related in the passage just cited. Another speci-
men here presented is interesting from its parasitical mode of growth, because
it has invested a moss {Hypnum riparium, Linn.) in a very beautiful manner.
In short, I may safely infer, from the many different substances to which I
have noticed the Spongilla fluviatilis attached, and from the many curious
places wherein I have observed its seedlike bodies growing, that wherever one
of these bodies can obtain a lodgement for itself, there it increases and flou-
rishes*, and consequently, that these bodies are in fact the true sporulesf or
ovules of the River Sponge, be it a vegetable or an animal production.

Lastly, I beg to submit to your notice three specimens of the small fresh-
water Polypary, named Plumatella repens by De Lamarck, which I discovered,
for the first time I believe in England, in the month of August last among
some patches of the Spongilla from the same rivulet.

* Two or three of these seedlike bodies having lodged in the mouths or openings of two fluviatile
shells that form part of the case of the caddis or larva Phryganea, now exhibited, clearly prove this :
they also show how the sponge begins to be developed.

t Having yesterday received the new number (for July 1838) of the " Annales des Sciences Natu-
relles," seconde sdrie, torn. x. Zoologie, I have just perused the " Observations sur les Eponges et en
particulier sur la Spongille ou Eponge d'eau douce, par M. F. Dujardin." At page 9, this author, who
is convinced of the animality of Sponges, states, " Dans ces diverses parcelles vivantes, on voit des
■ granules color^s en vert au printemps, grises ou jaundtres h, I'arrifere-saison, et que je ne puis regarder
comme des organes importans, ou comme des ovules de I'Eponge." But the experiments mentioned
in the preceding notes at page 366, will entirely refute the opinion of M. Dujardin, and prove without
a doubt that these are in reality the reproductive bodies of the Spongilla. On the other hand,
M. Dutrochet, in his very able " Observations sur la Spongille rameuse {Spongilla ratnosa, Lara.,
Ephydatia lacustris, Lamour.," Spongia lacustris, Linn.), and in which he advocates the vegetability
of that species of Sponge, adds concerning its seed-hke bodies, " Ces corps sent done des espfeces
de tubercules, ce sont des reservoirs de matifere nutritive pour servir au ddveloppement du v^g^tal,
et k sa reproduction au printemps." See Annales des Sciences Naturelles, tom. xv. p. 212, 1828.^
J. H., December 19, 1838.

VOL. XVIII. 3 C

[ 368 ]

XXII, Further Observations on the Spongilla fluviatilis ; with some Remarhs
on the Nature oj the Spongise Marinse. In a Letter to the Secretary. By
John Hogg, Esq., M.J. F.R.S. L.S. ^ C.P.S.

Read December 18th, 1838; and June 4th, 1839.

As I had an opportunity during this last summer of making additional
researches on the River Sponge, I think it necessary to lay before the Lin-
nean Society some further observations relating to that substance, in order
to correct, to elucidate, and to confirm several passages in my former letter,
and likewise to add a few remarks upon the nature of the Sea Sponges.

In the first place, I ought to mention to you that I was not aware, until
some time after my last communication had been submitted to the Society,
that there are other eminent naturalists, besides Dr. George Johnston, who at
this day advocate the vegetable nature of all Sponges ; and these I understand
are. Dr. H. F. Link, Professor of Botany at Berlin ; Dr. J. Muller, Professor
of Anatomy at Berlin ; and Mr. J. E. Gray, of the British Museum. Of whom
the several opinions may be examined in the following works : Transactions
of the Royal Academy of Sciences at Berlin for the year 1830, Berlin, 1832,
p. 109. " Uber die Pfianzenthiere uberhaupt und die dazu gerechneten Ge-
waschse besonders," von H" Link. "Annales des Sciences Naturelles, Seconde
S6rie, tom. ii. Botanique" Paris, 1834, p. 328, " Sur les Zoophytes en g^n^ral
et en particulier sur certaines Plantes qu'on a confondues avec eux," par
H. F. Link ; being a translation of part of the former memoir. Miiller's
" Elements of Physiology," translated by Dr. Baly, Lond. 1838, vol, i. p. 42.
And the "Zoological Journal," Lond. 1824, vol. i. p. 46, 'On the situation
and rank of Sponges in the scale of Nature,' &c., by Mr. J. E. Gray.

Also, MM, Dutrochet and Gervais consider that the Freshwater Sponge
belongs to the vegetable kingdom ; in proof of which, the facts and arguments

Mr. Hogg's Observations on the Spongilla fluviatilis. 369

as brought forward by the first author may be learnt in perusing the ' Obser-
vations sur la Spongille rameuse {Spongilla ramosa, Lamarck ; Ephydatia la-
custris, Lamouroux), par M. Dutrochet,' " Annales des Sciences Naturelles,"
p. 205. tom. XV., 1828. But the only notice I can find of M. Gervais's opinion
is contained in a very late paper by M. Dujardin, published in the second
series of the same Annales, tom. x. Zool. p. 11. And I should moreover re-
mark, that Baron Cuvier, in both editions of his "R^gne Animal," has made
no mention of the Spongillce, or Freshwater Sponges, and has expressly de-
scribed "les Eponges" as being "corps marins*." We must then conclude
that he had entirely overlooked them ; or, what is more probable, that he had
considered that they ace plants, and therefore were not the subjects of his work.

Dr. Johnston, as will be seen from his beautiful book entitled " A History
of the British Zoophytes," which has only just been given to the world, at
p. 28, still retains the same views on this subject as he did in the work to
which I have before referred.

Next, it becomes me (however unwilling I may originally have been to en-
tertain such an opinionf) to state, that I now feel satisfied this species of
Freshwater Sponge is truly a plant, and not either a simple individual animal,
or a group of aggregated animals, or the structure or production of any animal
whatsoever. Many careful and repeated experiments upon different specimens
of the Spongilla Jluviatilis have at length convinced me that such is the real
nature of it ; and the results of those experiments I will here, as briefly and
clearly as I am able, detail to you.

About seventeen months ago, I observed that the green colouring matter in
the River Sponge was occasioned by the action of light, because sand-coloured
or pale brown specimens gradually became green by being subjected to the
daylight, and more especially so when exposed to the full rays of the sun :
whilst, on the contrary, pale specimens, when confined in a dark place, or

* Voyez Rfegne Anim. tom. iv. p. 88, edit. 1817 ; et torn. iii. p. 321, edit. 1830.

t It is almost unimportant to remark that in my short catalogue of Polyparia, published in my
" Sketch of the Natural History of the Vicinity of Stockton-on-Tees," Stockton, 1827, it will be]noticed
that I arranged the genera Spongia and Spongilla in my last order, Gelatinifera, of family 3. Creatoi-
dea, section ii. Composita. Since Dr. Johnston has given the synonyms and references to that cata-
logue in his " British Zoophytes," I may perhaps be excused for adding this note.

3 c 2

370 Mr. Hogg's Observations on the Spongilla fluviatilis,

being deprived of light, after many days received no green tint, but continued
of a light buff or a yellowish white colour. Thus, then, by the exactly similar
influence of light upon thechromule*, or colouring matter in plants, and like-
wise by the etiolation, or blanching of vegetables by the absence of light, so
well known to every one, very favourable proofs may, from these analogous
phenomena, be most reasonably adduced with regard to the vegetable nature
of the Spongilla JiuviatUis.

The circumstances that led me to the investigation of those appearances
are described in a paperf, which at the date of my former letter to you had
not been read before the Royal Society, to whom I was induced to communi-
cate it. I therefore did not consider myself then at liberty to make any men-
tion of them to you ; although they, together with some observations on the
seedlike bodies of the Spongilla, already described in that letter, created in my
mind considerable doubts as to the animality of that substance. Renewed and
similar observations upon several fresh and living masses of the River Sponge,
during the summer which has just passed, have now confirmed me in the cor-
rectness of those doubts, and in the certainty of those facts which afford the
stronger proofs of the real vegetability of that Sponge. Of such proofs, indeed,
which I was then about to pronounce as quite conclusive on that point, are the
effects that I had noticed, caused by the presence and absence of light, upon
the colours of that substance, the germination of its seedlike bodies, sporidia, or
sporules, and their subsequent plantlike mode of growth and of increase ; and
whilst engaged in these researches, I was greatly surprised in discovering (on
the 12th of August, 1838,) the only traces that could with any degree of pro-
bability be advanced in favour of the supposed animality of the Spongilla,
namely, certain remarkable germlike bodies swimming about in the basin of
water, wherein a beautiful mass of that Sponge, growing with great vigour and
attached to a stone, was contained. At first I was disposed to think that they

* Prof. DeCandolle uses this term to signify that matter which produces the colours in flowers, the
green in leaves and other parts of plants, and is contained in their cells in the shape of globules. —
See Organographie Veg^tale, torn. i. p. 19. Paris, 1827.

■\ See a short notice of this paper in the Philosophical Magazine, vol. xiii. p. 457, for December
1838 ; and another entitled, " De 1' Action de la Lumidre sur la Couleur de I'Eponge de Rivifere," in the
Bibliothique Universelle de Geneve, torn. xix. p. 207. (Janvier, 1839).

with some Remarks on the Nature of the Spongioe Marinse. 371

were extraneous and parasitical bodies, entirely independent and unconnected
with the material of the Sponge itself, because they did so extremely resemble
some of the Infusorian Animalcules.

These bodies are very minute, though some are less than others, and are
plainly visible to the naked eye ; they are white, of a somewhat globular, or
rather, more oval shape, the lower or smaller portion being opake, and the
upper transparent and membranous. Their movements in swimming were no
less astonishing than elegant ; ascending from the Sponge at the bottom of the
water to the surface ; floating gently on the surface ; or traversing the middle
of the fluid, like a balloon in the air ; or suspending themselves nearly in one
spot; or whirling round and round, describing larger or smaller circles in the
water ; approaching or avoiding each other ; but, when performing their
quicker progressions, they move along on their sides with their rounder ends
precedent. Indeed Baker's account of the motions of the Folvox globator *,
which he calls the Globe animal, is so strikingly descriptive of the movements
of these germlike bodies, and so similar, that I trust you will pardon me with
quoting it here: "It moves in all directions, forwards or backwards, up or
down, either rolling over and over like a bowl, spinning horizontally like a
top, or gliding along smoothly without turning itself at all. Sometimes its
motions are slow, at other times very swift ; and when it pleases, it can turn
round (as it were upon an axis) very nimbly without removing out of its
placet" Roesel has depicted that minute Infusorian in his work on ' Insecten,'
vol. iii. plate 101, at figures 1 to 3 inclusive. Yet the germlike bodies more
nearly in form resemble the description of f^olvox globulus^ ; so much so, that

* But the spontaneous movements of the Volvox globator are performed by the agency of cilia :
for, according to Dr. Ehrenberg, its body is furnished with those minute organs. So indeed Baker
suspected ; and he thought that it appeared as if it were set round with short moveable hairs.

f See "Employment for the Microscope," by H. Baker, 2nd edit., Lond. 1764, p. 323.

X This species I have never met with. But I have just seen many living specimens of V. globator
under the microscope. I could easily perceive some differences between them and the locomotive germ-
like bodies of the River Sponge, as well with respect to their colour and structure as their motions.
These Infusoria are yellower, much more transparent, and more completely globose ; within many of
the larger are distinctly seen several young or round transparent balls, which altogether resemble their
gravid parents ; they swam and moved about with greater power and vigour ; and their more active
and busy movements struck me as if they were under a more decidedly spontaneous control or influ-
ence. Roesel's figures above referred to are accurate — J. H., May 16, 183&.

372 Mr. Hogg's Observations on the Spongilla fluviatilis,

I felt assured of the extreme likelihood, nay, almost certainty, of their being
identical. And with the view of ascertaining whether they were or not such
animalcula, I put several of the germlike bodies into a wine-glass full of
spring-water, adding fresh daily to them ; after a day or two their gyratory
motions became weaker and slower, and at length they entirely ceased : then
the bodies attaching themselves to the bottom and sides of the glass, and
losing their original shape, became flatter ; the transparent membranes of
their upper portion disappearing, the white opake portions alone were left,
which, resembling minute specks, at the expiration of a few more days in-
creased to such a sufficient size as to show, with the aid of a magnifier, that
they are undoubtedly the rudiments of the Spongilla itself, and thus proving
that they are its reproductive bodies or sporules, and not merely, as I had con-
jectured, parasitical Infusoria*. I have taken the liberty of bringing for ex-
hibition this evening that same wine-glass, wherein the small specks are di-
stinctly seen, and which, when submitted to inspection under a microscope,
will be found to be the commencements of the Sponge, in which the young
fibres or spicula are already visible.

One of these bodies I likewise put by itself in a watch-glass containing a
little water, which I placed on the stage of the microscope for the purpose of
continuing to witness with that instrument more minutely its process of
development ; the water being changed two or three times a day, the germ-
like body at first moved a good deal about the glass ; it then began to keep
nearly in the same place, only turning gently round as if on its axis ; be-
coming aftei-wards stationary, it fixed itself to the glass, and changed into
a small spot of a white opake substance ; which, while growing in the
water, appeared under the microscope to be solely gelatinous, but when it
had been dried for a day or two, minute cells and fibres or spicula were ma-
nifest.

At this time I was repeating the experiment of growing the Spongilla from
its seedlike sporidia or sporules, as I had only imperfectly done so in the
preceding March. Having taken many of these fresh seedlike bodies from

* I must say, that it is probable that some of those bodies which are now referred to the Infusoria
will hereafter turn out to be only the sporules of certain fluviatile and marine plants.

with some Remarks on the Nature of the Spongise Marinae. 373

their fixed* localities in the cells or pores of the Sponge, I deposited them in
a china dish nearly filled with water, which I renewed twice a day. I was
most attentive in examining not only with my naked eye, but also with a
powerful lens, whether these bodies possessed any spontaneous motions, but
could not discover the least appearance of any ; on the contrary, the instant
they were put into the water they sunk to the bottom of the dish ; there
remaining motionless, most of them commenced to germinate, and became
permanently fixed. Several of these seedlike bodies being of different sizes,
I found that some began to grow sooner than others, probably by reason of
their being in a more mature state. The manner of germination, according
to my observation, is this : when the seedlike body has lain a sufiicient time
in the water, a very small quantity of a soft opake substance appears sponta-
neously protruding from its apex or orifice at its top ; it is of a pure white
colour, and soon glues the seedlike body to the dish ; this substance gradu-
ally increases, and sometimes entirely enveloping the parent body, continues
spreading over whatever object it has attached itself to. At first there are no
distinct traces of the Sponge itself, but only a white thick gelatinous matter,
like a piece of wet cotton-wool, is all that is to be seen : this, however, when
allowed to dry, will exhibit the thin membrane of the Sponge, and the oscules
and cells or pores formed by the interlacing and crossing of the young fibres
with the sharp and prominent spicula. As a few of these bodies, after several
days, did not germinate, I squeezed them sufficiently hard so as to break their
envelopes or shells, and pressed out a little of the inner opake substance,
which then very readily grew and enlarged.

Having thus clearly proved that this Spongilla, is capable of being repro-
duced or grown both from its fixed seedlike, and from its locomotive germ-
like, bodies tj it therefore is to be further inquired concerning the real nature
of them.

* M. De Lamarck is wrong where he has defined these bodies as " granula phirima gelatinosa non
affixa in cellulis." (An. sans Vert. torn. ii. p. 98. edit. 1816.) But M. Dutrochet thus correctly de-
scribes tlie like bodies in the Spongilla lacustris : " corps oviformes de couleur jaune, et qui adh6raient
au tissu fibreux." (p. 206.) Again, at p. 211, he says, " les fibres les plus grosses auxqueUes 6taient
fixes d'innombrables corps oviformes." See Annal. des Sci. Nat. torn. xv.

t It perhaps seems inconsistent to say that the Sponge may be reproduced from both these bodies.
But I will thus explain it : the fixed seedlike body contains within it a somewhat transparent jelly

374 Mr. Hogg's Observations on the Spongilla fluviatilis,

Now the opinion which first struck me was the actual identity of these two
bodies ; that is to say, that the latter are only a younger and less mature
condition of the former bodies ; and this indeed appeared to me not impro-
bable, considering that (although the same mass of Sponge possesses at the
same period both sorts) they both in certain of their stages mutually approach
very near in appearance and size to each other ; for I have noticed in the
same fresh specimen the least seedlike bodies to be of a white colour with
their envelopes soft and destitute of any apparent orifice at their tops.

Again, the largest germlike bodies which I have seen were more globular
in their shape, without any terminal orifice, having the enveloping mem-
branes, except a very small portion at their upper extremities, no longer
transparent, by reason of the quantity of the opake matter having so much
increased within them : the colour also of some that I preserved in spirits
had lost its original whiteness, and changed to a yellowish brown or buff, the
most usual colour of the full-grown seedlike bodies. Hence my gi'ounds for
supposing that the germlike bodies are only early forms of the seedlike bodies,
which they would ultimately become when either sufficiently matured or at
their proper season of the year*.

To this, however, there is one objection, namely, the absence of all papillse
in the one, and the presence of them in the other : yet I think it not un-
likely that the seedlike bodies once possessed those organs ; for on being
highly magnified, their outer shells appear indented with small dots, which
make me rather imagine that they are the spots where the papillae may have
originally been attached, but which, on the maturity of those bodies, either
all or part decayed or enlarged into fibres, whereby they are fastened f within

intermixed with very small granules (most probably the young locomotive germlike bodies), which also
seem to contain a particle of the same jelly, that will increase with the growth of the granules, after
they may have escaped from the former body. Now I think, from my own observations, it is clear
that this jeUy is alone the reproductive or vital portion from which the substance of the sponge itself
originates.

* Of course many of these would never ripen into seedlike bodies ; viz. those which have emerged
from the pores and canals of the parent structure, and having swum to a convenient spot, there begin
to grow. These form an exception to the above supposition, which can only apply to such numerous
germlike bodies as cannot escape from the fibrous network of the Sponge.

t Some of the fixed seedlike bodies frequently become detached by the decay of their connecting
fibres or tubules ; by the burrowing and tearing of insects, and other parasitical animals ; or by the

with some Remarks on the Nature of the Spongise Marinee. 375

the cells or pores of the Sponge. This opinion is, I think, worthy of addi-
tional investigation, because to the exterior of the shells of the seedlike bodies
certain fibres or tubules are often appended.

In pursuing the same inquiry, the following is another supposition which
has occurred to me ; that the seedlike bodies are the sporidia, and the germ-
like bodies the sporules of the River Sponge, because I found that on opening
the seedlike bodies the soft white opake substance with which they are filled,
when spread out and submitted to a great power of the microscope, consists
of numerous granules interspersed among a somewhat transparent jelly*.
These granules are round or egg-shaped, exceedingly minute, and quite dia-
phanous, except as to a spot, which is evidently a particle of the same jelly.
And as the seedlike bodies themselves are fixed within the cells of the Sponge,
they ought strictly to be considered as the seed-vessels or sporidia, and the
granules contained within them as the seeds or sporules. Also, since the
sporidia when apparently full grown have an orifice at their upper extremity
whereby the gelatinous substance and granules escape, the latter, if identical
with the germlike bodies, pursuing their way through the water that fills the
passages or canals formed by the fibrous network of the Sponge, emerge and
swim or glide about by means of their locomotive power, until they have at-
tained sufficient maturity, and have procured for themselves a safe lodge-
ment ; they then begin to germinate and vegetate by degrees. However, I
need scarcely observe to you, that further experiments are necessary to deter-
mine which of these two suppositions is the true one, that is to say, whether
the locomotive germlike bodies ultimately become identical with the fixed
seedlike bodies, or whether the former are the real sporules, and the latter
the sporidia ; yet I may add, that I am most strongly inclined to the latter.

Again, having before remarked that the only traces from whence I could
at all infer the animal nature of the River Sponge were its locomotive spo-

decaying or breaking of parts of the Sponge itself; or by many other causes. They then, attaching
themselves to whatever suitable substance they may happen to fall upon, quickly germinate.

* Professor Link has observed the same sort of substance and granules (seminules) in the similar
seedlike bodies (sporanges) of the Spongilla lacustris. He has described them thus : " Lorsqu'on
6crase ces conceptacles de graines et qu'on les regarde avec un grossissement trfes fort, on voit les
seminules plong6es dans une masse qui est molle tant qu'elle estfraiche." (Annales des Sciences Natu-
relles, Seconde S6rie, torn. ii. p. 328.)

VOL. XVIII. 3 D

376 Mr. Hogg's Observations on the Spongilla fluviatilis,

rules, and as they are so extremely similar to those of certain species of the
Marine Sponge, which were discovered in 1825 by Dr. Grant, I could not
help thinking that in spite of the strong evidences which I had indisputably
obtained in favour of its vegetable nature, 1 had also discovered one, which
would perhaps go far in proof of its animality, and thus compel me to be-
come somewhat of an unwilling believer in the monstrous theory which has
of late years been revived amongst some foreign naturalists*, that certain
bodies belonging to several Cryptogamous plants are at first animals, ami
that after a time they change into true vegetables f. Notwithstanding the
power of locomotion has generally been accounted as one of the strongest
tests of animal life, and that which constitutes the most obvious difference
between an animal and a plant, still this power is not alone confined to the
beings included in the first great division of nature ; for many observers have
witnessed it in subjects which pertain to, and really are members of the se-
cond division, or the vegetable kingdom. I here allude to the extraordinary
phenomena, which have been noticed by some distinguished botanists on the
Continent, as to the locomotive powers of the seeds or sporules of certain
ConfervcB, as well as of other plants belonging to the AlgcB ; and more espe-
cially to the singular discoveries of Dr. linger in 1826, which relate to the
spontaneous movements of the seeds of the Ectosperma clavata of Vaucher:};.
The original memoir descriptive of these appearances is contained in the Act.
Acad. Nat. Curios, vol. xiii. p. 791. Bonn, 1826, with an accompanying plate.

* As far as I can find, Munchausen was the first author of this theory nearly half a century ago,
but he seems to have obtained few followers until very recently. For further opinions on this theory
refer to Nimatophytes, p. 524, vol. Ix. of the Bictionnaire des Sciences Naturelles, edit. 1830 : likewise
the articles Nimazoaires and Ndmazoones, at p. 365, vol. xxxiv. of the same Diclionnaire ; and the ar-
ticle Psychodiaires, p. 516 of vol. xliii. of the same work.

t This theory may be termed the Zoocarpical, or that relating to imaginary animal-seeds. Dr. Roget
writes, "The tribe of Zoocarpia" (certain of the Cryptogamia I suppose) " produce a kind of fruit
' (seed), which when detached from the parent, appears to possess powers of spontaneous motion until
the period of its taking root, and growing like a vegetable struct\ire." Note, p. 156. vol. i. Roget's
Bridgewater Treatise. But according to M. Bory de Saint- Vincent, with whom the name originated,
" ' les Zoocarpes' sont les s6minules animus, des v^ritables v^g^taux ;" i.e. the live or animate seeds of

certain true plants.

♦ This plant is synonymous with the Vaucheria clavata of DeCandolle ; and the Conferva dilatata
a. clavata of Roth, and y. bursata are only different states of the same.

with some Remarks on the Nature of the Spongige Marinse. 377

And a portion of it is translated in an article " On the Metamorphoses of the
Reproductive Bodies of some Alga;, said to possess successively an animal
and a vegetable Existence," in the Mag. of Nat. Hist. vol. i. no. 4. for Novem-
ber 1828, p. 307. and is illustrated by a wood-cut. Here the locomotive glo-
bules, or more correctly the sporules or germs of the Ectosperma clavata, are
described as being " oval, dark at one extremity, and almost transparent at
the other ;" which characters exactly resemble those of the sporules of the
Spongilla. Also the account of their movements and mode of swimming is
very nearly the same, and is thus translated in p. 307 : " The minute globules
(were) unequal both in colour and size. Many of them swam freely here and
there, moving at their option, in one way or another, retiring and approaching
one another, gliding round globules that were motionless, stopping, and again
setting themselves in motion exactly like animated beings." I have therefore
no hesitation in asserting that the movements of both are in all probability
effected by the same means.

But it unfortunately does not appear from Unger's figures in tab. 40, that
any powerful microscope had been used to magnify the locomotive sporules in
question, in order to prove whether or not they possessed cilia, or any other
like organs, by which their motions might be partly or altogether performed.
Nevertheless I have taken much trouble in endeavouring to ascertain by what
means the sporules of the River Sponge swim and move about.

Under the highest power of Jones's improved compound microscope, with
which my observations on these sporules, whilst in their fresh and locomotive
state, were made, I could only perceive certain rapid streams or currents
taking place on their sides, which induced me to think they were currents or
vibrations in the water caused by little tufts of cilia, with which the membra-
nous coverings of the sporules seemed to be furnished, and by which their
movements, as 1 fancied, were effected. But having selected many of these
sporules when in full possession, and at the time they were actually making
use, of their moving power, I preserved them in a phial of spirits* : some of
these I have lately (November 26th) re-examined under a more modern and
perfect instrument, one of Powell's compound microscopes, and belonging to

* This phial, containing many of these locomotive sporules immersed in spirits, I beg to present to
the Society.

3 D 2

378 Mr. Hogg's Observations on the Spongilla fluviatilis,

Professor Don, by whose kind assistance I was enabled to see these bodies
magnified 400 times : even at such a high power we both were unable to
discern the presence of any cilia, but most distinctly observed the entire
covering or membrane of the sporules to be -studded all over with short pa-
pillae. Now it is very probable that the currents in the water, which I sup-
posed to have been caused by the rapid vibrations of tufts of cilia, were cur-
rents produced by a reciprocal action, or, to use the terms of M. Dutrochet,
by an endosmosis and exosmosis, i. e. by an inward and an outward impul-
sion of fluids, not only through the membranes of these sporules, but also
through these membranaceous papillae, in accordance with the discoveries of
that distinguished physiologist. Wherefore, the currents so produced M'ould
I conceive be a satisfactory mode of accounting for the singular and beautiful
phenomenon of locomotion as exhibited in these sporules ; and it is in pur-
suance of the philosophical views of Mr. Berkeley, F.L.S., as briefly mentioned
by him in a paper " On the supposed Animal Nature of the Seeds of certain
^Igce," published at p. 233 of Hooker's Journal of Botany, part 3, for July
1834* ; although, if this hypothesis should ultimately not prove the correct one,
we must endeavour at another opportunity to investigate the causes of that
interesting phenomenon by a more minute and complete examination of the pa-
pillee with which those sporules are so abundantly furnished, and whilst they
are in a fresh state ; for indeed I cannot but imagine that the function of loco-
motion must be in part carried on by means of the currents which I noticed in the
water, proceeding from the sporules, and very possibly effected in some degree
by a peculiar, but as yet unknown, faculty of the papillae themselves.

Hence, from what has been said, it will be evident that locomotion being
common both to some bodies pertaining to plants, and also to animals, the

* I think it better to insert here from that work Mr. Berkeley's own explanation of what he thinks
the real case to be : " When the seed separates from the matrix, it passes into the water in which the
plant is immersed. Now if the contents of the seed, which are semifluid, are of a different specific
gravity from that of water, a mutual action of exosmose and endosmose will immediately take place
through the epidermis of the seed : the water will pass into the seed, and part of the fluid matter of
the seed will pass out into the water ; and in consequence of this action, the current produced will
cause the seed to move about, until an equilibrium take place, when the seeds will settle at the bottom
and begin to vegetate." See, for additional remarks on the same subject, p. 28 of Berkeley's " Glean-
in-s of British Algae," Lond. 1833, where in plate x. the Ectosperma clavata is well represented.

with some Remarks on the Nature of the Spongiee Marinae. 379

moving sporules of the River Sponge cannot be considered as affording any
test decisive of their animal nature ; but, on the contrary, from the manner in
which they began to vegetate, I am most fully authorized in holding them to
possess far greater affinity with certain seeds, which are well known to belong
to several Algce or Cryptogamous plants.

I will now offer to you a few remarks on the locomotive germlike bodies
of the Sea Sponges, as observed by Dr. Grant, because they bear so consider-
able an analogy with those similar bodies, of which I have before given a
separate detail.

That acute naturalist has called them the ova of the Sponges, and has de-
scribed them* as being quite visible to the naked eye, of a yellow or amber
colour, somewhat translucent, egg-shaped, and tapering more or less at their
narrow end. Their whole outer surface is covered with delicate projecting
cilia, except their smaller extremity or base, which is supposed to be entirely
destitute of themf. When viewed through a microscope, it is seen that the
rapid vibration of the cilia produces a distinct current in the water, which
always flows from their rounded towards their tapering end. They swim
about by means of these cilia, always carrying their broadest extremity;}: or
top forwards : they glide along with a regular and smooth motion ; sometimes
they come to the surface, and sometimes revolve round their axis. At length
they fix themselves to a favourable spot, and, losing entirely their original
form, become a flat transparent film^, through which the fibres shoot.

* The above description is abstracted from Dr. Grant's accounts published in vol.xiii. p. 382 of the
Edinb. Phil. Journ. for 1823; p. 154 of the Edinb. New Phil. Joura. for 1826; and p. 129 of the
same Journal for 1827.

+ See figs. 26—29 of plate 2. in the Edinb. New Phil. Journ. for 1827.

X All the germlike bodies of the Sponges and the gemmules of the Zoophytes swim with their
rounder ends or tops precedent. The reason of this I believe is, that those ends are the lightest ; and
their lower or tapering extremities, being filled with the opake and vital substance, are consequently
the heaviest.

§ This mode of growth and development very greatly resembles that which takes place with the
seeds or sporules of the Fitci. Stackhouse in his Nereis Britannica (fasciculus ii.) relates a curious
experiment on the germination of the sporules of some species of Fucus, and adds, " In less than a
week a thin membrane was discoverable on the surface of the pebble, where the seeds had lodged,
with the naked eye ; this gradually extended itself, and turned to a darkish olive colour. It con-
tinued increasing in size, till at last there appeared mucous papillae or buds coming up from the mem-

380 Mr. Hogg's Observations on the Spongilla fluviatilis,

Here, then, it will be apparent to every one how completely analogous the
locomotive germlike bodies of certain kinds of Sea Sponge are to those of the
River Sponge, and to the moving sporules of the club-shaped Ectosperma,
but with this exception, viz. that the first bodies are said to be endowed with
vibratory cilia. Nevertheless, I much desire that these bodies of the different
Marine Sponges, of which only a few species have been described by Pro-
fessor Grant, were again subjected to a more thorough and careful investiga-
tion, in order to establish with greater certainty the presence and nature of
their supposed cilia or cilialike appendages. Because, until a more intense
power of the microscope be brought to the examination of these bodies than I
can learn from the papers already referred to in the Edinburgh Philosophical
Journal*, to have been at that time used, I cannot hold it to be by any means
decided whether those currents there detailed be caused by real cilia or not.
And I am bound to state this as my opinion, yet with all due respect and
deference to the able observations of Professor Grant, inasmuch as I have
myself been nearly misled in regarding the currents issuing from the sides of
the locomotive sporules of the River Sponge, as being the vibrations of tufts
of cilia, as I have before mentioned, in consequence of using a microscope
made about thirty years ago, and one of an inferior power ; and had I not
been so fortunate as to have just had the opportunity of resubmitting some of
those same bodies to a more modern instrument of a considerably higher
power, I should unquestionably have declared that those sporules were fur-
nished with true cilia, and that the currents noticed by me were produced by
the vibratory motions of such cilia : whereas, in fact, their supposed cilia have
at length turned out to be merely papillae.

Wherefore, having thus escaped from an unavoidable error, I feel the neces-
sity of urging the re-examination of the locomotive germlike bodies of the Sea

brane : these buds, when viewed in the microscope, were rather hollow in the centre, from whence
a shoot pushed forth.'' The germination also of the sporules of the River Sponge as observed by me,
and described in a preceding page, is remarkably similar.

* Dr. Grant appears to have used a magnifying power of less than even 100 times in those re-
searches ; for he there writes, " I have used every eiFort in vain to detect them (polypi in the Sponge)
with a microscope magnifying nearly a hundred times." Vide Edinb. New Phil. .Toum. for 1827,
p. 126. It is superfluous to comment on the great improvements that have been made in microscopes
within the last twelve years.

with some Remarks on the Nature of the Spongiae Marinse. 381

Sponges. And I much suspect, that were these bodies belonging to several
more kinds of Spongia magnified 400 or 500 times, what have hitherto been
taken for cilia* will prove to be either papillae similar to those in the sporules
of the Spongillajluviatilis, and that the supposed vibrations in the water are
in reality only endosmose and exosmose currents throiigh the membranes of
these bodies and their papillae ; or else, if when slightly magnified they appear
like the true cilia of animals, they will under a higher power of the micro-
scope be ascertained to be small tubules, as well through which, as through
the membranes of these germlike bodies, the same reciprocal action of fluids
takes place, and thereby most probably effects their remarkably similar move-
ments.

Moreover, since I have already attempted to describe the locomotive germ-
like bodies of the River Sponge, and have alluded to those of the Sea Sponge,
the sporules of the club-shaped Ectosperma amongst plants, and the sponta-
neous movements of the Globe Volvox among the Infusorians, it only remains
to consider, for the sake of comparison, the moving germs or gemmules of
some animal which strictly belongs to the Zoophytes. For this object, I will
select the locomotive gemmules of the Alcyonium gelatinosum (Linn.)f, as
they have been so recently discovered by Dr. A. Farre, and by whose kind-

* Since Dr. Grant is evidently in error as to the tentacula of the Sertulariee being ciliated, (see
Edinb. Phil. Journ. vol. xiii. p. 101,) I cannot but think that he is under the like mistake respecting
cilia being also present upon the locomotive sporules of the Sea Sponges. Both Dr. Johnston in his
Brit. Zooph., p. 43, and Mr. Lister in his memoir in the PhU. Trans, for 1834, p. 377, have subse-
quently ascertained that the Scrtularia have no cilia. The family Sertulariada belonging to my
Unosculous subclass of Zoophytes, I propose to arrange in an order called Noditentacula, from their
tentacles being furnished with nodi, small knots or projections. Such minute processes, without the
aid of a very good microscope, and in a clear, strong, and equalized light, may very easily deceive the
eye of the observer. And I may remark, that my proposed order corresponds with a part of Dr.
A. Farre's Polypi Nudibrachiati ; but here it will be evident that this term is inapplicable to those
Zoophytes whose tentacula or brachia are rough with small knots or nodules, and are furnished with
irregular hairlike projections according to the observations of M. Trembley on the Hydra, and of
Mr. Lister on the Sertularite.

t It is the Halodactylus diaphanus of Farre ; the Alcyonidium gelatinosum of Johnston (Brit. Zooph.) ;
the Ulva diaphana and Alcyonidium diaphanum of many botanists. It is singular that it should have
been so lately classed among plants, for its polypes were long ago mentioned in Solander and Ellis's
work on Zoophytes. See also the note of Mr. Gray in his paper on Sponges, at p. 50 of the Zoolo-
gical Journal, vol. i.

382 Mr. Hogg's Observations on the Spongilla fluviatilis,

ness I had the pleasure about eighteen months ago to witness the living polypes
in that Zoophyte, and to observe for the first time the actual presence of the
cilia ranged along their tentacula, and the extremely rapid and vibratory mo-
tions of those organs in the water. That author has made known many
curious and important facts respecting the Binosculous Ciliotentacular Zoo-
phytes* in his interesting memoir, which is published in the Philosophical
Transactions for 1837, where, at p. 412, writing on the gemmules of that spe-
cies, he says, " It would be impossible to explain the variety of motions which
the gemmules are capable of executing, were it not obvious how complete is
their control over the action of the cilia, which are their sole locomotive or-
gans. They generally swim with the convex part forwards, and with the
greatest rapidity. Sometimes they simply rotate upon their axis, or they
tumble over and over ; or, selecting a fixed point, they whirl round it in rapid
circles, carrying every loose particle after them. Others creep along the bot-
tom of the watch-glass upon one end, and with a waddling gait ; but generally
after a few hours all motion ceases, and they are found to have attached them-
selves to the surface of the glass." He further adds, " The parenchyma of the
gemmules has a contractile power, somewhat like that of Hydra, but less in
degree, by which the form of the body is occasionally altered,"

* These are the Ciliohrachiate Polypi of Dr. A. Farre. I have long considered the tentacles
(tentacula) of Zoophytes as presenting the principal and most characteristic organs by which those
animals ought to be classified in strict accordance with their natural conformation. The Ciliotentacula
wovdd include a large and separate order, composed of the genera Flustra, Cellularia, &c. The Pinni-
tentacula would comprise those Zoophytes whose tentacula are pinnated ; for instance in the Gorgonia,
Pennatulce, &c., where the tentacles are furnished with small pinnae. The Tubitentacula, the Actinia,
the MadreportB, and the rest which possess tentacula in the form of siphons or hollow tubes perforated
at their extremities, The Planitentacula, which is synonymous with a part of Dr. Farre's Nudibra-
chiate Polypi, would comprehend those Zoophytes whose tentacles are quite plain and devoid of any
lateral excrescences or appendages, as Tubularia, Coryne, &c. ; and the order Noditentacula, the genus
Hydra, and family of the Sertulariadee, which have those organs covered with little knots, nodules,
or projections. But the class Zoophyta itself should be divided into two subclasses ; viz. 1. Binoscula,
or the Zoophytes that have distinctly two holes or orifices, one of which is their mouth, and the other
their anus ; to this belongs my first order. And 2. Unoscula, those with one orifice, serving both for
their mouth and anus ; herein are supposed to be included all the four latter orders. Additional ex-
aminations, indeed, guided by some anatomical skill, are yet wanting for the purpose of completing
this tentacular arrangement, which would then be of considerable use in more clearly defining several
of the most important characters that belong to those very remarkable animals.

with some Remarks on the Nature of the Spongiae Marinae. 383

These gemmules with their numerous cilia may be seen, on referring' to the
drawings that accompany Dr. Farre's paper, in Phil. Trans., plate 26, at figs.
20 — 23, where they are delineated on an enlarged scale.

Dr. Grant has likewise published some observations on the spontaneous
motions of the ova of several Zoophytes, well worth perusal, in the Edinb.
New Phil. Journ. for 1826, at p. 150 and the following pages*.

Now, by comparing these descriptions with those before given of the germs
or sporules of Ectosperma, and of the germlike bodies both of the Spongilla
and of the Spongice, it will be evident that these gemmules possess far more
vigorous and rapid powers of locomotion, arising doubtless from their finlike
cilia, and their actions exhibit moi-e volition or a greater degree of spontaneity,
and precisely that which usually pertains to animal life : wherefore, they moi'e
nearly resemble in those powers the Infusorian Volvox. It likewise appears
from those authors, as well as from the earlier accounts of Cavolini, that the
gemmules of Zoophytes frequently change their forms in swimming, that
they have considerable powers of contraction and dilatation of their whole
bodies, and are otherwise highly irritable ; hence, in these characters they
present an essential difference both from the sporules of the River Sponge, and
from the germlike bodies of the Sea Sponges f : but these gemmules, in respect
to their irritability alone, much nearer approach the Infusoria ; and thereby,
I think, their animal nature is sufficiently established. Also we know from
Dr. Lingers very conclusive experiments, that the locomotive sporules of the
Ectosperma are those of a true plant ; and since the moving germlike bodies
of both kinds of Sponge are much more analogous in every respect to those.

* And for that author's account of the ova of Flustra, see the same Journal for 1827, p. 116. I
must however object to the term ova (eggs) being used to designate the reproductive bodies (gem-
mules) of Zoophytes : because, these being enveloped by a mere skin or membrane, usually furnished
with cilia, endowed with irritability or powers of contraction and dilatation, and frequently, if not al-
ways, possessed of some kind of muscular apparatus, are rendered totally distinct from any ova or
ovula, i. e. such reproductive bodies as are simply inclosed within unorganized coverings or plain ex-
ternal shells. Although Dr. Allan Thomson incorrectly considers the distinction between eggs and
gemmules to be somewhat arbitrary. Vide note at p. 46 of Johnston's Brit. Zooph.

t Dr. Grant positively asserts the ova of the Sea Sponges " do not change their forms while
swimming,' (p. 154, loc. cit.) And I have not witnessed either any such changes, or any symptoms
of irritability, in the sporules of the River Sponge.

VOL. XVIII. 3 E

384 Mr, Hogg's Observations on the Spongilla fluviatilis,

than either to the locomotive gemmules of Zoophytes, or to the Volvoces*
themselves, we may justly conclude that the sporules of the Sponges are of a
vegetable nature.

Furthermore, I consider that those hairlike, vibratory, and minute append-
ages called cilia, as instruments of locomotion, acting somewhat after the
■ manner of little oars or fins, are peculiar to animals and to animal substances,
and that they never can exist upon any vegetable f production whatever.
Grant, Dalyell, Farre, Johnston, and others, describe the gemmules of Zoo-
phytes as being furnished with these cilia, and that by them alone they are
impelled through the water. The body of the f^olvox globator is likewise
covered with similar organs according to Professor Ehrenberg, who has be-
sides discovered that the cilia of the Infusoria have extremely small muscles
attached to their roots, by which the vibratory motions are performed. Those
naturalists, then, who reason solely from analogy, would, from the similar
movements of the sporules of the Ectosperma and Sponges, at once decide that
all those sporules move by the same means by which the Infusorians and the
gemmules of the Zoophytes do, and consequently, that they have such cilia.
But here analogy is of no assistance : for these organs of locomotion have
never yet been discovered on any vegetable body, although sought for with the
aid of very powerful magnifiers. M. Donn6 very recently, in endeavouring to
ascertain the cause of the circulation in the Chara, pressed out from a tube of
the Chara hispida a great number of granules ; amongst these were seen some
which had a rotatory movement, more or less rapid, independent of the
movement of general circulation : some turned round on themselves without
changing place : others were carried along by the current, but still preserving
their spontaneous rotatory movement. He supposed that they possessed cilia
as organs of their motions, but records, " I examined if there existed vibra-

* Recent microscopic examinations of some of the Infusoria, (among others) of Monas lens, Kolpoda
cucullus, Brachionus ovalis, &c. have shown to me, that in addition to the characteristic distinctions
pointed out in the text, these animalcula plainly differ from the locomotive sporules of the Spongilla
by their great restlessness, and by their being almost constantly engaged in searching for, or hunting
after, their food or prey. — J. H., Feb. 12, 1839.

t Of course, I need scarcely observe, those fine hairs or fringes, which are named cilia by botanists,
and occurring on different vegetable substances, are perfectly distinct.

with some Remarks on the Nature of the Spongise Marinse. 385

tory hairs on the surface of the granules endowed with the spontaneous move-
ment which I have just described, but was not able to discover any, although
I employed a power of 500 diameters with a good light*." Similar granules
of the Chara are represented in tab. 10. in Act. Acad. Nat. Curios, vol. xiii,,
for the purpose of illustrating Dr. Agardh's memoir " On the Anatomy and
Circulation of the Chara" " Uber die Anatomic und den Kreislauf der Cha-
ren." Thus do these granules afford additional analogy in their spontaneous
movements to the sporules of the Ectosperma and of the Spongilla and Spon-
gios. Since M. Donn^ has not succeeded in finding any cilia on the moving
granules of the Chara hispida, and I have before shown that the sporules of
the Spongilla Jluviatilis are entirely devoid of them, though whether they
exist on those of the Ectosperma clavata 1 am not aware, but I apprehend
they do not : and most assuredly they do not, if those organs vibrate by the
sole aid of a muscularf apparatus, which, I conceive, will on further investi-
gations prove to be generally the case ; and hence the impossibility of such
cilia ever belonging to vegetable bodies. With this view, then, of those sin-
gular organs of locomotion, I have also stated the likelihood of those cur-
rents, which have been noticed flowing from the moving sporules of the Sea
Sponges, when examined under the power of 400 or 500 diameters of the best
microscope, turning out to be caused by some other agency than that of real
cilia. Such an agency, which I have before observed likely to be sufficiently
effective, is that constituted by the endosmosis and exosmosis of different
fluids, according to the beautiful discoveries of M. Dutrochet. Though I
should remark, that the thin membranes forming the coverings or envelopes
of the sporules and granules of plants are quite porous enough to allow the
endosmose and exosmose fluids to act : but where papillae or any cilia-like tu-
bules exist, these, most possibly being hollow, will I think assist the action of
those fluids, and so increase the currents by which locomotion is supposed to
take place. And this agency, I conclude, will probably be found general in

* See M. Donn6 on the Cause of the Circulation of the Chara, p. 153, in the Lend, and Edinb. Phil.
Mag. for August, 1838.

t Dr. A. Farre mentions "muscular lobes" as being present in the gemmules of the Alcyonium
gelatinosum, which are endowed with true cilia.

3 E 2

386 Mr. Hogg's Observations on the Spongilla fluviatilis,

causing all those temporary, and apparently spontaneous, movements both in
the seeds or sporules*, and in the granules of vegetables.

Wherefore it is manifest, that the very similar movements of the sporules
belonging to many water-plants, and of the gemmules of Zoophytes, are not
effected by the same means ; yet, nevertheless, the design and object of such
movements are without doubt the same, namely, a proper dispersion of the
different species throughout "the waters of the deep," and thus evincing a no
less wonderful than a beneficent mark of an AUwise Power, in providing for
the continuation and safe increase of even the most minute objects of created
being.

Again, let me proceed to enumerate to you certain other facts which have
come under my observation tending to prove the vegetable nature of the
Spong ilia fiuviatilis.

The first, that I must mention, is the resemblance of the membrane which
clothes the soft portion or jelly, and entirely lines the pores and canals of that
Sponge, with that of the leaves of plants ; this membrane or cuticle is ex-
tremely thin, delicate, transparent, and colourless, and seemed under the mi-
croscope which I used as if most finely reticulated. 1 examined with care the
membranes of the leaves of many common plants, amongst which were the
daisy, cabbage, stock, primrose, lettuce, geranium, spinach, and thick-leaved
saxifrage, and to me their general similarity of appearance both in texture
and in transparency with the membrane of the Spongilla was obvious. Though
whether the delicate membrane of the latter be cellular, as Amici states is the
case with that of leaves, or merely porous, or not, I have been as yet unable
to discover by reason of my not having at hand a sufficiently high magnifying
power f.

M. Dutrochet has described in the valuable memoir before quoted, the

* It is not unlikely that a number more of the seeds both of freshwater plants {Hydrophyta) and of
marme plants (Thalassiophyta) will hereafter be discovered to possess, for a short time, the like loco-
motive property.

t I suspect, however, that if this membrane of the Spongilla were examined under a more power-
ful microscope, it will be found to possess a minuter resemblance with the external membrane of the
leaves or fronds of the Fuci.

with some Remarks on the Nature of the Spongiae Marinse. 387

curious manner in which this diaphanous membrane is often puffed up, or
swells out from the surface of the gelatinous substance which it envelopes,
into little cones or roundish protuberances, as well as the manner in which
these latter are sometimes seen to burst or become pierced at their summit,
and to vomit forth a continuous stream of water. And the mode in which 1
have observed the River Sponge grow and extend itself is owing to this mem-
brane, namely, by its transparent edges gradually progressing over the stone
or whatever body it is attached to ; and so by the bulging out and rising up of
the same membrane, the variously formed lobes and the irregular eminences
upon its surface originate and increase in size. The same author has likewise
attributed the increase of the Lake Sponge to the like membrane ; for he
says, " Elle forme une expansion membraneuse qui s'accroit par ses bords de
la meme mani^re que certaines Ulves*."

The second, is the gelatinous or soft portion itself covei-ed by that mem-
brane, which when magnified appears of much the same nature as that con-
tained within the membrane of the more fleshy kinds of leaves, and which
may be called the parenchymatous substance ; for example, I compared a
piece of that Sponge with a portion of the leaves of Crassula coccinea, Hoya
carnosa, several of the Mesembryanthema, Semperviva, Cacti particularly of
Cactus truncatus, Stapelia variegata, &c. ; and placing one next to the other
on the glass under the microscope, I could distinctly perceive that the pulpy
or gelatinous material of the Spongilla resembled the parenchymatous sub-
stance of those leaves, and appeared to be principally composed of numerous
pellucid globules.

The third, the green chromule or colouring matter which is contained in
these globules, and seems to be nearly the same with that of the more fleshy
leaves of plants ; indeed, when squeezed on a piece of white paper, it stains it
of a green or yellowish-green colour according as the specimen of the Sponge
itself is of a dark or light green. I have brought this evening for inspection
a sheet of white paper, on which I have pressed out the green chi-omules from
the leaves of several phsenogamous plants for the sake of comparing them
with the similar green matter from that Sponge, as well as some chromules of
different colours squeezed from the petals of certain flowers : all these it will

* See Annales des Sc. Nat., torn. xv. p. 212.

388 Mr. Hogg's Observations on the Spongilla fluviatilis,

be seen dye the paper with permanent colours exactly after the same manner
as the green chromule of the Spongilla has done. But in order to let the re-
semblance be more conspicuous, 1 have also stained the paper (on the left
side) with the chromule from the leaf of Primula Sinensis, the chromule of a
common Conferva, and that of Chara vulgaris ; and having placed these
beside the stain derived from the colouring material of the River Sponge,
every one must be immediately struck with the similitude of their tints. In
fact, the chromule of the Conferva appears almost identical in colour with
that of the Spongilla.

The fourth : if a green piece of this Sponge and any common leaves be
steeped in strong acid, the effects are likewise to all appearance very similar.
For instance, I took a living piece of the River Sponge of a bright green co-
lour, drained off the water, and poured some muriatic acid over it ; at first a
little effervescence took place over the whole surface of the specimen in con-
sequence of some calcareous matter having been deposited from the water
upon it ; next, the action of the acid began to dispel the green and to turn it
to a rusty or iron colour*, like as it does when applied to the green of fresh
leaves. The specimen then became very soft and pulpy, and losing its form,
put on after a further maceration the same appearance as that which arises
from a similar effect of muriatic acid upon the parenchymatous substance
and chromule of any green leaf.

And the fifth, relates to the disengaging of gas, in all probability oxygen.
Whilst engaged in my experiments on the action of light upon the colour of
the Spongilla, I repeatedly observed those living specimens when placed in

* As it is a well-known property in Chemistry, that the most common and powerful acids change
the blue colour of vegetables to red. If, therefore, such an acid be applied to the colouring matter of
the Blue Sponge (Spongia carulea), and the colour should thereby be converted to red, this would go
far in deciding the vegetability of that marine species. As also, alkalies mixed with blue vegetable
juices turn them green, it may easily be proved whether that change takes place in the colour of the
same Blue Sponge under the influence of an alkali. And I will merely mention, that it would be in-
teresting to try the effects of acids and alkalies upon the colours of the Red-wine Sponge {S. vinosa),
and of the beautiful Coral-red Sponge (S. corallina), and thereby likewise determine whether the reds
be not of a vegetable nature. In addition to these Sponges, other species of a purple and violet, and
of a reddish, rose-coloured and pink, are to be found on the coasts of the Mediterranean in the vici-
nity of Nice, as we learn from M. A. Risso's " Hist. Nat. des principales Productions de I'Europe
Mdridionale," tom. v. Paris, 1826.

with some Remarks on the Nature of the Spongiae Marinae. 389

the bright and powerful rays of the sun^ and while they were daily increasing
in their green tints, to be covered with a great number of bubbles ; thinking,
however, that they were only air-bubbles escaping from some insect, or some
molluscous animal or other, which so frequently lurks within the canals of the
Sponge, I carefully chose two or three fresh specimens that were entirely free
from any parasitical animal; I placed them in a dish of water, which was
frequently changed, and submitted them to the direct action of the light of
the sun, by allowing the brightest rays to enter through a glass window and
to fall directly upon them ; every day bubbles of gas continued to be disen-
gaged from these Sponges, but only in any considerable quantity when ex-
posed to the most luminous sunshine. Because plants in the solar light usu-
ally evolve oxygen, which is principally derived from the decomposition of
carbonic acid gas. I therefore naturally conceived that these bubbles of gas
were most likely mere bubbles of oxygen*, which are so commonly given out
by all plants when put under water and subjected to the same influence of
light, and that they might thus prove, in some measure, confirmatory of my
opinion as to the vegetable nature of this Sponge.

But I must make a more particular statement respecting the currents of
water that have been noticed flowing into and issuing out from the interior of
the Spongilla, and which are analogous to those described by Professor Grant
and other authors, as constantly occurring in the Spongice Marines, and
esteemed by them the strongest evidences of their supposed animality. These
currents I have repeatedly observed in most living masses of the River Sponge,
and have proved their actual presence in various ways. My attention was

* Since plants absorb carbonic acid gas, and exhale oxygen : but, on the contrary, animals absorb
oxygen and give out carbonic acid gas ; if these bubbles on the application of a proper test were proved
to be oxygen gas, this would fairly be conclusive of the Spongilla fluviatilis being a plant. Though, on the
other hand, if these bubbles be chemically found nitrogen (azote), this would not decide the present
species to be an animal, because it has been lately shown (by Dr. Daubeny in the Phil. Trans, for
1836, and still more recently by Mr. Rigg in the Phil. Trans, for 1838,) that even plants, in certain
stages and under certain circumstances, not unfrequently evolve nitrogen. And if in such case we
can determine by means of chemical tests, that this Sponge actually decomposes carbonic acid gas
under the influence of solar light, we should then have arrived at a safe conclusion respecting its vege-
tability. Surely similar chemical experiments might be instituted to demonstrate the true nature of
the Marine Sponges. During the time I was making the experiments detailed in the text I had no
opportunity of proving these questions.

390 Mr. Hogg's Observations on the Spongilla fluviatilis,

first called to them by seeing some little extraneous substances floating in the
water and being carried by the stream setting in directly to a particular part
of the Sponge. With a good magnifier I then clearly perceived not only this
current in action, but likewise another flowing from the canals through their
large orifices or oscules, and bearing along with it stnall ejectamenta or
brownish bits of the Sponge or of soil, which I frequently observed turning
over and over, and sometimes kept by the currents in a revolving motion within
the oscules, and thereby undoubtedly showing that certain flowings or streams
were taking place in the water. I have further established the presence of
them by putting a fresh specimen of the Spongilla Jluviatilis in a dish of
water and sprinkling a little calcined magnesia on the surface ; this powder
soon exhibited motions, and betrayed by its being carried round and round
upon the water in different directions, that strong and distinct currents were
actively going on. After many minute examinations in endeavouring to solve
the cause of these phsenomena, I have hitherto invariably found a worm or an
insect, or some crustaceous or molluscous animal, concealed within the Sponge,
and by which the currents were actually produced.

A parasitical insect*, indeed, which I have seldom failed to observe lurk-

* Mr. Westwood, F.L.S., having more fully described this curious insect in a letter dated Novem-
ber 30th, 1838, with which he kindly favoured me, I will add the following interesting account from
it : " The insects you have sent me are as anomalous as the production they inhabit. From their
small size, soft texture, six long legs, and green colour, they have much the appearance of small
wingless Aphides ; but this is only in appearance. On examining them under a lens, they are seen
to be 13-jointed, of an elongated oval form, clothed at the sides, and especially at the extremity of
the body, with very long setae, which are also found sparingly upon the legs. The latter organs are
not those of a perfectly organized imago, for they resemble those of the immature Coccidcs, or rather
the legs of the larvse of the HemeroUi, &c. The antennae are nearly half the length of the body,
very slender, arising from an incrassated basal joint, and apparently very indistinctly articulated. The
mouth consists only of four exceedingly fine setae, as long as the anlennBe, between which they are
constantly porrected, arising in pairs at a short distance apart. The underside of the body, or at least
some of the terminal segments are furnished with elongated, flattened, membranous appendages ;
which, from analogy with some of the aquatic Neuropterous and Trichopterous larvae, are evidentlv
false gills, and employed in respiration. From the characters, and with the materials I now possess,
it is impossible to decide upon the real nature of these little animals : neither is it possible to decide
whether they are in the larva or imago state. There are some imagines amongst the Aphidm, Coccidx,
and some other groups, which never gain wings, but always retain their larvalike form ; and in the
Coccida we have a mouth composed of four elongated setae, as I have discovered ; but then these

with some Remarks on the Nature of the Spongise Marinse. 391

ing within the cells or canals of this kind of Sponge, is one, I believe, at pre-
sent unknown, and one of a very remarkable form and character. It is in
appearance not unlike a wingless Aphis ; it varies somewhat in size, probably
according to its age ; is apterous and of a green colour, much resembling that
of the Sponge itself, but is occasionally rather more marked with brown. It
seems to inhabit this Freshwater Sponge alone, for I do not recollect to have
noticed it in any other production ; it burrows in it, feeds upon it, eating away
large pieces of it ; coming forth from its hole, it is often seen walking over
the surface of the mass, and retreats, particularly when disturbed, within the
canals again. Possessing on the under part of its body certain membranaceous
appendages, which are clearly a sort of branchiae or gills, it makes use of them
for the purpose of breathing. Whilst it effects the function of respiration the
insect remains within its hole perfectly still, but only keeps rapidly vibrating
these gills or branchial appendages, by means of which currents are produced
in the water near to the spot where it is lodged.

To this insect, then, I attribute for the most part those currents which I
have observed flowing into, and out from, the pores or canals of the Spongilla
Jluviatilis ; or else to the same cause, namely, to the process of respiration
being carried on by some moUuscan, or insect, hid within and inhabiting that
individual specimen ; for I have always succeeded in discovering, whenever I
have noticed similar currents or streams in the water, the presence either of
some parasitical insect, or of some molluscan, upon which the Sponge has
grown and afterwards entirely invested. Moreover, I have never yet been
able to perceive these currents in any living mass of this Freshwater Sponge

Sponge insects are aquatic and furnished with gills, which no imago that I am acquainted with pos-
sesses. If regarded as larvse, it is difficult to conceive even to what order of insects they belong, the
structure of the mouth being unlike every group having aquatic larvae ; in some respects they are al-
lied to the larvae of the Hemerobii, which have long mandibles and maxillae, but these are all terres-
trial. We are too well acquainted also with the larvae of the Trichoptera to regard them as belonging
to that order ; and in the Neuroptera we know the transformations of all the groups. There is, how-
ever one anomalous genus, Acentropus, of which even the order is doubtful ; and as we are ignorant
of its early stages, it may possibly belong to that."

Having kept in a basin of fresh water for many days together specimens of the Spongilla wherein
were some of these insects, and having never observed them even beginning to transform, I am very
much inclined to consider that they have attained their perfect state. A short notice of this insect is
given in the Mag. Nat. Hist., vol. iii. N. S. p. 200, No. for April, 1839.
VOL. XVIII. 3 F

392 Mr. Hogg's Observations on the Spongilla fluviatilis,

that has been entirely free from every sort of parasite. If, however, future
investigations shall prove that these currents really do exist in the Spongilla
fluviatilis independent of the respiration or other function of any strange ani-
mal, I should then consider, with M. Dutrochet, that they are most probably
caused by an endosmosis and exosmosis of different fluids after the manner of
plants, and not by any inspiration and expiration of water, from which we
might be led to imagine any, even the most distant, token of animal life. And
for the sake of explaining the causes of such currents, I will add the following
passage from the very interesting and important observations on the branched
or Lake Sponge, by M. Dutrochet, which have been already referred to: "II
me parait hors de doute que cette expulsion depend de I'endosmose ou de I'in-
troduction continuelle de I'eau ambiante dans les cavit6s de la Spongille, ca-
vit^s remplies d'un fluide organique plus dense que cette eau ambiante : cette
eau, sans cesse affluente dans I'interieur du tissu de la Spongille, chasse I'eau
pr6c6demment introduite. Ces deux mouvemens contraires d'introduction et
d'expulsion d'absorption et d'exhalation, ont lieu d'une mani^re peu sensible
lorsque les conduits d'expulsion dont il est ici question n'existent point, ce
qui arrive souvent : alors, en examinant k la loupe I'eau dans laquelle est
plong^e la Spongille, on observe que les corps tr^s-l^gers qui sont tenus en
suspension par I'eau 6prouvent un mouvement faible, mais continuel, dans le
voisinage de la Spongille ; cela prouve que cette derni^re produit dans I'eau
des courans imperceptibles, mais non interrompus ; ces courans deviennent
perceptibles quand existent les conduits membrano-tubuleux qui vomissent
continuellement de I'eau. II est Evident que ces conduits offrant k I'eau qui
cherche k sortir de la Spongille une issue large et libre, ce fluide s'y precipite
et sort en masse par cette ouverture, au lieu de filtrer lentement au travers de
la membrane enveloppante*."

Yet it would seem that, that author has witnessed similar currents taking
place without interruption in that species, when no crustacean (or other ani-
mal perhaps) has been detected within it. He says, "Ayant isole, dans un
petit vase rempli d'eau tr^s-pure, un fragment de Spongille qui n'ofi^rait aucune
de ces protuberances membraneuses, j'y vis dhs le lendemain naitre une de ces
protuberances ; elle grandit peu k peu, et le deuxi^me jour elle se per^a c\ son
* Annales des Sciences Naturelles, torn. xv. pp. 215, 216.

with some Remarks on the Nature of the Spongise Marinse. 393

soramet, et dfes-lors elle vomit de I'eau sans interruption. Le fragment de
Spongille n'avait que trois k quatre lignes dans toutes ses dimensions ; il me
fut facile d'en explorer toutes les parties a la loupe, en le r^duisant en petits
fragmens, et je n'y trouvai pas un seul Entomostracd. Ainsi il me fut deniontr6
que I'eau est chassee hors de la Spongille par une force propre a cet etre vi-
vant lui-meme*."

Wherefore, supposing that the same phsenomena occur likewise in the River
Sponge, in the absence of every parasitical animal, I am by no means sure that
the endosmose current would enter solely by the pores of that substance, and
the expelled or exosmose fluid would issue from the oscules alone, in strict
analogy with the Sowings of the like currents, which Dr. Grant has described
as continually and regularly going on in those Sea Sponges f which he had
examined. And in this opinion the former justly celebrated observer appears
to coincide, as we learn from the following accurate remarks : " Quelque at-
tention que j'aie apport^e k I'observation, il m'a 6t6 impossible d'apercevoir
par oil cette eau, sans cesse expuls^e, s'introduisait dans I'int^rieur de la Spon-
gille, en sorte qu'il me parait certain que cette eau est introduite insensible-
ment par I'absorption que la Spongille exerce par toute I'^tendue de sa surface.
Au reste, il est bon de faire observer que ces petites protuberances, qui vomis-
sent de I'eau, n'existenl pas toujours ; j'ai vu des Spongilles qui n'en ofFraient
pas une seule ; elles me paraissent done etre des productions accidentelles, et
j'attribue leur formation a I'effbrt que fait I'eau contenue dans I'int^rieur de la
Spongille pour en sortir. La membrane enveloppante, se trouvant faible en
certains endroits, s'y laisse distendre, et forme alors des protuberances au de
petites vessies qui se cr^vent a leur sommet pour laisser 6chapper en jet con-
tinu I'eau qui, sans cet accident, serait echapp^e d'une manifere insensible et
par filtration au travers des parois de la membrane enveloppante. L'expulsion
continuelle de I'eau prouve son introduction 6galement continuelle par I'ab-
sorption insensible ; par consequent, lorsqu'il n'existe point pour I'eau intro-
duite de voie d'expulsion en masse, elle doit etre expulsee d'une mani^re in-
sensible, c'est-a-dire de la meme mani^re quelle est introduite;}:."

Now the large holes or openings observable in the surface of the Freshwater

* Loc. cit. p. 209. t See Grant's accounts in Edinb. Phil. Journ., vol. xiii. p. 105 — 107.

J Annales des Sciences Naturelles, torn. xv. pp. 209, 210.

3 f2

394 Mr. Hogg's Observations on the Spongilla fluviatilis,

Sponge, which constitute the mouths or entrances to the wider passages or
canals formed in that structure by the anastomosing fibres, and which are
precisely similar to those seen in a number of the Marine Sponges, and have
been named by Dr. Grant the fsecal orifices, I have here called oscules (oscula),
— a term previously used by Ellis and Solander and by Pallas to designate
them, — because I consider the Spongillce, being vegetable productions, cannot
possibly have any faeces to discharge. Although the ejectamenta, or little
pieces of soil before alluded to, are principally the faeces not of the Spongilla,
but of certain animals parasitically nestling within it : these have been also
mentioned by Dutrochet, and described by him as " des fragmens de la matifere
caseiforme :" they are usually of a brownish colour, and are conveyed from
the canals with the expelled current of water. On placing a living specimen
of the Spongilla as naturally attached to a stone, or piece of wood, &c. in a
basin of pure water, these ejectamenta may be in a little time perceived freshly
washed out of the canals, and resting on the surface about its oscules. They
are most conspicuous on looking at the Sponge in the morning (having on the
previous night changed the water), when the whole specimen is generally
covered by them, and is rendered quite dirty and discoloured. Washing the
Sponge, by letting some fresh water run over it, I again noticed after a few
hours more the same appearances. And on examining the specimen, I dis-
covered the presence of some insect or other animal, and found that these
ejectamenta were partly its excrementitious discharges, and partly bits of
broken fibres, and particles of the Sponge, which were loosened by the gnaw-
ing or burrowing of the same creature. I never observed these ejectamenta
upon any fresh specimen wherein I was unable to detect any strange animal.
Much the same sort of brownish excrement I have seen as emitted by the nu-
merous polypes of Plumatella repens*, when I have kept them in a glass vessel
filled with water for the purpose of studying their habits and organization.

Now, as to the fancied irritability, or powers of contraction and dilatation of
this species of Spongilla, numerous experiments have convinced me that they

* The like experiment of scattering some magnesia powder on the surface of the water wherein is
contained a little colony of these Zoophytes, will demonstrate, in the same way, that eddies and cur-
rents are in powerful action whenever any of the minute polypes have protruded themselves from their
membranous dwellings. See ante, p. 390.

with some Remarks on the Nature of the Spongise Marinse. 395

positively do not exist. I have applied several of the same tests to it as
Dr. Grant tried on the Sea Sponges*, and with exactly the same results. I
have gently touched, raised up, and punctured with blunt and sharp instru-
ments, the delicate membrane, the terminal fibres, the jelly, and the edges of
the oscules : I have not only touched, but pierced them with a red-hot needle,
nipped and torn them with a forceps, and have conveyed drops of muriatic
acid both upon and into them, without the least success. So also M. Du-
trochetf assures us, that he could not perceive any sign of irritability in the
Lake Sponge, even when under the influence of stimuli. Yet, M. Dujardin
very recently observing pieces or small parcels of the latter species of Spon-
gilla, "se mouvoir sur le porte-objet du microscope, en ^mettant des expan-
sions arrondies et des prolongemens plus ou moins effil^s, comme les AmibesX ;
aussi quelques-unes de ces parcelles se mouvoir d'une autre mani^re, en agi-
tant des filamens tr^s longs d'une t^nuite extreme" (p. 7-), announced these
facts, " des expansions contractiles§ et des mouvemens de reptation," as suf-
ficiently demonstrating the animal nature of Sponges. But in this author's
paper, intitled "Observations sur les Eponges et en particulier sur la Spon-
gille ou Eponge d'eau douce" {Spongilla lacustris), and just published in
the "Annales des Sciences Naturelles," Seconde S^rie, tom.x. Zoologie, 1838,
I am unable to discover any single fact which can be brought forward as fully
proving the animality of either the Freshwater or the Sea Sponges || ; on the
contrary, I can find nothing but what may be equally advanced in favour of
their vegetability.

* See Edinb. Phil. Journ., vol. xiii. p. .340.

\ See Annales des Sciences Naturelles, torn. xv. pp. 210, 217.

X This is the Infusorian Proteus. I was not aware that Dr. Ehrenberg had already bestowed the
new name of Amoeba on that genus when I proposed that of Thetis for it. See my short communication
in the Mag. Nat. Hist. vol. ii. N. S., p. 53.

§ I have lately read in the " Revue Zoologique par la Soci^t^ Cuvierienne,' (Paris, 1838, No. 9, for
last September, p. 204,) that M. Laurent esteems, as M. Dujardin does, the Spongilla to be true ani-
mals endowed with slow contractile movements.

II In the above-cited paper (p. 5.), M. Dujardin calls the Cliona celata a Spongiaire, which it cer-
tainly is not, because Dr. Grant has himself not only seen but has also described its extraordinarily
minute polypes. (See Edinb. New Phil. Journ. for 1826, p. 80 ; and Johnston's Brit. Zooph., p. 305.)
It is therefore a true Zoophyte, and what I may name, agreeably to the modern French nomenclature,
an Alcyonidiaire, being most allied to the genus Alcyonidium of Dr. Johnston.

396 Mr. Hogg's Observations on the Spongilla fluviatilis,

In the first place, as to the peculfei* motion of sliding or creeping exhibited
by pieces of the Spongilla in the water, I have no doubt that much the same
may be seen on detaching portions of some plants belonging to the Ulvce,
Fuci, &c., when placed in that fluid, and that it arises from some other cause
than, that of such contractile and expansive powers as are known to pertain to
animal life. Indeed portions of some Fuci, especially of the leaves or fronds
of Fucus vesiculosus, F. serratus, &c., I have been distinctly informed, on
being torn from the original plant and put into water, show their edges roll-
ing up and forming what might be esteemed by some as a sort of contraction,
and in other respects varying and altering their newly-divided margins. And
in corroboration of this statement, I will here add these appropriate words of
Dr. Johnston: " I may remark on these experiments (of Dujardin), that loco-
motion is no proof of animality. Several ^Igce are locomotive*."

Now these changes in form of small parcels of the Lake Sponge are ac-
counted for by M. Dutrochet, by a " mouvement de transport des globules
616mentaires d'un lieu dans le lieu voisin ; ces globules v6siculaires ne sont
point immobiles dans leur adherence mutuelle ; ils se meuvent les uns sur les
autres sans quitter leur adherence par une sorte de glissement, et cela par
I'efFet d'une force inconnue qui appartient au tissu vivant. C'est une action
vitale nouvelle qui joue certaineraent un des principaux roles dans le ph6-
nomfene de I'accroissement en longueur des v6g6taux, accroissement qui est
quelquefois d'une rapidit6 singuliferef."

In the second place, the filaments that M. Dujardin describes as being
" flagelliformes trfes longs d'une t^nuite exti-eme," with which the pieces of
Spongilla lacustris are externally furnished, evidently appear to me to be
either the terminating capillary fibres;]:, which I have generally noticed grow-
ing beyond the surface of the membrane that envelopes the parenchymatous
jelly in the River Sponge, or else some species of a Cryptogamic plant, such as
a Conferva, or an Oscillatoria, &c., which has parasitically grown upon that
substance ; for I have constantly observed a Conferva-like plant with long,

* Compare Johnston's Brit. Zooph., p. 325.
t See Annales des Sciences Naturelles, torn. xv. pp. 214, 215.

X These will, I conclude, readily explain what M. de Lamarck means by " subpiliferis " and "pili-
ftres," in his description of the Spongilla, See Anim. sans Vert., torn. ii. p. 98, edit. 1816.

with some Remarks on the Nature of the Spongise Marinse, 397

thin, diaphanous, and colourless filaments, to spring from the surface of the
SpongillaJluviat'lUs, when kept even in fresh water, and to increase in length.
This latter fact I consider as the better accounting for the presence of those
filaments ; and I entertain in my own mind little, if any, doubt that the fila-
ments of the Conferva (or Oscillatoria probably) which I have so repeatedly
examined under the microscope, and seen attached so often to that Sponge,
are in reality the " filamens flagelliformes" spoken of by Dijjardin, and that
the motions of that Conferva or Oscillatoria in the liquid, easily and most na-
turally explain the cause of "les filamens agit^s sur le contour de certains
fragmens" of the Spongilla lacustris. Wherefore I think no analogy can be .
drawn from these filaments, as this author has done in the following passage,
" De ces parcelles le plus ext^rieures sont, en outre, munies de longs filamens
flagelliformes, comme les Monades, les Gonium, les l^'olvox, &c. pour deter-
miner a la surface le d^placement de I'eau et par suite les courans dans les
oscules, d'o^ r^sulte un contact plus multipli^ de la partie vivante avec le
liquide, qui lui fournit des mat^riaux d'assimilation*," with the organs of
motion of those Infusoria ; because the former do not at all resemble, as far as
I can learn from the researches of Dr. Ehrenberg, the latter, which are only
cilia or mere setae, and not what could with any propriety be termed " very
long, whiplike filaments, of an extreme slenderness."

And in the third place, I cannot from M. Dujardin's observations under-
stand that the " parcelles amorphes," by a grouping or aggregation of which
he supposes the mass of the Sponge itself to be formed, are in any respect
more " analogues aux Amihes^' — which Amoebce, Ehrenberg tells us, are or-
ganized animalcula, possessing at least a mouth and gastric sacs, — than are
similar portions of many of the gelatinous structures of the Algce, or even of
certain kinds of the Fungi.

Moreover, it is clear that no good argument in support of the animality of
the Spongillce can be brought forward from their smell ; for I have found this,
when the specimen is quite fresh and immersed in pure water, to be rather
pleasant than otherwise, but on the decay of the gelatinous portion it cer-
tainly is powerful and offensive ; though I am sure that very much of its
disagreeableness arises from the death and putrescence of some parasitical

* See Annales des Sciences Naturelles, Seconde S6rie {Zoologie), torn. x. p. 10.

398 Mr. Hogg's Observations on the Spongilla fluviatilis,

animal lodged within it. It would therefore be just as erroneous to decide
that this substance is of an animal nature merely from its smelling, on drying,
somewhat like carrion, as it would be to declai'e that the Phallus impudicus
among the Fungi, and the flowers of the Stapelia variegata amongst the Pha-
nerogamia, are both really animals, or, at all events, animal productions ; for
who, having once experienced the filthy odours given out from both these sin-
gular plants, did not instantly recognise their nauseous resemblances with the
most foetid and putrid animal matter?

Likewise, some may perhaps be led to infer the animal nature of the Spon-
gillce from the numerous spicula, which constitute a not unimportant portion of
their composition, and considering that they are, if not identical, at least ex-
ceedingly analogous with those similar bodies, which are abundant in the
structures of some of the Polypiferous Alcyonia ; but these spicula do by no
means afford a sole indication of an animal substance, because many vegetable
productions are well known to secrete the like particles, which are termed
raphides* by modern botanists.

Lastly, those naturalists who consider with Montaguf the likelihood of the
Freshwater Sponge being the nidus, matrix, or production of some unknown
insect or animal, and which surely might even at this day receive some
slightly additional weight from my discovery of the anomalous insect here al-
ready described:}:, I would beg to remind, that my successful experiments of hav-
ing raised, or grown, young Spongillce from their seedlike sporidia and locomo-
tive sporules, have in the most complete manner negatived such a supposition.

Wherefore, my late researches on the Spongilla fluviatilis have at length
forced me to secede from my favourite and early opinion concerning its ani-
mal nature, and to adopt that of its vegetability : of the correctness of which,
the proofs (among others) derived, from the modes in which light acts upon it,
as well in bringing out the green colour, as in causing bubbles — most probably
oxygen — to be disengaged, when exposed to the full sunshine ; from its co-
louring matter remaining pale and unchanged when kept in the dark ; from
its sporules or reproductive bodies possessing the faculty of locomotion, like

* These raphides are crystalline spicula, and consist most frequently of oxalate of lime. The spi-
cula of the Sponges are composed, either of carbonate of lime, or of silica.

t See Wemerian Memoirs, vol. ii. part 1. p. 77, in note. See and, pp. 390, 391,

with some Remarhs on the Nature of the Spong-ise Marinae. 399

those of the Ectospei^ma ; from its germination and subsequent manner of
growth being precisely similar to those exhibited by many of the lower
plants ; from the general resemblance of its transparent membrane or cuticle
to that of the leaves of plants ; from its jelly or parenchymatous substance
being composed of globules ; from the chromule contained in them giving u
permanent colour to paper ; from the effects of acids upon its whole sub-
stance, and green colour ; from its total want of irritability and sensation ;
from its not being polypiferous ; from possessing no trace of any animal or-
ganization ; and from its receiving nutriment from the water alone, — have ren-
dered me no longer doubtful.

In conclusion, you will permit me to add a few general remarks on the
nature of the Spongice Marince, avoiding at the same time as much repetition
of my preceding observations as the subject itself will allow.

Considering that these remarkable substances, which have so long puzzled
authors in their endeavours to assign to them a proper station in the classi-
fication of the various works or productions of nature, were composed of a
fibrous unorganized skeleton, generally strengthened by spicula, and formed
by secretion from a soft parenchymatous substance or jelly, which in fact
constituted the individual animal ; that this animal-jelly was endowed, ac-
cording to several naturalists, with some slight symptoms of sensation and of
contraction and dilatation, and possessed the powers of sucking in and throw-
ing out the sea-water by a sort of inspiration and expiration, I therefore in-
stituted for them an order, which I termed Gelatinifera*, in purpose to
express this view of the animal or live jelly. For in the summers of 1822 and
1823 'many observations on some specimens of Spongia oculata and S. urens,
in their native localities on the coast of Durham, convinced me that they
were in truth not polypiferous ; but I was then unable to prove with any
satisfaction to myself the contractile and expansive faculties, which I was

* Dr. Grant has lately placed the Sponges in an order Pori/era. But I must here observe, that in
my " Natural History of the Vicinity of Stockton on Tees," which was written in the spring of 1825,
printed in 1826, and published in 1827, I formed my 4th order of Polyparia " Porifera," to com-
prise the genera Cellepora, Millepora, and Tubulipora. And I have in a former note stated that my
order 8. Gelatinifera comprehends the Sponges.

VOL. XVIII. 3 G

400 Mr. Hogg's Observations on the Spongilla fluviatilis,

inclined to believe belonged to them, and which the statement made by so
high an authority as Baron Cuvier, in his first edition of the Regne Animal*,
induced me partly to acquiesce in. Since the year 1823, I have not had an
opportunity of re-examining any of the Sea Sponges in a living state and in
their native element. But the subsequent investigations of Professor Grant, and
of other observers, have clearly determined that they are not endowed with the
least irritability.

Being so wedded to my former opinion of the animality of all Sponges, and
being by my researches on the River Sponge at length assured of its vegeta-
bility, I then began to imagine, agreeably with the suggestions expressed by
Montagu f, De Lamarck;}:, and Bell§, that it might possibly be quite a dif-
ferent substance from the Sea Sponges ; and if so, these latter might be yet
esteemed of a true animal nature ||. However, still more recent and minute
comparisons of many of these, as preserved in several collections with the
Spongilla, have compelled me to abandon that idea ; for I cannot find any
more solid ground for it, than for holding that one genus of the Fungi, as
MeruUus, belongs to a perfectly distinct division of nature, from another
genus of the same order, for instance, Agaricus; and as all who should
behold them would immediately and unhesitatingly acknowledge both the
one, and the other, to be a true Mushroom or Fungus; so we are equally
obliged to admit, that the Spongia and Spongilla are in fact both real Sponges ;
indeed there scarcely is even so much as a generic difference between them ;
and in this, with the earlier naturalists Dr. Fleming^ coincides, for he places
both kinds in one and the same genus, Halichondria.

Both the Freshwater and the Sea Sponges are furnished with a skeleton of
fibres interlacing, crossing, and anastomosing with themselves ; generally also
strengthened with those singularly crystallized particles termed spicula ; with
a parenchymatous soft portion or jelly ; with a fine and transparent envelop-

* See torn. iv. p. 88.

t For the observations of Montagu, refer to the Wemerian Memoirs, vol. ii. part 1, p. 76.
X Anim. sans Vert., torn. ii. pp. 98, 99, edit. 1816.

§ See Mr. Bell's Remarks on the Animal Nature of Sponges in the Zool. Journ., vol. i. p. 204.
II This is alluded to by Dr. Johnston, in his note on the nature of Sponges, at p. 325 of Brit. Zooph.
% See History of British Animals, p. 524.

with some Remarks on the Nature of the Spongise Marinse. 401

ing membrane*; with numerous minute pores; and frequently with larger
orifices or oscules, which are more sparingly and irregularly dispersed over
their surfaces ; with passages or canals communicating through the pores and
oscules one with another, along which the water finds a ready course or cir-
culation, and affords nutriment to all the inner parts of the masses ; with
locomotive sporules ; and in some species with fixed sporidia.

Concerning these last-mentioned bodies, which I have previously supposed
to be sporidia, a fuller notice is here requisite.

Although M. De Lamarck f has said of the gelatinous bodies or grains that
are so numerous in the Spongillae, "que rien de semblable n'a encore 6t6
observe dans les v6ritables Eponges," yet they have been recently detected in
the Spongice Marince ; for Professor Link has expressly made known in his
essay in the Transactions of the Royal Academy of Sciences at Berlin, that
M. Ehrenberg told him, that he had seen them (Sporangien;}:) in very many
Sponges of the Red Sea. His own words are as follow : " Auch sagt mir
Herr Ehrenberg, dass er an mehreren Spongien im Rothen Meere Sporangien
bemerkt habe§."

And indeed these seedlike bodies, little spheres, spherules, or sferette, spo-
rangien or sporidia, may be seen well represented in fig. C. at t. c. t. c, and in
fig. E. at a. a. a., of Donati's|| Plate VIII., given to illustrate the marine pro-
duction called by him " Alcionio primo di Dioscoride," which is synonymous
with the Alcyonium cydonium^ of Linnaeus**, and A. cotoneum of Pallasff;

* As this membrane is subject to some variation, it may be used for a character to distinguish the
genera of the Spongice MarituB. f Anim. sans Vert., torn. ii. p. 99, edit. 1816.

X It is worth while to note, that Link uses in this passage the same word as he had just before
done (at p. 120.) when he was describing the similar seedlike bodies (Sporangien) of the Spongilla ; no
iincertainty can consequently arise about the exactly identical nature of these bodies.

§ Abhandlungen der Koniglichen Akademie der Wissenschaften zu Berlin, aus dem Jahre 1830.
Berl., 1832, p. 121.

II See Donati, Storia Naturale Marina dell' Adriatico. Ven., 1750.

^ The Alcyonium. cydonium of MuUer, which is the Cydonium Mulleri of Fleming and Johnston, is
a very different substance, being a true Polypary. Yet Ehrenberg deems the A. cydonium of Midler
to be only a young specimen of Alcyonium digitatum of Linnaeus ; and from the figures 3 and 4 in
tab. 81. vol. iii. of the Zoologia Danica, edit. Abildgaard (Havn. 1789), it certainly much resembles
the early form of that Zoophyte, and before it has developed itself into the usual fingerlike lobes.

** See Linn. Syst. Nat., edit. 12, p. 1295. tf Pallas, Elench. Zooph., p. 359.

3 G 2

402 Mr. Hogg's Observations on the Spongilla fluviatilis,

but which, from its having neither polypes nor stellate pores, I consider to be
a species of Sponge and not an Alcyonium. In this opinion Ellis, Solander*,
and Montagu t were likewise agreed. I will therefore bestow the more ap-
propriate name of Spongla Cydonia, or the Quince Sponge, upon this sub-
stance of Donati, of Linnaeus, and of Pallas.

Should, however, any future doubt be raised with respect to these seedlike
bodies (sferette) described by Donati, or should it be hereafter attempted to
be shown that the production itself is strictly an Alcyonium, this would not in
any way invalidate my statement, because the testimony of Dr. Ehrenberg at
all events decides the actual existence of sporidia (Sporangien) in certain Sea
Sponges :{:, and in all probability they, as well as sporules possessing for a
short period the locomotive faculty observed by Dr. Grant in several others,
will be found at the proper season of the year common to, and more or less
abundant in, every species of the Spongice Marince.

Now as to the currents of water : If these do indisputably take place inde-
pendent of the respiration or other function of any marine insect, or worm, or
crustacean, or molluscous § animal parasitically nestled within the specimen
of Spongia, I must consider that they are most likely caused by an endosmosis
and exosmosis of fluids, in the manner I have already mentioned when descri-
bing the analogous currents of the Spongilla : and if they always occur in all
those Spongice Marince which are furnished with oscules, in the same constant
and uniform manner that Professor Grant has informed us they do in a few of
the more common species, that is to say, if the endosmose or entering fluid
should be always found to flow in by the pores, and the exosmose or expelled
one to issue out from the oscules ; these facts then would only present an ana-
logy with what is effected in the same regular mode by the sap in the higher
plants, where the entering sap rises throughout the plant by one set of ves-

* Ellis and Solander, Zooph., p. 183. t In Wern. Mem., vol. ii. part 1, p. 118 and p. 69.

I Similar sporidia are delineated at a. and b. of the figs. 1 & 2 in tab. 157. vol. iv. Zoologia Danica
(edit. Havniae, 1 806.) They are referred by the editor to a sort of Alcyonium, but which I must clearly
account as a species of Spongia ; and in support of my opinion, consult the observation of the learned
editor at p. 42 of the same volume.

§ I may just remark that Pliny attributed the presence of Mollusca in the Sea Sponges to a cause
the very reverse of the fact ; i. e. " vivere esci, manifesto conchae minutse in his (Spongiis) repertse os-
tendunt." Vide Nat. Hist., lib. ix. cap. 69.

with some Remarks on the Nature of the Spongise Marinse. 403

sels, and the returning- fluid descends by other and different vessels. Yet I
have been told by an excellent naturalist, that a species has been discovered
in the Caspian Sea vrhich does not possess any oscules : and according to
M. Lamouroux, many more of the Sponges are destitute of them ; for he has
justly remarked, "Beaucoup d'Eponges sont privies de ces oscules; ainsi
leur presence ou leur absence, leur grandeur, leur forme, leur situation,
peuvent fournir de bons caract^res pour faire des sections ou definir des
esp^ces*." ^■'» ^

Wherefore the same important agency of an endosmosis, and a consequent
exosmosis, in pursuance of the valuable discoveries of M. Dutrochet, can alone
I think account for the existence of these currents under all the circumstances
here alluded to. One, if not the chief, use of these continuous currents seems
clearly to be, to convey nutritive matter in a liquid state, as mixed or assimi-
lated with the water, to the innermost portions of the Sponge after the like
manner in which plants receive their food or nourishment.

Next, the smells or odours which the different Sea Sponges give out in their
fresh and dried and burnt f states, resemble far more those of certain vege-
tables than those of animals, although it is well ascertained that several spe-
cies have a decided animal smell :{:; so likewise some of the Algce possess a
strong putrid odour like decayed animal matter, and which, on the applica-
tion of certain acids, becomes ammoniacal ; hence, then, no proof can be de-
rived from these facts in favour of the supposed animality of the Sponges.
And this circumstance has been long ago properly commented upon by M. La-
mouroux in these words : " Des zoologistes ont class6 les Eponges parmi les
animaux, a cause de I'odeur qu'elles repandent fraiches et au sortir de la mer,
ou pendant qu'on les brule. Ce caract^re ne pent servir, la majeure partie

* See Lamouroux, Hist. Polyp. Coral. Flex. p. 15.

t In Solander and Ellis's work on Zoophytes, p. 184, it is said of the Common Sponge {Spongia
officinalis), " When they are first taken out of the sea they have a strong fishy smell; and when the
Sponge is burnt the smell soon discovers its animal nature." This latter fact has been constantly
copied by most English authors ever since the publication of that work, and has been incorrectly
esteemed as a test decisive of the animality of Sponges. See. also Montagu's note t at p. 73. vol. ii.
part 1. of the Wern. Mem. Again, Montagu has {op. cit. p. 76, in note *) observed on the Fresh-
water Sponge, that " this fibrous brittle substance is evidently of animal origin by its odour in com-
bustion." t Refer to p. 96 of Edinb. Phil. Journ. vol. xiii.

404 Mr. Hogg's Ohservat'iom on the Spongilla fluviatilis,

des plantes marines donnaat par Tincineration, des odeurs et des produits
analogues a ceux des aniniaux*." Neither is the presence of ammonia in
these substances at all conclusive of their animal nature ; for I have before
mentioned that some plants contain nitrogen or azote, and from the combi-
nation of this ingredient with hydrogen the ammonia itself is formed ; where-
fore in those vegetables, especially in the lower water-plants, which contain
nitrogen, more or less of ammonia is known to be generally produced.

Thus it seems that there really exists no more peculiarity in the chemical
composition of Spongesf, than what is also present in that of certain vegeta-
ble substances. And for the sake of corroborating this, I will cite the follow-
ing authority from a naturalist, equally illustrious in botany and in zoology,
who, describing Sponges as animals, nevertheless allows, " chymicis etiam
principiis paul6 similiores plantis deprehenduntur;}:."

To me then it is evident, that the Sea Sponges being so perfectly analogous
in every part of their structure with the Freshwater Sponges, it is impossible
that they can be separated from one and the same natural order, or accounted
as the one pertaining to the animal kingdom, and the other to the vegetable.
And as I have become convinced that the River Sponge is a true member of
the latter, and as I have endeavoured so to demonstrate this in the preceding
pages of my present letter, I must now necessarily be compelled to acknow-
ledge myself a convert to the vegetability of the Sea Sponges. In the full
confirmation of this, and in the absence of more direct proofs, which may yet
be derived from future researches on these marine productions, whilst growing
in their native localities, I will concisely sum up in a general manner the fol-
lowing evidence of their want of animal life, or what I may term their non-
animality. They have no tentacles, no cilia, no mouth, no oesophagus, no
stomach or gastric sac, no gizzard, no alimentary canal, no intestine, no
anus, no ovaria, no ova, no muscles or muscular fibres, no nerves or ganglia,

* Hist, des Polyp. Corall. Flex., p. 12.

t But the discovery of iodine in the Sea Sponges determines that they more nearly resemble the
Fuci in their chemiceJ composition. Consult the article " lode" at p. 594. torn, xxiii. of the Diction-
naire des Sciences Naturelles (Paris, 1822), which was written by M. Chevreul, Professor of Chemistry.
— I only became acquainted with this fact on December 7th, 1839. J. H.

X Dr. PaUas in Elench. Zooph., p. 376.

with some Remarks on the Nature of the Spongise Marinse. 405

no irritability or powers of contraction and dilatation, no palpitation, and no
sensation whatsoever.

Surely, then, we cannot any longer esteem these natural substances to be
individual animals, or even groups of animals, in which not one organ, or a
single function or property peculiar to an animal can be discovered*! And
that they are in fact neither the nidus or matrix, nor the fabrication or pro-
duction of any animal, the mode in which Professor Grant witnessed their
locomotive sporules beginning to germinate, to increase, and to develop
themselves after the forms of their parent structures f, must be to all tho-
roughly satisfactory.

It is to me nevertheless a subject not altogether certain, and one worthy of
some consideration, in what order of plants the Sponges ought to be included.

Linnaeus, as it will be remembered, in his Flora Lapponica, edit. 1737? and
Flora Suecica, edit. 1745, placed the Spongia lacustris and S.JluviatiUs in his
class Cryptogamia, and order Lithophyta ; but in the earlier editions of his
Genera Plantarum, and of his Species Plantarum, he distributed both the Sea
and Freshwater Sponges in his class Cryptogamia and order Algce.

In a work of a late date, intitled, "A Natural Arrangement of British
Plants," by Mr. S. F. Gray, both the Spongilla and the Sea Sponges are classed
in the Fam. 2. Thalassiophyta, which belongs to his Subseries I. Plantce Cel-
lulosce Aphyllece'^.

Professor Link has very recently stated, in the work§ quoted in the begin-
ning of this letter, that they should be separated from the Zoophytes and re-
placed amongst the Algce. But my own observations lead me to conclude
that all the Sponges would be more correctly arranged in an intermediate
order between the Algce and the Fungi ; for although they are with some rea-
son considered by many naturalists to be allied to certain of the Alga^W, still

* So must we at length agree with the illustrious Greek naturalist, that the Sponges resemble plants
in every respect : 6 Ik (rnoyyos, TtavreXiSs eoiKe toU ^vtoIs. Aristot. Hist, de Animal, lib. viii. s. 3.

t See Edinb. New Phil. Joum. for 1827, p. 137.

X See vol. i. p. 353 of Mr. Gray's work pubUshed in 1821.

§ See Annales des Sciences Naturelles, Seconde Serie, torn. ii. (Botanique), p. 328.

II M. Link however {op. cit. p. 330.) admits, " il est vrai que la structure des Eponges est trfes dif-
f6rente de celle des autres Algues ; mais la structure de ces derniferes plantes pr^sente d^j^ des modi-
fications si frappantes qu'on ne doit pas s'^tonner d'en rencontrer une de plus."

406 Mr. Hogg's Observations on the Spongilla fluviatilis,

I think they really present a stronger affinity with many of the Fungi, par-
ticularly with the more permanent and porous kinds, several of the Boleti and
Polypori, for instance ; I therefore propose to classify them as follows.

Natural System.

Class III. ACOTYLEDONES.

Division I. Terrestres.

Nat. Ord. Fungi.

Division II. Aquatic^e.

Seu Hydrophyta et Thalassiophyta .

Nat. Ord. Spongi^.

Spongiarum genera ; ac Spongilla.

Nat. Ord. Alg^.

Linnean System.

Class XXIV. CRYPTOGAMIA.

Ord. 4. Alg^.

Ord. 5. SpoNGiiE.

Spongilla, et Spongiarum genera Marinarum.

Ord. 6. Fungi.

Or, indeed, if it be thought upon the whole more advisable and more con-
sistent with the nature of their structures that all the Sponges be included in
the heterogeneous order Algce, they should then compose a distinct and sepa-
rate family, Spongiacew, and be placed immediately next to the order Fungi.

Notwithstanding that our knowledge respecting the nature of Sponges heis
during the last fifteen years I'eceived some advancement, I must express a
hope to you that observers, whose leisure and situation on the sea coast* afford

* The difficulty of preserving Sponges, even in bottles filled with rectified spirit of wine, is so great,
that no one, who has not the means of examining them in a fresh condition and in their native element,
can ever expect to throw much light on their variously-formed structures. The dried masses of fibrous
skeletons, devoid of their true natural forms and colours, without their parenchymatous jelly and en-
veloping membrane, &c., as exhibited in our museums, can but little assist us in obtaining a correct
knowledge of their natural history.

with some Remarks on the Nature of the Sponglse Marincje. 407

them the opportunity, would, from their own researches on these productions,
furnish us with more full and accurate details, and thereby lay the foundation
for a separate and copious work, — indeed a complete monograph, — on the
Sponges ; recollecting also the concluding remark of the late Professor Pallas,
which is at this day even far from being inapplicable : " Quibus Spongiarum
fertiles oceani tractus lustrare contigerit bene multa invenient quae superad-
dant et magnum in scientia naturali explebit hiatum, qui plenam Spongiarum
historiam dabit, gnaris gratissimam certe futuram atque utilissimis observa-
tionibus feracissimam*."

* Elench. Zooph., p. 377.

VOL. XVIII. 3 H

[ 409 ]

XXIII. Illustrations of the Relationships existing amongst Natural Objects,
usually termed Affinity and Analogy, selected from the Class of Insects.
By J. O. Westwood, Esq., F.L.S., 8^c.

Read January 17th, and May 2nd, 1837.

AN the fourteenth volume of the Transactions of the Linnean Society is con-
tained an interesting paper by the Rev. W. Kirby, with the title, " A Descrip-
tion of some Insects, which appear to exemplify Mr. William S. MacLeay's
Doctrine of Affinity and Analogy," wherein the reverend author points out
the confusion which has occasionally arisen in attempts made to distribute the
objects of nature according to their natural relations, in consequence of the
authors of such attempts having no clear perception of the distinctions which
exist between the two kinds of relations above mentioned, and therefore con-
founding them together, or even occasionally giving the higher rank to rela-
tions of analogy instead of affinity.

The object of the following remarks is still further to illustrate the theory
in question, and to show that from the entirely relative and comparative na-
ture of these relations, founded as they both are upon more or less perfect
resemblance, two animals may at the same time be allied together both by
affinity and analogy ; in other words, two animals may possess totally inde-
pendent relations both of affinity and analogy : thus, whilst the goatsucker and
the swallow are related to each other by analogy when we look to the class of
birds alone, we find them related together by affinity when the comparison
is made between them both as birds with the bat amongst Mammalia. In
like manner, whilst the bat and the swallow are thus related together by ana-
logy as members of the classes Aves and Mammalia, they must be considered
to be related together by affinity as vertebrated animals when we compare
them with the dragonfly amongst the Invertebrata.

3 h2

410 Mr. Westwood's Illustrations of the

The truly comparative nature of these relations has not been hitherto stated,
and hence, as it appears to me, has originated much of the misconception
which still exists even among professed naturalists, many of whom are
ready to admit the existence of relations amongst natural objects founded
upon more or less complete resemblances, but yet of equivalent value, without
perceiving the various natures, and consequently varied value, of such rela-
tions*.

In the following pages I have first selected such species of insects as exhibit
an analogy with other species of the same order ; and secondly, such as illus-
trate the analogies between insects of different orders.

That species belonging to two genera of the same family, or even subfamily,
may be analogous representatives of each other, is as clear as though they
belonged to different families or orders. Thus, although the genus Adelium, K.
is so excellent an example of analogy, when its species are compared with the
species composing the family Carabidce, that the specific names Caraboides,
Calosomoides, Licinoides, have been given to insects belonging to the former
genus, yet there may be relations of analogy existing among the species of

* One of the chief difficulties connected with this subject is that of drawing the precise line between
these two kinds of relations (hence the difficulties connected with the true location of Mantispa) ; this
is not a little increased by the evident distinctions existing amongst each class of relations : thus affi-
nities may be so concealed as to escape the eye even of professed naturalists ; hence the Homopterous
genus Aleyrodes so completely puts on the appearance of a moth, that Linnseus named it Phalaena
Tinea proletella ; whilst Fabricius in all his works described an Orthopterous insect (Hymenotes rhombea,
Westw. Proc. Zool. Soc, 1837, p. 130.) under the Homopterous genus Membracis ; the precise relations
of these insects being disguised affinilies. The relation between the house- and field-cricket is an evident
affinity, but that which exists between the field-cricket and the mole-cricket is a disguised affinity, and
yet no one will question the propriety of these insects being considered as closely allied together, al-
though so totally different in form. Again, analogies may be equally disguised. No one, for example,
has ever supposed that one of the Carabidce and Paussus possessed any relation ; and yet not only do
Ozcma and Paussus crepitate, but both also possess a minute tubercle at the posterior external angle
of the elytra, which no other Coleopterous insects exhibit. In like manner, no one would suppose
that any relation could exist between a butterfly and a woodlouse (beyond that of each being a Con-
dylopodous animal), and yet by comparing the imperfect state of Thecla with the perfect state of Onis-
cus we find them to possess a disguised analogical relation. I mention these as instances of the many
trivial circumstances which may be collected as grounds for asserting the existence of analogical re-
lations, which are necessarily often of so diversified a character and so readily to be traced between
almost any given groups, as to lead to a supposition that they can afiford no decisive test of a natural
arrangement independent of more important considerations.

Relationships existing amongst Natural Objects. 41 1

the Carabideous genera thus analogically represented not less strong. The
genus Carabus, for Instance, comprises species {Carahus gemmatus, F.) which
in their habit and the peculiar sculpture of their elytra analogically resemble
Calosoma Scrutator, whilst Carabus Fabricii, &c., in the flattened form of the
body represent Licinus.

In like manner, Catascopus, belonging to one of the subfamilies of Carabidce,
represents, as Mr. Kirby, in the memoir above referred to, notices, some of the
insects composing another subfamily, Bembidildce ; whilst Masoreus (a genus
nearly allied to Trechus), in the posteriorly dilated thoracic lobe, represents
Lebia, &c.

These Carabideous insects must however be regarded as related together
by affinity (as forming part of the same family), when a relation of ana-
logy is endeavoured to be traced between them and the species of other fami-
lies, as, for instance, between Carabus and the Helopideous genus AdeVmm,
noticed above.

In order to illustrate the relation of analogy exhibited by an insect belong-
ing to one tribe but possessing the aspect of another, Mr. Kirby, in the memoir
above referred to, described a genus under the name of Pseudomorpha, of
which he says, " that even a practical entomologist, if he chanced to examine
a specimen that had lost its antennse, might at first regard it as a Nitidula or
Ips, ¥., or as coming near that genus in the system ; but when he came to
study it in detail he would discover to his surprise all the essential diagnostics
of one of Latreille's Entomophagi. The characters which give it an air and
general appearance unlike those of its tribe are its sessile wide head received
into the thorax, and its short antennse and legs."

For the purpose of completing the illustrations of this curious genus given
by Mr. Kirby in the plate accompanying his memoir, I have here added an
outline figure of the insect now in the collection of the Entomological Society
of London, the original being incorrect in the relative proportions of the legs,
and no notice having been taken either in the description or figure of the
erect rigid hairs with which the margins of the elytra are clothed. Mr. Kirby
indeed describes the eyes as being " in medio pilosi ;" but this is not correct,
as it is only that part of the skull which borders the underside of the eyes
which is furnished with rigid hairs, which extend beyond the middle of the

412 Mr. Westwood's Illustrations of the

eyes. I have also given a careful representation of the maxilla and the ante-
rior tibia, showing the peculiar construction of the subapical notch ; and have
added a figure of the underside of the head with the various organs in situ,
from which it will be seen that there is a curved elevated line across the
middle of the produced central part supporting the mentum, but I very much
doubt whether there be any actual articulation at this place. On each side
of this central part is a deep impression, having an elevated ridge running
down the middle, forming two deep canals on each side, the interior of which
serves for the action of the base of the maxilla, whilst the external forms a
fossula for the concealment of the antenna when withdrawn beneath the
head.

In the " Iconographie des Col^optferes" of Messrs. Dejean and Boisduval
(vol. i. p. 176) a genus was proposed under the name of Axinophorus, consist-
ing of two species, A. Lacordairei and A. Lecontei, the former inhabiting
the vicinity of Rio Janeiro, and the latter North America. In the Supplement
to the Species G^n6ral, Dejean having ascertained that this new genus was
identical with Pseudomorpha as well as with the genus Drepanus, indicated
only by Illiger in the sixth volume of the " Magazin der Entomologie" (p. 344),
republished his descriptions of the Accinophori under the generic name of
Drepanus, giving A. Lecontei as probably identical with Pseudomorpha ex-
crucians, K. On comparing the figure given of A. Lecontei in the Icono-
graphie with the authentic specimen of Pseudomorpha excrucians, now in the
collection of the Entomological Society, it is unquestionable that they are
specifically identical, so that the name Lecontei must sink into a synonym ;
and in like manner I feel disposed to preserve the generic name proposed by
Mr. Kirby in preference to that merely indicated by Illiger.

In the first part of the Transactions of the Entomological Society, a still
more remarkable insect was described by the Rev. F. W. Hope, under the
name of Adelotopus Gyrinoides, being doubtfully placed in the family Gyri-
nidce, with the observation : " This singular insect was sent to me from the
Swan River Settlement in New Holland. It seems to unite in itself the
characters of several families. From the tarsi it is referrible to the Penta-
mera ; whilst its general appearance and clavate antennae place it amongst
the Necrophaga. By its subcontractile legs (for the bent tibiae are not en-

Relationships existing amongst Natural Objects. 413

tirely concealed within the femora) it is allied to the Byrrhidce; but the
leading character afforded by the maxillae evinces a near affinity with the
Entomophaga, amongst which the Gyrinidce must be considered the near-
est in proximity, Gyrinus hicolor, Fab. somewhat approaching this insect in
form."

Very ample details were figured of this most extraordinary insect, which
certainly presents one of the most interesting instances of analogical relations
which have hitherto been published. That such is the case, must be certainly
admitted, when the preceding observations upon its relations are considered
with reference to its actual affinity, since, notwithstanding its Gyrinoid habit,
clavate antennae, and subretractile legs, I have now ascertained that it un-
questionably belongs to the Carabidce, and that it is very closely allied to
Pseudomorpha, with which it agrees in the peculiar structure of the under-
side of the head, very short maxillary palpi, hatchet-shaped labial palpi, large
femora, slender tibiae, simple tarsi, &c.*

I should probably have long remained in ignorance of this most unexpected
affinity, had it not been for the examination of another curious beetle, also
from New Holland, which I purchased from a dealer, and which, having its
legs and antennae retracted, I for a length of time regarded as a Gyrinus ;

* I am indebted to Mr. Edward Newman, F.L.S., for an opportunity of describing and figuring a
new species of the genus Adelotopus, of which the following are the characters.

Adelotopus Ipsoides. W. Tab. XXVIII. fig. 2.

A. rufescenti-piceus ; elytris paull6 dilutioribus tenuissimfe punctatis, genubus subtils valdfe dilatatis,
humerisque elytrorum sublsevibus.
Long. Corp. lin. 85. Lat. lin. 1|.
Habitat in Australasia. (Adelaide.) A. H. Davis.

Oblongus, convexus ; capite tenuissimfe punctato, transverso, genubus subtus maximis, et (capite suprk
viso) valdfe prominentibus : antenna breves compressae, in canali profundo ad basim receptee. Palpi
et antenna breves, piceo-rufescentes ; thorax lateribus subrotundatis, angulis posticis acutis ; margi-
natus ; lateribusque anticfe paull6 recurvis, margine antico punctis minutis vald6 approximatis, po-
stice magis distantibus. Elytra tenu^ marginata, (versus humeros sublsevia,) tenuissimfe et irregu-
laritSr punctata. Pedes picei, femoribus maximis. Corpus subtils palUdius, rufescenti- aut luteo-
piceum, glabrum, nitidum.

I have never met with any Coleopterous insect which exhibited so great a development of the genw
on the underside of the head, here forming a large elevated plate on each side of the mouth between
the trophi and the base of the antennae.

4 14 Mr. Westwood's Illustrations of the

wishing' liowever to investigate my exotic Gyrinidce, I found on examining
the imdeiside of the insect that it had slender legs and antennae ; I therefore,
still supposing that my insect must be one of the Hydradephaga, immediately
regarded it as a species of Colymbetes ; but a little further examination showed
me that the legs were neither ciliated nor fitted for swimming. I therefore
determined to investigate the structure of the mouth, when I discovered that
I had obtained another Carabideous insect, also very closely allied to Pseudo-
morpha, which had not only deceived myself, but several excellent entomolo-
gists. The following are its characters.

Sphallomorpha.

Corpus breve, latum, depressum, oblongo-subquadratum, thoracis elytro-
rumque lateribus continuis.

Caput transversum, depressum, thoraci ad oculos immersum. Oculi sat
magni, laterales. Lahrum transversum, breve, anticfe fere rectum, angulis
anticis rotundatis. Mandibulce forcipatse, breves, subtrigonse, intiis eden-
tatse, basi intiis in lobum magnum rotundatum producto. Maxillce parvse,
lobo interno incurvo, intiis setis rigidis instructo, externo palpiformi bi-
articulato, articulo Imo brevi, 2do ante apicem paull6 crassiori, apice
ipso truncato. Palpi maxillares maxilla breviores, incrassati, cylindrici,
4-articulati, articulo Imo brevissimo, ut vix distinguendo, 2ndo magno
subconico, reliquis duobus sensim tenuioribus, extimo proecedente paull6
longiori, apice obliqufe truncato. Mentum basi baud articulatum (linea
indistincta locum articuli occupanti), breve, transversum, angulis latera-
libus anticfe in lobos duos ferfe parallelos productis, dente nullo medio.
Labium ultra lobos menti baud extensum. Palpi labiates brevissimi,
scapo basali inserti, 3-articulati, articulis duobus basalibus brevibus, ul-
timo longiori compresso, et apicem versus paull6 crassiori (minimi secu-
riformi), apice obliqufe truncato. Jugulmn elongatum, basi mento an-
gustius, apice latiori, angulis anticis seta instructis, fossida profunda
utrinque pro receptione maxillarum, alteraque inter banc et oculum pro
receptione antennarum. Antennae capite ferfe dupl6 longiores, gracillimae,
11-articulatae, articulo Imo incrassato subarcuato, 2ndo cseteris breviori,
reliquis lequalibus.

Relationships existing amongst Natural Objects. 415

Thorax transversus, antic^ angustior, postic^ elytrorum baseos latitudine, sinu
lato antico pro receptione capitis, margine postico fer^ rect^ tnmcato
angulis anticis acutis, posticis subrotundatis ; marginibus lateralibus
rotundatis, tenuissim^ marginatis : prosternum inter pedes anticos acut^
protensum : metasternum breve. Scutellum parviinij subtriangulare. Ely-
tra oblongo-subquadrata, depressa, posticfe paull5 angustiora, basi tho-
racis partis posticse latitudine, et ad eum arct^ applicata, tenuissim^
marginata, apicibus obliqu^ subtruncatis, abdominis apicem baud tegen-
tibus. Pedes breves, femoribus magnis, ovatis, compressis, subt^s (pro
receptione tibiarum) carinatis, tibiis gracilibus, anticis intCis apicem
versus emarginatis, tarsis subsetaceis, articulis simplicibus, anticis sub-
tus (in uno sexu saltern) serie duplici pulvillorum minutissimorum ; un-
guibus duobus.

Spec. 1. SpHALLOMORPHA DECIPIENS.

Nigra, laevis, subnitida ; ore, antennis pedibusque luteo-piceis, thoracis elytro-
rum que limbo tenui-luteo.
Long. Corp. 4 lin.
Habitat in Nova HoUandi^.
In Mus. nostr.

Hoc genus a Pseudomorphd differt habitu latioriet magis depresso, et pree-
sertim structura juguli, menti et palporum labialium, atque ab Adelotopo
antennis filiformibus, mento et palpis.

I am further enabled by the kindness of the Rev. F. W. Hope to add to the
interest of this communication by the introduction of a figure and description
of another New Holland insect, vrhich in some respects appears to be interme-
diate between Pseudomorpha and Sphallomorpha, and of which the following
are the characters.

SiLPHOMORPHA.

Corpus oblongo-ovatum, subdepressum ; thoracis elytrorumque lateribus sub-
continuis, subreflexo-marginatis.

Caput, antennae, mandibulce, maxillcp, et palpi maxillares fere ut in Sphallo-
morpha. Labrum latum, breve, margine antico in medio par^m emar-

VOL. XVIII. 3 I

416 Mr. Westwood's Illustrations of the

ginato 4-setigero. Mentum maximum, cum jugulo ade6 connexum, ut
vestigium nullum articuli videas, angulis basalibus 4-setosis, lateribus di-
latatis, angulis anticis in lobos duos magnos obtusos productis, denteque
medio obtuso abbreviate. Labium ultra apicem loborum menti produc-
tum. Palpi lahiales qu^m in Pseudomorphd paull6 longiores, triarticulati,
articulis duobus terminalibus, subsequalibus, ultimo compresso apicem
versus latiori, oblique truncate, subsecuriformi. Antennce gracillimse,
dum quiescentes in fossula ad latera menti receptae. Thorax fer^ ut in
Sphallomorphd, lateribus magis rotundatis, et angulis posticis minfis acu-
tis, subind^ margo lateralis thoracis et elytrorum minils continuus evadit.
Elytra obovata, quadrata, depressa, ad apicem obliqu^ subtruncata. Pedes
breves. Femoribus ovato-compressis, tibiis tarsisque gracillimis simplici-
bus, tibiis anticis ante apicem intern^ emarginatis.

SiLPHOMORPHA FALLAX.

Obscur^ piceo-nigra, baud nitida, sublent^ punctatissima ; elytris striis de-
cem punctorum parvorum notatis, ore, antennis, pedibus corporeque pi-
ceis.

Long. corp. lin, 7^-

Habitat in Nova Hollandia.

In Mus. Dom. Hope, Melly, Newman.

The four preceding genera possess, as will be readily seen, so many charac-
ters in common, that they would doubtless be considered as belonging to the
same genus, were they not carefully examined. All of them possess the same
formation of the legs, (namely, large oval compressed femora, with very slen-
der tibiae and tarsi,) mandibles, maxillae, minute maxillary palpi, truncate
labial palpi, &c. But I think the differences pointed out above will be con-
sidered amply sufficient to warrant the establishment of distinct genera for
their reception.

As to their immediate conjoint affinities amongst Carabideous insects, it is
exceedingly difficult to decide. Mr. Kirby considered Pseudomorpha as doubt-
fully allied to Omophron (Latr., Scolytus, F.), its sessile head bringing it near
to that genus and the aquatic Entomophagi. It is probably on account of this.

Relationships existing amongst Natvral Objects. 417

supposition that he observes, " Habitat in Georgise forsan aquaticis ?" He how-
ever noticed several circumstances which seemed to indicate an approximation
towards Lebia, Dromius, Tarus, &c. ; and Dejean, without being aware at the
time of the observations of Mr. Kirby, placed it in the subfamily Truncati-
pennes {Brachinidw, MacL.), with some of the genera of which group, such
as Coptodera, Orthogonius, Thyreopterus, &c. these insects seem to me to be
most nearly allied.

It is certainly a curious fact in the geographical distribution of Insects, that
so aberrant a form as is indicated by the four insects noticed above should be
found in regions so distant as North America, Brazil, and New South Wales.
This fact alone I should imagine must be considered sufficient to prove that a
wide geographical range is not the character of a typical group, as stated by
Mr. Swainson.

The two insects represented in the accompanying figures 5 and 6, are Rhy-
zopertha, (Steph.) pusilla (Fabr.), and Tomicus (hdiiv.)fuscus (Marsh.), which
in their xylophagous habits, cylindrical form, pitchy-ferruginous colour, punc-
tated surface, transversely rugose thorax extending over the concealed head,
dentate tibiae, and short antennae, are so very nearly alike, that by many au-
thors they have been even placed in the same genus. A minute investigation
of their structure proves them however to be totally different in their essential
organs, the antennae, tropin and tarsi. In these respects Tomicus will be found
to belong to the group having the elm-destroying Scolytus as its type ; whilst
Rhyzopertha is most nearly allied to the genus Bostrichus of Geoffroy (Der-
mestes capucinus, Linn.). These two groups have indeed by many persons
been considered to belong to the same family Bostrichidoe ; and even by those
who have ventured to place them in different groups, they have been made to
follow each other without any intervening link ; being indeed employed when
thus connected to form the transition between the Pentamerous Ptinidce and
the Pseudotetraraerous Curculionidce, to which last Scolyttis most intimately
approaches.

That the relation between these two groups, notwithstanding the many
points of connexion, in habit, economy, and even structure, is not an affinity,
but merely an analogy, I entertain very little doubt, but our comparative
ignorance of the structure and larvae of the Xylophagous insects of Latreille

3 I 2

418 Mr. Westwood's Illustrations of the

prevents a positive assertion upon this point*. The variations, however, ex-
isting between these two groups in the important organs noticed above is so
great, that, in comparison with the structure of other allied tribes, it must be
admitted that we here find the real characteristics of an analogy, namely, ex-
ternal similarity of form, but a complete diversity of structure in the essential
organs.

The examples hitherto produced have exhibited analogies existing between
insects belonging to the same order. In this latter respect, however, (or, in
other words, on account of their Coleopterous structure,) they are related
together by affinity.

Of the still more widely extended relationship resulting from analogy, many
examples might be given. Some have already been noticed in the introductory
remarks upon the genus Diopsis, published in the last volume of the Trans-
actions of this Society. Others may be mentioned wherein a great enlargement
either of the scutellum or the posterior part of the prothorax is observed,
which, contrary to the ordinary structure, is extended entirely over the body
and wings. The genus Scutellera (so named from this circumstance) amongst
the Heteropterous Hemiptera, many Centroti, &c. amongst the Homopterous
Hemiptera, the species of Acrydium (I'etrix, Latr.) in the order Orthoptera,
Thorocantha, Latr., in the Hymenoptera, and Celyphus, Dalm. in the Diptera,
— respectively exhibit this singularity of formation.

The curious genus Copium, Thunberg {Holhymenia, Serv. and St. Farg.), is
strikingly represented amongst Dipterous insects by the insect which I have
figured in Griffiths's "Animal Kingdom" under the name of Diateina Holhyme-
nioides, and in which the structure of the antennae, and even the white colour
of the terminal joints, are especially traceable in a most singular manner.

The Neuropterous genus Ascalaphtis in like manner analogically represents
the genus Papilio in another Order, Lepidoptera. But the most complete
instance which I have hitherto met with, of deception produced by an insect
of one order assuming the appearance of another, occurs in the species about

* P.S. The recent discovery by Dr. Ratzeburg of the larva of Bostrichus capucinus fully confirms my
supposition, it being hexapod, whilst that of the Scolytidee is apod. Thus whilst the antennae, trophi,
tarsi and larvse of Rhyzopertha and Tomicus are totally distinct, their general form and habits are simi-
lar, thus establishing their relation as one merely of analogy.

Relationships existing amongst Natural Objects. 419

to be described, and which for a great length of time I had arranged in my
cabinet amongst the Cicindelidce, regarding it as an immature Colliuris or
Tricondyla, although it in reality belongs to the order Orthoptera.

Fam. GRYLLID^. Leach.
{Locustarice, Latr. Locustina, MacL. Gi-yllus Tettigonice, Linn.)

Genus. Condylodera.

{Obs. Insecti, typum hujus generis constituentis, individuum unicum solfim
vidi, cum alis et tegminibus brevissimis, abdominis basin tantilm tegen-
tibus. An in statu pupae sit, aut, ut potitis mihi videtur, imaginis speciei
alis incompletis gaudentis, ut in Ephippigeris ?)

Corpus elongatum, thorace antic^ attenuato, nodoso,oculis valdfe prominentibus.

Caput thorace paull5 latius, lateribus pone oculos, rotundatis ; vertice convexo,
tuberculo parvo conico inter antennarum basin ; facie verticali. Oculi
magni, rotundati, valdfe prominuli. Anteimce graciles, inter partem infe-
riorem oculorum insertee, articulis duobus basalibus crassioribus (articulis
terminalibus in specimine viso mutilatis.). Labrum in medio articulatum,
parte antica transversa margine antico in medio paull5 producto, ciliato.
Mandibulce validoe, breves, apice denticulatae. Maxillce elongates, lobo
interno gracili curvato, apice tridentato, lobo externo galeato, biarticulato,
articulo basali brevi ; palpi maxillares maxilla paull6 longiores, filiformes,
5-articulati, articulis 4 basalibus subtcqualibus, extimo paull5 longiori et
crassiori, apice truncato. Mentum oblongum, planum. Labium quadri-
lobatum, lobis duobus internis brevibus acuminatis, binis externis ma-
joribus ad apicem conniventibus. Palpi labiales filiformes, breves, 3-ar-
ticulati, articulo Imo brevissimo, 2ndo paull6 longiori extimo oblongo-
ovato, apice truncato.

Prothorax elongatus, subcylindricus, bistrangulatus, nodum medium rotun-
datuin efFormans, nodoque postico majori lateribus rectfe deflexis et obli-
qufe truncatis. Meso- et metatkorax brevissimi. Segmenta thoracica sub-
ttis inermia {sternis muticis.).

Tegmina et alee coriacea, abbreviata, rudiuientalia, ovato-triangularia nervis
longitudinalibus. Pedes elongati, gracillimi, tibiis anticis basin versus

420 Mr. Westwood's Illustrations of the

ocello subfenestrato instructis, femoribus omnibus subtiis pauUo denticu-
latis, posticis duobus basi incrassatis ; tibiis posticis serie duplici denticu-
lorum parvorum ; tarsis 4-articulatis, articulo 3tio bilobato.

Abdomen maris prothorace brevius, subcylindricum, apicem versus attenuatum,
articulo penultimo appendiculis duobus abbreviatis obtusis et setosis in-
structo.

Foemina baud detecta.

Obs. Hoc genus affinitatera intiraam exhibet cum Ephippigerd thoracis struc-
tura, tegminibus alisque abbreviatis.

Spec. 1. CONDYLODERA TrICONDYLOIDES.

Cserulea ; prothorace subpurpureo capiteque punctatis, abdomine nitido Isevi,
antennis albidis fusco-annulatis, articulis duobus basalibus nigris, palpis
fulvis, articulo extimo fusco, femoribus fulvo-rufis, posticorum basi ma-
cule cyanea, tibiis fuscis albido-lineatis, spinulis albidis, tarsis fuscis, arti-
culis duobus basalibus supr^ albidis, stylis analibus fulvis.

Long. corp. lin. 9.

Habitat in Java.

In Mus. nostr.

I have applied the specific name of Tricondyloides to designate this insect,
which not only in its general form and nodose thorax, but also in its peculiar
colours (by which alone it is distinguished from nearly every other Orthopte-
rous insect), so singularly represents the Cicindelideous genus Tricondyla.
Another curious circumstance attendant upon this analogy is, that the locality
of both these groups is the same, namely, Java.

EXPLANATION OF TAB. XXVIII.

Fig. 1. Pseudomorpha excrucians, K., and details.

1 a. Underside of the head. * An elevated line indicating the ordi-
nary place of articulation of the mentum.
1 b. Maxilla.
1 c. Extremity of anterior tibia.

TniTis :Zi7in-:S0o7Voi:sm.Tah28.p. 4S0.

7.i.

7

4-a.

z.t.

^ I

3.a.

3 c.

3.b.

3. a.

^^'

3d.

5. a.

^^vmmi/

5.C.

5.i.

7.0..

J.d.

I I

J.O.Weflwooi ieZr

J^nznt Sc .

Relationships existing amongst Natural Objects. 421

Fi|f. 2. Adelotopus Ipsoides, Westw. 2 a. Upper side of the head. i. and i. re-
presenting the genee visible from beneath. 2 b. Underside of
the head. a. The situation of the articulation of the mentuni.
e. Mentum. d. Jugulum. J". Maxillary palpus, the base of the
maxilla concealed by the side of the mentum. /. The im-
mensely developed genae. c. The canal for the antennae, "•.

Fig. 3. Sphallomorpha decipiens, Westw., and details.

3 a. Front of head above, with the mandibles and labrum.
3 b. Underside of the head. a. A very indistinct line, terminating on
each side in a slight notch and bristle, and indicating the ordi-
nary place of the articulation of the mentum. b. A deep canal
for the action of the base of the maxillay., and separated from
the outer canal c. (formed for the reception of the antennae g.) by
an elevated ridge i. d. Jugulum. e. Mentum.

3 c. Maxilla. 3 d. Labial palpus. 3 e. Underside of anterior tarsus.
Fig. 4. Silphomorphafallax, Westw., and details.

4o. Front of head, above, with the mandibles and labrum.

4 b. Underside of the head, exhibiting no traces of the ordinary arti-

culation of the mentum, which here forms a component part of
the skull.
Ac. Maxilla.

4 d. Underside of the thoracic segments, showing the acuminated pro-

sternum (*) and the small size of the metasternum (**).
Fig. 5. Rhyzopertha pusilla, Steph., and details.

5 a. Labrum. 5 b. Mandible. 5 c. Maxilla. 5 d. Instrumenta labi-

alia. 5 e. Antenna, bf. Fore tibia and tarsus.
Fig. 6. Tomicus fuscus. Marsh., and details.

6 a. Mandible. 6 b. Maxilla. 6 c. Mentum and labial palpi. 6 d. An-

tenna, 6 e. Fore tibia and tarsus.
Fig. 7- Condylodera Tricondyloides , Westw., and details.

7 a. Front of head. 7 b. Mandible. 7 c. Maxilla. 7 d. Instrumenta

labialia.

[ 423 ]

XXIV. A Note upon the Anatomy of the Roots of Ophrydeee. By John
LiNDLEy, Ph.D. F.R.S. 8f L.S., Professor of Botany in University College.

Read February 5th, 1839.

XT is well known, that the substance imported from the Levant under the
name of Salep, consists of the parboiled tubercles of certain Ophrydeons
plants, probably belonging to the genus Orchis itself; but while writers are
agreed as to the source of Salep, there is so much difference among them, as
to the nature of the principle it contains, that it has appeared to me desirable
to ascertain whether anatomical examination would not decide the question
better than the ordinary methods of chemical investigation ; and the result
has justified my expectation.

The following instances of difference in the statements of writers upon
Salep will serve to show how far we yet are from understanding the nature
of this very common substance.

Berzelius says it contains very little gum and starch, but much vegetable
mucus (Pflanzenschleim). Caventou describes it as containing a substance
like Bassorine ; that is, a gummy principle differing from gum in being inso-
luble, only swelling up into a jelly, and from all varieties of starch by not
forming a blue compound with iodine.

On the other hand, Guillemin says it is composed " presqu' entiferement de
matifere f^culante" (Diet. Class, xv. 70.), a statement which I quote merely to
show the prevalent opinion of French writers on such subjects ; an opinion
which is by no means changed. Guibourt, who, in order to form a correct
idea of Salep, examined Orchis roots before they were prepared, declares that
they are composed "d'une grande quantite d'amidon" in grains the size of
wheat starch ; and he adds, that this starch is entirely filled by a pulpy mat-
ter, insoluble in cold water, but swelling and dividing very much in hot

VOL. XVIII. 3 K

424 Prof. LiNDLEY on the Anatomy of the Roots q/'Ophrydeae.

water. He also finds the Salep of the shops consisting, with the exception of
a few grains of unchanged starch, in great part of swelled, torn, gelatinous
skins, which become of a magnificent blue when moistened with the aqueous
solution of iodine. {Histoire des Drogues Simples, i. 573.)

Raspail speaks of the new tubercles of Orchis as being rich in fsecula, and
he supposes that those chemists who have not been able to find it, examined
old shrivelled roots whose starch had been consumed by the plant in its
growth, instead of newly-formed roots. {Syst. de Chim. Organique, p. 54.)

Finally, M. Payen, in his recent memoir upon Amidon, of which the first
part, without the plates, is all that I have yet seen {Ann. des Sc, n. s., x.
26.), describes Salep as containing grains of fsecula, formed into amorphous
masses which fill the cells. " Ce caractfere," he adds, " depend sans doute
de la temperature 61ev6e a laquelle la desiccation a commence ; les tubercles
etant alors tr^s humides la f^cule a du former empois en s'hydratant dans
chaque cellule ; de la encore la demitransparence de la plupart des petits tu-
bercules sees."

The following account of the anatomy of the roots of Ophrydeous plants
will show that, notwithstanding the assertions of so many French writers
upon Salep, these tubercles contain very little starch, and that these authors
have mistaken for amylaceous matter what Berzelius terms vegetable mucus,
and Caventoii and Meisner a principle resembling Bassorine, the organic cha-
racters of which, in these plants, are extremely curious.

The tubercles which form the roots of many South African Ophrydece pre-
sent, when dried, the appearance of bags filled with small pebbles ; the surface
of the roots being coarsely granular, as if the epidermis had contracted over
hard bodies in the inside. This is very remarkable in the dried fusiform roots
of Disa multifida.

If a fresh root of Satyrium pallidum is divided transversely, the cause of
this appearance becomes evident. With its soft parenchyma are mixed a
great quantity of tough, firm, oval nodules, clear as water, and often twenty
times as large as the cells which surround them. These nodules are easily se-
parated from the tissue in which they are imbedded, when they are found to
l)e irregular polye(h-ons, resembling pebbles of cut rock crystal. Their fa-

Prof. LiNDLEY on the Anatomy of the Roots of Ophiydese. 425

cettes are produced by the pressure upon them of the cells of parenchyma
among which they lie. They are tough like horn, cannot be torn, crackle
between the teeth like fragments of caoutchouc, and may be easily cut or
even sliced, when they seem to be perfectly homogeneous, exhibiting no trace
of layers or successive deposits, either when fresh, or after being dried, or
when acted upon by ordinary chemical reagents. These nodules are mostly
of about the same size, but here and there some are to be seen not larger
than the ordinary cells of parenchyma. The latter is thin-sided, in no degree
pitted, and is readily coloured brown by the alcoholic solution of iodine or
by exposure to air. Each cell bears with considerable regularity a cytoblast
upon some part of its walls, and in most of the larger cells there is a small
quantity of starch, readily coloured blue by the aqueous solution of iodine.
Otherwise the parenchyma contains no solid matter, with the exception of
occasional parcels of acicular raphides.

The nodules are scarcely soluble in cold water, but when boiled they be-
come tumid and partially dissolve into a transparent jelly, with a vitreous
lustre. If exposed to the air they rapidly dry and become deep brown. The
aqueous solution of iodine produces no sensible effect upon them in their na-
tural state ; but if they are first treated with caustic potash, or nitric or sul-
phuric acids, all which dissolve their contents, they then acquire a deep claret
colour when acted upon by alcoholic solution of iodine.

But although iodine, in the form of the aqueous solution, while it colours
blue the grains of starch, produces no sensible effect upon the nodules them-
selves, yet it does produce an effect if Ijbe alcoholic solution is employed.
In that case the nodules slowly become amethystine, altering to claret colour ;
and if the nodules are wounded, the latter colour gradually, but slowly, ex-
tends over the wound. These colours, however, soon disappear, especially if
the air is warm ; not a trace of blue is at any time observable. The nodules
are therefore not starch. Indeed I believe there is no known instance in
which this common substance possesses even the organic characters which
have been just described ; nor am I aware of any other case of the solid
secretions of plants assuming such an appearance as is found in the subject
of these remarks. The cysts containing oily matter in the rind of the Orange
are, in some respects, most analogous.

3 K 2

426 Prof. LiNDLEY on the Anatomy of the Roots q/" Ophrydeae.

The roots of all the other Ophrydece, whether European or not, which I
have had the opportunity of examining, are constructed essentially in the same
manner as that of Satyrium pallidum. The differences I find among them
consist chiefly in the size and shape of the nodules, and in the proportion they
bear to the surrounding parenchyma ; in the quantity of starch formed in the
latter ; and in the way in which sections of the tubercles are affected by expo-
sure to the air. In Orchis maculata, for instance, there is more starch than
usual, the nodules when fresh are not much larger than the cells of surround-
ing parenchyma, and the section of the root remains white, while in Satyrium
pallidum it becomes deep brown. Beyond this I have observed nothing which
deserves notice.

But while the presence of nodules is so universal in this tribe of Orchi-
daceve, it is not a little singular that they should be as generally absent in
the tubercles of the other tribes of the same natural order. Up to the present
time I have not succeeded in detecting them in any species of Neottiece or
Arethusece, of which I possess roots. In the tubercles of New Holland Orchi-
dacece the cells appear to be exclusively occupied by starch, with which they
are in fact filled ; at least, such is the case in Glossodia minor, Thelymitra
carnea, and another species, Caladenia testacea, Corysanthes bicalcarata, and
many species of Diuris and Pterostylis.

I have already stated that the nodules appear to be homogeneous. But the
slowness with which their horny contents are acted upon by the alcoholic so-
lution of iodine, and the frequent arrangement of the secretions of plants in a
stratified manner in the lignified parts of vegetation, led me to suspect that
this homogeneity was only apparent. Nevertheless, for a long time I sought
in vain for evidence of their contents being organized ; in whatever way they
were cut, whatever reagents were employed, sections of the nodules presented
the same unvarying uniform surface. At last, upon examining some Covent
Garden Salep, — a coarse preparation of wild Ophrydece, — thin slices of which
I had made with a knife whose edge had lost its keenness, and which therefore
bruised the Salep while cutting it, an indistinct granular appearance became
visible upon some of the divided nodules, not however so well defined as to
enable me to judge of its real nature. But upon charring the slices by
Mr. Reades' process, a beautiful definition of the granulation was obtained.

Prof. LiNDLEY on the Anatomy of the Roots of Ophrydeae. 427

It then appeared that the nodules, apparently so homogeneous, are composed
of extremely minute transparent cells, filled, I presume, with a secretion of
the same refractive power as themselves, and adhering to each other so firmly,
that in their fresh state no spaces could be detected among them. In their
charred condition, however, the double walls of the cells, intercellular spaces,
and even here and there the cytoblasts, became so distinctly visible, that the
accompanying figure 3. was readily made with a camera lucida adapted to an
achromatic microscope magnifying 480 diameters.

These statements are, I should think, sufficient to show that the roots of
Ophrydece are not composed, to any great extent, of starch, but that their
peculiar properties are owing to the presence of a large quantity of a gummy
secretion, which for the present may be called Bassorine, collected in cellular
horny nodules.

It remains for me to explain in what way the error has probably arisen of
those who, like Guibourt and Payen, describe Salep as chiefly composed of
starch. It is well known that Salep is prepared by boiling the roots of Ophry-
dece, and then drying them. The effect of boiling is to dissolve what starch
exists in the parenchyma surrounding the nodules of Bassorine ; the dissolved
starch will flow over the sides of the cells and the surface of the nodules,
from which when dried it becomes undistinguishable ; and consequently when
iodine is applied to Salep, the whole mass will appear to have become iodide
of starch. Attention having been called to the facts above mentioned, there
remains no difficulty in seeing that the general diffusion of blue is apparent
only. In reality, if, after iodine is applied to Salep and the blue colour is pro-
duced, the nodules are removed, which is not difficult, they are found to re-
tain their original vitreous lustre, and to have been coloured apparently only
by the reflection, through their seraitransparent sides, of the blue iodide of
starch by which they are surrounded. That this explanation is true, may be
proved experimentally, by examining the roots of Orchis maculata, both fresh
and subsequently to their being made into Salep.

February 2, 1839.

428 Prof. LiNDLEY on the Anatomy of the Roots of Ophrydese.

1.

EXPLANATION OF THE FIGURES.

Fig. 1 . A section, highly magnified, of a fragment of the root of Satyrium pal-
lidum, a. a. a. Cytoblasts. h. h. Nodules of Bassorine. c. c. c. Gra-
nules of starch.

2. A cell, which once contained Bassorine, emptied of its contents by

caustic potash, and pressed flat. The circumference is irregularly
cracked by the pressure that has been employed.

3. A view of the cellular structure of the nodules, seen after being-

charred, and examined with a microscope magnifying 480 diameters.
All these figures were drawn with a camera lucida.

[ 429 ]

XXV. On the Heliamphora nutans^ a new Pitcher-plant from British Guiana.

By George Bentham, Esq., F.L.S.

Read February 4, 1840.

Amongst a number of new and handsome plants collected by Mr. Schom-
burgk on the mountain of Roraima, on the borders of British Guiana, one of
the most curious is a species of Pitcher-plant, which he found growing in a
marshy savannah, at an elevation of about six thousand feet above the level
of the sea. As this plant is a new form in a very distinct natural Order, the
Sarraceniacece, hitherto consisting of but one genus, and only six species, I
have thought that the following short account of it might not be uninterest-
ing to the Linnean Society.

Like the true Sarracenice, this is an herbaceous plant, with fibrous roots and
radical leaves, of which the petiole forms a long hollow tube or pitcher, open
at the top, and the lamina a small concave lid, which does not, however, as in
Nepenthes, close over the pitcher. The parallel veins of the pitcher, with
transverse reticulations, and the thick texture and reticulate venation of the
lid, are the same in Heliamphora as in Sarracenia.

A curious disparity in the texture of the reflexed hairs of the inner surface
of the pitcher has been pointed out to me by Dr. Lindiey, and I observe pre-
cisely the same structure in Sarracenia purpurea. The hairs which densely
close the mouth of the pitcher are thick, conical, and striated, without any of
the ordinary appearances of secreting hairs, although this part of the leaf is
said, in Sarracenia at least, to be generally covered with a saccharine exuda-
tion. At the bottom of the pitcher, and below the smooth shining part (the
same in Heliamphora as in Sarracenia), the scattered hairs, smaller than those
of the throat, but still reflexed, have all the appearance of ordinary secreting
hairs. They arise from a small tubercle, and appear to be composed of a single

4.30 Mr. Bentham on the Heliamphora nutans,

cell, forming a hollow tube, in which in the dried state there appears to be
more or less of congealed matter, probably fluid when fresh. These secreting
hairs are somewhat conical in Heliamphora, very long and slender, but with
the same structure in Sarracenia purpurea.

Notwithstanding several memoirs which have been already published on
the Sarracenice, it does not appear that any course of observation and experi-
ment on the living plant has ever been closely and carefully followed up with
a view to ascertaining the precise nature and functions of the abovementioned
very distinct portions of these singular pitchers. They are constantly observed
with more or less of an aqueous fluid in them, which is generally supposed to
be chiefly, if not entirely, water derived from rains and dews, a circumstance
not at all borne out by the structure as it appears in the dried state. The lower
portion is evidently contrived to produce copious secretions ; the central appa-
rently smooth portion, often covered with an infinity of minute glands, appears
destined to some important function in the economy of the leaf, and the form
of the opening appears but ill contrived for the mere purpose of collecting
rains and dews. One effect of the singular clothing of the orifice is known to
be the retaining such insects as may venture within it, and some have even
gone so far as, on that account, to consider these plants as carnivorous ; but
surely, if killing the insects were the main object of this apparatus, it would
meet with better success than the imprisoning some half a dozen flies or beetles
during the whole season the leaf lasts. It were therefore much to be wished,
that American botanists, who have opportunities of observing these plants
under those circumstances which are natural to them, would carefully ascer-
tain the state of the different parts of the pitcher, the nature and amount of
any secretions, and any other phenomena that may take place at different
times of the day and of the season, at various ages of the plant, and under
various states of the atmosphere, which alone can enable us to found any con-
jectures on its physiological functions.

The scape of Heliamphora, instead of being one-flowered, as in Sarracenia,
bears a loose raceme of from two to six nodding flowers, borne on short pedi-
cels, each pedicel springing from the axilla of a concave bract, similar in ve-
nation to the pitcher part of the leaves. There is no trace of any bracteolee
on the pedicel.

a new Pitcher-plant from British Guiana. 431

The floral organs differ chiefly from those of Sarracenia in the great reduc-
tion in the number of parts. Instead of three distinct series of floral envelopes
(three external bracts, five sepals and five petals), Heliamphora has but four,
five, or (as observed by Mr. Schomburgk) six leaflets altogether, of which the
external are somewhat thicker and more herbaceous than the more internal
ones, though all are to a certain degree petaloid and coloured. Where there
are four or five, the aestivation and position is the same as those of the sepals
of Sarracenia, but they are more imbricate, each leaflet overlapping more or
less the next opposite one on one side, even at their insertion. I have not seen
any flowers with more than five leaflets, and I therefore do not know the po-
sition of the sixth.

The stamens are indefinite, and placed as in Sarracenia ; there were twenty-
one in the flower-bud 1 opened ; from twenty-seven to thirty-two in most
flowers, according to Mr. Schomburgk. The anthers are versatile, turned in-
wards in the bud, and the cells open longitudinally.

The ovary differs from Sarracenia in being three-celled only, instead of five-
celled ; in other respects, the number, arrangement, and structure of the ovules
agree perfectly with Sarracenia. The style is erect and cylindrical, but is
truncate, and minutely ciliated at the apex, with an obscurely three-lobed
stigmatic surface, without any tendency to the remarkable foliaceous expan-
sion of the stigma of Sarracenia.

I have not seen the capsule of Heliamphora, but Mr. Schomburgk describes
it as "three-celled, three-valved, with numerous seeds." A few ripe seeds
communicated to me by him are rather larger than in Sarracenia jiava and
psittacina, the only two species of which I have the fruit*: the testa is
brown, less tuberculated than in Sarracenia, but expanded into a membranous
wing surrounding the seed. The albumen and embryo are the same in both
genera.

From this sketch it will be seen that all the essentials of arrangement and
insertion of the floral organs, and of the conformation of the ovary and seed,
are as in Sarracenia, and place this new plant in the same Order ; the differ-
ences in the number of parts cannot here have any other than a generic im-

* The seeds of Sarracenia are described as " minute," a vague term, scarcely applicable in this case,
as in both the above- quoted species they are full one line long, and obovoid,

yoL. XVIII. 3 jf

432 Mr. Bentham on the Heliamphora nutans,

portance, as it is evident from their variableness and want of symmetry that
they are reductions from a normal type.

As to the general affinities of the Order, this genus, a less complete one than
Sarracenia itself, does not appear to furnish any further elucidations, except-
ing in as far as it proves that neither the symmetry of the floral envelopes, nor
the foliaceous stigma of Sarracenia, are of importance. The inflorescence,
the only character more developed in Heliamphora, is not different from that
of Papaveracece, to which order, as well as to Nymphceacece, some affinities
have been already indicated by various botanists, from both of which Orders,
however, the placentation essentially removes the Sari'aceniacece.

I now proceed to give the technical character of the Heliamphora nutans,
of which I have derived the generic name from e'Xoc, a marsh, and dfKpopeva, a
pitcher.

HELIAMPHORA.

Ordo Sarraceniacearum.

Char. Gen. Perigonii foliola 4, 5, (vel. 6 ?) hypogyna, libera, aestivatione vsAdh
imbricata, subpetaloidea. Stamina numero indefinita, hypogyna. ^n-
therce oblongo-lineares, versatiles, biloculares, loculis appositis longitudi-
nalit^r dehiscentibus. Ovarium triloculare, ovulis numerosis anatropis
pluriserialit^r placentae axili affixis. Stylus simplex, apice truncatus.
Stigma parvum, obscurfe trilobum, minutfe ciliatum, " Capsula trilocu-
laris, trivalvis, polysperma." (Schomb.) Semina obovata, compressa, testa
fusca laxiuscula, vix rugosa, in alam fusco-membranaceam semen cin-
gentem expansa. Embryo parvus, teres, rectus prope basin albuminis co-
piosi, radicula juxta hilum, cotyledonibus parvis.

Sp. H nutans. Herba perennis, uliginosa. Folia I'adicalia ; petiolus tubuloso-
amphoraeformis, basi attenuatus, dein inflatus, sub ore pariim contractus,
ore obliqufe margine subrevoluto, parallel^ plurinervis et transverslm reti-
culato-venosus, extils glaber et latere interno alis duabus angustis longi-
tudinalitfer auctus, intiis apice densissimfe pilis reflexis striatis nitentibus
vestitus, medio glaberrimus, basi pilis simplicibus excretoriis reflexis spar-
sis asperrimus. Lamina parva, orbiculata, concavo-cucullata, crassius-
cula, reticulata, glabra. Scopus erectus, (1 — 2-pedalis,) apice simplicit^r

a new Pitcher-plant from British Guiana. 433

raceraosus, glaber. Pedicelli alternij glabri, solitarii ad axillam bracteae
ovatse complicatse acuminatse paralleli-venosae glabrae. Prope basin scapi
folium nonnunqu^in adest forma inter illas foliorum radicalium et brac-
tearum fer^ media, nemp^ basi bracteis simile supra medium margini-
bus connatis subamphorae-forme. Flores nutantes, albi, v. pallid^ rosei.
Perigonii foliola expansa, ovato-lanceolata, acuminata, glabra, 15-16 lin.
longa. Stamina glabra, filamentis basi crassioribus. Ovarium ovoideum,
pubesoens. Stylus glaber.

EXPLANATION OF TAB. XXIX.

Helfamphora nutans.

Fig. 1. The flower, with the perigon removed, showing the stamens.

2. A single stamen, front view,

3. The same, back view.

4. Style and ovary.

5. Transverse section of the ovary.

6. Diagram of the arrangement of the floral parts.

7. Seed.

8. The same, with the testa removed.

9. Longitudinal section of the same.

10. Portion of a young petiole, showing the inner surface of the natural
size. a. Hairs of the orifice, highly magnified, b. Hairsof the bot-
tom of the pitcher, magnified to the same degree.

Nos, 1. to 9. are all more or less magnified.

3 l2

[ 435 ]

XXVI. Descriptions of some new Insects, collected in Assam by William Grif-
fith, Esq., Assistant-Surgeon in the Madras Medical Service, and attached to
the late Scientific Mission to Assam. By the Rev. Frederick William Hope,
M.A., F.R.S., &; L.S.

Read November 5, 1839, and April 21, 1840.

Insects from the Burmese territories, or from Assam, are equally rare ; a
few species some years since were brought to England by the late General
Hardwicke, from the latter country, and they are now deposited along with
his valuable collection of Oriental zoology in the British Museum. A second
collection from the same locality, consisting of two glazed cases, were pre-
sented to me by Lady Jones. The nondescripts of a third also were kindly
given me by Dr. Cantor, the celebrated herpetologist. The only insects from
the same regions of my acquaintance which I have not mentioned, (with the
exception of Mr. Solly's,) are some magnificent species figured in the Trans-
actions of the Entomological Society of London ; they were transmitted from
the East Indies to Mr. Rucker : all of them are described as inhabiting the
East ; no specific locality, however, happens to be stated. Recognising every
species in Mr. Solly's collection (with one exception only), and some of them
in considerable numbers, I do not hesitate to give an opinion, that they were
also collected in the territories of Assam. The insects which I now proceed
to describe for the Linnean Society are entirely new to European entomolo-
gists ; some of them are remarkable for magnitude, splendour, and colouring,
and I regard them as equal, if not superior, to any of the choicest specimens
of our metropolitan cabinets. By permission of Mr. Solly, I described a por-
tion of the rarities for the Entomological Society of London ; the more splen-
did I have reserved for the Linnean, and which I now submit to the notice of
its members.

436 Rev. F. W, Hope on some new Insects collected in Assam.

The major part of the selected species belong to the Longicorn Beetles, and
as I do not accord with the arrangement of Monsieur Audinet Serville (pub-
lished in the French Entomological Transactions), particularly in the group-
ing of the Lamiadce of Leach, it may be adviseable to commence with some
short observations on the Lamiadce.

The typical species of Lamia, according to Fabricius, was Lamia Gigas ;
that species is now detached from Lamia by Serville, under the generic name
of Omacantha. The type of true Lamia, according to the above author, at
present appears to be either Lamia Ruhus, Fab., or some other closely allied
species. He has, however, included under the same head three other species,
differing considerably in form, and which may be regarded as subgenera be-
longing to another family. The natural sections of Lamia appear to be three ;
first, those which have the sutural apex of the elytra acuminated, each wing
being internally more or less spiny, whilst the lateral angles are invariably
rounded ; secondly, those which have the sutural apex spiny, as well as the
lateral angles spinose ; and thirdly, those which have the elytra rounded at
the apex, and without any spines medial or lateral. The last section requires
still further subdivision, and most willingly do I leave that task for others. It
is time, however, to proceed to the description of the species. 1 commence
with true Lamia.

Lamiadce, Leach.

Lamia Horsfieldii.

Long. lin. 26. Lat. lin. S\.

Corpus cinereum ; antennis corpore longioribus elytrisque flavo-cretaceis ma-
culisque ornatis. Antennae articulis tribus primis subscabris. Thorax
utrinqufe spina valida acut^ armatus. Elytra nebulosa, basi rugosa, apice
unidentata, maculis flavo-cretaceis aspersa. Pedes corpore concolores.
Corpus infra cinereo-nebulosum, marginibus capitis et corporis albidis.

This magnificent species I have named in honour of Dr. Horsfield, the au-
thor of a valuable work on the metamorphosis of Indian Lepidoptera. With
regard to size, the species ranks amongst the largest of the Lamiadce which
have yet been described as belonging to the East. Lamia catenata of De
Haan, from Japan, is a species closely allied to it. It differs, however, in

Rev. F. W. Hope on some new Insects collected in Assam. 437

various particulars. I have not figured it, as true Lamia is well known to
entomolog-ists.

EUOPUA*.

Corpus subdepressum. Antennae lamiseformes fer^ ut in Omacanthd. Thorax
utrinqu^ spinosus, dorso punctulatus. Elytra depressa, apicibus 2-spi-
nosiSj spina suturali minore, lateralibus majoribus. In reliquis cum Lamid
convenit.

The above genus I propose to separate from Lamia, as it appears to afford
ample characters to distinguish it. The antennee in Omacantha differ in the
different sexes, the terminal joint of the males being considerably larger than
all the rest. In true Lamia the last joint is nearly equal in length in both
sexes : Euoplia therefore is more allied to Lamia Omacantha, which one might
expect, from a similarity in the general appearance of the insects ; the former
may be considered as the representative of Lamia in Africa.

Euoplia Polyspila.

Tab. XXX. fig. 6.

Long. lin. 16. Lat. lin. 5^.

Cinerea ; antennis corpore longioribus, elytris depressis 2-spinosis variisque
cretaceis maculis aspersis. Corpus infr^ cinereum, pedibus concoloribus.

This species inhabits Assam ; it is unique in the collection of Mr. R. H.
Solly.

To the same genus belong the following undescribed species in my cabinet,
namely, E. octospilota, sulphurea, Bengalensis, Sinensis, and confusa, all of
them occurring in the East Indies. I am doubtful if this genus occurs in
Africa : although it has been recognised in Africa, the entomology of the latter
country seems to combine the character, and possess some of the leading cha-
racteristics, of both continents, and yet is remarkable for its peculiar types of
form ; one peculiar instance of which is the anomalous genus Hexodon.

* From the Greek thowXia.

438 Rev. F. W. Hope on some new Insects collected in Assam.

Oplophora*.

Caput ferfe quadratum. Mandibulce falciformes. Antennae paull6 corpore lon-
giores, articulis basi pallidis. Thorax utrinqufe armatus, dorso fortit^r ru-
goso, tuberculo in medio disci posito. Elytra thorace quadrupl6 longiora,
basi sinuata, subscabra, gradatlra h humeris ad apicern magnitudine
decrescentia, apicibus rotundatis. Corpus mirh. annulis abdominis ad
apicem senslm attenuatis. Pectus vald^ convexumj mucrone armatum.
Pedes difFormes et robusti.

Habitat in India Orientali e regione Assamensi.

Oplophora Sollii.

Tab. XXX. fig. 4.

Long. lin. 24. Lat. lin. 8.

Viridi-aurata, splendida ; thorace spinoso, elytris albo-punctatis. Corpus rafrh,
nigrum, pectore femoribus aurato-viridibus, annulisque abdominis utrin-
qufe cceruleo colore inquinatis. Caput antic^ binis maculis oblongis coe-
ruleis notatum. Antennce nigrae, articulis basi pallidis. Thmax utrin-
qu^ vald^ spinosus, dorso tuberculato, dente in medio disci conspicuo.
Elytra metallico-viridiaj anticfe sinuata, subrugosa, variis maculis creta-
ceis sparslm punctata. Corpus infr^ nigrum, pectore cceruleo annulisque
abdominis utrinqu^. Sternum inter medios pedes mucrone armatum.
Pedes difformes, nigri, coeruleoque colore variegati, plantis fusco-spon-
giosis.

This magnificent insect I dedicate to Richard Horsman Solly, Esq., a gen-
tleman distinguished for his zeal in the promotion of science in general, and
for his knowledge of vegetable structure and physiology, and one who has
ever been a warm supporter of the Linnean Society.

The male of this species is only 19 lines in length, and 6 inches in width.
It was presented to me by Lady Jones. Dr. Cantor informs me that he is
aware of a second specimen. To the same genus belongs Lamia punctator,
Fabr., and two unnamed species, which I have named after Sir Patrick Walker

* From 6ir\o<j)6pos, an arpiour-bearer.

Rev. F. W. Hope on some new Insects collected in Assam. 439

and Colonel Sykes. Lamia reticulator of Fabricius, which is remarkable for its
penicillated antennae and truncate elytra, appears decidedly to belong to an-
other genus not yet characterized.

Anoplophora*.

A new genus of Lamiadce belonging to the third of my proposed sections.
The following are its characters.

Caput quadratum. Antennce corpore dupl6 longiores, ultimo articulo valde
elongato. Thorax utrinqu^ spinosus, medio depressus. Elytra antic^ et
postic^ fer^ sequalia, apicibus rotundatis. Corpus infra squamosum, pec-
tore inermi. Pedes difformes et robusti.

Anoplophora Stanleyana.

Tab. XXX. fig. 1.
Long. lin. 20. Lat. lin. 6J. .

Nigro-viridis, nitida ; antennis variegatis, thorace, elytris pedibusque coeruleo

colore imbutis. Caput antic^ maculis binis oblongis coeruleis notatum.

Antennce nigrse, articulis basi coeruleis, ultimo elongato atro. Thorax

coeruleus, linea media longitudinali nigra spinisque utrinqufe concoloribus.

Elytra nigro-senea, nitida, maculis coeruleis aspersa. Corpus infra conco-

lor, segmentis abdominis postic^ nigro-piceis, femoribus squamosis colore

beryllino tinctis. Tibiis, tarsis, annulisque antennarum subcceruleis,

plantis fusco-spongiosis.

This magnificent insect I have named in honour of the President of the
Linnean Society. It is almost impossible to convey by description an idea of
the beauty of this species. Its external appearance is of a light beryl colour :
when examined under the lens, it has the appearance of mother-of-pearl, and
closely resembles the feathery scales of the Lepidoptera.

The nature and causes of the colouring matter of insects is very imperfectly
understood.

* From a, not, and 6v\o<l>6pos, an armour-bearer.

VOL. XVIII. 3 M

440 Rev. F. W. Hope on some new Insects collected in Assam.

I Calli CHROMA. LatreUle.

Callichroma Cantori.

Tab. XXX. fig. 3.

Long. lin. 21. Lat. lin. 5.

Viride, nitidum ; antennis violaceis, femoribus tibiisque leet^ cyaneis taisisque
aureo ornatis. Caput antic^ fovea fortit^r impressa. Antennae mediocres,
violaceae, pubescentes, punctulatae, articulo primo anticfe spinoso. Thorax
utrinqu^ spinosus, dorso tuberculato. Elytra laeta, depressa, viridia, splen-
dida, apicibus rotundatis. Corpus infr^ cyaneum, segmentis abdominis
sericie argentea obsitis. Pedes femoribus subscabris laete cyaneis, tibiis
concoloribus et compressis. Tarsi flavo-pubescentes, seu aureis capillis
ornati.

The above insect inhabits Assam. The sexes of the species appear to differ
in theif antennae, those of the males being more robust, and the elytra are
more acuminated at the external angles. The true Callichroma of Latreille
seems confined chiefly to the New World, although in modern catalogues we
find some African species ranged under that generic title. Those species,
however, with very conspicuous dilated tibise ought to be separated from Cal-
lichroma, as they evidently belong to a subgenus. M. De Haan mentions one
Asiatic species in the Leyden collection. In my cabinet there is another
elegant insect, which I have named loscelis from its violet-coloured legs : it is
likewise from Assam. The present species is named in honour of Dr. Cantor.
It is satisfactory to state, that his valuable collection of Reptitia, with his ex-
quisite drawings, are safely deposited in the Radcliffe Library at Oxford,

Callichroma Griffithii.

Tab. XXX. fig. 2.

Long. lin. 20|. Lat. lin. 5.

Obscur^ atrum ; antennis tarsisque luteis. Elyfris nigris et flavo-fasciatis.
Caput ferl quadratum, rufum, oculis nigris. Antenna; mediocres, pallide
flavse, articulo primo antic^ acute spinoso. Thorax utrinqu^ obtusfe ar-
matus, tuberculatus, dorso ochraceo colore inquinato, margine omni ni-

Rev. F. W. Hope on some new Insects collected in Assam. 441

gricanti, fasciis binis ochraceis notato, prima ante medium disci posita
atque ad suturam vix extensa, secunda integra at latiori. Corpus infra
ochraceo-flavum, pubescentia subaurat^ obsitum. Pedes femoribus fusco-
flavis, tibiis tarsisque pallidioribus.

This insect also inhabits Assam, and is in the collection of Mr. Solly. It is
named in honour of its discoverer Mr. Griffith, an acute and enterprising
botanist, author of a valuable memoir on the Development of the Ovulum of
Santalum and Loranthus, printed in the 18th volume of the Society's Trans-
actions.

The clothing of this species I can only compare to an fnferior velvet or a
sort of plush ; when rubbed it exhibits the appearance of bronze, and in places
it resembles a rose-coloured copper. It is remarkable for a peculiarity of
colouring, which I regard as of very rare occurrence. It appears as if the
colouring matter of the second fascia had run, and had overwhelmed the black,
the yellow-ochre taking its place.

MoNOCHAMUS. Megerle.
Monochamus Ruber.

Tab. XXX. fig. 5.

Long. lin. 11. Lat. lin. A\.

Ruber ; antennis corpore duplb longioribus, thorace elytrisque nigro-maculatis,
pedibus concoloribus. Caput antice nigrum, postice rubrum. Antennas
longissimae, nigrse. Thorax disco rubro, spinis utrinque atris. Elytra
rubra, humeris, scutello, maculisque variis nigris sparsim dispositis.
Corpus infr^ nigrum, pectore, segmentis abdominis utrinqu^ rubro-raa-
culatis. Pedes atri, plantis fusco-spongiosis.

The above species, remarkable in its colouring, is also from Assam. I know
of no species allied to it. The red colour, after the death of the insect, changes
to a pale orange. I have seen some specimens so bleached by the light that
casual observers would regard them as distinct species.

3 M 2

442 Rev. F. W. Hope on some new Insects collected in Assam

HEMIPTERA.

NepadjE. Leach.

Cheirochela*.

Forma elongato-ovata. Totum corpus depressum.

Caput antic^ rotundatum, postic^ angustius, oculis rectis et ovalibus.

Antennce minutoe, 4-articulat0e, articulis fer^ sequalibus.

Thorax fer^ trigonus, anticfe valdfe emarginatus, postic^ dilatatus, rect^ trun-

catus, utrinqu^ spinosus spinls aciitis.
Scutellum magnum, tdgonum, et aequilaterale.
Elytra anticfe abdomini fer^ sequalia, e medio disci sensim attenuata, posticfe

abdomine minora.
Corpus infra depressum, segmentis abdominis extern^ spinosis.
Pedes compressi, tibils anterioribus dilatatis, mediis posticfe latioribus, posticis

elongatis. Tarsi articulis fer^ sequalibus, chelisque acutis.
Habitat in India Orientali.

Cheirochela Assamensis.

Long. lin. 10. Lat. lin. 6.

Fusca, ecaudata ; thorace antic^ vald^ emarginato posticfe spinoso, elytris pos-
tic^ abdomine brevioribus rugosis, lineis binis elevatis obliquis insignitis.
Corpus infra flavescens, pedibus concoloribus. Tibice anticce valdfe dila-
tatse et compressse, medice ciliatse, et ad apicem aureo-spongiosee.

The peculiarities of this genus consist first in its very flattened form, and in
the great size of the anterior femora. The anterior tibise and tarsi are con-
fluent, forming a hook. The singular shape of the hemelytra, destitute of
apical membrane, and void of wings, is also worthy of observation.

* Cheirochela is derived from the Grfeek x'^'ip, tlie Imnd, and x'7^')' " claw.

Rev. F. W. Hope on some new Insects collected in Assam. 443

Lystra, Fabr.
Lystra ^ruginosa.

Tab. XXXI. fig. 1.

Long-, lin. 13. Lat. lin. 4.

Viridis ; alis anticis sordid^ fulvescentibus viridi nigroque variegatis, niargini-
bus extern^ atris. Caput viride, facie plana, niargine antico acutfe ciir-
vato, carina frontali inter oculos cum margine antico parallela. Alie
anticce sordide fulvescentes, dimidio basali irrorato, macule magna ro-
tundata ante apicem, apiceque nigris. Alee posticce albo-farinosse. Pedes
sanguinei.

Habitat in Agro Assamensi.

In Museo D. Hope.

Aphana. Burm.

Aphana Aurantia.

Tab. XXXI. fig. 2.

Long. Corp. 9. Lat. lin. expan. alarum, unciee 2 lin. 6.

Totum corpus supra anrantium ; alis anticis maculis flavis vix conspicuis asper-
siSj postic^ nigro-maculatis, margine interno maculis nonnullis minutis
notatis, margine postico tenuissim^ nigro. Caput supra excavatum, mar-
ginibus elevatis, fronte in cornu acutum supra prothoracem retropro-
dueto. Abdomen basi albo-pulverosum. Corpus infra concolor, paullo
obscurius.

The above nondescript appears to be allied to Aphana submaculata of West-
wood, a species accurately figured in the Naturalist's Library.

BoMBYCiDiE. Leach.

Bombyx Spectabilis.

Tab. XXXI. fig. 3.

Long. Corp. 1 unc. 9 lin. Expan. alar, unciae 6.

Totum corpus supra, luteo-brunneum, maculis rivulisque nigris variegatum.
Alee anticce integrae, concolores, basi rivulis octo nigris, medio magis

444 Rev. F. W. Hope on some new Insects collected in Assam.

brunnescenti, line^ nigra utrinqu^ valdfe irregular! incluso, maculisque
parvis nigris in nervos dispositis, apice antico lineis angularibus albis
maculisque duabus majoribus nigris, apice postico rivulis decern nigris.
Aloe posticce dimidio basali nigro, apicali pallido nigrorivulosis, Antennce
bipectinatse, pectinibus inediocribus. Palpi parvi. Lingua spiralis.
Maxillce capite duplb longiores. Corpus infra nigrum.

A more lengthened Latin description is unnecessary, as the figure is so
accurate. I need only add, that the wings are of a most agreeable russet
brown and cream colour, which being formed into the greatest variety of
different shaped markings renders it almost impossible to describe the insect
with any tolerable degree of accuracy. It seems probable that the present
species will at some future time be considered the type of a new genus, as the
anterior wings are laterally rounded and not scalloped, as is the case with
several, if not all, of the African species belonging to this group. The only
insect of my acquaintance with which it can be compared is Bomhyx Lucina of
Driiry, from the vicinity of Sierra Leone.

ZvGiENiDiE. Stephens ?

Chelura.

Caput antic^ angustum, postic^ latius.

Lingua spiralis, subelongata.

Palpi breves.

Antennce ante oculos insertae, bipectinatae.

Thoraw connexus, magnitudine mediocri.

Abdomen subcylindricum, annulis ad apicem magnitudine decrescentibus,

octono minori.
Cauda forcipe acuto armata, et in parte media duplici hamo instructa.
Alee angustse, marginibus posticis subemarginatis.
Pedes simplices.

Chelura bifasciata.

Long. Corp. lin. 11 J. Expan. alar. 3 unc. 2 lin.

Straminea ; antennis nigris, alis anticis binis fasciis aurantiis insignitis.

Caput nigrum, antennis concoloribus, thorace tuberculato glabi-o et nitido.

Rev. F. W. Hope an same new Insects collected in Assam. 445

Abdomen annulis septem primis obscur^ atris, octono rubro-piceo, cauda
concolori. Aloe pallide flavse, binis fasciis aurantiis notatse, fasciisque
nigris utrinqu^ positis. Corpus mivh. nigrum, nitidum, ultimis segmentis
abdominis foi'cipe hamoque aurantiis. Pedes picei.

This singularly-formed insect was captured in Assam by Mr. Griffith, and
appears to be undescribed as far as I have had an opportunity of obtaining
intelligence : respecting its habits little is known, and it seems doubtful with
what family it is to be associated ; for the present it is arranged with the Zy-
gcenidoe. It is probable that it ought to be arranged with the Lithosiadce.

ZvGiENiD^. Stephens- ?

Eterusia*.

Alee angustse, integrse, nervo antico apicali trifurcato, nervo medio etiam tri-
furcato, furcis fer^ rectis. Alee postlcce breviores, integrae, cellula elon-
gata, apiceque nervos fer^ rectos emittente. Antennee ? graeiles, vix
uniserratse. L/wgwa spiralis, elongata. Pa/pi breves. Abdotnen tevehra,
parva exserta instructum.

Eterusia tricolor.
Tab. XXXI. fig. 4.

Long. corp. 10^ lin. Expan. alar. 2 unc. 8 lin.

Caput violaceum ; alls anticis viridibus, variisque maculis albis notatis, posticis
basi aurantiis, apicibus extern^ violaceis et albo-maculatis. Caput atro-
violaceum, antennis nigris, subtilissim^ serratis. Thorax niger, velutinus,
antic^ et postic^ violaceo colore inquinatus. Abdomen aurantium, annulo
primo violaceo. Alee anteriores nigro-olivaceoe, virides, alboque maculatee,
posticse basi aui-antise, dimidio apicali, apicem versus violaceo colore
tinctse, raaculisque albis insignitae. Corpus mhh. cyaneo-violaceum, seg-
mentis abdominis albo nigroque alternfe variegatis.

Habitat in agro Assamensi.

This insect appears to be a nondescript, and is one of the most beautiful in

• Eterusia, from the Greek irepovaios, qui alterius seu diversse easentise.

446 Rev. F. W. Hope on some neiv Insects collected in Assam.

colouring of my acquaintance : it is probably one of the genera of a family
peculiar to the East Indies. Little is known of the Oriental Lepidoptera, ex-
cepting those described in the Annulosa Javanica by Dr. Horsfield, so much
so that I hesitate in hazarding an opinion respecting them. It is almost im-
possible to describe the beautiful colouring of this lovely insect : the dye of the
under wings is of a rich mazarine blue, which passes insensibly into violet and
black. In affinity the genus is allied to Campylotes of Westwood, described in
Professor Royle's work on the Natural History of the Himalayan Mountains.
It is allied also to Gymnautocera of Guerin, and to Heleona and Anthomyza of
the same author. It is doubtful if the insects composing this family are more
allied to the Zygcenidce than the Lithosiadce ; they appear to have been greatly
neglected, and it is the more remarkable, as they are certainly some of the
most beautiful of the Lepidoptera.

Zyg^nid.£. Stephens i

Erasmia*.

Antennoe c? bipectinatse, pectinibus mediocribus.

Aloe anteriores oblongse, subovales, integrse, nervis posticis paull6 curvatis,

cellula discoidali clausa.
Aloe posticce subrotundatse, nervis posticis curvatis.
Corpus gracile, subcylindricum.
Caput parvum, palpis parvis.
Lingua spiralis et elongata.
Pedes graciles.

Erasmia pulchella.
Tab. XXXI. fig. 5.

Long. Corp. unc. 1. Expan. alar. 3 unc. & 2 lin.

Argenteo-viridis ; alis anticis nigris, maculis viridi-coeruleo-argenteo ornatis,
fascia irregulari ante medium rufa, maculisque majoribus albis pone me-
dium positis. Alee posticae stramineee, basi apiceque nigris, nervis viridi-
coerulescentibus.

• Erasmia, from the Greek fpacrfitoi, amabilis.

Rev. F. W. Hope on some new Insects collected in Assam. 447

The above insect is one of the most lovely in colouring of all the Lepidoptera.
When viewed by individuals standing in a different light, the blue appears to
one j)erson to be of a vivid green, to another of a lazulite blue. I have had
drawings made by different persons ; the first contends that the colour is green,
and the second that it is blue ; in short, both are right ; all depends on the
situation in which the individual views the specimens.

EXPLANATION OF THE PLATES.
Tab. XXX.

Fig. 1. Anoplophora Stanleyana.

2. Callichroma Griffithii.

3. Callichroma Cantori.

4. Oplophora Sollii.

5. Monochamus ruber.

6. Euoplia polyspila.

Tab. XXXI.

Fig. 1. Lystra aeruginosa.

2. Aphana aurantia.

3. Bomhyx spectahilis.

4. Eterusia tricolor.

a. Head, and bar of antenna, b. Part of antenna, c. Apex of
hind-wing. d. Fore-leg. e. Ungues.
6. Erasmia pulchella.

a. Head, and base of antenna, b. Apex of the fore-wing. c.
Apex of hind-wing. d. Hind-foot.

VOL. XVIII. 3 N

Trans : Zirnz: SccVcl.XVMl. Tu.b:30 .

■X0.^^1pMSS.i i^t-^'^^tiS^.

rrans:linn:Soc.Vol.WM.7'ah:dl.

it.

•-"■mmiamm

^^^WWifflii' ''lyR*.' .;".

4.d.

4.0,-

"' f^ ^ ^'^^

[ 449 ]

XXVII. Observations on the Cause of Ergot, By Mr. John Smith, A.L.S.

Read November 6, 1838.

X HE substance called Ergot being a production which has given rise to a
diversity of opinions, in regard to its nature and origin, and the more than
usual quantity this season on several species of Elymus and other grasses in
the Royal Botanic Garden at Kew having attracted my attention, I was in-
duced to examine it, and I beg to lay the result of my observations before the
Linnean Society.

- Ergot is well known to be a black fungoid-looking body, seated within the
floret, and protruding beyond the glumes (in the manner of a spur) of many
species of grasses, especially the Rye, DeCandoUe considers it as a fungus, and
refers it to the genus Sclerotium. Fries also includes it among fungi, giving
it the name of Spermoedia Clavus, with the following generic character: —
" Variable, rounded, entophytal, rootless ; of a fleshy, mealy, homogenous tex-
ture, with a rind concrete, scaly, or somewhat pruinose. Proper fructification
none." He concludes, however, by stating, that "it is only a morbid con-
dition of the grain of corn, not propagated by seeds, but generated by a par-
ticular combination of external influences ;" and observes that some consider
Ergot to be caused by the puncture of insects. I had paid some attention to
the subject for several years past, and from the circumstance of observing a
peculiar species of fly settling on the ergot-bearing spikes, I was led to sup-
pose that they were in some way instrumental in producing it ; but what moi-e
particularly attracted my attention this autumn was, early one morning ob-
serving large drops of a brown-coloured liquid hanging from the spikes of an
Elymus, which contained a number of full-grown ergots ; and towards the
apex of the spike, where the ergots were younger, I also observed nearly simi-
lar but more transparent drops.
This liquid in either state was found to be viscid, and of a sweet taste ; and

3 N 2

450 Mr. Smith's Observations on the Cause of Ergot,

as it has the sraell of sugar and water, it occurred to me that the object of
the fly's visits was to feed on this liquid. I collected part of this fluid in
a phial, and on examining it in the microscope I found it entirely composed
of myriads of generally uniform oblong transparent bodies, like sporidia of
a fungus, slightly bent, with one indistinct spot near each end ; these spo-
ridia-like bodies freely dispersed on diluting the viscid fluid with water, but
retained their forms : I at the moment considered them to be the sporidia of
the ergot, and I was led the more to believe so, as on applying a drop of water
to a full-grown ergot, multitudes of them became disengaged from its surface,
and from the cracks or longitudinal fissures, which generally characterize the
ergot, the water so impregnated having a milky appearance.

I also found the same bodies on the glumes and other parts, with which
the liquid, having run, had come in contact, and which, when hardened
by evaporation, gave the parts a dark appearance.

On further examination I found the same bodies on ergots of all sizes, even
on the youngest, and on opening yet unexpanded florets towards the apex of
ergot-bearing spikes, I frequently detected them on the surface of different
parts of the fructification, especially on the anthers and ovarium, and in little
clusters on the hairs and feathery stigmas. Many florets, however, were de-
stitute of them.

Now as these bodies have been found to accompany the ergot through all
its stages, and are present before the impregnation of the ovarium, at least be-
fore the discharge of the pollen, and, consequently, before there is any appear-
ance of an ergot being about to be formed, they cannot be its seeds, but no
doubt are in some way the primary cause of it ; and it now remains to deter-
mine what these sporidia-like bodies are. On examining an ergot of Elymus
(or of any other grass) before it has been moistened, its surface is seen to have
a chalky or dirty white colour), which viewed in the microscope is seen like a
thin crust having a pruinose snowy appearance, and readily separating on the
least application of moisture into myriads of the sporidia-like bodies : on view-
ing this crust in a dry state, the pruinose appearance is seen to be caused by
these bodies being joined together lengthways into slightly elevated spicula,
and thus forming a crust.

On extending this examination to the anthers, where they appear to me first

Mr. Smith's Observations on the Cause q/" Ergot. 451

to originate, I found the anther irregularly covered with numerous distinct,
short, simple or ramifying articulated filaments, the articulations or side ra-
mules being of the size and form of the sporidia ; sometimes the filaments
were more elongated and naked, or destitute of lateral sporidia. On examin-
ing a spike of Phalaris aquatica, in which the anthers had been developed,
I found their withered remains adhering to the apex of the glumes bearing
the same kind of filaments, but black by exposure ; they gave out the same-
shaped bodies in water, and on the glumes lower down there was a concrete
chalky-like substance entirely composed of them ; but the ovaries had yet no
appearance of being ergotized, although ergots were found on other spikes of
the same plant. From the above statement I am led to consider these bodies
as the joints of a minute articulated fungus, which is developed in the early
stage of the floret, and increases rapidly, ultimately forming a crust, and
propagating itself by a total separation of the joints on the application of
moisture ; this, no doubt, impregnates the soil or adheres to the perfect seeds
of the grass, which on germination and subsequent growth, carry up some
of the reproductive matter of the fungus, which again developes itself in the
anther*, where it may act with the pollen in the impregnation of the ovulum,
causing a morbid growth of the albumen, which continues to swell, and forms
an elongated oily fungoid body or ergot on which the minute fungus seems to
originate. My conclusion therefore is, that Ergot is not an organized fungus,
but the result of the action of a fungus.

List of Grasses on which Ergot was found.

Elymus giganteus.

sabulosus.

canadensis.

Lolium perenne.
Agropyrum maritimum.

caninum.

Dactylis glomerata.
Avena pubescens. '

Arundo Phragmites.
Molinia coerulea.
Milium multiflorum.
Arrhenantherum avenaceum.
Phalaris aquatica.
Phleum pratense, no ergot, but the
fungus on the apex of the glumes.

* Similar to what Mr. Bauer has shown to be the way in which the smut, and grainworms of the
wheat are propagated.

462 Mr. Smith's Observations on the Cause of Ergot.

I had not the opportunity of examining the rye in a young state, but have
found the oblong bodies on old rye ergots.

Note. — It is right for me to state, that when these observations were written
I was not aware that much of what I have mentioned had already been noticed
by earlier writers ; for I find that so long ago as 1783, Tessier speaks of having
seen the fluid hanging in drops from ergot-bearing spikes, and several suc-
ceeding observers notice the oblong bodies contained in the fluid, and which
were by them considered as the sporules or seeds of the ergot. But the
nearest approach to the correct view of the subject is given in the Trans-
actions of the Linnean Society of Paris for 1826, by Leveill^, whose account
differs but little from my observations. Leveillfe is the first who distinctly
states the oblong bodies (which are found accompanying the ergot) to be the
seeds of a very minute fungus, to which he gives the very appropriate name
Sphacelia segetum ; and which fungus he regards as the cause of Ergot.

The question now is, in what way the ovarium becomes infected with this
fungus so as to cause it to become an ergot ? And although my observations
(since my original paper was written) do not yet enable me to speak with cer-
tainty on this point, — yet, on viewing all circumstances, I am still induced to
consider Ergot to be a constitutional disease of the plant, brought about by
the reproductive matter of the fungus being absorbed during germination, and
carried up by the fluids of the plant, and becoming developed in the fructifica-
tion even before the opening of the floral envelopes, — but whether the ovarium
is at this time infected with the disease, or whether it is communicated to it
during impregnation from the already diseased anther, is a question still to be
solved.

gorwwnlOTg biw ,ii.

[ 453 ] -.i^x

XXVIII. Observatmis on the Ergot of Rye, and some other Grasses.
By Edwin J. Quekett, Esq., F.L.S.

Read December 4th, 1838.

XXAyiNG heard the observations on the nature of Ergot, communicated to
the Linnean Society on the evening of November 7, by Mr. John Smith, of
the Royal Botanic Garden at Kew, and having been engaged previously in the
same investigation, vt^hich has been directed not only to the cause but to the
structure, growth, and manner of reproduction of certain bodies connected
with the formation of this singular substance, it occurred to me that the fol-
lowing might prove an useful sequel to the former by making the history of
this production more complete, and confirming some of the views therein ex-
pressed.

The investigation of this subject has often occupied the attention of both
English and foreign botanists*, with the view of determining its nature and
origin, yet notwithstanding the mystery belonging to it has not been completely

* A list of some of the foreign authors who have written on the nature of Ergot, whose works have
been consulted : —

Tessier : Traitd des Maladies des Grains. Paris, 1783.

DeCandolle : in vol. 2. Mdmoires du Museum ctHistoire Naturelle. 1815.

Desfontaines : in Trans. Acad. Scien. Paris. 1816.

Leveillfe : Memoire sur I'Ergot ; Ann. Soc. Linn. Paris, vol. v. 1827.

Philippar : Traitd Organographique et Physiologico-agricole sur I'Ergot, Ssc, dans les C^reales. Ver-
sailles, 1837.

Phoebus : Deutschlands Kryptogamische Gi/tgewiichse. Berlin, 1838. On whose authority the fol-
lowing are given :

Wiggers : Inquisitio in Secale cornutum; Comm. prsem. om. Gott. 1831—4.

Diez : Verss. iiber die Wirkungen des Mutterkorns ; Gekroute Preissch. Tiib. 1832.

Dierbach: Die neuesten Rntdeckungen in dem Mat. Med. I. 1837.

Etzrodt: Das Multerkorn; Inaugural-Abh. Wurzb. 1838.

454 Mr. E. J. QuEKETT on the Ergot of Rye, /

removed, the observations published by some of the later authorities have gone
far towards our viewing this production in a clearer light, especially those of
Leveillfe, Philippar, and Phoebus, from whom we learn much interesting matter,
and also the history and former hypotheses respecting the Ergot, which here
will be omitted, for the sake of brevity.

On examining* the spikes of the infected grasses whilst recent, there could
be observed lodged between the palese of the flowers (bearing ergots) a quan-
tity of a viscid fluid, which appears to exude from them ; and on others could
be seen an appearance as if something slimy had once been smeared over them.
On submitting the fluid to the microscope, it was found to be composed of an
infinite number of particles, mixed with some liquid, and whose number alone
appeared to cause its viscidity, the taste and smell it afforded being of a faintly
sweet character, even when examined in minute quantities. ,

On examining the slimy appearances, which are of a darkish colour, that
occur on certain palese of Elymus, Rye, and other grasses, the same numberless
particles could be detected, when the viscid matter was dissolved that had
fastened them to such a situation, which made it evident that these marks
were occasioned by some of the viscid liquid having applied to these organs,
and become dry from the loss of some portion of its watery constituents.

Having ascertained these facts, it was conceived that these minute bodies
in the liquid were connected with the means by which the ergot wasocca-
sioned and propagated, and were considered to be the sporidia of some fungus :
therefore, how the liquid was generated, formed the next step in the inquiry, as
being an important part of the mystery.

This viscid liquid has been observed by most of the preceding investigators.
Tessier, in his Traits des Maladies des Grains (1783, p. 37), speaks thus : " J'ai
vu ainsi que quelques physiciens, sur des epis de seigle lin sue .visqueux, lui-
sant, d'ungout mielleux, qui enduisait I'int^rieur, I'exterieur et les aretes meme
des balles ou 6taient renferm6s des ergots naissans ; mais plusieurs balles etant

* The observations that follow have resulted from the examination of some recent specimens of Er-
got on the Elymus sabulosus, presented to me by Mr. John Smith, and from those on Rye and several
other grasses kindly lent me by J. Pereira, Esq., being the first examples that I had the opportunity
of examining in a recent state ; having often observed the specimens in the state in which they
occur in the shops without ever being able to make out anything satisfactory respecting this anomaloui
forniation.

and some other Grasses. 455

privies de ce sue, quoiqii'elles cpntenissent de jeunes ergots, je ne puis pro-
noncer sur la cause qui le produit, ni sur la part qu'il a ^ la formation de I'er-
got," From this it appears to be difficult to determine from whence the liquid
escapes, and also it teaches us that it is not always present.

Leveille in his Mdmoire sur V Ergot (Annales Soc. Linn. Paris, 1827, vol. 5,
p. 570,) gives it as his opinion, that the presence of the liquid always precedes
the formation of the ergot, and from other observations states, " De plus elles
nous ont appris que ce sue est un champignon dont le mode de developpement,
I'organization et les effets meritent la plus grande attention": this, however, does
not determine its origin ; but (p. 571 ) it is stated, " Si ce champignon traverse les
glumes sans 6prouver d'accident, on le voit k I'extr^mit^ de I'ergot, ou il forme
un tubercule jaune." " II laisse ecouler un liquide visqueux :" here is stated
the source of "a viscid liquid," which it is imagined is identical with the one
under consideration, which is said to exude from the fungus at the apex of
the ergot ; but it will be attempted to be shown hereafter that this considered
fungus is in reality not one, but a portion of the diseased ovary ; therefore, if the
fluid escapes from this, it in all probability has its origin in the diseased grain.

Philippar {Traitd 8$c. sur VErgot du Seigle, p. 11 1,) inclines to the opinion of
the internal origin of this viscid liquid in the following words : "En remontant
h la source de ce liquide, on voit qu'il s'extravase d'un centre floral." (p. 115.)
"La transudation du liquide cesse insensiblement et lorsque I'ergot a acquis
tout son accroissement il n'y a plus de transudation." From these observations
it appears that the liquid escapes from the ergot ; but still it would be a mat-
ter of some interest to ascertain the precise point from which it flows, and to
acquire other information respecting it.

Having ascertained the healthy structure of the young grain, the observa-
tions were directed to the earliest appearance of the ergot ; and it was found
that when influenced in its growth by the presence of a parasitic fungus (here-
after described), its healthy state was lost at a very early period, by the rapid
germination of the latter, which, like others of its kindred, generated in a short
time an inconceivable number of reproductive atoms.

The first appearance of the young grain changing from its healthy condition
is manifested by its appearing swollen and softened, and possessing, as Leveill^
and Philippar have described, a fetid disagreeable odour : in this state it breaks

VOL. XVIII. 3 o

456 Mr. E. J. QuEKETT on the Ergot of Rye,

very easily in a transverse or any other direction, on very little force being
exerted for that purpose ; it exhibits at this period, under the microscope, its
surface covered with a white mealy coating, which is mixed with cotton-like
filaments*, separating with the utmost facility when the ergot is placed in
water and means are used for detaching it. This coating is not confined to
the body of the grain exclusively, for the particles and filaments of which it is
composed run over the anthers and stigmas, cementing them into one mass ;
this fact is mentioned by Leveille, and figured by Philippar; the particles
being found on the anther is noticed also by Mr. Smith, and they have been
detected by myself on the glumes and palese.

This coating, when examined microscopically, is found to be composed of
minute bodies (sporidia), which are seen separated from each other when they
are removed from the ergot ; but when viewed in their natural situation they
are seen occasionally united by their extremities, forming short moniliform
filaments ; but for the most part they are found irregularly agglutinated to
the surface, their connexion with each other being so easily disturbed if mois-
ture be applied to them. The coating is not smoothly distributed as regards
the surface it covers, but is composed of numerous flakes and also of sinuous
ridges fj similar to the convolutions on the exterior of the human brain, which
are arranged longitudinally upon the apex of the ergot, but diminish toward
the base, and are most distinct when the specimens are about half grown.

At this stage the whole diseased grain does not measure more than one
sixth or one eighth of an inch, and the stigmas have become somewhat
shrivelled, whilst the few hairs on its apex, and also the two scales at its base
remain unchanged. If a transverse section be made, it shows scarcely any-
thing but sporidia arranged about a very small and soft axis, which is of a
lobed, triangular, or irregular form ; this axis is the grain very much altered
from its normal condition, and presenting scarcely any analogy to the others
which retain their healthy character.

* Besides these filaments, there are others which appear to me as if they belonged to some other
parasite, which selects a damp situation for its growth, and have no share in the production of the
ergot, their joints being not like those of the true coating, having seldom any granules within them,
and being more nearly rectangular than elliptical, and occurring on many parts of the grass, and not
always on the body of the ergot.

t See Tab. XXXII. figg. 4 and 7.

and some other Grasses. 457

As the ergot enlarges, there does not appear to be a corresponding increase
in the production of sporidia, but rather a diminution ; for when it has at-
tained a size sufficient to protrude beyond the palea3, it has given over sup-
porting any longer the increase of the reproductive particles which occupy
its surface, and seemingly infected with something communicated by, or abs-
tracted from, these bodies, grows with rapidity in a diseased condition, and
in a short time emerges beyond the palese with apparently few of the sporidia
on its exterior; those that existed in the young state being now either de-
tached from external causes, or spread over a larger surface.

When a transverse section is made before the ergot protrudes beyond the
palese, its consistence is found to have become more solid, still, however, pre-
senting a sinuous or lobed margin ; and immediately within the external bor-
der, which is composed of sporidia agglutinated to the diseased grain, there
begins to appear a purplish line, which is gradually shaded off inwardly till it
merges into a brownish white centre.

After the ergot has shown itself beyond the palese the growth is still ra-
pidly proceeding, and it soon attains a size varying in different grasses from
a fifth of an inch to one inch and a half. This part of the growth is accom-
plished in a very short period of time, as Philippar mentions that he observed
some particular ears of rye having no visible ergots, when in eight or ten
days subsequently he found the same plants had then perfect ones upon them.
At this period its surface begins to be deprived of the white coating of spo-
ridia, a few only remaining in flaky patches, which give to it the "sub-pruinose"
appearance mentioned as one of the characters of the genus Spermoedla, and
the purple coat that formerly was concealed underneath it, is now its outer-
most covering, and begins to lose its lobed and furrowed surface from being
distended by the development of the central part : at this period, though the
ergot is in a great part exposed, it has not lost all traces of the stigmas or of
the scales, but they are now become shrivelled, and its apex is surmounted by
an appendage* (to which Phoebus applies the term " miitzchen," bearing the
remains of the hairy crown observable on the healthy grain, and which Le-
veille considers as the fungus which produces the ergot.

The transverse section at this period presents a firm slice, which, when

* See Tab. XXXII. fig. 9.
3 o 2

458 Mr. E. J. QuEKETT on the Ergot of Rye,

viewed as a transparent object with a low magnifying power, exhibits a gra-
nular centre surrounded by a purplish border : the longitudinal section shows
the same granular appearance along its middle part, bounded also on either
side by the purple border. There is now something deceptive about these
objects if immersed in water, there being then observed issuing from them
myriads of minute particles resembling sporidia, which completely fill the field
of view. These however are not sporidia, but particles of an oily nature,
together with certain other granules the cells contain (analogous to those
found in the healthy grain with the fecula), which now float out from the di-
vided cells, and may be readily taken, as they were by Philippar, for sporidia,
if the magnifying power be not sufficiently distinct and powerful.

As the ergot approaches maturity its colour becomes dark purple*, and its
surface generally presents many cracks and fissures : its shape at this time is
subject to much variation, being generally elongated and tapering away at
each end, sometimes occurring quite straight, at others slightly or very much
curved, there being besides these many other forms of length and thickness
constantly observed ; its section transversely is more or less triangular, and
presents a furrow on one or both sides, especially in the rye, though these are
not discoverable in the ergots of all grasses.

When the ergot has arrived at its perfect development, it still retains in
those specimens that have not been exposed to injury the appendage at its
apex, a iew hairs surrounding the remains of the stigmas, and likewise the
two scales at its base, which appear but very little changed, and its surface
has now become almost deprived of sporidia.

It appears from the examination of the healthy grains of rye that the ergot
corresponds to the seed without its pericarpial covering ; for it is found that
the grain of the rye has two distinct layers for its pericarp, the outer being
very thin and composed of elongated cells, whose longer axis is perpendicular,
and the inner of elongated cells also, but the longer axis is horizontal : within
these two layers is a line of some width, which is coloured of a reddish brown
tint and connected by its inner side to a layer of cells, which have somewhat

* In several instances ergots have been found not of a violet black colour, l)ut of different lighter
shades, and even of the colour of the healthy grain,

and some other Grasses. 459

the arrangement of the stones which form the arch of a bridge. This coat
appears to answer to the testa of the seed, and also to the external or purple
one of the ergot, the colouring matter it contained having assumed a deeper
shade : this is made probable as there is observed on the exterior of some
ergots what appear to be the remains of the pericai-p, which adheres in irre-
gular little filmy pieces, and are occasionally seen external to the purple layer
when sections are viewed under the microscope with strong powers and trans-
mitted light, as in Tab. XXXIII. B. fig. 1. This happens when all the peri-
carp is not lifted up on the apex. Leveii]6, however, and some others have
not been able to discover any coat ; for the former {op. cit. p. 573.) says, " On
ne remarque pas de membrane a sa surface : les auteurs disent qu'il n'en existe
pas, et en effet nous n'en avons jamais pu demontrer I'existence."

On applying very high magnifying powers to thin sections of the central
part the structure is seen to be distinctly cellular, the cells however being
very small, and in the rye about four times less than those of the healthy
grain. Their arrangement is by no means regular, there being many varia-
tions in shape and size, as in Tab. XXXIII. B. fig. 1 ., which is a transverse slice,
but in the longitudinal (fig. 2.) they have a greater tendency to be arranged
in rows. Their contents likewise vary, some cells having one granule, appa-
rently of an oily nature, which completely fills them, as in figs. 1. & 2.;
others having two or three small ones, placed sometimes in the centre, as
Phoebus observed ; and others having granules which appear not oily, but
very like the minute particles that are seen to be mingled with the fecula in
the healthy grain.

The purple coat is not, as Phoebus figures it, composed of elongated cellular
tissue, but of minute square cells, arranged in longitudinal rows between striae
or thicker places in the covering of the ergot, which may easily be mistaken
for elongated cellular tissue, if a very high magnifying power be not used in
the observation.

The terminal point or cap of the ergot, when examined microscopically,
appears to be a heterogeneous mass of structure ; being composed externally
of the cerebriform coating of withered pericarp and of the sporidia, which
cements together the various hairs that are found on the exterior of the grain,
and which incloses likewise what is conceived to be the remains of the peri-

460 Mr. E.J. Quekett on the Ergot of Rye,

carp, which has been lifted up to this point by the seed in the interior putting
on a state of development incompatible with the usual growth of that part.
It has now become shrivelled from no longer containing the seed, and presents
to the view a mass of broken-down porous tissue, so much so, that no regular
structure can be made out of this as out of other parts of the diseased grain,
though Leveill^ mentions there are four or five parts radiating from the centre,
but these appear nothing but those caused by its shriveling.

The proportion this appendage bears to the ergot is subject to much varia-
tion, as in the Elymus most frequently is found nothing beyond a tuft of hairs
precisely such as exist on the healthy grain; but occasionally there is some
remaining part of the pericarp, which is variable in size. In the rye the ap-
pendage is generally of about the same size, viz. one sixth or one eighth the
length of the ergot, and appears to consist mostly of shriveled pericarp, on
the apex of which is occasionally a sunken depression and a few rigid hairs
surmounting it : when the pericarp is not lifted up by the seed within, the
appendage is smaller, and occasionally some fragments of what appear peri-
carpial covering can be detected on various parts of the body of the ergot.

Thus it appears that this appendage is formed by the pericarp not growing
so fast as the seed in its interior, thereby becoming torn asunder ; still main-
taining some adhesion, it becomes lifted up to the apex of the ergot by the
great elongation of the seed, not always being central, often on one side, and
its base strained over the apex of the ergotized grain, and not partaking of the
nature of a fungus, as Leveille imagined.

The number of ergots in any one spike of a grass is subject to much varia-
tion ; in Elymus sahulosus there occur a great many, but in the smaller grasses
only one or two, and in the rye the number seldom exceeds five or six. The
appendage that each possesses in its perfect state is scarcely ever to be found
existing on those specimens which are sold in the shops, being generally
rubbed off in the collection of the specimens.

On pursuing the examination on the sporidia that exist on the exterior of
the ergot, they were found to be of a lengthened oval figure, having their
sides occasionally a little contracted about midway, of the forms represented
at Tab. XXXIII. B. fig. 3. ; there are, however, some variations in shape, some
being nearly round, and others being longer than those in the above figures.

and some other Grasses. 461

The size of the reproductive bodies is excessively minute, being not more
on the average than the T-trs-oth part of an inch long, and the -sVo-o-th part of
an inch in diameter ; some few however being much smaller^ and others lar-
ger than these dimensions.

Their number on one ergot, perhaps, is more astonishing than their mi-
nuteness ; for by immersing in water a full-sized specimen from the Elymus
when copiously covered, and making use of means for detaching them, a film
was obtained which thickly covered more than a square inch of surface ; con-
sequently from a rough calculation there could not be many less than twenty
millions of sporidia on this specimen, supposing the film was only one layer in
thickness.

When these minute bodies are moistened with water and magnified about
500 to 600 times linear, their structure becomes just discernible, and there
can be observed in their interior a rounded nucleus or granule, or sometimes
two or three such, which are of a greenish colour*; veiy seldom it is that
there are more than three ; and occasionally sporidia will be found that do
not contain any granules : all of which varieties are mentioned and accurately
figured by Phcebus in his account of these bodies, and their dissimilarity as
well as their containing small corpuscules caused him to doubt their being
fungic sporidia.

The size of these granules was generally about one eighth or one tenth that
of the body containing them, and may be calculated to be about Trwo^h
part of an inch in diameter.

Having kept some sporidia on a moistened glass, evident proofs were seen
in a short time of incipient germination ; and Philippar mentions, that when
he moistened cloth and strewed sporidia upon it, they presented the appear-
ance of having germinated : to examine this fact more perfectly, some of these
bodies were placed on a slip of glass, moistened with distilled water, and co-
vered with a thin plate of mica, and it was found itnmediately that a move-
ment existed among them, such I considered as was discovered by Mr. Brown
to exist amongst all fine particles, whether organic or inorganic, when placed
so as to have free motion in water ; the sporidia under observation never

* The green colour is owing to the minute body decomposing the light.

462 Mr. E. J. Quekett on the Ergot of Rye,

leaving the field of view, but possessing a tremulous movement, slowly ap-
proaching and retreating about their neighbours.

Having witnessed this for some time, and satisfied myself that the move-
ments were such as are common to particles known as "active molecules," the
object was set aside, covered with the piece of mica used in the previous ob-
servation, and placed under an inverted glass to prevent the evaporation of the
water.

On examining it the next day, it was found that a few still retained similar
movements to those witnessed the previous day, but the greater number pre-
sented appearances of commencing germination, in the various ways which
here follow.

The most common method is that of the sporidia emitting a tube or tubes
from some uncertain point or points (Tab. XXXIII. B. fig. 4.), but generally
opposite the spot where a green granule is lodged in the interior. This tube
increases to an uncertain length, and contains throughout its interior similar
granules, arranged at short but generally equal distances between diaphragms,
about as far from each other as they are in the interior of the sporidia ; these
tubes ultimately separate into fragments constituting as many fresh reproduc-
tive bodies.

In many other instances the sporidia, instead of producing a tube, give ori-
gin, opposite one of the granules, to a minute bud ; this little point increases,
becomes hollow, and ultimately separates from the parent as a perfect spori-
dium, frequently however before its separation showing an indication of pro-
ducing a similar one from itself. (Tab. XXXIII. B. fig. 5.)

Another method of increase amongst these singular germs is that of the
membrane composing the parietes of one of the sporidia breaking down,
forming a flat patch, which keeps extending in all directions for a certain
period, and developing upon itself granules, similar to those contained in the
interior of the sporidia (fig. 6.).

The last and most remarkable manner of growth is that of the sporidia
having a septum formed transversely across their interior, by a green granule
extending itself laterally, and dividing them into two parts, each of which
becomes again divided by a similar process ; different states of which are re-
presented in Tab. XXXIIl. B. figg. 7, 8, & 9. By a repetition of this and other

and some other- Grasses. 463

methods there at last is formed a moniliform filament, which, though simple
in its origin, ultimately becomes branched, the branchlets most commonly
having a centrifugal development, radiating* from a central collection of
cellules, and giving off innumerable joints, which become perfect sporidia
(Tab. XXXIII. B. fig. 9. and 10.), which commence again the several methods
of germination JQSt detailed.

These granules appear important bodies, resembling probably the nature of
the nuclei, which were first discovered by Mr. Brown in the cells of various or-
gans, and since called cytoblasts by Schleiden in his description of Phytogene-
sis ; and these diflFerent methods of germination afford good illustrations of the
manner of the formation of cellular tissue ; and occasionally it happens that
three of the methods, viz. puUulation, division, and the emission of tubes
from the sporidia, may be detected in different parts of one little plant at the
same time, as in Tab. XXXIII. B. fig. 9.

/Whilst witnessing the daily increase and manner of development of this
singular plant, an extreme number of green granules alone presented them-
selves, which had collected into one spot near the upper edge of the glass on
which they were placed, and probably from being different in specific gravity
from the water, had so collected by the glass having been kept in a position fa-
vourable for their so doing. These granules were about the -rrs-B-s-th part of an
inch in diameter, and possessed the movements of "active molecules," which
was of greater range in proportion to their size than that observed in the spo-
ridia before mentioned. On applying the highest magnifying powers it was
found that these granules were similar to those in the interior of the sporidia,
and sometimes were seen singly, at other times two united, and in a few cases
three connected in a line, as at (Tab. XXXIII. B. fig. 11.). Being at a loss to
conceive how these granules could escape from the body containing them,

* The radiating and moniliform character observed in this little plant, I consider is particularly owing
to the manner in which it has been caused to grow ; for being covered by a piece of mica, the sporidia
or joints as they have formed have not been exposed to any cause likely to disturb the slender union
they have with each other ; and in this way they assume a condition which is unnatural, as on the
ergot the articulations are scarcely ever found combined. I have noticed the same fact with Torula
cerevisia, which has been made to grow without being disturbed, when a long string of sporidia could
be seen, and with a slight agitation of the liquid not more than two or three could be afterwards found
united.

VOL. XVIII. 3 P

464 Mr. E. J. Quekett on the Ergot of Rye,

some observations were made to discover the method, and it was found that
very many sporidia did not emit tubes or germinate in any way, and evi-
dently exhibited indications of the membrane which formed their parietes
being injured and broken down, thereby allowing the grannies to escape.

These atoms thus set at liberty, collected, as described, and could be seen
singly, in pairs, or in threes ; anxious to watch the changes these minute par-
ticles would undergo, they were daily examined for the space of seven or
eight days, and it was observed that they ultimately appeared to beconie
bodies like sporidia. During the first and second day no change was ob-
served, but after this their margins could not be so well defined by the
microscope, owing to a minute halo each presented : this I conceived origi-
nated from a glutinous exudation around the granule, which ultimately would
harden into membrane and become the coat of the new sporidium : in this I
was not mistaken, for after some days their size increased, and gradually ap-
peared to approach the condition of other sporidia ; those commencing with
two granules had the appearance of two nuclei, those with three and one
having their respective numbers also.

In this manner has been witnessed, by daily examinations, the growth of
these sporidia, which, being found on the ergot of every grass yet examined, are
without a doubt connected with the cause of its origin ; the observations point
out their various methods of germination, their advancement to maturity, and
their ultimate production of the means of their increase; the little radiate
plant seldom measuring more than -irv-irth ov -r-B-o^h part of an inch in any di-
rection.

From these observations the opportunity has occurred of confirming the
fact, that this fungus is capable of existing when separated from the grain, not
requiring that organ exclusively as its matrix, which fact was observed by
Mr. Smith ; the inference from which must be that the ergot can no longer
be considered as a perfect fungus, but a diseased grain, as Leveiil6 described,
though he somewhat erred in tlie nature of its production. The external ap-
pearances furnish the same proof, as at its apex can be seen the hairs that
exist on the healthy grain, and occasionally also the remains of the styles ; at
its base is observed the pedicel, still supporting the two scales, consequently
the intermediate portion is in the position of the body of the grain, and the

and some other Grasses. 465

ergot that occupies this position ought to be certainly no other than the grain,
which now differs from its healthy condition, from having in its early state
supported a parasite which has communicated to it some disease, thereby per-
verting the normal state of its structure and development.

Notwithstanding the several parts of the grain are arranged as described,
previous investigators, with the exception of Leveille, have fallen into the error
that the ergot was the fungus itself. Philippar appears to have viewed the
matter in this light ; still his expressions are somewhat vague respecting it, for
(p. 122, op. cit.) it is stated, " Le grain ergots, compost d'une substance fon-
gique tasse et tres 6troitement serr6, est le receptacle des seminules, des glo-
bules ou bourgeons reproducteurs du champignon." In the same page the
following expression is used : " le champignon" — " sortant de I'interieur de la
plante par le rachis ou I'axe des 6pillets du point r^ceptaculaire des organes
sexuels." And lastly (p. 123), his opinion is given thus: "De tout ceci, je
conclus que I'ergot est I'appareil reproducteur du champignon, qui termine
ainsi sa vegetation."

The reasons assigned by Philippar for considering it a fungus arise from its
situation and from the microscopic examination of its structure, which he de-
scribes (p. 113) as beginning in the receptacle of the flower, and lifting up the
sexual organs which become diseased but still remain on its apex. It is found,
however, that where the paleae are attached, and also the two scales, this
part, which must be a receptacle also, is not diseased, as these organs remain
undisturbed ; consequently, it can only be the point where the grain and the
receptacle unite that could give origin to any body taking the position occu-
pied by the ergot. Yet from this point, which is firmly connected with the
structure of the young grain, it is most singular that in every kind of grass
yet found ergotized this supposed fungus should always burst through the
tissue at that particular part, and at that particular time when the flower is
about to expand. If it be a fungus, it ought also to burst forth as an ergot
from the stem or some other place on the several grasses, besides growing be-
tween and parting asunder two organs, which were as firmly united to each
other, in the young state, as the capsule of the poppy is to its flower-stalk ;
moreover, the ergot when matured, like the grain when ripe, slips out of the
palese as a ripe filbert from its cupule, showing that it has no more organic

3 p 2

466 Mr. E, J. Quekett on the Ergot of Rye,

connexion, at this period, with the receptacle than the grain itself pos-
sesses.

Philippar's examination of the internal structure appears to have strength-
ened his view of its being a fungus ; for he describes the body of the ergot to
be composed internally of branched short fibres and globules of various sizes,
round and oval, which he believes to be the means of its reproduction. My
own observations on the internal structure differ somewhat from this, by
proving that the fibres described are the boundaries of irregularly-sized cells,
and not fibres at all ; and the globules are not reproductive bodies, but for the
most part those of a fatty oil and some other granular matters, which are con-
tained in the interior of the cells, as seen in Tab. XXXIII. B. fig. 1., which is
a transverse slice magnified six hundred times. In truth I have never seen
sporidia in the interior of the ergot, if care be taken to exclude those on the
exterior.

To witness these facts, take an ergot of rye, scrape away all its black coat,
so as to remove all the sporidia which adhere to its surface ; then make some
very thin transverse slices, and let them be put on a slip of glass under the
microscope ; when water is added to them it speedily becomes turbid or milky,
on account of the numerous particles that have escaped from the cells : these
particles, however, are not heavier than the water, as the sporidia are, but are
lighter, and collect on the surface, from whence they can be removed, like
cream from the surface of milk. When magnified, they are found to be of
very many sizes, some as large as the thousandth of an inch in diameter, and
others so small as to be scarcely visible by the highest magnifying powers ;
when magnified about six hundred times their appearance very much resem-
bles the globules seen in human milk. When the matter containing the fatty
particles is heated, these minute globules liquefy, running together and form-
ing either very large globules or numerous irregular masses, their primary form
by this operation being completely disturbed, which would not have been the
case had they been " s6minules" or reproductive agents, as Philippar describes.
To observe the structure of the cells, let some thin slices be made, and boil
them in ether, which dissolves the fatty matter, and renders them transparent,
so that the irregular cells can be readily examined, and by adding water after-
wards to the ether a pellicle of fatty matter can be seen floating on the liquid.

and some other Grasses. 467

Another argument against the ergot being a fungus is, that the reproductive
particles are most numerous when it is young, and it continues its growth
after their production has ceased, which is contrary to the usual law amongst
that class of vegetable beings ; for their efforts to live are only to develop the
means of their propagation, commencing to decay the instant this act has been
accomplished.

Besides these proofs, chemical analysis shows its dissimilarity in composition
with Fungi generally, and even with the species of Sclerotium (a genus to which
the Ergot was assigned by DeCandolle and F6e) on account of its containing
very different constituents, the following being those given by Vauquelin in
his analysis of the Ergot : —

Colouring matter : soluble in alcohol.

IVhite oil: very abundant ; sweet.

Violet matter : soluble in water.

Fi.ved phosphoric acid.

Azotized matter : very abundant, and alterable.

Free ammonia: at 100° Reaumur.

The fact of having caused the sporidia to grow unconnected with the ergot,
and without assuming any form in the least degree analogous to it, is another,
and the most substantial and convincing proof that the sporidia do not belong
to that body, but are joints or portions of microscopic plants, which select the
grains of many grasses as a suitable matrix for their development. There
are other proofs of the separate existence of this microscopic plant ; for it is
not found exclusively on the body of the grain, but has been observed to flou-
rish on other parts of the same grass, but occasioning in such situations no
exuberant growth, for obvious reasons, because these parts have completed
their development before the fungus makes its appearance ; and their struc-
ture is not like that of the grain, which, at the period of attack, is exceedingly
young, and, commencing to grow rapidly, is susceptible of impressions which
can easily pervert its form and structure.

After numerous examinations respecting the nature of the Ergot of rye, and
comparing the results with those obtained from other grasses* similarly af-

* The following are the grasses that have been examined when bearing ergots ; most of the lower
ones on the list were obtained in the neighbourhood of Greenwich : —

468 Mr. E. J. QuEKETT on the Ergot of Rye,

fected, it is conceived that the foregoing remarks have demonstrated that this
body is produced by a particular species of fungus, which develops itself
when it occupies the grain (whilst young), causing its remarkable alteration
in form, colour, chemical composition and properties.

The manner in which this singular production probably originates (for at
present much respecting this part remains uncertain) is, that the sporidia, or
more likely the nuclei within them, are by some means introduced into the
interior of the grass* and ultimately arrive at the grain, which they find
the most suitable matrix for their development ; or they may be brought into
contact with the young grain from without, probably by the viscid fluid, but
this is less likely to be the case, as the ergot can be detected before the paleee
have opened to admit the fluid.

When, however, they have been brought into contact with it, they lose no
time in the work of reproduction, finding their way to the exterior, cover-
ing its body with multitudes of sporidia, and communicating disease to the
healthy tissue, and thereby destroying so much of the coats as in the perfect
grain constitutes the pericarpial covering.

Secale cereale. Triticum repens. Festuca pratensis.
Elymus sabulosus. Dactylis glomerata. Melica nutans.
Hordeum pratense. Lolium perenne. Alopecurus pratensis.
— murinum. Arundo phragmites.

Phoebus gives a more extensive list than the above, amongst which he enumerates several kinds of
wheat, barley and oats similarly diseased, together with some Cyperaceous plants.

* It is stated by Phoebus, and by Christison in his Treatise on Poisons, 2nd edit., that Wiggers had
produced ergots by infecting the healthy grains previously with the sporidia. Leveill^ also states
(p. 570, op, cit.), " M. Simonnet s'en est assurd par une experience tres-simple, qui consiste si percer
avec une epingle la partie inf^rieure de chaque fleur qui contient ce sue. Constamment cet ob-
servateur a vu I'ergot s'y ddvelopper." This last experiment is not of much value, for it generally
happens that where the viscid juice exists there will be an ergot, whether a puncture has been made
or not : the experiment ought to have been performed on these grains not moistened by any viscid
juice.

Mr. Bauer (Penny Mag. 1833, p. 126 and 182,) has shown from interesting and delicate experi-
ments, that the " smut-balls" on corn can be certainly produced by inoculating the seeds before sow-
ing them with the sporules of the fungus producing such effects, viz. Uredo fa:tida and segetum; and
this excellent observer has proved that these bodies are carried into the interior by the sap after being
absorbed by the roots, and jt appears the most probable that the same takes place in the production of
the Ergot.

and some other Grasses. 469

Their presence* communicates disease most frequently to the entire grain;
occasionally, however, only part of the albumen is attacked, and Tessier men-
tions this fact in these words : " C'est que la portion ergot^e qui fait tantot la
moitie, le tiers ou le quart, est la plus voisine du support de I'^pi et se trouve
inser^e dans la balle, occupant la place du germe au lieu que la portion sem-
blable k du seigle est a decouvert et la plus 61oign6e du support." These
observations prove, from the position of the ergotized portion, that internal
causes weve more likely to effect such than external ones, and would counte-
nance the opinion tiiat the embryo was in such cases the part diseased ; but
these examples are so rare that that supposition cannot be maintained : on
the other hand, it is to be remarked, that no trace of the embryo exists in the
perfect ergot, and if it could have ever been impregnated, it must have been
as speedily destroyed; and it is most likely that the grain is never impreg-
nated, as the disease can be detected before the pollen is emitted ; which fact
coincides with Leveill6's observations, who says (p. 571.)? "Souvent on ren-
contre les anthferes coUees a la surface; elles sont enti^res, lineaires, leurs
loges fermdes et remplies de pollen ; circonstance, nous avons dit, qui avait
ete observ6e par Aymen et Beguillet, et qui prouve que le developpement de
la sphac61ie precede I'anthfese."

The diseased action thus engendered frequently destroys the vitality of the
grain at the outset, so that it is unable to live under the effects produced by
the fungus ; specimens being sometimes found as if smothered by its rapid
growth : when, however, the grain is not deprived of life, the diseased action
vitiates all its constituents, and the perfect ergot soon takes the place of the
healthy ovary, containing neither starch nor gluten, but an abundance of
oily matter and other substances of a peculiar chemical nature.

From many experiments and examinations that have been made and re-
peated again and again, in order to obviate every source of error arising from

* 1 can see no objection to the supposition, entertained also by others, that there may be numer-
ous kinds of parasitic plants whose germs arrive only at maturity in the interior of others, and
which may be called Entophytes, which, like Entozoa, may have the power of selecting different organs
as places of development, some choosing the stem and the leaves, and others the organs of reproduc-
tion. It is not to be conceived how so many fungi develop under, and then burst through the epi-
dermis of many parts of plants, if this be not admitted.

470 Mr. E. J. QuEKETT on the Ergot of Rye,

the manner in which they have been conducted, it is considered the body
known as an ergot may be defined to be a substance composed of the diseased
constituents of the grain occupying the position of the healthy ovary.

Perhaps no vegetable substance has given rise to so many different opi-
nions as to its cause as the Ergot. The earlier investigators supposed it to
be owing to the puncture of an insect, and also to excessive moisture ; some
supposed it a habitation for living creatures ; others followed, who considered
it a fungus, which was called Clavaria Clavus by Munchausen, Sclerotium Cla-
vus by DeCandoUe, and lastly, Spermoedia Clavus by Fries, the same view
being also entertained by Philippar. The " Mdmoire sur VErgot" by Leveill6
certainly approaches nearer the truth. He describes the Ergot as a grain
diseased by a certain fungus, which he denominates Sphacelia, and assigns to
it the characters given below* ; still this intelligent observer is in error when he
supposes that the appendage at the apex of the ergot is one of the conditions of
the fungus, instead of being composed of the remains of the pericarp and hairs
belonging to it, together occasionally with the remains of the styles ; or, to
use his own words, " Si ce champignon traverse les glumes sans 6prouver
d'accident on le voit a I'extremit^ de I'ergot, ou il forme un tubercule jaune
dont la consistance, le volume et la figure sont extrfemement variables."

Phoebus, the latest authority, considers the ergot to be the albumen altered
"wir diirfen sie [Mutterkorn] " also "wohl fiir ein alienertes Eiweiss halten"
(p. 104), and consequently to be a morbid grain of rye (p. 105), but denies that
the "Blaschen" can be sporidia of a fungus, since they are of variable size
and contain other smaller bodies.

From the foregoing observations it must be evident that the nature of an er-
got is becoming better understood, from its origin being relieved of some of the
obscurity that has hitherto enveloped it ; therefore the former received opinions

* " Sphacelia. Fungus parasiticus, mollis, viscosus (forma indeterminata) ffyris exaratus, ex 3 vel 4
lobis apice connatis basi divisis et in axim confluentibus, constans. Sporulis globoso-ovatis nidulanti-

bus."

" Vere, in germinibus variorum graminearum, crescit, et pracipue secalis cerealis."

" Sphacelia sejfe^Mm N. An eadem in omnibus graraineis ? "

" Apicem germinis occupans, sphacelia fecundation! obstat, tamen ovarium crescit, sed gallarum
more, et, pro forma elongata et curvata sub nomine ergot vel clavi designatur."

and some other Grasses. 471

respecting it will now be untenable, and it will be requisite to correct also the
botanical relations of this body, in order to assign to its assumed cause a po-
sition anjongst the lowest of the divisions of Fungi.

On comparing the characters of the minute parasite of the ergot with those
of British and foreign genera to which it is allied, it has been found so unlike
any of them, as at present constituted, as to deserve being made a new
genus, to which I have given the title of Ergotcetia* ; and after repeated exa-
minations of the Rye and other grasses, I have not hitherto found any material
difference in its organization or characters to warrant the making of those be-
longing to different grasses into different species ; therefore I adopt the specific
term abortifaciens-f for the fungus found on the rye, and believe those on other
ergotized grasses to be of the same species, when the ergots are of a similar
character.

This minute plant, from its structure and habit, will be classed among the
Fungi, and placed in the suborder Coniomycetes of Fries, and in the tribe Mu-
cedines, or in Berkeley's arrangement of British Fungi in the tribe Sporidesmiei ,
which comprehends those genera which have their " sporidia chained together
intoflocci at length free."

The British genera of this tribe are three, — Aregma, Torula, and Spiloccea ;
the first of which has sporidia opaque and pedunculated, whilst in the present
plant they are transparent, and without peduncles; the second differs by
having its sporidia filled with a grumous mass, whilst the plant under consider-
ation has one, two, or three well-defined granules in their interior ; and the
last does not show the sporidia arranged in moniliform filaments.

The characters by which the plant may be recognised ai-e the following : —

Ergotcetia. Sporidia elliptical, moniliform, finally separating, transparent,
and containing seldom more than one, two, or three well-defined (greenish)
granules.

E. abortifaciens. (Characters as above.) Vide Tab. XXXIII. B. fig. 3 — 11.

* Derivation from Ergot, Fr. (Ergota Pharm. Lond. 1836), and aiWa, origo.

t When this paper was read before the Society, the specific name used was abortans, which was
intended to apply directly to the fungus destroying the germinating power of the grain, and indirectly
to the more remarkable properties of the ergot. This term, however, is not grammatical, and by the
suggestion of J. Pereira, Esq., the present one has been substituted.

VOL. XVIII. 3 Q

472 Mr. E. J. QuEKETT on the Ergot of Rye,

There is a point which, as regards the medicinal properties of the ergot of rye,
is deserving of being mentioned in this place, from having found in numerous
instances that the specimens obtained from various grasses have frequently
been not much more than hollow cases, instead of being solid. On looking
for the cause, it was found that this excavation had been effected by numbers
of a small species of Acariis (Tab. XXXIII. B. fig. 12.), which had devoured
the interior ; consequently, if the medicinal virtues reside in that part, which
however is disputed, the specimens must become inert. The destruction that
these tiny creatures make will become apparent by the following statement
obtained from a friend, viz. : that from six pounds of ergot of rye, kept six
months in the same paper, six ounces of powdery excrementitious matter was
obtained ; therefore the practice of keeping camphor with the ergot is likely to
prevent the attacks of these minute depredators.

EXPLANATION OF TAB. XXXIII. B.

Fig. 1. Represents a transverse section {extremely thin) of the body of the
ergot, magnified seven hundred times, exhibiting irregular-shaped
cells, containing granules of various sizes, and the purple envelope,
with some membranous portion adhering, probably remains of peri-
carp.

2. A longitudinal section of the same, showing also the granules contained

in the cells, the latter appearing to be disposed in somewhat regular
rows.

3. Shows different kinds of sporidia, which contain granules of various

numbers, the first having none.

4. Represents their germination by emitting tubes which contain granules

similar to those in the interior of the sporidium, from which they
arise.
6. Is the manner of germination, by giving off minute buds, which ulti-
mately become sporidia, four, five, or more, adhering occasionally
together, and finally separating.

and some other Grasses. 473

Fig. 6. Shows the membrane of one of the spofidia, laid open, increased in size,
and developing granules on various points of its surface.
7. Shows the manner in which the sporidia become divided by a septum
or septa, by the granules extending themselves transversely ; differ-
ent stages being observed in the first and succeeding ones.
8 & 9. More advanced states of growth.

10. The fungus, assuming a radiating form, and developing sporidia upon

its branches.

11. Granules from the interior of the sporidia, arranged singly, or in twos

or threes. All the preceding figures magnified seven hundred times.

12. The Acarus, which lives on the interior of the eigot, magnified fifty

times.

3 Q 2

[ 475 ]

XXIX. On the Ergot of Rye. By Francis Bauer, Esq., F.R.S. 8^ L.S.

Read January 21st, 1840.

The existence of this most remarkable disease in gramineous plants, parti-
cularly in Rye, has been known from time immemorial. Many authors, both
ancient and modern, have written much on the subject of Ergot, but they
considered it with reference only to the injurious effects which it has on the
animal health.

The Abb6 Tessier in his Traits des Maladies des Grrains, published at Paris
in 1783, gives an account of many important, and, generally speaking, very
satisfactory experiments, as well by chemical analysis of the substance of the
ergot of rye, as of the pernicious effects it has both on the human species and
on brutes ; but the opinions held on its nature and origin are to this day very
unsatisfactory.

After more than twenty-five years' attentive observation, 1 am convinced
that these opinions and conjectures are totally erroneous and without foun-
dation.

The difficulty of tracing the origin of this disease undoubtedly arises from
the fact, that not the slightest indication of its existence is observable either
in the infected ear or in the plant till the ergot actually emerges from the
husk in which it is formed, when it is too late to determine its origin.

It was about the middle of August 1 805 that this disease came first under
my observation, but then the rye was nearly ripe and the ergots full grown;
consequently I could form no judgment : and it was not till the middle of
June 1809 that I was enabled to prosecute and complete my investigation, at
least so far as to ascertain what the ergot really is.

The rye was then Justin blossom, but there being no external appearance of

476 Mr. Bauer on the Ergot of Rye.

the disease in the plant nor ear, however strongly infected, it required consi-
derable trouble and patience to unravel every floret of the ears, which can
only be taken up at random ; fi'om what I then observed I was soon con-
vinced that the ergot is not an extraneous substance, as some have supposed
it to be, but that it really is a monstrosity, or transformation of the embryo,
and particularly of that part of the embryo which Gcertner calls the Scutel-
lum; however, to make my illustration on that point more comprehensible to
the general reader, I consider it necessary to explain the progress of vegeta-
tion of the grain. A sound germen of rye, before fecundation, consists of a
pulpy cellular substance, enveloped in a delicate membrane, which forms the
outer coat of the ripe grain ; and in the middle of this cellular substance is a
small cavity, lined with a dark green membrane, from which some mucous
fluid seems to exude, but no traces of organization are at that time observable.
At Tab. XXXII. fig. 1 is a sound young grain, about four days after fecun-
dation, consisting chiefly of the same internal parts and substance as those
of the germen before fecundation, but its shape is considerably altered, being
much longer, and of a more oval form ; the internal cavity with its green mem-
brane is considerably enlarged, and the organization of the embryo is visibly
advancing. At Tab. XXXII. fig. 2 is a side view of a longitudinal section
of this young grain ; at its base appears the first formation of the embryo,
which then consists of a soft substance : in this figure and in fig. 3 the scu-
tellum is visible, which is the first part of the embryo formed in all gramine-
ous plants, and which in the diseased grains ultimately becomes the ergot.
Tab. XXXII. fig. 4 is a front, and fig. 5 a back view of diseased grains
from the same ear, and of the same age as the sound grain in figs. 1, 2 and 3 :
but its exterior shape is now greatly changed ; the external membrane at the
apex of the grain is much shrivelled and contracted, and at fig. 7, vvhich is a
side view of a longitudinal section of the same grain, the pulpy cellular sub-
stance is also much shrivelled, the internal cavity is much contracted, and
the young ergot begins to be formed in the same spot as the scutellura of the
embryo in the sound grain, and at that period the young ergot retains still
some resemblance to the form of the scutellum of the sound grain (see
Tab. XXXII. fig. 7 B., and fig. 8, which is more distinctly seen : the sub-
stance of this young ergot is at that period also very soft, of a white colour

Mr. Bauer on the Ergot of Rye. 477

internally, and surrounded with a light shaded purple ring, but is without
any external membrane or integument, or internal fibres or vessels, which is
also the case with the scutellum of the embryo of the sound grain.

In fig. 9 is a longitudinal section of an infected grain, more advanced, being
about eight or ten days after fecundation ; at that period the ergot is consi-
derably enlarged, and has already torn and detached from its base the integu-
ments and cellular substance of the original germen.

After the ergot emerges from its husk, it enlarges very rapidly, and when the
rye is ripe, the ergot is often five or six times the bulk of the sound grain (see
Tab. XXXII. fig. 11); and considering that the ergot is only the enlarged
scutellum, the natural size of which is not quite a tenth part of an inch, it
must be confessed that the enlargement is prodigious ; but not all the ergots
even in the same ear attain the same size (see Tab. XXXII. fig. 10). The
general number of ergots in an ear is from six to eight, but sometimes there
are even more, and very often there is only one single ergot in an ear, the
rest of its contents being fine sound grains ; but in ears which contain
many ergots the sound grains are generally small and stunted. As the sub-
stance of the ergot is very soft at its formation within the young germen, it
generally retains some shape of the original grain, particularly the groove at
the back.

After the ergot has emerged from the husk, its substance soon indurates,
and assumes a dark brownish-purple colour, and gradually becomes very hard,
and after having been in contact with the air and exposed to the sun for some
time, the ergot, having no integument, cracks in many places ; and I think
it is such fissures which some authors consider to be perforations made by
insects, — an opinion, however, which is totally unfounded, for there exist
no perforations in the ergot at any period of its formation or vegetation. If
cut through while yet in a green or fresh state, the internal substance of the
ergot appears of the firmness of an almond or nut. If the ergot is soaked in
water a month or longer, it gets soft, but never dissolves, and if bruised, the
substance is found to consist of smaller particles than the albumen of the
sound grain, and if examined through a microscope under water many large
blotches of oil appear to be mixed with it, and when an ergot is lighted at one
end, it burns with a bright flame like a wax candle ; this is also the case with

478 Mr. Bauer on the Ergot of Rye,

the minute scutella of sound grains, the substance of which is precisely of the
same nature.

From the facts above stated, I think no doubt can remain in the mind of
any unprejudiced observer, that the ergot is solely a monstrosity or trans-
formation of the embryo of the germens of the rye, and those gramineous
plants which are subject to this disease. But what is the cause of this mon-
strosity or transformation ? This is a question which I confess I cannot an-
swer ; but my attentive observations and continued researches on the subject
of the diseases in corn have convinced me that rainy and wet seasons are not
the cause ; for during that period the various stiates of the weather had never
produced a corresponding effect on the corn, for the disease was often more
prevalent in a dry than in a wet season ; neither can I agree with those who
consider that insects cause it, for those minute flies and insects so often found
in infected ears, are also found, not only in the soundest ears of rye and other
gramineous plants, but are likewise found abundantly in all species of Syn-
genesious and other plants, where they seem to rummage the pollens of the
anthers.

Whether some particular soil might cause this disease, 1 had no opportunity
of ascertaining, because in the neighbourhood of Kew very little rye is culti-
vated ; but it would be very interesting and desirable if some practical agri-
culturist would make the experiment on an extended scale, by sowing a cer-
tain quantity of sound rye seed-corn, from the same sample, on different soils,
and attentively observing, at the proper season, on which soil the disease was
more or less prevalent, and then analyse the component parts of the soil.
Such experiments would undoubtedly lead to some satisfactory result.

The only experiment I was enabled to make, was collecting a small quan-
tity of rye grains from ears which were strongly infected with ergots, and
sowing these separately, but they did not produce one infected ear.

The cause of this disease being yet totally unknown, it would be presump-
tuous and idle to talk of remedies to prevent or cure it ; that must be left till
the real cause is discovered.

The pernicious quality of the ergot of rye, and the severe and often fatal
diseases engendered by the careless admixture of that substance with sound
corn, for human nourishment, has been recorded by many eminent authors.

Mr. Bauer on the Ergot of Rye. 479

Galen mentions fever, delirium, gangrenous ulcers, &c., occasioned by it:
and Tessier gives the results of many experiments, which not only confirm
what Galen said of the ill effects the ergot has upon the human frame, but
he also ascertained that it produces the same ill effects upon the health
of brutes, such as dogs, swine, and poultry, — which all instinctively refuse
to eat the ergot of rye ; but by disguising it, and by forcibly feeding them with
it, he found the same injurious and frequently fatal effect was produced on
these animals as that on the human species.

The discovery of the very beneficial and almost wonderful medicinal quali-
ties of the ergot of rye is but of very recent date; Tessier, about 1783, says
" It is asserted by some that it is successfully employed in hastening labour,
and in pleurisy ; " but, he observes, " those assertions are not authenticated ;
and even if they were true, they would not disprove the injurious qualities it
has in other cases, and under other circumstances."

Dr. Stearns, of New York, seems to be the first who found the ergot of rye
to be the most efficacious remedy in cases of protracted labour and excessive
haemorrhage; in such cases, about 1822, he employed it most successfully,
and since that time it has been almost generally adopted in this country with
equal success. The periodical publication. The Lancet, since 1828 to this time,
records many most interesting and successful cases, reported by eminent and
extensive practitioners, from which it appears, that the lives of many patients,
whose cases had been considered hopeless, have been saved by the instanta-
neous effects of this substance.

The ergot of rye is now an article provided in every dispensary ; and since
its important and beneficial medicinal quality is ascertained, even if an efficient
remedy for preventing this disease were known, it would not be advisable to
extirpate it ; and there is no doubt, that, when those valuable qualities of the
ergot get generally known among the cultivators and farmers, and that a
bushel of ergots will probably fetch more than four or five bushels of the finest
rye, they will think it worth their while to collect, and carefully separate, the
ergots from the corn ; by so doing, they would not only be compensated for
their trouble by the sale, but at the same time purify the corn, and thus pre-
vent the pernicious effects of the ergot.

VOL. XVIII. 3 R

480 Mr. Bauer on the Ergot of Rye.

EXPLANATION OF TAB. XXXII.

Fig. I. A front view of a sound germen of rye, about four days after fecun-
dation: magnified eight times in diameter.

2. A side view of a longitudinal section of the above germen : magnified

in the same degree.

3. A front view of a longitudinal section of the base of the above germen,

or rather young grain, which shows the first beginning of the for-
mation of the embryo : magnified sixteen times in diameter.

4. A front, and Fig. 5. a back view of an infected grain, from the same

ear as Fig. 1 ., soon after fecundation, when the disease makes its first
external appearance : magnified eight times in diameter.

6. A front view of a transverse section of the above infected grain, cut at
/. letter A, Fig. 7. : magnified sixteen times in diameter.

7. A side view of a longitudinal section of the same infected grain : mag-

nified eight times in diameter.

8. Front view of a section of the same infected grain, cut at letter B,

Fig. 7. : magnified sixteen times in diameter.

9. A side view of a longitudinal section of an infected grain, about eight

or ten days after fecundation ; the young ergot is enlarging, and has
already torn up the integument of the germen, and detached it from
the base: magnified eight times in diameter.

10. A full-grown ear of rye, strongly infected with ergot : natural size.

11. A full-grown ergot, within its floret : magnified five times in diameter.

12. A transverse section of the same: magnified five times in diameter.

13. Albumen of a sound grain of rye: magnified two hundred times in

diameter.

14. Internal substance of the ergot of rye : magnified two hundred times in

diameter.

Observations. — Thus far I had carried my investigation and illustrations of
that singular disease the Ergot in Rye, during the years from 1805 to 1809, and
which illustrations have been for many years in the British Museum ; and

Trans Iinn-.Soc Vhl.ZVJJJ. Zai J£.

3

J^ra.7zz. Mau4,er JS^S,

GiJarmex-ri^. Sc

#

Mr. Bauer on the Ergot of Rye. 4Sl

though since that time some ergotized plants came occasionally into my hands,
I never examined them with an intention to discover anything new in them,
till in October 1838, when Mr. John Smith, the chief assistant in the Royal
Botanic Garden at Kew, brought to me some specimens of ergotized plants of
a species of Elymus, which were not only infected with ergot, but of which
every external part was infected with a minute filamentous fungus, bearing an
infinite number oif sporidia, which I never before had observed.

Mr. Smith has given a very detailed and correct account of this fungus, in
a paper which was read before the Linnean Society on the 6th of November,
1838. He also communicated his discovery soon after he showed it to me to
his friend Mr. Quekett, who read on the 4th of December before the Linnean
Society a long and very elaborate paper on the same subject, and in which he
quotes some very interesting works by M. Leveill^, Dr. Phcebus, and Philippar,
which, to judge from Mr. Quekett's quotations and copies of figures, seem to
be very correct observations and illustrations of that subject ; but these ori-
ginal works I have not yet seen, and from all these observations and illustra-
tions I am not yet convinced that these filamentous fungi with numerous spo-
ridia are the cause or the consequence of the ergot, because,

1st, Every gramineous plant is equally infected with that minute filamentous
fungus, yet very few of these plants produce ergots ; and amongst agricultural
grains, the rye is the only one that is subject to that disease ; among the many
hundred ears of wheat that I examined in every stage of its growth, I found
only one spikelet that produced three ergots, and one spikelet with only one
ergot.

Because, 2nd, in autumn all decaying plants are infected with such filamen-
tous fungi and minute sporidia ; and Mr. Smith, when he brought to me the first
specimen of his ergot, brought me also a specimen of a flower of Carina indica,
in which not only the inside of the anther was infected with this filamentous
fungus, but also the individual pollen grains were strongly infected with it.

For these reasons, I cannot yet consider the question, of the cause of the
Ergot, as finally and satisfactorily settled ; but I hope those naturalists who
have already done so much on that subject will persevere in their researches
and experiments till they finally succeed.

482 Mr. Bauer on the Ergot of Rye.

EXPLANATION OF TAB. XXXIII. A.

Fig. 1. A young ergot, with its anthers and bracteas, about ten days after fe-
cundation : magnified ten times in diameter.

2. The same young ergot, with its anthers and bracteas removed : magni-

fied ten times in diameter.

3. A millionth part of a superficial square inch, filled with the spo-

ridia, which appear on the external surface of the ergot of Elymus,
as well as on those of ergot of rye, and which appear on every part
of these plants, and ultimately are washed off by the dew or rain,
and mixed with the water : magnified a thousand diameters.

4. A portion of an anther, bearing the same filamentous fungus.

5. A group of the filamentous and articulated fungus which infests every

part of the plants of Elymus, and almost every gramineous plant,
whether infected with ergot or not : magnified a thousand times in
diameter.

6. A millionth part of a square inch, filled with the sporidia of the

external surface of the red or orange-coloured ergot: magnified a
thousand diameters.

Francis Bauer.

Kew Green, December 14th, 1839.

Tra?u ZmnSoc Vol XVJll. lab 33

A

4

Jram- Neuter JffSS-

B

2 ^m^^m^

%^\ && 0§

S.J-PuekfM del

&. J'artvi.a/n. Sc.

[ 483 ]

XXX. Observations on the Structure and Development of the Organs of
Pilularia globulifera. In a Letter to R. H. Solly, Esq., F.R.S. 8f L.S.
By William Valentine, Esq., F.L.S.

Read March 19th, 1839.

From various causes, particularly removing from North Wales to this
place, I have not had it in my power at an earlier period to reduce my
observations into proper form for your perusal. A visit to St. David's would
amply repay a botanist, as, from what I saw, I conceive it to be a rich
locality, and, as far as I know, not yet explored ; but having on the second
day of my arrival gathered Pilularia globulifera for the first time in my life,
I determined to bestow all the time I could command on its examination,
and therefore I did not collect many species. I must beg to remark, that as I
only know what preceding observers have discovered of the structure of Pilu-
laria through Lindley's Introduction to the Natural System, and Hooker's
British Flora, it is possible that the greater part of my observations may be
already known ; and therefore I leave you to judge whether this letter con-
tains sufficient novelty to justify its publication.

The involucrum (Tab. XXXIV. fig. 2.) of Pilularia globulifera contains two
kinds of bodies, which, however, occupy distinct sacs : one kind (Tab. XXXV.
fig. 36.) are round, very numerous, and minute, not larger than the 460th part
of an inch ; they are found principally in the upper part of the involucrum, and
are about forty in each sac : the other kind (Tab. XXXIV. fig. 3.) are of an
oblong pyriform shape, a little constricted near the middle, with a conical
projection at one extremity, and are much less numerous, about sixty, and
occur singly in each sac ; they are about the 80th of an inch broad, and have
the power of germination, which the former kind do not appear to possess.
Both kinds are loose in their sacs, and have an opake, pure white, minutely
granular, testaceous covering, and are imbedded in a kind of gelatine, which

VOL. XVIII. 3 s

484 Mr. Valentine on the Structure and Development

softens and expands by the action of water, but is not completely dissolved.
The larger bodies, the undoubted sporules, after a very slight maceration in
water — less than a minute is sufficient — are enveloped by a well-defined cover-
ing of gelatinous matter, which before the maceration existed in a concrete
state (Tab. XXXIV. fig. 3.). Further maceration does not appear to affect this
gelatinous covering, as it remains unchanged long after germination, and gives
to the sporule the appearance of having a very delicate transparent border,
whose breadth is about the fourth part of the diameter of the sporule. The
sporule consists of three coats, the outer of which is white, opake, somewhat
brittle, more or less incomplete at the conical extremity, but much thickened
about the upper third of the sporule, where it exhibits traces of cellularity.
The middle coat is membranous, elastic, of a light yellowish-brown colour,
and perforated at the apex of the conical projection (Tab. XXXIV. fig. h.),
which is essentially formed by this coat, the outer coat being gradually lost
upon its surface, or in some instances being scarcely continued on to it ; in
which case the sporule appears truncated, the middle membrane not having
sufficient firmness of itself to support the conical form (Tab. XXXIV. fig. 4 & 5.).
This conical projection is more or less plicated ; and in those instances in which
the outer coat is very deficient, the middle membrane exhibits lines radiating
from the aperture. The third coat or internal membrane is similar in colour
to the middle, differing from it, however, in being inelastic and not being con-
tinued into the cone, but forming a short cavity by passing directly across the
base of the cone, at which point it is not in contact with either of the other
membranes, and is marked by three lines, which radiate from the centre of
the unsupported portion, and indicate a valvular structure to allow -of the
protrusion of the growing matter in germination (Tab. XXXIV. fig. 6, 8, 9,
& 11.). [The cavity of the sporule is occupied by a quantity of grumous fluid
and particles which are of various sizes, the larger ones being mostly of an
ovoid shape, but altering by pressure (Tab. XXXIV. fig. 6 & 7-).]

I found many of these sporules in a germinating state, the majority having
escaped from the involucrum ; but in several instances I found them consider-
ably advanced in germination before the rupture of the involucrum and whilst
they were yet inclosed in their sacs. The first external sign of germination is
either the appearance of four cells projecting through the apex of the conical

of the Organs o/'Pilularia globulifera. ' .'.' 485

projection, or a general swelling of that part (Tab. XXXIV. fig. 12.). By dis-
section, however, we can observe this process at an earlier period ; and I find,
upon removing the conical projection, that the first evidence of germination
having commenced is an appearance of cellularity within the unsupported or
valved portion of the internal membrane, which is transparent ; and I now
find, for the first time, a very delicate pellucid membrane lining the whole
cavity of the sporule, and having the cells, which give the appearance just
mentioned, either lying on its external surface, or forming that portion of it
which lies beneath the valves. From the appearances, and the impossibility
of separating the cells from the membrane, I am inclined to believe that the
cavity formed by this membrane is completed by the cells, or, in other words,
that the sac is partly membranous and partly cellular (Tab. XXXIV. fig. 10
& 1 1.). It is possible that this last-described membrane may exist before ger-
mination begins, notwithstanding the numerous unsuccessful dissections which
I have made to discover it, the failure being owing to its extreme delicacy ;
but I am pretty well satisfied that it is a product of germination, because I
have not the slightest difficulty in demonstrating it after that has commenced,
nor is there the slightest trace of it in any stage of the development of the
sporule. However this may be, it is quite certain that fresh cells are gradu-
ally formed on the external surface of the cellular part of the sac, and that
the valves of the third membrane are very soon ruptured and gradually
turned back by the growth and protrusion of this button-like cellular germ
(Tab. XXXIV. fig. 9 & 13.). The enlarging cellular mass then distends the
conical projection, unfolding the plicae of that body, and at length appears
externally with four of its cells projecting beyond the general mass, and com-
pressed into a quadrangular form by the pressure, as I imagine, of the apex of
the cone, the aperture in which is quadrangular. These projecting cells soon
harden, and acquire a reddish-brown hue, and in the advanced stage of ger-
mination appear like a brown quadrangular space, which I should have little
hesitation in referring to the above cause, did I not find several similar spaces
on the germinating sporules of Isoetes lacustris, which I could not refer to such
an origin : it must be observed, however, that I have not seen the earlier stages
of germination in Isoetes. Soon after the exposure of the entire germ, which
is effected by the reflection of the valves and conical membrane over the side

3 s 2

486 Mr. Valentine on the Structure and Development

of the sporule, where they lie quite concealed by the germ, little fibrillre or
rootlets begin to shoot from one side. They are simply articulated tubes, or
elongated cells applied end to end, with frequently a bulbous extremity ; and
each is produced from one of the cells of the germ (Tab. XXXIV. fig. 14.).
They differ much in length in different sporules ; in some they are not longer
than the sporule, whilst in others they are three or four times that length, and,
in common with the cells of the germ, contain granules, which in these are
colourless, but in the germ green. The cluster-like appearance of the cells
which form the germ soon after the appearance of these fibrillse, begins to
change, the cells becoming flatter and more intimately connected with each
other. At the same time an internal change is taking place, for by a gradual
arching or receding upwards of that part of the germ which closes the cavity
of the sporule the germ becomes hollow, the hollow communicating with the
cavity of the sporule, which is of course proportionably enlarged (Tab. XXXIV.
fig. 16.). The germ now gradually points in two places, which are by no means
fixed, but occur in various situations according to the position of the sporule
in relation to the light. The direction of the first leaf is generally in the di-
rection of the axis of the sporule, or rather a little inclined ; and that of the first
root at right angles, or lateral, but very soon changing to an opposite direction
to that of the leaf. This would be the constant direction if the sporules were
always left to themselves, free from entanglements, on account of the peculiar
structure of their outer coats, the spongy fibro-cellular texture of the superior
third of which, causing that end to be the most buoyant in the water, exposes
the superior surface of the germ to the direct action of the light ; but as it
cannot always happen that the sporules should be free, the direction of the leaf
and root is sometimes quite the reverse, and at others both leaf and root are
lateral, but proceeding from opposite sides of the germ. These two points
gradually lengthen, and, if dissected, each will be found to consist of a closed
sheath, containing in one instance the leaf, in the other the root, in the form
of a conical process like a finger in a glove. The young leaf, which is taper, and
has its cells crowded with green granules, being in advance of the root, which is
obtuse and destitute of green granules, bursts through the summit of its sheath
when it has become rather longer than the sporule ; whilst the root, although
more backward in its development, pierces its sheath before it becomes as

of the Org-crw* q/'Pilularia globulifera. 487

long as the sporule (Tab. XXXIV. fig-, 18.). The sheaths are not distinct, but
communicate with each other ; and the only point of connexion between the
sheath (there being in fact but one) and the germ is around its base close to
the sporule, so that nearly the whole of the germ is inclosed in this sheath
(Tab. XXXIV. fig. 19, &.). Besides this sheath, which embraces the upper
part of the root, there is an exceedingly delicate expansion which so closely
embraces the extremity of the root like a cap, that it is only by a careful ex-
amination that it can be discovered (Tab. XXXIV. fig. 18, a.). I am not
aware that this has ever had any connexion with the sheath through which
the root bursts, but, on the contrary, I believe it to be a distinct formation.
After the leaf has grown to be many times the length of the sporule, or about
two lines long, another leaf grows from the germ close to the first, to which it
is in all respects similar ; and then a bud begins to be developed from some
indefinite part of the germ, but like the leaves and root, from within the
sheath, which is now frequently much lacerated (Tab. XXXIV, fig. 19.). This
bud is covered by a peculiar kind of jointed hairs, whose attachments are lateral
at a short distance from their bases, and which contain a few colourless granules
(Tab. XXXIV. fig. 19.). This bud sometimes appears after the first leaf, in
which case there is no second primordial leaf formed ; and is the rudimentary
stem, the first growth from it being a leaf, which exhibits, although in a small
degree, the first evidence of gyration, and shortly after a root, which is fur-
nished with its own sheath. As I have not seen more advanced specimens, I
am unable to describe the succeeding steps ; but as, up to this point, my obser-
vations were made upon several hundred examples, I may safely affirm that
the instances were sufficiently numerous for my purpose.

All the leaves after the primordial ones, or those which grow directly from the
germ, are developed in a similar manner to those of Ferns, and even the running
stem partakes in a slight degree of the same gyrate evolution (Tab. XXXV.
fig. 20.). The roots are all formed in sheaths, through the apices of which
they ultimately burst, the sheath continuing to embrace the base of the root,
whilst a distinct and far more delicate sheath closely embraces its point
(Tab. XXXV. fig. 20, &.). Transverse sections of the stem, root and leaves
show them all to be hollow, with the cavity divided longitudinally into sepa-
rate channels. In the stem these longitudinal partitions are about fifteen or

488 Mr. Valentine on the Structure and Development

sixteen in number, and in the leaf (Tab. XXXV. fig, 24.) and root they are
about ten or twelve ; in the latter they are arranged in pairs (Tab. XXXV.
fig. 25.). These partitions radiate from a central column of enlarged cells
which surround a bundle of minutely dotted ducts, that may be unrolled spi-
rally (Tab. XXXV. fig. 27.), and the channels between these partitions are
frequently divided by transverse partitions or diaphragms. The cells which
form these partitions are curiously arranged (Tab. XXXV. fig. 27 &28.) ; they
are flattened on two opposite sides, and connected with each other by their
narrow sides and extremities, but only at intervals, so that there are numerous
holes formed which afford a free communication between all the channels. In
the partitions of the root, the intervening holes are so large in proportion to
the breadth of the cells, that these have the appearance of a string of beads
(Tab. XXXV. fig. 28.). Another peculiarity of the root is, that, in addition
to the diaphragms formed of this tissue, which are also found in the stem and
leaf, a peculiar body is frequently met with, occupying a similar position to
the diaphragms (Tab. XXXV. fig. 25.). These bodies (for they are sometimes
numerous) are each formed of one or more cylindrical cells coiled up in a
gyrate manner. They grow from the angle formed by the partition and the
cuticle, and are developed subsequent to the other tissue, for they may be
found in various stages of advancement in the same root. Their nature I have
not been able to ascertain.

I shall now proceed to describe the development of the sporules. A trans-
verse section of the involucrum, when about the size of a small pin's head,
shows it to consist of four integuments containing a mass of very delicate,
spongy, compressible cellular tissue, subdivided into four equal triangular por-
tions by four lines radiating from the centre. In the centre of each of these
portions is a cavity, and projecting into each of these cavities are a number of
nipple-like processes, which are attached in each cavity to a common recep-
tacle, whilst this, again, is connected with an open, rigid, cellular tissue, that
lies between the spongy tissue, before described, and the involucrum, and serves
as a connexion between the two (Tab. XXXV. fig. 29.). As the involucrum
advances, the spongy tissue recedes all round the four cavities, which con-
sequently become larger, and afford more space for the growth of the nipple-
like processes. This recession of the spongy tissue is not caused by the pressure

of the Organs of Pilularia globulifera. 489

of the growing processes, for it is frequently in advance of them ; but it is pro-
duced by a gradual condensation, inherent to the tissue, around the cavities
and along the radiating dividing lines, which, in fact, are nothing more than the
result of this condensation, which at maturity is so complete, that the whole of
the spongy tissue is condensed into four dissepiments, dividing the cavity of the
involucrum into four equal loculi (Tab. XXXV. fig. 30.). The nipple- like pro-
cesses are found upon a careful examination to be hollow sacs with obscurely
cellular walls, those which occupy the lowest part of the involucrum being
considerably in advance of the upper ones. These sacs contain a quantity of
grumous matter, and a number — perhaps about ten — of soft, rather opake
pulpy bodies, which are evidently compounded of four closely connected parts,
so placed on each other as to form a cone with a triangular base (Tab. XXXV.
fig. 31 & 32.). These bodies have their future development in two different
ways, according, in a great measure, to the position they occupy in the involu-
crum. Those which occupy the upper portion, although not absolutely confined
to that portion, enlarge, become pellucid, and recede from each other, but con-
tinue to be attached to each other by four stalks as long as half their diame-
ter, which meet in one centre (Tab. XXXV. fig. 33.). It is now evident that
these four bodies or sponiles are contained in a mother-cell, which most pro-
bably existed before, but on account of its close approximation to the four
united sporules could not be seen. On the surfaces of each of these sporules
are three short lines which radiate from the insertion of the stalk. From an
observation of the sporules of Isoetes lacustris, I am inclined to believe that
these lines are a slight ridge caused by the projection of the membrane into
the interstices between the three other sporules, and that the stalk is a draw-
ing-out, as it were, of the same membrane, some evidence of which is seen in
the instance represented at Tab. XXXV. fig. 34. At length the mother-cell is
ruptured, and the sporules separate from each other at the point where the
stalks meet in one centre, so that each sporule is furnished with a short tail,
which, however, soon disappears (Tab. XXXV. fig. 34.). A deposit gradually
takes place on the outer surface of the sporule, forming a second coat, which
gradually becomes more and more opake, until the three radiating lines are
quite invisible, and the sporule a perfectly opake white body (Tab. XXXV.
fig. 35 & 36.). Until the sporules have become opake they are quite empty.

490 Mr. Valentine on the Structure and Development

but at last they contain a little grumous matter. What becomes of the mother-
cell I am unable to say : I am inclined to think that a portion of it becomes
attached to the surface of each of the sporules, of which there are about forty
in each sac.

The other bodies, or rather those which occupy the sacs at the lower part
of the involucrum, — for there is no difference between the two at the earliest
stage, except in position, — should have been described first, on account of their
being somewhat more advanced in point of development ; but as the changes
are rather more complex than those just described, I prefer taking them in
this order. The sporules (Tab. XXXV. fig. 31 & 32.) first enlarge, become
pellucid, and recede from each other just as the last-described (Tab. XXXV.
fig. 33.), but they do not appear to remain long in this stage, as it is very dif-
ficult to obtain them until nearly all the sporules have been ruptured from
some unknown cause (Tab. XXXV. fig. 38.). The shrivelled remains of the
ruptured sporules continue to be attached to each other by their stalks, and
the mother-cell remains perfect ; in short, no further change takes place, for
they may be found in this state in the same sac with the ripe sporules
(Tab. XXXV. fig. 42, a.). The two or three unruptured sporules, which are
single in each union, the other three being invariably ruptured (Tab. XXXV,
fig. 37.), enlarge, each struggling for the mastery, and it is not long before
one prevails, the smaller ones rupturing and passing into the same state as
those first ruptured (Tab. XXXV. fig. 38.). The sole remaining sporule now
enlarges rapidly, assumes a pyriform shape, and the mother-cell gradually
recedes from it by a still more rapid enlargement, except around the narrow
extremity to which the three ruptured sporules which form the union are
attached, where the mother-cell has contracted an adhesion. It appears that
this dilatation of the mother-cell is caused by a secretion of fluid between it
and the sporule, for if the cell be punctured the fluid will escape, and the cell
return by its elasticity to the same dimensions as the sporule. The three rup-
tured sporules, which up to this period remained attached to the growing
sporule, now disappear, and, as I have not been able to make an exact obser-
vation as to the manner of their disappearance, I cannot say positively whether
they have been absorbed or discharged through a rupture of the mother-cell.
That this li^st supposition is the correct one, I think may be inferred from the

of the Organs o/'Pilularla globullfera. 491

facts, that the other ruptured sporules are not absorbed, and that an aperture
in the mother-cell does actually exist at the proper place, but on account of
the delicacy of the object it cannot be clearly ascertained until a later period
(Tab. XXXIV. fig. 5.). The sporule now begins to assume a yellowish-brown
hue, and a deposition of opake matter takes place on the outer surface of the
mother-cell around the smaller extremity (Tab. XXXV. fig. 40 & 41.). This
deposition gradually increases until the whole sporule is completely covered,
except in some occasional instances the apex of the conical projection formed
by the mother-cell remains uncovered (Tab. XXXIV. fig. 4 & 5.). This depo-
sition, which forms the outer coat of the sporule, is much thicker about the
smaller extremity of the sporule than elsewhere, and acquires at this part
a fibro-cellular texture, as represented at Tab. XXXIV. fig. 6. When the
outer coat is completely formed, the mother-cell or middle coat ceases to
enlarge, whilst the inner sac or true sporule continues its growth until it is
checked by coming in contact with the inner surface of the mother-cell, to
which in its mature state it is firmly adherent. The sporule is at first perfectly
pellucid and deficient of all granular contents ; it is not till after the addition
of the outer coat that the grumous granular matter is secreted. It will be
seen from this description, that the anatomy of the ripe sporule accords with
what is observed to take place during its development ; and as the dissection
of the ripe sporule occurred first in the order of my observations, this corre-
spondence was a source of great satisfaction to me. It appears, therefore, to
be certain that the sporule consists, in the first place, of the internal membrane
or coat formed by the true sporule, then the middle coat formed by the
mother-cell, and lastly, the outer testaceous opake coat, the result of the de-
position, to which some may perhaps be inclined to add the gelatinous cover-
ing which makes its appearance on maceration in water ; but as it is not an
organized substance, I am not disposed to consider it as a proper integument.
As there is no evidence whatever, during the development of the sporule, of
the internal delicate sac which is found after germination has commenced, I
think we may safely conclude that it is the product of germination. It is
scarcely necessary to remark, that the first-described bodies are those which
have been considered by some botanists as the pollen, or that Dr. Lindley's
shrewd conjecture, that they are abortive sporules, is perfectly correct. In

VOL. XVIII. 3 T

492 Mr. Valentine on the Structure and Development

connexion with this sul)ject I shall take the opportunity of observing, that
fronj a partial examination of Lycopod'mm and Isoetes, I believe Dr. Lindley
is also correct as to the pulverulent matter of those genera being abortive spo-
rules. I at first intended to add to this paper some general observations on
tlie several groups which compose the Cryptogamia of Linnaeus, but I now
think it more desirable to defer this until they have been separately submitted
to examination ; for without an accurate knowledge of their structure and
germination, it is impossible to arrive at a satisfactory conclusion as to their
affinities. I cannot help observing, however, that Dr. Lindley has not in my
opinion exercised his usual judgment in removing Equisetacece from Acrogeris
to Gymnosperms. The affinity which they have to the latter is entirely in their
aspect ; there is no obvious structural or physiological analogy between them.
The supposition of Brongniart, that the reproductive body is a naked ovule,
and the four filaments that surround it four grains of pollen, without the power,
according to Lindley, of performing their function, is contradictory ; for what
evidence have we of any fertile ovule without the agency of the male organ ?
Besides, this supposed ovule is admitted in the same paragraph to be a sporule,
and afterwards proved to be such by its germination.

This account of P'llularia shows that it is incorrect to say of Aa-oge?is that
" germination takes place at no fixed point, but upon any part of the surface
of the spores ;" for it is quite certain in this instance that germination in-
variably takes place at a fixed spot, whicii may be pointed out before germi-
nation has commenced. It is at that part of the sporule indicated by the
three radiating lines which appear to have been produced by the pressure of
the three other sporules that originally helped to constitute the quaternary
union ; and as the spores of all the other tribes appear, according to Mohl, to
be developed in similar unions, it is most probable that similar lines indi-
cating a valvular dehiscence also exist on them. This is certainly the case in
some Mosses, for instance, in CEdipodium, and in Isoetes, Lycopod'mm, and
Osmunda regalis; and in those instances where such a structure is not visible,
it is probably owing to a thickening of the membrane, or a deposition of
opake matter on its surface, as in Pilularia. In the mature sporules of Pilu-
laria they can only be discovered by dissection, and in the abortive ones they
cannot be discovered at all after the first stages of their growth ; whilst, again,

of the Organs of Pilularia globulifera. 493

the sporules of Jungermannia complanata exhibit similar lines after they liave
been submitted to the action of sulphuric acid. After the protrusion of the
germ, however, it does appear to be quite immaterial from what part of the
germ the first leaves, root or stem shall arise.

It is almost superfluous to point out, that these primordial leaves, if the
sporules be considered as seeds, have no analogy, except in their use, with
cotyledons, because true cotyledons pre-exist in the seed, whereas these are
the product of germination. But according to the view of the nature of
sporules M'hich I have endeavoured to establish, Pilularia must be considered
as nearly allied to monocotyledons in its germination. In cotyledonous plants
the first steps of germination (under which term I include the growth of the
mature pollen) are protected by a distinct apparatus (the seed-coats) fur-
nished for that purpose ; and in monocotyledonous plants a single primordial
leaf and root are developed in a sheath, through which they burst in the pro-
gress of germination. Now Pilularia differs from this simply in not having
the first stages of its germination protected by a separate apparatus, unless,
indeed, the conical membranes which form the external cavity (Tab. XXXIV.
fig. 6.) at the germinating end of the sporule are to be considered as the most
rudimentary state of the female organ ; for, as in monocotyledons, the cellular
mass arranges itself into a sheath, which incloses the rudiment of a leaf and
root, and the amylaceous (?) particles and grumous fluid, which fill the cavity
of the spoinile, fulfil the same oflice as the albumen of monocotyledons. I shall
conclude these observations bj' stating that I have not been able to detect
any organs which, as in the Mosses, can by any possibility be supposed to
perform the oflBce of impregnating the sporules.

' ' ' Tintinhull, near Ilchester,
Feb. 18, 1839.

EXPLANATION OF THE PLATES.

Tab. XXXIV.

Fig. 1. A plant oi Pilularia globulifera, of the natural size.
Fig. 2. A mature involucrum, of the natural size, and in a dehiscent state.

3 t2

494 Mr. Valentine on the Structure and Developtnent

Fig. 3. A fertile sporule, with its gelatinous covering : this and all the subse-
quent figures are highly magnified.

Fig. 4. Upper portion of a sporule, in which the outer membrane is deficient
on the conical projection, in consequence of which the more delicate
middle membrane is collapsed, and gives a truncated appearance to
the sporule.

Fig. 6. A perpendicular view of this truncated conical projection, a. The
short outer membrane, b. The middle membrane, with an aperture
and several lines on its surface.

Fig. 6. A section of a sporule, showing an outer coat, which is much thick-
ened and of a cellular appearance, at the upper part of the sporule,
and may be traced on to the conical projection ; a middle membrane,
which may also be traced into the conical projection ; and the third
or internal coat, which does not assist in forming the conical pro-
jection, but, passing transversely across its base, forms a short cavity.
The granular contents are also shown in situ.

Fig. 7- A few of the granular contents of various sizes ; they refract the trans-
mitted light to the centre.

Fig. 8. A perpendicular view of a sporule, the conical projection being re-
moved to show the transverse portion of the internal coat. The
three radiating lines indicate a valvular structure.

Fig. 9. A similar view of a germinating sporule. The germ has ruptured the
valves.

Fig. 10. The germ separated, to show its attachment to a delicate membrane
which lines the whole cavity of the sporule.

Fig. 1 1 . Section of the upper part of a germinating sporule, showing the germ
before the rupture of the valves. It will be no\V seen, that there is
an additional membrane to the sporule with which the germ is con-
tinuous.

Fig. 12. View of the upper part of a germinating sporule, which is more ad-
vanced ; the conical projection is dilated by the pressure of the grow-
ing germ, four of the cells of which are visible externally.

Fig. 13. View of a germinating sporule, not quite so far advanced as the
preceding. The conical projection has been removed to show

of the Org^aw* q/'Pilularia globulifera. 495

the gei-m, which has pushed through the valves, a. One of the
valves.

Fig. 14. A more advanced sporule. The mass of cells which constitute the
germ has here forced its way through the conical projection, which
is partly dilated and partly ruptured, and lies concealed between the
germ and the sporule. A few of the cells of the germ have thrown
out rootlets.

Fig. 15. In this stage the cells of the germ have assumed a more membranous
character and a more defined shape ; it will, in fact, be found to con-
tain the rudiments of a root and leaf. a. Four cells, which form the
quadrangular space mentioned in the description, and probably simi-
lar to the four projecting cells seen in fig. 12. The rootlets are more
numerous.

Fig. 16. A section of the last sporule in outline, a a. The outer coat. b. The
conical projection concealed by the germ. c. One of the valves.
dd. The outer cells of the germ, separated from the central mass to
form a sheath for the leaf and root. ee. The place where the sheath
and central portion of the germ remain continuous, f. The arching
upwards of the germ by which the cavity of the sporule is enlarged.
g. The young leaf. h. The young root. i. The first appearance of
vessels. As the germ grows, these vessels are prolonged into the
leaf and root.

Fig. 17. A more advanced germ ; the leaf and root are still inclosed in their
sheath.

Fig. 18. The leaf and root have at length burst through the sheath, a. The
sheath at the tip of the root.

Fig. 19. In this specimen there are two leaves : the sheath has been opened
to show the bud and the connexion of the parts, a a a. The cut edge
of the sheath, b. The sheath cut close to its connexion with the
body of the germ. The germ is hollow as high up as the base of the
bud. The bud consists of a point, from which the first leaf, having
a tendency to gyration and a root, are in progress of development,
concealed by a quantity of hairs.

496 Mr. Valentine on the Structure and Development

Tab. XXXV.

Fig. 20. The termination of a growing brancii, with two young leaves and
four roots in various stages of advancement, a. Is a root before it has
burst through its sheath, b. The sheath which envelopes the tip
of the root. c. A young bud, from which may be produced either a
branch and leaves and roots, or an involucrum : it is impossible to
distinguish one bud from the other in the youngest state. All the
buds and growing extremities of the branches are clothed with hairs,
which fall off as the part becomes developed.

Fig. 21. An involucrum about half matured ; it is densely covered with hairs,
which gradually decay and fall off, so that there are only a few de-
cayed remnants left on the mature involucrum.

Fig. 22. A hair from an involucrum. a. The point of attachment.

Fig. 23. A hair from a bud. a. The point of attachment.

Fig. 24. Section of a leaf, showing the central bundle of vessels surrounded by

(. enlarged cells; the partitions, and a diaphragm.

Fig. 25, Section of a root, showing two of the gyrate bodies, which are fre-
quently found in the cavities of the root.

Fig. 26. A portion of the cuticle of the leaf with stomata.

Fig. 27. Longitudinal section of a leaf, giving a view of a partition, and the
central bundle of spiral vessels.

Fig. 28. A portion of the tissue which forms the partition in the root.

Fig. 29. Section of a young involucrum. In this stage the three outer coats
are of a very faint brown colour, and the inner quite colourless. The
two middle coats are drawn scarcely thick enough. The thecae
contain sporules in the first and second stage of development ; they
are too opake, however, to show their contents with any distinct-
ness.

Fig. 30. Section of a mature involucrum from about the middle, so that it
contains both kinds of thecee ; those containing fertile sporules, and
those which are occupied by the abortive ones.

Fig. 31. A union of sporules in their first stage ; the mother-cell is not visible
in this stage : — magnified 200 times.

of the Organs o/Tilularia globulifera. 497

Fig. 32. Another view of a union of sporules in their first stage.

Fig. 33. A union in its second stage; the mother-cell is now visible: — magni-
fied 150 times.

Fig. 34. An abortive sporule in the third stage : — magnified 120 times.

Fig. 35. An abortive sporule after it has acquired its outer coat, but before
the coat has become thick enough to obscure the lines on the spo-
rule.

Fig. 36. An abortive sporule in its final shape.

Fig. 37. Fertile sporule in the third stage. Three of the sporules are rup-
tured; the other is enlarged: — magnified rather more than 100
times.

Fig. 38. A union of sporules from a fertile theca, in which all four of the spo-
rules are ruptured.

Fig. 39. Is the same as fig. 37, but more advanced ; the sporule is consider-
ably enlarged and of a pyriform shape ; the mother-cell is consider-
ably dilated.

Fig. 40. A more advanced sporule. There is a considerable deposition of
matter around the upper part of the sporule, and also a beginning
at the larger extremity. The three ruptured sporules have disap-
peared:— magnified 54 times.

Fig. 41. A still more mature sporule.

Fig. 42. A I'ipe sporule in its theca removed from the involucrum. The
action of the water in which it was examined on the gelatinous
covering, and its being removed from the pressure of the other
thecse, have caused the theca to swell and assume a roundish figure.
a. One of the four visible unions of ruptured sporules.

JhoKS lam- Soc VX JTW la» J4-

^J? /.Oft

FUulaTt4i, ^Lobulifertt.

W. Vaie»Uifn,e. dai

<? Kja.-rtn.ayv sc

[ 499 ]

XXXI. Supplementary Observations on the Development of the Theca, and on
the Sexes of Mosses. In a Letter to R. H. Solly^ Esq., F.R.S. &j L.S.
By William Valentine, Esq., F.L.S.

Read May 7th, 1839.

X FIND, upon resuming the examination of Mosses, which I had given up,
that I have not done Mohl justice in the note attached to my paper "on the
Development of the Theca and on the Sexes of Mosses," published in the
preceding volume of the Society's Transactions. In that note I have stated,
that I thought Mohl was mistaken where he describes the sporules as being
developed by fours in a mother-cell, believing that he had taken the several
masses of granular contents, which may be in many instances observed in a
sporule, as so many distinct sporules. I am now bound to confirm the accu-
racy of Mohl's observation in this respect ; and I beg, through you, to offer to
the notice of the Society a remarkable instance of the tetrahedral union of the
sporules as an appendix to my former paper. The subject of the following
account is CEdipodtum Griffithianum, which, from my residence being near
Snowdon, where it is found plentifully, I was enabled to examine in a recent
state.

A transverse section of a very young theca (Tab. XXXV. fig. 9.) shows
several concentric layers of cells in strict contact with each other. The
outer layer is slightly tinged with brown, and is the true theca: the two
next, the outer of which is pellucid, and the inner tinged with green granules,
constitute the thecal membrane. The succeeding layer of cells also contains
green granules, and the next is pellucid ; these two form the sporular mem-
brane. Independent of the number and sequence of the layers, by which we
may decide in this state of the theca which will ultimately form the distinct
sporular and thecal membranes, the presence of the green granules suffi-
ciently identifies them ; for if we examine a longitudinal section of a ripe

VOL xviii. 3 u

500 Mr. Valentine's Supplementary Observations on

theca (Tab. XXXV. fig. 8.), we shall find that the space between the thecal
and sporulai" membranes communicates with the loose tissue in connexion
with the stomata, so that the air has free access to the opposing surfaces of
those membranes ; and it is a fact, that all the tissue thus exposed to the
action of the atmosphere contains green granules, whilst in those parts of the
tissue, the columella for instance, which may be supposed to be inaccessible to
the air, the granules are smaller and colourless*. The proof is then satisfac-
tory, that the last-described layer is the outer surface of the sporular mem-
brane, which consists of certainly not more than two layers of cells ; for I
am confident, from the great number of species which I have examined in all
stages of their growth, that this thickness of the sporular membrane is never
exceeded. I have, in many species, had a difficulty in deciding whether there
were more than one layer, but never that there were not more than two. It
follows, then, that the next layer, after counting two for the sporular mem-
brane, will either be the columella or a tissue occupying the sporular cavity.
That this last is the truth, is proved by the fact of the succeeding layer being
composed of decided sporules. The cells forming the layer which intervenes
between the sporules and the sporular membrane are tinged with yellow, in
which respect they resemble the sporules before they have arrived at ma-
turity ; and between the columella, which is composed of colourless cellules,
and the layer of sporules, are two rows of cells, also coloured yellow similar
to the last, and also occupying the sporular cavity. In this stage the sporules
already formed consist of a disjointed cell containing a quantity of grumous
granular matter. In some of the cells the grains are uniformly scattered, and
in others they begin to arrange themselves in groups around four grains of
larger development (Tab. XXXV. fig. 10.), which ultimately become four di-
stinct sporules contained in a mother-cell. It is perfectly certain that the
single row of sporules which exists in this stage is not equivalent to the
thousands of sporules which exist at the time of maturity, and it therefore
follows that more must be formed. Now as it has been already proved that
the yellow cellules occupy the sporular cavity, and as they are exactly similar

* This remark, that the columella does not contain green granules, must not he understood as
generally applicable, for there are many species in which the columella is crowded with green gra-
nules.

the Development of the Theca, and on the Sexes of Mosses. 501

to the mother-cells, except that they are more adherent to each other, it is fair
to presume that it is by a secretion of granules in their cavities that the addi-
tional sporules are formed. I have not been able to find a theca in an inter-
mediate state between the formation of the first layer of sporules and the
complete conversion of the yellow tissue into sporules. I am not at all cer-
tain by what means the four masses of granules in each mother-cell acquire
each a separate envelope. It is cei'tain, however, that they gradually become
more and more distinct, and their enveloping membrane becomes more opake
by a gradual deposition of a granular matter on its surface, which at maturity
is completely covered. This granular deposit has but a loose connexion with
the membrane, and is easily rubbed off in little grains, which are of a brownish
colour when mature, and are individually transparent, although when crowded
over the surface of the sporule they obscure its contents. The contents of the
sporules gradually become less and less granular, the smaller grains being
apparently absorbed by the larger one, which at length fills the entire cavity
of the sporule*.

The four sporules in each mother-cell are piled on each other, so as to form
a cone with a triangular base (Tab. XXXV. fig. 12.), and they appear to be
connected with each other in the young state by a very minute stalk which is
situated at the conjunction of three radiating lines (Tab. XXXV. fig. 13, 15

* I have described the contents of the sporules as they appeared at the time ; it did not occur to
me, until I had no longer the power of applying it to this species, that sulphuric acid might perhaps
have some eifect on the sporules of Mosses. From its effects on Gymnostomum truncatulum and several
other species, I am now certain that these large apparent granules are globules of fluid surrounded
by a thicker grumous viscid fluid, or I believe I may say, in other words, that they are particles of
that fluid separated from its more solid constituents, which separation takes place gradually ; and the
globules thus formed, as they increase in size, combine with each other until there is but one large
globule remaining, which occupies the entire cavity of the sporule, and is surrounded by the viscid
matter of the fluid, which is consolidated into a most delicate translucent pellicle, that forms an elastic
internal lining to the sporule. In the cavity thus formed is finally secreted the slimy granular matter,
which in Gymnostomum truncatulum consists of a few granules only ; in Tortula ruralis var. Icevipila,
the granules and globules of fluid are in about equal proportion ; in Orthotrichum striatum the granules
predominate ; and in Jungermannia complanata I cannot discover any traces of fluid, the cavity being
filled with granular matter. This fluid is easily observed on account of its immiscibility with water
or sulphuric acid. This account of what I conceive to be the modus operandi is of course quite hypo-
thetical.

3 u 2

602 Mr. Valentine's Supplementary Observations on

& 18.). This connexion is, perhaps, in most instances dissolved at an early
period, and the sporules recede a little from each other, but are still kept in
the triangular form by the mother-cell (Tab. XXXV. fig. 13.). It is not un-
common, however, to find the connexion unbroken after the sporules have
arrived at maturity; and in these instances there seems to be a general adhe-
sion at the opposing faces of the sporules (Tab. XXXV. fig. 17.). When
these adhesions are broken by violence, the adherent surface of the sporule is
seen to be transparent, and altogether deficient of the granular deposit which
covers the rest of the sporule, and the three radiating lines are most easily
seen in this state of the sporule (Tab. XXXV. fig. 18.). The mother-cell
remains entire until the sporules have nearly arrived at maturity, but as to
what finally becomes of it I have no evidence. When it is ruptured by ex-
ternal violence it assumes a shrivelled appearance, as if it had been on the
stretch and had contracted on the removal of the distention (Tab. XXXV.
fig. 15.). I have observed several instances in which the mother-cell contained
but one sporule, which was in all the cases round, and did not exhibit any
signs of a stalk or of radiating lines on its surface (Tab. XXXV. fig. 16.).

I shall conclude this paper with some observations on the analogy that
exists between sporules and pollen, which is so remarkable, and the particu-
lars so numerous, that the essential identity of the two can, as I conceive, be
scarcely a matter of opinion. In the first place, the sporules are formed in
thecse which have a great resemblance to some anthers. They are in most
instances surrounded by a pericheetium, which is a collection of modified
leaves analogous to the perianth. They are either sessile, or seated on a stalk
or seta, which may be named the filament. In Sphagnum the theca is elevated
on a pedicel or leafless prolongation of the axis, of which peculiarity the anther
of Euphorbia is a parallel instance. The thecae are one-celled, yet they have
a columella, which may be likened to the connectivum ; and although the
connectivum usually divides the anther into two cells, Callitriche is an in-
stance in which tliere is but one cell ; and there are examples in which the
cavity is spuriously divided into four cells, as in Tetratheca, which in this
respect resembles the theca of Polytrichum ; and in the fact of evacuating its
contents by a single pore, resembles the general structure of thecse. All thecae
are lined by a distinct membrane, and so nearly does this resemble the endo-

the Development of the Theca, and on the Sexes of Mosses. 503

theciurn of an anther, that in Jungermannia multifida its tissue is fibrous.
The remarkable manner of the development of sporules and pollen is a most
convincing analogy ; they are developed in unions of fours in the cavities of
simple cellules; in fact, they are secretions in the cellules which occupy the
interior of the theca or anther, and are the only instances on record within
ray knowledge, of organized secretions in the cavities of simple cellules.
Although the tetrahedral union of both sporules and pollen is almost always
dissolved at an early period, yet in some instances, as in CEdipodium and
Erica Tetralix, it remains at maturity. Again, neither sporules nor pollen
ever have the slightest apparent organic connexion with the parent plant, —
a most remarkable coincidence, and a fact which has never been insisted on
as a distinguishing character between sporules and seeds*.

Then to apply, as it were, the precision of a chemical test, if sulphuric acid
be applied to the sporules, the same phenomena occur as when it is applied to
pollen. The effects of this test vary according to the nature of the contents
of the sporule and the manner of its application, which must be carefully
regulated to ensure a satisfactory result. If the sporules of Gymnostomum
truncatulum., the contents of which are almost entirely fluid (Tab. XXXV.
fig. 1 .), be submitted to its action, they will burst, and a portion of the fluid
will be discharged in various-sized globules (Tab. XXXV. fig. 2.). No pre-
caution that I know of will ensure a different result in this species ; but if
sporules whose contents are chiefly granular, such as those of Leskea sericea,
Tortula ruralis var. Icevipila, or Tortula rigida, be submitted to the action of
the acid, which must be added to the water very cautiously and gradually,

* I am aware that the sporules of Anthoceros punctatus are described by Hooker as being attached
by a stalk to a central columella ; and also, that Dr. Lindley has described the sporules of Andrcea as
being attached to the columella. Dr. Lindley also describes from Brongniart and Bauer the sporules
of Salvinia and Azolla as stalked. In the case of Andrcea he is certainly incorrect ; and it is quite
evident, from the account he has given of the latter plants, that their structure is involved in much
obscurity. If it should be decided that these bodies are really attached by a stalk to a placenta, I
should be inclined to suspect that they were not mere sporules, for it seems improbable that bodies,
developed as sporules are in the cavities of cellules, should be attached by a stalk. May not what is
called the theca be an involucrum, and the supposed sporules, each of which in Anthoceros is described
as being compounded of three or four smaller bodies, be thecse, each containing either a single union
of four sporules, like Lycopodium selaginoides , or only one sporule, the rest being abortive, like Pilu-
laria }

504 Mr. Valentine's Supplementary Observations on

a few minutes being allowed to intervene between each addition, the outer coat
only of the sporules will be ruptured and the contents will be ejected in the
mass, being still enveloped by the delicate internal lining membrane of the
sporule. Notwithstanding all the care that maybe employed, a large majority
of these sporules will have both their coats ruptured, and the contents will con-
sequently be scattered. The sporules of Jungermannia complanata and J. dila-
tata are much better fitted for the experiment. The sporules of the former spe-
cies, in their natural state, are of a rich olive-brown colour, and are completely
filled with minutely granular matter (Tab. XXXV. fig. 1.). On the addition
of a small portion of acid a few of them immediately burst and the contents
are scattered (Tab. XXXV. fig. 6.), but the majority acquire a border of a
deep-red colour, the contents appearing to be collected more towards the
centre of the cavity, and they become more irregular in shape, with a projec-
tion on one side (Tab. XXXV. fig. 2.). Upon the addition of a little more
acid the outer coat is slowly ruptured, and the contents are gradually squeezed
out, the passage appearing to be a work of great labour, giving an observer
the idea of parturition in animals (Tab. XXXV. fig. 3.). When the contents
are nearly out the action is more rapid, and they are ejected with force, the
sporule recoiling and contracting the fissure with a spring, unless, as is some-
times the case, the sporule is so much lacerated as to lose its elasticity.
Whilst the contents were passing out they were forcibly compressed by the
orifice into an oblong shape ; or, if the fissure happened to be small, they would
be pressed into the form of an hour-glass ; but the moment they are free they
resume the globular form, and appear like a spherical mass of slimy granules
of a faint greenish-blue colour (Tab. XXXV. fig. 5.). The fact of the granules
being evacuated in the mass, together with the peculiar appearances which
they present in the act of passing out, fully impress the observer with the belief
that they are held together by some power either of a gelatinous cohesion of
the granules amongst themselves, or by their being inclosed in a membi'anous
sac. This last supposition is proved to be the real fact, by allowing the spo-
rules to remain in the acid for twenty-four hours, when the mass of granules
will be found to have contracted into a smaller and apparently organized body,
which in some of the instances may be clearly ascertained to be surrounded
by a highly delicate translucent membrane in the form of a hollow sac, about

the Development of the Theca, and on the Sexes of Mosses. 505

the same size as the mass of granules before it had contracted (Tab. XXXV.
fig. 8.). This sac is so extremely pellucid, that it requires an excellent lens
and of great power to exhibit it, and the observer will perhaps have to examine
many masses of granules before he will find one inclosed in this sac. I am at
a loss to account for the fact of so few of the masses exhibiting the sac, unless
it be that the sac is ruptured by the contraction of the granules. Many of the
sporules will not evacuate their contents by the action of the acid ; and the
same contraction of the mass of granules takes place in these, although, from
being surrounded by the outer coat of the sporule, the delicate internal sac
cannot be seen (Tab. XXXV. fig. 7-)*- The empty shell of the sporule is
dotted all over on its outer surface with minute brick-red coloured particles,
which become of a more dingy colour the longer they are exposed to the acid
(Tab. XXXV. fig. 4 & 7-)- After the sporule is evacuated, or even when not
empty, if it has been exposed a short time to the action of the acid, the pro-
jection which was mentioned before (Tab. XXXV. fig. 2.) may be ascertained
to be more transparent than any other part of the surface, and to be marked
by three radiating lines (Tab. XXXV. fig. 7«-)> which, I presume, indicate the
point of attachment to the three other sporules that formed the tetrahedral
union in the young state. The sporules of Orthotrichum striatum (Tab. XXXV.
fig. 1.) are an instance in which the strongest acid seems scarcely to have suf-
ficient power to rupture the outer coat, for it is only after a little maceration
in the acid that a few of them are ruptured (Tab. XXXV. fig. 3.) and discharge
their contents in the mass (Tab. XXXV. fig. 4.). The contents of these spo-
rules are very much contracted by the acid before their expulsion, but imme-
diately expand to their original size on gaining their liberty. Tab. XXXV.
fig. 5. represents an unruptured sporule after a maceration of twenty- four

* This is not the cause of the internal sac being concealed ; for I find upon washing the sporules
free from the acid and adding diluted spirit, that the internal sac becomes visible ; from which I con-
clude, that the sac was in close apposition with the outer coat untU the contracting influence of the
spirit on the membrane separated it.

In the course of these experiments I have ascertained that sulphuric acid is a valuable agent in the
analysis of the peristomes of Mosses. In common with my friend Mr. Wilson, (who, however, is en-
titled to the merit of priority,) I liave long entertained the opinion that all single peristomes are in
reality double, but in a state of cohesion ; and 1 find that sulphuric acid, in the case of Toriula rigida,
the only instance I have tried, destroys this cohesion, causing the hitherto supposed single peristome
to split up into an internal and external layer, the former of which is nearly white and the latter red.

506 Mr. Valentine's Supplementary Observations on

hours, in which the red granules on the surface appear to have been partially
removed by the action of the acid. It is clear, from this instance, that the
outer coat is in itself colourless and pellucid.

Lastly, to complete the analogy, the sporules of Mosses and of some other
tribes commence their germination by the emission of the internal lining
membrane in the form of a tube, which is exactly analogous to the pollen-
tubes. In the Mosses these tubes increase by the addition of a series of fresh
tubes at their extremities, and at length a bud containing the rudiments of
stem, leaves and roots is formed, which may be considered analogous to the
embryo or young bud in the seed of the more highly organized plants.

Tintinhull, near Ilchester,
Feb. 18, 1839.

EXPLANATION OF THE PLATES.

Tab. XXXV.

Fig. 1. Plants of CEdipodium Griffitidanum, of the natural size.
Fig. 2. A plant magnified.

The following Figures are all highly magnified.
Fig. 3. A leaf.

Fig. 4. Apex of a leaf.

Fig. 5. One of the gemmiform bodies which are found in the axillae of the

leaves.
Fig. 6. Transverse section of the same.
Fig. 7- Calyptra.
Fig. 8. Longitudinal section of a mature theca and upper part of the seta,

passing through three of the stomata.
Fig. 9. Transverse section of a very young theca. a. The two layers of the

thecal membrane, b. The two layers of the sporular membrane.

c. A layer of sporules. d. Three layers of mother-cells, in which the

sporules have not yet been secreted, e. The columella.
Fig. 10. One of the mother-cells, with its partially developed sporules removed

and more highly magnified.

the Development of the Theca, and on the Sexes of Mosses. 507

Fig. 11. A quaternary union of sporules in their mother-cell, somewhat ad-
vanced ; each sporule contains globules of fluid and a few granules.

Fig. 12. A more advanced union of sporules.

Fig. 13. A different view of sporules in the same stage. The two minute
points on the opposed faces of the upper sporules I believe to be
analogous to the stalks which connect the sporules of Pilularia in
the young state.

Fig. 14. A sporule, which has separated from the others by the bursting of the
mother-cell.

Fig. 15. A sporule, which has been separated by a forcible rupture of the
mother-cell, a portion of which still surrounds the sporule, but in a
shrivelled state, appearing as if it had been overstretched.

Fig. 16. An instance in which only one sporule has been developed in a
mother-cell. I could discover no signs of the stalk or radiating
lines.

Fig. 17. Ripe sporules. This is an instance where the union has not been dis-
solved, as it perhaps usually is at an earlier period. The surface of
the sporules, at least as much as is exposed, is completely covered
with brownish granules. There are no signs of the mother-cell.

Fig. 18. One of the last sporules, forcibly separated to show the three radiating
lines and the minute stalk. No granules could be deposited on the
surface at this point on account of the cohesion of the sporules.

VOL. xviir. 3 X

7r-a.-ns Zi3m.. Soc VoL XVUJ. iai 3S.

I'UiLUi'ria, ^lobiclifera

r^^^^-

Junffe>~»ia.nmiz. co■mpUxp^a&a'

W. Phlen-Un^ del

S!r';^^"

OrckatrichicTn^ stnaiutfv

^^j**

(^y>vnostffmuyn, t?^nc6Uulunv.

C^dip^diUfm, (?nf/uhi.a,nn.-m-

G. Ja^y^utrv sc

[ 509 ]

XXXII. Notice of a Plant which produces perfect Seeds without any apparent
Action of Pollen. By Mr. John Smith, A.L.S.

Read June 18th, 1839.

1 HE subject of this notice is a native of Moreton Bay, on the east coast
of New Holland, and its introduction is due to the late Mr. Allan Cunning-
ham, who sent three plants to this garden in 1829*. Mr. Cunningham not
having seen the plant either in flower or fruit, could not determine to what
order it belonged ; but from its general habit, and from the presence of stipules,
he described it as a "scrubby Ilex-leaved plant, probably belonging to Urficece."
Cultivation has not altered its habit, for the plants continue to be irregularly
branched, rigid, evergreen shrubs, about three feet high, of a harsh aspect, with
alternate leaves, on a short petiole, which, as well as the young branches, is
covered with short hairs : the leaves are elliptical, marginate, and furnished
generally on each side with three acute lobes, each of which, as also the apex,
is terminated by a short spine (similar to those of some species of Ilex and
Berberis) ; and the stipules are small, subulate, and persistent.

Shortly after their introduction the plants produced female flowers, an ex-
amination of which proved the genus to be Euphorbiaceous, and allied to
Sapium : but although I have watched them carefully from year to year, I
have been unsuccessful in detecting anything like male flowers or pollen-
beai'ing organs ; and I should naturally have passed them over as dioecious,
and considered the three introduced individuals as females, had not my
attention been particularly directed to them in consequence of each of them
producing fruit and perfect seeds, from which I succeeded in raising young
plants. This, too, was not the result of one year, but of several successive
years' sowing : the plant now exhibited to the Society was raised last year,

* Mr. Brown informs me that he collected specimens of this plant, but equally without fructifica-
tion, at Keppel Bay, on the same coast, in 1802.

3x2

510 ^Mr. Smith on a Plant which produces perfect Seeds

and the similarity of the offspring to the parent would alone lead me to con-
clude that it is not the result of cross-fecundation. The circumstances con-
nected with the situation of the plant in the garden, and the absence of allied
male plants, as also the peculiarity of the natural order to which it belongs,
which do not readily hybridize, led nie to believe that no foreign pollen had
fecundated the ovarium ; and on watching the progress of the stigma all
doubts were removed. The inflorescence is produced on the apex of small
lateral branches in spikes of generally from three to five or more flowers : in
its early stage, a reddish disc is seen seated within five or six small, subulate,
villose, erect sepals ; and on examination the disc is found to be a dilated,
three-lobed, sessile stigma, and the sepals to be placed around the base of the
ovarium. Each flower is seated on a thick, very short pedicel, studded with
from one to four or five round, prominent, papilliform, shining glands, from
which, in the young state, exudes a colourless viscid fluid. This fluid remains
for some time on the surface of the glands in the form of a globule, and the
terminal flower always has the greatest number of glands. The ovarium is
three-celled, each cell containing one ovulum, attached to the apex of the
inner angle of the cell ; and in the course of four or five months the seeds are
perfected and discharged with elastic force from the capsule ; the whole pre-
senting the usual structure of Euphorbiacece, such as it occurs in Croton,
Phyllanthus, Cluytia, &c. I have already said, that the stigma consists of
three connate lobes, which are more or less notched ; at first the lobes are
depressed on the ovarium, but as the ovarium swells they lose their reddish
colour and become inclined upwards, retaining their succulent and healthy
appearance till dried up by the ripening of the fruit : the surface has a granular
appearance, derived from minute papillae, and showing no signs of having been
acted upon by pollen. Spiral vessels occur in the thick part of the base of the
stigma, and are doubtless connected with the vascular tissue of the ovaiium.
I have seen nothing like pollen-tubes. The stigmatic surface remaining so
long unchanged affords a strong proof of its not having been acted upon by
pollen, it being well known that the stigma of many plants remains for a long
time unaltered, but soon after the application of pollen a change takes place,
as is readily seen in Orchidece.

On considering the circumstances above noticed, and in particular the

without any apparent Action of Pollen. 511

absence of male flowers of the plant itself or of others related to it, and the
fact of the stigma remaining so long unchanged, and not exhibiting the sym-
ptoms usually seen in stigmas after having been acted upon by pollen, I can
arrive, — especially after the length of time during which I have watched it, — at
no other conclusion than that pollen is not essential to the perfecting its seeds ;
but if an external agent be necessary, and really act upon the stigma, I am
unable to say what that agent is or how it acts. I might mention a view which
I at one time entertained, namely, that the viscid fluid which issues from the
glands situated below the ovarium might produce some effect by exciting the
action of the pistillum ; and this view received some support from finding the
young stigma often smeared with the fluid. That there is some specific action
on the ovula I think there can be no doubt ; for, as in most other plants, some
of the ovula are frequently abortive.

My object being merely to state the facts observed respecting this plant,
without the intention of advancing any opinion on the various theories of
vegetable impregnation, I shall conclude by merely observing, that the
absence of pollen in this instance is irreconcileable with the theory that
every grain of pollen furnishes a germ, and that the ovulum is merely a
matrix to receive and nourish it till it becomes a perfect seed.

It is difficult to say whether this plant should be placed in any of the
numerous genera of Euphorblacece already described, the fruit scarcely dif-
fering from that of several well-known genera of the order: from its habit I
had considered it to bear some affinity to Sapium, and for that reason had
given it the name of Sapium Aquifolium ; but on reviewing all Its characters,
I am now inclined to believe it to be a new genus, to which the name of
Coelebogyne may be given.

Royal Botanic Garden, Kew,
June 3, 1839.

512 Mr. Smith on a Plant which produces perfect Seeds, 8fc.

EXPLANATION OF TAB. XXXVI.

Fig. 1 . Part of a fruit-bearing branch of Ccelebogyne ilicifolia.
Fig. 2. A. Young flower-bud, showing the sepals and bracts.

B. Vertical section of the same. a. Sepals, h. Stigma, c. Ovarium,
showing the ovula. d. Glands.
Fig. 3. C. A flower further advanced, a. Stigma, b. Ovarium, c. Glands.
d. A lateral flower-bud.
D. A vertical section of the same.
Fig. 4. E. A spike of flowers, the ovaria advancing towards maturity.

F. One of the same detached.

G. Vertical section of the same.

H. Transverse section of the same. a. Stigma, b. Ovarium, c. Glands.
d. Ovula.
I. Vertical section of the glands.

N.B. — The whole of the above figures, with the exception of the first, which is
of the natural size, and has been added by Mr. Kippist, are from the
pencil of the late Mr. Francis Bauer, and are magnified ten times.

Trems. Imn,. See. Vol. ZVUJ . lad. Se . p. £JZ-

Cr. Jajmri'im. . sc.

■ran. Ma^ioer, del

[ 513 ]

XXXIII. A Monograph of the Genus Disporum. By David Don, Esq.,
Libr. L.S., Prof. Bot. Kings Coll. Lond.

Read November 19th, 1839.

A O Mr. Brown is due the merit of liaving first pointed out the chief cha-
racters of this genus, and among others its binary ovula, which doubtless
suggested to Salisbury the name of Disporum, subsequently given to it by
that botanist in a list of Petaloid Monocotyledons, printed in the first volume
of the Transactions of the Horticultural Society of London. The genus,
however, remained undescribed, and almost unnoticed, until the publication
of my little work on the plants of Nepal, in which I gave a detailed descrip-
tion of it, and added to it two other species, namely, the Uvularia Pitsutu of
Buchanan Hamilton, and the Uvularia parvijiora of Wallich. Sir J.E. Smith,
in an article appended to that on Uvularia, and inserted in the 30th volume
of Rees's Cyclopaedia, has referred the former plant to Michaux's, or rather
Richard's genus Streptopus, with the name of peduncularis. To this view of
its affinities he was most probably led by the account of the fruit given by
Buchanan Hamilton in his manuscript notes, for the specimen of the plant
from that learned botanist in the Smithian Herbarium is without fruit. The
characters of the genus consist in its campanulate perianthium, with the sepals
produced into a short pouch or spur at the base, in the cells of its ovarium
bearing two ovula, in its baccate pericarpium, and in its umbellate inflo-
rescence. These distinctions will be found to be common to all the Asiatic
species hitherto improperly referred by most botanists to Uvularia. As Di-
sporum is as yet but imperfectly known, having been adopted in few systematic
works, and as the species, now amounting to ten, are mostly undescribed, it
occurred to me that a complete account of the genus might not prove unac-
ceptable to the Linnean Society.

This genus terminates the series of the Melanthacece, forming the transition

514 Pro/". Don's Monograph of the Genus Dispomm.

from that family to the Smilacece, the chain of connexion between them being
rendered complete by the intervention of a new genus, of which Streptopus
lanuginosus is the type.

In the normal group of Melanthacece, which is principally confined to
North America, the floral organs are persistent, and the partial decomposition
of the trimerous pericarpium is almost universal. The Melanthacece appear
naturally to divide themselves into three groups, namely, the Melantheoe or
Feratrece, in which the carpels are but partially concrete, the pericarpium
capsular, with usually septicidal dehiscence, the flowers frequently unisexual,
the perianthium less coloured, and constantly, as well as the stamens, per-
sistent, and the rhizoma fibrous ; secondly, the Colchicece, in which the peri-
anthium is more highly developed, the sepals furnished with long claws often
combined into a tube, the styles long, the carpels concrete, the pericarpium
capsular with septicidal dehiscence, the rhizoma bulbous, and the floral axis
naked and hypogaeous ; and, thirdly, the Anguillariece, having the floral
organs frequently deciduous, the styles short, as in the first group, the car-
pels completely concrete, the pericarpium capsular or baccate, with loculi-
cidal dehiscence, a bulbous or fibrous rhizoma, and a leafy axis. The genus
Colchicum establishes an evident relationship through Sternbergia and Crocus
between Melanthacece, Amaryllideoe, and Iridece. The present genus connects
the family with Smilacece, and Tojieldia as clearly with Junceae, whilst a
comparison of the structure of Uvularia and Erythronium fully makes out
their affinity with Liliacece or Tulipacece. In Uvularia, which is closely allied
to Disporum, the perianthium is also campanulate, with imbricate aestivation ;
the stamens adhere to the sepals at the base, and fall off together; the peri-
carpium is capsular, with polyspermous cells and loculicidal dehiscence ; the
ovula, which are arranged in two rows, are cuneate, angular, and carunculate
at the apex, with the raphe forming an elevated ridge along their inner side.
The flowers are axillary and solitary, and the capsule is turbinately triangular,
and sometimes, as in Uvularia grandijlora, three-lobed. The seeds are de-
scribed by Linnaeus, Jussieu, Smith, and others, as arillate, but incorrectly,
they being furnished merely with a fleshy appendage at their apex, resulting
from an enlargement of the testa at that point. The same thing occurs in
Erythronium, a genus belonging to the Liliacece or Tulipacece, and which,

Prof. Don's Monograph of the Genw* Disporum. 515

paradoxical as it may seem, differs only from Uvularia in its habit, less deeply
separated styles, and in the strictly marginal position of the cells of its an-
thers.

The class of Monocotyledonous plants offers a beautiful confirmation of the
truth of the doctrine of the continuity of the series of organized beings ; and
however much the universal existence of transition or osculant genera in this
class may perplex the botanist who looks to the technical definition of his
groups as the highest object of the science, we are not to exclude such genera
from our researches merely because their presence renders the circumscription
of our pretended natural orders more difficult, for they certainly form the
most interesting part of the study of natural affinities.

Being aware of the near affinity of Schelhammera to Disporum, I was induced
to examine a supposed species of that genus, which annually flowers and ma-
tures its fruit in one of the green-houses in the Royal Botanic Garden at Kew,
and I found that it not only differed essentially from Disporum, but likewise
from Schelhammera itself, constituting a distinct genus from both. To enable
my readers the better to contrast its characters with Disporum, a description
of that genus is subjoined to the present communication. Having, as I trust,
sufficiently explained my views as to the affinities of Disporum, I shall now
proceed to the description of the genus, and of the species belonging to it.

DISPORUM. Salisb.

Drapiezia. Bl.

Uvularia sp. Ker, Wall.

Streptopi sp. Sm.

Perianthium 6-phyllum, petaloideum, campanulatum, sequale, deciduum :
folioUs basi saccatis v. calcaratis. Stamina 6, basi sepalorum inserta,
simulque decidua. Antheroe erectse, extrorsse, biloculares, duplici rima
longitudinalitfer dehiscentes. Ovarium liberum, 3-loculare : loculis bi-
ovulatis. Ovula collateralia, adscendentia. Stigmata 3, recurvata. Pe-
ricarpium baccatum, indehiscens, turbinato-trigonum, 3-loculare, 3-sper-
mum, nunc abortu monospermum. Semina plerumque solitaria, rar6
bina, subrotunda, fusca, Isevia, hinc convexa, inde planiuscula, hilo nudo

VOL. XVIII. 3 Y

516 Prof. Don's Monograph of the Genus Disporum.

basilar*!, chalaza subapicali dilatata orbiciilata atro-fiisc& : testd raem-
branacea : albumen copiosuirij corneum. Embryo in regione umbilicali,
subclavatus, inclusus.
Herbae (Asiaticee) perennes, rhizomate ramoso-Jibroso, multicipite. Caules un-
gulati. Folia dilatata, margine tenuissimd cartilagineo-serrulata, flerumque
subpetiolata. Inflorescentia terminalis, umbellata. Bacca nigra, trigona,
angulis apice prominentibus subtriloba.

1. D. calcaratum, umbellis pedunculatis sub-5-floris, sepalis lanceolatis acu-

tiusculis basi longe calcaratis, antheris filamentis stigmatibusque stylo
tripl6 longioribus, foliis ovato-lanceolatis sessilibus.
Uvularia calcarata. Wall. Cat. n. 5087.
Hab. in montibus Silhet ad Jentya. Gul. Gomez. If . Fl. Maio. (v. s. sp. in
Herb. Wall.).

Caulis erectus, prolifero-ramosus, cubitalis. Folia sessilia, ovato-lanceolata,
acuminata, multinervia, glabra, subtiis pallidiora, 3-pollicaria, poUicern et
ultra lata, ima basi partirn contracta. Umbella pedunculata, 4-flora, rarius
2- V. 5-flora. Pedunculus semuncialis. Pedicelli angulati, vix poUicares.
Sepala lanceolata, acutiuscula, viridia? semuncialia, basi calcarata: cal-
caribus unguicularibus, obtusis, extremitate incurvis. Filamenta dilatata,
antheris 3-pl6 longiora. Antherce obtusae. Ovarium turbinatum. Stylus
elongatus, triqueter. Stigmata obtusa, recurvata, stylo ter longiora.

This species, remarkable for the length of the spurs at the base of the
sepals, was collected by Mr. Gomez on the Jentya Hills in Sylhet, a moun-
tainous region on the north-eastern frontier of Bengal. The flowers, which
appear in May, are apparently of a green colour, and vary from 2 to 5 in the
umbel. The leaves are altogether sessile, not being narrowed at the base as
in most of the other species. The inflorescence, as in the rest of the genus, is
really terminal, although, from the prolongation of the branches beyond it, it
has the appearance of being lateral.

2. D. Wallichii, umbellis subsessilibus sub-5-floris, sepalis lanceolatis acumi-

natis, calcaribus rectis abbreviatis, antheris filamentis 4-pl5 brevioribus,
stylo stigmatibus longiore, foliis ovato-lanoeolatis subpetiolatis.

Prof. Don's Monograph of the Genus Disporum. 517

Uvularia Hamiltoniana. Wall. Cat. n. 5088, B & C.
Hub. in Nepalia ad Bunipa {fVallich) ; in montibus Silhet. F. De Silva. % .
FI. Maio, (v.s. sp. in Herb. Wall.).

Caules erecti, ramosi, ulnares. Folia ovato-lanceolata, aeuminata, ima basi
constricta subpetiolata, 4 uncias longa, poUicem v. sesquipoUicem lata.
Uinhella subsessilis, 3-rariils 4- v. 5-flora. Perianth'mm album, | poUicis
longum, Sepala lanceolata, acuminata. Calcaria recta, obtusa, sepalis
5-pl5 breviora. Antherx obtusse, filamentis dilatatis 5-pl6 breviores.
Ovarium ovatum. Stylus stigmatibus ter longior.

This is included by Dr. Wallich under his Uvularia Hamiltoniana ; but the
acuminate sepals, great length of the filaments, and the nearly sessile umbels
appear to me sufllicient to entitle it to be regarded as a distinct species.
The above description is taken from the Sylhet specimens, but those from
Bunipa in Nepal do not appear to differ in any respect.

3, D. Hamiltonianum, umbellis pedunculatis sub-5-floris, sepalis lanceolatis
acutis, calcaribus abbreviatis recurvis, antheris filamentorum longitudine,
stylo stigmatibus subaequali, foliis ovato-lanceolatis subpetiolatis.
Uvularia Hamiltoniana. fVall. Cat. n. 5088, A.
U. Betua. Ham. MSS.
Hah. in coUibus Morang {Buchanan Hamilton) ; in Eraodi montibus. Royle. "U .
(v.s. sp. in Herbb. Wall, et Royle).

Caules erecti, ramosi, 2 — 3-pedales. Folia ovato-lanceolata, acuminata, ima
basi constricta subpetiolata, 4 — 5 uncias longa, sesquipoUicem lata.
Umbella pedunculata, plerumque 5-flora. Pedunculus et pedicelH longi-
tudine subaequales, semunciales. Perianthium album, semipoUicare.
Sepala lanceolata, acuta. Calcaria obtusa, recurva, sepalis tripl6 bre-
viora. Antherce obtusse, filamentis dilatatis vix breviores. Ovarium
turbinato-ovatum. Stylus stigmatibus vix longior.

Buchanan Hamilton's plant is from the Morang Hills, and his specimens
are marked A in Wallich's Catalogue : to it therefore the trivial name Hamil-
tonianum is correctly applied. The specimens in Dr. Royle's Herbarium
appear to be identical with those above mentioned. The umbels are distinctly

3 y 2

518 Prof. Don's Monograph of the Genus Disporum.

pedunculate; the sepals are considerably shorter than in the preceding spe-
cies, with the spurs recurved, and the anthers as long as the filaments ; whereas
in the preceding they are four times shorter than the filaments.

4. D. multijlorum, umbellis pedunculatis sub-5-floris, sepalis spathulatis mu-

cronatis puberulis, antheris filamentis dupl6 brevioribus, stylo stigmatibus

dupl6 longiore, foliis ovato-lanceolatis subpetiolatis.
Disporum Horsfieldii. Don in Proc. Linn. Soc. n. 5. p. 45.
Drapiezia multiflora. Bl. En. PL Jav. i. p. 8. Schult.Jil. Syst. vii. ;?. 312.
Uvularia Hamiltoniana. fVall. Cat. n. 6088, D.
Hab. in Java. Horsfield. V . (v. s. sp. in Herb. Wall.).

Caules erecti, ramosi, 3-pedales. Folia ovato-lanceolata, acuminata, ima basi
constricta subpetiolata, 3 — 4-uncialia, 1 — 2 poUices lata. Umhella sub»
5-flora. Pedicelli unciales, pedunculo longiores. Perianthium semunciale.
Sepala spathulata, mucronata, puberula. Calcaria obtusa, recta, sepalis
6-pl6 breviora. Antherce obtusae, filamentis dilatatis dupl6 breviores.
Ovarium turbinatum. Stigmata stylo dupl6 breviora.

Another plant referred doubtfully by Dr. Wallich to his Uvularia Hamil-
toniana, but there can be no question of its being essentially different from
that species. The umbel is elevated on a peduncle of considerable length ;
the sepals are spathulate ; the anthers only half the length of the filaments,
and the style twice as long as the stigmas. The specimen in the Wallichian
Herbarium was gathered in Java by Dr. Horsfield, after whom I had named
the species in the Society's Proceedings, not being then aware of its identity
with Drapiezia multiflora.

It is only lately that I have satisfied myself of the identity of Drapiezia and
Disporum. The latter name, however, has undoubtedly the right of priority,
the volume of the Horticultural Transactions in which it first appeared having
been published in 1812, and my Prodromus Fierce Nepalensis having been com-
pleted and some copies of the work distributed before the close of 1824.

5. D. Leschenaultianum, umbellis sessilibus 3 — 5-floris, sepalis ovato-lanceo-

latis acutis basi gibbosis, antheris filamentis vix dupl6 brevioribus, stylo
stigmatibus ter longiore, foliis ovatis subpetiolatis.

Prof. Don's Monograph of the Genus Disporum. 519

Uvularia Leschenaultiana. IVall. Cat. n. 5089.
Hub. in Peninsulee Indicse montibus Neelgherries A\c\\^ (^Leschenault, fVight);
in Einodi montibus ad Mussooree. Royle. 1/. . (v. s. sp. in Herbb. Wall, et
Royle).

Caules erecti, ramosi, sesqui- v. bipedales. Folia ovata, acuminata, ima basi con-
stricta longitis subpetiolata, 3-pollicaria, sesqui- v. 2 poUices lata. Umbella
sessilis, 3- v. rariiis 5-flora. Flores virides. PediceUl semunciales et ultra.
Sepala ovato-laneeolata, acuta, vix semipollicaria, basi gibbosa, vix saccata.
Anther(e obtusse, filamentis infernfe dilatatis ferfe dupl6 breviores. St'ig-
mata revoluta, stylo ter breviora. Ovarium turbinato-trigonum.

The specimens in the Wallichian Herbarium of this very distinct species
were collected by the late M. Leschenault de la Tour in thd Neelgherries, a
considerable range of mountains in the Indian Peninsula. The shorter leaves,
sessile umbels, broader sepals, gibbous only at their base, and the greater
comparative length of the style, will readily distinguish it. Dr. Royle's spe-
cimens from Mussooree in the western Himalayas have the leaves longer, and
the flowers larger, but they otherwise agree with those from the Neelgherries.

6. D. Pitsutum, umbellis pedunculatis 7 — 9-floris, sepalis cuneato-lanceolatis
obtusiusculis basi gibbosis, antheris filamentis ter brevioribus, stylo stig-
matibus dupl6 longiore, foliis lanceolatis subpetiolatis.
Disporum Pitsutum. Don Prodr. Fl. Nepal, p. 50. Schult.Jil. Si/st. vii.

p. 371.
Uvularia Pitsutu. Ham. MSS.

U. umbellata. fFall. in Asiat. Res. 13. p. 379. Cat. n. 5090.
Streptopus peduncularis. Sm. in Rees' Cyclop, sub Uvularid.
Hab. in Nepaliaad Chitlong {Buchanan Hamilton); ad Chisapany. fVallich.1l .
(v. s. sp. in Herbb. Smith et Wall.).

Caules erecti, ramosi, bi- v. tripedales, crassitie digiti minoris. Folia lanceo-
lata, long^ acuminata, 3 — 5-pollicaria, semunciam lata, subtiis ad nervos
scabriuscula, ima basi constricta subpetiolata. Umbella pedunculata,
7 — 9-flora. Pedunculus vix uncialis. Pedicelli scabriusculi, pedunculo
longiores. i^/ore* lutescentes ? /S'epa/« cuneato-lanceolata, obtusiuscula,

520 Prof. Don's Monograph of the Genus Disporum.

infern^ angustata, \ uncise longa, basi gibbosa, vix saccata. Antheroe
obtusse, filamentis inferne dilatatis ter breviores. Ovarium turbinatum.
Stylus stigmatibus recurvatis dupl6 longior. Bacca trigona, nigra, pisi
raajoris raagnitudine, 3- v. rariiis monosperma.

The late Di-. Buchanan Hamilton originally discovered this species in 1802
at Chitlong in the valley of Nepal, and gave it the name of Uvularia Pitsutu,
which specific appellation I adopted in my Prodromus Fierce Nepalensis, not
being tlien aware that the plant had been long previously published by Sir
J. E. Smith in the 30th volume of " Rees's Cyclopaedia," under the name of
Streptopus peduncularis, at the end of the article " Uvularia." It is a hand-
some species, and is well distinguished by its many-flowered pedunculated
umbels, and bluntish sepals.

7. D. parviflorum, umbellis subsessilibus 2 — 7-floris, sepalis lanceolatis acu-
minatis basi gibbosis, antheris filamentis duplo brevioribus, stigmatibus
stylo ter brevioribus, foliis lanceolatis subpetiolatis.
Disporum parviflorum. Don I. c. p. 50. Schult.Jil. Syst. vii. p. 372.
Uvularia parviflora. Wall, in I. c. 13. p. 37S. Cat. n.509i.
Hab. in Nepalia. fVallich. 1/ . (v. s. sp. in Herb. Wall.).

Caules erecti, ramosissimi, 1 — 4-pedales. Folia lanceolata, long^ acuminata,
subtus ad nervos oramque scabriuscula, ima basi constricta subpetiolata,
2 — 3-pollicaria, vix ultra semunciam lata. Umbella subsessilis, 2 — 7-flora.
Flores omnibus minores, fulvi ? PedicelU scabriusculi. Sepala lanceo-
lata, apice recurvato-mucronata, margine scabriuscula, unguicularia.
Filamenta valdfe dilatata, antheris obtusis dupl5 longiora. Ovarium sub-
rotundo-trigonum. Bacca trigona, subtriloba, nigra, pisi magnitudine,
3- V. 2-, nunc rariiis abort u monosperma.

This is a well-marked species, having considerably smaller flowers, and
much narrower leaves than in the rest of the genus. The umbels are nearly
sessile, the sepals merely gibbous at the base, and the styles thrice as long as
the stigmas. In the Wallichian Herbarium are several specimens with mature
fruit, in which frequently a single seed only is perfected, the two other cells
being barren.

Prof. Don's Monograph of the Genus Disporum. 521

8. D. pullum, umbellis sessilibus sub-4-flons, sepalis lanceolatis acutis basi
brevit^r calcaratis, antheris filamentis vix brevioribus, stigrnatibus styli
longitudine, foliis lanceolatis subpetiolatis.
Disporum pullum. Salish. in Hort. Trans. \. jo. 331. Schult.fil. Syst. vii.

p.^7\.
Uvularia chinensis, Ker in Bot. Mag. #.916.
Streptopus chinensis. Sm. in Rees' Cyclop, sub Uvularid.
Hab. in China. 2/ . (v. v. c. et s. in Herb. Smith).

Caulis erectuSj ramosus, angulatus, cubitalis, ramis triquetris. Folia lanceolata,
long^ acuminata, iraa basi constricta subpetiolata, subttis ad nervos oratn-
que scabriuscula, 3-pollicaria, semunciam et ultr^ lata. Umbella sessilis,
plerumque 3- v. 4-flora, rariiis 2- v. 5-flora. Pedicelli semunciales,
6-angulati, angulis scabriusculis. Flores intense fulvi, Sepala lanceo-
lata, acuta, subconduplicata, carinata, semuncialia, raargine scabriuscula.
Calcaria recta, obtusa, sepalis 4-pl6 breviora. Filamenta infern^ dilatata,
complanata. ^w^Aerce obtusse, fer^ longitudine filamentorum. Ovarium
3-gonum, turbinatum. Stigmata recurvata, dorse carinata, superficie
minute papillosa, styli triquetri longitudine.

This is the species upon which the genus was originally proposed to be
founded. It has been cultivated in our collections for a considerable period,
having been first introduced in 1801 into the Royal Botanic Garden at Kew
from China, but its actual native locality is still unknown. Its proper place
in the genus is evidently near parviflorum, with which it accords in habit, and
in several other respects. The umbels are sessile, and few-flowered ; the
sepals calcarate at the base ; and the anthers are about equal in length to the
filaments, as the style is to the stigmas. The trivial name of this species is
inadvertently printed " fulvum " in the Prodromus Florae Nepalensis, and in
the Society's Proceedings.

Having thus completed my account of Disporum, I shall now add a descrip-
tion of the genus already noticed in my introductory remarks.

522 Prof. Don's Monograiph of the Genus Disporum.

KREYSIGIA. Rekhenb.
Tripladenia. Don.

Perianthium 6-phyllum, petaloideum, patens, sequale, deciduum : foliolis sesti-
vatione involutis, basi biappendiculatis ! sessilibus. Stamina 6, toro, nee
basi sepalorum inserta. Antherce erectse, extrorsae, biloculares, duplici
rima longitudinali dehiscentes. Ovarium liberum, 3-loculare : loculis bi-
oviilatis : ovulis coUateralibus, erectis. Stigmata 3, recurvata. Pericar-
pium subbaccatum, 3-loculare, 3-valve, loculicido-dehiscens : loculis 1 — 2-
spermis. Semina suborbiculata, hinc convexa, inde angulata v. eoncavi-
uscula, glabra, nitida, colore succinea, hilo maxirnfe fungoso-strophiolato,
chalaza orbiculata concava fusca, rhaphe dimidio seminis vix breviori,
elevata : testd membranaceS, : albumen corneum. {Embryo juxta basin
dorsi seminis minutus, rectus, alburnine inclusus. R. Brown.).

Herba (Novse HoUandiae) perennis, rhizomate diviso fibroso multicipite, cauli-
bus subsimplicibus, multangulis, minute papuloso-scabris. Folia amplexi-
caulia, ovato-lanceolata, acuminata, multinervia, subtus punctis scabra,
supra Icevia. Pedunculi ajcillares, solitarii, subfiliformes, unifori, infra
medium subarticulati, involucelloque triphyllo Uneari-subulato muniti ; in-
ternodio inferiore copiose papuloso-scabro ; superiore longiore, Iceviusculo.
Flores pallida lilacini. Sepala basi biappendiculata ! appendiculis (glan-
dulis prorsus episepalis, nee staminum rudimentis) submarginalibus, com-
pressis, palmato-trifidis, raro 4.-fidis, albis, lobis glanduld luted minute
papillosd capitatis. Filamenta subulata, distincta, basi dilatata, libera,
nee sepalis adnata. Antherse oblongce, obtusre, albce. Stylus brevis, cras-
sus, trigonus. Stigmata 3, subulata, recurvata, stylo vix longiora,'lined
{serie stigmatis) absorbenti longitudinali. Per'icarpmmf usco-p?irpurascens,
subrotundo-trigonum.

1. Kreysigia multiflora. Reichenb. Icon. Exot. cent. 3. p. II. tab. 229. excl.

syn. Br. Prodr.
Tripladenia Cunninghamii. Don in Proceed. Linn. Soc. n.b. p. 46.
Hab. in Nova HoUandia ad lUawarra. Allan Cunningham. V . (v. v. c. in

Horto Reg. Kewens.).

Prof. Don's Monograph of the Genus Disporum. 523

This genus is essentially distinguished from Schelhavimera by its sessile
biappendiculate sepals ; by the stamens proceeding free from the torus, un-
connected with the sepals ; by the cells of its ovarium bearing only two
ovula ; by its somewhat baccate pericarpium ; and, lastly, by its axillary
peduncles, which are furnished with three small verticillate bractes. The
presence of appendages, the spreading sepals, free stamens, strophiolate seeds,
minute embryo, axillary inflorescence, and valvular fruit remove it equally
from Disporum.

My acute friend Mr. Smith, of the Royal Botanic Garden at Kew, first drew
my attention to the remarkable appendages seated at each side within the
base of the sepals, resembling those oi Paitiassia. Mr. Brown having pointed
out to me the intimate connexion of these curious appendages with the sepals,
and the entire absence from them of vascularity, I gladly seize this opportunity
of correcting an error into which I as well as Endlicher had fallen, in con-
sidering them as imperfectly developed stamina. These appendages appear
to be of the same nature as those occurring on the sepals of Calochortus and
of many species of Lilium. The chalaza occupies the middle of the seed,
which is considerably developed toward its outer and upper sides, and is
therefore, strictly speaking, hemianatropous, the adherent funiculus, which
is imbedded in the fungous enlargement of the integument or testa, not ex-
tending beyond half the length of the seed.

Regarding this remarkable plant as a new genus, I had named it Tripla-
denia ; but Mr. Brown having pointed out to me its identity with the Kreysigia
of Reichenbach, the latter name is here adopted.

In conclusion I may remark, that the cuticle of the under surface of the
leaves, like that of Paris and Trillium, consists of elegant sinuously lobed, and
somewhat stelliform cellules ; the stomata are numerous, nearly orbicular,
and completely closed, but not arranged in regular rows as in the generality
of Monocotyledons. The testa is composed of cubical cellules, which are
more or less irregular in their outline, and of unequal size. They have thin
walls, and are furnished with a distinct elliptical nucleus. The contained fluid
is of a rich amber colour, and abounds with extremely minute globules appa-
rently of an oily nature. The albumen consists of a homogeneous mass, of a
horny texture, and furnished with innumerable and regularly disposed cavities

VOL. XVIII. 3 z

524 Prof. Don's Monograph of the Genus Disporum.

filled with grains of fecula. The walls of the cavities or cells are very thick,
and apparently continuous ; they are of unequal size, and their section exhi-
bits usually an elliptical outline.

I am indebted to Mr. Brown for pointing out to me the situation of the
embryo in this genus ; and I avail myself of this opportunity of correcting
the inaccuracies contained in my former description of that important organ.
The embryo is minute, nearly cylindrical, straight, white, and situated in a
small oblique cavity of the albumen at the back of the seed a little above its
base.

This highly interesting plant was discovered at Illawarra in New South
Wales by my late excellent and enterprising friend Mr. Allan Cunningham,
and by him introduced into the Royal Botanic Garden at Kew in 1823.

[ 525 ]

XXXIV. A Monograph of Streptopus, with the Description of a new Genus
now first separated from it. By David Don, Esq., Libr. L.S., Prof. Bat.
King's Coll. Lond.

Read December 3rd, 1839.

\t HILE engaged in investigating the affinities of Disportirn, my attention
was naturally directed to the examination of various genera, either belonging
to Melanthaceoe, or to families nearly related to it, and among others to the
two genera which form the subject of the present paper. In my former com-
munication I have already adverted to the new genus, of which Streptopus
lanuginosus is the type, and I have also noticed the position which it occupies
in the series of natural affinities, and that the chain of connexion between
Melanthaceoe and Smilacece is rendered complete by means of it and Disporum.
The new genus in question agrees with Disporum in its perianthium, in its
binary ovula, and in its habit and inflorescence ; but it differs in the position
of its anthers, in its ovula being pendulous, and in its less deeply separated
styles.

The genus Streptopus was first proposed by the elder Richard in Michaux's
Flora Boreali- Americana, and was intended to include not only the Uvularia
amplexifolia of Linnaeus, but two other plants therein described for the first
time, namely, .S. roseus and lanuginosus. The two last are exclusively con-
fined to North America, while the first is common to Europe and America.

The characters of the genus consist in its hexaphyllous campanulate peri-
anthium, with the sepals deciduous, and furnished with a nectariferous furrow
at their base ; erect sagittate anthers, with short dilated filaments ; three
separate stigmata ; and in its baccate pericarpiuin with polyspermous cells.
These characters will be found united in S. amplexifoUus, which must be
considered as the type ; and a careful comparison of it with the other species
included by Richard clearly^ shows that lanuginosus must be removed from
the genus. The genus, as here proposed to be limited, will comprise S. am-

3 z 2

526 Prof. Don's Monograph of Streptopus, S^c.

plexifolius, roseus, and another species, first described by me under the name
of simplex in the Prodromus Florce Nepalensis. These plants have all a
peculiar habit, cylindrical leafy stems, broad amplexicaul leaves, glaucous
beneath, and axillary, solitary, mostly single-flowered peduncles, which in
amplexifolius are curiously twisted at their middle. The genus undoubtedly
belongs to the Smilacece, and is nearly allied to Convallaria and Smilacina,
but is essentially distinguished from both by its distinct sepals, each furnished
with a nectariferous furrow, separate stigmas, and polyspermous berry. With
Uvularia it accords in habit, and in its solitary, axillary, campanulate flowers ;
but its innate anthers, furnished with short filaments, baccate pericarpium,
and noncarunculate seeds, remove it widely from that genus.

I shall now proceed to the description of the genera, and of the species
belonging to them.

STREPTOPUS. Rich.

Uvularia sp. L.

Perianthium 6-phyllum, petaloideum, campanulatum, eequale, deciduum :
foUolis sestivatione imbricatis, basi fovea oblonga nectarifera instructis.
Stamina 6, basi sepalorum adnata, siinulque dLecifXaa,: Jilamenta brevis-
simaj compressa, dilatata : anther ceevcctas, innatse, basi subsagittatee rima
duplici longitudinaliter dehiscentes. Ovarium 3-loculare : locuUs multi-
ovulatis : ovulis erectis. Stigmata 3, recurvata. Pericarpium baccatum,
raembranaceum, 3-loculare : loculis polyspermis. Semina duplici serie
ordinata, oblonga, curvula, sulcata, testa rugosa subcoriacea.

Herbse (hemispl). bor.) perennes, rhizomate diviso,Jibroso, multicipite. Caules
cylindracei. Folia amplexicaulia, dilatata, multinervia, subtus glaiica.
Flores axillares, soUtarii, pedunculati, cernui, lutescentes, albi v. rosei.
Baccae globosce, rubrce.

1. S. amplexifolius, glaber ; pedunculis medio convolutis appendiculatis, se-

palis obtusfe acuminatis, antheris sagittatis acuminatis, stigmate trilobo,

baccse loculis 6-spermis.

Streptopus amplexifolius. Lam. et DeCand. Fl. Franc, iii. p. 174. n. 1856.

Red. Lil. v. t. 259. Sm. in Rees Cyclop, in loco. Duby Bot. Gall. i. p. 459,

. Schult.Jil. Syst. vii. p. 310.

Prof. Don's Monograph o/" Streptopus, &jc. 527

S. amplexicaulis. Poir. in Lam. Diet. vii. p. 467.

S. distortus. Mich. Fl. Bor. Amer. i. p. 200. Pursh Fl. Amer. Sept. i. p. 232.

Spreng. Syst. ii. p. 98.
Uvularia amplexifolia. Linn. Sp. PL i. p. 436. Lam. III. t. 247. y. 1. (mala).

Fill. Delph. ii. p. 274. i/o^m. Fl. Germ. p. MS. Host Syn. p. 187. Schk.

Hand. t. 93. (bona). fVilld. Sp. PI. ii. p. 93. Per*. %«. i. p. 360. Waldst.

et Kit. PL Hung. ii. jo. 182. t. 167. (optima). ^«V. Hort. Kew. ed. 2. v. ii.

p.2A6.
v. foliis amplexicaulibus. MilL Diet. n. 1. //«//. Helv. n. 1237. iJ/a^. aS"//.

n. 237.
U. foliis cordato-oblongis. Roy. Prodr. p. 29.
Convallaria dichotoma. Fhib. in Pers. Syn. i. p. 373.
Polygonatum latifolium ramosum, flore albo minore. Barr. le. t. 720.
Polygonatum latifolium ramosum. Bauh. Pin. p. 303. Bauh. Hist. iii. p. 530.

il/om. M*^. iii./). 537. *. 13. ^4./. 11. Rati Hist. p. 665.
Polygonatum latifolium quartum ramosum. Clus. Hist. p. 276. Ger. em.

p. 904.
Polygonatum tertium latifolium. Tabern. p. 1137.
Polygonatum tertium. Clus. Pann. p.267. cum fig. bona (266).
Laurus alexandrina. Matth. Valgr. ii. p. 556. cum figura pessiraa. Cam.

Epit. p. 936. cum figura mediocri.
Hah. in Austrise, Styrise, Bohemiae, Silesiee, Saxonise, Hungariae, Helvetiee,

Delphinatus, et Pyrenaeorum montibus umbrosis ; inque Pennsylvania et

Canada. 1/ . Fl. Junio et Julio, (v. v. c. et s. sp. in Herbb. Smith et

Boott.)

Caulis erectus, ramosus, teres, glaber, laevissimus, pedalis v. sesquipedalis,
infern^ nudiusculus. Folia amplexicaulia, cordato-oblonga, acuminata,
utrinque margineque glabra, membranacea, multinervia, supra laet^ viridia,
Isevissima, subtiis glauca, nervisque prorainulis subcostata, 3 — 4 pollices
longa, sesquipoUicem et ultr^ lata : lobis posticis rotundatis, invicem se ira-
bricantibus. Pedunculi capillares, glabri, uniflori, medio convoluti,ibidem-
que appendicula (pedicelli alterius rudimento) subulata brevissima stipati,
sesquipollicares. Flores odorati. Sepala lanceolata, obtusfe acuminata,
unguicularia, pallid^ lutescentia, basi fovea oblonga nectarifera munita,

528 Prof. Don's Monograph of Streptopus, &^c.

apice recurvato-patentia. Filamenta brevissiina, compressa, dilatata, hinc
plana, inde angulo elevato carinata. Antherce sagittatse, aciiminatse, fila-
mentis ter longiores, apice integrae. Stylus trigonus, ovario dupl6 longior.
Stigma levitfef trilobum. Bacca globosa, miniata, pisi rnagnitudine.

This species is pretty generally diffused throughout the mountainous parts
of central and southern Europe, occurring in shady woods, and flowering in
the months of June and July. It was originally discovered in the year 1576
by the accurate and indefatigable Clusius, as he himself states, in shady
woods on Mount Wechsel, and at Durrenstein in Austria ; and a faithful
woodcut and description of the plant were given by him in his Rariorum
Stirpium Historia, which appeared in 1583. This woodcut is repeated in his
Historia Plantarum, published in 1601 ; and copies from the same occur in
the works of Taberneemontanus, Gerarde, Morison, and Barrelier. There are
two other original woodcuts of the plant, namely, those given in the Epitome
of Camerarius, which appeared in 1586, and in the Valgrisian edition of
Matthiolus, published at Venice in 1583. This last represents the plant
wholly in fruit, and with straight peduncles. In the cuts of Clusius and
Camerarius, which last is repeated in Bauhin's Historia Plantarum, the
singular twisting of the peduncles is rudely represented. I am not satisfied
that the apparent originality of the cut given by Camerarius is not due to the
artist, who may have copied from Clusius, and introduced some alterations of
his own, for the figure is very faulty.

Willdenow and some other writers quote as a synonym under this plant
Polygonatum ramosum perfoUatum luteum alpinum, Barr. Ic. t. 719, which
evidently belongs to Uvularia grandiflora, being clearly made up from Cor-
nuti's figure of Polygonatum ramosum Jlore luteo minus, with the stranj^e
addition of the berries of the present plant.

This species is found likewise in North America, having been first observed
by Michaux in shady woods in Canada, and since by Pursh on the mountains
of Pennsylvania ; and Dr. Beck records it as indigenous to the State of New
York. It was cultivated by Philip Miller in Chelsea Garden in 1752, but the
plant is even now rarely to be seen in collections. The singular contortion
of the delicate peduncles appears to be for the purpose of keeping the flowers
from being injured, and their fecundation impeded by coming in contact with

Prof. Don's Monograph o/" Streptopus, ^c. 529

tlie leaves, and also of admitting them to a more free exposure to the air and
light.

The American specimens differ in no respect from the European ones, except
in their shorter leaves and peduncles.

2. S.roseus, hirtellus; foliis ciliatis, pedunculis recurvatis subbifloris, sepalis
lanceolatis acuminatis, antheris bicuspidatis filamentorum longitudine,
stigmatibus stylo 6-pl6 brevioribus, baccee loculis 4 — 6-spermis.
Streptopus roseus. Mich. Fl. Bor. Amer. i. p. 201. t. 18. (mala). Ptirsh Fl.
Amer. Sept. i. p. 232. Sm. in Rees Cyclop, in loco. Elliott Carol, i. p. 392.
Spreng. Syst. n. p. 98. Schult.Jil. Syst. vii. /». 312.
Uvularia rosea. Pers. Syn. i. p. 360. Ker in Bot. Mag. 1. 1489. (bona).

Hab. in Carolinse borealis montibus, et in Canada {Michamv) ; in Vermontia
(Boott) ; in Sinus S*' Laurentii insulis Esquimaux dictis. Audubon. 1/. .
Fl. Junio. (v. s. sp. in Herb. Boott.)

Caulis erectus, teres, striatus, simplex v. ramosus, pedalis v. sesquipedalis,
inferne nudiusculus, foliisque imperfect^ evolutis convoluto-vaginatis mu-
nitus : striis pilis brevissimis patulis copies^ ornatis. Folia amplexicaulia,
cordato-lanceolata, acuminata, multinervia, membranacea, margine tenu-
issim^ ciliata, utrinque glabra, supr^ viridia, laevia, subtds glauca, nervis-
que prominulis subcostata, 3-pollicaria, pollicem et ultr^ lata ; suprema
miniis cordata, atque vix amplexicaulia. Flores rosei, pariim majores.
Pedunculi capillares, subbiflori, recurvati, nee medio convoluti, dens^
pubescentes, semi- v. pollicares, in superiore parte caulis plerumque sim-
pliceSj uniflori, appendiculati. Sepala lanceolata, acuminata, apice recur-
vato-patentia. Stamina perianthio vix dimidio breviora : Jilamenta lon-
giuscula ! hinc plana, inde linea elevate carinata : antherce filamentorum
longitudine, basi sagittatee, apice bicuspidato-aristatae ! Stigmata 3, r^-
curvata, truncata, stylo 6-pl5 breviora. Stylus staminibus longior. Bacca
sphserica, preecedentis magnitudine, 3-locularis : loculis 4 — 6-spermis.
Semina obovato-oblonga, pariim curvula, longitudinalit^r sulcata, apice
chalaza orbiculata fulva aucta.

A very elegant species, bearing numerous drooping pink blossoms, which
are rather larger than those of the preceding species. It was discovered by

530 Prof. Don's Monograph of Streptopus, &jc.

Michaux in Canada, and on the mountains of Nortli Carolina ; and Pursh
states it to be lil^ewise a native of the mountains of Pennsylvania. It is
evidently a scarce plant, having been seen by but few American botanists in
a wild state ; and Elliott, in his interesting Flora of South Carolina and Georgia,
was obliged to describe it from a dried specimen sent him by a botanical cor-
respondent at Philadelphia.

The plant flowered in the Royal Botanic Garden at Kew in May 1812, having
been introduced by the late Mr. John Lyon from North Carolina, and a figure
of it was published in the September number of the Botanical Magazine for
that year. In Dr. Boott's Herbarium there are specimens collected by him in
the State of Vermont, and others gathered by Mr. Audubon in the Esquimaux
Islands, a groiip of islets in the Gulf of St. Lawrence off the south coast of
Labrador. Michaux's figure of this plant erroneously represents the peduncles
as convolute at their middle.

3. S. simplex, glaber ; pedunculis rectis ! nudis, sepahs obtusis, antheris cor-
dato-lanceolatis obtusis, stigmatibus styli sublongitudine, baccse loculis
10 — 12-spermis.
Streptopus simplex. Don Prodr. Fl. Nepal, p. 48. Schult.Jil. Syst. vii.

p. 312.
S. Candida. Wall. Cat. n. 51 12.
Hab. in Emodi montibus ad Gosaingthan {Wallich) ; in montibus Kamaon-
ensibus. R. Blinkivorth. 11 . (v. s. sp. in Herb. Wall.)

Caulis ^rectus, ramosus, teres, glaber, Ifevissimus, bi- v. tripedalis, infernfe nudi-
usculus. Folia amplexicaulia, cordato-oblonga, acuminata, multinervia,
membranacea, utrinque margineque glabra, supra Iset^ viridia, laevissima,
subti^s glauca, nervisque prominulis subcostata, 3-pollicaria, sesquipol-
licem lata: lobis posticis rotundatis, invicem se imbricantibus. Flores
majores, nivei. Pedunculi capiliares, glabri, uniflori, sesqui- v. bipol-
licares, recti, recurvati, nudi, nee appendiculati, nee medio convoluti.
Sepala elliptico-oblonga, obtusa, semuncialia, apice patentia, nee recurvata.
Filamenta brevissima, hinc plana, inde angulo elevato carinata. Antheras
cordato-lanceolatse, obtusoe, filamentis tripl6 longiores. Stylus trigonus,
ovario dupl6 longior. Stigmata 3, longiuscula, recurvato-patentia, stylo

Prof. Don's Monograph of Streptopus, Bi^c. 531

par^rn breviora. Bacca rubra? caeteris paull6 major: loculis 10 — 12-
spermis. Simina obovata longitudinaliter sulcata, parfitn curvula, hinc
convexa, inde biangulata, chalaza orbiculata depress^ fusca apice in-
structa.

This interesting and hitherto little-known species is a native of Gosaingthan
and Kamaon in the Himalaya mountains, where it was gathered by Dr. Wal-
lich's collectors, and was first described by me in the Prodromus Florae
Nepalensis. The flowers are considerably larger, and more abundant, and
the plant is altogether more showy than the amplexifolius, from which its
straight naked peduncles, blunt sepals and anthers, much longer stigmata,
and more numerous seeds will readily distinguish it.

PROSARTES.

Streptopi sp. Mich.

Perianthium 6-phy\\[im, petaloideum, campanulatum, aequale, deciduum : /b-
liolis basi foveolatis v. saccatis. Stamina 6, basi sepalorum adnata,
simulque decidua. Antheroe erectse, innatse, obtusae, biloculares, rim&
duplici marginal! longitudinaliter dehiscentes. Ovarium liberum, 3-locu-
lare : loculis biovulatis : ovulis obovatis, a placentae apice pendulis I
Stigmata 3, brevissima, recurvata. Pericarpium baccatum, 3-loculare.
Semina solitaria v. rariiis bina.

Herbae (Amer. bor.) perennes, pube ramosd vestitce, rhizomate diviso multi-
cipite. Caules teretiusculi. Folia sessilia, dilatata. Inflorescentia ter-
m,inalis, umhellata. Bacca rubra. •

This very natural genus, as I have already stated, forms the transition from
the Smilacece to the Melanthacece, and possesses several characters in com-
mon with Streptopus and Disporum. From the former genus it is essentially
distinguished by its much more lengthened filaments, binary pendulous ovula.
and terminal umbellate inflorescence, — characters in which it agrees with
Disporum ; but it differs from this last in its innate anthers, nearly concrete
styles, and pendulous seeds.

The genus is remarkable for its forked pubescence ; the hairs are furnished
with one, rarely with two short branches, which are continuous with the cells

VOL. xviii. 4 A

532 Prof. Don's Monograph of Streptopus, S^c.

or articulations of which they form an integral part, being merely lateral
extensions of them, and not separated by a diaphragm.

The generic name alludes to the pendulous ovula, and is derived from

Trpoaaprao), tO append.

1. p. lanuginosa, umbellis bifloris sessilibus, sepalis lanceolatis acuminatis

3-nerviis basi foveolatis, stylo glabro, foliis cordato-ovatis subamplexi-

caulibus utrinque pubescentibus.
Streptopus lanuginosus. Mich. Fl. Bar. Amer. i. ;;. 201. Pursh Fl, Amer.

Sept. I. p. 232. Elliott Carol, i. p. 393. Sm. in Rees" Cycl. in loco.

Spreng. Syst. ii. p. 98. Schult.Jil. Syst. vii. p. 311.
Uvularia lanuginosa. Pers. Syn. i. p. 360. Ker in Bot. Mag, t. 1490.
Hab. in altis montibus Carolinae Australis {Mich.) ; in Pennsylvania {Pursh) ;

in montibus Kentucky. Short. V . Fl. Maio et Junio (v. s. sp. in Herb.

Boott).

Caules erecti, teretiusculi, pedales v. sesquipedales, infern^ nudiusculi, basi
foliis 2 V. 3 imperfect^ evolutis convoluto-vaginatis instructi, apice ra-
mosij pilis moUibus, dichotomis, 4 — 5-articulatis, ramulo altero brevis-
simo, rariiis biramulosis, undique copiosfe vestiti. Folia sessilia, ovata,
long^ acuminata, membranacea, multinervia, utrinque pilis moUibus sim-
plicibus 2 — 3-articulatis, articulo imo dilatato, vestita, basi rotundata,
subcordata, vix ac ne vix amplexicaulia, sesqui- v. bipoUicaria, f unciee
lata. Umbella terminalis, sessilis, biflora. Flores penduli. Pedicelli
semunciales, filiformes, pilis simplicibus copios^ vestiti. Perianthium
campan\ilatum, luteo-virens. Sepala lanceolata, long^ acuminata, 3-
nervia, 8 lineas longa, basi foveola nectarifera aucta, sed omnin6 sim-
plicia, planiuscula, nee saccata. Stamina perianthio vix dimidio breviora,
erecta, subeequalia : Jilamenta canaliculata, glabra, inferne dilatata : an-
therce erectse, innatee, oblongfe, apice integree, obtusae, biloculares, fila-
mentis triple breviores : loculis parallelis, connatis, sutura marginali
dehiscentibus, basi liberis. Ovarium conicum, 3-loculare : loculis biovu-
latis : ovulis a placentae superiore parte pendulis ! obovatis, ventricosis.
Stylus triqueter, glaber, stamina parum excedens. Stigmata 3, brevissima,
recurvata. 5«cca rubra, 3-locularis : loculis \ — 2-spermis.

Prof. Don's Monograph q/'Streptopus, ^c. 533

I am indebted to my highly esteemed friend Dr. Boott, the worthy Secretary
of this Society, for native specimens of this remarkable plant, which was ori-
ginally discovered by Michaux on the mountains of South Carolina, and
afterwards by the late Mr. John Lyon, by whom it was introduced into our
gardens in 1811. The plant flowered in May of the following year at the
nursery-grounds of Messrs. Fraser, Sloane Square, Chelsea; and a figure of
it appeared in the September number of the Botanical Magazine for that
year. Dr. Short has since discovered it on the mountains of Kentucky.
Pursh records it also as a native of Pennsylvania ; but I am not disposed to
place much reliance upon the stations assigned to American plants by that
botanist, from their having been in many cases noted down from memory,
after the lapse of some years. Although a native of South Carolina, the plant
does not appear to have come under the notice of the accurate Elliott, whose
account of it is copied wholly from Michaux.

2. P. Menziesii, umbellis sessilibus bifloris, sepalis oblongis mucronatis 6-
nerviis margine revolutis basi saccatis, stylo longissimo piloso, foliis
ovatis sessilibus glabriusculis.

Hab. in ora occidentali Americse Borealis. Menzies. 11 . (v. s. sp. in Herb.
Smith, nunc in Mus. Soc. Linn.).

Caulis pedalis et ultrcl, teretiusculus, pilis 5 — 8-articulatis dichotomis, ramulo
laterali brevissimo, copios^ vestitus, subviscosus. Folia sessilia, ovata,
acuminata, 8-nervia, subt^s ad nervos pubescentia, bipoUicaria, unciam
lata. Umbella terminalis, sessilis, biflora. Pedicelli inarticulati, pilis
longioribus 6 — 8-articulatis dichotomis copiositis vestiti. Perianthium
majus, campanulatum, flavum? Sepala oblonga, mucronata, 6-nervia,
margine revoluta, basi saccata, f uncise longa. Filamenta canaliculata,
infern^ dilatata, glabra. Antherce erectse, innatee, biloculares, obtusae,
filamentis pliis dupl6 breviores. Stylus staminum longitudine, triqueter,
dens^ pilosus. Stigmata 3, revoluta, stylo 6-pl6 breviora.

In the Smithian Herbarium there is a single specimen of this highly interest-
ing plant gathered by my venerable friend Mr. Menzies on the north-west coast
of America in the voyage of discovery under Vancouver, to which he was at-

4 A 2

534 Prof. Don's Monograph of Streptopus, S^c.

tached in the capacity of naturalist. It bears a close resemblance to some
species of Disporum; and it moreover agrees with that genus in its sepals
being produced into a pouch at their base. The flowers, which are also ter-
minal and in pairs, are twice the size of those of the preceding, and the style
is copiously hairy.

Sir J. E. Smith, in " Rees's Cyclopaedia," refers to this under Uvularia
puherula of Michaux, a plant with which the American botanists of the pre-
sent day appear to be entirely unacquainted. It is unquestionably true that
several examples do occur of plants being common to the mountains of the
Southern States, and the western regions of North America ; but it is scarcely
probable that Michaux could have overlooked the striking peculiarities of the
terminal inflorescence, saccate sepals, and hairy style ; indeed his description
seems to be wholly at variance with the present plant.

[ 535 ]

XXXV. On some new Brazilian Plants allied to the Natural Order
Burmanniacese. By John Miers, Esq., F.L.S.

Read March 3rd and 17th, 1840.

A VENTURE to present to the notice of the Linnean Society the following
observations on some new and interesting plants found by me in Brazil, and
bearing a close affinity to Burmannia. They appear to constitute the types
of new genera ; and though at first sight they would seem to belong to
Burmanniacece, I think it will be admitted that the differences they present
entitle them to be considered as forming, if not a new natural order, at least a
very distinct subfamily. We are already indebted to the learned Dr. Von Mar-
tius for a knowledge of several Burmannias indigenous to Brazil. In his Nova
Genera et Species Plantarum Brasiliensium not only are the characters of the
genus Burmannia ably detailed, but five Brazilian species, which he met with
in the interior provinces, are there fully described. The same genus has also
been met with in North America, two species having been found to which the
name of Tripterella was given by Michaux. Seven other species have likewise
been found in Africa, India, and New Holland. These are all the plants, as
far as I can learn, that correspond with the character hitherto given of Bur-
manniaceoi. The North American plant described by Mr. Nuttall under the
name of Apteria setacea, as well as two new species discovered by Dr. Blume
in Java and called by, him Gonyanthes Candida and Gymnosiphon aphyllum,
will be hereafter mentioned.

I have had no opportunity of examining any species of Burmannia, except
B. bicolor. Mart., which was first discovered in 1818 by Dr. Von Martius in the
province of Minas Geraes. Mr. Gardner also found the same species in 1 837 in
his ascent to the higher portions of the Organ Mountain- range in the province
of Rio de Janeiro ; and to him I am indebted for a specimen which lias
enabled me to comprehend more correctly the relation which my plants bear

636 Mr. MiERS on some new Brazilian Plants

to the genus Burmannia. The plants I am about to describe will be found
to possess entii'ely the habit of Burmannia in their thickened rhizoma with
branching fibres, an erect stem almost naked, or at most furnished with a few
bracteiform leaves, and terminal flowers with a tubular petaloid perianthium,
having a six-parted border composed of three sepals and three petals ; sta-
mens three, almost sessile in the mouth of the tube of the perianthium below
the petals; anther-cells disjoined, opening transversely; style simple; three
stigmata ; capsule surmounted by the withered perianth bursting irregularly ;
and seeds minute, resembling those of Orchidece. Burmannia, however, pos-
sesses a trilocular capsule, with numerous seeds attached to a central
placenta formed by the united margins of the dissepiments, while in all my
plants the capsule is always one-celled, the seeds being attached to three
thickened parietal placentae, — a difference of no small amount. They vary
moreover from Burmannia in the mode of dehiscence of the capsule, and in
other respects, as will shortly appear.

Before entering on the description of the plants which form the subject of
this paper, I will notice those before-mentioned recorded by Mr. Nuttall and
Dr. Blume. That of the former is described in the " Journal of the Academy
of Natural Sciences of Philadelphia," vii. p. 64, under the name of Aptei^ia
setacea. Having seen it only in a dried state, Mr. Nuttall was not able
to ascertain the particular structure of the stamens, but he describes it as
having a similar petaloid perianthium, without the winged appendages of
Burmannia, an inferior ovary, a simple style, a three-lobed stigma, an erect
stem with a few scattered bracteiform leaves : the difference from Burmannia,
however, is striking in the structure of the capsule ; for instead of its being tri-
locular with central placentation, it is unilocular with parietal placentation.

Dr. Blume's plants are described in his Enumeratio Plantarum Javos.
Gymnosiphon, from its unilocular capsule and parietal placentation, will
arrange with the plants which I am about to describe. In regard to Gony-
anthes, I confess that I could not clearly comprehend that author's definition
of it until I had examined some species of the genus. The following is his
charaeter, slightly modified from my own observations : —

allied to the Natural Order Burmanniaceae. 6S7-

GoNYANTHES. Blume.

Perianthium petaloideum, superum, tubulosum : tubo triquetro : ore trifido, (in
sinubus lacinise tres minores sitae). Stamina Burmanniae, laciniis (exteri-
oribus majoribus) perianthii alterna. Ovarium dilatato-trigonum, trilo-
culare; receptacula angulis perianthii opposita, semibifida. Stylus \, tri-
sulcus. Stigmata 3, dilatata, staminibus coheerentia. Capsula perianthio

: coronata, lat^ trigona, fenestrata, valvis nemp^ tribus lateralibus excisa,
post dehiscentiam ob solutionem dissepimentorum valvis corresponden-
tium imilocularis, polysperma. Semina minima, arillo membranaceo seti-
formi inclusa.

1. G. Candida. Blume, Enum. Plant. Jav. p. 29.

To this may be added three unrecorded species which are contained in
Dr.Wallich's Herbarium belonging to this Society. As they are not mentioned
in his Catalogue, it is probable they had not been examined by that distin-
guished botanist. I therefore propose to characterize them as follows : —

2. G. nepalensis, caule erecto triquetro subaphyllo, foliis squamiformibus acutis,

floribus subcymosis, perianthio 3-alato : alis rotundatis. Tab. XXXVIII.

fig. 1.
Hah. in Nepali^.
Planta 3 — 4-pollicaris, albicans.

3. G. tVallichii, caule capillari erecto, foliis plurimis alternis bracteiformibus,

floribus solitariis vel subtrichotomfe cymosis pedicellatis bracteatis, peri-
anthio angust^ tubuloso : alis sublinearibus. Tab. XXXVIII. fig. 2.

Hab. in Regno Burmanico ad Kilaben.

Planta 3-pollicaris, purpurascens. Flores purpurei.

4. G. pusilla, caule capillari 1 — 3-floro, foliis radicalibus fasciculatis lanceo-

latis cuspidatis ; caulinis bracteiformibus, perianthio tricarinato : alis di-

latatis semiovatis. Tab. XXXVIII. fig. 3.
Trlpteranthus puslllus. Wall, in Herb.
Hah. in Regno Burmanico ad Tavoy.
Planta 3-pollicaris. Perianthium albicans.

538 Mr, MiERs on some neto Brazilian Plants

Dr. Blume makes no mention of petals in his generic character ; but as
they certainly exist in the Indian species, I have included a notice of them in
a parenthesis. This genus will be seen to differ but little from Burmannia,
except in the separation of the dissepiments from the pericarpium, which is
hence enabled to split from wing to wing, transversely upon each face, pre-
senting three widely-gaping apertures ; and as the dissepiments become almost
wholly contracted upon the central column, there results a clear passage across
the capsule from one opening to the other : hence the meaning of the term
" capsula fenestrata." From what I have elsewhere shown relative to the
structure of the walls of the capsule in Burmanniaceous plants, it will be easy
to conceive the origin of this peculiar kind of dehiscence. In like manner as
in Burmannia, owing to the complete inflection of the margins of the carpels
into one central axis, the placentae are thrown into a position alternating with
their normal one, and are consequently placed upon the axile line in the inner
angle of the cells, opposite to the wings of the perianth, and of course opposite
to the sepals. This explains the meaning of Dr. Blume's expression, "recep-
tacula angulis perianthii opposita, semibifida," a definition which exactly applies
to Burmannia also.

Of the Brazilian plants I am about to describe, the first species was found
by me in the neighbourhood of Rio de Janeiro in April 1837, and then named
Dictyostega orobanchioides ; not long after which Mr. Gardner sent specimens
to England in the dried state, gathered from the same spot. I had good oppor-
tunities of examining this in a living state, and of making drawings and details
of it as well as of the other species which were subsequently found.

1. Dictyostega.

Char. Diff- Perianthium tubulosum, ovario adnatum,supern^ liberum : limbo
6-fido : laciniis tribus alternis minoribus. Stamina 3, filamentis brevissi-
mis, antherarum loculis disjunctis transversim dehiscentibus. Stylus sim-
plex. Stigmata 3. Capsula 1-locularis, sub-3-valvis, polysperma, apice
dehiscens : valvulis medio placentiferis. Semina minuta, scobiformia,
testa laxa, reticulata, diaphana, nucleo quintuplo longiore.

Char. Nat. Perianthium monophyllum, tubulosum, petaloideum, persistens,
infernfe ovario adnatum : tuba brevi, medio constricto : limbo 6-diviso ;

allied to the Natural Order Bui'manniacese. 539

laciniis inseqiialibiis ; 3 exterioribus (sepalis) erectis, acutis ; 3 interi-
oribus (petalis) minoribus, obovatis, concavis, erectis, subunguiculatis,
marcescentibus. Stamina 3, e tubo infra petaia orta ; Jilamenta brevis-
sima, cornuta, crassiuscula, triangularia, subsaccata, apicibus mucronatis
liberis, utrinque loculum antheralem distinctum ferentibus. Antherarum
loculi disjunct!, ovales, subbilobi, dorso affixi, antic^ medio transversim
dehiscentes. Pollen granulosum, subcereaceum, flavidum, demilm ad fe-
cundationem idoneum (tubo longissimo ex unoquoque granulo exiliente)
floceulosum. Ovarium adhcerens, subtrigonum, suburceolatum, apice
libero rotundato-trilobo, uniloculare ; placentis tribus parietalibus, multi-
ovulatis. Stylus rectus, tenuis, trigonus, longitudine staminura. Stig-
mata 3, divaricata, brevia, apice clavato-cyathiformia, ore cyathi subtri-
gono, marginibus inflexis, et tunc quasi punctis tribus glutinosis instructo.
Pericarpium capsulare, perianthii limbo marcescente coronatum, cylin-
draceum, trisulcum, uniloculare, nunc evalve apice dehiscens, nunc tri-
valve ad basin dehiscens, marginibus irregularitfer laceris, valvulis medio
placentiferis. Semina numerosissima, minuta, oblonga, subcompressa,
scobiformia ; testa laxa, nucleo ampliori, libera, membranace^, diaphana,
reticulata, areolis magnis elongatis. Nucleus obovatus, inversus, processu
papillaeformi ad hilum spectante, in medio testse filo complanato suspen-
sus. Ccetera ignota.

Plantse (brasilienses) rhizocarpce, radice jibrosd squamis memhranaceis imbri-
catis ciliatis incanis tectd. Caulis erectus, subflexuosus, simplex, vel rariiis
ramis 1 — 3 erectis, alteimis, cauli consimilibus. Folia subsessilia, adpressa,
bracteiformia. Inflorescentia terminalis, dichotome rucemosa, vel subum-
bellato-cymosa, jloribus pedicellatis purpurascentibus.

Nomen e Siktvov, rete, et creyn, memhrana, propter seminis testam notabilitfer
reticulatam.

1. D. orobanchioides, caule erecto subsimplici, racemis geminis, floribus nutan-
tibus unibracteatis, bracteis cum pedicellis alternantibus, capsula siibval-
vata ecostata longitudinalit^r dehiscenti. Tab. XXXVII. fig. 1.

Apteria orobanchioides. Hook. Ic. PL t. 2b A.

Plant herbaceous, almost leafless, with a simple or branching stem, altogether

VOL. XVIII. 4 B

540 Mr. MiERS on some new Brazilian Plants

glabrous, subhyaline or opake : 7-oot consisting- of a subligneous, some-
what fleshy, irregularly fusiform tuber, covered with numerous imbricate,
obovate, acute, whitish, reticulated scales, fringed with long cilia: the
root also throws out numerous threadlike branching fibres of considerable
length. Stem erect, slender, cylindrical, subflexuose, spirally twisting,
white, of rather softish texture, about ten inches in height, sometimes
simple, less frequently branched. Branchlets erect, furnished at distant
intervals with minute bracteiform leaves, and all terminated by a double
spike of flowers. Leaves alternate, obovate, with acute tips, entire, reti-
culate, witht)ut any longitudinal nerve, erect and adpressed against the
stem, about a line long, white, bearing a resemblance to small bractes,
persistent, and distant about half, or rarely an inch, from each other.
Racemes double, with alternate simple pedicellate flowers ; pedicels first
ascending, then recurved, so that each flower is pendent, four times the
length of the bractes, three times the length of the flower at maturity,
each furnished with a bracte similar in size and form to the stem-leaves,
always either lateral or opposite, and usually a little below the origin of
each pedicel. Perianthium adnate to the ovarium at base, above tubular,
contracted below the mouth ; border six-cleft, three segments or sepals
being more exterior, and overlapping the alternating inner segments or
petals in aestivation, white, persistent and withering, but deciduous on
the bursting of the capsule. Sepals oblong, acute, erect. Petals obovate,
somewhat smaller, shorter and rounder than the sepals, erect, concave,
whitish, and often deciduous. Stamens three, arising from below the
centre of each petal ; filament, or what may rather be considered as con-
nective, an uncinate, projecting, fleshy process, forming a sort of very
small pouch attached to the perianth, and on its margin, on each side of
the point, are suspended two distinct parallel anther-cells, which are
ovate and rounded, somewhat two-lobed, attached by their back, of a
pale yellow or almost white, bursting transversely across the middle, and
displaying the pollen, which is of a dark yellow colour, composed of
closely-packed somewhat waxy granules, coarser than the ordinary grains
of pollen, and approximating in appearance to the poUinia of Orchidece.
Ovarium inferior, urceolate, white, hyaline, unilocular, with three parietal

allied to the Natural Order Burmanniacese. 541

placentae, each formed of a bundle of descending vessels, the only lon-
gitudinal fibres to be seen in the whole structure. Style a short tri-
gonous, trisulcate column, arising out of the convex six-grooved free
summit of the ovarium, having its angles as well as the stigmata con-
tinuous with the placentary lines, and opposite to the petals. Stigmata
three, sigmoid, divaricate, short, each terminated by a sort of cup with
its margin compressed on three sides, leaving only three open points
at the angles, appearing like as many glandular dots, in which is seen
the thick viscous fluid with which the cup is filled : they wither with
the flower, but the style is always persistent. Capsule rather ovate,
double the size of the ovarium when the flower first expands, yellowish
white, nerveless, three-valved, bursting by laceration of the membranes,
each valve submembranaceous, showing in its centre the elastic horny
placenta crowned by a portion of the style. Seeds very numerous, filling
the whole cavity of the capsule, and densely radiating in close series
round the placentations, very minute, scobiform, similar to those of
some Orchidece. Testa oblong, somewhat curved, truncated at the base,
swelling a little in the middle, and tapering much towards the apex,
consisting of an exceedingly thin transparent membrane, composed of
long, rhomboidal or hexagonal cells, of which the partitions are strong
and very prominent, and the intervening membrane is transparent and
colourless : it presents in its centre a much smaller pyriform nucleus,
which is opake, and seemingly free within the testa, inverted, and
suspended by a compressed cord from the apex of the latter ; the end
pointing towards the hilum is contracted into a sort of nipple.

This species was found by me, at the period already stated, in the woody
range of the Corcovado Mountain in the vicinity of Rio de Janeiro, at an
elevation of nearly 2000 feet above the level of the sea, growing upon decaying
timber, particularly on the decayed roots of palms.

2. D. umhellata, caule erecto simplicissimo, foliis erecto-patulis, umbella
simplici 6 — 9-flora, floribus erectis, pedicellis basi bracteatis, ovario
ecostato. Tab. XXXVII. fig. 2.

Plant similar in habit to the former species, but smaller. The root is more

4b 2

542 Mr. MiERs on some new Brazilian Plants

fibrous ; the stem simple in every specimen I met with, and scarcely exceed-
ing four inches in height. The leaves are also bracteiform, erect, but not so
much adpressed. The umbel consists of six to nine pedicellated flowers ; it
can hardly be said to be forked, as the pedicels all possess nearly one common
origin ; these are somewhat erect and spreading, furnished at their base with
bractes somewhat larger than the stem-leaves ; the flowers are smaller, of rather
a deep lilac or rose colour. The stem and leaves are likewise slightly tinged
with a rosy hue.

I met with this species in February 1839, only in one spot, in a dense wood
on the Organ Mountains, in the province of Rio de Janeiro, growing in loose
fibrous mould; but it was at that time not sufficiently advanced to ascertain
the dehiscence of the capsule or form of the seed.

3. D. costata, caule erecto simplici, floribus erectis, cymS, bibracteata, pedicel-

lis ebracteatis, capsula evalvi 6-costata apice dehiscenti.

This plant was found on the Corcovado Mountain near Rio de Janeiro,
growing near the same spot with D. orobanchioides and Cymbocarpa. It is
scarcely more than three inches high, 6 — 7-flowered, with an aspect very
similar to the last species, but the umbel is rather more forked, it has fewer
bractes, the leaves on the stem are smaller, the flowers are not so large and
are nearly white, and there are six distinct rounded striee or ribs upon the
pedicel and capsule. The capsule does not separate into valves, but its free
conical sumnjit bursts into three equal segments crowned by portions of the
persistent style, which still remains united at its apex.

I am indebted to George Bentham, Esq. for a specimen of another very
distinct species of Dictyostega lately collected by Mr. Schomburgk in British
Guiana. The inflorescence is in a double raceme of few flowers ; the peri-
anthium is proportionally broader and shorter, not so much contracted at
the middle, and the segments are more obtuse : it is marked by six ribs,
and the capsule, as in the last-mentioned species, opens only at the apex.
There is a bracte to each flower, not placed at the base of the pedicel, but
opposite to it.

4. X). Schomburgkii, caule erecto subsimplici, racemis geminis paucifloris,

allied to the Natural Order Burmanniaceee. 543

floribus unibracteatis, bracteis pedicellis oppositis, perianthio medio baud
constricto: laciniis obtusioribus, capsula 6-costata apice dehiscenti.

Sir William Hooker, in his Icones Plantarum, tab. 254, has figured the first-
mentioned species of Dictyostega under the name of Apteria orohanchioides ;
but it will be seen that this eminent botanist was under a mistake in referring
the plant to Apteria, owing perhaps to the imperfect description given of that
genus by Mr. Nuttall.

2. Cymbocarpa.

Char. Diff. Perianthium tubulosum, ovario adnatum, supernfe liberum : limbo
6-fido, laciniis tribus alternis minoribus. Stamina omnin6 Dictyostegce.
Stylus simplex. Stigma trilobum ; lohis gibboso-rotundatis, corniculis
2 subulatis erectis instructis. Ovarium gibboso-trigonum, uniloculare,
placentis tribus parietalibus. Capsula 1-locularis, latere unico ad angu-
lum superiorem tantilm dehiscens. Semina numerosissima, scobiformia;
testa reticulata nucleum vix superante.

Char. Nat. Perianthium monophyllum, tubulosum, petaloideum, subgibbo-
sum, persistens, infernfe ovario adnatum, supern^ liberum, angustatum,
ore ampliato : limbo 6-diviso, laciniis erectis, insequalibus, 3 exterioribus
(sepalis) acutis, sinubus rotundatis, 3 interioribus (petalis) subunguicu-
latis, brevioribus, ovalibus. Stamina 3, omnin6 Dictyostega;. Stylus
rectus, tenuis, trigonus, persistens, longitudine staminum. Stigma tri-
lobum ; lobis gibboso-ovatis, divergentibus, utrinque appendice longo
subulato erecto incurvato auctis. Ovarium adhserens, subpyriforme,
inaequalit^r trigonum, apice libero conico, uniloculare, placentis tribus
parietalibus multi-ovulatis. Pericarpium capsulare, perianthio marces-
cente obtectum, oblongum, gibbosum, trigonum, angulis rotundatis, uni-
loculare, seminibus minutissimis e placentis tribus parietalibus radian-
tibus dens^ refertum, angulo superiore lacerato hians. Semina minuta,
oblonga, scobiformia, apice attenuata ; testa nudeo conformi, reticulata,
areolis elongatis angustissimis, costis vald^ prominulis ; funiculo tenui
ejusdem longitudinis.

Plantee (brasilienses) rhizocarpce, radicejibrosd, caule simplici subjlexuoso erecto.
Folia sessilia, bractei/ormia, erecta, aut adpressa. Inflorescentia dichotome

544 Mr. MiERS on some new Brazilian Plants

racemosa, paucijlora, Jioribus Jlavescenti-albidis basi bracteatis, pedicellis
brevissimis apice abrupt^ declinatis subgeniculatis.
Derivatio ex KVfi(3r], cymba, et Kaptroc, fructus, propter figuram cymbiformein
capsiilee post dehiscentiam.

1. Cymbocarpa refracta. Tab. XXXVIII. fig. 4.

Native of the Corcovado Mountain, near Rio de Janeiro.

This plant resembles Dictyostega very much in habit, but the singular form
of the stigma and the remarkable dehiscence of the capsule sufficiently distin-
guish it. It grows to the height of from three to six inches, and is altogether
white with a yellowish hue : it has delicate fibres branching from a simple
root : the stem is generally simple, very slender, erect, often flexuose, some-
times even tortuose. The bracteiform leaves are erect and free, rather acute,
and very small. The stem is terminated by a pair of few-flowered racemes,
each generally with from three to six flowers upon short pedicels, with a
single small bracte on its summit, where the flower is suddenly bent back at a
right angle. The tubular perianthium above the portion investing the oval-
shaped ovarium is very short, and gradually contracted a little below the
mouth, where it again expands, and its border is divided into six unequal
segments, the three erect acute sepals being alternate with the three shorter
petals, which are of an oval form, and somewhat concave, more interior, and
fixed by a short claw in the rounded spaces intervening between the sepals.
The stamens resemble those of Dictyostega in all respects. The ovarium is
oblong, rounded, slightly conical at its summit, where it is free from the
perianthium, and from it rises an erect, slender, short style ; the stigmata, each
with two long subulate erect horns, according to the description given in the
generic character, are of a whitish colour ; they nearly fill the mouth of the
tube, and are contiguous to the stamens. The somewhat trigonous capsule,
crowned by the persistent withered perianthium and style, bursts only on one
of its angles in the singular manner described, displaying a great number of
yellowish, opake, scobiform seeds, which are crowded upon the three longitu-
dinal, horny, parietal placentae. It was found in the Corcovado Mountain,
close to the spot where the Dictyostega orobanchioides occurs.

allied to the Natural Order Burmanniacese. 545

3. Apteria, Nuttall; olim Stemoptera »wA/. — Character reformat us.

Char. Dlff. Perianthium ovario adnatum, supra liberum, subinfundibuliforme ;
fauce turgida, sacculis 3 interioribus aucta; limbo 6-partito, laciniis acutis,
sestivatione marginibus induplicatis, 3 alternis brevioribus. Stamina 3,
faiici adnata, filamentis complanatis, e margine sacculorum ortum ducen-
tibus, bifurcatis, ramulo singulo anthefifero alato. Ovarium turbinatum,
1-loculare, placentis 3 patietalibus. Stylus longitudine staminum. Stig-
mata 3, recurvata, apice glandulifera, Capsula 1-locularis polysperma,
sub- 3-valvis, apice 3-fido dehiscens. Placentae 3, parietales. Semina
numerosissima, scobiformia ; test^ nucleum vix excedente, reticulata,
areolis elongatis obliqufe dispositis.

Char. Nat. Perianthium monophyllum, tubulosum, petaloideum, persistens,
infernfe ovario adnatum, supernfe infundibuliforme ; fauce prominentiis
tribus (sacculis totidem interioribus conformibus) ampliata ; limbo 6-par-
tito, laciniis erectis, acutis, persistentibus ; sestivatione sepalis tribus,
marginibus basi subinflexis, superne imbricatis, petalis tribus alternis,
marginibus induplicatis, brevioribus, latioribus, submucronatis, minus
acutis : infra petala, in medio tubo sacculis tribus infundibuliformibus
staminiferis ore rotundato subemarginato. Stamina 3, e margine saccu-
lorum orta. Filamenta erecta, brevia, apice bifurcata ; ramis divaricatis
ejusdem longitudinis, singulis apice loculum antheralem gerentibus, alis
duabus magnis petaloideo-membranaceis auctis. Antherarum loculi ovati,
subbilobi, transversim irregularitfer dehiscentes ; polline granuloso, sub-
cereaceo, coliaerente. Stylus filiformis, trigonus, erectus, persistens, lon-
gitudine staminum. Stigmata tria, divaricata, sigmoidea, apice clavata,
subcrateriformia, ore glutinoso, discoideo, lateribus compresso. Ovarium
inferum, oblongum, subtrigonum, apice libero, conico, uniloculare ; pla-
centis tribus parietalibus multi-ovulatis. Pericarpium capsulare, peri-
anthio marcescente obtectum, 3-sulcatum, 1-loculare, enerve, apice tri-
fariam dehiscens, interdum subtrivalve, ab apice ad basin irregulariter
fissuni, valyulis medio longitudinaliter placentiferis. Semina numerosis-
sima, minuta, oblonga, funiculo suspensa, testa nucleo conformi, apice
subumbilicata, reticulata, areolis elongatis oblique dispositis.

546 Mr. MiERS on some new Brazilian Plants

Plantse (Bras, et Amer. Bor.) rhizocarpce, radice Jibrosd. Caulis erectus, sub-
dichotom^ ramosus, ramis subjlexuosis. Folia pauca, sessilia, erecta, brac-
teiformia, pallida. Inflorescentia terminalis, uniflora. Flores coeteris ma-
jores, erecti, ebracteati, purpurascentes.

1. A. setacea, Nutt,

On this species I need only remark, injustice to Mr. Nuttall, that he states
all his materials to have been derived from dried specimens, and that he
could not distinguish the nature of the stamens. Had he been able to observe
the plant in its living state, he would no doubt have witnessed the curious
development of those organs so peculiar to the genus. From all that he had
noted and recorded of Apteria, there was sufficient ground for concluding
that my Brazilian plant constituted a distinct genus, and accordingly I had
named it Stemoptera from the peculiar character of the stamens, although I
confess that its close approximation to Mr. Nuttall's plant had forcibly struck
me. While I was preparing these details, Mr. Brown examined a specimen
of Apteria setacea in his possession from the original locality, and identified
my plant with Mr. Nuttall's genus, of which Mr. Bentham also examined
another species collected by Hartweg in Mexico ; these observations were
kindly communicated to me, and I was favoured with the sight of a spe-
cimen, when I could perceive by transmitted light the hollow sacs in the
perianthium above described, and somewhat similar winglike expansions of
the filaments. I did not hesitate, therefore, to suppress my generic name and
substitute for it that of Apteria.

2. A. lilacina, caule ramoso, foliis plurimis acutis erecto-patentibus, perianthio

urceolato-tubuloso : laciniis exterioribus 3 lanceolatis acuminatis ; inte-
rioribus 3 ovatis mucronulatis. Tab. XXXVIII. fig. 5.
A native of the Serra dos Orgaos, near Rio de Janeiro.

I have already observed, that in general habit and appearance this plant
bears much resemblance to the figure Mr. Nuttall has given of his Apteria
setacea : the singular expansion of the filaments and the swellings in the
mouth of the perianthium give to Apteria a very distinct character from all
the related genera. Its flowers are greatly larger than those of Dictyostega or

allied to the Natural Order BurmanniaceEe. 547

Cymbocarpa. It is from three to five inches in height, of a uniform whitish
colour, but slightly tinged with purple. The root is composed of small fibres,
close to which the stem divides, somewhat dichotomously, into several erect
branches, which are sometimes flexuose ; the leaves are alternate, sessile,
acute, bractelike, and not quite so much adpressed as those of Dictyostega.
The terminal solitary flowers are three-fourths of an inch long ; above the ova-
rium the tube of the perianthium narrows into a long slender form, somewhat
widening upwards, and the upper portion is suddenly enlarged to three times
the diameter of the lower, and marked by three roundish oblong swellings a
short distance beneath the petals : the perianthium is of a lilac colour, some-
what darker below ; the border being divided into six unequal erect teeth, of
which the three outer are longer and more acute, the three inner ones (petals)
being somewhat broader, more obtuse, and slightly mucronulate ; they show
the markings of the aestivation, as described in the generic character : the
three hollow cavities corresponding with the external protuberances are fun-
nel-shaped, and terminate acutely towards the base of the tube, the margin of
their orifices being rounded and deeply notched in front, whence the stamens
proceed : this saccate tube bears some resemblance to the small saccate fila-
ments of Dictyostega and Burmannia, and may be supposed by analogy to
constitute part of the stamen. The filament, which appears in the emargina-
tion of the sac, is at first erect, short, round and slender, being somewhat
swollen at its apex, where it is suddenly bifurcated, its arms being divaricated
almost horizontally, and somewhat thrown back upon one another ; at their
origin they are no thicker than the simple portion of the filament, and are
about the same length, but they gradually enlarge towards their summit, and
terminate abruptly each by a single anther-cell, which is adnate to it by its
back ; attached to the rear of the filament, and originating at its base, are
two membranaceous winglike appendages, joined by their inner sides just
above its bifurcation, and expanding to three times its length into a gibbous
oblong body on each side, erect, and somewhat connivent in a direction cor-
responding with the mouth of the sac : the whole stamen is of the same colour
as the perianthium, but quite pale. The anther is of a pale yellowish-white,
and bursts in a transverse direction, separating, as it were, its two lobes,
and displaying the pollen in closely-packed cohering subcereaceous granular

VOL. XVIII. 4 0

548 Mr, MiERS on some new Brazilian Plants

masses, according with the description given of that of Dictyostega. That
portion of the ovarium invested by part of the perianthium is of an oblong
shape, tapering at its base, and of a deep reddish-purple colour, but the
upper portion is free, of a pale colour, and tapers upwards in the form
of a sharp cone, from the summit of which rises the erect filiform style,
which attains the height of the stamens, and then divides into three very
divaricate, sigmoid stigmata, each of which forms at its extremity a some-
what upright funnel-shaped cup, with an oval orifice, drawn together on
the two sides, and filled with a yellowish viscid fluid. The capsule very
much resembles that of Dictyostega, but the seeds are different : they are
oblong, quite opake, of a yellowish-brown colour, and suspended by a slen-
der umbilical cord. The testa is marked with very prominent reticulations,
appearing by a common lens as if covered with twisted longitudinal la-
mellae ; but under a higher power it is seen to consist of elongated, hexa-
gonal cells.

The plant was found by me in the Organ Mountains, in March 1838, in a
swampy situation under the shade of a large block of granite.

I cannot close the enumeration of these plants without alluding to the two
species regarded by some as distinct from Burmannia under the name of Tri-
pterella ; the one is Tripterella capitata of Michaux, which Von Martins con-
siders to be the same as his Brazilian Burmannia capitata ; but judging from
the specimen in the Herbarium of the British Museum, I am inclined to
believe they are two distinct species : the other is Tripterella coerulea of
Elliott and Nuttall, which is the same as Burmannia bifida of Linnseus. It
is chiefly on the authority of Mr. Nuttall that Tripterella has been retained
distinct from Burmannia ; but as I cannot find that he has offered any evi-
dence of an existing difference, there seems no good ground for this sepa-
ration.

From the facts now adduced, we find that the Burmanniacece comprise two
very distinct groups of plants, namely, those having a trilocular ovarium with
central placentation, and those having a unilocular ovarium with parietal pla-
centation. The first consists only of the two genera, Burmannia and Gony-
anthes ; the second contains four genera, viz. Dictyostega, Cymbocarpa, Apteria
and Gymnosiphon : that they are all very closely related there cannot be any

allied to the Natural Order Burmanniacese. 549

doubt ; but it appears to me, that if we adopt the principle on which Aposta-
siece have been separated from Orchidece and Xyridece from Restiacece, we
are bound to class the second section as distinct from the first. If this view
be admitted, I should propose to adhere to the suggestion offered by me in
1837, to arrange these new genera into a separate family, which might be
called Apteriacece ; but if, on the contrary, the diflFerence of structure of the
ovarium be not thought a distinction of sufficient importance to warrant their
separation into two families, they must then be associated with Burmanniacece,
giving to the first section the title of Burmanniece, and to the second that of
Apteriece. But I fear that the former view, which at first sight would seem to
rest on a wide and well-founded distinction, will on mature consideration be
found of less value, since the extensive order of Gentianece, for instance,
presents many instances of gradual transition, beginning with the unilocular
capsule with parietal placentation, the margins of the valves being ovuliferous,
and ending in complete central placentation and a bilocular fruit, showing
numerous cases of intermediate degrees of inflection of the ovuliferous mar-
gins.

The only other observation that I shall add respecting these plants relates
to the striking resemblance of their seeds with those of most orchideous
plants, and the similarity in texture and structure of the pericarpium, which
in both families will be found to consist of a series of closely-packed trans-
verse ribs, seldom interrupted, proceeding from the intermediate lines where
dehiscence takes place, to the placentae. Mr. Brown has clearly demonsti-ated
the structure of the ovarium of Orchidece to consist of three carpellary leaves
united by their ovuliferous inflected margins. In Dictyostega a similar struc-
ture is evident, only that the margins are not inflected, but are directly united
by their edges, where they appear to be conjoined by an intervening, opake,
reticulated line, running from the base to the apex, and forming a support to
the horizontal, transverse, crowded ribs that compose the walls of the ovarium ;
immediately within this line is a compact bundle of longitudinal fibres forming
the placenta, upon which the numerous closely imbricate ovula are attached.
The same structure of the walls of the ovarium is especially visible in many
species of PleurothalUs, though in most other Orchidece the structure of the
walls is very reticulate. In Orchidece, the thick fleshy substance which fills

4 c 2

550 Mr. MiERS on some new Brazilian Plants

the space between the true pericarpium and the cohering perlanthium consists
of a mass of long, transverse cells ; excepting that upon the three placentae,
as well as on two longitudinal lines in the middle of each intervening space,
the membranes approach each other with scarcely any cellular tissue between
them, and upon these lines the fruit easily separates (from its being necessarily
weaker at those points as the capsule dries and ripens) into three broad and
three narrow valves, without exhibiting any trace of those longitudinal nerves
which usually form a distinct margin to capsular valves. In Dictyostega and
the related genera there exists but a small quantity of cellular tissue between
the true ovarium and adnate perianthium, and hence the capsule is almost
membranaceous when ripe ; but in a similar position to that exhibited in
Orchidece, is to be seen only a single line where the two membranes closely
approximate, and which in like manner sometimes become ruptured from a
similar cause, when the capsule ripens, and hence the separation into three
imperfect valves is effected not by any regular fissure, but by an irregular
laceration of the adhering membranes at those points where they are not
strengthened by intervening tissue. On comparing also the seeds of Pleu-
rothallis pectinata with those of Dictyostega orobanchioides, there appears
scarcely any difference between them either in shape or structure, both pos-
sessing a diaphanous reticulated testa many times larger than the nucleus :
in Pleurothallis, however, the reticulations are much smaller and more
regular, and the cells constituting the areolse are marked with spiral fibres
bearing some resemblance to the spiral cells occurring in the leaves of that
genus : on the other hand, the areolse of the seeds of Dictyostega are much
larger, longer, more transparent, and destitute of fibres. In regard to the
included nucleus, the two genera offer a striking analogy, as it is in both
inverted, and suspended by an elongated base from the attenuated apex of
the rostelliform seed, and in both presents its nipple-like apex towards the
hilum.

Besides the points of resemblance already mentioned, these plants present
in other respects a striking approximation to Orchidece, especially to the
section of Pleurothallecc, which often possess a simple erect stem with im-
perfectly developed leaves, and are not unfrequently destitute of the pseudo-
bulbs, so characteristic of the tribe: they often exhibit also a regular six-

allied to the Natural Order Burmanniaceae. 551

parted petaloid perianthium. An aphyllous erect stem, with imperfectly de-
veloped leaves, is also a character not uncommon to many terrestrial Orchidece.
Besides this, several instances are now recorded of the full development of three
perfect stamens and three stigmata in orchideous plants. If these considera-
tions alone were held in view, omitting the very material one of the stamens
and stigmata, it would be difficult to draw a line of distinction between the
structure of these plants and that of Orchidece ; but the position of the sta-
mens, and other characters, sufficiently remove them apart.

Another analogous fact is deserving of notice : on examining the stigma of
Dictyostega after flowering, it will be found to be crowded with bundles of
white cottony filaments, which may be seen even with a common lens to con-
sist of pollen-tubes issuing in a body from the cells of the anthers and pene-
trating the stigma, leaving their ends exserted, and clavately terminated by
their respective grains, thus displaying in a very beautiful manner the sin-
gular mode of fecundation so ably illustrated by Mr. Brown in his admirable
paper on that subject, published in the 16th volume of the Transactions of this
Society. The pollen also in its texture presents great resemblance to that of
the Orchidece, its component granules cohering in like manner into a solid
waxy mass previous to the dehiscence of the anthers.

The position of the several parts of the flower in Dictyostega and the allied
genera will be seen to offer very peculiar characters, to an examination of
which I was led by the suggestions of Mr. Brown. This profound botanist
was, I think, the first who observed* that the pistilla, when distinct, or their
component parts, when united, are generally placed opposite to the petals in
Dicotyledones, while he believed the cells of the trilocular ovarium, or the
component parts of the unilocular ovarium with three parietal placentae in
Monocotyledones, to be situated uniformly opposite to the divisions of the outer
series of the perianthium ; and in his learned Memoir on Cyrtandracece, lately
published (" Plantse Javanicse," p. 110), he has given a very interesting de-
monstration of the structure of the ovarium, and the relation which placentae
and stigmata bear to the segments of the perianthium in several different
families.

Mr. Brown considers that in Orchidece the stigmata alternate with the
* Appendix to Denham's Travels, p. 243. — 1826.

552 Mr. MiERS on some new Brazilian Plants

placenta;, a relation most usual in cases of compound unilocular ovaria where
the number of stigmata and placentae is equal ; and that such is really its
relation appears to him to be proved by tracing to their origin their vascular
cords, which are found to coalesce with those of the three outer foliola of the
perianthium. This view of the composition of the ovarium in Orchidece, he
observes, is confirmed by finding that it agrees with the ordinary arrangement
of Monocotyledonous plants, viz. the opposition of the double parietal pla-'
centse to the three inner divisions of the perianthium, while in Apostasia the
three placentae of the trilocular ovarium are opposite to the three outer divi-
sions. The same agreement, he further observes, is found in Scitaminece, both
in the placentae of the trilocular ovarium, which in this family is its ordinary
structure, and in the unilocular, which is the exception. My observations
upon the structure of Burmanniacece afford to that order a different arrange-
ment as regards the position of stigmata. Dr. Von Martius, in illustrating
the genus Burmannia, has given a figure of the pistillum of B. hicolor, in
which the stigmata are placed opposite to the wings, and therefore alternate
with the inner segments of the perianthium ; but this probably may have been
an error of the draughtsman, since no such position is alluded to in the text.
I have in several instances opened with the utmost care the flowers of Bur-
mannia, and have found the stigmata manifestly placed as I have constantly
observed them in Dictyostega and the allied genera with unilocular capsules,
viz. opposite to the stamens, and to the inner segments of the perianthium, with
which the placentae also correspond, all being alternate with the outer seg-
ments: in Burmannia, however, owing to the complete inflection of the car-
pellary leaves to form the trilocular ovarium, the placentae thus extended
to the axis will be seen directed towards the middle of the cells, and opposite
to the outer segments of the perianthium, at the same time that all other parts
I'emain as before mentioned, in a similar position to that existing in Dic-
tyostega.

This deviation from the usual order of relation may probably be accounted
for by the very ingenious views of Mr. Brown relative to the original compo-
sition of stigma, founded on the supposition that each simple pistillum or
carpel has necessarily two stigmata, which are to be regarded not as terminal,
but lateral, in the same manner that the placentae of each carpellary leaf are

allied to the Natural Order Burmanniacese. 653

to be considered as marginal ; and although a confluence of the two stigmata
of each carpel is the more usual structure, he adduces some cases, of compara-
tively rare occurrence, in which the stigmata of the adjoining carpels are
confluent, as in Parnassia, many Cruciferce, and Papaveracece, as well as in
the majority of Iridece, such cases of deviation being often, according to him,
obviously connected with adaptation of surface to the more complete perform-
ance of function*. These views may in like manner be applied to Burman-
niacece ; thus in Dictyostega we may conceive that there exists a confluence,
not only of the ovuliferous margins of the adjoining carpellary leaves, but of
the adjacent stigmata of the several carpels, differing thus from Orchidece,
where, in cases of their complete development, the stigmata of each carpel are
united and remain distinct from those of the adjoining component part of the
pistillum. The probability of this conclusion is strengthened by the appear-
ance of the lateral lobes of the stigmata of Dictyostega, and by the two horn-
like appendages of those of Apteria, as shown in the figures illustrative of
these parts. Although the trilocular Burtnanniacece will be seen to agree with
those Iridece to which Mr. Brown has referred, by having the stigmata alter-
nate with the placentae, they still differ from that order in having their stamens
constantly opposite to the inner segments of the perianthium ; and notwith-
standing the close affinity shown to exist between this family and Orchideai,
we have here, independent of all other considerations, a sufficiently well-de-
fined character in the position of stigmata, to establish a line of complete
distinction between them.

EXPLANATION OF THE PLATES.
Tab. XXXVn.

Fig. 1 . Dictyostega orobanchioides.

a. Flower, magnified, to show the aestivation.

b. Ditto, with the perianthium cut open, to show the stamens and

pistillum.

c. Stamen, seen sideways.

d. Ditto, seen in front, with one of the cells of the anther burst.

* Plantee Javanica, p. 110.

554 Mr. MiERs on some new Brazilian Plants

e. Pistillum, with the lower portion of the ovarium and some of the seeds
removed, to show the parietal placentation and mode of attachment
of the seeds.

/. Ditto, with clusters of pollen-tubes escaped from the anthers pene-
trating the stigmata.
g. Capsule, with the limb of the perianthium fallen off, in the act of burst-
ing at the apex.

h. Ditto, cut transversely, to show the placentation and disposition of
the seeds.

i. Ditto, after dehiscence, showing the lacerated margins of the valves.

k. Portion of the capsule, showing the longitudinal fibres of the placenta,
the texture of the pericarpium, and the part which by laceration forms
the margins of the valves.

I. Seed, magnified.

m. Seed, highly magnified, showing the transparent reticulated testa,
and the included embryo ; the upper end is that by which it is at-
tached to the placenta.

w. Nucleus, showing the cord by which it is suspended from the attenu-
ated apex of the testa.

o. One of the scales of the fleshy root, fringed with long ciliary hairs,
seen from the inside, to show the reticulated structure ; the outer
surface presents hairs like those of the margin. — All more or less
magnified.
Fig. 2. Dictyostega umhellata.

a. Flower, magnified, to show the aestivation.

h. Ditto, with the perianthium cut open, to show the stamens and pistillum.

c. Stamen, seen in front.

d. Ditto, seen sideways.

e. Filament, seen in front.
/. Ditto, seen sideways.

g. Pistillum, showing the three-lobed summit of the ovarium, the style

and stigmata.
h. Ovarium, cut transversely, to show the placentation and disposition of

the seeds.

allied to the Natural Order Burmanniacese. 555

i. Capsule, with the adhering perianthium.

k. Ditto, with a portion of the perianthium removed, to show the mode of

dehiscence.
/, Ditto, with the perianthium wholly removed. — All more or less magni-
fied.
Fig. 3. Burmannia bicolor.

a. Flower, cut open, to show the stamens and pistillum.

b. Ovarium, cut transversely, to show its three-celled structure and central

placentation.

c. Seed.

d. Nucleus. — All magnified.
Fig. 4. Pleurothallis pectinata.

a. Seed, with its transparent reticulated testa and included nucleus,

suspended by its base from the attenuated apex, to show its re-
semblance to the seed of Dictyostega orobanchioides.

b. Nucleus.

Tab. XXXVJII.
Fig. 1 . Gonyanthes nepalensis.

a. Capsule, showing the mode of dehiscence.
Fig. 2. Gonyanthes Wallichii.

a. Capsule. ." .■

Fig. 3. Gonyanthes pusilla. 1

a. Capsule.
Fig. 4. Cymbocarpa refracta.

a. Flower, expanded, with its pedicel and bracte.

h. Perianthium, cut open.

c. Stamen, seen in front.

d. Ditto, seen sideways.

e. Free summit of the ovarium, with the style and stigmata.

f. Stigmata, seen in front and sideways.

g. Capsule, cut transversely, to show the placentation and disposition of

the seeds.
h. Ditto, ditto, to show the mode of dehiscence.

i. Capsule, ripened.

VOL. XVIII. 4 D

556 Mr. MiERS on some new Brazilian Plants.

k. Capsule, in a state of dehiscence.

/. Ditto, having shed all its seeds.
m. Ditto, with the persistent perianthium cut open, to show the cohesion of
the summit of the style. In these last two fig-ures the placentae are
seen, as well as the peculiar protuberances at their summit in the
conical portion of the ovarium, which assist in the dehiscence of the
apex : these protuberances are also present in the capsules of Dicty-
ostega and Apteria.

n. Seed, greatly magnified ; the testa being opake.

0. Nucleus. — All more or less magnified.
Fig. 5. Apteria lilacina.

a. Flower, expanded.

b. Ditt6, cut open, to show the stamens and pistillum.

c. Stamen, with its supporting hollow sac cut away from the perianthium,

seen in front.

d. Ditto, ditto, seen sideways.

e. Ditto, with its winged appendages, still further magnified, showing the

mode of dehiscence of the anther.

f. Pistillum.

g. Stigmata, still more magnified.

h. Ovarium, cut transversely, to show the placentation and disposition of

its seeds,
i. Capsule, with the marcescent perianthium.

k. Ditto, with the perianthium removed, to show the mode of dehis-
cence.
/. Ditto, cut open, to show the placentae and the protuberances at their
summit,
m. Seed, greatly magnified.
n. Nucleus. — All more or less magnified.
Fig. 6. View of the inner wall of the capsule of Dictyostega orohanchioides.
Fig. 7- Ditto of the capsule of a species of Chhrcea from Chili.

T-raazs.ZjMn Soc Vol XVIJJ ia.d

J'. Mbers , del'

G J'a^no'iajn^ ,

Trmj,lum.,^„c mjJOi:. lai. J3.

J^ MLgrs ^l

&. JuTTnatv, sc.

[ 557 ]

XXXVI. Soyne Account of the Curata, a Grass of the Tribe of Bambuseae,
of the Culm of which the Indians of Guiana prepare their Sarbacans or

. Blowpipes. By Robert H. Schomburgk, Esq. Communicated by the
Secretary.

Read December 17th, 1839.

What is the monocotyledonous plant that furnishes these admirable
reeds ?" is the question asked by Baron Humboldt, after giving a description
of the species of reed, of which the Indian Sarbacans or blowpipes are made.
" Did we see, in fact," he continues, " the internodes of a grass of the tribe of
Nastoidoe ? or may this reed be a Cyperaceous plant, destitute of knots ? — I
cannot solve this question!"

Nearly forty years have passed since this great traveller visited Esmeralda,
and observed one of the four canoes which had taken the Indians to the
gathering of the Juvias (the fruits of Bertholletia excelsa) filled in great part
with this remarkable reed ; and the interval has elapsed without botanists
receiving any further information on this interesting subject. No wonder,
therefore, that next to the plant which furnishes the active principle of the
famous Urari or Wurali poison, the discovery of the reed by means of which
the Indian is enabled to send his poisoned arrow with so much precision into
his intended victim, should have been a point of the greatest interest to me.

During the first of the expeditions which were undertaken in the interior
of Guiana, I was fortunate enough to discover at the Cannucu mountains
the plant of the bark of which the Indians make their Urari poison, and
established without doubt that it is a species of Strychnos, which I named
Strychnos toxifera. But in answer to all my questions to the Indians as
to the locality from whence they procured the reeds that play such an im-
portant part in the construction of the blowpipe, they merely pointed to the
west, and gave me to understand that it was far away. The value which the
Indians of Guiana set upon these reeds, and the uncertainty from whence

4 I) 2

558 Mr. Schomburgk's Account of the Curata,

they came, increased their interest ; and one of my first questions on arriving
at a settlement of Indians which I liad not previously visited, was, whether they
knew from whence were obtained these reeds, so different in structure from
all known Bambusece. I ascertained at last that the Macusis received them
from the Arecunas, but that they did not grow in the country of that tribe ;
on the contrary, the Arecunas undertook journeys of several months duration
to procure them from another tribe, who lived still further westward.

During the latter part of my third expedition in the interior of Guiana, I
likewise visited these Arecunas, who inhabit the northern tributaries of the
Orinoco, and from whom the Macusis receive their reeds by barter; and
here I received certain information that the plant which produced the reed
grew in the country of the Guinau and Maiongcong Indians near the head-
waters of the Orinoco.

We saw among the Arecunas a large number of these reeds, which they
were manufacturing into blowpipes. The reed being so valuable, and so liable
to destruction if carried openly through the woods, the Indian puts it for pro-
tection into the slender trunk of a palm (a species of Kunthia ?), which he
simply hollows out for the purpose. Being aware that the tube thus manufac-
tured is in constant demand by the other tribes, he does not leave the regions
which he inhabits to offer his ware for sale, but patiently awaits the visits of
the Macusi, skilled in manufacturing the Urari poison, who brings him that
deadly preparation, and exchanges it against these reeds or the ready-finished
blowpipe. By this mutual exchange, they are each rendered masters of life
and death over the feathered game ; for, armed with his blowpipe, the wily
huntsman gradually steals nearer and nearer to his victim, and launches his
weapon of death, which seldom fails of its deadly aim, before the unconscious
bird is even aware of the approaching danger.

Tlie great object of my last expedition led me to that far west. We camped
on the 26th of January near the river Emakuni, at a settlement inhabited by
Maiongcong Indians ; and the first object which struck me on entering the
miserable hut which served as a dv/elling to the Indians, was a large bundle
of these reeds, some of which were sixteen feet long ; a circumstance which
naturally induced the inquiry, from whence they came. The houses being
built on elevated ground, we had an extensive view before us ; at the distance of

a Grass of the Tribe o/" Bambusese, Sfc, 559

twenty miles we observed a large chain of mountains, which trended N.N.E.
and S.S.W. ; and among this chain a high mountain was pointed out to us,
which they called Mashiatti, and where we were told that these reeds were
growing ; but as we were given to understand that we should find them like-
wise at Marawacca, and as Mashiatti was entirely out of our road, we did not
visit it. It was consequently only in the middle of February, and after we had
crossed the river Parima, that my wish of becoming acquainted with that
curious plant was accomplished, r.oi •:..'.

The Maiongcong and Guinau Indians, whom the Spaniards call Maquiri-
tares, conducted us to that part of Marawacca (a high mountain which ter-
minates in an almost perpendicular wall of sandstone) where the plant grows.
It is a day's journey from a Maiongcong settlement on the river Cuyaca, from
whence the hospitable and good-natured savages showed us the beaten track.
After having ascended Mount Marawacca, to about 3500 feet above the Indian
village, the traveller follows a small mountain-stream, on the banks of which
the Curas or Curatas, as the Indians call these reeds, grow in dense tufts.
They form generally clusters of from fifty to one hundred, which are pushed
forth, as in many other species of that tribe, by a strong, jointed, subterranean
rootstock. The stem rises straight from the rhizoma, without a knot, and
of equal thickness, frequently to a height of sixteen feet, where the first disse-
piment stretches across the inside, and the first branchlets are formed. The
articulations then continue at regular intervals of about fifteen or eighteen
inches to a further height of from forty to fifty feet. The full-grown stem is at
the base an inch and a half in diameter, or nearly five inches in circumference.
It is of a bright green, perfectly smooth, and hollow inside. The branchlets
surround the culm at the nodes in small bundles, and are arranged in a verticil-
late manner ; they are generally from three to four feet in length, very slender,
terete, and nodose ; the upper articulations two to three inches apart, and longer
than the first, vaginated ; the vagina split at the apex, persistent, striated, some-
what scabrous. The leaves are alternate, linear-lanceolate, of a bright green
above, glaucescent below, nervose, striated, the midrib prominent, marginated,
margin scabrous, acute ; from eight to nine inches long, and five and a half to
six lines broad, obliquely rounded at the base ; provided with a short petiole,
which is articulated to the vagina ; ligulated ; ligula very short and pilose.

560 Mr. Schomburgk's Account of the Curata,

The inflorescence is terminal and forms ramose spikes with a flexuose
rachis ; the locustee or spikelets are subsessile, lanceolate, loose, from one and
a half to two inches in length, and their pedicel is short and compressed*.

The whole stem is from fifty to sixty feet high ; but the weight of the
numerous branchlets forces the slender stem to droop, and the upper part
generally describes an arch, which adds greatly to its graceful appearance. It
resembles in its general appearance, if we do not regard the first nodeless joint,
Humboldt's Bambusa latifoUa, which he found in flower on the banks of the
Cassiquiare. I was several times deceived, when descending the Rio Negro,
into mistaking at a distance the B. latifolia for the Curata.

I estimated the height on which we found the Curata, — by which native
name I shall distinguish it, — at about 6000 feet above the level of the sea. I
have already observed, that the soil where it grew was very rich, the situation
was shady, and the atmosphere humid. Its luxuriant growth in dense tufts
did not allow any other plant to shoot up under it. Its distribution is very
limited, and appears to be restricted to that chain of sandstone mountains
which extends between the second and fourth parallel, and forms the separa-
tion of waters between the rivers Parima, Merewari, Ventuari, Orinoco and
Negro. Indeed I succeeded only in ascertaining with certainty three locali-
ties, Mounts Mashiatti, Marawacca, and Wanaya.

It is a remarkable circumstance, that the plant which furnishes the chief
ingredient for the preparation of the Urari poison is likewise peculiar to a few
mountainous tracts ; consequently the tribes who inhabit the regions where
these plants grow, and who are acquainted with the mode of their preparation,
acquire a general importance.

In pointing out the great differences between the tropical and extra-tropical
Grasses, Schouw has noticed the much greater height which the former acquire,
occasionally assuming the appearance of trees. Some of the most distinguished

* The scarcity of flowering spikelets was the reason that I examined only two on the spot, both of
which were only one-flowered : the floret was hermaphrodite, and on that side of the spikelet which
was furthest from the rachis. Of the few dried specimens which I have brought with me, one has
been given to Mr. Bennett, who has promised to add a notice of its characters to this paper. It would
be therefore superfluous to enter here into a detailed description of its sexual parts : I observe only
that the anthers are of a greenish yellow, and the filaments yellow.

a Grass of the Tribe o/*Bambuse£e, 5fc. 561

of this description are the Bambusece, of which the Curata is one of the most
remarkable. But the disproportionate length of its first joint has no parallel
among- the other species of that tribe. As far as I could ascertain, the first
joint indicates the growth of one period, which must be very short. The late-
ral shoots are only formed when the stem begins to increase in diameter; we
saw young stems, which at the height of twenty feet, and with a thickness of
scarcely a quarter of an inch, had as yet no signs of articulations.

The uncertainty which has so long prevailed as to the plant which furnishes
the blowpipe-reed attests its scarcity : but this is more strikingly manifested
by the circumstance that the other Indians denote the Maiongcong and Gui-
nau tribes, who inhabit the only known regions where it grows, the Curata-
people. Nature has taught the Indians of the Rio Negro and the Amazon,
who have no intercourse with the Curata-people, to find a substitute in a
slender palm, which they hollow out by steeping the stem for some days in
water, when the internal structure may be easily pushed out by a stick. This
slender tube is introduced into a larger palm in the same manner as the Curata
into the stem of the Kunthia. Or sometimes the blowpipe merely consists of a
single palm of any species, the interior of which has been removed and burnt
out after having split the stem along its length into two parts. When this has
been done and the inside has been polished, the Indian of the Rio Negro joins
the two parts accurately together by an indigenous glue ; and a mouth-piece
of wood is added to it, which is considerably thicker than the tube. If it be
considered what labour is required to accomplish this task by the aid only of
a stone knife or an instrument made of the Bamboo, it becomes an obvious
inference, that the Curata, which is so much better adapted for the purpose,
does not grow in his neighbourhood.

Limited only to a few spots, the constant demand for the reeds would soon
exhaust the stock, if there were not two circumstances which render it very
unlikely that they will be exterminated. These are, the numerous shoots
which originate from a single rootstock, combined with the rapid growth of
the shoots ; and the great cai'e which the Indian takes of his blowpipe. Even
when in quest of game, and winding his way through thickets which would
prove almost impenetrable to an unincumbered European, he carries his blow-
pipe erect, and accomplishes his purpose without injury to his weapon. "A
hunter," says Baron Humboldt, "preserves the same Sarbacan during his

562 Mr. Schomburgk's Account of the Cnrata, &^c.

whole life, and boasts of the lightness and precision of his Sarbacan, as we
boast of the same qualities in our fire-arms."

The Indian selects only the young reeds for his weapon, as the larger would
not only prove too unwieldy when encased, but would likewise require too
much effort in propelling the arrow through the tube. After they have been
cut to the necessary length, they are turned slowly over a moderate coal fire,
which process prevents their warping, and are then exposed to the sun, where
they are allowed to remain until they acquire a shining yellow colour, which
the Indian considers as a proof that they contain no more moisture. They are
afterwards encased ; for which purpose they use the trunk of a slender palm
of the tribe of Arecince (a Kunthia or Geonoma), which is steeped for a few
days in water in order more easily to extract the lax tissue of which the inside
consists, while the outer part is so hard that it takes a beautiful polish. This
case is called by the Macusi Indians Yurija-Cdra- pong.

Note by John Joseph Bennett, Esq., Sec. L.S.

Mr. Schomburgk having placed in my hands specimens of the Grass which
forms the subject of his communication, with a request that (if I should find
It to be unpublished) I would describe it, I at first suspected it to be iden-
tical with the Arundinaria verticillata of Nees von Esenbeck and Kunth ;
but a subsequent examination has satisfied me that it is a distinct species of
that genus. I have had no opportunity of comparing it with specimens of
A. verticillata, but it differs from the description of that species given by the
two eminent botanists above-named, in the following particulars. Its leaves
ai'e linear, instead of lanceolate, and smooth on both surfaces, instead of sca-
brous ; the mouth of their sheaths is furnished on either side of the articula-
tion of the leaf with a fringe of long rigid setee, which are not mentioned as
occurring in A. verticillata ; its locustae are sessile, instead of being pedicelled;
and the hypogynous scales are lanceolate and acute, instead of obovate and
obtuse. The following character will therefore serve to distinguish the spe-
cies : —

Arundinaria Schomburgkii.

A. foliis linearibus acuminatis Icevibus : vaginarum ore utrinque longe setoso,
spied simplici pauciflord, locustis sessilibus, squamulis hypogynis lanceolatis

i'.{. acutis.

[ 563 ]

XXXVII. On Cuscuta epilinurn and halophyta. By Charles C. Babington,

Esq., M.A., F.L.S., F.G.S., Sfc.

Read November 5th, 1839.

In a paper which the Society has done me the honour to publish in the
second part of the present volume of its Transactions, I have added my testi-
mony to the existence of scales in the tube of the corolla of C. europcea, as first
stated by Mr. Brown, and endeavoured to explain by their extreme difficulty of
detection, even in living specimens, the fact of their not having been observed by
several botanists of eminence. Since the publication of that paper I have ob-
tained specimens of two other species, in both of which I have found these little
organs, and will, with the permission of the Society, proceed to lay before it an
account of the appearances presented upon an internal view of their corollas.

In the first of these plants, C. epilinurn, Weihe, we find a ventricose tube
furnished with a whorl of adpressed bifid scales, each branch of which is
usually divided in a rather irregular manner into two or three fingerlike
points, as I have endeavoured roughly to represent in fig. 1. ; the divisions of
the corolla terminate in acute points, and the stamens have very short fila-
ments and are inserted much higher up than the extremity of the scales.

In Reichenbach's figure of this plant in his Icones Plant, tab. 693, the scales
are very incorrectly given, each of them being there represented as two
minute, separate, roundish bodies, pointing downwards. Specimens received
from him (No. 19 of his Fl. Germ, exsic), gathered near Borna, in the neigh-
bourhood of Chemnitz, by M. Weicker, have however these parts of exactly
the form described above, and agree in all points with the English plant, with
the exception of the want of a bractea under each bunch of flowers. It is
however possible, from the manner in which this bractea is hidden by the
flowers in the English plant, that it may also exist in that found in Germany,
although the employment of its absence as a part of the specific character is
strongly opposed to this supposition. I am indebted to my friend Mr. J. E.

VOL. XVIII. 4 E

564 Mr. Babington on Cuscuta epilinum and halophyta.

Bowman for the specimens examined, which were gathered near Trelydan
Hall, Montgomeryshire, on the 8th of August, 1839.

The other species to which I would direct attention is a newly-discovered
plant, first described by Fries in his Novitim'um Fl. Suec. Mantissa prima
(p. 8.), under the name of C. halophyta. It was discovered "Ad litus marinum
Norvegise australis, supra plantas salinas succulentas v. c. Chenopodiaceas.
Dedit Blytt." For my specimen I am indebted to my friend Mr. R. B. Bow-
man of Newcastle-upon-Tyne, to whom it was given by Dr. Blytt himself,
who gathered it " on the coast of the Fiord near Christiania." As Fries takes
no notice of the scales in this plant, it gave me great pleasure to discover their
existence in my specimen, in which the tube of the corolla is ventricose, and
the scales are closely adpressed to its surface ; they are very similar to those
of C. epilinum, but are more deeply bifid, and have, as I believe, bifid not trifid
segments ; this, however, is very diflScult to determine, on account of their
perfect transparency and tenacity. Fig. 2. is intended to convey a general
idea of the internal appearance of the corolla of this species, whose segments
are broad and obtuse, and which has its stamens placed quite at the upper
extremity of the tube, far above the scales, and apparently upon filaments
which are alternately long and short.

I would add to the specific characters of C. europcea and C. epithymum,
which are given in my former paper, the words — calyce corolla mult6 brevi-
ori, — and give the following as the characters of the plants at present under
consideration.

C. epilinum, Weihe (in Boenningh. Prod. Fl. Monast. 75-) florum glomerulis
bracteatis sessilibus, squamis palmato-subsexfidis tubo corollse semper
ventricoso adpressis, calycis laciniis carnosis basi deltoideis corolla vix
brevioribus. — Corollce lacinice acutce.

C. halophyta. Fries (Nov. Fl. Suec. Mantis, p. 8#-), " florum glomerulis subbrac-
teatis" sessilibus, squamis bifidis : segmentis bifidis tubo corollae ventri-
coso adpressis, calyce corolla mult6 breviori. — Corollce lacinice ovatce,

obtusce. Calycis lacinice obtusce. Styli duo. " Glomerulos Jlorum

bracteatos vidi plurimos." Fries.

St. John's College, Cambridge,
October 16, 1839.

Mr. Babington on Cuscuta epilinum and halophyta. 565

Since the reading of this paper I have gathered Cuscuta epilinum among flax
both in the county of Mayo and in Argyleshire, and add a description drawn
from living specimens.

Segments of the calyx 5, ovate, attenuated above into an acute point, very
fleshy, with peculiarly large cells ; some of them often so much thickened
as to become deltoid. Tube of the corolla Ij times as long as the limb,
slightly inflated, the lobes triangular acute ; stamens inserted very near
to the summit of the tube ; filaments short ; anthers cordate ; the limb
of the corolla is often very fleshy. Scales bifid, each lobe either entire or
2- or 3-fid, short. Styles 2, short, bent round each other. Bractes not
always present, broadly ovate, obtuse, with a minute point, often pur-
plish. Flowers whitish-yellow, sometimes tinged with pink. Anthers
bright yellow.

I have reason to believe that this plant is not a native of the British Isles,
but that it has been, and continues to be, introduced with the flax-seed from
Odessa and other ports of Southern Russia. Flax raised from American, and
also, I believe, Riga seed, is free from this destructive parasite.

Fig 1. Fig. 2.

4 E 2

[ 567 ]

XXXVIII. On the Reproductive Organs of Equisetuiii. By Mr. Joseph
Henderson. Communicated hy the Rev. M. J. Berkeley, M.A., F.L.S.

Read June 2nd, 1840.

1 HERE is no part of the structure of Equisetum more curious or more
anomalous than the organs of reproduction ; and although the position of the
order in the natural system depends on the nature of these organs, yet this is
so far matter of doubt, that very eminent botanists do not seem decided as to
whether Equisetacece are to rank among Phsenogamic or Cryptogamic plants.
In the following observations* (the result of an examination continued

* These observations were made before I was aware that in part they had been anticipated. Tre-
viranus (a) appears first to have observed and correctly figured the spiral vessels in the cells of which
the thecse of Equisetum are composed ; and Meyen (i) confirms his observations, while he at the same
time criticises, and with justice, the account given by BischofF(c). There are, however, several points
that appear not to have been examined, and my observations do not precisely accord with those of
Meyen. I venture, then, still to offer them to the notice of the Linnean Society, trusting that I shall
be excused if in any case I have been occupied on ground which has already been explored.

Since the present paper was read, Mr. I. J. Bennett has kindly pointed out to me that I have also
been in a great degree anticipated by Mohl in the discovery of the peculiar mode of the production of
the spore in Equisetum. I think it right, therefore, to give a translation of the passage in his memoir,
which has been furnished by a friend.

" The young capsules (of Equisetum variegatum) are filled with a very delicate, polyhedral, cellular
tissue. These cells are connected together in greater or lesser masses, without, however, being sur-
rounded by mother-cells (if they are not rather themselves to be so regarded), and are filled with a
granular mass. In older capsules these cells are larger and distinct from each other, and the green
granular contents form for the most part a disc lying in the middle of the cell. In still more advanced
capsules this green disc is changed into an oval grain, wrapped round with the two elaters. These
seem to arise from the splitting of the cell in which the grain is formed, and at first surround it under
the form of a closed integument. The grain itself possesses two coats, of which the outer is mode-
rately tough, the inner very tender. I have never seen a style-like elongation like that with which
Hedwig has represented the grain." — Flora, 1833, pp. 45, 46.

(a) Von inwendigen Ban d. Gew., pp. 89. & 120. tab. 2. fig. 29.

(b) Meyen, Pflanzen-Physiologie, vol. i. p. 59, 1837.
(e) Bischoff, die Krypt, Gew., i. p. 39.

568 Mr. Henderson on the Reproductive Organs q/'Equisetum.

from time to time on Equisetum hyemale and other species) I shall endeavour
to show that the filaments attached to the spores of Equisetum are separated
portions of an oval integument which envelopes the spore in its early state,
and which, being attached to it on one side, and opening by spiral sutures or
slits as the spore approaches to maturity, finally on its escape from the theca
unrolls, and separates into two filaments with clavate tips attached by their
middle to the spore. When the spike or frilctification of Equisetum hyemale
first begins to swell beyond the terminal sheath, the spores may be observed
in a rudimentary state on carefully dissecting the theca, the interior of which
is at this time divided into cells of extreme tenuity, in which the spores
originate. These cells are filled with a viscid, greenish-coloured fluid, which,
when mixed with a small portion of water and highly magnified, will be found
to contain innumerable minute granules, possessing spontaneous motion, and
moving apparently on tlieir axes with considerable rapidity : they are of various
sizes (fig. 6.) and of various shapes, the larger generally oblong, the lesser sphe-
rical : they are all equally active, and being transparent, they communicate a
whitish colour to the water when viewed with the naked eye.

Tab. XXXIX. fig. 3. represents four cells detached by means of water, con-
taining the spores in the position which they occupy within the cells ; at first
their form is oval or ovate, but they very soon change to globular, the form
which they afterwards retain. It is extremely difficult at this time to detach
any of these cells entire, owing to the filmy condition of their walls and the
viscid nature of their contained fluid : a better opportunity is afforded of view-
ing their form and arrangement by macerating the theca in dilute nitric acid,
when they appear somewhat shrunk and collapsed, and the minute granules
are therefore easily discernible in the cells (Tab. XXXIX. fig. 4.) and also in
the spores : the whole mass is easily forced asunder even to the theca, which
separates into parts corresponding with the sides of the outer cells. Consider-
able changes take place in the spores from the state here noticed in their
progress to maturity ; these are accompanied by other and very remarkable
changes in the theca as well as in the cells. These latter gradually acquire
substance, separate from each other, and, changing their form, become first
globular, and afterwards oval integuments of the spores ; the spaces caused by
their separation being filled up with a dark green viscid fluid containing

Mr. Henderson on the Reproductive Organs o/'Equisetum. 569

abundance of minute granules. If detached by means of water during the
globular state, the integument has a flattened appearance (Tab. XXXIX.
fig. 6.), probably owing to the inability of the membrane to preserve its proper
form. At Tab. XXXIX. fig. 7- is represented the spore with its membranous
integument when it has attained sufficient consistency to preserve the oval
form ; it has at each end an appendage of apparently more delicate mem-
brane, the remains probably of what in an earlier state served to connect the
contiguous cells. This connecting membrane — if such it be — is the only trace
of any connexion between one cell or integument and another ; it is very soon
destroyed, and no mark of it remains in a more advanced state of the integu-
ment.

The next change which the integument undergoes is in the development of
the spiral sutures, by which it is divided into two narrow bands with broad
and rounded ends : at first the dividing lines are indistinctly seen traversing
the integument (Tab. XXXIX. fig. 8.) ; after a time they become more distinct,
and their spiral direction becomes evident. Two lines of separation run in a
spiral direction round the integument, and meet in a sinuous transverse suture
at each end (Tab. XXXIX. fig. 11.) ; these lines cut the integument into two
equal parts, the ends of which are dilated and uniform ; and these are the
clavate ends of the filaments which have been considered by Hedwig and
others as forming part of a sexual apparatus. The separation of the integu-
ment into parts takes place immediately after the edges of the sutures have
arrived at their proper thickness ; it is therefore very difficult after this to find
the integument entire.

At Tab. XXXIX. fig. 9. is repi-esented the most perfect which I have been
able to find after the examination of a great number. The spore at this time
contains a greenish-coloured fluid mixed with some minute granules ; soon
after it changes to a deeper green colour, its contents become thicker, less
soluble in water, and filled with a greater number of granules ; the fluid
which had previously filled the integument and the rest of the theca is gradu-
ally absorbed, leaving the granules which it contained sticking in masses to
the spores and to the separated portions of the integument. It is these masses
of granules, when found adhering to the filaments in the ripened state of the
spore, that have been mistaken for pollen-grains : when removed by means of

570 Mr. Henderson on the Reproductive Organs o/Equisetum.

water, they are found to consist exclusively of the lesser granules, the larger
ones having now altogether disappeared. As the spore swells, the divisions of
the integument are forced asunder ; a portion at each end however generally
adheres longer, and preserves the form represented at Tab. XXXIX. fig. 10.;
and although further separated, these divisions are still held in their spiral
position until the ripening of the spore, when, being ejected from the theca,
they recoil with a jerk, and immediately twist into narrow clavate filaments,
the state in which they have been most frequently observed. Tab. XXXIX.
fig, 12. represents the spore previous to its ripening and to the opening of the
theca; the filaments are partly unrolled, and their attachment to the spore
and to each other is shown.

In the ripened state the spore has a wrinkled or plaited appearance, arising
from some peculiarity in its immediate covering, which appears to add greatly
to its opacity. On the application of water to the spore, it immediately swells
to considerably beyond its original size, the wrinkles on its surface disappear,
and it changes to a bright green colour. By adding tincture of iodine to
the water a very curious effect is produced, which proves the existence of an
outer and inner membrane or tunic to the spore : its nucleus is contracted
to a much smaller size, leaving the outer membrane occupying the space to
which it had been distended by the water, and appearing under transmitted
light like a transparent limb to the opake spore (Tab. XXXIX. fig. 13.). The
spore on arriving at maturity acquires a dark green colour ; it contains a thick
viscid fluid, copiously mixed with minute granules exactly similar to those
contained in the pollen-grains of flowering plants ; they seem not to differ
greatly from, if they are not identical with, the lesser granules found in the
integument and in the intercellular cavities of the theca. The larger granules
having all disappeared immediately after the separation of the integument, it
would appear that their functions are somewhat different from those of the
lesser ones ; the former, I have no doubt, are of an amylaceous nature, being
soluble in boiling water, but not in alcohol. I inclosed some spikes of Equi-
setum hyemale, in that state when the granules of both kinds are most nume-
rous, in a phial with water ; the phial was then held in a vessel of boiling
water for half an hour, and on examining the thecse, I found that the larger
granules had all disappeared, but that the lesser ones remained unaltered.

Mr. Henderson on the Reproductive Organs o/'Equisetiim. 571

and even retained their activity. Alcohol appears to produce no other effect
on the granules, except the immediate suspension of their motion. Iodine acts
upon the larger ones, which it changes to a bluish colour ; but it produces no
very obvious effect on the lesser ones, except rendering them more distinct.

I have found both these kinds of granules in the unripe thecse of Ferns, of
Lycopodium and of Ophioglossum : in the latter the larger ones are spherical,
very numerous, and some of them very large; the whole of the cells of the
theca are filled with them in the immature state of the spore, but they are
mostly absorbed during its maturation, and very few remain after the dis-
charge of the spores from the theca. Active granules exist also in some (if
not all) the lower tribes of Cryptogamous plants : I have found them in the
unripe thecae of Mosses and of several species of Jungermannia, in the apo-
thecia of Lichens, and in the lamellae of Agarics, and the perithecia of some
other Fungi : in some Agarics they are so minute as only to be rendered visible
under a high magnifying power by diluting the water with iodine. On com-
paring these granules with those contained in the unopened anthers of flower-
ing plants, they appear to me to be in every respect identical ; in both cases,
where the larger ones occur, they are similarly acted upon by iodine, and are
therefore probably of the same nature ; in the theca they appear to occupy a
similar place with those in the cells of the anthers, and they decrease in like
manner during the progress to maturity of the pollen-grain and of the spore.
In the granular contents of the spore also there is the most perfect resemblance
to those of the pollen-grain*. Perhaps the most obvious difference is in the
entire absence of green colour from the fluid of the latter.

It has been already observed, that while the changes which have been
described are in progress in the spore and its integument, considerable
changes are also produced in the organization of the theca. Tab. XXXIX.
fig. 1 & 2. represent two sides of that organ in its immature state, and as it
appears up to the time when the spores which it contains are in the state
represented at Tab. XXXIX. fig. 10. At this time it is a thin, transparent,

* In the manner in which the spores of Equisetum, Ophioglossum, Psilotum, and perhaps all the
higher tribes of Cryptogamous plants, originate in their thecae, there is a strong resemblance to the
origin of pollen in the antherae as described by Brongniart, namely, " in the interior of the cells of a
single and distinct cellular mass."

VOL. XVIII. 4 F

572 Mr. Henderson on the Reproductive Organs q/'Equisetuin.

membranous bag, flattened on two sides, and reticulated in a peculiar man-
ner ; six or more thecse surround the pedicel of the peltate scale to which
they are attached, the approximating sides being flattened, and the outer and
inner edges prominent. The theca is reticulated in the following manner :
three or more rows of muriform meshes placed transversely side by side run
along the inner edge (Tab. XXXIX. fig. 1.) ; the ends of these meshes are
separated by a zig-zag line (or what proves when highly magnified to be a
double line), and it is at one of these lines that the dehiscence of the theca
takes place (Tab. XXXIX. fig. 14. a.). The meshes occupying the sides and
outer edge ai'e of various forms, generally disposed in irregular rows or
divided into areolae, thewmeshes in each of which have a different inclination ;
those on the outer edge are placed longitudinally, from which the bundles of
meshes on the sides are variously inclined in the direction of, and to meet the
rows on the inner edge (Tab. XXXIX. fig. 2.). In this state the theca con-
tinues until the spores have attained their full size, and are changing to the
dark green colour which they assume at maturity.

At this time a new deposit of vegetable matter is added to the membrane of
the theca, in which spiral vessels are developed : a deposit of green granular
matter is first observed round the edges of the meshes, and afterwards di-
spersed of a lighter colour over the whole : the development of the spiral
vessels immediately follows this deposit, which seems in a great measure to
be absorbed in the process, as the theca afterwards partly regains its former
transparency. On first observing this deposit, it appeared to me to be formed
on the inner surface of the membrane of the theca; but after examining both
surfaces with a magnifying power of four hundred diameters, I found that they
presented exactly the same appearance. Subsequent observations, however,
have convinced me that the meshes of the theca are composed of a double
membrane ; that they are in fact flattened cells, the united edges of which
form the boundaries of the meshes, and that the deposit in question, and
afterwards the spiral vessels, are formed in the space caused by a partial
separation of the two membranes. This observation is confirmed by the
appearance of the meshes, which at this time have more or less of a blistered
appearance, or are wholly inflated, but again collapse as soon as the spiral
vessels are formed. These vessels vary according to the form of the meshes

Mr. Henderson on the Reproductive Organs q/'Equisetum. 573

which they occupy ; those occupying the muriform and other meshes near
the inner edge of the theca differ from those on the sides and outer edge ; the
latter are well-defined flattened spiral vessels (Tab. XXXIX. fig. ]4. i.) ; the
former partake more of the character of annular vessels (fig. 14. c).

In a portion of the base of the theca near its insertion into the peltate scale,
the organization is different from any of the above ; it consists partly of fibrous
cellular tissue, something like the inner coating of antherae, and the outer sur-
face is formed into sinuous ridges with hollow spaces between.

EXPLANATION OF THE FIGURES.
Tab. XXXIX. B.

Fig. 1. Magnified portion of the theca of Equisetum hyemale, showing the

TOWS of muriform meshes on the inner edge, and irregular rows of

meshes on part of the side.
Fig. 2. Portion of the theca, showing the outer edge and part of the side, on

which the meshes are divided into areolae variously inclined.
Fig. 3. Cells, detached by means of water, when the spores have arrived at the

globular form.
Fig. 4. Cells, detached by means of dilute nitric acid, when the spores are in

the oval state.
Fig. 5. Granules contained in the fluid of the theca ; a. in the early state ;

b. lesser granules, remaining in the mature state.
Fig. 6. Spore and integument, detached by means of water, immediately after

the separation of the cells.
Figg. 7 & 8. Progressive states of the integument, up to that in which the spiral

sutures are formed.
Fig. 9. Form of the integument at the time of its separation.
Fig. 10. Integument, partially separated.
Fig. 11. End view of the integument, as at fig. 9, showing the transverse

sutures, which bound the clavate ends of the filaments,

4 f2

574 Mr. Henderson on the Reproductive Organs o/'Equisetum.

Fig. 12. Spore, with the integument separated into filaments, detached before

maturity, to show the latter partially unrolled.
Fig. 13. Spore and outer tunic, after immersion in dilute tincture of iodine.
Fig. 14. Highly magnified portion of the theca; a. line of dehiscence;

h. meshes in irregular rows or areolae, in which spiral vessels are

formed ; c. muriform meshes, on which the vessels near the line of

dehiscence incline to annular.

Figures 3, 5, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13 & 14, are magnified 400 diameters.

Trans rZirui. Soc:'Vs I: ILVMl. tail .33 .

^°o ^d

[ 575 ]

XXXIX. On a Gall gathered in Cuba hy W. S. Macleay, Esq., upon the Leaf
of a Plant belonging to the Order Ochnacese. By the Rev. M. J. Berkeley,
M.A., F.L.S.

Read April 16th, 1839.

J.N following" out any branch of natural history, the attentive student is con-
stantly struck with the host of unexpected analogies which meet him on every
side. He is not surprised to find a complicated network of relations, whether
of analogy or affinity, in his own particular department, but though his know-
ledge out of that is but superficial, he is astonished at observing how many
analogies present themselves, which at first, perhaps, he is inclined to think
fanciful or scarcely worth notice, but their number and importance increase
on him so fast, that at length he is forced to acknowledge the fact, that pecu-
liarities of form, structure, colouring, &c. are represented by similar peculiari-
ties in other apparently but little related orders.

It is most curious, for instance, to find the different organs of which the
more perfect plants are composed represented by various minute Algae and
Fungi, a circumstance, to which, perhaps, is owing the great success which
has attended the physiological researches of various close observers or students
of Cryptogamic plants, as Link, Mirbel, Mohl, Meyen, &c., and which has
caused Agardh*, in perhaps rather too exclusive terms, to call the attention
of all inquirers into the more intimate structure of pheenogamous plants to his
own favourite department of sciencef.

■ * Agardh, Organographie der Pflamen, p. 101, note.

t As an instance of this, the analogy between the helices of spiral vessels and the flocci or sporidia
of Helicomyces, Helicosporium and Helicotrichum, pointed out by Kunze in his Mycologische Hefte, may
be mentioned. It might be objected, that the articulations of the plants in question differ from any-
thing in spiral vessels ; but it is very curious that Meyen (Neues Syst. Pflanz, Pkys. vol. i. tab. 4. fig. 8.)
has lately discovered articulated helices in the cells of Oncidium maximum. Here an analogy recog-
nized between the fungi in question and the helices of spiral vessels might, if considered attentively,
have been an index of the probability of the existence of articulated helices in some phaenogamous

^76 Rev. M. J. Berkeley on a Gall gathered in Cuba

So palpable are some analogies between various productions of Insects
and Fungi, that many eggs, galls, &c. have been described by authors as
true Fungi. The eggs of an Hemerobius, for instance, are Corda's Crate-
romyces candidus. Hypoon/lon ostracetim, Bull. {Spha;ria ostracea, Sow.) is
the nidus of an insect, as I have myself ascertained, though I have not as
yet been able to learn of what order. Atractobolus ubiquitarius, Tode, is
the egg of some Acarus, of the genus Raphignathus, probably, or some
allied genus. It is most remarkable, however, that Fries has lately found
a real Fungus whose characters agree exactly with those laid down from
the insect's eg^. Epichysium argenteum, Tode, is, according to the great
Swedish mycologist, certainly entomogenous. The same may be said of some
Ascophorce.

The eggs of Crioceris Asparagi are so exactly like Acrospermum com-
pressum, that it is difficult to distinguish them without analysis. In exa-
mining moulds the mycologist is often puzzled by the apparent presence of
sporangia, which on more close inspection turn out to be the eggs of some
minute Acari.

Again, various galls assume the form of Fungi, so that specimens are often
transmitted as such by young botanists. Sclerotium fasciculatum, Schumacher,
Fl. Dan. tab. 1492, is a common gall on oak-leaves ; Calocera Lauri, Brotero,
a clavariseform production, is, I understand, caused by an insect. But none
perhaps is more remarkable than the subject of the present memoir, which at
once so closely resembles a Fungus, and differs, in its erumpent habit and
operculum, so much from other galls, that (on a cursory inspection indeed) it
was regarded as an epiphytous Fungus by some of our first botanists, and was
not recognised as the work of an insect even by the great entomologist who
gathered it in Cuba, where it appears to be abundant.

On the occasion of making me a most kind offer of collecting Fungi for my
Herbarium, in Australia, Mr. MacLeay was so good as to transmit to me for
examination a leaf studded with the productions in question.

plants. It appears to have escaped observation that Kunze first pointed ont the spiral structure of the
flocci in TrichiaceiB. See Kz. /. c. vol. ii. p. 94. Klotzsch also made the same discovery in examining
the Fungi of Sir W. J. Hooker's Herbarium in the year 1831.

upon the Leaf of a Plant belonging to the Order Ochnacese. 577

The discovery of the exuviae in some of them, in addition to a microscopic
examination, placed it beyond all doubt that I had before me the production
of an insect.

Twenty or more individuals are produced on the same leaf (in that before
me twenty-three), the upper surface of which is furnished with a strong shining
cuticle. As soon as the presence of the grub has caused the tissue imme-
diately around it to swell, and to detach itself above and below, by a sort of
concentration, from the cuticle, there is an evident attempt, as it enlarges,
exactly as in ^cidium cancellatum and other allied epiphytal Fungi, to burst
indifferently through either surface, but, apparently, it is in general unable
to overcome the superior resistance of the upper cuticle, though that is
somewhat raised and occasionally a little ruptured, and consequently forces
its way through the hypophyllous cuticle, splitting it into a few subacute
laciniae.

Each gall is cylindrical, about a line long, and consists of two distinct sub-
stances, the outer of which is dark brown, and evidently a continuation of the
inner substance of the leaf; the inner much paler, thinner, shining and horny,
as is indeed the case in many galls. The apex is strongly urabilicate with the
border, which is formed of the outer coat, slightly expanded, and furnished
with a few shallow, obtuse, distinct crenulations. At the bottom of the um-
bilicus is a nipplelike operculum. The operculum is solid and formed of the
outer coat, but is intimately connected with the top of the inner horny sac,
which is very thin above, and thus forms a lid to it, which fits on exactly
where the outer suddenly diverges from the inner coat, so that little resistance
is offered to the egress of the insect, except that of the upper portion of the
inner coat, which, as said above, is extremely thin, and, at the point where the
operculum fits on, very brittle. There is sometimes a little punctiform de-
pression at the top of the operculum, which is probably the scar of the punc-
ture made by the ovipositor of the insect. Seventeen of the galls were already
burst; and out of the remaining six, one only furnished an imperfect grub,
and this being exceedingly light and dry, was unfortunately lost whilst the
drawing was in progress. Several of the other galls had the remains of exuviae,
but too imperfect to furnish any information. I am not aware that there is
any instance on record of a gall bursting through the cuticle ; and the oper-

578 Rev. M. J. Berkeley m a Gall gathered in Cuba

culum is very singular*: but on these points I am happy to give an ex-
tract from a letter of Mr. MacLeay, which appears to me extremely in-
teresting.

" I have examined the production of the Ochnaceous leaf under the micro-
scope, and am convinced with you that it is the work of an insect, but I have
not been so successful as you in discovering this insect. On observing, how-
ever, the structure of the nidus, I conceive it to be much more analogous to
that of some of the woody galls than to the cocoons figured by Curtis in the
paper to which you have referred in the Zoological Transactions. The first
cocoon figured as that of a Melolonthidous insect is that of a whole Lepidopte-
rous genus very common in America and New Holland. I have plenty of
specimens collected by myself. The second figured by Curtis, and which is
so like a gall, is more new to me ; but I know several Lepidopterous cocoons
analogous to it which appear to be galls, or rather productions of the tree to
which they are attached. I have bred the insects, however, frequently, and
found that the substance of these pseudo-galls is not vegetable but animal ;
that is, the caterpillar composes them of a sort of mason-work of its ex-
crement, coated inside and out with a varnished silk or silky varnish. I
have little doubt that this is the composition of the cocoons figured by Curtis,
but who was not aware of the fact from never having had an opportunity of
investigating the oeconomy of these insects in their native country. Cocoons
necessarily have opercula, or at least a place more easy of exit than their
general substance will allow. So has the production on the Ochnaceous leaf,
but its structure is vegetable, and I am therefore inclined to consider it a true
gall, although I know no other instance of a gall with an operculum. The
question then is, whether the larva you found has feet or not ; if it has, the
larva is probably Lepidopterous, which would be very singular. If it has not,
the larva is probably Hymenopterous, allied to the Diplolepidce. Upon the
whole I consider it to be a gall most likely made by an Hymenopterous in-
sect."

* It is clear that the gall described and figured by Reaumur {Mem. pour servir d. I'Hist. Nat. des
Insectes, torn. iii. p. 448. pi. 39. figg. 1 — 4), quoted by Mr. Curtis in Trans. Zool. Soc. vol. i. p. 307, has
not an operculum ; for he distinctly says, that before it spins its cocoon it pierces a hole in the gall ;
and the figure indeed shows the same tolerably well.

vpon the Leaf of a Plant belonging to the Order Ochnaceae. 579

EXPLANATION OF THE FIGURES.
Tab. XXXIX. A.

Fig. 1. Under surface of the leaf of an Ochnaceous plant, with the galls of the

natural size.
Fig. 2. Portion of the same magnified, a a. Galls, h. Operculum removed.

c. Gall, cut vertically.
Fig. 3. Upper surface of the same leaf, showing the tendency of the galls to
protrude through it also.

VOL. xvin. 4 G

[ 581 ]

XL. Synopsis of the Coleopterous Genus Cei'apterus. By John O. Westwood,

Esq., F.L.S., 8fc.

Read June 16th, 1840.

X HE dlscoveiy of a species in a hemisphere where the group to which it
belongs has not hitherto been supposed to be indigenous, is always interest-
ing, even if only considered with reference to the geographical distribution
of the objects of nature. When, however, as in the case of the insect about
to be brought before the notice of the Linnean Society, the species dis-
covered belongs to a most anomalous tribe, and is itself one of the most
anomalous of its tribe ; and, moreover, when it is considered that the group
is one which has received great attention on account of the rarity of the in-
sects belonging to it, two monographs of them having appeared in the Trans-
actions of the Society, I am sure I need offer no apology for submitting to the
Society the present Synopsis.

The family Paussldce, of which at the present time about forty-five distinct
species are known, has hitherto been met with only in the Eastern hemisphere,
the species being chiefly African or Asiatic ; whilst New Holland has furnished
two species, and the Balkan Mountains in Turkey another. Mr. Miers, whose
botanical treasures have already so much occupied the attention of the So-
ciety, has been so fortunate as to bring home an insect of this family from
South America belonging to the genus Cerapterus, but evidently possessing
subgeneric characters distinct from those of the known speeies of that genus.

In my Monograph of this family I described three species of this genus :
C. latipes and C. MacLeaii, which I knew only from the works of Swederus
and Donovan, and C. Horsfieldii ; having, however, no absolute means of deter-
mining whether the latter is distinct from C. latipes. In the second volume
of the Transactions of the Entomological Society, I described another species
from the collection of M. Gory of Paris, which, judging from the acknowledged
inaccuracy of Donovan in minute points of organization, I then regarded, but

4 G 2

582 Mr. Westwood's Synopsis of the Genus Cerapterus.

with doubt, as identical with C. MacLeaii. Mr. MacLeay himself, the pos-
sessor of the specimens described by Swederus and Donovan, having found a
new species of the genus in Dr. Smith's African collection, published a Mono-
graph of this genus in the first portion of the Annulosa of Dr. Smith's work,
containing descriptions and figures of four species, namely, Cerapterus latipes,
Horsfieldii, Smithii and MacLeaii, the last of which he separated as a distinct
subgenus under the name of ^rthropterus.

In a subsequent notice on this genus, rendered necessary by the publication
of Mr. MacLeay's Monograph, I arranged the five species with which I was
then acquainted in the following manner :

Subgenus 1. Cerapterus propr. C.latipes. Swed. ; and Hors^eldii.'Westw.

Subgenus 2. Orthopterus. Westw. C. Smithii. MacL.

Subgenus 3. Arthropterus. MacL. C. MacLeaii. Donov.

Subgenus 4. Phymatopterus. Westw. C. piceus. Westw.

In addition to the species from South America mentioned at the commence-
ment of this paper, I have further become acquainted with two more new
species of this curious genus, sent to me by Mr. Westermann of Copenhagen,
the possessor of a splendid collection of insects, and to whom I am indebted
for many valuable additions to my collection. As one of Mr. Westermann's
species and that of Mr. Miers constitute two remarkably distinct subgenera,
it will be serviceable to offer the following synopsis of this genus, now con-
sisting of eight distinct species.

Subgenus 1. Cerapterus (stride sic dictus).
Thorax latissimus, lateribus rotundatis. Antennce latissimse, lateribus serratis,
articulo ultimo maximo. Elytra abdomen tegentia. Tihice latissimse, spina
nulla interna [in C. A-maculato certfe bicalcaratae].1

Species 1. Cerapterus latipes. Swed.

" C. piceus ; elytris macula apicali flavescente subrotunda anticfe quadriden-
tata posticfe lobata ; antennis rufis, articulo ultimo in tuberculo ad basin
elevato." MacLeay. [Palpis labialibiis securiformibus secundum figuras
Swederi.]

Habitat in Oriente.

Mr. Westwood's Synopsis of the Genus Cerapterus. 683

Species 2. Cerapterus Horsfieldii.

C. piceiis ; thorace antic^ einarginato, elytris macula apicali flavescente baud
rotnndata literam y quodainmod6 siinulante, palporuni labialium articulo
ultimo valde securiformi.

Habitat in insula Java.

Obs. Exemplar alterum hujus speciei vidi in Mus. D. Melly tripI6 majus, vix
tamen distinctum.

Species 3. Cerapterus quadrimaculatus.

C. piceo-niger, nitidissimus ; thorace (anticfe viso) subemarginato maculis dua-
bus magnis obscur^ rufescentibus, elytris tenuissim^ punctatis maculis
duabus magnis ovalibus prope scutellum alterisque duabus apicem ver-
sus raajoribus antice et postic^ lobatis rufo-fulvis.

Long. Corp. lin. 5. Lat. elytr. lin. 2|.

Habitat in insula Java. In Mus. D. Westermanni.

Obs. Palpi labiales articulo ultimo mediocriter securiformi ; tibiaeque omnes
distinct^ bicalcaratoe (an etiam in C. latipede et C. Horsfieldii}).

Subgenus 2. Orthopterus. Westw.

Thorax latus (capite baud dupl6 latior). Antennae longiores, sublatae, planae,
lateribus subrectis, articulo ultimo mediocri. Elytra abdomen tegentia.
Tibice spina apicali intils instructse.

Species 1. (4.) Cerapterus [Orthopterus] Smithii. MacLeay.

C. nigro-piceus, snbnitidus ; elytris macula fulva notatis thorace latioribus et

fere quintuple longioribus.
Habitat in Africa Australi.

Subgenus 3. Arthropterus. MacLeay.

Caput thorace baud angustius. Thorax subquadratus, antic^ paull6 latior.
Antennce sublatee, articulo ultimo mediocri. Elytra angusta, abdomine
breviora. Tibice apice bicalcaratee*, angulo opposite acutissimo. •

* Mr. MacLeay has informed me since his arrival in New South Wales, in correction of the figure
of C. MacLeaii, published by him, that it possesses two tibial spurs.

584 Mr. Westwood's Synopsis of the Genus Cerapterus.

Species 1. (5.) Cerapterus [Arthropterus] MacLeaii. Donov.

C. riifo-brunneus ; thorace subconvexo postie^ angustiori, angulis anticis ro-

tundatis, disco in medio vix canaliculato.
Habitat in Nova Hollandia.

Subgenus 4, Phymatopterus. PTestw.

Depressiusculus. Caput thorace angustius. Thorax cordato-truncatus, medio
longitudinaliter impressus. Antennae latae. Elytra oblongo-quadrata, ad
angulum externum apicalem tuberculo munita. Tibia; latse, intern^ ad
apicem bicalcaratse, angulo externo opposito rotundato. Tarsi distincte
5-articulati.

Species 1. (6.) Cerapterus [Phymatopterus] piceus.

C. piceus, nitidus ; antennis pedibusque rufo-piceis, punctis irregularibus minu-

tissimis.
Habitat in Nov^ Hollandi^. In Mus. D. D. Gory et Curtis.
Syn, Cerapterus MacLeaii. Westw. in Trans. Ent. Soc. vol. ii. p. 25. pi. x.

Subgenus 5. Homopterus.

Depressiusculus. Caput thorace paull6 latins, vertice depresso. Palpi maxil-
lares parvi, graciles, articulo ultimo longiori attenuate ; labiales 3-articu-
lati, articulo Imo minuto, 2ndo latiori brevi angulis apicalibus acutis,
3tio maximo valde securiformi. Antenna; longiores, subplanae, antic^ sub-
serratse, margine postico fer^ recto. Thorax cordato-truncatus. Elytra
angustata, el ongato- quad rata. Femora et tibiee latissimae, hse apice ecal-
caratae, et pro receptione tarsorum excavatse. Tarsi breves, articulis in-
termediis subtiis vald^ setosis.

Species 1. (7.) Cerapterus [Homopterus] brasiliensis. Miers MSS.

C. fulvo-rufescens tenuissimfe punctatus ; oculis albidis, vertice depresso, tho-
race intra angulos posticos utrinque foveolato. Tab. XXXIX. C. fig. a et b.
Long. Corp. lin. 3^. Lat. lin. l-^.
Habitat in Brasilia prope Rio de Janeiro. In Mus. D. Miers.

Mr. Westwood's Synopsis of the Genus Cerapterus. 585

Subgenus 6. Pleuropterus.

Caput thorace clupl6 angustius. Antennce elongatse subplanae, articulo se-
cundo extiis in angulum acutum producto. Palpi elongati ; labiales arti-
culo ultimo crassiori vix securiformi. Labium maximum, rigidum. Tho-
rax elytrorum latitudine, lateribus margine elevato postic^ valde sinuato
utrinque in auric ulani producto. Elytra oblongo-quadrata, basi bicos-
tata. Pedes elongati, graciles, tarsis latis subtds setosis.

Species 1. (8.) Cerapterus [Pleuropterus] Westermanni.

C. rufo-piceus, baud nitidus ; elytris nigris posticfe cruce rufescenti notatis, basi
bicostatis, disco longitudinalit^r subimpressis, apice rufescentibus.

Long. Corp. lin. 4^. Lat. lin. If.

Habitat in insula Java. In Mus. D. Westermanni, cujus nomine banc spe-
ciem admod^m singularem animo grato inscripsi.

EXPLANATION OF THE FIGURES.

Tab. XXXIX. C.

a. Cerapterus [Homopterus~\ brasiliensis, seen from above and magnified.
b. Ditto, seen in profile, c. Head, seen from front, d. Mandibles.
e. Maxillary palpi, fff. Labial palpi, seen in different positions.
g. Antenna, seen from above, h. Ditto, seen sideways, i. Trans-
verse section of one of the joints of the antenna, k. One of ditto,
seen from above. I. Fore -foot. m. Hind-foot. n. Tarsus.

[ 587 ]

XLI. Descriptions of some Nondescript Insects from Assam, chiefly collected hy
William Griffith, Esq., F.L.S., Assistant- Surgeon in the Madras Medical
Service, and attached to the late Scientific Mission to Assam. By the Rev.
Frederick William Hope, M.A., F.R.S. 8f L.S.

Read November 3rd, 1840.

JDURING the last session, I submitted to tlie Linnean Society drawings and
descriptions of some new insects collected in Assam, and which have since
been published in the Transactions.

In consequence of my absence from London when the plates were engraved,
the most remarkable form of the whole collection was omitted, partly as it
did not well accord with the first plate, consisting entirely of Longicorn beetles,
and partly as the figures would have appeared too crowded for the size of a
quarto plate. At the suggestion of Mr. R. H. Solly, I have now figured
that unique form under the name of Cheirotonus, and I have also given a
few others ; and in the course of the present paper it is my intention to
describe the remaining nondescript species in Mr. Griffith's collection, and
to add such remarks as may tend to throw additional light upon the ento-
mology of a country almost yet untouched, but one which, from the magni-
tude and splendour of the insects already known, will be found to vie with, if
not surpass, any others in the Old or even in the New World.

LucANus. Linnceus S^ Fahricius.

LucANiD^. Leach.

Lucanoidea*. Hope.

Spec. 1 . LuCANUS FORSTERI.

Long, (mandibulis inclusis) unc. 2, lin. 11. Lat. elytr. lin. 10.

* In the Coleopterist's Manual the terms Cicindeloidea and Caraboidea are adopted to include the
different families belonging to each of those groups ; and the term Lucanoidea will comprise the Lam-
pride, SyndesidcB, Passalida, &c., in short, all the natural families into which Lucanus of Linnaeus has
hitherto been subdivided.

VOL. XVIII. 4 H

688 Rev. F. W. Hope on some Nondescript Insects from Assam.

Nigro-piceus ; inandibulis valdfe exsertis intern^ multidentatis ad basin dente
valido supra et infra armatis, apicibus furcatis. Tab. XL. fig. 1.

Caput depressum, creberrimfe punctulatuin. Thorax convexus, subtilissiinfe
punctatus, nitidus, lateribus extrorsum serratis. Elytra piceo-castanea.
Pedes concolores, tibiis mediis unidentatis, posticis inermibus.

I have named the above insect in honour of the venerable Treasurer of the
Linnean Society, Edward Forster, Esq., a zealous promoter of Natural History
in general, and distinguished for his accurate knowledge of the more diflScult
tribes of British Plants, and for his long and faithful services to this Society. I
have received it previously from Assam : the specimens in Mr. Griffith's col-
lection are small compared with the one figured, which is from Dr. Cantor's
cabinet. It may be remarked respecting the Lucanidfe of the East Indies, that
individuals of the same species are subject to vary very considerably in size,
arising perhaps from scarcity or abundance of food whilst they are in the larva
state, or perhaps in consequence of a want of sufficient moisture during sea-
sons of drought. It seems necessary that a third section should be formed,
to include those species of Stag-beetles which have five leaflets forming the
club of the antennae. Two other remarkable insects from the island of Java
in my collection belong to the same section ; they are provisionally named
in my manuscripts as L.falciger Q.nd L. longipennis ; and in a forthcoming
synopsis of the species they will be found minutely described.

Spec. 2. LucANUS Rafflesii.

Long. unc. 2, lin. 6. Lat. lin. 8.

Niger, nitidus ; mandibulis vald^ exsertis ante apicem unidentatis, apicibus
obtusis obliqu^ truncatis.

Caput latum, depressum, creberrimfe punctulatum. Thorax capite paull6 latior,
marginibus undique elevatis, elytris nigris glabris, pedibus concoloribus.

Habitat in agro Assamensi variisque Indiee Orientalis regionibus.

Affinis L. nepalensi, at major.

The above-described insect was originally named in my collection in honour
of Sir Stamford Raffles : it appears to be widely spread over the Indian con-
tinent, as I have seen it in collections from Nepaul, Bengal and Assam ; and.

/

Rev. F. W. Hope on some Nondescript Insects from Assam. 589

if I am not mistaken in the species, there is a specimen in the Zoological
Society's Museum, labelled as inhabiting Sumatra.

Spec. 3. LucANUs Spencii.

Long. unc. 1, lin.9. Lat. lin. 6.

Ater ; mandibulis exsertis basi robustis et unidentatis, apicibus furcatis.

Caput antic^ depressum, posticfe convexum, disco punctidatum. Thorax glaber,
nitidus, sub lente subtilissimfe punctatus, lateribus subserratis. Elytra a
basi ad apicem gradatim attenuata, punctulis crebris per totum discum
impressis. Corpus mh-h. nigrum, pedibus concoloribus, tibiis quatuor
posterioribus medio unidentatis.

This insect was unique in the collection of Dr. Cantor : it is named in
honour of Mr. Spence, tlie author of a valuable monograph on Choleva, pub-
lished in the Linnean Transactions, and of other important entomological

works.

Spec. 4. LucANus curvidens.

Long. unc. 1, lin. 9. Lat. lin. 6|.

Niger ; mandibulis exsertis intiis dente curvato valido fer^ ad basin posito.

Caput vald^ depressum, dentibus binis antic^ prominentibus. Thorax glaber,
margine undique elevato. Elytra nigro-picea, striato-punctata, internfe
subtilissim^ punctulata, extern^ ad latera fortiter punctata et fer^ sca-
brosa. Corpus infra nigrum, pedibus concoloribus. Tibice medice uni-
spinosae ; posticce setosee.

This remarkably depressed species of Lucanus was presented to me by
Lady Jones ; at present it may be considered as unique.

Spec. 5. Lucanus bulbosus.

Long. unc. 1, lin. 6. Lat. lin, 6.

Nigro-castaneus ; mandibulis exsertis dentibus bulbosis armatis, apicibus
acutis. Tab. XL. fig. 2.

Caput atrum, depressum, punctulatum. Thorax capite latior, castaneo-nigri-
canti inquinatus. Elytra concolora, thorace minora, ad apicem sensim

4 H 2

590 Rev. F. W. Hope on some Nondescript Insects from Assam.

attenuata. Corpus infra nigro-piceuin, pectore rufescenti. Pedes ferno-
ribus rubro-corallinis, tibiis medio dente armatis, tarsis piceis, plantis
infra auricomis.

The above insect is named bulbosus from the heads of the teeth of the man-
dibles being rounded, a peculiarity I have not observed in any other of the
Lucanidce: it was taken by Dr. Cantor in Assam, and is found also in the
Burmese territories.

Spec. 6. LucANUs astacoides.

Long. unc. 1, lin. 3. Lat. lin. 4.

Castaneus ; antennis nigris, mandibulis exsertis intils basi denticulatis denti-
culis nigricantibus, apicibus acutis.

Caput supr^ castaneum, vertice bituberculato. Thorax concolor, utrinque
nigro-punctatus, elytris capiteque latior, margine omni elevato. Scutellum
nigrum. Elytra castanea, marginibns tenuissimis suturaque nigris. Cor-
pus infr^ rubro-piceum, pedibus concoloribus, tibiis quatuor posterioribus
medio denticulatis tarsis chelisque nigris.

I have named the above species astacoides, as its mandibles resemble closely
the claws of a lobster.

Spec. 7- LuCANUS foveatus.

Long. unc. 2. Lat. lin. 6.

Castaneus ; mandibulis vald^ exsertis, apicibus acutis, dente ferfe medio for-
tiori, aliisque 4 eequalibus ante apicem positis.

Caput atro-piceum, dentibus binis in vertice prominentibus, fovea inter dentes
for'titer excavata. Thorax punctulatus, margine undique elevato. Elytra
castanea, marginibus tenuissimis suturaque nigris. Corpus infra rubro-
piceum, femoribus rubro-corallinis, tibiis concoloribus et medio uniden-
tatis tarsisque nigris. Faemina adhuc mihi ignota.

The above species appears to be tolerably abundant in Assam, as there are
several specimens in Mr. Griffith's collection; some of the individuals vary
greatly in size, presenting also different shades of a light and dark mahogany
colour. Lucanus pallidipennis and L. confusus, Hope, both from the island of
Java, appear to be closely allied to the present species.

Rev. F. W. Hope on some Nondescript Insects from Assam. 591

Spec. 8. LucANUs omissus.

Long. unc. 1, lin. 9. Lat. lin. 6.

Castaneus ; inandibulis vald^ exsertis, apicibus acutis, dentibus 2 nigris sub-
basalibus aliisque 4 subapicalibus.

Caput ante.nnis nigris, dentibus binis in vertice vald^ elevatis, foveaque inter
dentes vix fortiter impressa. Mandibulce vald^ exsertae, apicibus acutis,
dentibus binis nigris juxta basin quatuorque prope apicem positis. Thorax
punctatuSj margine omni elevato. Elytra castanea, marginibus tenuissimis
suturaque nigris. Corpus infr^ rubro-piceum, femoribus tibiisque conco-
loribus, tarsis nigris. Foemina adhuc mihi incognita.

I have given the specific name of omissus to the above insect, as I at first
imagined it to be the same as a Javanese species named in the French cabinets
castaneus. On a closer examination it appears to be distinct, and is now de-
scribed. I have received it from Dr. Cantor : it appears to be of rare occur-
rence.

Spec. 9. LucANUs serricollis.

Long. unc. 1 , lin. 3. Lat. lin. 6.

Ater politus ; mandibulis par^m exsertis sinuatis et punctatis.

Antennae nigrse, articulis 6 ultimis cinerascentibus.

Caput antic^ fortiter punctulatum, mandibulis pariitn exsertis sinuatis et punc-
tatis. Thorax convexus, antic^ et postic^ linea elevata insignitus, lateri-
bus serratis. Elytra glabra, nitida. Corpus mivh nigrum, pedibus con-
coloribus. Femora parum incrassata, tibiis vald^ lineato-punctatis et
unidentatis. Tarsi infra luteo-comati.

The above insect appears to be the male of a hitherto unknown species of
Stag-beetle ; and it seems probable that when the female is discovered, it may
form the type of a new genus ; it belongs to the section which has five leaflets
forming the club of the antennae.

592 Rev. F. W. Hope on some Nondescript Insects from Assam.

Spec. 10. LUCANUS PUNCTIGER.

Long. lin. 9|. Lat. lin. 4.

Ater; corpore punctato nitido, thoracis marginibus exteriiis serratis, elytris
sutura parilin elevata glabra insignitis, tibiis 4 posticis unidentatis.

Totum corpus suprh et infra nigrum, nitidum, punctatum. Caput antic^
rugoso-punctatum. Thorax marginibus externis serratis. Elytra striato-
punctata, sutura parilm elevata glabra insignita. Pedes subrngosi, tibiis
quatuor posteriori bus unidentatis.

The above insect appears to be the female of some hitherto unknown Luca-
nus; there is an immature variety of it with dark mahogany-coloured wings
in Mr. Griffith's collection.

Having now described ten new species of Lucanus from Assam, I proceed
to add some few observations respecting the group.

M. Latreille divided Lucanus into two, and Mr. W. Sharp MacLeay into
five sub-families. The latter author also formed two sections of Lucaims,
according as the club of the antenna consisted of three or four articulations ;
a third section ought to be added, when the leaflets of the club consist of five
joints, with the addition of a spurlike joint succeeding them. Now as Luca-
nus Forsteri and five other species have the club consisting of five leaflets,
there is ample ground for instituting a third section, which may therefore
properly be denominated Pentaphylla. There can be little doubt that the
above insect must eventually be formed into a distinct genus; but as at pre-
sent I am merely describing species, I pass onwards to more material points.
Thunberg, in his Monograph of Lucanus, published in the first volume of the
Moscow Transactions, forms his three divisions from the characters of the
mandibles ; by which it appears, first, that they are furcate ; secondly, simple,
with the inner side dentated ; and thirdly, simple and unarmed. Such are
the leading characters adopted by authors in their subdivisions of Lucanus.
It appears to me, however, that other points well worthy of attention have
been neglected (some, indeed, I may say, almost entirely omitted) ; namely,
those which relate to the absence or presence of armature on the tibiae. I
therefore here recommend them to notice.

Rev. F. W. Hope on some Nondescript Insects from Assam. 593

A very remarkable Lucanus, obtained at Fernando Po by the gallant Cap-
tain Downes, and named after him in the Zoological Transactions, has all its
tibiae spineless. In Lucanus Forsteri the posterior tibiae are unarmed, whilst
the intermediate have one toothlike spine. In my Lucanus pallldipennis and
in the L. castaneus of the French cabinets the four posterior tibiae are unarmed.
In Lucanus nepalensis, Spencii, hulbosus and astacoides (insects all differing
considerably in form), the four posterior tibiae are unidentate ; and various
other instances of the presence or absence of spines might be added : but
as I think, in the instances above quoted, sufficient proof has been adduced
of the variableness of tibial armature, a characteristic hitherto almost en-
tirely neglected by entomologists, I pass on at present, hoping to enter
more fully on these points when I publish my synopsis of the species of Lu-
canoidea.

It only remains to be added, that tropical India appears to be the metro-
polis of the Lucanidce, more than fifty species from those regions having fallen
under my inspection. The damage arising from the Stag-beetles even in
Europe is often very considerable, as they perforate the solid wood in all
directions, and in the East Indies the destruction occasioned by them must
be much greater ; but I am not aware of any instances on record of the injury
there sustained from their attacks. The increase of species in the East is great,
and the number of individuals of each species is oftentimes very surprising.
It may here also be remarked, that the armature of most of the Indian spe-
cies is strongly developed, and there can be little doubt that, as they are thus
amply provided, it was wisely intended for the performance of those functions
which are allotted to them ; one of which, perhaps, is to keep in check the
exuberant luxuriance of tropical vegetation. The Lucuni of an Indian forest
may be called the pioneers of its destruction: the rains during the mon-
soon enter the holes and excavations which they have made in the teak and
other hard woods, and soon produce decay in the heart of the tree, when the
white ants and other insects follow in their track, so that in a short time the
proudest trees in the forest crumble into dust and disappear. It may here be
added, before concluding these remarks, that the larvae of the Stag-beetles are
supposed by some authors, under the name of Cossus, to have afforded a de-
licious repast to the Roman epicure; and it seems not improbable that this

594 Rev. F. W. Hope on some Nondescript Insects from Assam.

word, first used by Pliny, may be of Asiatic origin; but this point I willingly
leave to others to decide, and proceed next to describe one of the most remark-
able forms of Lamellicorn Beetles which has ever fallen under my notice.

EuCHEiRiD^. Hope.

Cheirotonus*.

Type of the genus Cheirotonus MacLeaii.

Generic Character.

Corpus oblongo-ovatum, crassum.

Caput subquadrangulare, clypeo subquadrato, lateribns subelevatis.

Antennce lO-articulatse, articulo Imo et 7nio intern^ acutis, tribus ultimis
clavam efformantibus.

Labrum transversum, antic^ emarginatum, angulis lateralibus rotundatis, an-
ticfe densfe et longe ciliatis.

Mandibulce elongatse, compressse, inermes, interne valdfe ciliatse.

Maxillce mandibulis longiores, apice longissimfe ciliatse, margine interno den-
ticulate.

Palpi maxillares 4-articulati, articulis sensim magnitudine crescentibus, arti-
culo ultimo oblongo-ovato, apice truncate.

Mentum elongatum, basin versus angustatuni, valdfe setigerum, basi abrupte
latiori, angulis anticis lateralibus rotundatis.

Labium breve, valdfe emarginatum.

Palpi labiales 3-articulati, articulis duobus basalibus, ultimo majori sub-
obovato.

Thorax elytris antic^ angustior, lateribus subrotundatis valdfe serrulatis, dorso
fortiter punctato et in medio longitudinaliter impresso.

Elytra thorace latiora, convexa, nitida, lateribus fer^ rectis.

Pedes robusti, armati, antic^ longiores, tibiis irregulariter externe dentatis,
tarsis elongatis, articulis apice spina brevi armatis, unguibus bidentatis
setisque duabus in medio positis. Tibice 4 posteriores seriebus irregulari-
bus spinarum armatae.

* From ■}(_eipoTovos, ' qui manibus extensis'.

Rev. F, W. Hope on some Nondescript Insects from Assam.

595

-} UJft

Spec. 1 1 . Cheirotonus MacLeaii.

Long. lin. 23. Lat. lin. 13.

iEneo-viridis ; thorace lateribus extern^ serrulatis et vai-ioloso-punctatis, sulco
longitudinali in medio dorso fortiter impresso, elytris nigro-eeneis macuiis
croceis insignitis, raarginibus extei-n^ elevatis. Tab. XL. fig. 3.

Corpus infr^ pills longis obsitum, femoribus medio viridibus et glabris tibiis-
que vald^ armatis.

The magnificent insect just described is named in honour of William Sharp
MacLeay, Esq., author of Horce Entomologicce ; and I have much pleasure in
dedicating it to one who has so ably treated of the geography, manners and
natural affinities of the insects which compose the Ijnnean genus Scarabceus.

Eucheirid^, mihi.

The above family, according to my views, consists of the following ge-
nera : —

Genus.

Country.

Typical Species.

1. Eucheirus, Kirby ....

2. Protomacrus, Newman .

3. Cheirotonus, Hope ....

East Indies . .
Smyrna? . .
Assam . . .

longimanus, Fabricius.
bimucronatus, Pallas.
MacLeaii, Hope.

The above three genera are all that are known at present ; they are inha-
bitants of the Old World, and I do not know any from the New World corre-
sponding with them, although an anonymous author, who has published an
account of Venezuela, asserts that the longimanus of Fabricius is found in
the last-mentioned locality ; but from the description of the species, which is
concisely given by the author, it is evident some other insect than longi-
manus, Fab. is alluded to, and I think it not improbable, therefore, that
one of the Golofa or Sawyer Beetles, which abound in Venezuela, has been
mistaken for the Fabrician insect. To the first of the above-mentioned genera
the name of Macropus has been attributed, but as that term was previously
used in other branches of zoology, and is still applied to the Kanguroo Beetle
described by Dr. Shaw, Mr. Kirby has very properly substituted the name of
Eucheirus.

VOL, XVIII. 4 I

596 Rev. F. W. Hope on some Nondescript Insects from Assam.

The second insect is the type of the genus Protomacrus of Newman, and
will be found refigured and redescribed in the fourth volume of the Entomo-
logical Magazine, at page 256, under the name of Arhaces ; the name, how-
ever, of bimucronatus, originally given by Pallas, ought to be retained ; and I
must add, that I suspect there is some error respecting the locality of Smyrna,
as Pallas in his Icones Insectorum expressly says respecting this species, that it
is one particularly worthy of notice, and inhabits Amboyna ; it is probable,
therefore, that it might have been imported into Smyrna. With regard to
Cheirotonus, I place it with the Eucheiridce, which I consider as a family
closely allied to the Dynastidce, and forming a sort of connecting link with
the Goliathidce. Professor Klug and Dr. Burmeister consider longimanus, Fab.
as belonging to the Trichiidce. I own I differ from both authors ; and as
the anatomical sections of the mouth are now accurately figured, I willingly
leave individuals to draw their own conclusions.

Spec. 12. POPILLIA GEMMA.

Long. Corp. lin. 5^.

P. angusta; capite prothorace scutelloque nitidis igneo-cupreis tenuissim^
punctatis, elytris testaceis punctato-striatis, regione scutellari magis lutea,
podice cupreo maculis duabus albis h pilis brevibus formatis notato, an-
tennis pedibusque testaceis his cupreo-nitentibus. Tab. XL. fig. 4.

Popillia gemma. Newman, Mag. Nat. Hist. vol. iii. p. 366.

Paracrusis.

Popillice affinis. Corpus breve fer^ orbiculare gibbum. Antennce 9-articulat8e.
Mandibulce cornese, breves, apice fissae, intus lobo hirsuto notaque trans-
versa striata basali instructse. Maxillae breves, apice 6-dentatse, dentibus
triplici serie dispositis 1, 2, 3. Mentum antic^ emarginatum, tuberculo
rainuto central!. Palpi breves, 3-articulati, scapo parvo inserti. Cly-
peus lineS, transversa inter oculos a fronte separatus. Prothoracis dorsum
transversum, margine postico curvato nee lobato. Elytra valdfe convexa.
Pedes breves, crassi, unguibus externis pedum 4 anteriorum bifidis, in
ternis minoribus. Prostemum inter pedes anticos carinatum ; mesoster-
num inerme.

Rev. F. W. Hope on some Nondescript Insects from Assam. 597

Spec. 13. Paracrusis cyanipes.
Long. Corp. lin. 6.
P. rubra, nitida ; oculis nigris, antennis testaceis, capite nigro, elytris rubris

glabris obsolete 12-striato-punctatis, tibiis tarsisque cyaneis. Tab. XL.

fig. 5.
Paracrusis cyanipes. Newman, Mag. Nat. Hist. vol. iii. p. 366.

Spec. 14. Lamia Swainsoni.

Long. unc. 1, lin. 4. Lat. lin. 6.

Brunnea; thorace utrinque spinoso, dorso convexo in medio bulboso, ely-
tris concoloribus albo-variegatis ad basin nigro- tuberculatis. Tab. XL.
fig. 6.

Caput linea inter oculos fortiter impressa. Antennae articulis quatuor ferru-
gineis, reliquis atris. Thorax utrinque spinosus, lateribus infr^ pilis albis
obsitis, antic^ et postic^ lineis binis transversis elevatis insignitus. Elytra
thorace tripl5 longiora, lateribus rectis, apicibus bispinosis. Tubercula
nigra ad basin, maculaeque albse seu cretacese per totum discum dis-
positae. Corpus infr^ brunneum, pectoris lateribus segmentisque utrinque
cretaceo-maculatis pilosis. Pedes brunnei, geniculis nigris, tibiis quatuor
posterioribus supr^ pilosis, tarsis infr^ spongiosis.

The above insect was purchased at the sale of Mr. Swainson's insects
during the last summer, and is now named in honour of that zoologist ; his
publications on Lepidoptera are indispensable to the exotic entomologist, and
of extreme value.

Lamia Swainsoni appears to form a subgenus allied to Euoplia, described in
the first part of the Insects of Assam at page 37.

Spec. 15. MoNACHAMUs Beryllinus.

Long. lin. 8. Lat. lin. 3.

Coeruleo-beryllinus ; antennis griseis, thorace utrinque spinoso elytrisque
nigro-maculatis. Tab. XL. fig. 7-

Caput inter antennas fortiter sulcatum, postic^ convexum. Thorax spina brevi

4 I 2

*598 Rev. F. W. Hope on some Nondescript Insects from Assam.

nigra utrinque armatus. Elytra basi scabra et nigro-tuberculata, hume-
ris prominentibus, extern^ atris ; lineis raacularum quatuor per discum
transversa currentibus ; tuberculis aliis ante apicem. Totum corpus infra
caeruleo-beryllinum et piiosum, pedibus concoloribus, tarsis infr^ solum-
mod5 brunneo-comatis.

The present insect is chiefly remarkable for its singular colour.

Saperdid^.

Stibara.

Corpus saperdaeforme, crassum, robustum.

Caput latum, anticfe fer^ quadratum, postic^ convexum.

AntenncB corpore breviores, ante oculos insertse, 1 l-articulatae, articulo Imo

minimo brevi, reliquis gradatim magnitudine decrescentibus, apicibus

acutis.
Thorax robustus, nodosus, baud spinosus.
Elytra lata, thorace hand tripl5 longiora, apicibus abrupt^ truncatis, lateri-

bus elevatis.
Pedes femoribus incrassatis, tibiis robustis.

Spec. 16. Stibara tetraspilota.

Long. lin. 10. Lat. lin. 3^.

Aurantio-rubra ; antennis oculisque nigris, thorace nodoso, elytris conco-
loribus, macula magn^ ovali nigr^ ad humeros posita, apicibus nigris.
Tab. XL. fig. 8.

Corpus infrk aurantium, sericie aurata vestitum, femoribus tibiis concoloribus,
tarsis supra nigris, infr^ flavo-spongiosis.

This insect is remarkable for its very robust form, from which pecu-
liarity I have given it the above generic name. It appears closely allied to
the Lamia nigricornis of Fabricius, found at Bombay and at Poonah ; but
instead of belonging to the Lamiadce, it appears to be a subgenus closely
approaching Saperda. There are also several other allied exotic genera
belonging to the Saperdidce which are at present undescribed.

Rev. F. W. Hope on some Nondescript Insects from Assam. 599

Spec. IT. Stibara trilineata.

Long. lin. 9. Lat. lin. 3.

Pallid^ castanea ; antennis albo-cinctis, thorace nodoso utrinque denticulato,
elytris lineis tribus nigris insignitis, sutur^ latiori, lateribus punctatis,
punctis duplici serie in medio disci fortissimo insculptis.

Totum corpus infra flavo-tomentosum.

I have lately received the above insect from Courg through the kindness of
Major Smith, and it is here added as forming a third species of the genus.

Spec. 18. Cheirochela Assamensis.

Tab. XL. fig. 9.

This remarkable insect has been previously described in the preceding part
of the present volume at page 442, to which the reader is referred.

EXPLANATION OF TAB. XL.

Fig. 1 . Lucanus Forsteri, Hope. 1 a. One of the mandibles, seen sideways.

Fig. 2. Lucanus bulbosus, Hope.

Fig. 3. Cheirotonus MacLeaii, Hope. 3a. Labruni. 36. Mandible. 3c. Max-
illa. 3d. Mentum, labrum, and labial palpus. 3e. Antenna.

Fig. 4. Popillia gemma, Newm.

Fig. 5. Paracrusis cyanipes, Newm. 5 a. Mandible, bb. Maxilla. 5 c. Men-
tum and labial palpus, hd. Antenna. 5 c. pro- and mesosternum.
bf. anterior ; 5^, intermediate ; and 5 h. posterior ungues.

Fig. 6. Lamia Swainsoni, Hope. 6a. Maxilla. 6b. Mentum and labrum.

Fig. 7- Monochamus beryllinus,\iope. 7 «• Mandible. 7 6. Maxilla. 7c. La-
bial palpus.

Fig. 8. Stibara tetraspilota, Hope. 8«. Labrum. 8i. Mandible. 8c. Maxilla.
Sd. Mentum, labium, and labial palpus.

600 Rev. F. W. Hope on some Nondescript Insects from Assam.

Fig. 9.. Cheirochela Assamensis, Hope. 9 a. Underside of the head and fore-
leg. 96. Head, seen sideways. 9 c. Rostrum. 9rf. Antenna. 9e.
Underside of extremity of body in some specimens. 9f. Underside
of ditto in the other sex.

TTa;ns . Z-mr,.:SocVclJOm iat.40 p.S99

ZOWestKcoA ddf

[ 601 ]

XLII. The Difference in the Number of Eyes with which Spiders are provided
proposed as the Basis of their Distribution into Tribes ; with Descriptions
of newly discovered Species, and the Characters of a new Family and three
new Genera of Spiders. By John Blackwall, Esq., F.L.S.

Read June 18th, 1839; and April 21st, 1840.

JMeSSRS. Walckenaer and Dufour have separated the Arachnida consti-
tuting the order Araneidea into two principal divisions or groups, the former
arachnologist having adopted a difference in the structure of the mandibles,
and the latter a variation in the number of the branchial sacs of those animals,
as the basis of their respective modes of distribution.

M. Walckenaer's first group consists of spiders whose mandibles are arti-
culated horizontally, are prominent, and have a vertical movement ; the
species whose mandibles are articulated vertically, are not prominent, and
have a lateral movement, composing his second group.

The characters supplied by the organic modification on which these groups
are founded appear to be too slight, and of too little importance in a physio-
logical point of view, to serve for the establishment of divisions of such mag-
nitude ; moreover, another objection to the value attached to these characters
by M. Walckenaer arises from the circumstance of their merging gradually
into each other, which prevents a clear line of demarcation being drawn
between them.

An insuperable obstacle also presents itself to the adoption of M. Dufour's
distribution of the Araneidea into spiders with four and spiders with two
branchial sacs ; it being impossible to determine, even on dissection, to which
of the two groups numerous species belong. Indeed, that indefatigable and
profound naturalist, M. Latreille, in attempting to arrange the Araneidea in
accordance with M. Dufour's views, has fallen into the error of separating the
Ariadne insidiatrix of M. Savigny {Dysdera imidiatrix, Walck.) from the

602 Mr. Blackwall's Descriptions of new Species of Spiders.

family Dysderidce, to which it unquestionably appertains, and of placing" it,
together with Segestria perfida and Segestria senoculata, both species of con-
siderable dimensions and provided with four branchial sacs, among the spi-
ders of the second division, or those which have only two sacs*.

Having endeavoured succinctly to point out the insufficiency of the charac-
ters selected to distinguish the foregoing primary groups into which spiders
have been divided, I venture to recommend the difference in the number of
eyes with which those animals are provided as the most satisfactory basis of
their distribution into tribes ; supplying, as it does, well-defined characters
net difficult to be ascertained, and being in perfect harmony with the leading
principle on which the subordinate groups are, for the most part, esta-
blished.

In the present limited state of our knowledge of the order Araneidea it
admits of a division into three tribes only.

1. OcTONOcuLiNA. Eycs eight.
-.\ riti 'i-iii >i;H.'!Mniii'i ;, 2. Senoculina. Eyes six.

3. Binocuuna. Eyes two.

The first tribe, Octonocnlina, is much the most extensive of the three, com-
prising numerous genera, which present considerable differences in organiza-
tion and oeconomy : closely connected with this group by intimate relations
of affinity and analogy, the second tribe, Senoculina, includes seven or eight
genera, species belonging to most of which are indigenous to Great Britain ;
and the third tribe, Binoculina, contains the single genus Nops, which has
been recently established by Mr. MacLeay for the reception of two remark-
able species of extra-European spiders f. .;<j

The newly-discovered spiders described in the following pages are arranged
according to the method proposed above ; and it is a fact deserving of notice,
that they have been captured, without exception, in the north of England and
Wales.

Considering the narrow limits within which my researches in arachnology

■ '■'•''■ ■- * Cours d'Entomologie, p. 514-15.

t Annals of Natural History, vol. ii. p. 2, et seq.

Mr. Blackwall*s Descriptions of new Species of Spiders. 603

have been made, and that I have had to depend almost entirely on my own
resources, my success in this department of zoology has been greater than I
could have anticipated. Much of this success must be attributed to the cir-
cumstance of having directed my attention more especially to species which,
on account of their diminutive size, require for the accurate investigation of
their internal structure the employment of optical instruments possessing a
high degree of magnifying power.

In taking the dimensions of spiders, it is important that the relative length
of the legs should be ascertained with accuracy. To facilitate this object, I
submei'ge the specimens to be examined in spirit of wine till life is extinct ;
then removing them to a piece of white card-board, and carefully extending
the limbs with a pin, while they are pliable, I take their extent, from the
margin of the cephalo- thorax to their extremity, with a pair of compasses,
which, on being applied to a scale of inches and parts, gives their measure-
ment.

When exceedingly minute spiders are made the subjects of investigation, it
is essential that the sexual organs should be closely inspected, as they afford,
by their complete development, an infallible criterion that the animals have
attained maturity ; they also present, by their greatly diversified organization,
particularly as regards the males, in which sex they are connected with the
terminal joint of the palpi, excellent specific characters, the value of which
will be duly appreciated when it is recollected that many species so nearly
resemble each other in size and colour as to be distinguished by differences in
structure only.

The principal authorities consulted in putting together the materials of
which this paper is composed were MM, Latreille, Walckenaer, Hahn, and
Koch.

Class Arachnida.

Order Araneidea.

Tribe Octonoculina.

Family Drassid^.

Genus Clubiona, Latr.

1. Clubiona brevipes. Cephalo-thorace saturate brunneo, antic^ marginibus-

VOL. XVIII. 4 K

604 Mr. Blackvvall's Descriptions of new Species of Spiders.

que saturatiore ; mandibulis labioque nigrescentibus ; maxillis sternoque
saturate rufescenti-brunneis ; seriei anterioris oculis interrnediis raajori-
bus ; pedibus brevibus pallid^ luteis, pari 4to longissimo, dein 2do, 3tio
brevissimo ; abdomine saturate rufescenti-brunneo, dimidii anterioris linea
mediana saturatiore.

Length of the female ^th of an inch ; length of cephalo-thorax -^ ; breadth ^ ;
breadth of ajjdonien -^^ ; length of a posterior leg \ ; length of a leg of the
third pair ^.

Upper part of the cephalo-thorax convex, glossy, thinly covered with hairs,
broadly truncated before, with a narrow indentation in the medial line of
the posterior region ; its colour is dark brown, the anterior part and
margins being much the darkest. Mandibles powerful, conical, convex
at the base, in front rather prominent, armed with a few teeth on the
inner surface, and of a very dark brown colour, approaching to black.
Lip somewhat oval, truncated at the extremity, resembling the mandibles
in colour. Maxillae long, straight, enlarged where the palpi are inserted,
and at the extremity, which is rounded. Sternum oval, glossy, with small
eminences on the sides, opposite to the articulation of the legs ; its colour,
and that of the maxillae, is dark reddish brown. Eyes disposed in two
transverse, parallel rows on the fore-part of the cephalo-thorax ; the ante-
rior row, which is the shorter, is situated just above the frontal margin ;
the intermediate eyes form a trapezoid whose anterior side is the shortest,
those of the anterior row being the largest of the eight. Legs short, of a
pale dull yellowish hue ; fourth pair the longest, then the second, third
pair rather shorter than the first. Each tarsus is terminated by two
curved, pectinated claws, below which is a small brush or climbing appa-
ratus. Palpi short, with a small curved claw at their extremity ; they
resemble the legs in colour. Abdomen oviform, hairy, slightly depressed,
projecting over the base of the cephalo-thorax ; it is of a dark reddish
brown hue, the medial line of the anterior half of the upper side being the
darkest. Spinners prominent, very dark brown. Plates of the spiracles
pale red-brown.

The male resembles the female in colour and in the relative length of
its legs, but it is smaller than she is. Third and fourth joints of the palpi

Mr. Blackwall's Descriptions of new Species of Spiders. 605

short, the latter having a large apophysis at its anterior extremity, which
tapers to a bifid termination curved in front of the fifth joint, a strong
obtuse process occurring within the curve, near its base ; fifth joint oval,
convex and hairy externally, concave within, comprising the palpal or
sexual organs, which are highly developed, complicated in structure,
with a prominent, obtuse, corneous process near their extremity, and a
curved, pointed spine, directed outwards, extending nearly to the ter-
mination of the joint ; their colour is very dark brown.

This species usually occupies an oval cell of compact, white silk, which it
spins on the inferior surface of leaves and of liverwort growing on trees in the
wooded districts of Denbighshire and Caernarvonshire. It leaps with agility.

2. Clubiona fucata. Cephalo-thorace antic^ rufescenti-, lateribus postic^que
viridescenti-, linea marginali saturat^-brunneis ; mandibulis maxillis labio-
que rufescenti-brunneis ; sterno flavescenti-brunneo, lateribus rufescenti-
brunneo maculatis ; seriei anterioris oculis intermediis omnium minimis ;
pedibus flavescenti-brunneis, pari 4to longissimo, dein 2do, Imo Stioque
ferfe sequalibus ; abdomine flavescenti-brunneo, antic^ fasciS, mediant, pos-
tic^ maculis triangularibus, ad latera fascia interrupta rufescenti-brunneis
notato.

Length of the female i^ths of an inch ; length of cephalo-thorax -^ ; breadth
-^ ; breadth of abdomen yj ; length of a posterior leg \ ; length of a leg
of the third pair ^.

Cephalo-thorax oval, convex above, thinly covered with hairs, glossy, with a
narrow indentation in the medial line of the posterior region ; anterior
part reddish brown; sides and posterior part greenish brown, with a fine,
dark brown line on the margins. Mandibles powerful, conical, rather
prominent. Maxillae long, straight, enlarged where the palpi are in-
serted, and at the extremity, which is rounded. Lip longer than broad,
nearly quadrangular. These parts are of a reddish brown colour. Ster-
num oval, glossy, with small eminences on the sides, opposite to the
articulation of the legs ; it is yellowish brown, with dark reddish brown
spots on the margins. The eyes, which are seated on black spots, are
disposed in two transverse, parallel rows on the fore-part of the cephalo-

4 K 2

606 Mr. Blackwall's Descriptions of new Species of Spiders.

thorax ; the posterior row is longer than the anterior one, which is situ-
ated just above the frontal margin ; the intermediate eyes form a trape-
zoid, whose anterior side is the shortest, those of the anterior row being
the smallest of the eight. Legs provided with hairs and sessile spines, a
longitudinal row of the latter occurring on each side of the inferior sur-
face of the tibial and metatarsal joints of the first and second pairs ; their
colour is yellowish brown ; fourth pair the longest, then the second, first
and third pairs nearly equal in length. Each tarsus is terminated by two
curved, pectinated claws, below which is a small climbing apparatus.
Palpi short, with a small curved claw at their extremity ; in colour they
resemble the legs. Abdomen oviform, hairy, slightly depressed, project-
ing over the base of the cephalo-thorax ; it is yellowish brown, with a
dark reddish brown band above, extending nearly half its length from
the anterior part along the middle, the interval between the posterior ex-
tremity of the band and the spinners being occupied by a series of trian-
gular spots of the same hue ; on each side of the medial line is an irregular,
interrupted, longitudinal band of a dark reddish brown colour ; margins
of the sexual organs, and three narrow bands, situated between them and
the spinners, dark reddish brown. Plates of the spiracles yellowish white.

The male resembles the female in colour. I have taken individuals of
this sex in autumn which had the terminal joint of the palpi much en-
larged, but they evidently had not attained maturity, as the palpal organs
were not fully developed.

Woods in Denbighshire and Caernarvonshire are the haunts of this species,
which, in summer, conceals itself among the foliage. I have captured females
in the month of June whose abdomens were greatly distended with eggs.

Fam. CiNiFLONiD^.

Filatoria 8 ; 2 inferiora inarticulata, usque ad apices coalita. Pedum paste-
riorum metatarsus calamistro munitus e seriebus 2 parallelis spinarum
exiguarum dens^ approximatarum.

These peculiarities of structure, so strikingly characteristic, exercise a de-
cided influence upon the oeconomy of the Ciniflonidce. The calamistra are

Mr. Blackwall's Descriptions of new Species of Spiders. 607

employed to curl certain lines proceeding from the spinners, observed to con-
stitute the most remarkable character in the web of every spider comprised in
this family, those supplied by the inferior pair being wrought into a delicate
inflected band, which chiefly imparts to the snare its most important property,
namely, that of adhesion*.

Crevices in rocks and walls, and the foliage of trees and shrubs, are the
favourite haunts of the Cinijlomdce, which, by their general organization and
habits, should immediately follow the Drassidce in the systematic arrange-
ment of the Araneidea.

Gen. CiNiFLO.

Oculi in seriebus 2 transversis ; serie posteriori posticfe convexa ; seriei ante-
rioris et brevioris oculi intermedii recti, supra marginem frontalem positi,
paul5 majores ; utriusque laterales in tuberculis positi. Maxillce fortes,
ad apicem dilatatse rotundatse paul6que labium versus declinatse. La-
bium paul5 longius quam latum, medio dilatatum, apice truncatum.
Pedes robusti; pari Inio longissimo, dein 4to (in ? ), 3tio brevissimo.
Tarsi triunguiculati ; unguibus 2 superioribus curvatis pectinatis, inferiore
prope basin inflexo.

Ciniflo atrox. {Clubiona atrox, Latr. Gen. Crust, et Insect, t. 1. p. 93. Walck.
Hist. Nat. des Insect. Apt. t. 1. p. 605. Amaurohius atrox, Koch, Uebers.
des Arachn. Syst. p. 15.)

This is the only spider at present ascertained to belong to the genus Ciniflo ;
though, from what is stated by M. Walckenaer relative to the appearance of
the web of Clubiona ferox, Faune Frangaise, Aran^ides, p. 152, it scarcely
admits of a doubt that this species also is provided with eight spinners and
with calamistra ; to assign it a place, however, among the Ciniflonidce before
this point has been determined by observation would be premature.

I may remark, that the relative length of the legs is different in the sexes of
Ciniflo atrox, the second pair being rather longer than the fourth in the male.

* For a description of the calamistrum and of the manner in which it is employed by the Ciniflonidce
in the fabrication of their webs, and for an account of the discovery of the fourth pair of spinners in
spiders belonging to this family, see the Transactions of the Linnean Society, vol. xvi. p. 473, et seq.,
and vol. xviii. p. 223.

608 Mr. Black wall's Descriptions of new Species of Spiders.

Gen. Ergatis.

Oculi subsequales, in seriebus 2 transversis in antica cephalo- thoracis parte
positi; seriei utriusque intermedii quadram referentes, laterales fer^ con-
tigui in tuberculis obliqufe positi. Maxillae mediocres, labium versus
declinatee, basi convexee, apice rotundatae, intils plus quam ext^s abrupt^
curvatse. Labium subtriangulare. Pedes breves, mediocres ; pari Imo
longissimo, dein 2do, 3tio brevissimo. Tarsi triunguiculati ; unguibus 2
superioribus curvatis pectinatis, inferiore prope basin inflexo.

Ergatis henigna. (Theridion henignum, Walck. Hist. Nat. des Aran. livr. v.
pi. 8. fig. 1. Drassus parvulus, Blackw. Research, in Zool. p. 337- Dic-
tynna henigna, Koch, Die Arachniden, b. iii. p. 27. tab. 83. fig. 184 — 5.)

Ergatis latens. (Dictynna latens, Koch, Die Arachn. b. iii. p. 29. tab. 83.
fig. 186.)

Ergatis viridissima. {Drassus viridissimus, Walck. Hist. Nat. des Insect. Apt.
t. 1. p. 631.)

In addition to the above-named species, it is probable that the Drassus
Jiavescens of Kuminer might be included in the genus Ergatis, as it appears,
from the description given of it by M. Walckenaer (Histoire Naturelle des In-
sectes Aptdres, tome i. p. 632), to have a close relation of affinity with Ergatis
viridissima ; but it would be precipitate to place it among the Cinijlonidoe
before it has been proved to possess the essential characters of that family.

When my attention was first directed to Ergatis benigna, in the autumn
of 1832, I supposed it to be new to arachnologists, and described it in the
London and Edinburgh Philosophical Magazine, vol. iii. p. 437 — 8, under the
appellation of Clubiona parvula. Soon after, having had an opportunity of
comparing this spider with specimens of Ergatis viridissima received from
the continent, I transferred it to the genus Drassus, with the Phytophilce, to
which genus it appeared to be allied (Researches in Zoology, p. 337). At
this period I was not aware of its specific identity with the Theridion benignum
of M. Walckenaer, and I am quite unable to comprehend why so accomplished
and discriminating an observer should still persist in separating it from the
forms with which it is most intimately connected by its organization and
oeconomy.

Mr. Blackwall's Descriptions of neiv Species of Spiders. 609

In treating upon the Phytophilce in the Faune Francaise, Aran^ides, p. 181,
M. Walckenaer remarks, "on ne pent se dissimuler, que ce petit groupe, dont
les caract^res ne sont pas assez tranches pour former un genre, est d'une
classification difficile et douteuse, et que, Drasse par ses organes les plus
essentiels, il s'allie sous d'autres rapports aux Clubiones et aux Thdridions."

The difficulty and uncertainty alluded to in the foregoing quotation no
longer exist as regards those species known to be furnished with eight spin-
ners and with calamistra, and the establishment of the genus Ergatis is pro-
posed for their reception.

Family Lycosid^,

Genus Lycosa, Latr.

3. Lycosa rapax. Cephalo-thorace magno, saturate brunneo, fascia mediana
lata lateralique obscuriore flavescenti-brunneis ; mandlbulis maxillis labio
sternoque saturate rufo-brunneis ; pedibus robustis, rufescenti-brunneis,
ad femora colore saturatiore maculatis ; pari 4to longissimo, dein Imo,
3tio brevissimo ; abdomine fascia lata mediana flavescenti-brunne^ nigro-
marginata, margine postic^ interrupto et cum maculis parvis lateralibus
vittas obliquas efFormante.

Length of the female f ths of an inch ; length of cephalo-thorax ^ ; breadth \ ;
breadth of abdomen \ ; length of a posterior leg ^ ; length of a leg of the
third pair f .

Cephalo-thorax large, hairy, compressed anteriorly; sides depressed, with
slight furrows diverging from the upper part toward the margins, a
narrow indentation occurring in the medial line of the posterior region ;
colour dark brown, with a broad, yellowish brown band extending along
the middle, and an obscure one of the same hue above each lateral mar-
gin. Four eyes, much smaller than the rest, form a transverse row in
front ; the other four, situated on the sides and anterior part of the
cephalo-thorax, describe a quadrilateral, the anterior ones of which are
the largest of the eight. Mandibles powerful, conical, vertical, armed
with a few teeth on the inner surface ; they are of a dark brown colour,
with a faint tinge of red near the base, in front. Maxillae straight, en-
larged and rounded at the extremity, of a reddish brown hue. Lip nearly

610 Mr. Blackwall's Descriptions of new Species of Spiders.

quadrate, rather broader at the base than at the extremity ; it is dark
brown, except the tip, which is reddish brown. Sternum heart-shaped,
very dark brown, with a faint tinge of red in the middle. Legs robust,
reddish brown, with blackish brown spots and streaks on the thighs ;
fourth pair the longest, then the first, third pair the shortest. Each tar-
sus is terminated by three claws ; the two superior ones are curved and
deeply pectinated, and the inferior one, which is short, is inflected near its
base. The palpi resemble tlie legs in colour, and have a curved, pectinated
claw at their extremity. Abdomen oviform, thickly covered with hairs, con-
vex above, projecting over the base of the cephalo-thorax ; a broad band
of yellowish brown, which tapers to the spinners, occupies the middle of
the upper part ; anteriorly it comprises an oval mark of a deeper shade,
whose margins are blackish ; this mark extends nearly half the length of
the abdomen, and its posterior extremity is pointed ; the yellowish brown
band has a black border broken into spots posteriorly, which form, with
smaller confluent ones of the same hue, oblique lines extending down the
sides, the ground of which is yellowish brown; under part yellowish
brown, with three obscure, longitudinal, dark brown bands. Plates of
the spiracles brown, with reddish inner margins. Sexual organs dark
reddish brown ; a straight process, enlarged and depressed at its posterior
extremity, is situated in a groove in their medial line.

The male is smaller than the female ; the relative length of its legs is
the same, but it is darker coloured and more distinctly marked. Thighs
and tibiae of the first pair of legs, and thighs of the second pair, very dark
brown, approaching to black. Palpi very dark brown ; the second joint
is densely covered on the under side with black hairs ; third and fourth
joints short, the latter rather the stronger ; fifth joint oval, convex and
hairy externally, concave within, except at the extremity, which is com-
pact and pointed, comprising the sexual organs; they are highly deve-
loped, complicated in structure, with a strong, prominent, corneous pro-
cess on the outer side, and are of a dark reddish brown colour.

This species pairs in May, and in June the female spins a globular cocoon
of pale yellowish brown silk of a compact texture, measuring 2^ of an inch in
diameter, in which she deposits 60 or 70 spherical eggs of a pale yellow colour.

Mr. Blackwall's Descriptions of new Species of Spiders. 611

not agglutinated together. The cocoon is connected with her spinners by
short lines of silk, and the young, when they quit it, mount on the body
of the mother. I have seen this spider, which frequents woods, pastures,
and commons, and is nearly allied to hycosa vorax, on the sea-shore,
just above high water-mark, and on the summits of Broad Crag, Helvel-
lyn, Snowdon, and Carnedd Llewelyn, the highest mountains in England
and Wales.

4. hycosa ohscura. Saturate brunnea ; cephalo-thorace medio lateribusque
mandibulis maxillis pedibus palpisque obscur^ rufescentibus ; abdo-
mine obscur^ rufescenti-brimneo maciilato, antice fasciculis 3 minutis
pilorum flavescentium ; pedum pari 4to longissimo, reliquis subsequa-
libus.

Length of the female ^th of an inch ; length of cephalo-thorax -^ ; breadth -^ ;
breadth of abdomen yj ; length of a posterior leg •^- ; length of a leg of
the third pair \.

Anterior part of the cephalo-thorax compressed ; sides depressed, marked with
slight furrows diverging from the upper part to the margins ; in the me-
dial line of the posterior region there is a narrow indentation. Mandi-
bles powerful, conical, armed with a few teeth on the inner surface,
inclined towards the sternum, which is heart-shaped and thinly covered
with whitish hairs. Maxillae straight, enlarged and rounded at the ex-
tremity. Lip nearly quadrate, rather broader at the base than the
extremity. These parts are very dark brown, the middle and sides of
the cephalo-thorax, the maxillae and mandibles, having a faint tinge of
red. Four eyes, much smaller than the rest, form a transverse row in
front ; the other four, situated on the sides and anterior part of the
cephalo-thorax, describe a quadrilateral, the anterior eyes of which are
the largest of the eight. Legs and palpi dark brown, with a tinge of
red. Fourth pair of legs the longest ; the other three pairs equal in
length, or very nearly so ; the third pair extends further, and appears to
be longer than the first and second pairs in consequence of being articu-
lated to the broadest part of the cephalo-thorax. Each tarsus is ter-

VOL, XVTII. 4 L

612 Mr. Blackwall's Descriptions of new Species 0/ Spiders.

minated by three claws ; the two superior ones are curved and pectinated,
and tlie inferior one is inflected near its base. The palpi have a small,
curved, pectinated claw at their extremity. Abdomen oviform, thickly
covered with hairs, convex above, projecting over the base of the cephalo-
thorax ; upper part dark brown, with three minute tufts of yellowish
hairs before ; under part hoary, or pale yellowish brown. Sexual organs
glossy, of a very dark brown colour, faintly tinged with red ; connected
with their anterior part is a large, straight process directed backwards ;
it occupies a groove in the medial line, and is enlarged and depressed at
its posterior extremity.

The male, though rather smaller than the female, resembles her in the
relative length of its legs, and in colour. Third and fourth joints of the
palpi short, the latter being the larger ; fifth joint oval, convex and hairy
externally, concave within, except at the extremity, which is compact
and pointed, comprising the palpal organs ; they are highly developed,
complicated in structure, having a strong, pointed spine near the middle,
directed downwards and outwards, and a fine, black, curved spine ori-
ginating on the inner side, and passing obliquely under the former ; their
colour is reddish brown.

In the month of August, females of this species may be seen among short
grass and heath in pastures and on commons in Denbighshire and Caernar-
vonshire, with their cocoons attached to their spinners. The cocoon is lenti-
cular, measuring yth of an inch in diameter, and is composed of pale brown,
or dull greenish brown silk, of a compact texture, surrounded by a narrow
whitish zone of a lighter texture ; it contains about 25 spherical, yellow eggs,
which are not agglutinated together. The young, when they quit tiie cocoon,
mount on the back of the mother.

On the 12th of September, 1838, a minute Ichneumon came out of a cocoon
belonging to this species, which I had placed in a phial.

5. Lycosa latitans. Cephalo-thorace saturate brunneo ad margines laterales
pilis raris albis munito ; mandibulis maxillis labio sternoque rufo-brun-
neis ; pedibus flavescenti-brunneis, fasciis obscuris saturatioribus, pari 4to

Mr. Blackwall's Descriptions of new Species of Spiders. 613

longissimo, reliquis subsequalibus ; abdoinine saturate olivaceo-br mneo,
serie lateral! macularum albarum pilisque numerosis marginalibus albis
inunito.

Length of the female ^th of an inch ; length of cep halo-thorax yo ; breadth ^s ;
breadth of abdomen yj ; length of a posterior leg -^ ; length of a leg of
the third pair j.

Anterior part of the cephalo-thorax compressed ; sides depressed, marked
with furrows diverging from the upper part to the margins ; in the me-
dial line of the posterior region there is a narrow indentation; colour
dark brown, a few white hairs occurring on the lateral margins. Man-
dibles powerful, conical, vertical, armed with a few teeth on the inner
surface ; they are brown, tinged with red. Maxillae straight, enlarged
and rounded at the extremity, similar in colour to the mandibles, but
paler. Lip nearly quadrate, rather broader at the base than the ex-
tremity, dark brown, except the tip, which is reddish brown. Sternum
heart-shaped, reddish brown, the margins being the darkest. Four eyes,
much smaller than the rest, form a transverse row in front ; the other four,
situated on the sides and anterior part of the cephalo-thorax, describe
a quadrilateral, the anterior eyes of which are the largest of the eight ;
lateral eyes of the frontal row rather smaller than the intermediate ones.
Legs yellowish brown, with obscure bands of a darker hue; fourth pair
the longest ; the other three pairs equal in length, or very nearly so.
Each tarsus is terminated by three claws : the two superior ones are
curved and pectinated, and the inferior one is inflected near its base.
The palpi resemble the legs in colour, and have a small, curved, pecti-
nated claw at their extremity. Abdomen oviform, thickly covered with
hairs, convex above, projecting over the base of the cephalo-thorax ; it is
dark brown, with a tinge of olive ; a row of minute, white spots extends
along each side of the medial line of tlie upper part, and numerous whitish
hairs occur on the sides and under part. Sexual organs black and glossy.
Plates of the spiracles pale dull yellow.

The male is rather smaller than the female, which it closely resembles
in colour, and in the relative length of its legs. Palpi slender ; fourth

4l2

614 Mr. Blackwall's Descriptions of new Species of Spiders.

joint longer than the third; fifth joint of an elongated oval form, convex
and hairy externally, concave underneath, near the middle, comprising
the palpal organs, which are moderately developed, not very complicated
in structure, with a crescent-shaped process at the extremity, and are of
a reddish brown colour.

In the months of May and June, females of this species, which appears to
connect the terrestrial with the semiaquatic Lycosce, may be found under
stones in moist situations in the woods of Denbighshire, with their cocoons
attached to their spinners. The cocoon is globular, measuring \i\\ of an inch
in diameter, and is composed of white silk of a compact texture, surrounded
by a narrow zone of a slighter texture ; it contains 40 or 50 spherical, yellow
eggs, which are not agglutinated together.

6. Lycosa Cambrica. Maxillis labium versus inflexis, cum cephalo-thorace
mandibulis sternoque nigrescentibus ; cephalo-thorace magno, pilis raris
flavescenti-briinneis, posticfe et ad latera irregulariter albo-maculato ;
pedibus palpisque saturate flavescenti-brunneis nigro fasciatis ; abdo-
mine flavescenti-brunneo, antic^ fascia mediana pallidiore obscur^ nigro-
marginata, margine albo-maculato, postice utrinque serie macularum
alternatim nigrarum et albarum ad filatoria confluente, maculis lineis
obscuris nigris transversis angularibus in vertice albo-maculatis con-
nexis.

Length of the female f ths of an inch ; length of the cephalo-thorax -^ ;
breadth -^ ; breadth of abdomen \ ; length of a posterior leg ^ ; length
of a leg of the third pair f .

Cephalo-thorax large, convex above, somewhat compressed before, with slight
furrows on the sides, and a narrow indentation in the medial line of the
posterior region ; its colour is brownish black, but it is clad with yel-
lowish brown hairs, which are densest on the anterior part, and the
posterior part and sides are marked with white hairs disposed in irregular
spots. Four eyes, much smaller than the rest, form a transverse row in
front; the other four, situated on the sides and anterior part of the
cephalo-thorax, describe a quadrilateral, the anterior ones of which are

Mr. Blackwall's Descriptions of new Species of Spiders. 6l5

the largest of the eight. Mandibles powerful, conical, vertical, with a
few teeth and a fringe of long hairs on the inner surface. Maxillae
strong, curved towards the lip, enlarged at the extremity, which is
obliquely truncated and fringed with hairs on the inner side. Lip nearly
quadrate, rather broader at the base than the extremity. Sternum heart
shaped. These parts are brownish black, the maxillse having a tinge of
red at the extremity, and the sternum being thinly covered with long
black and short yellowish brown hairs. Legs and palpi dark yellowish
brown, with black bands ; the latter have a curved claw at their extre-
mity. Fourth pair of legs the longest, then the first ; third pair the
shortest. Each tarsus is terminated by three claws ; the two superior
ones are curved and pectinated, and the inferior one is inflected near
its base. Abdomen oviform, rather broader at the posterior than the
anterior extremity, thickly covered with hairs, convex above, projecting
over the base of the cephalo-thorax ; the upper side is yellowish brown,
a band of a paler hue extending from the anterior part, along the middle,
more than a third of its length ; this band has an obscure border of
black, on which are several irregular white spots ; a series of black and
white spots, disposed alternately, commences near the extremity of the
band, on each side of the medial line, and extends to the spinners, where
the two meet ; the black spots of both series are connected by obscure,
black, angular lines, each comprising a white spot within its vertex ; the
sides are mottled with dull olive-brown, yellowish brown, and white ; and
the under part is yellowish brown. A compressed, hairy pi-ocess, en-
larged at its extremity, is connected with the anterior margin of the
sexual organs.

The male is smaller than the female, and paler; but it resembles her
in the general distribution of its colours, and in the relative length of its
legs. Base of the thigh of each anterior leg black. The first and second
joints of the palpi are dark brown ; the third and fourth, which are
short, are yellowish brown ; and the fifth is dark reddish brown ; this
last joint is of an elongated oval form, convex and hairy externally, with
a cavity near its base, on the under side, comprising the palpal organs ;

616 Mr. Blackwall's Descriptions of new Species of Spiders.

they are but little developed, complicated in structure, and of a dark
reddish brown colour.

Adult males and females of this handsome spider were taken in swampy
ground in woods at Oakland, in May 1839. The decidedly curved form of
the maxillae, an approximation to which may be observed in Lycosa cam-
pestris, Lycosa allodroma, and some other species, has not been considered of
sufficient importance to require its separation from the genus Lycosa, with
the semi-aquatic species of which genus it is very closely allied by its general
organization, habits, and colours.

Family SALTiciDiE.

Genus Salticus, Latr.

7. Salticus distinctus. Cephalo-thorace satm-at^ brunneo, strig^, utrinque mar-
ginali albida, supern^ pilis flavescenti-brunneis albisque intermixtis, striga
mediana alba ; mandibulis maxillis labioque triangulari acuto saturate
brunneis ; pedibus pallid^ rufescenti-brunneis colore saturatiore fasciatis,
pari 4to longissimo, dein 3tio, 2do brevissimo; palpis brevibus, basi satu-
rate brunneis, apice albidis ; abdoraine brunneo-rufo aibidoque tincto,
antic^ arcubus 2 concentricis obscuris, postic^ lineis angularibus seriatis
albidis, macula anali alba.

Maris par pedum anterius tertio paulb longius; paribus Imo et 2do
cum femoribus 3tii 4tique saturate brunneis.

Length of the female ^th of an inch ; length of cephalo-thorax -j^ ; breadth -j^ ;
breadth of abdomen -y^ ; length of a posterior leg -ys ; length of a leg of
the second pair \.

Cephalo-thorax large, nearly quadrilateral, abruptly sloping in the posterior
region, prominent in front, projecting beyond the mandibles ; it is of a
very dark brown colour, with a longitudinal streak of yellowish white
immediately above each lateral margin ; upper part covered with yellowish
brown and yellowish white hairs intermixed, a short streak of the latter
hue occurring in the middle, behind the posterior pair of eyes. Mandi-
bles strong, vertical, armed with a few small teeth on the inner surface.

Mr. Blackwall's Descriptions of new Species of Spiders. 617

Maxillse short, straight, greatly enlarged at the extremity. Lip triangu-
lar, pointed at the apex. These parts are of a dark brown colour, the
extremities of the maxillae and lip being much the palest. Eyes disposed
in three rows, constituting three sides of a square, in the front and on
the sides of the cephalo- thorax ; the eyes of the anterior row are sur-
rounded by red hairs, the intermediate ones being very large ; the inter-
mediate eye of each lateral row is remarkably small. Legs pale reddish
brown, banded with dark brown ; fourth pair the longest, then the third ;
second pair the shortest. Each tarsus is terminated by two long, curved,
slightly pectinated claws, below which is a small climbing apparatus.
Palpi short : first joint and base of the second dark brown, the remain-
ing portion yellowish white ; the fourth and fifth joints are abundantly
supplied with long hairs, and are employed as brushes to clean the ante-
rior eyes. Abdomen oviform, thickly covered with hairs on the upper
part, projecting over the base of the cephalo-thorax ; it is of a brown
colour, mixed with red- brown and yellowish white ; there are some
whitish hairs in front, and a white spot occurs on the anus ; in the
middle of the anterior part are two small, obscure, yellowish white, con-
centric arcs of circles, to which succeeds a series of angular lines of the
same hue, whose vertices are directed forwards ; the first two lines of
the series are the most extensive, the extremities of the second being
reflected and in contact with the first : sides brown, blended with yel-
lowish white ; under part dark brown, with the exception of a broad,
reddish brown band extending along the middle. Superior spinners
dark brown, the others reddish brown. Plates of the spiracles pale
brown.

The male greatly resembles the female, but is rather smaller and darker
coloured ; the relative length of its legs is also different, the first pair
being a little longer than the third. The whole of the first and second
pairs of legs, and the thighs of the third and fourth pairs, are of a very
dark brown colour. Third and fourth joints of the palpi short ; the latter,
which is the smaller, projects from its extremity, on the outer side, a
long, pointed apophysis curved abruptly at the end ; fifth joint large.

618 Mr. Blackwall's Descriptions of new Species of Spiders.

oval, very dark brown, convex and hairy externally, concave within,
comprising the palpal organs, which are highly developed, little compli-
cated in structure, projecting upwards to the articulation of the third
and fourth joints, and are of a dark brown colour.

Salticus distinctus is common in Denbighshire on stone walls, in the inter-
stices of which the female spins a cell of compact white silk attached to the
surface of the stones. In the month of July she constructs in this cell a len-
ticular cocoon measuring ^th of an inch in diameter, in which she deposits
about 16 spherical, pale yellow eggs, not agglutinated together. The young,
even before they quit the cocoon, exhibit some of the marks most character-
istic of the species.

Family Agelenii)^.

Genus Ccelotes.

Oculi in seriebus 2 transversis parallelis rectis ; seriei anterioris et brevioris
intermedii supra marginem frontalem positi, paul6 minores ; utriusque
laterales in tuberculis positi. Maxillae fortes, labium versus curvatse, ad
palporum insertionem et ad apices obliqu^ truncatos int^s pills fimbriates
dilatatee. Labium paul6 longius quam latum, lateribus curvatis, apice
truncato. Pedes robusti, pari 4to longissimo, dein Imo, 3tio brevissimo.
Tarsi triunguiculati, unguibus 2 superioribus curvatis pectinatis, inferiore
prope basin inflexo.

Ccelotes saxatilis. (Dro**w4.yaa:^a#<7?5, Blackw. Research, in Zool. p. 332. Amau-
robius terrestris, Koch, Die Arachn. b.vi. p. 45. tab. 192. fig. 463-4.)

A description of this spider was originally given in the London and Edin-
burgh Philosophical Magazine, vol. iii. p. 436-7, under the name of Clubiona
saxatilis. Afterwards I was induced to remove it to the genus Drassus on
account of the curvature of its maxillae (Researches in Zoology, p. 332). Sub-
sequent investigations, made with great care, have served to convince me that
it belongs to the Agelenidce, as it possesses several characteristics in common
with the spiders of that family. The anterior part of the cephalo-thorax is
compressed ; the superior spinners are triarticulate, longer than the rest, and
have the papillae or spinning-tubes disposed on the under side of the terminal

Mr. Blackwall's Descriptions of neiv Species of Spiders. 619

joint ; each inferior tarsal claw is provided with two pairs of fine teeth near
the base ; and the web constructed by this species is of a compact texture,
having a tube connected with it, extending, usually, to the extremity of a
cylindrical cavity in the earth, which is frequently excavated by the animal
itself.

The distinctness of the genus Cavator will be immediately perceived on
comparing the characters upon which it is founded with those of the other
genera comprised in the family Agelenidoe.

Genus Agelena, fValck.

8. Agelena elegans. Cephalo-thorace mandibulis maxillis palpis labio sterno
pedibusque flavescenti-rufis, horum pari 4to longissimo, reliquis sequali-
bus ; oculis seriei anterioris intermediis omnium maximis ; abdomine
nigricante, serie mediana linearum obscurarum angularium pallidioruni
maculaque utrinque antic^ ovali nigra.

Length of the female, not including the spinners, ^th of an inch ; length of
cephalo-thorax xe; breadth ■^; breadth of abdomen -j^; length of a
posterior leg ^ ; length of a leg of the third pair \.

Anterior part of the cephalo-thorax compressed ; sides depressed, marked
with furrows diverging from the upper part to the margins ; a row of
bristles, directed forwards, extends along the medial line, and there is
an indentation in the posterior region. Mandibles strong, conical, armed
with a few very minute teeth on the inner surface, and inclined towards
the sternum, which is broad and heart-shaped. Maxillee short, gibbous
at the base, and inclined towards the lip, which is nearly quadrate, being
rather broader at the base than the extremity. Fourth pair of legs the
longest, the other pairs equal in length. These parts and the palpi are
glossy, and of a yellowish red colour, the base of the lip being the darkest.
Each tarsus is terminated by three claws ; the two superior ones are
curved and pectinated, and the inferior one is inflected near its base.
The palpi have a curved claw at their extremity. Eyes disposed on the
anterior part of the cephalo-thorax, in two transverse, curved, nearly
parallel rows, whose convexity is directed backwards ; the intermediate

VOL. XVIII. 4 M

620 Mr, Blackwall's Descriptions of new Species of Spiders.

eyes of the anterior row are the largest of the eight. Abdomen short,
broad, thickly covered with hairs, somewhat larger at the posterior than
the anterior extremity, convex above, projecting over the base of the
cephalo-thorax ; it is of a very dark brown colour, approaching to black,
the under part being the palest ; along the middle of the upper part
extends a series of very obscure, angular lines of a lighter hue, whose
vertices are directed forwards ; and on each side of the anterior part,
near its union with the cephalo-thorax, there is a blackish spot of an
■oval form. Spinners yellowish red, arranged in a transverse row imme-
diately below the anus ; the exterior ones, which are the longest, are
triarticulate, and have the papillae or spinning-tubes disposed along the
inferior surface of the terminal joint. Plates of the spiracles yellowish
white. <ii^;^o it.,.;

The male is rather smaller than the female, which it resembles in
colour, and in the relative length of its legs ; the absolute length of the
organs of progression, however, is greater, a posterior leg measuring
T^ths of an inch. The second joint of the palpi has a curved, pointed,
yellowish red process on the under side, near the middle ; third and
fourth joints short; the former is much the larger, veiy gibbous above,
and has a small, pointed, blackish apophysis near its extremity on the
outer side ; the latter has a strong, blackish apophysis at its extremity on
the under side, which is directed upwards, its curved point being in con-
tact with the small apophysis of the third joint ; fifth joint oval, mode-
rately convex and hairy externally, concave within, comprising the palpal
organs ; they are highly developed, not very complicated in structure,
vascular, surrounded by a filiform, black spine, and are flesh-coloured.
The convex sides of the terminal joints of the palpi are directed from,
and the palpal organs towards each other.

This species, which resembles Textrix agilis in the relative length of its
legs, is found under stones in moist pastures near Llanrwst in Denbighshire.
The males have the palpal organs completely developed in the month of
August.

Mr. Blackwall's Descriptions of new Species oj" Spiders. 621

9. Jgelena prompta. Cephalo-thorace brunneo ; mandibulis maxillis labioque
rufescenti-, sterno flavo-brunneis ; oculis seriei anterioris intermediis om-
nium minimis; pedibus brunneis, pari 4to longissimo, dein Imo, 3tio bre-
vissimo ; abdomine supra saturate brunneo, serie mediana linearum fla-
. vescenti-brunnea, lateribus pallid^ flavescenti-brunneis.

Length of the female, not including the spinners, -^^th of an inch ; length of
cephalo-thorax ^ ; breadth ^ ; breadth of abdomen -^ ; length of a
posterior leg ^ ; length of a leg of the third pair i^.

Anterior part of the cephalo-thorax slightly compressed ; sides depressed,
marked with furrows diverging from the upper part to the margins ; a
row of long hairs, directed forwards, extends along the middle, and there
. is an indentation in the posterior region ; it is of a brown colour, the an-
terior part, which is rounded and rather depressed, being the darkest.
Eyes disposed on the fore-part of the cephalo-thorax in two transverse,
curved, nearly parallel rows, whose convexity is directed backwards; the
intermediate eyes of the anterior row are the smallest of the eight, and
the lateral eyes, which are seated on a small eminence, and are nearly con-
tiguous, are the largest. Mandibles strong, conical and vertical. Maxillae
short, gibbous at the base, round at the extremity, and inclined towards
the lip, which is nearly quadrate, being rather broader at the base than
the extremity. These organs are reddish brown. Sternum heart-shaped,
of a yellowish brown colour. Legs and palpi brown. Fourth pair of legs
the longest, then the first ; third pair the shortest. Each tarsus is termi-
nated by three claws ; the two superior ones are curved and pectinated,
and the inferior one is inflected near its base, where there is a pair of fine
teeth. Abdomen oviform, thinly covered with hairs, convex above, pro-
jecting over the base of the cephalo-thorax ; upper part dark brown, with
a series of strongly marked, yellowish brown, angular lines, whose ver-
tices are directed forwards, extending along the middle ; sides and under
part pale yellowish brown, the latter having a band of a darker hue in the
medial line. Superior spinners much longer than the rest, triarticulate,
with the spinning-tubes arranged along the under side of the terminal
joint ; this joint is whitish, the remaining portion, and the other mam-

4 M 2

622 Mr. Blackwall's Descriptions of new Species of Spiders.

mulse, being of a brown colour. Sexual organs dark red-brown. Plates
of the spiracles whitish.

The male is rather smaller than the female, which it resembles in colour.
In both sexes the relative length of the legs is the same, but their abso-
lute length is greater in the male, a posterior one measuring ^th of an
inch. Third and fourth joints of the palpi short : there is a slender,
curved process on the outer side of the upper part of the former ; another,
longer, slenderer at its extremity, and more curved, projecting from a
prominence or apophysis at the outer side of the lower extremity of the
latter ; fifth joint oval, convex and hairy externally, concave within, com-
prising the palpal organs, v/hich are moderately developed, not very com-
plicated in structure, prominent at the upper part, nearly encircled by a
fine, black spine, and are of a pale red-brown colour.

Agelena prompta occurs under stones in the woods near Llanrwst in Den-
bighshire. The male has the palpal organs fully developed in October.

10. Agelena montana. Cephalo-thorace mandibulis maxillis labio sterno pedi-
bus palpisque brunneis ; abdomine nigricante, obscur^ sed ad latera evj-
dentiiis flavescenti-brunneo maculato.

Length of the female, not including the spinners, -jifth of an inch ; lengpth of
cephalo-thorax -^; breadth ^; breadth of abdomen -^^^ ; length of a
posterior leg ^ ; length of a leg of the third pair -^.

Anterior part of the cephalo-thorax slightly compressed ; sides depressed,
marked with furrows diverging from the upper part to the margins ; in
the medial line of the posterior region there is a narrow indentation.
Mandibles strong, conical, and inclined towards the sternum, which is
heart-shaped. Maxillae short, gibbous at the base, round at the extre-
mity, and inclined towards the lip, which is nearly semicircular. These
parts are brown, the lip being much the darkest. Legs and palpi brown,
the joints being the palest. Posterior pair of legs the longest, then the
first, which a little exceeds the second in length, third pair the shortest.
Tarsi terminated by three claws ; the two superior ones are curved and
pectinated, and the inferior one is inflected near its base. The palpi have

Mr. Blackwall's Descriptions of new Species of Spiders. 623

a curved claw at their extremity. Eyes disposed on the fore-part of the
cephalo-thorax in two transverse, curved, nearly parallel rows, whose con-
vexity is directed backwards ; the lateral eyes, which are seated on a small
eminence, and are nearly contiguous, are the largest, and the interme-
diate ones of the anterior row the smallest of the eight. Abdomen short,
broad, thickly covered with hairs, convex above, projecting over the base
of the cephalo-thorax ; it is of a dull blackish brown colour, interspersed
with obscure, yellowish brown spots, which are most conspicuous on the
sides ; the under part is the palest. The spinnei'S are arranged in a trans-
verse row immediately below the anus ; the exterior ones, which are much
the longest, are triarticulate, and have the spinning-tubes disposed along
the inferior surface of the terminal joint ; second joint of all the spinners
reddish brown, the other joints yellowish white. Sexual organs promi-
nent. Plates of the spiracles whitish.

" Females of this species were discovered in February 1837, under stones on
Gallt y Rhyg, a mountain in Denbighshire, near Llanrwst.

11. Agelena nava. Saturate brunnea fer^ nigra.

Length of the female, not including the spinners, -iVth of an inch ; length of
cephalo-thorax ^; breadth ^; breadth of abdomen ^; length of a
posterior leg ^V ; length of a leg of the third pair -^t-

Anterior part of the cephalo-thorax compressed ; sides depressed, marked with
furrows diverging from the upper part to the margins ; a row of fine
bristles, directed forwards, extends along the middle, and in the posterior
region, which is depressed, there is an indentation. Mandibles strong,
conical, vertical. Maxillae short, convex at the base, round at the extre-
mity, and inclined towards the lip, which is nearly quadrate, being rather
broader at the base than the extremity. Sternum heart-shaped. These
parts are glossy, and, with the legs and palpi, are of a dark brown colour,
the margins of the cephalo-thorax and the base of the lip being much the
darkest. Fourth pair of legs the longest, then the first, third pair the
shortest. Tarsi terminated by two curved, pectinated claws. Eyes dis-
posed on the fore-part of the cephalo-thorax in two transverse, curved

624 Mr. Blackwall's Descriptions of new Species of Spiders.

oi! rows, whose convexity is directed backwards; the lateral eyes are the
largest, and the intermediate ones of the anterior row the smallest of the
eight. Abdomen soot-coloured, thickly covered with hairs, short, rather
larger at the posterior than the anterior extremity, convex above, pro-
jecting a little over the base of the cephalo-thorax. Spinners brown; the
superior pair, which is much longer than the rest, and triarticulate, has
the spinning-tubes arranged along the inferior surface of the terminal
joint. Sexual organs prominent, and dark reddish brown. Plates of the
spiracles pale yellow.

About midsummer, individuals of this species may be seen on rails and
gates in pastures near Llanrwst in considerable numbers, but they are all
females. The only male which has come under my observation was found
beneath a stone imbedded in earth, in the autumn of 1837. It bore a close
resemblance to the other sex, but escaped from me before I had an opportu-
nity of describing the structure of the palpal organs, which were completely
developed.

12, ^gelena celans. Cephalo-thorace saturate brunneo lateribus fasciaque
mediana flavescenti-brunneis ; oculis seriei anterioris intermediis omnium
mult6 minimis ; mandibulis maxillis labio pedibus palpisque rufo-brun-
neis ; abdomine saturate brunneo rufescenti et flavescenti tincto, fascia
mediana obscura dentata rufescenti-brunnea.

Length of the female ^th of an inch; length of cephalo-thorax ^a ; breadth
xs ; breadth of abdomen xi ; length of a posterior leg -rs ; length of a
leg of the third pair -^.

Anterior part of the cephalo-thorax slightly compressed ; sides depressed,
marked with furrows diverging from the upper part to the margins ; in
the medial line of the posterior region there is a narrow indentation ; it
is hairy, and of a very dark brown colour, with yellowish brown lateral
margins, and a band of the same hue extending along the middle. Eyes
disposed on the fore-part of the cephalo-thorax in two transverse, curved,
nearly parallel rows, whose convexity is directed backwards ; the lateral
eyes are the largest, and the intermediate ones of the anterior row much

Mr. Blackwall's Descriptions of new Species of Spiders. 625

the smallest of the eight. Mandibles strong, conical, vertical, armed with
a few teeth on the inner surface. Maxillae short, convex at the base, round
at the extremity, and inclined towards the lip, which is nearly quadrate,
being rather broader at the base than the extremity. These organs are
brown, with a tinge of red, the base of the lip being much the darkest.
Sternum short, heart-shaped, and of a yellowish brown colour. Legs and
palpi brown, tinged with red ; the thighs are the palest. Fourth pair of
legs the longest, then the first, third pair the shortest ; the tibiae and
metatarsal joints of the first and second pairs have a series of large, ses-
sile spines on each side of the inferior part. Tarsi terminated by two
curved, pectinated claws. The palpi have a small, curved claw at their
extremity. Abdomen oviform, rather broader at the posterior than the
anterior extremity, hairy, convex above, projecting over the base of the
cephalo-thorax ; the upper part is very dark brown, with reddish brown
and scattered hairs of a yellowish brown colour intermixed ; along the
middle extends an obscure, dentated band of reddish brown ; the under
part is yellowish brown, with three faint, longitudinal lines of a darker
hue. The superior spinners are short, and have the spinning-tubes dis-
posed at their extremity. Plates of the spiracles pale yellow.

The male is smaller than the female, which it resembles in colour and
in the relative length of its legs. Third and fourth joints of the palpi
short, the latter having a straight, pointed apophysis at its extremity, on
the outer side ; fifth joint oval, convex and hairy externally, concave
within, comprising the palpal organs: they are highly developed, rather
complicated in structure, vascular, with a black, corneous process at the
extremity, which is broad, depressed, and curved near the base, and
abruptly recurved about the middle ; their colour is red-brown.

Agelena celans frequents woods in the vicinity of LlanrM'St, running nimbly
upon the ground and concealing itself under stones. The male has the palpal
organs fully developed in August. It is a scarce species.

626 Mr. Blackwall's Descriptions of new Species of Spiders.

Family Theridiid^.

Genus Theridion, Walch,

13. Theridion fuscum. Saturate rufescenti-briinneum, abdomine maculis ob-
scuris saturatloribus ; oculis in seriebus 2 transversis, intermediis trape-
zoidem antic^ multo breviorem referentibus, sei'iei posterioris omnium
maximis, anterioris minimis ; pedibus robustis, pari Imo longissimo, dein
4to, 3tio brevissimo ; labio semicirculari.

Length of tiie female re^h of an inch ; length of the cephalo-thorax ^ ;
breadth -g^ ; breadth of abdomen -^ ; length of an anterior leg ^ ; length
of a leg of the third pair -^.

This spider is of a dark reddish brown colour, the abdomen being marked
with obscure spots of a deeper shade. Cephalo-thorax glossy, compressed
before, very convex immediately behind the eyes, depressed in the poste-
rior region, with a large indentation in the medial line, and furrows on
the sides. Eyes disposed on the fore-part of the cephalo-thorax in two
transverse rows ; the intermediate ones form a trapezoid whose anterior
side is much the shortest, and those of each lateral pair are contiguous
and placed obliquely ; the posterior eyes of the trapezoid are the largest,
and the anterior ones much the smallest of the eight. Mandibles small,
conical, armed with a few teeth on the inner surface, and inclined towards
the sternum, which is broad and heart-shaped. Maxillae obliquely trun-
cated at the extremity on the outer side, and inclined towards the lip,
which is semicircular. Legs robust ; first pair the longest, then the
fourth, third pair the shortest. Tarsi terminated by three claws; the
two superior ones are curved and pectinated, and the inferior one is
inflected near its base. The palpi have a slender, curved claw at their
extremity. Abdomen subglobose, somewhat depressed, thinly covered
with hairs, glossy, projecting greatly over the base of the cephalo-
thorax.

Females of this species were captured in November and December 1837, on
rails and under stones in pastures near Llanrwst.

Mr. Blackwall's Descriptions of new Species of Spiders. 627

14. Theridion albens. Albidum ; ovalibus 2 parvis obliquis e lineis tenuibus
nigris efFormatis prope abdominis medium ; cephalo-thorace fascia ob-
scura mediana ; oculis in anteriore cephalo-thoracis parte positis, inter-
mediis quadram referentibus ; labio triangulari acuto.

Length of the female ^th of an inch ; length of cephalo-thorax -^ ; breadth
-g^ ; breadth of abdomen -g^ ; length of an anterior leg -j^ ; length of a
leg of the third pair xs.

Cephalo-thorax glossy, compressed before, convex above, with a slight inden-
tation in the medial line of the posterior region. Mandibles small, conical,
vertical. Maxillae slender, obliquely truncated at the extremity, on the
outer side, and inclined tovi^ards the lip, which is triangular, and pointed
at the apex. Sternum heart-shaped. First pair of legs the longest, tlien
the fourth, which a little exceeds the second in length, third pair the
shortest. Tarsi terminated by three claws ; the two superior ones are
curved and pectinated, and the inferior one is inflected near its base.
The palpi have a curved claw at their extremity. Abdomen thinly co-
vered with hairs, very convex above, projecting greatly over the base of
the cephalo-thorax. The general colour of this spider is whitish, but a
small, oblique oval, formed by a fine, black line, occurs near the middle
of the upper part of the abdomen, on each side of the medial line ; the
sexual organs also are black, and an obscure band of a darkish hue ex-
tends along the middle of the cephalo-thorax. Eyes seated on black spots
on the anterior part of the cephalo-thorax ; the four intermediate ones
form a square ; the other four are disposed in pairs on the sides of the
square, the eyes constituting each pair being contiguous and placed ob-
liquely on a slight protuberance.

The minute spider from which the foregoing description was made was dis-
covered in July 1837, among strawberry plants growing in my father's garden
at Hendre House, near Llanrwst.

15. Theridion callens. Cephalo-thorace pallid^ flavescenti-brunneo, lateribus
maculisque pluribus triangularibus quarum maxima centrali nigris ; ocu-
lis in anteriore cephalo-thoracis parte, intermediis quadram referentibus,
seriei anterioris in tuberculo positis ; mandibulis saturate brunneis ;

VOL. XVIII. 4 N

628 Mr. Blackwall's Descriptions of new Species of Spiders.

maxillis rufo-brunneis, exti^s brunneo-maculatis ; labio triangulaii basi
nlgro apice rufo-brunneo ; sterno pallid^ rufo-brunneo, maculis irre-
gularibus marginalibus nigricantibus ; pedibus gracilibus, pallid^ flaves-
centi-brunneis, fasciis numerosis saturatioribus ; abdomine nigro, rufo
alboque vario, prope medium tuberculis 2 antic^ nigris postic^ albescen-
tibus.

Length of the female ^th of an inch ; length of eephalo-thorax ^ ; breadth ^4- ;
breadth of abdomen ys ; length of an anterior leg ^ ; length of a leg of
the third pair ^.

This interesting spider has the eephalo-thorax oval, glossy, very convex above,
and abruptly sloping in the posterior region, where there is an indentation
in the medial line ; along the middle extends a row of fine, curved bris-
tles, directed forwards ; its colour is pale yellowish brown, the lateral
margins, and a triangular spot in the centre, which projects a line from
the middle of its base to the eyes, and has a narrow triangle at its apex,
whose base terminates at the medial indentation, together with a small
triangular spot immediately behind each lateral pair of eyes, being black.
Eyes seated on black spots on the anterior part of the eephalo-thorax ; the
four intermediate ones form a square, the two in front being placed on a
prominence ; the lateral eyes are disposed in pairs on the sides of the
square, those constituting each pair are contiguous and placed on a small
protuberance. Mandibles powerful, conical, armed with a few minute
teeth on the inner surface, rather inclined towards the sternum, and of a
dark brown colour. Maxillae red-brown, with a dark brown mark on the
outer side ; they are pointed at the extremity and encompass the lip,
which is triangular, black at the base, and red-brown at the apex. Ster-
num oblong heart-shaped ; it is of a pale red-brown colour, with large,
irregular, brownish black marks on the margins. Legs long and slen-
der ; there is a row of curved spines on the anterior side of the tibial,
metatarsal, and tarsal joints of the first and second pairs, those on the
metatarsal joint being much the longest ; both the legs and palpi are pale
yellowish brown, with niimerous dark brown bands. First pair of legs
the longest, then the fourth, which a little exceeds the second in length,
third pair the shortest. Tarsi terminated by three claws ; the two supe-

Mr. Blackwall's Descriptions of new Species of Spiders. 629

I'ior ones are curved and pectinated, and the inferior one is inflected near
its base. Tiie palpi iiave a curved, pectinated claw at their extremity.
Abdomen very convex above, projecting over the base of the cephalo-
thorax ; it is thinly covered vi^ith long, coarse hairs, and is variegated
with black, red, and white ; on the upper part, rather nearer the anterior
than the posterior extremity, are two tubercles, which are black in front,
and pale yellowish white behind ; the prevailing tint of the part before
the tubercles is black, and of that behind them, which comprises two
transverse, black streaks connected in the middle, red. Plates of the
spiracles yellow. Sexual organs reddish brown ; a small process con-
nected with their anterior part is directed backwards, and on each side
of its extremity is a minute, glossy convexity of a deeper shade.

Theridion callens, which has a close affinity to the Theridion aphane of
Walckenaer, constructs a very remarkable cocoon of a balloon-shape, mea-
suring about ^th of an inch in diameter ; it is composed of soft silk of a slight
texture, and a pale brown colour, enclosed in a loose, irregular network of
strong, dark red-brown silk ; several of the lines composing this network are
united near the apex of the cocoon, leaving intervals there through which the
young spiders pass when they quit it, and, being agglutinated together through-
out the remainder of their length, form a slender stem, varying from x^ih to \
of an inch in length, by which the cocoon is attached to the under surface of
stones and fragments of rock, appearing by its figure and erect position like a
small fungus or some minute production belonging to the vegetable kingdom.
The eggs are very large, considering the small size of the spider, five or six in
number, spherical, not agglutinated together, and are of a brown colour. I
have not been able to procure an adult male of this species, which frequents
woods in the west of Denbighshire.

' ■ Genus Walckenaera*, Blackw.
16. IValckenaera punctata. Cephalo-thorace sternoque punctatis cum raan-

* For the characters of this genus, see the London and Edinburgh Philosophical Magazine and
Journal of Science, vol. iii. pp. 105-6 ; and Researches in Zoology, pp. 314-15. Subsequently to the
publication of these characters, M. Koch has constituted the genus Micryphantes with species belong-
ing to the genus Walckenaera, See his Uebersicht des Arachn. Syst. p. 1 1 .

4 N 2

630 Mr. Blackwall's Descriptions of new Species of Spiders.

dibulis maxillis labioque saturate bi'unneis ; palpis pedibusque rufis,
horum pari Imo 4toque longissimis sequalibus, 3tio brevissimo; abdo-
mine nitente nigro.

Length of the female -^th of an inch ; length of cephalo-thorax -^ ; breadth
■^ ; breadth of abdomen -^ ; length of an anterior leg \ ; length of a leg
of the third pair ^.

Cephalo-thorax oval, convex above, glossy, prominent before, where the eyes
are seated, with an indentation in the medial line of the posterior region ;
numerous strongly marked punctures occur on the margins, from which
rows of punctures converge to the upper part. Mandibles conical, armed
with a few teeth on the inner surface, and inclined towards the sternum,
which is broad, heart-shaped, and thickly marked with punctures. Max-
illae inclined towards the lip, which is semicircular and prominent at the
extremity. These parts are very dark brown, the mandibles and maxillae
having a tinge of red. Legs and palpi red. The first and fourth pairs of
legs, which are the longest, are equal in length, and the third pair is the
shortest. Tarsi terminated by three claws ; the two superior ones are
curved and pectinated, and the inferior one is inflected near its base.
Eyes of the lateral pairs the largest, and those of the intermediate pair of
the anterior row much the smallest of the eight. Abdomen oviform,
convex above, projecting over the base of the cephalo-thorax ; it is thinly
covered with hairs, glossy, and black. Sexual organs rather prominent,
and reddish brown. Plates of the spiracles dull yellow.

Females of this species were taken in May 1838, under stones in a moist
pasture near Llanrwst.

17. PTulckenaSra turgida. Cephalo-thorace mandibulis maxillis labio sterno-
que saturate pedibus palpisque rufescenti-brunneis ; abdomine brunneo
saturatiiis marmorato.

In anteriori cephalo-thoracis parte maris protuberantia magna oculi-
fera lateribus fortit^r dentatis ; et ante utrumque oculum paris superioris
protuberantia magna obtusa.

Length of the female -j^th of an inch ; length of cephalo-thorax ^ ; breadth

Mr. Blackwall's Descriptions of new Species of Spiders. 631

^ ; breadth of abdomen -g^ ; length of an anterioi" leg -p£ ; length of a
leg of the third pair ^j.
Cephalo-thorax oval, convex above, glossy, slightly prominent behind the
eyes, with a small indentation in the medial line of the posterior region ;
it is of a dark brown colour. Mandibles conical, armed with teeth on
the inner surface, and inclined towards the sternum ; they are of a dark
brown colour, slightly tinged with red. Maxillae rather paler than the
mandibles. Sternum broad, heart-shaped, and convex ; it and the lip
are of a dark brown hue. Legs and palpi reddish brown. First and
fourth pairs of legs, which are the longest, equal in length, third pair
the shortest. Tarsi terminated by three claws ; the two superior ones
are curved and pectinated, and the inferior one is inflected near its
base. Abdomen oviform, convex above, projecting over the base of the
cephalo-thorax ; it is thinly covered with hairs, and is of a brown co-
lour, mottled with darker brown. Plates of the spiracles pale yellowish
brown.

The male is darker coloured than the female, and has on the anterior
part of the cephalo-thorax a strong prominence, deeply indented on the
sides, on which the eyes are seated. Immediately before each eye of the
superior pair is a large, obtuse protuberance. Fourth joint of the palpi
rather larger than the third, projecting a strong apophysis in front, which
is bifurcated, the inner process being longer and more pointed than the
outer one ; fifth joint oval, convex and hairy externally, concave within,
comprising the palpal organs ; they are highly developed, complicated in
structure, prominent, with a fine, curved spine at the extremity, and are
of a red-brown colour.

Specimens of Walckenaera turgida were discovered in September and Octo-
ber 1836, under stones and blocks of wood in the plantations at Crumpsall
Hall, near Manchester. -

18. IValchenaera atra. Nigra; mandibulis maxillis pedibus palpisque brunneis.
Anterior cephalo-thoracis pars in mare elevata obtusa, indentatione
utrinque oblonga.

Length of the female -^th of an inch ; length of cephalo-thorax ^ ; breadth

632 Mr. Blackw all's Descriptions of new Species of Spiders.

■^ ; breadth of abdomen -^ ; length of an anterior leg ^ ; length of a
leg of the third pair ■^.
Cephaio-thorax oval, glossy, depressed on the sides, which are marked with
slight furrows diverging from the upper part towards the margins ; in
the medial line of the posterior region there is an indentation. Mandi-
bles conical, armed with teeth on the inner surface, and inclined towards
the sternum, which is broad and heart-shaped. Maxillae inclined towards
the lip, which is semicircular and prominent at the extremity. First and
fourth pairs of legs the longest, and equal in length, third pair the
shortest. Anterior intermediate eyes the smallest of the eight. The tarsi
of this spider, and of all the species belonging to the genus which have
come under my observation, are terminated by three claws ; the two
superior ones curved and pectinated, and the inferior one inflected near
its base. Abdomen thinly clad with hairs, glossy, convex above, project-
ing over the base of the cephaio-thorax. This species is black, with the
exception of the mandibles, maxillae, legs, and palpi, which are brown,
the first two being much the darkest.

The male is rather smaller than the female, but resembles her in colour,
and in the relative length of his legs. The anterior part of the cephaio-
thorax, whei-e the eyes are situated, is elevated, but obtuse, with an oblong
indentation on each side, extending backwards from the lateral eyes.
Third and fourth joints of the palpi short, the latter being much the
stronger ; fifth joint oval, convex and hairy externally, concave within,
comprising the palpal organs, which are highly developed, complicated
in structure, with a very prominent, filiform, curved, black spine, enve-
loped in a delicate membrane, originating about the middle of the outer
side, and a short, straight, pointed one at their extremity ; they are of a
reddish brown colour.

Both sexes of IValchenaera atra, the males having the palpal organs fully
developed, were found in May 1838, under stones in moist pastures near
Llanrwst. The species probably comes near Theridion acuminatum, Wider, in
Mus. Senk. i. p. 232. t. 15. f. 11.

19. fValckenaera hiemalis. Cephalo-thorace mandibulis maxillis labio ster-

Mr. Blackwall's Descriptions of new Species of Spiders. 633

noque nigricantibus ; pedibus palpisque rufo-brunneis ; abdomine nitente
nigro.

Anterior cephalo-thoracis pars in mare prominens, indentatione utrin-
que magna.

Length of the female ^gth of an inch ; length of cephalo-thorax -^ ; breadth
^; breadth of abdomen ^; length of an anterior leg ^i length of a
leg of the third pair -^. - • ' ,

Cephalo-thorax oval, convex above, glossy, rather prominent before, where the
eyes are situated, depressed in the posterior region, with a small inden-
tation in the medial line. Mandibles conical, armed with teeth on the
inner surface, and inclined towards the sternum, which is broad and
heart-shaped. These parts, with the maxillae and lip, are brownish black,
the mandibles and maxillae being the palest. Legs and palpi red-brown.
First and fourth pairs of legs, which are the longest, equal in length,
third pair the shortest. Abdomen oviform, convex above, projecting
over the base of the cephalo-thorax; it is thinly covered with hairs,
glossy, and black. Sexual organs prominent. Plates of the spiracles
brown. ;> /iiaitivi'iu , cruiu iOi;';flii' ov/i

The male is rather smaller than the female, and has the anterior part
of the cephalo-thorax much more prominent, a large indentation occurring
on the sides, behind each lateral pair of eyes. Relative length of the legs
the same in both sexes, those of the male being the redder. Fourth joint
of the palpi brown-black, much larger than the third joint, depressed,
hairy externally, overlapping the base of the fifth joint, and having its
extremity curved outwards ; immediately above which, on the outer side,
is a curved, pointed spine, with a projection at its base : fifth joint oval,
convex and hairy externally, concave within, comprising the palpal or-
gans ; they are highly developed, complicated in structure, and have
several curved, pointed spines at their extremity ; their colour is reddish
brown.

Numerous individuals of this species were observed running actively on
rails in meadows and pastures near Llanrwst in December 1836, and Ja-
nuary 1837. . , j.ii(-:«uyjiJ:iiaji J Jj-jo'.-, y !f.\ ,h-\

634 Mr. Blackwall's Descriptions of new Species of Spiders.

20. fValchenaera bifrons. Mas saturate brunneus ; pedibus palpisque flaves-
centi-rufis; cephalo-thorace antic^ protuberantia magna perpendicular!
obtusa longitudinaliter bilob&.

Length of the male ^^th of an inch ; length of cephalo-thorax -^ ; breadth ^ ;
breadth of abdomen ^ ; length of an anterior leg ^ ; length of a leg of
the third pair -j^.

On the anterior part of the cephalo-thorax, which is compressed, there is a
large, perpendicular, obtuse eminence, divided into two Jobes at the sum-
mit by a longitudinal furrow ; the posterior region is depressed, and the
frontal margin very prominent. Mandibles small, conical, armed with
teeth on the inner surface, and inclined towards the sternum, which is
broad and heart-shaped. Maxillae inclined towards the lip, which is
semicircular and prominent at the extremity. These parts are dark
brown, the lip and frontal eminence of the cephalo-thorax being the
darkest. Legs and palpi yellowish red. First and fourth pairs of legs,
which are the longest, equal in length, third pair the shortest. Four eyes,
situated on the anterior part of the frontal eminence, form a square ; the
two superior ones are seated on a minute tubercle, and the inferior ones
are the smallest of the eight ; the other four are disposed in pairs on the
sides of the eminence, near the front, those of each pair being contiguous.
The fourth joint of the palpi, which is much shorter than the third, pro-
jects a small, slightly curved apophysis from its anterior extremity, on the
outer side ; the fifth joint is oval, convex and hairy externally, with an
indentation on the outer side of the upper part ; it is concave within,
comprising the palpal organs, which are highly developed, complicated in
structure, with a curved, black spine at the extremity, enveloped in a de-
licate membrane, and are of a reddish brown colour. Abdomen oviform,
convex above, projecting over the base of the cephalo-thorax ; it is thinly
covered with hairs, glossy, and dark brown. Plates of the spiracles dull
yellow.

The spider described above was captured by T. Glover, Esq., of Smedley,
near Manchester, in June 1838, among coarse herbage in Gwydir woods, near
Bettws y Coed, Caernarvonshire.

Mr. Blackwall's Descriptions of new Species of Spiders. 635

21. Walchenaera bicolor. Maris cephalo-thorace mandibulis maxillis labio
sterno pedibus palpisque brunneis; abdoraine nigricante; cephalo- thoracis
parte anteriori promineute obtusa utrinque indentata.

Length of the male xB^th of an inch ; length of cephalo-thorax -^ ; breadth -^ -,
breadth of abdomen -^ ; length of an anterior leg ^ ; length of a leg of
the third pair ^j.

Cephalo-thorax oval, convex above, glossy, prominent, but obtuse, in front,
with a slight indentation in the medial line of the posterior region, and
another immediately behind each lateral pair of eyes. Mandibles conical,
armed with teeth on the inner surface, and inclined towards the sternum,
which is broad and heart-shaped. These parts, with the maxillae, lip,
legs, and palpi, are brown, the lip being the dailiest, and the legs the
lightest coloured. First and fourth pairs of legs, which are the longest,
equal in length, third pair the shortest. Third and fourth joints of the
palpi short, the latter being much the stronger; fifth joint somewhat oval,
having a projection on the outer side ; it is convex and hairy externally,
concave within, comprising the palpal organs, which are highly developed,
complicated in structure, with a slender, corneous process at the superior
part, directed upwards, a bold prominence on the inner side, and a fine,
convoluted, filiform spine, enveloped in a delicate membrane, extending
from the upper part of the extremity ; their colour is red-brown. Abdo-
men oviform, thinly covered with hairs, convex above, projecting over the
base of the cephalo-thorax ; it is of a brownish black colour. Plates of
the spiracles pale yellow.

Males of this species, with the palpal organs fully developed, were taken in
July 1836, on rails near Llanrwst.

22. fValchenaera parva. Brunnea, abdomine saturatiore ; maris cephalo-tho-
race antic^ parilm prominente utrinque indentato.

Length of the female xjth of an inch ; length of cephalo-thorax -g^ ; breadth
-^ ; breadth of abdomen ^ ; length of an anterior leg ^g- ; length of a
leg of the third pair ^o-

Cephalo-thorax oval, glossy, very convex behind the eyes, depressed in the
VOL. xvm. 4 o

63fi Mr. Blackwall's Descriptions of new Species of Spiders.

posterior region, with an exceedingly minute indentation in the medial
line. Mandibles conical, armed with teeth on the inner surface, and in-
clined towards the sternum, which is heart-shaped and glossy. Maxillae
strong, and inclined towards the lip, which is semicircular and prominent
at the extremity. These parts, with the legs and palpi, are brown, the
mandibles, lip, and margins of the cephalo-thorax being the darkest.
First and fourth pairs of legs, which are the longest, equal in length, third
pair the shortest. Abdomen oviform, convex above, projecting over the
base of the cephalo-thorax ; it is thinly covered with hairs, glossy, and
very dark brown, or brown black. Plates of the spiracles brown.

The male, though smaller than the female, i-esembles her in colour and
in the relative length of his legs ; but differs from her in having an in-
dentation on each side of the anterior part of the cephalo-thorax, imme-
diately behind the lateral eyes. The fourth joint of the palpi, which is
rather shorter and stronger than the third joint, projects an acute, pro-
minent apophysis from its extremity, in front ; fifth joint oval, convex
and hairy externally, concave within, comprising the palpal organs ; they
are moderately developed, not very complicated in structure, rather pro-
minent, and of a red-brown colour.

Numerous specimens of this very minute spider were procured on rails near
Llanrwst, in December 1836, and January 1837.

23. IValckenaera humilis. Nigricans ; pedibus palpisque rufo-brunneis.

Maris pedes posteriores anterioribus paulo longiores ; cephalo-thoracis
pars anterior elevata truncata apice pilis plurimis brevibus instructa.

Length of the female Yffth of an inch ; length of cephalo-thorax -^ ; breadth
^ ; breadth of abdomen ^ ; length of an anterior leg ^ ; length of a
leg of the third pair -^.

Upper part of the cephalo-thorax glossy, convex, particularly behind the eyes,
depressed in the posterior region, with an indentation in the medial line.
Mandibles conical, armed with teeth on the inner surface, and inclined
towards the sternum, which is broad, heart-shaped, convex and glossy.
These parts, with the maxillae and lip, are brown-black, the mandibles

Mr. Blackwall's Desci'iptions of new Species of Spiders. 637

and maxillae being the brownest. Legs and palpi red- brown. First and
fourth pairs of legs, which are the longest, equal in length, third pair the
shortest. Abdomen oviform, thinly covered with hairs, convex above,
projecting over the base of the cephalo-thorax ; it is brownish black.
Plates of the spiracles very dark brown.

The male is rather darker than the female, and the anterior part of the
cephalo-thorax, which is elevated and truncated, has numerous short hairs
on its summit. On this summit, also, the eyes are distributed in pairs ;
one pair, situated on its posterior part, forms with another, on its anterior
margin, an elongated trapezoid, whose front side is considerably the short-
est ; the two other pairs are disposed on the lateral margins, the eyes con-
stituting each being contiguous ; the anterior eyes of the trapezoid are
much the smallest of the eight. The sexes differ, likewise,. in the relative
length of their legs, the posterior ones of the male, which measure xtth
of an inch, exceeding the anterior ones a little in longitudinal extent.
The palpi are dark-coloured ; the second joint is clavate, and has a small,
pointed apophysis on the inner side, at the base ; third and fourth joints
moderately long ; the latter projects a large apophysis from its anterior
extremity, which curves outwards and rather upwards in front of the fifth
joint ; it is somewhat enlarged at its termination, and has a pointed pro-
cess on the outer side ; a small, obtuse apophysis occurs, also, on the
under side of the fourth joint ; the fifth joint is oval, convex and hairy
externally, concave within, comprising the palpal organs, which are highly
developed, complicated in structure, very prominent, with a strong, curved,
black spine at the superior part, and a fine, convoluted one on the outer
side, near the extremity, resembling in form the human ear, contiguous
to which, on the under side, is a slightly curved, pointed, projecting pro-
cess. The colour of these organs is red-brown.

Specimens of Walchenaera humilis were discovered in October 1836, under
slates, in the garden belonging to T. Warner, Esq., of Crumpsall Green, near
Manchester ; and others were observed afterwards on rails at Crumpsall
Hall. ;

24. Walchenaera apicata. Nigricans ; maxillis rufescenti-brunneis ; pedibus

4 o 2

638 Mr. Blackwall's Descriptions of new Species of Spiders.

rufo-brunneis, nisi in tibiis paris Imi et 2di saturate brunneis ; pari 4to
longissimo, dein lino, 3tio brevissimo.

Maris pars anterior cephalo-thoracis elevata transversa bipartita,
segmento posteriori longiori obtuse, anterioris apice instructo tuberculo
parvo eonico prope cujus apicem antic^ processus duo minuti surstim
curvati.

Length of the female x&th of an inch ; length of cephalo-thorax -^ ; breadth
-^ ; breadth of abdomen -^ ; length of a posterior leg \ ; length of a leg
of the third pair xq.

Cephalo-thorax oval, glossy, gibbous above, with slight furrows on the sides,
and a minute indentation in the medial line of the posterior region. Man-
dibles conical, armed with teeth on the inner surface, and inclined towards
the sternum, which is broad, convex and heart-shaped. These parts, with
the lip, are brownish black. Maxillae reddish brown. Legs red-brown,
with the exception of the tibiae of the first and second pairs, which are
dark brown; fourth pair rather the longest, then the first, third pair the
shortest. Palpi dark brown. Abdomen oviform, convex above, project-
ing over the base of the cephalo-thorax; it is thinly covered with hairs,
glossy, and brownish black. Sexual organs rather prominent. Plates of
the spiracles yellow.

The male resembles the female in colour and in the relative length of
its legs. The fore part of the cephalo-thorax is elevated, and divided into
two segments by a transverse groove in front ; the posterior segment is
the larger, and has a pair of eyes seated on its summit, which is obtuse
and rounded ; the anterior segment is surmounted by a small, conical emi-
nence, near the apex of which, in front, are two minute processes curved
upwards; at the base of this cone, immediately below the curved pro-
cesses, the smallest pair of eyes is situated, the two lateral pairs being
placed on the sides of the anterior segment. The fourth joint of the palpi
is larger than the third, and consists of three parts ; one in front, which
is broad, and round at the extremity; a smaller one underneath, of a
similar form ; and a long, slender one on the inner side, which passes
obliquely before the fifth joint : fifth joint somewhat oval, having a pro-

Mr. Blackwall's Descriptions of new Species of Spiders. 639

tninent lobe on the outer side ; it is convex and hairy externally, concave
within, comprising' the palpal organs, which are highly developed, com-
plicated in structure, with a fine spine at their extremity, enveloped in a
delicate membrane, and curved in a circular form ; they are of a reddish
brown colour.

Males and females of this species were found on rails near Llanrwst in No-
vember 1837, and May 1838.

25. ffalckenaera pumila. Cephalo-thorace mandibulis maxillis labio sterno-
que saturate pedibus palpisque rufescenti-brunneis ; pedum pari 4to
paul6 longiore, dein 1 mo, 3tio brevissimo ; abdomine nitente nigro.

Maris cephalo-thorax anticfe elevatus obtusus utrinque indentatione
instructus.

Length of the female ^ath of an inch ; length of cephalo-thorax -^ ; breadth
■^ ; breadth of abdomen -^ ; length of a posterior leg ^o ; length of a
leg of the third pair i^,

Cephalo-thorax oval, glossy, depressed on the sides, which are marked with
slight furrows diverging from the upper part to the margins, and having
an indentation in the medial line of the posterior region. Mandibles
conical, armed with teeth on the inner surface, and inclined towards the
sternum, which is broad and heart-shaped. Maxillae inclined towards
the lip, which is semicircular and prominent at the extremity. These
parts are of a dark brown colour, the mandibles and maxillse being the
palest. The lateral eyes are the largest, and the anterior ones of the tra-
pezoid the smallest of the eight. Legs and palpi reddish brown. Fourth
pair of legs rather the longest, then the first, third pair the shortest.
Abdomen oviform, convex above, projecting over the base of the cephalo-
thorax ; it is thinly clad with hairs, glossy and black. Plates of the spi-
racles dull yellow.

The male is rather smaller than the female, but resembles her in colour
and in the relative length of his legs. The anterior part of the cephalo-
thorax is elevated, but obtuse, with an oblong indentation on each side,
extending backwards from the lateral eyes. Fourth joint of the palpi
shorter than th^ third ; it is produced at the extremity, on the inner side.

640 Mr. Blackwall's Descriptions of new Species of Spiders.

and has a small, pointed apophysis in front ; fifth joint of an irregular
figure, having a long process or lobe on the inner side, and a bold pro-
minence at the upper part, from which a ridge extends to its extremity ;
it is convex and hairy externally, concave within, comprising the palpal
organs, which are highly developed, complicated in structure, with a long,
black, prominent, filiform spine, enveloped in a delicate membrane, curved
from the upper part downwards to their extremity, where it is directed to
the outer side ; their colour is pale reddish brown.

This spider conceals itself under stones in moist pastures near Llanrwst.
The male has the palpal organs developed in May.

26. IFalchenaera picina. Mas nigricans, nisi in pedibus rufo-brunneis ; horum
pari 4to Imo paul6 longiore ; cephalo-thorace antic^ elevato obtuso in-
dentatione utrinque magna.

Length of the male yjth of an inch ; length of cephalo-thorax -^ ; breadth ^ ;
breadth of abdomen ^; length^of a posterior leg -j^; length of a leg of
the third pair ■^.

Anterior part of the cephalo-thorax elevated, but obtuse, with a large indenta-
tion immediately behind each lateral pair of eyes ; in the medial line of
the posterior region there is a small indentation. Mandibles conical,
' armed with teeth on the iimer surface, and inclined towards the sternum,
which is broad and heart-shaped. Maxillae inclined towards the lip,
which is semicircular and prominent at the extremity. These parts are
glossy and brownish black, the mandibles and maxillae being the palest.
Legs red-brown ; fourth pair rather the longest, then the first, third pair
the shortest. One pair of eyes is placed on the anterior part of the sum-
mit of the frontal elevation of the cephalo-thorax ; the eyes of another
pair, situated lower, in front, and constituting the shortest side of a tra-
pezoid, which they describe with the former, being the smallest of the
eight ; those of each lateral pair are contiguous. The palpi are brown ;
the fourth joint is much larger than the third, and has the upper part of
its extremity greatly produced, and tapering to a point, which curves in
front of the fifth joint, towards its outer side ; fifth joint oval, convex and
hairy externally, concave within, comprising the palpal organs ; they are

M7\ BZiACK wall's Descriptions of new Species of Spiders. 641

highly developed, complicated in structure, with a curved, pointed, cor-
neous spine at the extremity, and are of a reddish-brown colour. Abdo-
men oviform, convex above, projecting over the base of the cephalo-tho-
rax ; it is thinly clad with hairs, glossy and brownish black. Plates of
the spiracles brown.

A specimen of this species, captured in the neighbourhood of Manchester,
was received from T. Glover, Esq., in June 1838 ; and in the following month
another specimen was taken near Llanrwst. Both individuals were adult
males.

27. WalchenaSra ne?noraUs. Maris cephalo-thorace mandibulis maxillis labio
sterno pedibus palpisque brunneis ; abdomine nigricante ; cephalo-tho-
race antic^ elevato obtuso transverse bipartito ; pedum pari 4to Imo
longiore.

Length of the male y^th of an inch ; length of cephalo-thorax -j^ ; breadth
-^ ; breadth of abdomen -3^ ; length of a posterior leg yj ; length of a
leg of the third pair -^.

There is no indentation in the medial line of the posterior region of the cephalo-
thorax ; the anterior part is elevated, but obtuse, with a transverse groove
in front, which divides it into two segments. One pair of eyes is situated
on the upper segment, near its anterior margin, and the rest are seated on
the lower segment, one pair being placed on each side, and the other in
front ; the eyes of the last pair are the smallest of the eight, and, with
those on the upper segment, form a long trapezoid, whose shortest side
is before. Mandibles conical, armed with teeth on the inner surface, and
inclined towards the sternum, which is broad, convex and heart-shaped.
These parts, with the maxillae, lip, legs, and palpi, are brown, the legs
being the palest, and the lip, anterior part of the cephalo-thorax, and ter-
minal joint of the palpi the darkest. Fourth pair of legs the longest, then
the first, third pair the shortest. The fourth joint of the palpi, which is
shorter than the third, projects three apophyses from its extremity ; the
smallest is situated underneath, the largest in front, and the third, of
intermediate size, on the outer side ; fifth joint oval, convex and hairy
externally, concave within, comprising the palpal organs, which are highly

642 Mr. Blackwall's Descriptions of new Species of Spiders.

developed, complicated in structure, having a bold protuberance near the
middle, and a short, fine, curved spine at the extremity; their colour is
dark reddish brown. Abdomen oviform, rather broader at the posterior
than the anterior extremity, convex above, projecting- over the base of the
cephalo-thorax ; it is thinly covered with hairs, glossy and brownish black.
Plates of the spiracles dull yellow.

In March 1837, adult males of this species were found under stones in the
woods about Llanrwst.

Genus Neriene*, Blachw.

28. Neriene munda. Maris cephalo-thorace mandibulis maxillis labio sterno-
que rufescenti-brunneis ; pedibus palpisque pallid^ rufis ; pedum pari
1 mo 4 toque reliquis longioribus eequalibus, 3tio brevissimo; abdomine
nigricante.

Length of the male ^th of an inch ; length of cephalo-thorax -^ ; breadth -^ ;
breadth of abdomen -^ ; length of an anterior leg ^ ; length of a leg of
the third pair \.

Cephalo-thorax oval, glossy, convex above, with a slight indentation in the
medial line of the posterior region. Mandibles strong, conical, vertical,
provided with teeth on the inner surface, and a small, conical prominence
in front, near the extremity, on the inner side. Maxillae powerful, greatly
enlarged where the palpi are inserted, and inclined towards the lip, which
is semicircular and prominent at the extremity. Sternum broad and
heart-shaped. These parts are reddish brown, the mandibles and maxillae
being the reddest. Legs and palpi pale red, with the exception of the
terminal joint of the latter, which is reddish brown. First and fourth
pairs of legs, which are the longest, equal in length, third pair the short-
est. This spider, like the rest of the genus, has the tarsi terminated by
three claws ; the two superior ones curved and pectinated, and the infe-
rior one inflected near its base. The intermediate eyes form a trapezoid,
the anterior ones of which are the smallest of the eight. Third and fourth

* For the characters of the genus Neriene, see the London and Edinburgh Philosophical Magazine
and Journal of Science, vol. iii. p. 187-8 ; and Researches in Zoology, p. 362-3.

Mr. Blackwall's Descriptions of new Species of Spiders. 643

joints of the palpi short ; the former is very strong and convex in front,
and the latter projects three apophyses from its extremity ; the largest is
situated on the outer side, the next in size on the inner side, and the small-
est underneath ; fifth joint oval, convex and hairy externally, concave
within, comprising the palpal organs, which are highly developed, com-
plicated in structure, and of a I'eddish brown colour. Abdomen oviform,
convex above, projecting over the base of the cephalo-thorax ; it is thinly
covered with hairs, glossy and brownish black. Plates of the spiracles
yellowish white.

Males of this species, with the palpi fully developed, may be seen in May
and June among grass and plants growing in the woods about Llanrwst.

29. Neriene errans. Cephalo-thorace appendicibusque brunneis, nisi in pe-
dibus palpisque pallid^ rufo-brunneis ; abdomine obscur^ viridescenti-
brunneo serie mediana obscuri linearum angularium flavescenti-brun-
nea.

Length of the female ^th of an inch ; length of cephalo-thorax -^ ; breadth
■^ ; breadth of abdomen -^ ; length of an anterior leg -^ '■> length of a
leg of the third pair \.

Cephalo-thorax oval, convex above, glossy, with an indentation in the medial
line of the posterior region. Mandibles powerful, conical, armed with
teeth on the inner surface, and inclined towards the sternum, which is
heart-shaped. Maxillae strong, and inclined towards the lip, which is
semicircular and prominent at the extremity. These parts are brown,
the sternum being the palest, and the mandibles, maxillae and lip having
a tinge of red. Eyes small. Legs and palpi pale red-brown. First and
fourth pairs of legs, which are the longest, equal in length, third pair the
shortest. Abdomen oviform, rather convex above, projecting over the
base of the cephalo-thorax ; it is thinly covered with hairs, glossy, of a
brownish colour faintly tinged with green, and has a series of obscure,
angular lines, of a pale yellowish brown hue, whose vertices are directed
forwards, extending along the middle of the upper part. Sexual organs
dark red-brown. Plates of the spiracles dull yellowish brown.

The male resembles the female in colour and in the relative length of
VOL. xviii. 4 p

644 Mr. Blackwall's Descriptions of new Species of Spiders.

his legs, but is rather smaller than she is. Third and fourth joints of the
palpi short, the latter being much the stronger ; fifth joint somewhat oval,
with a large lobe on the outer side, near the upper part ; it is convex and
hairy externally, concave within, comprising the palpal organs, which are
highly developed, complicated in structure, with several curved, pointed,
prominent, corneous processes at the extremity, and of a red-brown co-
lour.

NeriSne errans is of frequent occurrence on rails in the vicinity of Man-
chester, and of 1/lanrwst.

30. Neriene sylvatica. Mas brunneus ; abdomine nigricante.

Length of the male ^th of an inch ; length of cephalo-thorax -^ ; breadth -^ ;
breadth of abdomen ^ ; length of an anterior leg \ ; length of a leg of
the third pair \.

Anterior part of the cephalo-thorax, where the eyes are situated, rather pro-
minent; sides marked with furrows diverging from the upper part to the
margins; in the medial line of the posterior region there is a large indenta-
tion. Mandibles conical, provided with a few teeth on the inner surface,
and a longitudinal row of exceedingly short, fine spines in front, on the
outer side ; they are inclined towards the sternum, which is broad and
heart-shaped. Maxillae very gibbous near the base, and inclined towards
the lip, which is semicircular and prominent at the extremity. Legs slen-
der. These parts are brown ; the legs, which are the palest, and the man-
dibles, maxillae and lip, which are the darkest, having a tinge of red.
First and fourth pairs of legs the longest and equal in length, third pair
the shortest. Eyes seated on black spots. The palpi resemble the legs
in colour ; the third and fourth joints are short, the former projecting a
long bristle from its extremity, in front, and the latter, which is the
stronger, being gibbous underneath, at the base ; fifth joint somewhat
oval, with a bold, conical protuberance at the upper part, in front, and a
prominent lobe on the outer side ; it is convex and hairy externally, con-
cave within, comprising the palpal organs, which are highly developed,
complicated in structure, with a strong, curved, obtuse, corneous process,
slightly serrated on its external edge, situated on the outer side of the

Mr. Blackwall's Descriptions of new Species of Spiders. 645

upper part ; another curved, corneous process, whose point is enveloped
in a delicate membrane, extends from the upper part to the extremity of
the fifth joint, and within its curvature a small, dentated spine occurs ;
their colour is red-brown. Abdomen oviform, convex above, projecting
over the base of the cephalo-thorax ; it is thinly covered with hairs, glossy,
and brownish black. Plates of the spiracles pale yellow.

Adult males of this species were taken in February 1837, under fragments
of rock imbedded in earth in the woods about Llanrwst.

31. Neriene viaria. Mas brunneus ; abdomine nigricante ; filatoriis pallid^
flavescenti-brunneis.

Length of the male -roth of an inch ; length of cephalo-thorax ^ ; breadth
^ ; breadth of abdomen ^ ; length of an anterior leg ^ ; length of a
leg of the third pair ^.

Cephalo-thorax oval, moderately convex above, glossy, with slight furrows on
the sides, and an indentation in the medial line of the posterior region.
Mandibles powerful, conical, armed with teeth on the inner surface, rather
divergent at the extremities, and inclined towards the sternum, which is
broad and heart-shaped. Maxillae inclined towards the lip, which is
semicircular and prominent at the extremity. First and fourth pairs of
legs the longest and equal in length, third pair the shortest. These parts
are brown, the margins of the cephalo-thorax and the lip being the dark-
est, and the legs and maxillae the palest. Intermediate eyes of the ante-
rior row much the smallest of the eight. The palpi resemble the legs in
colour ; the third and fourth joints are short, the former, which is the
stronger, having some long hairs projecting from its extremity, in front ;
the latter is gibbous underneath, at the base ; fifth joint somewhat oval,
with a large lobe on the outer side ; it is convex and hairy externally,
concave within, comprising the palpal organs, which are highly developed,
complicated in structure, very prominent, and of a pale reddish brown
colour. Abdomen oviform, convex above, projecting over the base of the
cephalo-thorax ; it is thinly covered with hairs, glossy, and of a dark
brown hue, approaching to black. Plates of the spiracles and spinners
pale yellowish brown.

4 p 2

646 Mr. Blackwall's Descriptions of new Species of Spiders.

The spidei* from which the foregoing description was made was found run-
ning on a footpath at Oakland, near Llanrwst, in May 1838.

32. Neriene pulla. Maris cephalo-thorace saturate brunneo ; mandibulis
maxillis labioque saturate rufo-brunneo ; sterno brunneo, punctis satura-
tioribus ; pedibus palpisque rufescenti-brunneis, nisi in horum articiilo
terminali saturate brunneo; abdomine flavescenti-brunneo, punctis nume-
rosis strigisque tenuibus saturatioribus.

Length of the male ^nrth of an inch ; length of cephalo-thorax -^ ; breadth -^;
breadth of abdomen ^ ; length of an anterior leg \ ; length of a leg of
the third pair ■^.

Cephalo-thorax oval, convex above, glossy, with slight furrows on the sides,
and an indentation in the medial line of the posterior region ; its colour
is dark brown. Mandibles strong, conical, armed with a few teeth on the
inner surface, and inclined a little towards the sternum. Maxillae power-
ful, and inclined towards the lip, which is quadrate. These parts are of
a dark reddish brown colour. Sternum heart-shaped, glossy and brown,
with very minute spots of a darker hue. Legs reddish brown ; first and
fourth pairs the longest and equal in length, third pair the shortest.
Second joint of the palpi curved towards the cephalo-thorax ; third and
fourth joints short, the latter having a large process, rounded at the ex-
tremity, on the outer side, and a smaller one on the inner side ; these
joints are of a red-brown colour ; fifth joint dark brown, oval, hairy and
very convex externally, concave within, comprising the palpal organs,
which are highly developed, complicated in structure, and red-brown.
Abdomen oviform, convex above, projecting over the base of the cephalo-
thorax ; it is thinly clad with hairs, and of a yellowish brown colour, with
numerous minute spots and fine streaks of a darker hue. Plates of the
spiracles pale yellow.

Males of this species, with the palpi fully developed, were taken in June
1 836, on rails near Llanrwst.

33. Neriene gracilis. Nigricans ; pedibus pallid^ rufescenti-brunneis ; palpis

saturate viridibus.

Mr. Blackwall's Descriptions of new Species oj" Spiders. 647

Length of the female ^^th of an inch ; length of cephalo-thorax -^ ; breadth
-^ ; breadth of abdomen -^ ; length of an anterior leg ^ ; length of a leg
of the third pair -^s.

Cephalo-thorax oval, convex above, glossy, with an indentation in the medial
line of the posterior region. Mandibles powerful, conical, armed with
teeth on the inner surface, and inclined towards the sternum, which is
heart-shaped. Maxillae strong, and inclined towards the lip, which is
semicircular and prominent at the extremity. These parts are brownish
black. Legs slender, and of a pale reddish brown colour ; first and fourth
pairs the longest and equal in length, though, as in numerous other in-
stances, the latter limbs do not extend so widely as the former, in conse-
quence of being articulated nearer to each other, third pair the shortest.
Palpi of a dark greenish colour. Abdomen slender, oviform, projecting
a little over the base of the cephalo-thorax ; it is thinly covered with
hairs, and brownish black. Plates of the spiracles very dark brown.

The male resembles the female in colour, and in the relative length
of his legs, but his mandibles and maxillae are tinged with red, and the
former have a small process in front, near the articulation of the nail.
The second joint of the palpi has a row of hairs, directed forwards, ex-
tending along its upper part ; third and fourth joints short ; the latter,
which is much the stronger, is slightly elongated in front, and has a small,
pointed projection on the outer side, near its extremity; fifth joint some-
what oval, having on the upper part a bold prominence, indented on the
outer side, and a curved, conical protuberance on the inner side ; it is
convex and hairy externally, concave within, comprising the palpal organs,
which are prominent, highly developed, complicated in structure, and of
a dark reddish brown colour.

Adults of both sexes were captured on rails at Capel Garmon, in Denbigh-
shire, and at Crumpsall Hall, near Manchester, in the autumn of 1836.

34. Neriene parva. Mas brunneus ; abdomine saturatiore.

Length of the male ^th of an inch ; length of cephalo-thorax ^ ; breadth
-^ ; breadth of abdomen -^ ; length of an anterior leg -^^ ; length of a
leg of the third pair ■^..

648 Mr. Blackwall's Descriptions of new Species of Spiders.

Anterior part of the cephalo-thorax slightly compressed ; posterior part
depressed, with an indentation in the medial line. Mandibles conical,
armed with teeth on the inner surface and a tooth-like process in front,
near the extremity ; they are inclined towards the sternum, which is
broad and heart-shaped. Maxillae strong and inclined towards the lip,
which is semicircular and prominent at the extremity. These parts, with
the legs, are glossy and of a brown colour, the mandibles and lip being
the darkest. First and fourth pairs of legs the longest and equal in
length, third pair the shortest. The palpi are brown, the fourth joint
being much the darkest; third and fourth joints short; the latter is pro-
duced, very prominent and pointed in front, with a large projection near
its base, on the inner side ; fifth joint oval, convex and hairy externally,
concave within, comprising the palpal organs, which are highly developed,
complicated in structure, with a bold projection at the upper part, on the
outer side, and one or two small, pointed ones at the extremity ; they are
of a red-brown colour. Abdomen oviform, convex above, projecting over
the base of the cephalo-thorax ; it is thinly covered with hairs, glossy and
dark brown. Plates of the spiracles pale yellow.

Males of this very small species, with their palpal organs completely
developed, were discovered on rails at Oakland, near Llanrwst, in January
1837.

35. Neriene rubella. Flavescenti-rufa ; labio rufo-brunneo.

Maris pedes anteriores posterioribus longiores ; paris Imi et 2di tibiae
infr^ prope apicem dilatatae.

Length of the female i^^th of an inch ; length of cephalo-thorax ^ ; breadth
-^ ; breadth of abdomen ^ ; length of an anterior leg -^ ; length of a leg
of the third pair ^,

Anterior part of the cephalo-thorax compressed and rather prominent; in the
medial line of the posterior region there is an indentation. Mandibles
robust, conical, armed with teeth on the inner surface and inclined
towards the sternum, which is broad, convex and heart-shaped. These
parts, with the maxillae, are yellowish red, and the lip is red-brown.
Legs and palpi pale yellowish red. First and fourth pairs of legs the

Mr. Blackwall's Descriptions of new Species of Spiders. 649

longest and equal in length, third pair the shortest. Eyes seated on
black spots ; the intermediate ones of the anterior row are much the
smallest of the eight. Abdomen oviform, glossy, thinly covered with
hairs, convex above, projecting over the base of the cephalo-thorax ; its
colour is yellowish red. Sexual organs black, faintly tinged with red.
Plates of the spiracles dull yellow.

The male resembles the female in colour, but the anterior part of his
cephalo-thorax is more prominent, and the relative length of his legs is
different, the first pair being the longest, and the second and fourth pairs
equal in length. The tibiae of the first and second pairs of legs are some-
what dilated underneath, near their extremity, and these enlargements
are thickly clad with long, fine hairs. Third joint of the palpi remark-
ably large, very prominent on the inner side, and provided with an acute
apophysis in front, near the outer side ; fourth joint crescent-shaped, the
lower limb of the crescent being turned outwards, in front of the fifth
joint, which is oval, convex and hairy externally, concave within, com-
prising the palpal organs; these organs are highly developed, compli-
cated in structure, prominent, with two long, slender, curved, black
spines on the under side, and are of a red-brown colour.

This species, which bears a strong resemblance to Neriene ruhens, occurs
under stones and on plants growing in the woods at Oakland, near Llanrwst.
The male has the palpal organs fully developed in October.

36. Neriene ahnormis. Cephalo-thorace appendicibusque rufescenti-brunneis ;
abdomine brunneo saturatius obscurfe marmorato.

Maris cephalo-thorax pedesque rault6 magis rufi, abdomen saturatius,
pedes anteriores posterioribus longiores.

Length of the female yth of an inch ; length of cephalo-thorax xi ; breadth
Y9 ; breadth of abdomen -^ ; length of an anterior leg \ ; length of a leg
of the third pair -j^.

Cephalo-thorax oval, convex above, glossy, with slight furrows on the sides,
and an indentation in the medial line of the posterior region. Mandibles
powerful, conical, convex in front, armed with teeth on the inner surface
and inclined towards the sternum, which is heart-shaped. Maxillae

650 Mr. Blackwall's Descriptions of new Species of Spiders.

robust and nearly straight, greatly resembling those of the LinypMce.
Lip semicircular and prominent at the extremity. These parts are of a
reddish brown colour, the sternum being rather the darkest, and the
mandibles, maxillae and lip the reddest. Eyes placed on black spots.
Legs and palpi reddish brown ; first and fourth pairs of legs the longest
and equal in length, third pair the shortest. Abdomen oviform, thinly
covered with hairs, convex above, projecting over the base of the cephalo-
thorax ; it is of a dull brown colour, obscurely mottled with darker
brown. A depressed, oval, flesh-coloured protuberance is connected
with the sexual organs. Plates of the spiracles yellowish white.

The male, which is rather smaller than the female, has the cephalo-
thorax, legs, palpi, mandibles, maxillae and lip red, with a slight tinge
of brown ; moreover, the abdomen is darker coloured than that of the
female. The relative length of the legs, also, is different in the sexes, the
male having the first pair longer than the fourth. Third and fourth
joints of the palpi short, the latter being much the stronger and some-
what produced in front ; fifth joint of an irregular, oval form, having a
large lobe on the outer side ; it is convex and hairy externally, concave
within, comprising the palpal organs, which are prominent, highly deve-
loped, complicated in structure, exhibiting several strong, corneous pro-
cesses ; one of which, situated at the extremity, is curved, pointed and
enveloped in a semitransparent membrane, and a lai'ge one, at the upper
part, projects two branches, one directed upwards, extending nearly to
the articulation of the third and fourth joints, and the other directed
downwards ; both are pointed and curved outwards, an obtuse promi-
nence occurring near the base of the latter, within the curve : these
organs are of a reddish brown colour. The convex sides of the terminal
joints are directed towards each other.

Adult specimens of this spider, which is very nearly allied to the LinypMce
by the structure of the mouth and the disposition and relative size of the eyes,
were discovered under stones at Crumpsall Hall, in October 1836.

37. Neriene variegata. Cephalo-thorace flavescenti-brunneo, marginibus serie
macularum parvarum utrinque guttaque triangulari pone oculos nigris ;

Mr. Blackwall's Descriptions of new Species of Spiders. 651

mandibulis maxillis labio sterno palpisque flavescenti-brunneis ; pedibus
gracilibus flavescenti-brunneis nigro-fasciatis ; abdomine sordid^ luteo,
fascia nigra median^, in anteriori parte antic^ triangiilari postic^ subra-
inosa, in series duas macularum parvarum ante filatoria coalitarum desi-
nente.

Maris pedes anteriores posterioribus longiores.

Length of the female ^^th of an inch ; length of cephalo-thorax -^ ; breadth
^ ; breadth of abdomen -^ ; length of an anterior leg ^ ; length of a
leg of the third pair ^.

Anterior part of the cephalo-thorax compressed ; sides depressed and marked
with furrows diverging from the upper part to the margins ; in the medial
line of the posterior region there is an indentation ; colour yellowish
brown, with blackish margins, a longitudinal row of small black spots on
each side, and a black mark of a triangular form, whose vertex is directed
backwards, immediately behind the eyes, which are seated on black spots.
Mandibles long, powerful, divergent at the extremity, armed with a few
teeth on the inner surface, and inclined towards the sternum, which is
broad and heart-shaped. These parts, with the maxillae, lip aind palpi,
are yellowish brown, the sternum and lip being the darkest. Legs slen-
der, of a yellowish brown colour, with black bands ; first and fourth pairs
the longest and equal in length, third pair the shortest. Abdomen ovi-
form, thinly covered with hairs, very convex above, projecting over the
base of the cephalo-thorax ; it is of a dull yellow colour, with a black
band in the medial line of the upper part, extending from before rather
more than a third of its length ; the anterior portion of the band is tri-
angular, with its vertex directed forwards ; the posterior part is narrower
and somewhat ramified ; from the termination of the band extends a lon-
gitudinal row of irregular black spots, on each side of the medial line ; a
few of these spots unite immediately above the spinners, and form there
short, curved, transverse lines ; numerous streaks and patches of black
occur on the sides, the largest of which are on their anterior part ; the
under part, and the plates of the spiracles, are dull yellowish brown. The
sexual organs are prominent, and have a curved process in connection

VOL. XVIII. 4 Q

(552 Mr. Blackwall's Descriptions of new Species of Spiders.

with them, which is greatly enlarged at the extremity, and of a red-brown
colour.

The male resembles the female in colour and design, but is rather
smaller, and the absolute and relative lengths of his legs are different,
the anterior legs, which exceed the posterior ones in longitudinal extent,
measuring ^th of an inch. Third and fourth joints of the palpi short ;
the latter is the stronger, and the former has a long bristle projecting
from its extremity, in front ; fifth joint somewhat oval, with a large lobe
on the outer side, and a small projection at the upper part, which is
notched at the extremity and curved outwards ; it is convex and hairy ex-
ternally, concave within, comprising the palpal organs, which are highly
developed, complicated in structure, and of a red-brown colour.

Both sexes of Neriene variegata were obtained, in a state of maturity, in
December 1837, under stones on Gallt y Rhyg, a mountain in the vicinity
of Llanrwst.

38. Neriene dubia. Maris cephalo-thorace appendicibusque rufo-brunneis ;
abdomine nigricante ; pedibus anterioribus posterioribus paul6 longi-
oribus.

Length of the male i^th of an inch ; length of cephalo-thorax -^ ; breadth
-^ ; breadth of abdomen -^ ; length of an anterior leg ^ ; length of a leg
of the third pair -j^.

Cephalo-thorax oval, convex above, glossy, with a small indentation in the
medial line of the posterior region. Mandibles conical, vertical, and
armed with a few teeth on the inner surface. Maxillae strong, gibbous
near the base, enlarged at the extremity, and slightly inclined towards
the lip, which is semicircular and prominent at the tip. Legs and palpi
robust. First pair of legs rather the longest, then the fourth, third pair
the shortest. These parts are of a red-brown colour, the legs being the
palest. The intermediate eyes of both rows form nearly a square, the
anterior pair being much the smallest of the eight. Second joint of the
palpi curved towards the cephalo-thorax, and clavate ; third and fourth
joints short, the latter, which is the stronger, being produced and rounded

Mr. Black wall's Descriptions of new Species of Spiders. 653

at the extremity, on the outer side, and slightly so on the inner side ;
fifth joint of an elongated oval form, convex and hairy externally, con-
cave within, comprising the palpal organs, which are highly developed,
complicated in structure, with a fine, straight, prominent, pointed spine
near the middle, and one or two slightly curved ones, enveloped in a
semitransparent membrane, at the extremity ; they are of a red-brown
colour. Abdomen oviform, convex above, projecting over the base of the
cephalo-thorax ; it is thinly covered with hairs, and of a brown -black
colour.

The male of this species, which makes a near approximation to the Theridia
in external structure, was captured on iron rails at Crumpsall Hall, in October
1836. I have placed it, provisionally, in the genus Neriene, till the female
shall be discovered, as the sexes of the same spider frequently differ in the
relative length of the legs and in the form of the maxillae.

39. Neriene gibbosa. Saturate brunnea; pedibus palpisque flavescenti-brun-
neis ; pedibus posterioribus anterioribus paul6 longioribus.

Maris cephalo-thorax prope medium obtus^ gibbosus, antic^ fovea pro-
funda pilis rigidis dens^ vestita.

Length of the female ^^th of an inch ; length of cephalo-thorax -^ ; breadth
-^ ; breadth of abdomen -^ ; length of a posterior leg \ ; length of a leg
of the third pair ^.

Cephalo-thorax oval, glossy, rather gibbous near the middle, with slight fur-
rows on the sides, diverging from the upper part towards the margins,
and an indentation in the medial line of the posterior region. Mandibles
strong, conical, armed with teeth on the inner surface and slightly inclined
towards the sternum, which is broad and heart-shaped. Maxillae inclined
towards the lip, which is semicircular and prominent at the extremity.
These parts are dark brown, the mandibles and maxillae being the palest.
Legs and palpi yellowish brown. Fourth pair of legs rather the longest,
then the first, third pair the shortest. Intermediate eyes of the anterior
row the smallest of the eight. Abdomen oviform, convex above, project-
ing over the base of the cephalo-thorax ; it is thinly covered with hairs,
glossy and very dark brown. Plates of the spiracles dull yellow.

4 Q 2

654 Mr. Blackwall's Descriptions of new Species of Spiders.

The male is rather smaller than the female^ but resembles her in
colour and in the relative length of his legs. He has a large, obtuse pro-
minence near the middle of the cephalo-thorax, between which and the
anterior part, where the eyes are situated, there is a deep depression,
thickly clad with strong hairs. The mandibles are provided with a small,
conical protuberance in front, near their extremity. The fourth joint of
the palpi, which is rather larger than the third, projects two minute,
pointed apophyses from its extremity ; one situated in front, and the
other, which is the smaller, on the inner side ; fifth joint oval, convex and
hairy externally, concave within, comprising the palpal organs ; they are
neither highly developed, nor very complicated in structure, a dark red-
dish brown process, curved outwards, occurring at the upper part ; their
colour is yellowish brown, with a faint tinge of red.

Specimens of this remarkable spider, in a state of maturity, were discovered
under stones in a moist pasture at Oakland, in May 1838.

'40. Neriene tuherosa. Mas saturate brunneus ; pedibus palpisque flavescenti-
brunneis ; cephalo-thorace prope medium gibboso ; pedibus posterioribus
anterioribus paul6 longioribus.

Length of the male ^th of an inch ; length of cephalo-thorax ^- ; breadth ^ -^
breadth of abdomen -^ ; length of a posterior leg \ ; length of a leg of
the third pair ■^.

Cephalo-thorax oval, glossy, gibbous near the middle, with slight furrows on
the sides, diverging from the upper part towards the margins, and an
indentation in the medial line of the posterior region. Mandibles strong,
conical, armed with teeth on the inner surface, and a small, conical pro-
tuberance in front, near the extremity; they are slightly inclined towards
the sternum, which is broad and heart-shaped. Maxillae inclined towards
the lip, which is semicircular and prominent at the extremity. These
parts are dark brown, the mandibles and maxillae being the palest. Legs
and palpi yellowish brown. Fourth pair of legs rather the longest, then
the first, third pair the shortest. The intermediate eyes of the anterior
row are the smallest of the eight. The fourth joint of the palpi, which is
rather stronger than the third, projects two minute, pointed apophyses

Mr. Blackwall's Descriptions of new Species of Spiders. 655

from its extremity ; one situated in front, and the other, which is the
smaller, on the inner side ; fifth joint oval, convex and hairy externally,
concave within, comprising the palpal organs ; they are moderately deve-
loped, complicated in structure, with a curved process at the upper part,
directed outwards, and a small, black, pointed, curved spine at the ex-
tremity; their colour is red-brown. Abdomen oviform, convex above,
projecting over the base of the cephalo-thorax ; it is thinly covered
with hairs, glossy and very dark brown. Plates of the spiracles dull
yellow.

The spider described above was found under a stone in a moist pasture at
Oakland, in May 1838.

Genus Linyphia, Latr.

41. Linyphia cauta. Cephalo-thorace flavescenti-brunneo, marglnibus lineaque
medians, antic^ dilatata nigris ; mandibulis maxillisque brunneis ; labio
sternoque nigricantibus ; pedibus palpisque flavescenti-brunneis nigro-
fasciatis ; pedum pari Imo longissimo, dein 2do, 3tio brevissimo ; abdo-
mine flavescenti-brunneo albo-punctato, antic^ nigricanti-guttato postice
transversim lineato, lateribus nigricantibus fascia longitudinali mediana
flavescenti-brunneS. albo-maculata, maculis tribus confluentibus flavis
rhomboidem efFormantibus ad basin filatoriorum inferiorum.

Length of the female -^ths of an inch ; length of cephalo-thorax ■^; breadth
■Yis ; breadth of abdomen yjj ; length of an anterior leg -^ ; length of a
leg of the third pair \.

The anterior part of the cephalo-thorax, on which are distributed some long
hairs directed forwards, is compressed ; and in the medial line of the
posterior region there is a large indentation ; it is of a yellowish brown
colour, with black margins, and a band of the same hue extending along
the middle, whose anterior extremity is greatly enlarged. The eyes,
which are seated on black spots, are arranged in two transverse rows on
the fore part of the cephalo-thorax ; the intermediate ones form a trape-
zoid, whose anterior side is the shortest ; the other four are disposed in
pairs on the sides of the trapezoid, the eyes constituting each pair being
placed obliquely on an eminence, and almost contiguous ; the posterior

656 Mr. Blackwall's Descriptions of new Species of Spiders.

eyes of the trapezoid are much the largest, and the anterior ones, which
are placed on an eminence, the smallest of the eight. Mandibles power-
ful, conical, armed with two rows of teeth on the inner surface, and in-
clined towards the sternum, which is heart-shaped, glossy, and thinly
covered with long, erect hairs. Maxillee strong, straight, and somewhat
quadrate. Lip semicircular and prominent at the extremity. The man-
dibles and maxillae are brown, with a faint tinge of red, and the sternum
and lip brownish black, the latter being dark brown at the tip. Legs
and palpi long, and of a yellowish brown colour, with brownish black
bands. First pair of legs the longest, then the second, third pair the
shortest. Each tarsus in this, as in the other species of Linyphia, is ter-
minated by three claws ; the two superior ones curved and pectinated,
and the inferior one inflected near its insertion. The palpi have at their
extremity a long, slightly curved claw, minutely dentated more than half
its length from the base. Abdomen thinly covered with hairs, very con-
vex above, projecting over the base of the cephalo-thorax ; it is of a yel-
lowish brown colour, freckled with small, whitish spots, which are fewer
in number and more minute on the under side ; on the anterior part of
the upper side are large, brownish black blotches, and on the posterior
part numerous transverse, curved lines of the same hue, whose convexities
are directed forwards ; the sides are brownish black, with an irregular,
longitudinal band of yellowish brown, spotted with white, extending
along the middle. The spinners are brown, and at the base of the
inferior pair are three confluent, yellow spots, forming a rhomboid. A
small, cylindrical, semitransparent process is connected with the anterior
part of the sexual organs, within the external orifice. Plates of the spi-
racles pale yellow.

The male bears a strong resemblance to the female, but is rather
smaller and darker coloured than she is ; the anterior part of the cephalo-
thorax also, on which the eyes are seated, is more elevated. The relative
length of the legs is the same in both sexes, but their absolute length is
greater in the male, an anterior one measui'ing ^f ths of an inch. Third
and fourth joints of the palpi short, the former having a long bristle pro-
jecting from its extremity, in front ; the latter, which is the larger, is of

Mr. Blackwall's Descriptions of new Species of Spiders. 657

an oval form, and greatly elongated before, overlapping the base of the
fifth joint, which is somewhat oval, with a bold, pointed projection at the
superior part, on the inner side, and a prominent lobe on the outer side ;
it is convex and hairy externally, concave within, comprising the palpal
organs ; they are depressed, very highly developed, and remarkably com-
plicated in structure, having a strong, curved, corneous process on the
outer side of the superior part, which has an obtuse protuberance on
its upper side, and a pair of exceedingly long, filiform, black spines of
unequal thickness, enveloped in a transparent membrane, curved twice
into a circle measuring about reth of an inch in diameter. These organs
are of a red-brown colour.

This spider spins an extensive, delicate, horizontal sheet of web, supported
above by fine lines connected with it and with each other at various angles, in
the corners of walls, both in and out of doors, under hollow banks, and in de-
pressions in the trunks of large trees. On the under side of this web it takes
its station in an inverted position, and watches for its prey. In many parts of
Denbighshire and Caernarvonshire it is a common species, and I have been
favoured with specimens from the north of Lancashire by Miss Ellen Clayton
of Church Town.

42. Linyphia vivax. Cephalo-thorace flavescenti-brunneo, fasciis tribus nigris
quarum intermedia antice bifida ; mandibulis maxillisque rufescenti-, labio
sternoque saturate brunneis ; pedibus palpisque rufescenti-brunneis satu-
ratiiis fasciatis ; abdomine flavescenti-brunneo albo-punctato, serie medi-
ana linearum transversarum angularium nigricantium ad extremitates
dilatatarum, fasciis duabus longitudinalibus nigricantibus ad utrumque
latus, alteraque lata mediana infra.

Length of the female -^ths of an inch ; length of cephalo-thorax ^^ ; breadth
1^; breadth of abdomen ^; length of an anterior leg | ; length of a leg
of the third pair ^.

Cephalo-thorax oval, convex above, glossy, with a large indentation in the
medial line of the posterior region ; it is of a yellowish brown colour,
with an irregular, longitudinal, blackish band on each side, and a finer
one of the same hue, which is bifid in front, extending along the middle.

658 Mr. Blackwall's Descriptions of new Species of Spiders.

Eyes placed on black spots on the anterior part of the cephalo-thorax ;
the intermediate ones form a trapezoid whose anterior side is the short-
est ; the other four are disposed in pairs on the sides of the trapezoid,
those constituting each pair being seated on a small eminence, and con-
tiguous ; the posterior eyes of the trapezoid are the largest, and the ante-
rior ones the smallest of the eight. Mandibles reddish brown, powerful,
conical, armed with teeth on the inner surface, and slightly inclined
towards the sternum, which is heart-shaped, rough with long, erect,
black hairs, and is of a dark brown colour. Maxillae short, strong,
straight, and somewhat quadrate, resembling the mandibles in colour.
Lip semicircular and prominent at the extremity, which is reddish brown,
the base being blackish. Legs and palpi long, slender, and of a reddish
brown colour, with blackish brown bands. First pair of legs the longest,
then the second, third pair the shortest. The palpi are terminated by a
slightly curved claw. Abdomen pointed at the extremity, very convex
above, projecting over the base of the cephalo-thorax ; it is thinly covered
with hairs, and of a yellowish brown colour, freckled with numerous, mi-
nute, whitish spots ; along the middle extends a series of angular lines of
a brownish black hue, whose vertices are directed forwards, and whose
extremities, greatly enlarged, form a row of very conspicuous, irregular
spots on each side of the medial line ; several of the anterior angles are
bisected by a fine, brownish black line ; two longitudinal, irregular,
brownish black bands occur on each side of the abdomen, the upper one
being connected with the enlarged extremities of the angular lines by
small, confluent spots of the same hue ; a large, brownish black band,
whose anterior extremity is the broadest, occupies the middle of the ab-
domen underneath, and comprises a yellowish brown medial line. Sexual
organs prominent and brownish black, except at the extremity, which is
flesh-coloured. Plates of the spiracles pale yellow.

The male is smaller than the female, but resembles her in colour,
design, and the relative length of his legs ; the absolute length of these
organs, however, is rather greater, an anterior one measuring ^f ths of an
inch. Third and fourth joints of the palpi short, the former, which is the
larger, having several long, curved bristles projecting from its extremity.

Mr. Blackwall's Descriptions of new Species of Spiders. 659

in front; the fourth joint is gibbous underneath, and has three short
apophyses before, the middle one, which is the largest and darkest co-
loured, being transversely striated in front; fifth joint somewhat oval,
with a slightly curved, conical prominence at the upper part ; it is con-
vex and hairy externally, concave within, comprising the palpal organs,
which are prominent, highly developed, complicated in structure, with
a slightly curved, pointed spine, and a finer one, enveloped in a semi-
transparent membrane, at their extremity ; they are of a red-brown
colour. The convex sides of the terminal joints are directed towards
each other.

Both sexes of this species, which bears a striking resemblance to Linyphia
cauta, were discovered in the greenhouse and melon-pits belonging to Mrs.
Darbishire, of Green Heys, near Manchester, in September 1836. Compare
Linyphia glohosa, Wider, Mus. Senkenb. i. p. 259. t. 17- f. 9.

43. Linyphia sylvatica. Cephalo-thorace mandibulis maxillis labio sternoque
saturate, pedibus palpisque flavescenti-brunneis; abdomine fascia mediana
lata dentata saturate brunnea albido-marginata ; lateribus saturate brun-
neis fascia longitudinali albida.

Maris pedes flavescenti-rufi ; abdomen subcylindricum, saturate brun-
neum, antice utrinque macula alba notatum.

Length of the female |th of an inch ; length of cephalo-thorax ■^; breadth
-^ ; breadth of abdomen -yj ; length of an anterior leg f ; length of a leg
of the third pair \.

Cephalo-thorax oval, convex above, glossy, with a few slight furrows on the
sides, and a large indentation in the medial line of the posterior region.
Mandibles powerful, conical, convex in front, armed with two rows of
teeth on the inner surface, and slightly inclined towards the sternum,
which is heart-shaped. Maxillae strong, straight, and somewhat qua-
drate. Lip semieircular and prominent at the extremity. These parts
are of a very dark brown colour, the cephalo-thorax being the palest.
The intermediate eyes form a trapezoid, whose anterior side is the short-
est, the posterior pair being the largest of the eight. Legs and palpi
, long, slender, and of a yellowish brown colour, occasionally tinged with
VOL. xviii. 4 R

660 Mr. Blackwall's Descriptions of new Species of Spiders.

green. First pair of legs the longest, then the second, third pair the
shortest. The palpi have a slightly curved claw at the extremity. Ab-
domen thinly covered with hairs, glossy, very convex above, projecting
over the base of the cephalo-thorax ; a broad, dentated, dark brown band,
bordered with yellowish white, occupies the medial line of the upper part ;
sides dark brown, with a large, irregular, yellowish white band ex-
tending along each, and uniting above the spinners ; underside, and
plates of the spiracles dark brown, the latter having a tinge of red. The
sexual organs have two large, external orifices, and a small, oval process
connected with their inferior margin.

The male bears little resemblance to the female. He is rather smaller,
and the mandibles, which are very powerful, have a small, obtuse pro-
minence at the base, numerous minute tubercles in front and on the
outer side, and are armed with a large tooth, and several small ones
on the inner surface. Maxillae inclined towards the lip. Legs yel-
lowish red, the haunches and thighs being the reddest. Fourth joint
of the palpi stronger than the third ; it is somewhat produced at its
extremity, in front, and has some fine, long bristles on the outer side ;
fifth joint of an elongated oval form, convex and hairy externally, con-
cave within, comprising the palpal organs, which are highly developed,
complicated in structure, with a pointed, corneous process, directed ob-
liquely downwards and outwards, and a spiral spine, enveloped in mem-
brane, at their extremity; they are of a dark reddish brown colour.
Abdomen nearly cylindrical, projecting a little over the base of the
cephalo-thorax ; it is thinly covered with hairs, glossy, and dark brown,
with an irregular white spot on each side of the anterior part, on the
upper side, near the cephalo-thorax.

Linyphia sylvatica pairs in May and June. It is common in Denbighshire
and Caernarvonshire, constructing its web among grass and plants growing
in and near woods. In the summer of 1838, I received specimens of this spe-
cies from Miss Ellen Clayton, who captured them in the north of Lancashire.
The male closely resembles the male of Linyphia fuliginea, but may be distin-
guished from it by its superior size, and by the structure of its palpal organs.
Compare Linyphia pratensis. Wider, Mus. Senkenb. p. 258. t. I7. f. 8.

Mr. Blackwall's Descriptions of new Species 0/ Spiders. 661

44. Linyphia rubea. Cephalo-thorace antic^ saturate, posticfe flavescenti-
brunneo ; mandibulis maxillis labio sternoqiie saturate, palpis pedibus-
que flavescenti-bninneis, bis virescentibus ; abdomine fascia mediana
lat^ dentate brunnea^ laterali utrinque alba, strigaque brevi brunnea
ab ano utrinque surs^m ducta; lateribus brunneis lineis duabus flaves-
centibus, antica horizontali postica fere verticali.

Length of the female ^ths of an inch ; length of cephalo-thorax -^ ; breadth
-^ ; breadth of abdomen -^ ; length of an anterior leg \ ; length of a leg
of the third pair \.

Cephalo-thorax oval, convex above, glossy, with a large indentation in the
medial line of the posterior region ; its colour is yellowish brown, with
the exception of the anterior part, which is dark brown. Mandibles
powerful, conical, armed with teeth on the inner surface, and slightly
inclined towards the sternum, which is broad and heart-shaped. Max-
illae robust, straight, and somewhat quadrate. Lip semicircular and
prominent at the extremity. These parts are dark brown, the mandibles
and lip being the darkest. Eyes placed on black spots, the anterior pair
of the trapezoid being the smallest of the eight. Legs slender, and of a
yellowish brown colour, tinged with green ; first pair the longest, then the
second, third pair the shortest. Palpi yellowish brown, with a slightly
curved claw at the extremity. Abdomen thinly clad with hairs, glossy,
very convex above, projecting over the base of the cephalo-thorax ; a
broad, dentated, brown band, which is darkest at its posterior extremity,
extends along the middle of the upper part, nearly to the spinners ; on
each side of the brown band is an irregular white one ; these white bands
unite immediately above the spinners, and a short, brown streak is di-
rected upwards from each side of the anus ; the sides are brown, obscurely
mottled with yellowish spots, and are marked with two yellowish lines on
the lower part, the anterior one being horizontal, and the posterior one
nearly vertical ; the under part is brown, a large space in the middle
having a tinge of yellow. The sexual organs, which are very dark brown,
approaching to black, have a minute prominence on their inferior mar-
gin. Plates of the spiracles brown.

4 r2

662 Mr. Blackwall's Descriptions of new Species of Spiders.

The male is smaller and slenderer than the female, but the relative
length of his legs is the same ; their absolute length, however, is greater,
an anterior one measuring ^ths of an inch. He resembles the female in
design, but is darker coloured. The cephalo-thorax, mandibles, maxillae,
lip, and sternum, have a tinge of red, and the legs are without the green
tint perceptible on those of the other sex. Fourth joint of the palpi
much stronger than the third, a long, slender bristle projecting from
each, near the extremity, in front ; fifth joint oval, very dark brown,
convex and hairy externally, concave within, comprising the palpal or-
gans, which are prominent, highly developed, complicated in structure,
with a pointed, corneous spine, directed from the inner side obliquely
downwards, and a delicate, prominent membrane at the extremity ; their
colour is very dark reddish brown.

In May and June Linyphia rubea spins a web of moderate extent in bushes,
and is of frequent occurrence in the woods of Denbighshire and Caernarvon-
shire. It has been captured by Miss Ellen Clayton in the north of Lancashire,
and by T. Glover, Esq. in the neighbourhood of Manchester.

45. Linyphia insignis. Cephalo-thorace mandibulis maxillisque flavescenti-,
labio sternoque saturate, pedibus palpisque pallid^ flavescenti-brunneis ;
abdomine obscur^ flavo, lineis transversis medianis angularibus fascia-
que utrinque longitudinali nigricantibus.

Length of the female ^ths of an inch ; length of cephalo-thorax -^ ; breadth
^ ; breadth of abdomen -^^ ; length of an anterior leg -j^ ; length of a
leg of the third pair \.

Cephalo-thorax oval, convex above, glossy, with some slight furrows on the
sides, and a large indentation in the medial line of the posterior region ;
its colour is yellowish brown, the margins being the darkest. Mandibles
powerful, conical, vertical, and armed with a few teeth on the inner sur-
face. Maxillse straight, and somewhat quadrate.- These organs resemble
the cephalo-thorax in colour, but are rather darker. Lip semicircular
and prominent at the extremity. Sternum heart-shaped. These parts
are dark brown, the lip being paler at the tip. Legs and palpi long,

Mr. Blackwall's Descriptions of new Species of Spiders. 663

slender, and pale yellowish brown. First pair of legs the longest, then
the second, third pair the shortest. Eyes seated on black spots. Abdo-
men oviform, glossy, thinly covered with hairs, convex above, projecting
over the base of the cephalo-thorax ; it is of a dull yellow colour, with a
series of blackish, angular lines, whose vertices are directed forwards,
extending along the middle of the upper part, a longitudinal band of the
same hue on each side, and an irregular, blackish spot above the plate of
each spiracle. A very long, subcylindrical process of a red-brown colour,
notched at the extremity, is directed backwards from the sexual organs,
with which it is connected. Plates of the spiracles pale yellow.

The spider from which the foregoing description was taken was captured
by Mr. J. Parry at TrafFord, near Manchester, in the autumn of 1837.

46. Linyphiafurva. Saturate brunnea ferfe nigra; pedibus palpisque flaves-
centi-brunneis.

Length of the female ^th of an inch ; length of cephalo-thorax -^ ; breadth
-^ ; breadth of abdomen -^ ; length of an anterior leg -^ ; length of a
leg of the third pair \.

Cephalo-thorax oval, convex above, glossy, with an indentation in the medial
line of the posterior region. Mandibles long, conical, divergent at the
extremity, armed with teeth on the inner surface, and inclined towards
the sternum, which is broad and heart-shaped. Maxillse strong, straight,
and somewhat quadrate. Lip semicircular and prominent at the tip.
These parts are very dark brown, approaching to black, the mandibles
and maxillae being the palest. Legs and palpi long, slender, and yellowish
brown, the latter being the darker. First pair of legs the longest, then
the second, third pair the shortest. The posterior eyes of the trapezoid
are the largest, and the anterior ones decidedly the smallest of the eight.
Abdomen oviform, convex above, projecting over the base of the cephalo-
thorax ; it is thinly covered with hairs, glossy, and brownish black. A
small, prominent, cylindrical process is connected with the inferior part
of the sexual organs. Plates of the spiracles brown.

The male is rather smaller than the female, but resembles her in co-
lour, and in the relative length of his legs ; these organs, however, have

664 Mr. Blackwall's Descriptions of new Species of Spiders.

a greater absolute length, an anterior one measuring i^ths of an inch.
Third and fourth joints of the palpi short, the latter, which is much the
stronger, being produced on the inner side ; fifth joint somewhat oval,
with a prominent lobe near the extremity, on the inner side ; it is convex
and hairy externally, concave within, comprising the palpal organs, which
are highly developed, complicated in structure, with two contiguous, black,
spiral spines, enveloped in a delicate membrane, at their extremity ; they
are of a dark reddish brown colour.

This species was found under stones in a moist pasture at Oakland, in
May 1838.

47. Linyphia Claytonice. Maris cephalo-thorace appendicibusque pallid^ fla-
vescenti-rufis ; labio sternique marginibus brunneis ; abdomine livido.

Length of the male ^^th of an inch ; length of cephalo-thorax -^ ; breadth
-^4- ; breadth of abdomen ^ ; length of an anterior leg \ ; length of a leg
of the third pair \.

Cephalo-thorax oval, convex above, glossy, with an indentation in the medial
line of the posterior region, and some fine bristles, directed forwards, on
the middle of the anterior part. Mandibles long, powerful, conical, pro-
vided with a small protuberance in front, near the base, one or two mi-
nute teeth on the inner surface, and inclined towards the sternum, which
is broad and heart-shaped. Maxillae straight, and somewhat quadrate.
Lip semicircular and prominent at the extremity. Legs long and slen-
der, first pair the longest, then the second, third pair the shortest. These
parts are of a light yellowish red colour, with the exception of the
lip, and the margins of the sternum, which are brown. Eyes seated on
black spots, those constituting the anterior pair of the trapezoid being
the smallest of the eight. The palpi resemble the legs in colour ; third
and fourth joints short, the latter being much the stronger ; fifth joint
oval, convex and hairy externally, concave within, comprising the palpal
organs, which are prominent, highly developed, complicated in structure,
with two contiguous, curved spines, enveloped in membrane, near their
middle, and of a red-brown colour. Abdomen oviform, convex above,
projecting over the base of the cephalo-thorax; it is thinly clad with

N

Mr. Blackwall's Descriptions of new Species oj" Spiders. 665

hairs, glossy, and appears to be livid ; but, as the specimen had been some
time in spirits when I made the description from it, I cannot speak with
certainty concerning its colour.

I have named the above species in compliment to Miss Ellen Clayton, of
Church Town, near Garstang, Lancashire, who discovered it in the neighbour-
hood in which she resides. To the zeal of this lady in collecting specimens,
and to her kindness in forwarding them to me for description, I am indebted
for this and other interesting spiders.

48. Linyphia obscura. Maris cephalo-thorace mandibulis maxillis labio ster-
noque saturate, pedibus palpisque flavescenti-brunneis paululiim rufo
tinctis, horum articulo terminali saturate brunneo ; abdomine nigri-
cante.

Length of the male yjth of an inch ; length of cephalo-thorax ^ ; breadth
■^ ; breadth of abdomen -^ ; length of an anterior leg ^ ; length of a leg
of the third pair ■^.

Anterior part of the cephalo-thorax compressed ; sides marked with slight
furrows diverging from the upper part towards the margins ; in the me-
dial line of the posterior region there is an indentation. The posterior
eyes of the trapezoid are much the largest, and the anterior ones the
smallest of the eight. Mandibles conical, armed with a few teeth on the
inner surface, and inclined towards the sternum, which is heart-shaped.
Maxillae strong, pointed at the extremity, on the inner side, encompassing
the lip, which is semicircular and prominent at the tip. These parts are
of a dark brown colour ; the cephalo-thorax, which is the darkest, is
almost black, and the maxillae are the palest. Legs long, and yellow-
brown, with a slight tinge of red ; first pair the longest, then the second,
third pair the shortest. The palpi resemble the legs in colour, with the
exception of the terminal joint, which is dark brown ; third and fourth
joints short, a long, slender bristle being connected with the former, at
the anterior part of its extremity ; fifth joint somewhat oval, with a pro-
jection on the outer side, and a conical, acute, slightly curved process,
directed upwards, at its superior part ; it is convex and hairy externally,
concave within, comprising the palpal organs, which are highly deve-

666 Mr. Blackwall's Descriptions of new Species of Spiders,

loped, and very complicated in structure, having on the outer side of the
upper part a curved, corneous process, bifurcated at the extremity, an
obtuse, glossy prominence lower down, and a long, acute spine directed
downwards and outwards ; they are of a dark red-brown colour. Abdo-
men oviform, convex above, projecting over the base of the cephalo-
thorax ; it is thinly clad with hairs, glossy, and brownish black. Plates
of the spiracles dark brown.

Adult males of this species were taken in June 1836, on rails at Oakland.

49. Linyphia gracilis. Mas nigricans ; mandibulis maxillis pedibus palpisque
brunneis paululilm rufo tinctis.

Length of the male -j^th of an inch ; length of cephalo-thorax -^ ; breadth
-g^ ; breadth of abdomen -^ ; length of an anterior leg ^ ; length of a leg
of the third pair -^.

Anterior part of the cephalo-thorax compressed ; sides marked with furrows
diverging from the upper part to the margins ; in the medial line of the
posterior region there is a large indentation. Mandibles conical, armed
with a few teeth on the inner surface, and inclined towards the sternum,
which is heart-shaped, convex, glossy, and provided with some scattered
hairs. Maxillse strong, enlarged at the base, where the palpi are inserted,
and slightly inclined towards the lip, which is semicii-cular and prominent
at the extremity. The cephalo-thorax, sternum, and lip are brownish
black, and the mandibles and maxillee brown, faintly tinged with red.
The posterior eyes of the trapezoid are the largest, and the anterior ones
much the smallest of the eight. Legs long, slender, and pale brown,
tinged with red. The palpi are short, and resemble the legs in colour,
with the exception of the terminal joint, which is darker; fourth joint
much stronger than the third ; fifth oval, convex and hairy externally,
concave within, comprising the palpal organs, which are prominent,
highly developed, complicated in structure, with a small, glossy protu-
berance on the outer side of the upper part, and a fine spine at the ex-
tremity, enveloped in a delicate membrane, and curved into a circular
form ; they are of a red-brown colour. The convex sides of the terminal
joints are directed towards each other. Abdomen oviform, convex above.

Mr. Black wall's Descriptions of new Species of Spiders. 667

projecting ovei- the base of the cephalo-thorax ; it is thinly covered with
hairs, glossy, and brownish black. Plates of the spiracles dull brown.
Some individuals have an obscure series of angular lines of a brownish
hue, whose vertices are directed forwai'ds, extending along the middle of
the upper part of the abdomen.

Males of this spider, in a mature state, were found on rails in the township
of Crumpsall, in November 1836.

Genus Manduculus*, Blackw.

50. Manduculus limatus. Cephalo-thorace sternoque rufo-brunneis, illo fascia
mediana maculisque paucis lateralibus nigris ; mandibulis maxillis labio-
que saturate rufescenti-, pedibus palpisque flavescenti-brunneis ; pedum
pari Imo longissimo, dein 2do, 3tio brevissimo ; abdomine rufo-brunneo
serie mediana linearum angularium albarum, fasciaque utrinque laterali
lata flavescente supern^ pallidiore infern^ rufo-brunneo tincta.

Length of the female ^th of an inch ; length of cephalo-thorax -^ ; breadth
Y^ ; breadth of abdomen ^ ; length of an anterior leg ^ ; length of a
leg of the third pair ^.

Cephalo-thorax rather large, oval, convex above, glossy, and rough, like sha-
green; the anterior part, where the eyes are situated, is slightly elevated,
and rounded, and there is an indentation in the medial line of the poste-
rior region ; its colour is red-brown, with a black band extending along
the middle, and a few obscure spots of the same hue on the sides, just
above the margins. The sternum is heart-shaped, and rough, resembling
in colour the ground of the cephalo-thorax. Mandibles remarkably
powerful, conical, convex in front, widely divergent at the extremity,
armed with two rows of teeth on the inner surface, and of a very dark
reddish brown colour, approaching to black. Maxillae inclined towards
the lip, which is triangular; these organs are dark reddish brown, the
latter being rather the darker. Legs and palpi long, slender, and yellow-
ish brown. First pair of legs the longest, then the second, third pair the

* For the characters of this genus, see the London and Edinburgh Philosophical Magazine and
Journal of Science, vol. iii. p. 110-11 ; and Researches in Zoology, p. 358-9.

VOL. XVIII. 4 s

668 Mr. Black wall's Descriptions of new Species of Spiders.

shortest. Each tarsus is terminated by three claws ; the two superior
ones are curved and pectinated, and the inferior one is inflected near its
base. The palpi have a curved, pectinated claw at the extremity. Ab-
domen oviform, thinly covered with short hairs, convex above, projecting
over the base of the cephalo-thorax ; it is of a red-brown colotir, with a
series of white, angular lines, whose vertices are directed forwards, extend-
ing along the middle of the upper part ; on each side is a broad, irregular,
yellowish band, which is palest on the upper edge, and is tinged with
light red-brown below ; underneath, an obscure, yellowish streak extends
along each side of the medial line. Plates of the spiracles dull yellow.

The male resembles the female in colour, and in the relative length of
his legs, but is rather smaller than she is. The nails of the mandibles
have a slight indentation near the middle, externally, and a corresponding
projection on the inner side. Fourth joint of the palpi longer than the
third, and clavate ; the fifth joint consists of two parts ; the shorter and
slenderer one is attached to the upper side of the palpal organs, and the
longer one is connected with the same organs on the inner side, and
extends a little beyond them. Palpal organs glossy, of a globular forn^,
with a pointed elongation anteriorly, which has the appearance of being
twisted ; their colour is very dark reddish brown, approaching to black.

Manduculus limatus occurs under stones and on bushes in the woods about
Oakland, The male has the palpal organs completely developed in September.
Compare Linyphia tenebricola, Wider, Mus. Senkenb. i. p. 267. t- 18. f. 2.

Family EpEiRiDiE.
Genus Epeira, fValch.

51. Epetra celata. Cephalo-thorace pallide briinneo, marginibus strigis panels
transversis lateralibus fasciaque mediana anticfe pallid^ brunneo-maculatii
nigris ; mandibulis maxillisque satui'atfe rufescenti-brunneis ; labio sterno-
que nigricantibus ; pedibus palpisque flavescenti-brunneis albo-maculatis
fasciatisque ; pedum pari Imo longissimo, dein 2do, 3tio brevissimo; ab-
domine nigro brunneoque vario fascia mediana lata dentata antic^ an-
gustat^ lineaque brevi decussante flavis.

Mr. Blackwall's Descriptions of new Species of Spiders. 669

Length of the female a^ths of an inch ; length of cephalo-thorax -^ ; breadth
^ ; breadth of abdomen ^ ; length of an anterior leg f ; length of a leg
of the third pair ^.

Anterior part of the cephalo-thorax compressed ; sides marked with slight
furrows diverging from the upper part to the margins ; there is a large
indentation in the medial line of the posterior region ; colour pale brown,
with black margins, a few transverse, black streaks on the sides, and a
band of the same hue extending along the middle, and increasing in
breadth as it approaches the eyes, where it comprises several pale brown
spots. Eyes disposed in two transverse rows on the anterior part of the
cephalo-thorax ; the four intermediate ones form a square, and those of
each lateral pair, which are nearly contiguous, together with the eyes of
the anterior intermediate pair, are seated on small eminences. Mandi-
bles powerful, conical, convex in front, armed with two rows of teeth on
the inner surface, and inclined towards the sternum ; their colour is very
dark brown, tinged with red. Maxillae straight, enlarged and rounded
at the extremity, and dark reddish brown. Lip semicircular and brownish
black, having a faint tinge of red at the tip, which is prominent. Ster-
num heart-shaped, with prominences on the margins, opposite to the
insertion of the legs ; its colour is brownish black. Legs and palpi long ;
their colour is yellowish brown, with black spots and rings ; the tarsi are
reddish. First pair of legs the longest, then the second, third pair the
shortest. Abdomen oviform, thickly covered with hairs, convex above,
projecting over the base of the cephalo-thorax ; it is mottled with black
and brown, having an obscure, yellowish, curved line on each side of the
anterior part, and a broad, dentated, yellow band extending along the
middle of the upper part ; this band, which comprises a fine, longitudinal,
branched line of a darker hue, is narrowest at its anterior extremity,
near which a short, yellow line crosses it at right angles ; on each side of
the middle of the under part is a longitudinal, yellow line. Plates of the
spiracles pale brown.

The male is smaller than the female, but resembles her in colour, and
in the relative length of his legs. Third and fourth joints of the palpi
short ; the latter is the stronger, and has a pointed apophysis at the extre-

4 s 2

670 Mr. Blackwall's Descriptions of new Species of Spiders.

mity, in front ; the fifth joint consists of three parts, one of which projects
boldly in front ; this process is curved, glabrous, transversely striated
above, and has a thin membrane attached to it ; another part, united to
the base of the curved process on the outer side, is slender and hairy ;
and the third part, which is much the largest, is oval, convex and hairy
externally, and concave within ; all three are connected with the palpal
organs, which are moderately developed, rather complicated in structure,
and of a reddish brown colour. The convex sides of the oval parts of the
fifth joints are directed towards each other.

This species, like Epeira antriada, to which it is nearly allied, frequents
damp caverns, and hollow banks, to the sides of which it attaches its subglo-
bular cocoon in the month of May. This cocoon, which is composed of
whitish silk of a loose texture, is depressed on the attached side, and mea-
sures about half an inch in diameter ; it comprises between two and three
hundred spherical eggs of a yellow colour, agglutinated together in a lenti-
cular mass measuring T^ths of an inch in diameter.

[ 671 ]

XLIII. Account of two new Genera allied to Olacinese. By George

Bentham, Esq., F.L.S.

Read December 15th, 1840.

A.MONG the plants collected by Mr. Schomburgk in British Guiana, are
two species of a new genus allied in many respects to the order ofOlacinece; and
in a collection from a very different quarter, Port Natal in South Africa, com-
municated to me by Mr. Harvey, are fine specimens in flower and fruit of
another new genus related to the same order, Apodytes dimidiata, named by
Ernst Meyer among Drfege's plants, but as yet undescribed. As the deter-
mination of these genera has led me into some inquiry as to the affinities of
others belonging to the same group, and as they may serve in some measure
to throw light upon this small but curious order, I beg to offer to the Linnean
Society the accompanying figures and descriptions, together with such obser-
vations as have suggested themselves to me.

The Olacinece were first established as a distinct order by Mirbel*, who
placed them among Polypetalce near Aurantiacece. Jussieuf, in adopting
the order, insisted upon its near relation to Symplocece, near which he had
originally J enumerated Olax amongst the "genera Sapotis aflSnia." Brown
afterwards § replied to Jussieu's objections to the affinities he had formerly ||
pointed out between Olax and the Santalaceoe, and admitting the Olacinece as
a separate order, still concluded, nevertheless, that they should be placed next
to Santalacece. Since that time, however, botanists do not appear generally
to have adopted that opinion; and DeCandoUe^, Wight and Arnott**,

* Nouv. Bull, de la Soc. Philomathique, 1813, p. 377.

t Mdmoires du Musium, toI. ii. p. 439. t Oenera Plantarvm, p. 153.

§ Appendix to Flinders' Voyage, p. 570, and Appendix to Tuckey's Congo, p. 552. (Verm. Schr.
ed. Nur., vol. i. pp. 89 and 260.)

II Prodr. Fl. Nov. Holl., p. 357. % Prodr. Syst. Nat., vol. i. p. 531.

** Prodr. Fl. Penins. Ind. Orient., vol. i. p. 88.

672 Mr. Bentham's Account of two new Genera allied to Olacineae.

Meisner*, and lastly Endlicherf, have all, with much doubt it is true,
placed them near Aurantiacece, whilst LindleyJ inserts them, with equal
hesitation, among his Pittosporales^.

The genera usually considered as true Olacinece, are Olax, Linn., (including
Spermaxi/rum,ljabi\\., and Fissilia, Commers.,) Heisteria, Linn., Ximenia,hmn.,
GomphandrajWall., and, as anomalous forms, Opilia, Roxb., (including Groutia,
Guillem.,) and Icacina, Adr, Juss. To these I propose to add, besides Apody-
les, E. Meyer, Schomburgk's new genus, which I have called Pogopetalum, and
Leretia, Vellozo, now first described, also Schoepjia, Schreb., and Cansjera,
Lam. I do not advert to the genera of Du Petit Thouars and Blume, usually
enumerated at the end of Olacinece, nor to Quilesia of Manuel Blanco, because,
until they shall have been more completely or more accurately described, their
affinities can only be guessed at ; and Balanites has long since been rejected
by Jussieu, though still occasionally added to Olacinece, for no other reason
that I can perceive but from its having once been considered as a species of
Ximenia.

The above-named genera consist chiefly of trees or shrubs, occasionally climb-
ing, unarmed, or in Ximenia and some species of Olax, bearing axillary spines.
The leaves are alternate, exstipulate, simple and entire, neither glandular nor
dotted. The inflorescence is terminal only in Icacina and Apodytes, where it
is corymbose ; in all the other genera it is axillary ; glomerate in Heisteria ;
racemose in Ximenia, Olax, Schcejrfia, Opilia and Cansjera, the flowers being
often distichously arranged in the racemes, sometimes irregular and even
solitary in the Australian, one East Indian, and one American species of Olax ;
cymose in Pogopetalum, Leretia, and in the male individuals of Gomphandra.
The bractes at the base of the pedicels are membranous and very small,
excepting in Opilia, where they are broad and imbricate before the raceme is
fully developed. Bracteolse are present in Schoepfia.

The flowers are hermaphrodite in most cases, unisexual by abortion in
Gomphandra, and occasionally polygamous in Leretia,

»

* Plantarum Vascularium Genera, p. 45, Commentarius, p. 33.

t Genera Plantarum, p. 1041. J Introduction to the Natural System, p. 32.

§ Since this paper was read, I have received Decaisne's Memoir on the Mistletoe, in which he fully
concurs in Brown's views of the close affinity between the Olacinece and Santalaceee

Mr. Bentham's Account of two new Genera allied to Olacinese. 673

The calyx at the time of flowering is very small, cupuliform, with the mar-
gin entire, or bearing as many minute teeth as there are petals. It is quite
free in Ximenia, Heisteria, Gomphandra, Icacina, A-podytes, Leretia and Pogo-
petalum, very slightly adherent to the ovary in the East Indian and Australian
species of Olax, and decidedly adherent, with a very short, free and entire
margin in the American species of Olax and in Schoe^fia. In Opilia and
Cansjera it is little more than a dilatation of the torus with four or five
scarcely perceptible teeth, so that these genera appear at first sight mono-
chlamydeous. As the fruit ripens the calyx of Olax enlarges and incloses the
drupe nearly to the top, but without adhering to it. In Schcepfia it enlarges
in the same manner, but adheres closely to the fruit, as in Symplocos. In
Heisteria it becomes also much enlarged, but is spread out under the fruit
without inclosing it. In Ximenia, Opilia, Gomphandra, Apodytes, Icacina,
Leretia and Pogopetalum it persists, but does not increase in size.

The corolla, hypogynous where the calyx is entirely free, more or less
perigynous according to the degree of adherence of the calyx, consists of
four, five or six petals, always valvate in their aestivation, usually of a thick-
ish consistence, and more or less cucuUate at the apex, where they usually
terminate in an inflexed point. They cohere together in the form of a
monopetalous corolla above the middle in Schoej)fia and Cansjera ; they are
joined in pairs in Olax, and often cohere slightly at the base in the other
genera, but usually are entirely detached from each other when the flower is
fully open.

The stamens, inserted with the petals, are free, or more or less connected
with the latter ; their number is definite, and never exceeds double that of the
petals. When this number is complete they are placed in two series, the inner
one opposite the petals, the outer one alternating with them. In Ximenia
and Heisteria both series are complete and fertile. In Gomphandra, Icacina,
Apodytes, Leretia and Pogopetalum the outer series are alone complete and
fertile, the inner one being wanting. In Olax the outer series are complete,
but reduced to three (or sometimes four?), the inner series reduced to simple
or bifid filaments. In Opilia and Cansjera the outer series are reduced to
scale-like processes, whilst the inner are complete and fertile. In Schcepfia
the inner series are also complete and fertile, but the outer ones are totally

674 Mr. Bentham's Account of two new Genei'a allied to Olacineae.

wanting-. The anthers are always introrse, fixed by the back, bilocular, the
cells nearly parallel and opening longitudinally ; they are usually versatile,
but adnate in Gomphandra.

Thick matted hairs are present in the flowers of many species ; along the
middle nerve of the petals on the inside in Ximenia, Leretia and Pogopetalum ;
immediately above the part where the stamens cohere to the petals in most
species of Olax and in Schoejyfia fragrans ; at the top of the filaments in some
Gomphandrce.

The pistillum is simple and sessile on the torus, which is sometimes thick ,
and of a glandular texture, but never encircling the ovary or projecting in the
form of distinct glands. The style is simple, terminating either in a thin,
truncate, apparently entire stigmatic surface, or in a two-, three- or four-lobed,
thick, fleshy stigma.

The ovary is thick and fleshy, containing one, or (in Pogopetalum) three
small cavities, in which are one, two, three or four ovules suspended from the
apex of a placenta which arises from the base of the cavity, and is entirely
free, or more or less connate with spurious incomplete dissepiments, or with
the side of the ovary next to the style, which is in the latter cases excentrical.
In Ximenia, Heisteria, Olax and Schcejyfia the placenta is nearly central, bears
three or four ovules, and is more or less connected with as many spurious
dissepiments, which are exceedingly short in the Australian and some East
Indian species of Olax, but reach nearly to the insertion of the ovules in
other species of Olax, in Ximenia, and in Schcepfia. In Opilia and Cansjera
the placenta is almost entirely free, and has the appearance of an erect ovule,
but under a strong glass it is seen to bear a single minute ovule suspended from
the apex ; in the young bud, it has appeared to me that there are two ovules
in Opilia, three or four in Cansjera, a circumstance rendered probable by the
evidently compound nature of the stigma in both genera, but which, on ac-
count of the excessive minuteness of the parts, I am unable to ascertain with
certainty from dried specimens. After fecundation I never find traces of more
than one ovule.

In Icacina, {Gomphandra ?,) Apodytes and Leretia there are always two ovules
collaterally suspended, or nearly so, but (in Apodytes, at least), owing to the
lengthened thread by which one of them hangs, they are placed above one

Mr. Bentham's Account of two new Genera allied to Olacineae, 675

another in the cell ; the placenta adheres to the side of the cavity next to the
excentrical style. In Pogopetalum the ovules are placed as in Apodytes, but
there are three cells, not radiating from the centre of the ovary, but diverging
from the side next to the excentrical styie.

In Ximenia, Schaepjia, and several species of Ola<c the ovules taper into a
long point, which before fecundation is curled upwards in Ximenia. In
Heisteria they are long and slightly thickened at the extremity. In other
species of Olax they are ovate. In Opilia and Cansjera they are very mi-
nute, and look like a hooked point to the placenta. In Apodytes, Leretia
and Pogopetalum they are short and broad, and remarkably cellular in their
texture.

The fruit (which I have only seen ripe in Heisteria, Olax, Schcepfia, Cansjera
and Apodytes, and unripe in Pogopetalum, but which has been described from
ripe specimens also in Ximenia, Heisteria, Opilia and Gomphandra, and from
unripe ones in Icacina) is a drupe with a thin, fleshy, or sometimes nearly dry
pericarp and a crustaceous or osseous putamen, which is almost always one-
celled and one-seeded by abortion. It is generally of an oblong, ovoid, or
nearly globular form, but of a very remarkable, almost kidney shape, in Apo-
dytes, with a fleshy protuberance from the hollow side.

The seed, of the same form as the drupe, fills the cell ; the testa is of ex-
ceeding tenuity, and indeed, in many specimens I have opened, it can scarcely
be distinguished from the albumen, which fills the seed and is of a fleshy or
somewhat cartilaginous consistence. In its axis is a narrow cavity, at the
upper end of which (that is, in relation to the fruit) is a straight embryo,
usually very short, with a short radicle pointing upwards (with relation to the
fruit), and orate or oblong cotyledons. The plumula is inconspicuous. In
Olax, Heisteria, Schoepfia and Cansjera, and probably also in Ximenia and
Opilia, the placenta becomes combined with the seed, and assumes the form
of a thin cord or mere furrow up one side. The seed then becomes to all
appearance erect, attached by a broad umbilicus at the base, the embryo being
at the opposite end, although, physiologically speaking, the broad umbilicus is
the base of the placenta, and the real hilum is the extremity of the cord or
furrow at the opposite end. This structure is plainly indicated in Gaertner's
figure of OZa,r*cawrfew^(Carpol. Suppl. p. 119. t. 201.), but appears to have been

VOL. XVIII. 4 T

676 Mr. Bentham's Account of two new Genera allied to Olacineae.

misunderstood by others, who have imagined that the broad umbilicus is di-
rected towards the apex of the fruit*.

In Apodytes, and (as far as I can ascertain from unripe fruit or descriptions)
in Pogopetalum, Icacina and Gomphandra, where the placenta is combined
with the side of the fruit, the seed is pendulous from near the top of the cell,
and the radicle is consequently next the hilum.

The most important of the above variations of character may be condensed
in the following synoptical view of the order.

Dlacine^.

Calyx parvus, liber v. basi adnatus, truncatus v. denticulatus, fructifer per-
sistens immutatus v. auctus. Corollce petala 4, 5, v. 6 hypogyna v. sub-
perigyna subcoriacea, eestivatione valvata, libera v. per paria connexa v.
basi in tubum coalita. Stamina definita, cum petalis inserta, iis coalita
v. libera, numero petalorum dupla v. sequalia, fertilia rarius asymmetrica,
alterna saepe sterilia difformia. Antherce introrsse biloculares, loculis
rima longitudinali dehiscentibus. Ovarium toro nunc parvo, nunc in-
crassato et interdum cum calyce concreto insidens, uniloculare (nunc
spurie et incomplete 3 — 4-loculare), v. rarius excentrice triloculare. Ovula
in loculo 2, 3, v. 4 coUateralia, rarius solitaria, ab apice placentae liberee •
V. ovario v. dissepimentis spuriis connatse pendula, anatropa. Stylus
erectus simplex ; stigmate nunc truncato tenui, nunc incrassato 2-, 3-,
4-1 obo. Drupa calyce immutato stipata v. ampliato cincta, velata, v.
adnata ; pericarpio tenui carnoso v. exsucco, putamine crustaceo v. os-

* De CandoUe (Prodr. i. p. 531) says, "Semen pendulum, basi umbilicatum ;" Lindley (Introd.
p. 32) has, " Seed pendulous ;" and Wight and Arnott (Prodr. p. 88), " Seed usually pendulous,"
without mention, however, of the broad apparent umbilicus, which, rather than the real inconspicuous
umbilicus, appears to me to be alluded to by DeCandolle. Endlicher (Gen. PI. p. 1041) enters into
more detail : " Semen inversum .... umbilico basilar! apicem fructus respiciente, ope rhapheos filifor-
mis, interdum obsoletse, cum chalaza apicali, basim carpicam spectante, conjuncto ;" a description
which only agrees with what I have above described, on the supposition that he speaks of the phy-
siological but inconspicuous umbilicus and rhaphe, and not of the remains of the placenta, which
assume so much the appearance of an umbilicus and rhaphe. In Wight's Illustrations (t. 40) the fig.
9. referred to in the explanation as a bad representation of the seed "cut lengthwise to show the
whole length of the embryo," gives a tolerably fair idea of the outside of the seed with the trace of
the placenta.

Mr. Bentham's Account of two new Genera allied to Olacineae. 677

seo, abortu monospenno, rai'ius 2 — 3-spermo. Semen inversum, ssepius
placenta cum illo a basi concreta spurie erectuni, umbilico spurio lato
imo loculo affixum, nunc ab apice loculi lateraliter pendulum. Embryo
in axi albuminis copiosi carnosi, rectus, apici fructus proximus, nunc
brevissimus rarius diraidio albuminis longior, radicula apicem fructus
spectante brevissima, cotyledonibus semiteretibus, plumula inconspicua.
Arbores v. frutices erecti v. interdum scandentes, inermes v. I'amis axil-
laribus spinescentibus arniati, glabri v. parce pubescentes. Folia al-
terna simplicia, integerrima, exstipulata, eglandulosa. Flores herma-
phfoditi V. abortu polygami, nunc axillares distiche v. irregulariter race-
mosi, spicati v. cymosi, nunc terminales cymoso-paniculati, rarius soli-
tarii laterales v. axillares. Bracteue squamaeformes ssepius minutse, rarius
juniores imbricatae. Bracteolce parvse in cupulam connatse, v. nuUae.

Tribe I. Olace^.

Ovarium basi dissepimentis spuriis (rarius evanidis) 3- — 4-loculare, apice 1-
loculare, placenta centrali dissepimentis spuriis basi adhserente superne
libera. Ovula tot quot loculi spurii ex apice placentae pendula. Semen
spurie erectum. Inflorescentia axillaris, racemosa, racemis rarius ad
florem unicum reductis.

1. Heisteria*. Calyx liber, fructifer maximus patens. Petala 5 libera v.

basi connata. Stamina numero petalorum dupla, omnia fertilia, filamenta
libera, hypogyna v. basi petalis adnata. Flores parvi, glomerati.

2. XiMENiAf. Calyx liber, fructifer immutatus. Petala 4 — 5, libera. Sta-

mina numero petalorum dupla, omnia fertilia, libera, hypogyna.

* I have examined a specimen in flower and fruit in Mr. Miers' herbarium, of a species scarcely, if
at all, distinct from H. parvifoUa, Sm., although a native of the Organ Mountains instead of Sierra
Leone. Of the other species I have seen only the specimens in the herbaria of Banks and Smith.

t X. parviflora, Benth. (PI. Hartw. p. 7), and X. americana, from Timor specimens, from the Paris
herbarium ; .Ethiopian specimens, Kotschy (n. 452) ; and American ones, Cuming (n. 11 20), Gardner
(n. 938), Blanchet (n. 2787), and several others, all in flower only. I have not seen the fruit. In
describing the X. parviflora, 1 had overlooked the circumstance that the dissepiments of the ovary
did not reach the point where the ovules are inserted, a fact first pointed out to me by Decaisne in
the autumn of 1839.

4 T 2

678 Mr. Bentham's Account of two new Genera allied to Olacineae.

3. OiiAX*. Calyx liber v. toro incrassato necnon ovarii basi plus minusve

adheerens, fructifer ampliatus drupam involvens. Petala nunc sex per
paria connexa, nunc quinqiie quinto libero. Stamina cum petalls basi
connata, fertilia 3 petalis alterna, sterilia tot quot petala et iis opposita,
filiformia, integra v. bifida.

4. ScH(EPriAf. Calyx toro incrassato necnon ovarii basi adhserens, margine

libero brevisslmo truncato, fructifer drupam includens et ei adnatus. Co-
rolla gamopetala 4-, 5-, 6-fida. Stamina tot quot laciniee coroUse et iis
opposita, omnia fertilia, fiiamentis tubo corollie alte adnatis. Bracteoloe
sub calyce parvse in cupulam inaequaliter 3 — 4-fidam connatae.

* I have examined the flowers of 0. stricta, Br., O. nana. Wall., 0. zeylanica, Linn., O. scandens,
Roxb., 0. imhricata, Roxb., 0. Wightiana, Wall., O. acuminata. Wall., O. macrophylla, m., and O.pauci-
flora, m., and fruits of 0. nana, zeylanica and scandens. Among the above species the following are
as yet undescribed : —
O. nana (Wall. Cat. Herb. Ind. n. 6783.), sufFruticosa ? glabriuscula ramis erectis parce ramosis, foliis

subsessilibus oblongis lanceolatisve obtusis vix mucronulatis, pedicellis axillaribus solitariis uni-

floris, calyce libero, staminibus sterilibus bifidis. — Napalia } Wallich.

0. acuminata (Wall. 1. c. n. 6781.), fruticosa scandens? glabra, ramis angulatis, foliis ovato-lanceo-
latis acuminatis, racemis brevibus distichis paucifloris, calyce toro incrassato basi breviter adnato,
staminibus sterilibus bifidis. — Affinis O. zeylanica, foliorum forma, floribus minoribus paucioribus
diversa. — Sillet, Wallich.

O. macrophylla, sp. n., glaberrima, foliis ovato-lanceolatis acuminatis insequilateris, racemis axillaribus
brevibus distichis, calycibus glabris ovarii basi adnatis margine libero truncato, staminibus ste-
rilibus integris v. vix emarginatis, ovario glabro. — Folia 4-6-pollicaria. Racemi \ix semipoUi-
cares, floribus circa 10 albis. — In monte Padawan Guianae Anglicae leg. Schomburgk.

O.pauciflora, sp. n., foliis ovatis junioribus ramulis pedicellisque puberulis, pedunculis axillaribus 1-3-

floris, calycibus molliter pubescentibus ovarii basi adnatis margine libero brevissimo truncato,

staminibus sterilibus longe bifidis, ovario villoso. — Serra Acurua provincise Bahiensis, Brasiliae,

Blanchet, n. 2795. An hue Dulacia singularis Veil. Fl. Flum. 1. t. 78. ?

Among the species enumerated in Wallich's List, n. 6777. 0. lucida appears to be 0. Wightiana -.

n. 6778. 0. Bador is correctly referred by Wight and Arnott to 0. scandens; n. 6780. O. Heyneana

is Gomphandra polymorpha, Wight; and n. 6782. 0. longifolia is Gomphandra axillaris, at least the

letter A ; the letter B may perhaps be a different species of Gomphandra.

t Of this genus I have examined S.fragrans, Wall., in flower and fruit, and a Brasilian species, in

flower only, from Serra Jacobina (Blanchet, n. 2593), perhaps S. arborescens, but my materials do not

at present admit of my determining the species with certainty.

Mr. Bentham's Account of two new Genera allied to Olacinese. 679

Tribe II. OpiUEiE.

Ovarium a basi uniloculare. Ovulum (saltern per anthesin) unicum, minimum,
ab apice placentae liberae centralis pendulum. Stylus centricus. Semen
spurie erectum. Inflorescentia axillaris, racemosa.

5. Opilia*. Calyx va\mm\xs. Petala 4, 5, libera, decidua. Stamina hypo-

gyna, fertilia tot quot petala et iis opposita, sterilia totidem petalis alterna
squameeformia. Stylus brevissimus. Stigma truncatum.

6. CANSJERAf. Calyx minimus. Petala 4 (rarius 5 ?) in coroUam garaopeta-

1am diu persistentem coalita. Stamina Opilise. Stylus longior ; stigmate
crasso lobato.

Tribe III. Icacine^.

Ovarium a basi uniloculare v. excentrice et complete triloculare. Ovula in quo-
que loculo duo ab apice placentae hinc ovario adnatee coUateraliter affixa
pendula, in loculo superposita, funiculo altero elongato. Stylus excentri-
cus. Semen pendulum. Inflorescentia cymosa, axillaris v. terminalis.

7. Gomphandra:^:. Flores abortu unisexuales. Calyx parvus immutatus.

Petala 4. Stamina in maribus tot quot petala et iis alterna, omnia fer-
tilia clavseformia antheris innatis, sterilia nulla. Inflorescentia axillaris,
in maribus cymosa, in foemineis simplex?

8. Icacina§. Flores hermaphroditi. Calyx parvus immutatus. Petala 5.

Stamina totidem iis alterna, sterilia nulla. Ovarium 1-locuIare. Fr ac-
tus ovoideo-oblongus. Inflorescentia terminalis.

* Opilia amentacea, Roxb., indifferent specimens, in flower only ; and excellent specimens, in flower
also, of 0. celtidifolia, or Groutia celtidifoUa, Guillem. Fl. Senegamb., p. 101. t. 22, gathered by
Kotschy in ^Ethiopia, n. 471. The two species certainly appear to differ in the form of the leaves as
well as that of the bractese. All the specimens I have seen of O. acuminata. Wall., are in too bad a
state for examination.

t Cansjera Rheedii, Gmel. (C. malabarica, Lam., C. scandens, Roxb.), in Slower and fruit.

X Gomphandra polymorpha, Wight, G. axillaris. Wall., and G. Penangiana, Wall., all male flowers
only. So far as these go I see no reason to doubt their being congeners to each other. I have seea
neither female flowers nor fruit, but they are described by Wight, lUustr. pp. 102-3.

§ This character is taken from Adr. de Jussieu's description and plate in the Memoires de la.Sa^.-
ciete d'Hist. Nat. of Paris, vol. i. p. 174.

680 Mr. Bentham's Account of two new Genera allied to Olacineee.

9. Apodytes*. Flores hermaphroditi. Calyx parvus, immutatus. Petala

4 — 5. Stamina totidem, iis alterna, sterilia nulla. Ovarium 1-loculare.
Fructus ovato-reniformis subcompressus, hinc appendice carnosa auctus.
Injlorescentia terrainalis.

10. LERETiAf. i^/ore* hennaphfoditi V. abortii masculi. Ca/i/x parvus, immu-

tatus. Petala 5, intus villosa. Stamina totidem, iis alterna, sterilia
nulla. Ovarium 1-loculare. Fructus (ex icone Fl. Flum.) depresso-
globosus. Injlorescentia axillaris, laxa.

11. Pogopetalum;}:. Flores hermaphroditi. Calyx parvus (fructifer parum

auctus ?) Petala 4 — 5, intus villosa. Stamina totidem, iis alterna, ste-
rilia nulla. Ovarium triloculare. Fructus depresso-globosus ? Injlores-
centia axillaris, densa.

Among the above genera, Schcepjia is, I believe, here placed for the first
time. It has usually been referred to some of those orders in which the co-
rolla is essentially, or at least usually, gamopetalous and the ovary adnate.
De Candolle§ adds it to Loranthacece, from which it is far removed by the

* A. dimidiata, described below.

t L. cordata, Velloso, Fl. Flum. iii. t. 2. I am indebted to Mr. Miers for a flowering specimen of
this hitherto undescribed genus, from which, as well as from Mr. Miers's notes, I have drawn up the
above generic character and the following specific description : —

Frutex. Ramuli glabri, subangulati, cortice laxo verrucoso. Folia oblongo-elliptica 4-6-pollicaria
obtusa y. breviter acuminata, margine integerrima nunc undulata v. irregulariter sinuata, basi ob-
tusa V. breviter cuneata, tenuiter coriacea, glabra, irregulariter penninervia et reticulato-venosa,
petiolo semipollicari. PanicultB axillares, laxse, bis terve ramosse, multiflorse, folio dimidio bre-
viores. Bractece nullse. Pedicelli flore parum breviores, apice sub flore articulati, bracteis ad
articulationem 2 minutis deciduis. Calyx minimus, patens, 5-fidus, laciniis acutis. Corolla 2 lin.
longa. Petala crassiuscula, oblonga, extus minute tomentella, intus medio longitudinahter bar-
bata. Stamina petaHs breviora ; filamentis ut primum corollse adhaerentibus demum liberis, gla-
bris. Anther (B ovatse, versatiles, glabrae. Ovarium in disco crasslusculo sessile, ovoideum, vil-
losum, ovulis prope apicem hinc affixis. Stylus excentricus filiformis apice incurvus, stigmate
obliquo integro. Drupa (ex icone citata) major quam in caeteris Olacineis, depresso-globosa.
Semen unicum, subcordatum, unde forte nomen specificum Vellosianum.

Emmotum fagifolium, Desv. (in Hamilt. Prod. Fl. Ind. Occid.), may possibly be a Leretia or a Po-
gopetalum, but cannot be determined from his very imperfect character.

X P. orbiculatum and acuminatum, described below. I have not seen the ripe fruit.
§ Prodromus, vol. iv. p. 319.

Mr. Bentham's Account of two new Genera allied to Olacinese. 681

structure of the ovary ; Endlicher * associates it with Symplocos, from which it
differs in the aestivation of the corolla and the ovary incompletely divided, two
points in which it agrees remarkably with Olax and Ximenia. The objection
as to the adherence of the ovary entirely loses its force, when it is considered
that the greater part of that organ as well as the margin of the calyx are free,
and that an adherence almost as complete exists in some species of Olax.
The gamopetalous corolla is also a character of little consequence in orders
where the {estivation is valvate, and it exists to a considerable degree in Olax
itself. The stamens of Schoepjia are more closely adherent to the corolla than
in otlier Olacinece, but the filaments are filiform and prominent from the base
of the corolla, and not confounded with its substance, as in those orders where
they are truly epipetalousf.

Cansjera has been usually referred to Thymelece, from which it differs in the
nature of the floral envelopes, in the position of the stamens, in the structure
of the ovary, and in that of the fruit ; and in all these points it agrees with
Opilia, from which it differs only in the coherence of the petals.

The close affinity of Apodytes to Icacina will be evident from a comparison
of my figure and description with those of Adr, de Jussieu. Pogopetalum dif-
fers, however, in the compound nature of the ovarium ; but each cell with its
ovules is so exactly the single cell of Apodytes, and the flowers agree so well
with the general character of Olacinece, that the approximation will not be
found, it is believed, to violate materially any important natural affinity. It
is true that the ripe fruit and seed are as yet unknown, which leaves some doubt
on the matter, though it does not occur to me that it comes near to any other
order. Leretia is in almost all respects intermediate between Icacina and
Pogopetalum.

It will be observed, however, that the three gi-oups, which I have designated
as tribes, present some material differences from each other, especially in the
structure of the ovary, and may perhaps, when better known, be considered as
so many distinct orders. But with our present imperfect knowledge of seve-
ral genera, and considering their evident connexion in many material points, I

* Genera Plantarum, p, 744.

t Mr. Brown informs me that he considers Schoepjia as a true Santalaceous and not an Olacineous
genus ; at all events, it is an additional proof of the close affinity of the two orders.

682 Mr. Bentham's Account of two new Genera allied to Olacinese.

have thought it more convenient to keep them together under the general
character above given. Those species of Olax in which the dissepiments of
the ovary are almost obliterated form the connexion with Opiliece, and, as far
as known to me, Gomphandra appears to join Opiliece with Icacineoe, whilst
Pogopetalum is in many respects equally allied to Olacece and Icacinece.

The first tribe, where the double nature of the floral envelopes is most evi-
dent and complete, is that which comes nearest to the various polypetalous
orders, with which Olacinece have been compared. But among these, I can-
not admit the afl&nity to Aurantiacece. The structure of the seed, where
it is so constantly and materially different as in these two orders, becomes
one of the most important characters in the classification of Dicotyledons ;
and it is here accompanied by considerable differences in the fruit, in the
ovary, in the aestivation of the corolla, in the texture of the vegetable organs,
and other points of habit. And those peculiarities, in which Aurantiacece
appear to resemble Olacinece, such as the tendency of the petals to cohere by
means of the stamens, the persistent calyx, &c., occur in other orders which
are less removed by essential characters.

Meliacece, nearly allied to Aurantiacece, are about equally distant from
Olacinece in essential characters, and more so in habit.

Humiriacece, a small order usually associated with Meliacece and Aurantia-
cece, differ from them in habit, in the ovary, the fruit and the seed ; in all of
which points they approach much to Olacinece. The dissepiments of the ovary
are, when young, not quite complete, and the embryo lies in the axis of a
copious albumen. They differ chiefly from Olacinece in the aestivation of the
corolla, which is not so decidedly valvate, in the stamens often indefinite in
number, in the dilatations of the connectivum of the anther, the presence of a
disc round the ovary, the fruit more generally plurilocular, and the larger
embryo with a long radicle ; but, upon the whole, they are probably, among
dichlamydeous plants, those which come nearest to Olacinece.

Styracece*, which are perhaps more allied to polypetalous orders than to
those which are essentially gamopetalous, are very near also to Humiriacece as
well as to Olacinece. The structure of the fruit and seeds may indeed be
compared to those of Schcepfia, that of the ovary in some respects to Pogope-

* Including Symplocea and Halesiacea of Don. Vid. Trans. Linn. Soc. Lond., vol. xviii. p. 230.

Mr. Bentham's Account of two new Genera allied to Olacinese. 683

talum. Yet the imbricate aestivation of the corolla, the stamens often inde-
finite, the structure of the ovary, &c., will remove them at least as far from
Olacinece as Humiriacece.

Comece, and some other allied albuminous orders, have also some resem-
blance to Olacinece ; but the essentially and completely adnate ovarium, the
epigynous disc, the ovules suspended from the apex of the cells, etc., remove
them much farther than the two last-mentioned orders.

In the second tribe of Olacinece, the Opiliece, where the calyx is i-educed to
little more than a dilatation of the torus, we have the nearest approach to the
Santalacece ; and, if it be admitted that there are true Santalaceous genera
with a superior ovary, and if I am right in supposing that in the young bud
of Opilia and Cansjera there is more than one ovule, then these two genera
become so nearly intermediate between Olacece and Santalacece as to have
nearly as much claim to be associated with the latter as with the former. In-
deed it appears to me, from dried specimens, that the structure of the ovule
in Opiliece, very different from that of Olacece, is very similar to that of The-
sium. Thus, whilst a considerable gap is observable between Olacinece and
the nearest allied of the Dichlamydeous orders with which they have been
compared, the close connexion with Santalacece is completely established
through the Australian species of Olax and the Opiliece.

The third tribe, the Icacinece, intimately connected with the two preceding
ones in most respects, recede from them in some remarkable points, espe-
cially in the adherence of the placenta to one angle of the ovarium, and the
geed, which is consequently pendulous, not erect. I should therefore have
proposed them as a separate order, were it not for the remarkable resem-
blance to some true Olacineous genera in the arrangement of the floral parts,
without any distinctive character of importance, other than the one above
mentioned.

I now add the detailed characters of the two new genera figured : —

Apodytes, E. Meyer.

Calyx minimus, 5-dentatus, liber, persistens, fructifer immutatus. Corolla
hypogyna, petalis 5, oblongo-linearibus, sestivatione valvatis, intus gla-
bris, basi inter se et cum staminibus coalitis. Stamina 5, petalis alterna,

VOL. XVIII, 4 u

684 Mr. Bentham's^ccomm^ of two new Genera allied to Olacineae.

coi'olla breviora, omnia fertiiia. Filamenta basi dilatata, glabra. An-
therce introrsse, sagittatae, medifixse, biloculares, loculis longitudinaliter
dehiscentibus. Ovarium liberurn, semiovoideura, .uniloculare, ovulis 2
subcoUateraliter affixis, in loculo superpositis. Stylus excentricus, basi
geniculatus, erectus ; stigmate minuto truncate. Drupa baccata, dimi-
diato-ovato-reniformis, stylo hinc coronata et lateraliter appendice car-
nosa aucta; nucleo osseo monospermo. Semen pendulum, ovato-reniforrae,
compressum, testa tenui, albumine copioso carnoso nigro. Embryo in
medio albuminis parvus, axilis, juxta hilum positus, rectus, radicula brevi
ad hilum spectante.

A. dimidiata, E. Meyer, MSS. Tab. XLI.

Arbor? v. frutex ? cortice griseo, ramulis angulatis pubescentibus. Folia ex-
stipulata, alterna, petiolata, ovali-elliptica v. oblonga, 1^2-pollicaria,
obtusa, integerrima, basi rotundata v. cuneata, perennantia, supra gla-
bra, nitida, subtus pube rara conspersa. • Paniculce terminales, laxe ra-
mosse, folia subaequantes. Bractece minimse, ovatse v, lanceolatse. Flores
vix ultra lineam longi. Calyces minute puberuli. Corolla glabra. Fruc-
tus (a calyce ad basin styli) 2 lin. longus, cum appendice carnosa 4 lin.
latus.

From Port Natal in South Africa. Drege, Lieut. Peddie, Krauss.

POGOPETALUM.

Calyx brevissimus, 5-, rarius 4^dentatus, liber, fructifer immutatus. Petala tot
quot dentes calycini, sestivatione valvata, intus a basi ad apicem linea
dense barbata aucta. Stamina tot quot petala, iisque alterna et breviora.
Filamenta basi dilatata, cum petalis subcohserentia. Antherce introrsae,
sagittatae, biloculares, loculis longitudinaliter dehiscentibus. Ovarium
liberum, globosum, loculis 3 ab uno latere nee a centro radiantibus, ovu-
lis in quoque loculo subcoUateraliter affixis, in loculo superpositis. Stylus
brevis, excentricus; stigmate parvo obscure trilobo. Drupa globosa, abortu
unilocularis. Semina

Frutices Guianenses, foliis alternis coriaceis exstipulatis, cymis axillaribus
brevibus densis multifloris.

Mr. Bentham's Account of two new Genera allied to Olacinese. 685

P. orbiculatum, foliis ovato-orbiculatis obfusissimis subtus ramulisque incanis,
ovario hispido.

Frutex 10-12-pedalis, divaricato-famosus. Folia 4-pollicaria, supra nitida,
venis utrinque 6 parallelis prominentibus. Flores fere 2 lin. longi. Fruc-
tum unicum nondum maturum depresso-globosum vidi.

Dry savannahs on the Padawire river. Schomburgk,

P. acuminatum, foliis ovatis oblongisve acuminatis subtus vix pallidioribus,

ovario glabro.
Folia 3-4-poll. longa. Flores minores, laxiores quam in prsecedente.

This is, according to Schomburgk, a tree of about 30 feet high, growing on
the high banks of the Rio Negro ; the flowers are pure white. Schomburgk,
n. 970.

EXPLANATION OF THE PLATES.

Tab. XLI.

Fig. 1. A'podytes dimidiata.

2. Flower.

3. Ditto, laid open, showing the position of the stamina.

4. Pistillum.

5. Ovarium, cut vertically.

6. Ditto, cut transversely.

7. Mature fruit.

8. Ditto, ditto, cut vertically, showing the seed with its albumen and

embryo.

Tab. XLIL

Fig. 1 . Pogopetalum orbiculatum.

2. Flower unexpanded.

3. Ditto, laid open, showing the position of the stamina.

4. Pistillum.

5. Vertical section of the ovarium.

6. Transverse section of ditto.

7. Superior ovulum.

8. Inferior ditto.

4 u 2

Tra.ns Lmn Sac Vol. ^TIU. tai 41.

^A

Mi/s Drake del

G- ^^anna-n.

w

Thans Lum. Soc Vel XVJJl. lai 42

Mys Drake O^i

G Jarr?za(.77^ sc

*m.

[ 687 ]

XLIV. Extracts from the Minute-Book of the Linnean Society of

London.

1837.
Nov. 21. Read the following "Notice of the discovery of Cucubalus bacci-
fer, L., in the Isle of Dogs." By Mr. George Luxford, A.L.S.

" The accompanying specimen of Cucubalus baccifer was, with
many others, collected by me in the Isle of Dogs in the early part of
last August. This plant was originally introduced into the British
Flora by Dillenius in the third edition of Ray's Synopsis. He there
speaks of it as having been gathered in hedges in Anglesea (Mona)
by Mr. Foulkes of Llanbedu, and sent by him to Dr. Richardson ;
but in a letter from Mr. Foulkes to the latter gentleman, published
in the Linnean Correspondence, vol. ii. p. 171, he states, that he
only had ' an account of it from one who pretended to know plants
very well,' but ' that he himself could find no such plant.' In a
note to this letter, in the work just mentioned. Sir J. E. Smith says,
' Nobody, as far as I could learn, has ever met with the plant since,
except in curious botanic gardens, in any part of the British isles; and
accordingly I was obliged to be content with a garden specimen for
the figure in English Botany, tab. 1577. I am, therefore, under the
necessity, however unwillingly, of excluding the Cucubalus baccifer
from our British Flora.' It was accordingly omitted when Sir James
published his ' English Flora.'

" The locality in the Isle of Dogs is on the banks of the ditch on
the left hand of the road from Blackwall to the Ferry House ; and
there, if not truly indigenous, it is at least perfectly naturalized. I also
feel convinced that I have met with it in similar situations in other
parts of England ; but the plant not being in flower, I have passed
it, as I did the first time I saw it in the Isle of Dogs, thinking it to
be merely Cerastium aquaticum. It is probable that, like Polygonum
dumetorum, this plant only requires to have the attention of botanists

688 Extracts from the Minute-Booh of the Linnean Society.

directed to it to lead to its discovery in other localities ; and I shall
be happy if my meeting with it so near London may be the means
of getting it restored to the British Flora, where it certainly is at
least as much entitled to a place as Centranthus ruber, Petroselinum
sativum, and other avowedly naturalized plants."
1838.
June 19. Read a "Description of a new Species of Cattleya" By R. H.
Schomburgk, Esq. Communicated by Professor Lindley, F.L.S.

Mr. Schomburgk's figure and description of this plant, to which
he gives the name of Cattleya superba, have since been published by
Professor Lindley in his Sertum Orchidaceum, t. 22.

Nov. 6. The Vice-President in the Chair announced to the Meeting, that
the late Nathaniel John Winch, Esq., A.L.S., of Newcastle-upon-
Tyne, had bequeathed to the Society his entire Herbarium, consist-
ing of upwards of 12,000 species of Plants, together with his Library
of Natural History.

Read a " Notice of the occurrence of Procellaria fVilsoni on the
British Coast." By Jonathan Couch, Esq., F.L.S.

Mr. Couch states, that "about the middle of August of the present
year, the Stormy Petrel, Proc. Pelagica, abounded on the south coast
of Cornwall, driven thither, it is probable, by about a week's conti-
nuance of wind accompanied by rain ; under whicii circumstances
they are commonly found by thousands at a few miles from land, in
the months of September and October. It is probable that the
weather, as described above, had driven to us this rare stranger, the
first of its species I believe on record as having occurred in Britain,
which was found at the same time dead in a field at a few miles from
Polperro, and was brought to me for examination. As our sailor
boys were in possession of numerous living specimens of the Stormy
Petrel, which are taken with great facility when the weather suits,
I found no difficulty in instituting a comparative examination of
these two species ; and I beg leave to lay the result before the

Extracts from the M'mute-Book of the Linnean Society. 689

Linnean Society. Both the specimens were in about equal degrees
well fed : —

Weight of the Stormy Petrel 4 drams 35 grains ; of Wilson's Petrel 5 drams 2 scruples.
Length „ „ 6 inches ; „ „ ^ inches.

Spread of the wings „ 14J inches ; „ „ 16| inches.

The wings extend beyond the tail 5 an inch ; . „ ,, 1| inch.

With the legs extended, the-j

toes extend, short of the > 1 line ; beyond the tail 5 inch 2 lines.

end of the tail J

" The Stormy Petrel is feathered just to the tarsal joint ; but in
Wilson's Petrel the feathers only approach within 4 lines of it. In the
former the tarsus is in length 1 line short of an inch, in the latter
1 inch 4 lines, and equally slender with the former ; and the hinder
toe is so minute, that it might escape any but attentive examination.
In the bill the markings are more strongly defined, with the ter-
minal hook longer and sharper. The prominence of the forehead is
less than in the more common species. Colour of the head black,
with a tint of hoary, lighter on the throat. The back, belly, wings
and tail ferruginous, lighter on the wing-coverts ; the rump white,
and a little of the same at the vent. Tarsi and feet black, with a
longitudinal stripe of sulphur-yellow, more golden at the borders, on
the web between each toe.

" This species, being of a stouter configuration than the common
Petrel, is probably better able than it to escape the violence of a
storm ; the reason, perhaps, why it does not more frequently come
near our coasts. But something also may be ascribed to the manner
of its flight ; that of the Stormy Petrel resembling the hovering mo-
tion of a Bat, and thus going before the violence of a gale, rather
than counteracting its influence. As the minuter actions of these
birds are so little known, it may be interesting to add, that in exa-
mining the stomach of a Stormy Petrel, about the length of half
an inch of a common tallow candle was fonnd, of a size so dispro-
portioned to the bill and gullet of the bird, that it seems wonderful
how it could have been able to swallow it. It is remarked, that when

690 Extracts from the Minute-Booh of the Linnean Society.

any greasy substance offers itself on the surface of the sea, too large
to be readily swallowed, the Petrel with wings expanded runs back-
ward, until the whole is gorged or a fragment torn away."

Dec. 18. Read the following "Notice of Cereus tetragonus." By Edward
Rudge, Esq., F.L.S.

" This plant, which has been constantly kept in my hot-house up-
wards of twenty years, is a single stem between nine and ten feet in
height from the roots. The stem next the roots and for about a foot
from thence is solid and four-sided, about three inches in width,
with spines at its blunt angles ; at the height of between three and
four feet it becomes pentagonous, lobed at the angles, and within a
foot and a half of the top it is hexagonous. It first began to bloom
in the autumn of 1836, when it put out nineteen blossoms, open-
ing soon after sunset, and closing again soon after sunrise. In the
autumn of 1837 it produced eleven blossoms, and in 1838 thirteen
flowers, chiefly near the top of the plant, one or two only appearing
near the lower part, but all of them growing from the angles of the
lobes and stem. The colour of the petals is white, slightly tinged
with green at the base. The anthers are yellow."

A sketch of the flower, of the natural size, accompanied the
notice.

1839.
May 24. A Portrait of William Yarrell, Esq., F.L.S., painted by Mrs. Car-
penter, was presented to the Society by the under-mentioned Gentle-
men : viz.

The Bishop of Norwich.

R. Brown, Esq.

E. Forster, Esq.

— . Andrews, Esq.

The Rev. J. Barlow.

T. BeU, Esq.

J. J. Bennett, Esq.

— . Bentley, Esq.

.1. E. Bicheno, Esq.

J. S. Bowerbank, Esq.
Lord Braybrooke.
W. J. Broderip, Esq.
— . Carpenter, Esq.
J. G. Children, Esq.
The Earl of Derby.
G. T. Fox, Esq.
J. E. Gray, Esq.
J. H. Gumey, Esq.

Extracts from the Minute-Book of the Linnean Society. 691

C. Harrison, Esq.
W. Harrison, Esq.
The Rev. F. W. Hope.
The Rev. L. Jenjms.
— . Jesse, Esq.
Rymer Jones, Esq.
W. H. Lloyd, Esq.
J. Martin, Esq.
J. Milne, Esq.
J. Morgan, Esq.
— . Moule, Esq.
J. Murray, Esq.

J. Murray, Jun., Esq.
W. Ogilby, Esq.
R. Owen, Esq.
P. J. Selby, Esq.
R. H. SoUy, Esq.
R. Taylor, Esq.
W. Thompson, Esq.
Dawson Turner, Esq.
— . Van Voorst, Esq.
— . Willimott, Esq.
J. Wilson, Esq.

Z>ec. 3. Read "Descriptions of some Vegetable Monstrosities.' By ttie
Rev, W. Hincks, F.L.S.

Two of these monstrosities occur in species of Iris. The first is
in a flower of Iris versicolor, having 5 outer reflexed segments,
4 inner upright segments, 5 stamens, 5 distinct stigmas, and a
5-celled ovarium. It is evident that this superfluity of parts origin-
ates in the union of two flowers : the line of junction of the flower-
stalks may be distinctly traced ; and the composition of the ovarium
is equally obvious, three of the carpels belonging to one flower and
two to the other. Mr. Hincks states that this exactly corresponds
with the case of some monstrous Q^notherce, in which he has observed
7 petals, 14 stamens, and 7 stigmas, but where no line of junction
of the two flowers of which he supposes them to be made up is
visible. In all these cases one part of each circle is sacrificed in the
union of the two flowers, except in the inner segments of the Iris,
where one part of each flower is lost. In the second case, occurring
in a flower of Iris sambucina, 3 segments of the inner series only
remain, while there are 5 parts in all the other circles : the line of
junction is much less evident than in the former, but maybe observed
in the ovarium and tube of the perianthium.

Mr. Hincks compares these cases with monstrosities in his collec-
tion of Narcissus elatior and Salpiglossis straminea ; in the former of
which two flowers adhere, and are both perfect, the united petals
and nectaries separating one from the other ; while in the latter

VOL. XVIII. 4 X

692 Extracts from the Minute-Book of the Linnean Society.

the two flowers are completely united into one, with a double num-
ber of parts in each of the circles. But the most remarkable instance
of this kind of union with which he has met occurs in a specimen of
Scrophularia nodosa, found at Water Fulford, near York, in which
four flowers are united into one. In this case several monstrous
flowers occur on the same branch, but are generally unions of only
two flowers, and the terminal flowers are invariably of the ordinary
structure. This Mr. Hincks regards as what might be expected in
a plant with centrifugal inflorescence, where the monstrosity con-
sists of a union of flowers ; whereas in the same kind of inflorescence,
when the monstrosity consists in a more full and equal development,
the central flower might be expected to be the first affected ; and
this actually occurs in a specimen which he possesses of a species of
Linaria with all the terminal flowers (and those alone) peloriated.

In the stalk of the flower of Scrophularia nodosa referred to, Mr.
Hincks thinks he can recognize the junction of 4 peduncles ; the
number of sepals is 15, one of them being narrow and somewhat
displaced; that of the petals, which all cohere together, 16. Of
these, 7 are the lower or more developed petals, which are upright in
the limb and are united in pairs. These are altogether in one line at
the back of the flower, and the position of a stamen shows the sup-
pression of one part where the additional sepal has been preserved.
Of the upper or reflexed petals only 9 remain ; and as there are 3 of
these in each ordinary flower, if one be supposed to have perished at
each juncture, according to the analogy of the Irides and CEnotheroe,
the whole number will be accounted for. The number of stamens is
20, or 6 to each flower ; one of these has its anther abortive and
changed into a scale, and there are several instances of two being
united together, but all may be distinctly traced. There are three
distinct ovaria, two of which belong each to one flower, having
the usual bilocular structure ; the third Mr. Hincks regards as ma-
nifestly belonging to two flowers, but made up of 8 cells instead of 4.
He found several 3-locular ovaria on the same plant ; but in this in-
stance he believes there are 4 cells developed for each flower, their

Extracts from the Minute-Book of the Linnean Society.

693

number approaching that of the external circles. The general figure
of the monstrous flower is somewhat reniform.

1840.
June 16. A Portrait of Dr. Boott, late Secretary of the Society, painted by
Mr. Eddis, was presented by the under-mentioned Fellows : —

The Bishop of Norwich.
Robert Brown, Esq.
Edward Forster, Esq.
John J. Bennett, Esq.
Arthur Aikin, Esq.
Thomas Bell, Esq.
George Bentham, Esq.
Thomas Bevan, Esq.
J. E. Bicheno, Esq,
William Borrer, Esq.
J. E. Bowman, Esq.
Walter Buchanan, Esq.
I. L. Goldsmid, Esq.
J. A. Hankey, Esq.
William Harrison, Esq.

Sir William J. Hooker.
Joseph Janson, Esq.
W. H. Lloyd, Esq.
Charles Lush, M.D.
John Martin, Esq.
Archibald Menzies, Esq.
Joshua Milne, Esq.
Thomas Bell Salter, M.D.
Daniel Sharpe, Esq.
R. H. SoUy, Esq.
Charles Stokes, Esq.
Richard Taylor, Esq.
N. B. Ward, Esq.
William YarreU, Esq.

[ 695 ]

CATALOGUE

OF THE

LIBRARY OF THE LINNEAN SOCIETY.

Continued from page 588 of Vol. X VII. of the Society's Transactions.

N.B. To Books which are Continuations of Works included in any of the former Parts of the Catalogue, the original
Numbers are here affixed ; and the other Books are numbered in regular progression.

1968. AcHABii (E.) Methodus Lichenum. Stockholmiae, 1803, 8vo. (with MSS. Notes

and Additional Figures, by the late Rev. John Harriman, F.L.S.).

1969. Agardh (C. A.) Species Algarum rite cognitas, vol. 1, & vol. 2, part 1, 8vo. Gry-

phiswaldia;, 1823 — 8, 8vo.

1970. Aikin's (A.) Manual of Mineralogy. London, 1814, 8vo.

197l.:Arnott (G. A. W.) Pugillus Plantarum Indias Orientalis. {Ex Act. Acad. Cues. Nat.

Cur. torn. 18.) 1836, 4to.
1636. Babington's (C. C.) Supplement to the Flora Bathoniensis. 1839, 12mo.
1972. Primitiae Flora; Sarnicae; or, an Outline of the Flora of the

Channel Islands. London, 1839, 12mo.

1973. Baines's (H.) Flora of Yorkshire. London, 1840, 8vo.

1974. Baird's (J.) Address to the Berwickshire Naturalists' Club, read at its sixth anniver-

sary meeting, Sept. 20th, 1837. 8vo.

1975. Ball's (R.) Rough Sketches intended to aid in developing the Natural History of the

Seals of the British Islands, fol.

1976. Barton's (B. S.) Memoir concerning an animal of the class of Reptilia, or Amphibia,

known in the United States by the names of Alligator and Hell-bender. Phila-
delphia, 1812. 8vo.

1640. Baxter's (W.) Figm-es and Descriptions of British Flowering Plants, nos. 54 — 101.
Oxford, 1837—40. 8vo.

1977- Bell's (T.) History of British Quadrupeds, including the Cetacea. London, 1837
8vo. .'•"^

1978. History of British Reptiles, part 3. London, 1839, 8vo,

VOL. xviir. 4 Y

696 Catalogue of the Library of the Linnean Society.

1979. Bellardi (L.) e Michelotti (G.) Saggio Orittografico suUa classe dei Gasterppodi

fossili dei terreni tertiarii del Piemonte. Torino, 1840, 4to.

1980. Bennett's (J. W.) Coco-nut Tree, its Uses and Cultivation, 2nd edition. London,

8vo.

1981. Bentham (G.) Commentationes de Leguminosarum generibus. Vindobonse, 1837, 4to.
1982. Plantae Hartwegianas. Londini, 1839, 8vo.

1983. Berkeley's (M. J.) British Fungi, consisting of Dried Specimens of the Species
describedin vol. 5. of the English Flora. Fasc. 1— 3. London, 1836— 7, 4to.

1647. Bertolonii (A.) Flora Italica, torn. 2, fasc. 3—6, torn. 3, & torn. 4, fasc. 1 & 2.
Bononiae, 1836 — 9, 8vo.

1984, Disquisitio de quibusdam plantis novis aliisque minus cognitis. Bo-
noniae, 1832, 4to.

1985. Dissertatio de quibusdam novis Plantarum speciebus et de Bysso anti-
quorum. Bononiae, 1835, 4to.

1986. Commentarius de Mandragoris. Bononiae, 1835, 4to.

1987. Descrizione di un nuovo genere e di una nuova specie di pianta Gi-

gliacea. Modena, 1835, 4to.

1988. Continuatio Historiae Horti Botanici et Scholae Botanicae Archigym'-

nasii Bononiensis, adjectis descriptionibus trium novarum plantarum. Bononiae,
1827, 4to.

1989. . Commentarius de itinere Neapolitano aestate anni 1834 suscepto.

Bononiae, 1837, 4to.

1990. Horti Botanici Bononiensis plantae novae vel minus cognitae, fasc.

1 & 2. Bononiae,' 1838—9, 4to.

1991. Sevan's (E.) Honey Bee, its Natural History, Physiology, and Management. Lon-

don, 1838, 12mo.

1992. BischofF (L. W. F.) De vera Vasorum Plantarum Spiralium structura et functione

commentatio. Bonnae, 1829, 8vo.

1993. Blanco (M.) Flora de Filipinas. Manilla, 1837, 8vo.

1994. Bohn's (J.) Catalogue of Ancient and Modern Books. London, 1840, 8vo.

1995. Bojer (W.) Hortus Mauritianus ; ou Enumeration des Plantes exotiques et indigenes,

qui croissent a I'lle Maurice. Maurice, 1837, 8vo.

1996. Boott's (F.) Enumeration of the Carices of British North America. {From Hooker's

Flora Boreali-Americana, vol. 2.) 4to.

1997. Boue (A.) Memoire geologique sur I'Allemagne. {Extr. du Journ. de Physique, Mai,

1822.) 4to.

1998. Memoire sur les Terrains Secondaires du Versant Nord des Alpes Alle-

mandes. [Extr. des Ann. des Mines, tom. 9.) Paris, 1824, 8vo.

1999. Bouillet (J. B.) Catalogue des especes et varietes de MoUusques observes dans la

Haute et la Basse Auvergne, etc. Clermont-Ferrand, 1836, 8vo.

Catalogue of the Library of the Linnean Society. 697

2000. Bridel (S. E.) Muscologia Recentiorum, tomi 3. Gothae, 1797—1801. 4to.

2001. Brown (R.) On Cyrtandreae. (From Horsfiel^s Plantas Javanica Rariores.) London,

1838—9, fol.

2002. Buckland's (W.) Vindiciae Geologicae. Oxford, 1820, 4to.

2003. Burton's (E.) Catalogue of the Mammalia and Birds in the Museum of the Army-

Medical Department, at Fort Pitt, Chatham. Chatham, 1838, 8vo.

2004. Cacciatore (N.) De redigendis ad unicum seriem comparabilem meteorologicis ubique

factis observationibus. Panormi, 1832, 4to.

2005. Carus (C. G.) Needhamia expulsoria Sepiae oflBcinalis ; beschrieben und abgebildet.

{Ex Act. Acad. C<ss. Nat. Cur. vol. 19.) 4to.

2006. Catesby (M.) Hortus Europae Americanus. London, I767j fol.

2007. Charlesworth's (E.) Natural History Illustrations, no. 1. London, 1839, 4to.

2008. Clark (B.) On the Shying and Startlish Horse, 4to.

2009. Testimonies in favour of the Expansion Shoe. London, 1828, 4to.

2010. Description of Two Ancient Horse-Shoes found near Silbury Hill, in

Wiltshire. 4to.

2011. Description of the Gripes of Horses, and of a better mode of treating it;

also Human Cholera explained, 2nd edition. London, 1837, 4to.

2012. Clarke's (E. D.) Address read at the first meeting of the Cambridge Philosophical

Society. Cambridge, 1821, 4to.

2013. Clarke's (J.) Address to the Berwickshire Naturalists' Club, delivered at the anniver-

sary meeting, Sept. 19th, 1838. 8vo.
I67I. Colla (A.) Plantae rariores in Regionibus Chilensibus a M. D. Bertero nuper detectae,

fasc. 2, 6 & 7. [From Mem. Acad. R. di Torino, tom. 38 & 39.) 4to.
1673. Herbarium Pedemontanum, juxta Methodum Naturalem dispositum, vol.

2 — 6. Augustae Taurinorum, 1834 — 6, 8vo.

2014. Icones Plantarum Rariorum Herbarii Pedemontani, fasc. 1 & 2. 4to.

2015. Cooper's (D.) Supplement to the Flora Metropolitana. London, 1837, 12mo.

2016. Corda (A. J. C.) Beitrage zur Lehre von der Befruchtung der Pflanzen, translated,

with prefatory remarks, by Asa Gray, M. D. {From the Amer. Journ.) 8vo.

2017. Couch's (J.) Cornish Fauna, part 1. Truro, 1838, 8vo.

2018. Croom's (H. B.) Catalogue of Plants, native or naturalized, in the vicinity of New-

bem. North CaroUna, with remarks and synonyms. New York, 1837, 8vo.
2019. Observations on the genus Sarracenia, with an account of a New

Species. {From Ann. of the Lye. of Nat. Hist.) New York, 1837, 8vo.
1038. Curtis's (J.) British Entomology, no. 157 — 192. London, 1837 — 39, 8vo.
2020. Guide to an arrangement of British Insects, 12mo, 2nd edition. London,

1837.
1158. Curtis's (W.) Botanical Magazine, third series, by Sir W. J. Hooker, vols. 11 — 14.

London, 1837—40, 8vo.

4 y2

698 Catalogue of the Library of the Linnean Society.

1407. Cuvier (G.) et Valenciennes (A.) Histoire Naturelle des Poissons, tomes 12 — 15.
Paris, 1837 — 40, 8vo.

2021. Da Costa de Macedo (J. J.) Discorso lido Maio 15, 1838, na sessao publiea da

Academia Real das Sciencias de Lisboa. Lisboa, 1838, 8vo.

2022. Dahlbom (G.) Conspectus Tenthredinidum, Siricidum, et Oryssinorum Scandinavias.

Havnise, 1835, 4to.

2023. Prodromus Hymenopterologiae Scandinavicse. Lundae, 1836, 8vo.

2024. Kort Underrattelse om Skandinaviska Insekters allmannare skada

och nytta i hush&llningen. Lund, 1837, 8vo.

2025. : Jakttagelser ofVer Skandinaviens FjariUar. Lund, 1837, 4to.

2026. Dahlbom (G.) & Ahlgren (J.) Synopsis Hymenopterologiae Scandinavicae, haft 1.

Lund, 1839 — 40, 4to.

2027. Dana (J. D.) and Herrick (E. C.) Description of the Argulus Catastomi, a new

parasitic Crustaceous animal. {Read before the Yale Nat. Hist. Soc, New Haven.)
1836, 8vo.

2028. Darlington's (W.) Flora Cestrica, an attempt to enumerate the Flowering and Fili-

coid Plants of Chester County, Pennsylvania. West-Chester, Penn., 1837, 8vo.

2029. Daubeny's (C.) Inaugural Lecture on the Study of Botany, read in the Library of

the Botanic Garden, Oxford, May 1st, 1834. Oxford, 1834, 8vo.
2030. On the Action of Light upon Plants, and of Plants upon the

Atmosphere. London, 1836, 4to. {From the Phil. Trans.)

2031. Sketch of the Geology of North America. Oxford, 1839, 8vo.

2032. Davies's (J.) Selections in Pathology and Surgery. London, 1839, 8vo.

1166. DeCandoUe (A. P.) Prodromus Systematis Naturalis Regni Vegetabilis, partes 5 — 7-

Parisiis, 1836 — 9, 8vo.
2033. Observations sur la Structure et la Classification de la Famille

des Composees. Paris, 1838, 4to.

2034. Statistique de la Famille des Composees. Paris, 1838, 4to.

2035. Revue sommaire de la Famille des Bignoniacees. {Tiree de la

Bibl. Univ. de Geneve, Sept. 1838.) 8vo.

2036. Delessert (B.) Icones Selectae Plantarum, vol!. 3 & 4. Parisiis, 1837 — 9j fol.

2037. Delile (A. R.) Memoire sur le Madura Aurantiaca, et Essais de nourritures de Vers-

a-soie au moyen de ses feuilles. {Extr. des Bull, de la Soc. d'Agric. du Dept. de
VH^ault, 1835.) Bvo.

2038. • Nouveaux cristeaux parmi les grains de pollen du Caladium bicolor,

et Conceptacles des Biforines dans ses fleurs. {Extr. du meme.) 8vo.

2039. De la Culture de la Patate douce. {Extr. du meme, 1836.) 8vo.

2040. De la Culture du Crambe maritima. {Extr. du meme.) 8vo.

2041. ■ Note sur la Culture de I'Oxalis crenata, plante potagere atubercules

radicaux comestibles. {Extr. du meme, 1836.) 8vo.

Catalogue of the Library of the Linnean Society. 699

2042. Delile (A. R.) Nouvel examen de la Phosphorescence de 1' Agaric de I'OlIvier. {Extr.

du meme, 1837.) 8vo.
1691. Desjardins (J.) 7*"^ Rapport Annuel sur les Travaux de la Societe d'Histoire Natu-

relle de I'lle Maurice. He Maurice, 1836, 8vo.
2043. Liste des Membres qui composent la Societe d'Histoire Naturelle de

Pile Maurice.

2044. Notice Historique sur Charles Telfair, Esq. Port Louis, 1836, 8vo.

2045. Dickie's (G.) Flora Abredonensis. Aberdeen, 1838, 8vo.

2046. Dillwyn's (L. W.) Review of the references to the Hortus Malabaricus of H. van

Rheede van Draakenstein. Swansea, 1839, 8vo.

2047. Contributions towards a History of Swansea. Swansea, 1840, 8vo.

1422. Don's (G.) General System of Gardening and Botany, vol. 4. London, 1838, 4to.

2048. Donn (J.) Hortus Cantabrigiensis, 7th edition. Cambridge, 1812, 8vo (with notes

relating to Mr. Winch's Herbarium).

2049. Dufrenoy ( — ) et de Beaumont (E.) Notice sur le Gisement, I'Exploitation et le

Traitement des Minerals d'Etain et de Cuivre du CornualUes. 8vo.

2050. Edwards (H. M.) Recherches pour servir a I'Histoire de la Circulation du Sang chez

les Annelides. {Extr. des Ann. des Sc. Nat., torn. 10.) 1837, 8vo.
1181. Edwards's (S.) Botanical Register, vols. 23 — 26, iVew Series, continued by Dr. Lind-
ley. London, 1837 — 40, 8vo.
Appendix to ditto, consisting of Alphabetical and Systematical In-
dex, together with a Sketch of the Vegetation of Swan River Colony, by Dr. Lind-
ley. London, 1839, 8vo.

2051. Eichwald (E.) Naturhistorische Skizze von Lithauen, Volhynien, und Podohen.

Wilna, 1830, 4to.

2052. Ekstromer (C. J.) Tal om K. Seraphimer — Ordens Lazarettet i Stockholm. Stock-

holm, 1840, 8vo.

2053. Elliott's (S.) Sketch of the Botany of South Carolina and Georgia, 2 vols. Charles-

ton, S. C, 1821—4, 8vo.

2054. Endhcher (S.) Genera Plantarum, secundum Ordines Naturales disposita, no. 1 — 10,

Vindobonee, 1836—9, 8vo.

2055. Faraday (M.) on the practical Prevention of Dry-Rot in Timber. London, 1836, 8vo.
17I8. Fischer (F. E. L.) et Meyer (C. A.) Index Quartus Seminum quae Hortus Botanicus

Imperialis Petropolitanus pro mutua commutatione offert.. Accedunt Animadver-
siones Botanicae nonnuUee. 8vo.
1061. Fischer (Gotth.) Entomographie de la Russie, tom. 2. Moscou, 1823, 4to.

2056. ■ Recherches sur les Ossemens Fossiles de la Russie, nos. 1 & 2.

Moscou, 1836, 4to.

2057- Oryctographie du Gouvernement de Moscou. Moscou, 1830 — 37,

fol.

700 Catalogue of the Library of the Linnean Society.

2058. Fleming's (J.) History of British Animals. Edinburgh, 1828, 8vo.

2059. Flourens ( ) Eloge Historique d' A. L. de Jussieu. 4to.

2060. Forbes (E.) Malacologia Monensis, a Catalogue of the MoUusca inhabiting the Isle

of Man and the neighbouring islands. Edinburgh, 1838, 12mo.

2061. Forsten (E. A.) Dissertatio de Cedrela febrifuga. Lugduni Batavorum, 1836, 4to.

2062. Forster's (T.) Philozoia, or Moral Reflections on the actual Condition of the Animal

Kingdom. Brussels, 1839, 8vo.

2063. Pan, a pastoral, with other poems. Brussels, 1840, 8vo.

2064. Francis's (G. W.) Analysis of the British Ferns and their allies. London, 1837, 8vo.
2065. Little EngUsh Flora. London, 1839, 8vo.

2066. Grammar of Botany. London, 1840, 12mo.

2067. Fries (E.) Beskrifning pS. nya LafsMgten. Stockholm, 1822, 8vo.

2068. Fuchsii (L.) Plantarum Effigies. Lugduni, 1551, 12mo.

2069. Gaertner (C. F.) Over de Voortteling van Bastaard Planten. Haerlem, 1838, 8vo.

2070. Glocker (E. F. de) De Graphite Moravico, et de phaenomenis quibusdam, originem

Graphitae illustrantibus, commentatio. Vratislaviae, 1840, 4to.

2071. Goppert (H. R.) De Acidi Hydrocyanici vi in Plantas Commentatio. Vratislaviae,

1827, 8vo.

2072. Ueber Warme-Entwickelung in der lebenden Pflanze. Wien, 1832,

8vo.

2073. Ueber den Zustand in welchem sich die Fossilien Pflanzen befinden,

und ueber den Versteinenings-process insbesondere. {Poggendorff's Atinal., bd. 38.)
8vo.

2074. Dank und Bitte an die Schlesier. {Verh. der Schlea. Ges.fiir 1835.)

4to.

2075. Gould's (J.) Synopsis of the Birds of Australia and the adjacent islands, parts 1 — 4.

London, 1837—8, 8vo.
1738. Birds of Europe, parts 19—22. London, 1837, fol.

2076. Birds of Austraha, parts 1 & 2. London, 1837 — 8, fol.

2nd series, part 1. Ibid., 1840, fol.

2077- Icones Avium ; or Figures and Descriptions of new and interesting spe-
cies of Birds from various parts of the globe, parts 1 & 2. London, 1837 — 8, fol.
1740. Monograph of the Trogonidae, or Trogons, part 3. London, 1838, fol.

2078. Graham's (J.) Catalogue of the Plants growing in Bombay and its vicinity. Bom-

bay, 1839, 8vo.

2079. Graham's (R.) Notice of Botanical Excursions into the Highlands of Scotland in

1833. {From Edinb. New Phil. Journ.for Oct. 1833.) 8vo.

2080. Descriptions of several New or Rare Plants which have lately flowered

in the neighbourhood of Edinbiu-gh, and chiefly in the Royal Botanic Garden.
1833, 8vo.

Catalogue of the Library of the Linnean Society. 701

2081. Gray (A.) Melanthacearum Americas Septentrionalis revisio. {Ex Ann. Lycai Hist.

Nat. Novi-Ebor., torn. 4.) Novi-Eboraci, 1837, 8vo.

2082. Remarks on the Structure and Affinities of Ceratophyllacea;. {From the

Ann. of the Lyceum of Nat. Hist, of New York.) New York, 1837, 8vo.

2083. Gray's (G. R.) List of the Genera of Birds. London, 1840, 8vo.

2084. Gray's (J. E.) Synoptical Catalogue of the species of certain Tribes or Genera of

Shells contained in the Collection of the British Museum and the Author's cabinet ;
with Descriptions of the New Species. {From Loudon's Mag. Nat. Hist. vol. 1, N.
Ser.) 8vo.

2085. On a New Genus of Land Shells. {From the same.) 8vo.

2086. Greenough's (G. B.) Address delivered to the Royal Geographical Society at the An-

niversary Meeting, May 25th, 1840. London, 1840, 8vo.

2087. Griffith's (W.) Description of two Genera of Hamamelideae, two species of Podoste-

mon, and one species of Kaulfussia. {From Asiat. Res., vol, 20.) 4to.
2088. On the Family of Rhizophoreae. 8vo.

2089. ■ Report on the Tea Plant of Upper Assam. {From TVans. of Agric.

Soc. of Calcutta.) 8vo.

2090. Guillemin (B.) et Dumas (J.) Observations sur I'Hybridite des Plantes en general,

et particulierement sur celle de quelques Gentianes Alpines. {Mem. de la Soc.
d'Hist. Nat. de Paris, torn. 1.) 4to.

2091. Hacquet (B.) Plantae Alpinae Camiolicae. Viennae, 1782, 4to.

2092. Hamilton's (F.) Account of the Fishes found in the river Ganges and its branches,

2 vols., 1 of plates. Edinburgh, 1822, 4to.

2093. Hancock's (J.) Observations on the Chmate, Soil, and Productions of British Guiana,

2nd edition. London, 1840, 8vo.
1474. Hardwicke (T.) and Gray's (J. E.) Illustrations of Indian Zoology, parts 19 & 20.
London, fol.

2094. Harkness's (H.) Ancient and Modem Alphabets of the popular Hindu Languages

of the Southern Peninsula of India. London, 1837, 4to.

2095. Harlan (R.) Description of a new species of Fresh Water Tortoise, inhabiting the Co-

lumbia River. {From the Amer. Journ. of Science and Arts, vol. 31.) 8vo.

2096. Haro (M.) Tableau des Champignons obsei-ves dans les environs de Metz. l*"" m^-

moire. Metz, 1838, 8vo.

2097. Notice Anatomique sur le Squale bleu. {Extr. des Mem, de I'Acad. R. de

Metz.) Metz, 1839, 8vo.

2098. M^canisme de la Respiration chez quelques Reptiles. {Extr. du meme.)

Metz, 1840, 8vo.

1749. Harrison's (J.) Floricultural Cabinet. London, 1837 — 40, 8vo.

2099. Harvey's (W. H.) Genera of South African Plants, arranged according to the Na-

tural System. Cape Town, 1838. 8vo.

V02 Catalogue of the Library of the Linnean Society.

2100. Henslow's (J. S.) Syllabus of a course of Botanical Lectures. Cambridge, 1828,

12mo.

2101. Hodgson's (B. H.) Indication of a new genus of Insessores tending to connect the

Sylviadse and Muscicapidce. 8vo.
1759. Hoeven (J. van der) and De Vriese (W. H.) Tijdschrift voor Natuurlijke Geschiede-
nis en Physiologie. deel 3, st. 2, 4 — 6, & 7j st. 1 & 2. Amsterdam & Leiden,
1836 — iO, 8vo.

2102. Hoeven (J. van der) Recherches sur I'Histoire Naturelle et 1' Anatomic des Limules.

Leyde, 1838, fol.

2103. Hoffmann (J. F.) Bijdrage tot oplossing der Vraag: Is Lemna arrhiza, Auct. eene

standvastige onderscheidene soort, dan wel een ontwickelingsvorm van eenige an-
dere van hetzelfde geslacht? Leiden, 1838, 8vo.

2104. Hogg (J.) On the Classification of the Amphibia. (From the Mag. Nat. Hist. N. S.)

8vo.

2105. On the Action of Light upon the Colour of the River Sponge. {From the

Mag. Nat. Hist.) 1840, 8vo.

2106. Holland (R. G.) Pharmacopoeia Medico-Chirurgica in usum Medicinam facientium.

Edinburgi, 1831, 8vo.

2107. Hooker's (W. D.) Notes on Norway. Glasgow, 1837, 8vo.

853. Hooker (W. J.) Flora Londinensis, New Series, no. 31 — 36. London, 1815, fol.

2108. Botanical Illustrations. Glasgow, 1837, 4to.

2109. Icones Plantarum, 2 vols. London, 1837, 8vo.

2110. Letter addressed to D. Turner, Esq. on the occasion of the Death

of the Duke of Bedford. Glasgow, 1841, 8vo.

2111. Hooker (W. J.) & Taylor (T.) Muscologia Britannica, 2nd edition. London, 1827,

8vo.

2112. Hope's (F. W.) Addresses on the second and third Anniversaries of the Entomological

Society, January 25th, 1836, and January 23rd, 1837. 8vo.

2113. Coleopterist's Manual, parts 2 & 3. London, 1838 — 40, 8vo.

2114. On the Entomology of the Himalayas and of India. [From Royle's

Illustrations of the Botany, ^c. of the Himalayan Mts.) fol.

2115. Observations on the Tortoise or Shield Beetles, commonly denomi-
nated Cassida by Linnaeus, with the characters of six new genera. {From Ann. of
Nat. Hist. vol. 3.) 8vo.

2116. Hornemann (J. W.) Bemaerkninger angaaende Forskielligheden ap Vegetationen i de

Danske provindser. Kiobenhavn, 1821, 4to.

2117. Nomenclatura Florae Danicae emendata, cum Indice Systematico

et Alphabetico. Hafniae, 1827, 8vo.

2118. Horsfield (T.) Plantae Javanicae rariores; descriptiones et characteres elaboraverunt

J. J. Bennett et R. Brown, partes 1 et 2. Londini, 1838 — 40, fol.

Catalogue of the Library of the Linnean Society. 703

2119. Hudson (Gul.) Flora Anglica. Londini, 1762, 8vo. {Presentation copy with MSS.

notes by Dr. Pulteney.

2120. Editio altera. Londini, 1798, 8vo.

2121. Hiigel (C. de) Enumeratio Plantarum quas in Novae Hollandiae ora Austro-occiden-

tali, ad Eluvium Cygnorum et in Sinu Regis Georgii coUegit, no. 1. Vindobonse,

1837, 8vo.

2122. Humboldt (A. de) De distributione geographica Plantarum. Lutet. Paris., 1817, 8vo.

2123. Ingpen's (A.) Instructions for collecting, rearing and preserving British and Foreign

Insects, 2nd edition. London, 1839, 12mo.

2124. Irvine's (A.) London Flora. London, 1838, 12mo.

2125. Jardine's (W.) Address to the Members of the Berwickshire Naturalists' Club, Sept.

21, 1836. 8vo.
2126. Natural History and Illustrations of the Scottish Salmonidae, fasc. 1. fol.

2127. Johnson's (M.) Catalogue of 606 principal fixed Stars in the Southern Hemisphere.

London, 1835, 4to.

2128. Johnston's (G.) Account of a Whale stranded near Berwick-upon-Tweed. {From

Trans, of Nat. Hist. Soc. of Newcastle.) 1829, 4to.

2129. Descriptive Catalogue of the recent Zoophytes found on the coast of

North Durham. {From the same.) Newcastle, 1832, 4to.

2130. Keith's (P.) Botanical Lexicon ; or Expositor of the terms, facts, and doctrines of

Vegetable Physiology. London, 1837, 8vo.
1778. Knowles (G. B.) and Westcott's (F.) Floral Cabinet (a continuation of the Birming-
ham Botanic Garden), nos. 3 — 7- London, 1836 — 7, 4to.

2131. Konig's (C.) Account of Rock Specimens collected during Capt. Parry's voyage, 4to.

2132. Korthals (P. W.) Verhandeling over de op Java, Sumatra, en Borneo verzamelde Lo-

ranthaceae. (Leiden ?) 8vo.

2133. Krauss (C. F. F.) Beitrag zur Kenntniss der Corallineen und Zoophyten der Siidsee.

Stuttgart, 1837, 4to.

2134. Kunth (C. S.) Agrostographia Synoptica, tom. 1 & 2. Stutgardiae et Tubingas,

1833—5, 8vo.

2135. Cyperographia. Stutgardiae et Tubingae, 1837, 8vo.

2136. Lagerhjelm (P.) Tal om Hydraulikens narvarande tillstAnd. Stockholm, 1837, 8vo.

2137. Laharpe (J. de) Essai d'une Monographic des vraies Joncees, comprenant les genres

Juncus, Luzula, et Abama. {Extr. des Mem. de la Soc. d'Hist. Nat. de Paris, tom.
3.) 1825, 4to.

2138. Lamarck (J. B. de) et DeCandoUe (A. P.) Flore Franpaise, 4 vols. Paris, 1815, 8vo.

2139. Laming (R.) on the Primary Forces of Electricity. {From the Phil. Mag.) London,

1838, 8vo.

2140. Lapeyrouse (P.) Supplement a I'Histoire abregee des Plantes des Pyrenees. Tou-

louse, 1818, 8vo.
1782. Lea's (J.) Observations on the genus Unio, vol. 2. Philadelphia, 4to.
VOL. XVIII. 4 z

704 Catalogue of the Library of the Linnean Society.

2141. Lea's (J.) Synopsis of the Family of Naiades. Philadelphia, 1836, 8vo.

2142. Lee's (J.) Introduction to Botany. Edinburgh, 1796, 8vo.

1505. Lehmann (J. G. C.) Pugillus VII. novarum stirpium in Gymnasio Hamburgensium.
Hamburgi, 1838, 4to.

2143. Leydolt (F.) Die Plantagineen in Bezug auf die naturhistorische Species. Wien,

8vo.

2144. Lindley's (J.) Introductory Lecture delivered in the University of London, April

30th, 1829. London, 1829, 8vo.

2145. Synopsis of the British Flora, arranged according to the Natural Orders.

London, 1829, 12mo.

2146. Notice of Victoria regia, a new Nymphaeaceous plant, discovered by

Mr. R. H. Schomburgk in British Guiana. London, 1837, fol.

2147. Lightfoot (J.) Flora Scotica, 2nd edition, 2 vols. London, 1789, 8vo.

2148. Linnaei (C.) Philosophia Botanica. Vindobonae, 1770, 8vo.

2149. Species Plantarum, Ed. 5**, cur. C. L. Willdenow, torn. 6, contin. a

H. F. Link. Berolini, 1824—25, 8vo.
2150. Species Plantarum, Ed. 6*", auct. Alberto Dietrich, vol. 1. Berolini,

1831, 8vo.
2151. Loudon's (J.) Ladies' Flower Garden of Ornamental Annuals, no. 1. London,

1839, 4to.
1273. Loudon's (J. C.) Gardener's Magazine, nos. 82 — 129. London, 1832—36, 8vo.
1516. Magazine of Natural History, New Series, conducted by Edward

Charlesworth, F.G.S., vols. 1—4. London, 1837 — 40, 8vo.

1791. Arboretum Britannicum, nos. 31^63. London, 1837 — 38, 8vo.

2152. Encyclopaedia of Gardening, 2nd edition. London, 1834, 8vo.

2153. Suburban Gardener and Villa Companion, nos. 1 — 10. London, 1837 — 8,

8vo.
2154. The Derby Arboretum. London, 1840, 8vo.

2155. Lush (C.) On the Introduction of Per nambuco Cotton on the Western Side of India.

8vo.

2156. Luxford's (G.) Flora of the neighbourhood of Reigate, Surrey. London, 1838, 12mo.

2157. Lyell's (Charles, Jun.) Address delivered at the Anniversary Meeting of the Geolo-

gical Society of London on the 17th of February, 1837. London, 1837, 8vo.

2158. MacClelland's (J.) Report on the physical condition of the Assam Tea Plant, with

reference to Geological Structure, Soils, and Climate. {From Trans, of Agric. and
Hortic. Soc. of India.) 8vo.
2159. Indian Cyprinidae. (From Asiat. Res. vol. 19.) Calcutta, 1839, 4to.

2160. Maclntyre's {M.) Etymotonia, containing principles of Classical Accentuation.

London, 1836, 12mo.

2161. MacLeay's (W. S.) Annulosa. {From Smith's Illustrations of the Zoology of South

Africa.) London, 1838, 4to.

Catalogue of the Library of the Linnean Society. 705

2162. Macreight's (D. C.) Manual of British Botany. London, 1837, 8vo.

2163. Main's (J.) Forest Planter and Pruner's Assistant. London, 1839, 12mo.

2164. Martins (C.) Du Microscope, et son application a I'etude des etres organises. Paris,

1839, 4to.

2165. Martins (C. F. P. von) Reden und Vortrage iiber Gegenstande aus dem Gebiete der

Naturforschung. Stuttgart & Tubingen, 1838, 8vo.

2166. Die Verbreitung der Palmen in der Alten Welt, mit besonderer

Riicksicht auf die FIoren-Reiche, 1*** abh. [Aus den Munchner Gelehrten Anzeigen,
no. 105—118.) 1839, 4to.

2167. Meneghini (G.) Ricerche sulla struttura del caule nelle Piante Monocotiledoni. Pa-

dova, 1836, 4to.

2168. Meyen (F. J. F.) Ueber die neuesten Fortschritte der Anatomie und Physiologic der

Gewachse. Haarlem, 1836, 4to.

2169. Noch einige Worte iiber den Befruchtungsakt, und die Polyembry-

onie bei den hohem Pflanzen. Berlin, 1840, 8vo.

2170. Michaux (A.) Flora Boreali-Americana. Editio nova, tomi 2, 8vo. Parisiis, 1820.

2171. Michelotti (G.) Brevi Cenni di alcuni resti delle classi Brachiopodi, &c. 1839, 4to.

O

2172. Morner (A. G.) Aminnelse-tal ofver Friherre Lars A. Mannerheim. Stockholm,

1837, 8vo.

2173. Moretti (G.) e Chiolini (C.) Sui Gelsi e sui Bacchi da Seta. 2^ edizione. Milano,

1839, 8vo.

2174. Moris (J. H.) Flora Sardoa, sen Historia Plantarumin Sardinia et adjacentibus insu-

lis, vol. 1. Taurini, 1837, 4to. [Iconographia, vol. 1. Ato.)

2175. Moris (J.) et De Notaris (J.) Florula Caprariae ; s. Enumeratio Plantarum in Insula

Capraria vel sponte nascentium, vel ad utihtatem latiiis excultarum. Taurini, 1839,
4to.

2176. Morren (C.) Recherches sur le mouvement et I'anatomie du Stylidium graminifo-

lium. BruxeUes, 1838, 4to.

2177' Recherches physiologiques sur les Hydriophytes de la Belgique. 1" me-

moire. BruxeUes, 1838, 4to.

2178. Note sur 1' effet pernicieux du duvet du Platane, 8vo.

2179. Note sur les plantes Hypocarpogees. 8vo.

2180. Observations anatomiques sur la Congelation des Organes des Veg^taux.

8vo.

2181. Considerations sur le mouvement de la seve des Dicotyledones. 8vo.

2182. Rapport sur le memoire de M. A. Trinchinetti de Monza "De odoribus

Florum observationes et experimenta." [From the Bull, de PAcad. Roy. de Bru-
xeUes, torn. 6.) BruxeUes, 1839, 8vo.

2183. Observations sur la circulation dans les polls corollins du Marica caeru-

lea, Ker., et sur I'histologie de cette Fleur. [From the same, torn. 6.) 8vo.

4z 2

706 Catalogue of the Library of the Linnean Society.

2184. Morren (C.) Observations sur la formation des Huiles dans les Plantes. {From the

same, torn. 6.) 8vo.

2185. • Memoire sur la formation de I'Indigo dans les feuilles du Polygonum

tinctorium. {From the Mem. de I' Acad. Roy. des Sciences, ^c. de Bruxelles, torn. 12.)
Bruxelles, 1839, 4to.

2186. • Recherches sur le mouvement, et I'anatomie du style du Goldfussia ani-

sophylla. {F7-om the same, torn. 12.) Bruxelles, 1839, 4to.

21 87. Notice sur une nouvelle espece de Malaxis. {From the Bull, de I' Acad.

Roy. de Bruxelles, torn. 5, no. 8.) 8vo.
2188. Notice sur I'histologie de I'Agaricus epixylon. {From the same, torn. 6,

no. 1.) 8vo.
2189. Observations sur I'anatomie des Hedychium. {From the same, torn. 6,

no. 2.) 8vo.
2190. Observations sur I'anatomie des Musa. {From the same, tom.G,no.Z.) 8vo.

2191. De I'existence des Infusoires dans les plantes. {From the same, torn. 6,

no. 4.) 8vo.

2192. Notes sur I'excitabilit^ et le mouvement des feuilles chez les Oxalis.

{From the same, torn. 6, no. 7.) 8vo.

2193. Experiences et observations sur la gomme des Cycadees. {From the

same, tom. 6, no. 8.) 8vo.

2194. Sur I'epaisissement de la Membrane Vegetale dans plusieurs organes de

I'appareil pileux. {From the same, tom. 6, no. 9.) 8vo.

2195. • Note sur les fruits aromatiques du Leptotes bicolor. {From the same,

tom. 6, no. 10.) 8vo.

2196. Murchison's (R. I.) Silurian System, 2 vols. London, 1839, 4to.

2197. Nasmyth's (A.) Researches on the development, structure, and diseases of the

Teeth. London, 1839, 8vo.

2198. Nattererer (J.) Lepidosiren paradoxa, eine neue Gattung aus der Familie der Fisch-

ahnlichen Reptilien, 4to. {Annal, des Wiener Mus. der Naturgeschichte.)

2199. Nees von Esenbeck (C. G.) Naturgeschichte der Europaischen Lebermoose, mit be-

sonderer Beziehung auf Schlesien und die Oertlichkeiten des Riesengebirgs, 2^«
Bandchen. Berlin, 1836, 8vo.

2200. Newman's (E.) History of British Ferns. London, 1840, 8vo.

2201. Notes on Irish Natural History, more especially Ferns. London,

1840, 8vo.
2202. Entomologist, no. 1. 8vo.

2203. Newport (G.) On the anatomy, habits, and economy of Athalia centifoliae. London,

1838, 8vo.

2204. Nicol's (W.) Observations on the Fossil Trees of Van Diemen's Land. {From Edinb.

New Phil. Journ.for April 1831.) 8vo.

Catalogue of the Library of the Linnean Society. 707

2205. Niven's (N.) Visitor's Companion to the Botanic Garden, Glasnevin. Dublin, 1838, 8vo.

2206. Northampton (Marquess of) Address delivered at the anniversary meeting of the

Royal Society, Nov. 30th, 1839. London, 1839, 8vo.

2207. drsted (C.) Oversigt overdet Kongelige Danske Videnskabemes Selskabs Forhand-

linger og dets Medlemmers Arbeider i Aar. 1837 — 8, 4to.

2208. Tale over A. W. Hauch. Kjobenhavn, 1838, 8vo.

2209. Ontijd (C. G.) Verhandeling over het verschil tusschen de allgemeine Grondkrachten

der Natuur en de Levenskracht. Amsterdam, 1840, 8vo.

2210. Opiz (P. M.) Einladung zu einem Pflanzen-, Saamen-, und Insekten-Tausch. Frag,

1819, 8vo.

2211. Outram's (J.) Rough notes of the Campaign in Sinde and Affghanistan in 1838—9.

London, 1840, 8vo.

2212. Owen's (R.) Outlines of a Classification of the Marsupialia. {From the Zool. Trans.,

vol. 4.) 1839, 4to.

2213. Odontography ; or a Treatise on the comparative anatomy of the Teeth

in the Vertebrate Animals, part 1. London, 1840, 4to.

2214. Passerini (C.) Memoria sopra gl' Insetti nocivi alle Piante di Granturco, di Grano,/

di Anacio, e Barbabietola. Firenze, 1837, 8vo.

2215. Patterson's (R.) Description of the Cydippe pomiformis, with notice of an apparently

undescribed species of Bolina, also found on the coast of Ireland. {From Trans.
JR. I. A., vol. 19.) Dublin, 1839, 4to.

2216. Paxton's (J.) Treatise on the Cultivation of the Dahlia. London, 1838, 8vo.

2217. Pereira's (J.) Elements of Materia Medica, 2 vols. London, 1839 — 40, 8vo.

2218. Persoon (C. H.) Synopsis Plantarum, voU. 2. Parisiis, 1805 — 'J, 8vo.

2219. Phillips's (W.) Outline of the Geology of England and Wales. London, 1816, 8vo.

2220. Phoebus (P.) Deutschlands Kryptogamische Giftgewachse, in Abbildungen und

Beschreibungen. Berlin, 1838, 4to.

2221. Pline (C.) Histoire Naturelle; traduction nouvelle par M. Ajasson de Grandsagne,

20 tomes. Paris, 1829—33, 8vo.

2222. Poeppig (E.) Fragmentum Synopseos Plantarum Phanerogamarum ab auctore annis

1827 — 29 in Chile lectarum. Lipsiae, 1833, 8vo.

2223. Pouchet (F. A.) Traite elementaire de Botanique appliquee, tome 1. Paris, 1835.

tome 2. Rouen, 1836, 8vo.

2224. Presl (C. B.) Prodromus Monographiae Lobeliacearum. Pragae, 1836, 8vo.

2225. Pulteney's (R.) Sketches of the Progress of Botany in England, 2 vols. London,

1790, 8vo. {Presentation copy with an autograph letter.)

2226. Putterlich (A.) Synopsis Pittosporearum. Vindobonae, 1839, 8vo.

2227. Reichenbach (L.) Flora Germanica Excursoria, voll. 3. Lipsiae, 1830 — 33, 12mo.

2228. Rosenblad (M.) Tal om Juridisk Statistik och grunderne for Lagstiftningen. Stock-

holm, 1840, 8vo.

708 Catalogue of the Library of the L'mnean Society.

1846. Royle's (J. F.) Illustrations of the Botany and other branches of Natural History of
the Himalayan Mountains, and of the Flora of Cashmere, parts 10 & 11. London,
1839—40, 4to.

1850. Riippell (E.) Neue Wirbelthiere zu der Fauna von Abyssinien gehorig, lief. 7 — 13.
Frankfurt am Main, 1836—40, fol.

2229. St. Hilaire (A. de) Deuxieme Memoire sur les Resedacees. {Extr. des Mem. de la

Soc. R. des Sc. ^c. d' Orleans.) Orleans, 1838, Svo.

2230. Salter's (T. B.) Short Account of the Botany of Poole and its neighbourhood. Poole,

1839, Svo.

2231. Schaerer (L. E.) Lichenum Helveticorum Spicilegium, sectiones 1 — 9. BernaB, 1823
—40, 4to.

2232. Schomburgk's (R. H.) Description of British Guiana, Geographical and Statistical.

London, 1840, Svo.
1091. Schwaegrichen (F.) Species Muscorum Frondosorum, suppl. 2, vol. 2, sect. 2, &
suppl. 3, vol. 2, sect. 2. Lipsiae, 1827 — 30, 4to.

2233. Sedgwick's (A.) Addresses delivered at the Anniversary Meetings of the Geological

Society of London, Feb. 19, 1830, and Feb. 18, 1831. London, 1830—31, Svo.

2234. Selby's (P. J.) Catalogue of the Birds of Northumberland and Durham. {From the

Trans, of Nat. Hist. Soc. of Northumberland.) Newcastle, 1831, 4to.

2235. Account of Two rare British Birds. {From the same.) lb., 1832, 4to.

1308. Illustrations of British Ornithology, 2nd edition, vol. 2 ; Water Birds.

Edinburgh, 1833, Svo.

2236. Selys Longchamps (E. de) E'tudes de Micromammalogie. Paris, 1839, Svo.

2237. Shaw's (A.) Narrative of the Discoveries of Sir Charles Bell in the Nervous System.

London, 1839, Svo.

2238. Shepherd's (T.) Lectures on the Horticulture of New South Wales, delivered at the

Mechanics' School of Arts, Sydney. Sydney, 1835, Svo.

2239. Shuckard's (W. E.) Essay on the Indigenous Fossorial Hymenoptera. London,

1837, 8vo.

2240. Monograph of the Dorylidae. {From the Ann. of Nat. Hist., 1840.)

London, Svo.

2241. Smith's (G. E.) Catalogue of rare or remarkable Phaenogamous Plants, collected in

South Kent. London, 1829, Svo.

2242. Smith's (J. E.) Flora Britannica (illustrated with Drawings of the Plants by the Rev.

R. Dreyer, F.L.S.). Londini, 1800 — 4, Svo.
1558. Smith (J. E.) et Lindley (J.) Flora Graeca Sibthorpiana, vol. 6, fasc. 2, vol. J, fasc. 2,

& voll. 8—10. Londini, 1827—40.

2243. and Sowerby's (J.) English Botany, arranged systematically, 36 vols, and

2 of supplement. London, 1790 — 1834.
2244. Sole (W.) Menthae Britannicae. Bath, 1798, fol. {with notes by N. J. Winch.)

Catalogue of the Library of the Linnean Society. 709

1005. Sowerby's (G. B.) Genera of Recent and Fossil Shells, nos. 38 — 42. London, 8vo.

2245. Malacological and Conchological Magazine, part 1. London,

1838, 8vo.

2246. Sowerby's (G. B. Jun.) Conchological Manual. London, 1839, 8vo.

1864. Sowerby's (James) English Botany, 2nd edition, nos. 156 — 332. London, 1837 —
40, 8vo.
781. Sowerby's (J. D. C.) Mineral Conchology of Great Britain, nos. 103, 104, 106, & 107.
London, 1829 — 40, 8vo.

1561. Sowerby's (J. D. C. & C. E.) Supplement to English Botany, nos. 42 — 52. Lon-
don, 1836 — 40, 8vo.

2247. Spence (W.) On the Insects which attack the Elm. {From Loudon's Arb. Brit.) 8vo.

2248. Sprengel (C.) Wikstromia, novum plantae genus. 8vo.

2249. Stanhope (Earl) Address delivered at the anniversary meeting of the Medico-Botani-

cal Society, January 16th, 1837. London, 1837, 8vo.

2250. Stephens's (J. F.) Address delivered on the fourth anniversary of the Entomological

Society, January 22nd, 1838, 8vo.
1311. Illustrations of British Entomology, nos. 53 — 85. London,

1837—39, 8vo.

2251. Manual of British Coleoptera or Beetles. London, 1839, 12mo.

2252. Steudel (Em,) Nomenclator Botanicus, voU. 3, 8vo. Stuttgardtiae et Tubingae,

1821—4.
2253. et Hochstetter (C. F.) Enumeratio Plantarum Germaniae Helvetiae-

que indigenarum, Stuttg. et Tubingae, 1826, 8vo.

2254. Sussex (H. R. H. the Duke of) Addresses read at the anniversary meetings of the

Royal Society in 1837 & 1838. London, 1837—8, 8vo.

2255. Swartz (O.) Dispositio Systematica Muscorum Frondosorum Sueciae. Erlangae,

1799, 12mo. {A presentation copy, with MSS. notes by the late Rev. John Harriman,
F.L.S.)

2256. Sweet (R.) Hortus Suburbanus Londinensis (interleaved, with additions, and forming

a Catalogue of Mr. Winch's Herbarium). London, 1818, 8vo.

2257. Sykes (W. H.) On the Quails and Hemipodii of India. {From Zool. Trans, vol. 2,

pt. 1.) London, 1836, 4to.
2258. Geology of a portion of Dukhun, East Indies. {From the Geol. Trans.

2nd ser. vol. 4.) Lond. 1836, 4to.
2259. On the Increase of Wealth and Expenditure in the various classes of

Society in the United Kingdom. {From Trans, of the Statist. Soc. London, vol. 1,

pt. 1.) London, 1837, 4to.
2260. Remarks on the origin of the popular belief in the Upas, or Poison

Tree of Java. 8vo.
1317. Temminck (C. J.) Manuel d'Ornithologie, pt. 3. Paris, 1835, 8vo.

710 Catalogue of the Library of the Linnean Society.

1319. Temminck (C. J.) et Langier (M.) Nouveau Recueil de Planches Colorizes d'Oiseaux,
livr. 79—101. Paris, fol.

2261. Tenore (M.) Index Seminum in Horto Botanico Neapolitano 1839 coUectorum, 4to.

2262. Thompson (W.) On the Irish Hare, Lepus hibernicus. {From Trans. R. I. Acad. vol.

18.) Dublin, 1838, 4to.

2263. Tidyman (P.) Commentatio inauguralis de Oryza sativa. Gottingae, 1800, 4to.

2264. Torrey's (I.) Monograph of the North American Cyperaceae. {From Ann. of Lyceum

of Nat. Hist. vol. 3.) New York, 1836, 8vo.

2265. Townsend's (J. K.) Descriptions of twelve new species of Birds, chiefly from the

vicinity of the Columbia River. {From the Journ. Acad. Nat. Sc. of Philad.) 1836,
8vo.

2266. Trautvetter (E. R. a) Dissertatio botanica de Echinope genere. Mitaviae, 1833,

4to.

2267. Trevelyan^s (A.) Remarks on a peculiar Colouring Matter in Decayed Wood. {Trans.

of Nat. Hist. Soc. of Newcastle-upon-Tyne.) 1831, 4to.

2268. Turner (D.) and Borrer's (W.) Specimen of a Lichenographia Britannica, or Attempt

at a History of the British Lichens. Yarmouth, 1839, 8vo.

2269. Turner's (W.) Introductory address delivered at the first meeting of the Natural Hi-

story Society of Northumberland, Durham, and Newcastle-upon-Tyne, Sept. 15th,
1829. Newcastle, 1829, 8vo.

2270. Vahl (M.) Eclogae Americanae, fasc. 2. Havniae, 1798, fol.

2271. Vaughan (W.) Memoir of, with miscellaneous pieces relative to Docks, Commerce, &c.

London, 1839, 8vo.

2272. Vigors (N. A.) and Broderip's (W. J.) Guide to the Gardens of the Zoological So-

ciety. London, 1829, 8vo.

2273. Visiani (R. de) Plantae quaedam ^gypti ac Nubiae, enumeratae atque illustratae. Pa-

tavii, 1836, 8vo.

2274. Vogel (T.) Synopsis generis Cassiae. Berolini, 1837, 8vo.

2275. Wahlenberg (G.) De vegetatione et climate in Helvetia septentrional!. Turici Hel-

vetiae, 1813, 8vo.

2276. Flora Carpatorum principalium. Gottingae, 1814, 8vo.

2277. Flora Suecica, voll. 2. Upsahae, 1824 — 26, 8vo.

2278. Walker (F.) Monographia Chalciditum, 2 vols. London, 1839, 8vo.

2279. Waterton's (C.) Ornithological Letter to William Swainson, Esq., F.R.S. Wake-

field, 1837, 8vo.
1888. Watson's (H. C.) New Botanist's Guide to the localities of the rarer plants of Britain,
vol. 2. London, 1837, 12mo.

2280. Westwood's (J. O.) Address on the recent progress and present state of Entomology,

delivered at the anniversary meeting of the Entomological Society, January 21st,
1835, 8vo.

Catalogue of the Librari/ of the Linnean Society. 711

2281. Westwood's (J. O.) Introduction to the Modern Classification of Insects, vol. 1.

London, 1839, 8vo.

2282, Wight's (R.) Contributions to Indian Botany, nos. 1 — 2. 8vo.

2283. Illustrations of Indian Botany, nos. 1 — 8 & 11 — 13. Madras,

1838 — 40, 4to.
2284. Icones Plantarum Indiae Orientalis, nos. 1 — 14. Madras, 1838 — 40,

4to.

2285. Remarks on Cambogia Gutta, L,, Stalagmitis gambogioides, iliwrray ;

and on Laurus Cassia, L. 8vo.

2286. Wilbrand (J. B.) Handbuch der Botanik, nach den Naturlichen Pflanzenstufen,

Pflanzenkreisen, und Familien. Darmstadt, 1837, 8vo.

2287. Willdenow (D. C.) Principles of Botany and of Vegetable Physiology. Edinburgh,

1811, 8vo.

2288. Winch (N. J.) On the Phosphates of Lead. {Read at Lit. and Phil. Society of

Newcastle, 1823.) 8vo.

2289. Addenda to the Flora of Northumberland and Durham, 4to. New-
castle, 1836.

2290. Witham (H.) On the Vegetation of the first period of an Ancient World, i. e. from
the first deposit of the Transition Series to the top of the Coal Field. Edinburgh,

1829. 8vo.

2291. On the Vegetable Fossils found at Lennel Braes, near Coldstream.

1830, 8vo.

2292. Withering's (W.) Systematic Arrangement of British Plants, 5th edition, 4 vols.

Birmingham, 1812, 8vo.
2293. 6th edition, 4 vols. London, 1818, 8vo.

2294. Wood's (H.) Description of the Fossil Skull of an Ox discovered in May 1838, at

Melksham, Wilts ; with a Geological sketch of the river Avon, in the bed of which
it was found. London, 1839, 4to.

2295. Yarrell's (W.) History of British Birds, vol. 1. London, 1839, 8vo.

1898. Supplement to the History of British Fishes. London, 1839,

8vo.

2296. ' On the growth of the Salmon in Fresh Water. London, 1839,

obi. 4to.

2297. Zuccarini (J. G.) Plantarum novarum vel minus cognitarum quae in Horto Botanico

Herbarioque Reg. Monacensi servantur, fasc. 2dus. {Abh. der Kimigl. Bayerischen
Akad. zu Miinchen.) 4to.
1597. Abhandlungen der Konigl. Akademie der Wissenschaften zu Berlin aus den Jahren
1832, thl. 3 & 4, & 1833—38. BerUn, 1835—39, 4to.

2298. Act of Incorporation and Bye-laws of the Academy of Natural Sciences of Phila-

delphia. Philadelphia, 1836, 8vo.
VOL. XVIII. 5 A

712 Catalogue of the Library of the Linnean Society.

2299. Address of the President of the Belfast Natural History Society, on the opening of

the Belfast Museum, Nov. Ist, 1831. Belfast, 1831, 8vo.

2300. Annales de la Societe Linneenne de Lyon. Lyon, 1836, 8vo.

1339. Annales des Sciences Naturelles, 2nde Sh-ie, partie Zoologique et Botanique, tomes
1—13. Paris, 1834—40, 8vo.

2301. Annals of the Lyceum of Natural History of New York, no. 9. New York, 1825,

8vo.

2302. Annals of Natural History, nos. 1 — 37. London, 1838 — 40, 8vo.

2303. Annuaires de P Academic Royale des Sciences et Belles-lettres de Bruxelles.

Bruxelles, 1838 — 40, 12mo.

2304. Annual Reports (1 — 3) of the Botanical Society of Edinburgh. Edinburgh,

1837—40, 8vo.
1903. Annual Reports of the Royal Cornwall Polytechnic Societyfor 1836— 9. Falmouth,
8vo.

2305. Annual Report (1st) of the Dublin Natural History Society. Dublin, 1839, 8vo.

2306. Annual Report (1st) of the Orkney Natural History Society. Edinburgh, 1839, 8vo.

2307. Annual Report of the Council of the Royal Institution of South Wales for 1838 — 9.

Swansea, 1839, 8vo.
23Q8. Annual Report, for 1836, of the Shropshire and North Wales Natural Histofy and

Antiquarian Society. Shrewsbury, 1837, 8vo.
1939. Archives du Museum d^Histoire Naturelle, tom. 1, livr. 1. Paris, 1839, 4to.
528. Asiatic Researches, vols. 19 & 20. Calcutta, 1836 — 9, 4to.
1906. Bericht iiber die zur Bekanntmachung geeigneten Verhandlungen der Konigl.

Preuss. Akademie der Wissenschaften zu Berhn, Mai 1836 — Junius 1840. Berlin,

8vo.

2309. Boston Journal of Natural History, vols. 1, 2, & 3, nos. 1 & 2. Boston, 1837 — 40,

8vo.

2310. Bulletins de 1' Academic Royale des Sciences et Belles-lettres de Bruxelles, tom. 4,

nos. 10—12, tom. 5, nos. 9 — 12, & tom. 6. Bruxelles, 1837 — 9, 8vo.
1602. Bulletin de la Societe Imperiale des Naturalistes deMoscou, nos. 1 — 8, for 1837, and
nos. 1 — 4, for 1838. Moscou, 8vo.

2311. Bulletin des Sciences Physiques et Naturelles en Neerlande, nos. 1—4. Leyde,

1838, 4to.

2312. Catalogue of the Scientific Books in the Library of the Royal Society. London, 1839.

8vo.

2313. Catalogue of the Chinese Library of the Royal Asiatic Society. London, 1838, 8vo.

2314. Catalogue of the Library of the Academy of Natural Sciences of Philadelphia.

Philadelphia, 1836, 8vo.
I6O7. Catalogue of the Library of the Royal College of Surgeons in London, part 2. Lon-
don, 1840, 8vo.

Catalogue of the Library of the Linnean Society. 713

2315. Catalogue of the Library of the United Semce Museum. London, 1837, 8vo.

2316. Catalogue of the Fellows, Candidates, and Licentiates of the Royal College of

Physicians, for 1838 & 1839. London, 8vo.

2317. Catalogue of the Collection of British Quadrupeds and Birds in the Museum of the

Cambridge Philosophical Society. Cambridge, 1836, 8vo.
1912. Catalogue (Descriptive and Illustrated) of the Physiological Series of Comparative
Anatomy contained in the Museum of the Royal College of Surgeons in London,
vol. 4. London, 1838, 4to.

2318. Catalogue of the specimens of Natural History and Miscellaneous Curiosities

deposited in the Australian Museum. Sydney, 1837, 8vo.

2319. Catalogue of Plants contained in the Royal Botanic Garden of Glasgow in the year

1825. Glasgow, 1825, 8vo.

2320. Catalogue des plantes Suisses et des Coquilles qui se vendent chez E. Thomas, a

Bex, 1818, 8vo.
1914. Comptes rendus hebdomadaires des seances de 1' Academic des Sciences, par MM. les
Sercetaires perpetuels. Paris, 1837 — 40, 4to.

2321. Collectanea Meteorologica, sub auspiciis Societatis Scientiarum Danicse edita, fasc. 2.

Hafniae, 1839, 4to.
1917. Entomological Magazine, vols. 4 & 5. London, 1837—8, 8vo.
920. Journal of the Academy of Natural Sciences of Philadelphia, vol. *J, part 2. Phila-
delphia, 1837, 8vo.

2322. Journal of the Royal Agricultural Society of England, vol. 1. parts 1 — 4. London,

1840, 8vo.
1921. Journal of the Royal Asiatic Society, nos. 7— H- London, 1837 — 40, 8vo.
1924. Journal of the Royal Geographical Society, vols. 7j 8, 9, & vol. 10, parts 1 & 2.

London, 1837—40, 8vo.

2323. Kongelige Danske Videnskabernes Selskabs Naturvidenskabelige og Mathematiske

Afhandhnger, deel 6 & 7. Kjobenhavn, 1837 — 8. 4to.
919. Kongl. Vetenskaps-Academiens HandHngar, for 1823, 1832, 1835, 1836, 1837 &

1838. Stockholm, 1824 — 39, 8vo.
Kongl. Vetenskaps-Academiens Arsberattelser, for 1823, 1832, 1835, 1836, 1837 &

1838. Stockholm, 8vo.

2324. List of the Donations to the Library of the London Institution, from August 1834

to April 1838. London, 1837—8, 8vo.

2325. List of the Members of the British Association for the Advancement of Science.

London, 1838, 8vo.

2326. List of the Members of the Geological Society, for 1837. London, 8vo.

2327. List of the Members of the Horticultural Society, for 1837. 4to.

2328. List of the Members of the Royal Society, for 1837 — 9. 4to.

2329. List of the Members of the Royal Irish Academy, for 1838 & 1839. 8vo.

5 a2

714 Catalogue of the Lihrary of the Linnean Society.

2330. List of the Members of the Royal College of Surgeons in London. 1838, 8vo.

2331. Liste des Membres qui composent la Societe d'Histoire Naturelle de I'Isle Maurice.

2332. Madras Journal of Literature and Science, nos. 13 — 25. Madras, 1836 — 9, 8vo.

1929. Memoires de 1' Academic Imperiale des Sciences de St. Petersbourg, 6^*"' Serie —

Sciences Naturelles — tom. 2, livr. 3 — 6, & tom. 3, livr. 1 — 4. St. Petersbourg,
1837—40, 4to.

1930. Memoires presentes a 1' Academic Imperiale des Sciences de St. Petersbourg, par

divers savans, tom. 3, livr. 3 — 6, & tom. 4, livr. 1 & 2. St. Petersbourg, 1837, 4to.

1931. Memoires de la Soci^t^ de Physique et d'Histoire Naturelle de Geneve, tom. 8.

Geneve, 1838—9, 4to.
1344. Memoirs of the Royal Astronomical Society of London, vols. 9 — 11. London,
1836—40, 4to.
803. Memoirs of the Wemerian Natural History Society, vols. 7 & 8, part 1. Edinburgh,

1838 — 9, 8vo.
1935. Memorias da Accademia Real das Sciencias de Lisboa, tom. 11, part 2, & tom, 12,
part 1. Lisboa, 1835 — 7j 4to.
586. Memorie deUa Reale Accademia delle Scienze di Torino, tom. 40. Torino, 1838, 4to.
■ Serie seconda, tom. 1 & 2. Torino, 1839 — 40, 4to.

2333. Naturahst, edited by Neville Wood, Esq., nos. 8—14, 16—19, 23, 25, 26 & 29.

London, 1837—9, 8vo.

2334. Nieuwe Verhandelingen der 1"® klasse van het Koninklijk-Nederlandsche Instituut

van Wetenschappen, Letterkunde en Schoone Kunsten te Amsterdam, deel 1 — 9.
Amsterdam, 1827—40, 4to.

2335. Notice of the Academy of Natural Sciences of Philadelphia, 4th edition. Philadelphia,

1837, 8vo.

2336. Notice historique sur la Soci^t^ Linn^enne de Lyon. Lyon, 1836, 8vo.

1024. Nova Acta Physico-medica Academias Caesariae Naturae Curiosorum, tomi 17, 18, &
19, pars 1. — cum supplementis tom. 16 & 17. Vratislaviae et Bonnae, 1834 — 9,
4to.

1939. Nouvelles Annales du Museum d'Histoire Naturelle, tom. 4. Paris, 1835, 4to.

2337. Papers relating to the measures adopted for introducing the Cultivation of the Tea

Plant in India. 1839, fol.

2338. Pharmacopoeia CoUegii Regalis Medicorum Londinensis. Londini, 1836, 8vo.
1026. Philosophical Magazine and Journal of Science, Srd Series, vols. 10 — 17. London,

1837—40, 8vo.
438. Philosophical Transactions, for 1759 — 73, 1836, 1837, 1838, 1839, & part 1 for
1840. London, 4to.

2339. Pinetum Woburnense. London, 1839, 8vo.

2340. Phrenological Journal and Magazine of Moral Science, New Series, nos. 1 — 12.

London, 1837 — iO, 8vo.

Catalogue of the Library of the Linnean Society. 715

1941. PrenHums of the Society of Arts, &c. for 1838. London, 8vo.

2341. Proceedings of the American Philosophical Society, nos. 1 — 5, T, 8, 10, 11, 12.

1838—40, 8vo.

2342. Proceedings of the Berwickshire Naturalists' Club during the year 1839. 8vo.

2343. Proceedings of the Botanical Society of London, vol. 1, part 1. London, 1839, 8vo.
1619. Proceedings of the Geological Society of London, nos. 47 — 71- 1837 — 40, 8vo.

2344. Proceedings of the Horticultural Society of London, nos. 1—4. 1838, 8vo.

1942. Proceedings of the Royal Asiatic Society of Great Britain and Ireland. London,

1837—9, 8vo.
1945. Proceedings of the Royal Society of Edinburgh, nos. 10, 13, & 15. 1837 — 9, 8vo.
1S44. Proceedings of the Royal Society of London, nos. 25 — 44. London, 1836—40, 8vo.

2345. Proceedings of the Royal Irish Academy, nos. 1 — 23. 1836 — 40, 8vo.

1947. Proceedings of the Zoological Society of London, nos. 37 — 84. London, 1836 — 9,

8vo.
1949. Recueils des Actes des s&nces publiques de 1' Academic Imp^riale des Sciences de

St. P^tersbourg tenuesen 1836, 1837, 1838 & 1839. St. P^tersbourg, 1837—40.

4to.

2346. Rdglement de la Socidt^ Russe d'Horticulture. Moscou, 1837, 8vo,

2347. Report of the Committee of the Botanical and Horticultural Society of Durham,

Northumberland, and Newcastle-upon-Tyne, 1830. Newcastle, 1830, 8vo.
1951. Reports of the 6th, 7th, 8th, & 9th meetings of the British Association for the
Advancement of Science. London, 1837—40, 8vo.

2348. Reports relative to the Geological Survey of the State of New York. 8vo.

2349. Reports of a Committee for Investigating the Coal and Mineral Resources of India»

Calcutta, 1838, 8vo.
1117. Reports (17 — 20) of the Leeds Philosophical and Literary Society. Leeds, 1837 — 40,
8vo.

2350. Report (18th) of the Literary and Philosophical Society of Newcastle-upon-Tyne.

Newcastle, 1811, 8vo.

2351. Report of the Museum Committee of the Literary and Philosophical Society of New-

castle-upon-Tyne. I827, 8vo.

2352. Report of the Natural History Society of Northumberland, Durham, and Newcastle-

upon-Tyne, for the years 1830 & 1831. Newcastle, 1830—31, 8vo.

2353. Report (1st) of the Oxford Horticultural Society, Oxford, 1832, 8vo.

2354. Report of the Committee of Physics of the Royal Society. London, 1840, 8vo. -
1626. Report of the Council of the Yorkshire Philosophical Society for 1837. York, 1838,

8vo.

2355. Statuti dell' Accademia delle Scienze e Belle Lettere di Palermo. Palermo, 1832,

12mo.

716 Catalogue of the Library of the Linnean Society.

585. Transactions of the American Philosophical Society, New Series, vol. 5, pt. 3, vol. 6,
& vol. 7, pt. 1. Philadelphia, 1837 — 40, 4to.

2356. Transactions of the Historical and Literary Committee of the American Philosophical

Society, vol. 2. Philadelphia, 1838, 8vo.
439. Transactions of the Society for the Encouragement of Arts, Manufactures, and Com-
merce, vols. 51 & 52. London, 1837 — 9, 8vo.
1025. Transactions of the Cambridge Philosophical Society, vol. 6, & vol. 7j part 1. Cam-
bridge, 1836—9, 4to.
1960. Transactions of the Entomological Society of London, vol. 1, part 3, & vol. 2, parts
1—3. London, 1836 — 9, 8vo.
804. Transactions of the Geological Society of London, Second Series, vol. 4, part 2, &

vol. 5. London, 1836 — 40, 4to,
665. Transactions of the Horticultural Society of London, Second Series, vol. 2, parts
2 — 4. London, 4to.

2357. Transactions of the Philosophical and Literary Society of Leeds, vol. 1, part 1.

London, 1837, 8vo.
527. Transactions of the Royal Society of Edinburgh, vol. 13, part 2, & 14, part 1.

Edinburgh, 1836—9, 4to.
584. Transactions of the Royal Irish Academy, vols. 17 & 18. Dublin, 1837— 9, 4to.

1963. Transactions of the Royal Medico-Botanical Society of London, vol. 1, part 4.

London, 1839, 8vo.

1964. Transactions of the Zoological Society of London, vol. 2, parts 2 — 4. London,

1838—40, 4to.

2358. Verhandlungen des Vereins zur Befdrderung des Gartenbaues in den Koniglich

Preussischen Staaten, band 6, heft 2, & bd. 7—15. Berlin, 1830—40, 4to.
1114. Zoological Journal, nos. 19 & 20, with parts 2 — 5 of the Supplementary Plates.
London, 1826—35, 8vo.

[ 717 ]

LIST OF DONORS

TO THE

LIBRARY OF THE LINNEAN SOCIETY,

With References to the Numbers affixed in the foregoing Catalogue to the Books presented

by them respectively.

The Royal Society of London, 438, 1944, 2206, 2254, 2312, 2328, 2354.

The Royal Society of Edinburgh, 527, 1945.

The Royal Irish Academy, 584, 2329, 2345.

The Royal Society of Sciences of Copenhagen, 2207, 2208, 2321, 2323.

The Imperial Academy of Sciences of St. Petersburg, 1929, 1930, 1949.

The Imperial Academy Naturae Curiosorum, 1024.

The Royal Academy of Sciences of Berlin, 1597, 1906,

The Royal Academy of Sciences of Brussels, 2303, 2310.

The Royal Academy of Sciences of Lisbon, 1935, 2021.

The Royal Academy of Sciences of Paris, 1914.

The Royal Academy of Sciences ot Stockholm, 919, 2052, 2136, 2172, 2228. ^

The Royal Academy of Sciences of Turin, 586.

The Academy of Natural Sciences of Philadelphia, 920, 2298, 2314, 2335.

The Academy of Sciences of Palermo, 2355.

The Royal Agricultural Society of England, 2322. 1

The Agri-horticultural Society of Western India, 2078., :

The American Philosophical Society, 585, 2018, 2028, 2341, 2356.

The Society for the Encouragement of Arts, Manufactures and Commerce, 439,

1941.
The Asiatic Society, 528.

718 Donors to the Library of the Linnean Society.

The Royal Asiatic Society of Great Britain and Ireland, 1921, 1942, 2094,

2313.
The Royal Astronomical Society of London, 1344.
The Boston Society of Natural History, 2309.
The Botanical Society of Edinburgh, 2304.
The Botanical Society of London, 2343.
The Cambridge Philosophical Society, 1025, 2317.
The Royal Cornwall Polytechnic Society, 1903.
The Dublin Natural History Society, 2305.

The Entomological Society of London, 1960, 2112, 2203, 2250, 2280.
The Royal Geographical Society of London, 1924, 2086.
The Geological Society of London, 804, 1619, 2326, 2344.
The Horticultural Society of London, 665, 2327.
The Imperial Society of Naturalists of Moscow, 1602, 2346.
The Linnean Society of Lyon, 2300, 2336.
The Literary and Philosophical Society of Leeds, 1117, 2357-
The Medico-Botanical Society of London, 1963, 2249.
The Natural History Society of Geneva, 1931.
The Natural History Society of Mauritius, 1691, 2042, 2043, 2331.
The Orkney Natural History Society, 2306.
The Shropshire and North Wales Natural History and Antiquarian Society,

2308.
The Teylerian Society of Haarlem, 2168.
The Wernerian Natural History Society of Edinburgh, 803.
The Yale Natural History Society, United States, 2027.
The Yorkshire Philosophical Society, 1626.
The Zoological Society of London, 1947, 1964.

The Administration of the Museum of Natural History of Paris, 1939.
The Committee of the Australian Museum, 2318.
The British Association for the Advancement of Science, 1951, 2325.
The Berwickshire Naturalists' Club, 1974, 2013, 2125, 2342.
The Council of the Naval and Military Library and Museum, 2315.
The London Institution, 2324.
The Royal Institute of Sciences, Literature and Fine Arts at Amsterdam, 2209,

2334.

Donors to the Library of the Linnean Society. 719

The Royal Institution of South Wales, 2307.

The Lyceum of Natural History of New York, 2264.

The Royal College of Physicians, 2316, 2338.

The Royal College of Surgeons, 1607, 1912, 2330.

His Excellency the Minister of the Interior of the Netherlands, 1759.

The Court of Directors of the Honourable East India Company, 2127-

The Editor of the Madras Journal of Literature and Science, 2332.

G. A. W. Arnott, Esq. LL.D. F.L.S. 1971.

C. C. Babington, Esq. M.A. F.L.S. 1636, 1972.

Henry Baines, Esq. 1973.

Robert Ball, Esq. 1975. *

Mr. William Baxter, A.L.S. 1640.

The late Duke of Bedford, F.L.S. 2339.

Thomas Bell, Esq. F.L.S. 1977, 1978.

M. Bellardi, 1979.

J. W. Bennett, Esq. 1980.

George Bentham, Esq. F.L.S. 1981, 1982, 2054, 2121, 2210, 2222, 2224, 2227,

2274, 2358.
The Rev. M. J. Berkeley, M.A. F.L.S. 1983.
Antonio Bertoloni, M.D. F.M.L.S. 1647, 1983, 1984, 1985, 1986, 1987, 1988,

1989, 1990.
Edward Bevan, M.D. 1991.
Mr. James Bohn, 1994.
Professor Bojer, 1995.
Francis Boott, M.D. F.L.S. 1976, 1992, 1996, 2016, 2018, 2019, 2081, 2082,

2301.
M. J. B. Bouillet, 1999.
Robert Brown, Esq. F.L.S. 2001.
C. J. F. Bunbury, Esq. F.L.S. 2099.
Professor Cacciatore, 2004.
C. G. Carus, M.D. F.M.L.S. 2005.
Edward Charlesworth, Esq. 1516, 2OO7.
Bracy Clark, Esq. F.L.S. 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011.

VOL. XVIII. 5 B

720 Donors to the Library of the Linnean Society.

M. Colla, 1671, 1673, 2014. i

Mr. Daniel Cooper, A.L.S. 2015. i

Mr. Jonathan Couch, F.L.S. 2017. '

J. C. Cox, M.D. F.L.S. 2137.

John Curtis, Esq. F.L.S. 1038, 2020. j

M. A. G. Dahlbom, 2022, 2023, 2024, 2025, 2026. i

William Darlington, M.D. 2028. '

Charles G. B. Daubeny, M.D. F.L.S. 2029, 2030, 2031. {

John Davies, Esq. 2032.

M. A. P. De CandoUe, F.M.L.S. 1166 (vol. vii. pars 2), 2033, 2034, 2035. i

M. le Baron Delessert, F.M.L.S. 2036. '

G. E. Dennes, Esq. F.L.S. 2225.

Mr. George Dickie, M.A. A.L.S. 2045. -J

L. W. Dillwyn, Esq. F.L.S. 2046, 2047. J

Mr. George Don, F.L.S. 1422.

Edward Doubleday, Esq. 2053.

Mrs. Dreyer, 2242. \

M. H. Milne-Edwards, 2050. i

M. E. Eichwald, 2051. \

F. E. L. de Fischer, M.D. F.M.L.S. 17I8, 2266. \
Gotthelf Fischer de Waldheim, M.D. F.M.L.S. 1061, 2056, 2057. j
M. Flourens, 2059. j
Edward Forbes, Esq. 2060. '
Thomas Forster, M.D. F.L.S. 2062, 2063. '■

G. W. Francis, Esq. F.L.S. 2064, 2065, 2066.

H. R. Goppert, M.D. 2071, 2072, 2073, 2074. j

John Gould, Esq. F.L.S, 1738, 1740, 2075, 2076, 2077. |

Asa Gray, M.D. 2016, 2081. 1

G. R. Gray, Esq. 2083. ■

J. E. Gray, Esq. 1474, 2084, 2085. 'I

William Griffith, Esq. F.L.S. 2087, 2088, 2089. ^

John Hancock, M.D. 2093. ■

Mrs. Harriman, 1968. '■

Richard Harlan, M.D. F.M.L.S. 2095. - s

Donors to the Library of the Linnean Society . 721

Dr. Haro, 2096, 2097, 2098.

Mr. Joseph Harrison, 1 749. ->

B. H. Hodgson, Esq. F.L.S. 2101.
J. van der Hoeven, M.D. 2102.

John Hogg, Esq. M.A. F.L.S. 2104, 2105.

R. G. Holland, M.D. F.L.S. 2106.

Sir W. J. Hooker, LL.D. F.L.S. 2110. \

The Rev. F. W. Hope, M.A. F.L.S. 2113, 21 14, 2115. I

Thomas Horsfield, M.D. F.L.S. 2118. \

Mr. Abel Ingpen, A.L.S. 2123. '

Alexander Irvine, Esq., 2124.

Sir William Jardine, Bart. F.L.S. 2126.

The late Rev. Patrick Keith, F.L.S. 2130. • '

G. B. Knowles, Esq. F.L.S. 1778. '\

C. F. F. Krauss, M.D. 2133.
R. Laming, Esq. 2139.

Isaac Lea, Esq. 1782, 2141. !

J. G. C. Lehmann, M.D. 1505. 1

Franz Leydolt, M.D. 2143.

John Lindley, Phil. Dr. F.L.S. 2146. \

J. C. Loudon, Esq. F.L.S. 1273, 1516, 1791, 2151, 2152, 2153, 2154. '

Charles Lush, M.D. F.L.S. 2037, 2038, 2039, 2040, 2041, 2042, 2091, 2092, |

2155. ;

Mr. George Luxford, A.L.S. 2119, 2156. j

Charles Lyell, Jun. Esq. M.A. F.L.S. 2157. ;

John M'Clelland, Esq. F.L.S. 2158, 2159, 2349. ;

Sir James M'Grigor, Bart. 2003. •

iEneas M'Intyre, LL.D. F.L.S. 2160.

Alexander MacLeay, Esq. F.L.S. 2238. ']

W. S. MacLeay, Esq. F.L.S. 2161. \

D. C. Macreight, M.D. F.L.S. 2162.

Mr. James Main, A.L.S. 2163. ^

John Martin, Esq. F.L.S. 2337. \

M. Charles Martins, 2164. \

5 B 2 1

722 Donors to the Library of the Linnean Society.

C. F. P. von Martius, M.D. F.M.L.S. 2165, 2166. l
Giuseppe Meneghini, M.D. 2167. '

The late F. J. F. Meyen, M.D. 2169. \
M. Michelotti, 2171.

F. A. W, Miquel, M.D. 2311. ;

Professor Moretti, 2173. ^
Professor Moris, 217 A, 2175.

John Morris, Esq. 2263. j

Charles Morren, M.D. 2176, 2177, 2178, 2179, 2180, 2181, 2182, 2183, 2184, \

2185, 2186, 2187, 2188, 2189, 2190, 2191, 2192, 2193, 2194, 2196. \

S. G. Morton, M.D. 2265. !
R. I. Murchison, Esq. F.L.S. 2196. -

Alexander Nasmyth, Esq. F.L.S. 2197. 1
C. G. Nees von Esenbeck, M.D. F.M.L.S. 2070, 2199.

Edward Newman, Esq. F.L.S. 1917, 2200, 2201, 2202. \

Mr. N. Niven, 2205. ^

Major James Outram, 2211. 1

Richard Owen, Esq. F.L.S. 2212, 2213. \

Carlo Passerini, M.D. 2214. /
Robert Patterson, Esq. 2215.

Mr. Joseph Paxton, F.L.S. 2216. ;

Jonathan Pereira, Esq. F.L.S. 2217. ' '\
P. Phoebus, M.D, 2220.

F. A. Pouchet, M.D. 2223. ^
Aloysius Putterlich, M.D. 2226. ' '

Professor Reinwardt, F.M.L.S. 2061, 2069, 2103, 2132. i

J. F. Royle, M.D. F.L.S. 1846. I

Edward Ruppell, M.D. F.M.L.S. 1850. |
M. Auguste de Sainte-Hilaire, F.M.L.S. 2229.

T. B. Salter, M.D. F.L.S. 2230. -

M. L. E, Schoerer, 2231. \

R. H. Schomburgk, Esq. 2232. }

F. Schwaegrichen, M.D. F.M.L.S. 1091. I

M. Edmond de Selys-Longchamps, 2236. "■.

Donors to the Library of the Linnean Society. 723

Daniel Sharpe, Esq. F.L.S. 781. (Nos. 103 and 104.)

Alexander Shaw, Esq. 2237-

W. E. Shuckard, Esq. 2239, 2240.

Mr. J. D. C. Sowerby, F.L.S. 781.

Mr. C. E. Sowerby, A.L.S. 1661, 1864.

Mr. G. B. Sowerby, F.L.S. 1005, 1114, 2245.

Mr. G. B. Sowerby, Jun. 2246.

William Spence, Esq. F.L.S. 2247-

J. F. Stephens, Esq. F.L.S. 1311, 2251.

Lieut-Col. W. H. Sykes, F.L.S. 2257, 2258, 2259, 2260.

Richard Taylor, Esq. Under Sec. L.S. 1026, 2302.

Professor Tenore, 2261.

William Thompson, Esq. 2262.

Dawson Turner, Esq. F.L.S. 2268.

Professor Vanuxem and Mr. T. A. Conrad, 2348.

William Vaughan, Esq. 2271. j

R. de Visiani, M.D. 2273. I

Francis Walker, Esq. F.L.S. 2221, 2278. i

Charles Waterton, Esq. 2279. I

H. C. Watson, Esq. F.L.S. 1888, 2340.

J. O. Westwood, Esq. F.L.S. 2281. ;

Robert Wight, M.D. F.L.S. 2282, 2283, 2284, 2285. ;

J. B. Wilbrand, M.D. 2286. ;

The Rev. Edward Wilson, Jun. M.A. F.L.S. 2255. i

The late N. J. Winch, Esq. A.L.S. 1308, 1317, 1969, 1970, 1997, 1998, 2000,

2002, 2006, 2012, 2029, 2048, 2049, 2055, 2058, 2067, 2068, 2079, 2080, ' ;

2090, 2100, 2107, 2108, 2109, 2111, 2116, 2117, 2120, 2122, 2128, 2129, ;

2131, 2138, 2140, 2142, 2144, 2145, 2147, 2148, 2149, 2150, 2170, 2204, j

2218, 2219, 2233, 2234, 2235, 2241, 2243, 2244, 2248, 2252, 2253, 2256, \

2267, 2269, 2270, 2272, 2275, 2276, 2277, 2287, 2288, 2289, 2290, 2291, .

2292, 2293, 2299, 2304, 2319, 2320, 2347, 2350, 2351, 2352, 2353.

Neville Wood, Esq. 2333.

The late Mr. Henry Woods, A.L.S. 2294. ]

William Yarrell, Esq. F.L.S. 1898, 2295, 2296. \

J. G. Zuccarini, M.D. 2297. '

[ 725 ]

DONATIONS

TO THE

MUSEUM OF THE LINNEAN SOCIETY,
Exclusive of Presents of single Specimens of Animals, Plants, and Minerals.

Continued from Page 598 of Vol. XVII. of the Society's Transactions.

Donations. . . Donors.

An extensive Herbarium of British and Foreign!

Plants, consisting of upwards of 12,000 V The late N. J. Winch, Esq., A.L.S.
species J

Continuation of an extensive Collection of driedl t , „, „ , ^^^^^.c^^^^
Plants from the Himalaya Mountains . ./ -^"^^ ^"^^es Royle, M.D., F.R.S. & L.S.

A Collection of Reptiles and Insects, and two\ J. S. Roe, Esq., F.L.S., Surveyor-General
Eggs of a large Bird, from Swan River . . J of the Colony of Western Australia.

A Collection of dried Plants from Swan RiverT The late Alexander Collie, Esq., F.L.S.,
and King George's Sound J Surgeon R.N,

A Collection of Skins of Quadrupeds andl The Committee of the Australian Mu-

>- R. H. Schomburgk, Esq.

Birds .J seum at Sydney.

Skins of Quadrupeds, Birds and Reptiles, Fruits'
of Strychnos toxifera, Lecythis grandiflora,
Couratari guianensis, the Snake-nut, and
other productions of British Guiana . . j

Specimens of several rare Plants collected in the\ t„„„v.i, \\t .i t? t? t o
^ South and West of England J> Joseph Woods, Esq., F.L.S.

Dried Specimens of Cereus senilis, Echinocac-"!

tus, and Mammillaria, collected in Mexico > George Charlwood, Esq., F.L.S.
by M. Deschamps J

Specimens of the Seychelles Cocoa-nut (Lodoi-\ ^ Harrison, Esq.

cea Sechellarum) J ° ' -x

726 Donations to the Museum of the Linnean Society.

Donations. Donors.

Specimens from Para of the Tree, a species of*]

Hevea, AubL, which yields the Caoutchouc > Sir Everard Home, Bart., Capt. R.N.
or Indian Rubber of Commerce ... .J

An extensive Collection of dried Specimens ofl t> tj o i. i. i t^
Plants from Guiana . . . . . . . . J" »• H. Schomburgk, Esq.

An extensive Collection of dried Plants, found"!

in Tenasserim and Upper Assam by Wil- )■ R. H. Solly, Esq., F.R.S, & L.S.
liam Griffith, Esq., F.L.S J

Specimens of Rana marina from the Island ofT t t? nr ii. ht -r. ti t o
Dominica | J. F. Walter, M.D., F.L.S.

An extensive Collection of dried Plants, found! nr-ci-Du t> -or o
at the Cape of Good Hope by . . . .\^'^- ^- Bunbury, Esq., F.L.S.

An extensive Collection of dried Plants, foundl

in New Zealand by the late Allan Cun- > Robert Heward, Esq., F.L.S.
ningham, Esq., F.L.S J

A very extensive Collection of dried Plants from"! tt i n • -n -r^ t c.
the Philippine Islands, Malacca, &c. . ./ ^"^^ ^ummg, Esq., F.L.S.

Specimens of Phaenogamous Plants collected on~l pep hlTn TTTS
the Neelgherries and in Courg ... .J ' * ° ' hm • • •

Specimens of Plants collected in South Carolina, 1 ^, j tv 1 1 j -c
^ Georgia, and Florida ;| Edward Doubleday, Esq.

Specimens of British Lichens and Fungi . . Churchill Babington, Esq.

Specimens of Pardalotus, Falcunculus, and ^ 1. w t jTjff Esq F L S
Parakeet J ' ' ' H*' • • •

Specimens of the Larvae of Palinurus Locusta,!

Astacus marinus, and Crangon vulgaris, > J. V. Thompson, Esq., F.L.S.
andof the Zoe of Pagurus Bemhardus . .J

Specimens of several Fossil Polyparia from theS gj j. Michelotti.
Supercretaceous formation j °

Drawings of Fishes, Insects and Plants of Sierral p ^ gtrachan, Esq., F.L.S.
Leone J

An engraved Portrait of Linnaeus Dr. Welwitsch.

Portrait of Dr. Wallich by Lucas Mrs. Smith.

[ 727 ]

DIRECTIONS

FOR

PLACING THE PLATES

OF

THE EIGHTEENTH VOLUME.

Tab. 1.

2.

3.

4.

5.

6.

7.

8.

9.
10.
11.
12.
13.
14.
15.

> Ovulum of Santalum album to face page 70

> Ovula of Loranthus and Viscum.

92

}

179

Fulgoridae 153

Cryptomeria japonica and Arthrotaxis cupressoides

Arthrotaxis selaginoides

Cascellius Kingii, C. Gravesii, Cardiophthalmus Clivinoides, Odontoscelis
Tentyrioides, Cylloscelis ellipticus, Metius Harpalioides, Colymbetes an-
gusticoUis, and Exops Bevani 205

16,
17,
18
19,
20,
21
22
VOL.

}

Mora excelsa 211

}

. Symplocos laxiflora

. Seguieria floribunda > 238

. Anthodiscus trifoliatus

. Stomata of Mosses 244

. Catophractes Alexandri 308

XVIII. 5 c

728 Directions for placing the Plates of the Eighteenth Volume.

> Lepidosiren annectens to face page 362

Tab. 23o
24.
25.
26.
27..

28. Pseudomorpha excrucians, Adelotopus Ipsoides, Sphallomorpha decipiens,

Silphomorpha fallax, Rhyzopertha pusilla, Tomicus fuscus, and Condy-
lodera Tricondyloides 420

29. Heliamphora nutans . , 433

30. Anoplophora Stanleyana, Callichroma Griffithii, C. Cantori, Oplophora~

SoUii, Monochamus ruber, and Euoplia polyspila ......

I 31. Lystra aeruginosa, Aphana aurantia, Bombyx spectabilis, Eterusia tri-

color, and Erasmia pulchella .

^gj- Ergot 482

Globularia pilulifera and CEdipodium Griffithianum 508

32.-1
33./
34.T
35./

36. Coelebogyne ilicifolia 512

37. Dictyostega orobanchioides, D. umbellata, Burmannia bicolor, and Pleuro-

thallis pectinata 556

38. Gonyanthes nepalensis, G. Wallichii, G. pusilla, Cymbocarpa refracta,

Apteria lilacina, Dictyostega orobanchioides, and Chloraea from Chili . 556

39. A. Galls on the leaf of an Ochnaceous plant from Cuba. B. Reproductive

organs of Equisetum. C. Cerapterus brasiliensis. D. Eyes of Spiders . 574

40. Lucanus Forsteri, L. bulbosus, Cheirotonus MacLeaii, Popillia gemma,

Paracrusis cyanipesj Lamia Swainsoni, Monochamus Beryllinus, Stibara
tetraspilota, and Cheirochela Assamensis 600

41. Apodytes dimidiata . . .~l

42. Pogopetalum orbiculatum ./

END OF THE EIGHTEENTH VOLUME.

PRINTED BY RICHARD AND JOHN E. TAYLOR, RED LION COURT, FLEET STREET.